pgindent run.

554 files changed, 25000 insertions, 21357 deletions

diff --git a/contrib/btree_gist/btree_common.c b/contrib/btree_gist/btree_common.c
index 9873af911c3..9306076e0ae 100644
--- a/contrib/btree_gist/btree_common.c
+++ b/contrib/btree_gist/btree_common.c
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 #include "btree_gist.h"
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(btree_decompress);
-Datum   btree_decompress(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum		btree_decompress(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
 
 /*
 ** GiST DeCompress methods
diff --git a/contrib/btree_gist/btree_gist.h b/contrib/btree_gist/btree_gist.h
index ebcecf4cc53..ecbabc2dbb3 100644
--- a/contrib/btree_gist/btree_gist.h
+++ b/contrib/btree_gist/btree_gist.h
@@ -23,4 +23,3 @@ typedef struct rix
 
 extern GIST_SPLITVEC *btree_picksplit(bytea *entryvec, GIST_SPLITVEC *v,
 				BINARY_UNION bu, CMPFUNC cmp);
-
diff --git a/contrib/cube/cube.c b/contrib/cube/cube.c
index 5d8bcf75b5d..396253261d9 100644
--- a/contrib/cube/cube.c
+++ b/contrib/cube/cube.c
@@ -28,11 +28,11 @@ extern int	cube_yyparse();
 NDBOX	   *cube_in(char *str);
 NDBOX	   *cube(text *str);
 char	   *cube_out(NDBOX * cube);
-NDBOX      *cube_f8(double *);
-NDBOX      *cube_f8_f8(double *, double *);
-NDBOX      *cube_c_f8(NDBOX *, double *);
-NDBOX      *cube_c_f8_f8(NDBOX *, double *, double *);
-int4			cube_dim(NDBOX * a);
+NDBOX	   *cube_f8(double *);
+NDBOX	   *cube_f8_f8(double *, double *);
+NDBOX	   *cube_c_f8(NDBOX *, double *);
+NDBOX	   *cube_c_f8_f8(NDBOX *, double *, double *);
+int4		cube_dim(NDBOX * a);
 double	   *cube_ll_coord(NDBOX * a, int4 n);
 double	   *cube_ur_coord(NDBOX * a, int4 n);
 
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ cube_out(NDBOX * cube)
 	bool		equal = true;
 	int			dim = cube->dim;
 	int			i;
-	int		ndig;
+	int			ndig;
 
 	initStringInfo(&buf);
 
@@ -131,7 +131,8 @@ cube_out(NDBOX * cube)
 	 * Get the number of digits to display.
 	 */
 	ndig = DBL_DIG + extra_float_digits;
-	if (ndig < 1) ndig = 1;
+	if (ndig < 1)
+		ndig = 1;
 
 	/*
 	 * while printing the first (LL) corner, check if it is equal to the
@@ -1192,7 +1193,8 @@ cube_enlarge(NDBOX * a, double *r, int4 n)
 				j,
 				k;
 
-	if (n > CUBE_MAX_DIM) n = CUBE_MAX_DIM;
+	if (n > CUBE_MAX_DIM)
+		n = CUBE_MAX_DIM;
 	if (*r > 0 && n > 0)
 		dim = n;
 	if (a->dim > dim)
@@ -1234,14 +1236,15 @@ NDBOX *
 cube_f8(double *x1)
 {
 	NDBOX	   *result;
-        int        size;
+	int			size;
+
 	size = offsetof(NDBOX, x[0]) + sizeof(double) * 2;
 	result = (NDBOX *) palloc(size);
 	memset(result, 0, size);
 	result->size = size;
 	result->dim = 1;
-        result->x[0] = *x1;
-        result->x[1] = *x1;
+	result->x[0] = *x1;
+	result->x[1] = *x1;
 	return result;
 }
 
@@ -1250,56 +1253,61 @@ NDBOX *
 cube_f8_f8(double *x1, double *x2)
 {
 	NDBOX	   *result;
-        int        size;
+	int			size;
+
 	size = offsetof(NDBOX, x[0]) + sizeof(double) * 2;
 	result = (NDBOX *) palloc(size);
 	memset(result, 0, size);
 	result->size = size;
 	result->dim = 1;
-        result->x[0] = *x1;
-        result->x[1] = *x2;
+	result->x[0] = *x1;
+	result->x[1] = *x2;
 	return result;
 }
 
 /* Add a dimension to an existing cube with the same values for the new
    coordinate */
 NDBOX *
-cube_c_f8(NDBOX *c, double *x1)
+cube_c_f8(NDBOX * c, double *x1)
 {
 	NDBOX	   *result;
-        int        size;
-        int        i;
-	size = offsetof(NDBOX, x[0]) + sizeof(double) * (c->dim + 1) * 2;
+	int			size;
+	int			i;
+
+	size = offsetof(NDBOX, x[0]) + sizeof(double) * (c->dim + 1) *2;
 	result = (NDBOX *) palloc(size);
 	memset(result, 0, size);
 	result->size = size;
 	result->dim = c->dim + 1;
-        for (i = 0; i < c->dim; i++) {
-            result->x[i] = c->x[i];
-            result->x[result->dim + i] = c->x[c->dim + i];
-        }
-        result->x[result->dim - 1] = *x1;
-        result->x[2 * result->dim - 1] = *x1;
+	for (i = 0; i < c->dim; i++)
+	{
+		result->x[i] = c->x[i];
+		result->x[result->dim + i] = c->x[c->dim + i];
+	}
+	result->x[result->dim - 1] = *x1;
+	result->x[2 * result->dim - 1] = *x1;
 	return result;
 }
 
 /* Add a dimension to an existing cube */
 NDBOX *
-cube_c_f8_f8(NDBOX *c, double *x1, double *x2)
+cube_c_f8_f8(NDBOX * c, double *x1, double *x2)
 {
 	NDBOX	   *result;
-        int        size;
-        int        i;
-	size = offsetof(NDBOX, x[0]) + sizeof(double) * (c->dim + 1) * 2;
+	int			size;
+	int			i;
+
+	size = offsetof(NDBOX, x[0]) + sizeof(double) * (c->dim + 1) *2;
 	result = (NDBOX *) palloc(size);
 	memset(result, 0, size);
 	result->size = size;
 	result->dim = c->dim + 1;
-        for (i = 0; i < c->dim; i++) {
-            result->x[i] = c->x[i];
-            result->x[result->dim + i] = c->x[c->dim + i];
-        }
-        result->x[result->dim - 1] = *x1;
-        result->x[2 * result->dim - 1] = *x2;
+	for (i = 0; i < c->dim; i++)
+	{
+		result->x[i] = c->x[i];
+		result->x[result->dim + i] = c->x[c->dim + i];
+	}
+	result->x[result->dim - 1] = *x1;
+	result->x[2 * result->dim - 1] = *x2;
 	return result;
 }
diff --git a/contrib/dbase/dbf2pg.c b/contrib/dbase/dbf2pg.c
index 0ae53cd126d..d679eed1ad8 100644
--- a/contrib/dbase/dbf2pg.c
+++ b/contrib/dbase/dbf2pg.c
@@ -443,17 +443,15 @@ do_inserts(PGconn *conn, char *table, dbhead * dbh)
 		if (result == DBF_VALID)
 		{
 			query[0] = '\0';
-			j = 0; /* counter for fields in the output */
+			j = 0;				/* counter for fields in the output */
 			for (h = 0; h < dbh->db_nfields; h++)
 			{
-				if (!strlen(fields[h].db_name)) /* When the new fieldname is empty, the field is skipped */
-				{
+				if (!strlen(fields[h].db_name)) /* When the new fieldname
+												 * is empty, the field is
+												 * skipped */
 					continue;
-				}
 				else
-				{
 					j++;
-				}
 
 				if (j > 1)		/* not for the first field! */
 					strcat(query, "\t");		/* COPY statement field
diff --git a/contrib/dblink/dblink.c b/contrib/dblink/dblink.c
index 158942a4c04..629f93f1c64 100644
--- a/contrib/dblink/dblink.c
+++ b/contrib/dblink/dblink.c
@@ -61,17 +61,17 @@
 
 typedef struct remoteConn
 {
-	PGconn *con;			/* Hold the remote connection */
-	bool remoteTrFlag;		/* Indicates whether or not a transaction
-							 * on remote database is in progress*/
-} remoteConn;
+	PGconn	   *con;			/* Hold the remote connection */
+	bool		remoteTrFlag;	/* Indicates whether or not a transaction
+								 * on remote database is in progress */
+}	remoteConn;
 
 /*
  * Internal declarations
  */
 static remoteConn *getConnectionByName(const char *name);
 static HTAB *createConnHash(void);
-static void createNewConnection(const char *name,remoteConn *con);
+static void createNewConnection(const char *name, remoteConn * con);
 static void deleteConnection(const char *name);
 static char **get_pkey_attnames(Oid relid, int16 *numatts);
 static char *get_sql_insert(Oid relid, int16 *pkattnums, int16 pknumatts, char **src_pkattvals, char **tgt_pkattvals);
@@ -86,15 +86,15 @@ static TupleDesc pgresultGetTupleDesc(PGresult *res);
 static char *generate_relation_name(Oid relid);
 
 /* Global */
-List   *res_id = NIL;
-int		res_id_index = 0;
-PGconn *persistent_conn = NULL;
-static HTAB *remoteConnHash=NULL;
+List	   *res_id = NIL;
+int			res_id_index = 0;
+PGconn	   *persistent_conn = NULL;
+static HTAB *remoteConnHash = NULL;
 
-/* 
+/*
 Following is list that holds multiple remote connections.
 Calling convention of each dblink function changes to accept
-connection name as the first parameter. The connection list is 
+connection name as the first parameter. The connection list is
 much like ecpg e.g. a mapping between a name and a PGconn object.
 */
 
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ typedef struct remoteConnHashEnt
 {
 	char		name[NAMEDATALEN];
 	remoteConn *rcon;
-} remoteConnHashEnt;
+}	remoteConnHashEnt;
 
 /* initial number of connection hashes */
 #define NUMCONN 16
@@ -186,18 +186,18 @@ dblink_connect(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	PGconn	   *conn = NULL;
 	remoteConn *rcon = NULL;
 
-	if(PG_NARGS()==2)
+	if (PG_NARGS() == 2)
 	{
 		connstr = GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1));
 		connname = GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0));
 	}
-	else if(PG_NARGS()==1)
+	else if (PG_NARGS() == 1)
 		connstr = GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0));
 
 	oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(TopMemoryContext);
 
-	if(connname)
-		rcon=(remoteConn *) palloc(sizeof(remoteConn));
+	if (connname)
+		rcon = (remoteConn *) palloc(sizeof(remoteConn));
 	conn = PQconnectdb(connstr);
 
 	MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
@@ -206,16 +206,16 @@ dblink_connect(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	{
 		msg = pstrdup(PQerrorMessage(conn));
 		PQfinish(conn);
-		if(rcon)
+		if (rcon)
 			pfree(rcon);
 
 		ereport(ERROR,
-				(errcode(ERRCODE_SQLCLIENT_UNABLE_TO_ESTABLISH_SQLCONNECTION),
-				 errmsg("could not establish connection"),
-				 errdetail("%s", msg)));
+		   (errcode(ERRCODE_SQLCLIENT_UNABLE_TO_ESTABLISH_SQLCONNECTION),
+			errmsg("could not establish connection"),
+			errdetail("%s", msg)));
 	}
 
-	if(connname)
+	if (connname)
 	{
 		rcon->con = conn;
 		createNewConnection(connname, rcon);
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ dblink_disconnect(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	remoteConn *rcon = NULL;
 	PGconn	   *conn = NULL;
 
-	if (PG_NARGS() ==1 )
+	if (PG_NARGS() == 1)
 	{
 		conname = GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0));
 		rcon = getConnectionByName(conname);
@@ -276,13 +276,13 @@ dblink_open(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	StringInfo	str = makeStringInfo();
 	remoteConn *rcon = NULL;
 
-	if(PG_NARGS() == 2)
+	if (PG_NARGS() == 2)
 	{
 		curname = GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0));
 		sql = GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1));
 		conn = persistent_conn;
 	}
-	else if(PG_NARGS() == 3)
+	else if (PG_NARGS() == 3)
 	{
 		conname = GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0));
 		curname = GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1));
@@ -333,12 +333,12 @@ dblink_close(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 		curname = GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0));
 		conn = persistent_conn;
 	}
-	else if (PG_NARGS()==2)
+	else if (PG_NARGS() == 2)
 	{
 		conname = GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0));
 		curname = GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1));
 		rcon = getConnectionByName(conname);
-		if(rcon)
+		if (rcon)
 			conn = rcon->con;
 	}
 
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ dblink_fetch(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	PGresult   *res = NULL;
 	MemoryContext oldcontext;
 	char	   *conname = NULL;
-	remoteConn *rcon=NULL;
+	remoteConn *rcon = NULL;
 
 	/* stuff done only on the first call of the function */
 	if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL())
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ dblink_fetch(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 			howmany = PG_GETARG_INT32(2);
 
 			rcon = getConnectionByName(conname);
-			if(rcon)
+			if (rcon)
 				conn = rcon->con;
 		}
 		else if (PG_NARGS() == 2)
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ dblink_fetch(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 			conn = persistent_conn;
 		}
 
-		if(!conn)
+		if (!conn)
 			DBLINK_CONN_NOT_AVAIL;
 
 		/* create a function context for cross-call persistence */
@@ -429,9 +429,7 @@ dblink_fetch(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 		if (!res ||
 			(PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_COMMAND_OK &&
 			 PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_TUPLES_OK))
-		{
 			DBLINK_RES_ERROR("sql error");
-		}
 		else if (PQresultStatus(res) == PGRES_COMMAND_OK)
 		{
 			/* cursor does not exist - closed already or bad name */
@@ -549,7 +547,7 @@ dblink_record(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 		char	   *connstr = NULL;
 		char	   *sql = NULL;
 		char	   *conname = NULL;
-		remoteConn *rcon=NULL;
+		remoteConn *rcon = NULL;
 
 		/* create a function context for cross-call persistence */
 		funcctx = SRF_FIRSTCALL_INIT();
@@ -574,7 +572,7 @@ dblink_record(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 			/* shouldn't happen */
 			elog(ERROR, "wrong number of arguments");
 
-		if(!conn)
+		if (!conn)
 			DBLINK_CONN_NOT_AVAIL;
 
 		res = PQexec(conn, sql);
@@ -591,8 +589,8 @@ dblink_record(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 							   TEXTOID, -1, 0, false);
 
 			/*
-			 * and save a copy of the command status string to return
-			 * as our result tuple
+			 * and save a copy of the command status string to return as
+			 * our result tuple
 			 */
 			sql_cmd_status = PQcmdStatus(res);
 			funcctx->max_calls = 1;
@@ -707,7 +705,7 @@ dblink_exec(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	char	   *connstr = NULL;
 	char	   *sql = NULL;
 	char	   *conname = NULL;
-	remoteConn *rcon=NULL;
+	remoteConn *rcon = NULL;
 	bool		freeconn = true;
 
 	if (PG_NARGS() == 2)
@@ -724,7 +722,7 @@ dblink_exec(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 		/* shouldn't happen */
 		elog(ERROR, "wrong number of arguments");
 
-	if(!conn)
+	if (!conn)
 		DBLINK_CONN_NOT_AVAIL;
 
 	res = PQexec(conn, sql);
@@ -741,15 +739,15 @@ dblink_exec(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 						   TEXTOID, -1, 0, false);
 
 		/*
-		 * and save a copy of the command status string to return as
-		 * our result tuple
+		 * and save a copy of the command status string to return as our
+		 * result tuple
 		 */
 		sql_cmd_status = GET_TEXT(PQcmdStatus(res));
 	}
 	else
 		ereport(ERROR,
-				(errcode(ERRCODE_S_R_E_PROHIBITED_SQL_STATEMENT_ATTEMPTED),
-				 errmsg("statement returning results not allowed")));
+			  (errcode(ERRCODE_S_R_E_PROHIBITED_SQL_STATEMENT_ATTEMPTED),
+			   errmsg("statement returning results not allowed")));
 
 	PQclear(res);
 
@@ -802,6 +800,7 @@ dblink_get_pkey(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE),
 					 errmsg("relation \"%s\" does not exist",
 							GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0)))));
+
 		/*
 		 * need a tuple descriptor representing one INT and one TEXT
 		 * column
@@ -980,8 +979,8 @@ dblink_build_sql_insert(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	if (src_nitems != pknumatts)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
-				 errmsg("source key array length must match number of key " \
-						"attributes")));
+			 errmsg("source key array length must match number of key " \
+					"attributes")));
 
 	/*
 	 * get array of pointers to c-strings from the input source array
@@ -1013,8 +1012,8 @@ dblink_build_sql_insert(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	if (tgt_nitems != pknumatts)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
-				 errmsg("target key array length must match number of key " \
-						"attributes")));
+			 errmsg("target key array length must match number of key " \
+					"attributes")));
 
 	/*
 	 * get array of pointers to c-strings from the input target array
@@ -1126,8 +1125,8 @@ dblink_build_sql_delete(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	if (tgt_nitems != pknumatts)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
-				 errmsg("target key array length must match number of key " \
-						"attributes")));
+			 errmsg("target key array length must match number of key " \
+					"attributes")));
 
 	/*
 	 * get array of pointers to c-strings from the input target array
@@ -1249,8 +1248,8 @@ dblink_build_sql_update(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	if (src_nitems != pknumatts)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
-				 errmsg("source key array length must match number of key " \
-						"attributes")));
+			 errmsg("source key array length must match number of key " \
+					"attributes")));
 
 	/*
 	 * get array of pointers to c-strings from the input source array
@@ -1282,8 +1281,8 @@ dblink_build_sql_update(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	if (tgt_nitems != pknumatts)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
-				 errmsg("target key array length must match number of key " \
-						"attributes")));
+			 errmsg("target key array length must match number of key " \
+					"attributes")));
 
 	/*
 	 * get array of pointers to c-strings from the input target array
@@ -1839,10 +1838,10 @@ pgresultGetTupleDesc(PGresult *res)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_MOST_SPECIFIC_TYPE_MISMATCH),
 					 errmsg("field size mismatch"),
-					 errdetail("Size of remote field \"%s\" does not match " \
-								"size of local type \"%s\".", attname,
-								format_type_with_typemod(atttypid,
-														 atttypmod))));
+				errdetail("Size of remote field \"%s\" does not match " \
+						  "size of local type \"%s\".", attname,
+						  format_type_with_typemod(atttypid,
+												   atttypmod))));
 
 		attdim = 0;
 		attisset = false;
@@ -1893,50 +1892,50 @@ generate_relation_name(Oid relid)
 static remoteConn *
 getConnectionByName(const char *name)
 {
-	remoteConnHashEnt  *hentry;
-	char				key[NAMEDATALEN];
+	remoteConnHashEnt *hentry;
+	char		key[NAMEDATALEN];
 
-	if(!remoteConnHash)
-		remoteConnHash=createConnHash();
+	if (!remoteConnHash)
+		remoteConnHash = createConnHash();
 
 	MemSet(key, 0, NAMEDATALEN);
 	snprintf(key, NAMEDATALEN - 1, "%s", name);
-	hentry = (remoteConnHashEnt*) hash_search(remoteConnHash,
-											  key, HASH_FIND, NULL);
+	hentry = (remoteConnHashEnt *) hash_search(remoteConnHash,
+											   key, HASH_FIND, NULL);
 
-	if(hentry)
-		return(hentry->rcon);
+	if (hentry)
+		return (hentry->rcon);
 
-	return(NULL);
+	return (NULL);
 }
 
 static HTAB *
 createConnHash(void)
 {
-	HASHCTL	ctl;
-	HTAB   *ptr;
+	HASHCTL		ctl;
+	HTAB	   *ptr;
 
 	ctl.keysize = NAMEDATALEN;
 	ctl.entrysize = sizeof(remoteConnHashEnt);
 
-	ptr=hash_create("Remote Con hash", NUMCONN, &ctl, HASH_ELEM);
+	ptr = hash_create("Remote Con hash", NUMCONN, &ctl, HASH_ELEM);
 
-	if(!ptr)
+	if (!ptr)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
 				 errmsg("out of memory")));
 
-	return(ptr);
+	return (ptr);
 }
 
 static void
-createNewConnection(const char *name, remoteConn *con)
+createNewConnection(const char *name, remoteConn * con)
 {
-	remoteConnHashEnt  *hentry;
-	bool				found;
-	char				key[NAMEDATALEN];
+	remoteConnHashEnt *hentry;
+	bool		found;
+	char		key[NAMEDATALEN];
 
-	if(!remoteConnHash)
+	if (!remoteConnHash)
 		remoteConnHash = createConnHash();
 
 	MemSet(key, 0, NAMEDATALEN);
@@ -1944,12 +1943,12 @@ createNewConnection(const char *name, remoteConn *con)
 	hentry = (remoteConnHashEnt *) hash_search(remoteConnHash, key,
 											   HASH_ENTER, &found);
 
-	if(!hentry)
+	if (!hentry)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
 				 errmsg("out of memory")));
 
-	if(found)
+	if (found)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
 				 errmsg("duplicate connection name")));
@@ -1961,12 +1960,12 @@ createNewConnection(const char *name, remoteConn *con)
 static void
 deleteConnection(const char *name)
 {
-	remoteConnHashEnt  *hentry;
-	bool				found;
-	char				key[NAMEDATALEN];
+	remoteConnHashEnt *hentry;
+	bool		found;
+	char		key[NAMEDATALEN];
 
-	if(!remoteConnHash)
-		remoteConnHash=createConnHash();
+	if (!remoteConnHash)
+		remoteConnHash = createConnHash();
 
 	MemSet(key, 0, NAMEDATALEN);
 	snprintf(key, NAMEDATALEN - 1, "%s", name);
@@ -1974,7 +1973,7 @@ deleteConnection(const char *name)
 	hentry = (remoteConnHashEnt *) hash_search(remoteConnHash,
 											   key, HASH_REMOVE, &found);
 
-	if(!hentry)
+	if (!hentry)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
 				 errmsg("undefined connection name")));
diff --git a/contrib/dbmirror/pending.c b/contrib/dbmirror/pending.c
index 5eebd1a1ba0..cf00276a8f1 100644
--- a/contrib/dbmirror/pending.c
+++ b/contrib/dbmirror/pending.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /****************************************************************************
  * pending.c
- * $Id: pending.c,v 1.12 2003/07/24 17:52:20 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pending.c,v 1.13 2003/08/04 00:43:10 momjian Exp $
  *
  * This file contains a trigger for Postgresql-7.x to record changes to tables
  * to a pending table for mirroring.
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *	 Written by Steven Singer (ssinger@navtechinc.com)
  *	 (c) 2001-2002 Navtech Systems Support Inc.
- *       ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
+ *		 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
  *
  * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
  * documentation for any purpose, without fee, and without a written agreement
@@ -79,8 +79,9 @@ recordchange(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	HeapTuple	retTuple = NULL;
 	char	   *tblname;
 	char		op = 0;
-	char 	   *schemaname;
+	char	   *schemaname;
 	char	   *fullyqualtblname;
+
 	if (fcinfo->context != NULL)
 	{
 
@@ -94,13 +95,13 @@ recordchange(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 		tblname = SPI_getrelname(trigdata->tg_relation);
 #ifndef NOSCHEMAS
 		schemaname = get_namespace_name(RelationGetNamespace(trigdata->tg_relation));
-		fullyqualtblname = SPI_palloc(strlen(tblname) + 
-					      strlen(schemaname) + 6);
- 		sprintf(fullyqualtblname,"\"%s\".\"%s\"",
-			schemaname,tblname);
+		fullyqualtblname = SPI_palloc(strlen(tblname) +
+									  strlen(schemaname) + 6);
+		sprintf(fullyqualtblname, "\"%s\".\"%s\"",
+				schemaname, tblname);
 #else
 		fullyqualtblname = SPI_palloc(strlen(tblname) + 3);
-		sprintf(fullyqualtblname,"\"%s\"",tblname);
+		sprintf(fullyqualtblname, "\"%s\"", tblname);
 #endif
 		tupdesc = trigdata->tg_relation->rd_att;
 		if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(trigdata->tg_event))
@@ -166,8 +167,8 @@ storePending(char *cpTableName, HeapTuple tBeforeTuple,
 	int			iResult = 0;
 	HeapTuple	tCurTuple;
 
-	//Points the current tuple(before or after)
-		Datum		saPlanData[4];
+	/* Points the current tuple(before or after) */
+	Datum		saPlanData[4];
 	Oid			taPlanArgTypes[3] = {NAMEOID, CHAROID, INT4OID};
 	void	   *vpPlan;
 
@@ -253,7 +254,7 @@ storeKeyInfo(char *cpTableName, HeapTuple tTupleData,
 	if (cpKeyData == NULL)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
-				 /* cpTableName already contains quotes... */
+		/* cpTableName already contains quotes... */
 				 errmsg("there is no PRIMARY KEY for table %s",
 						cpTableName)));
 
@@ -460,7 +461,7 @@ packageData(HeapTuple tTupleData, TupleDesc tTupleDesc,
 		}
 		else
 		{
-			sprintf(cpFormatedPtr," ");
+			sprintf(cpFormatedPtr, " ");
 			iUsedDataBlock++;
 			cpFormatedPtr++;
 			continue;
@@ -508,8 +509,8 @@ packageData(HeapTuple tTupleData, TupleDesc tTupleDesc,
 	if (tpPKeys != NULL)
 		SPI_pfree(tpPKeys);
 #if defined DEBUG_OUTPUT
-	elog(NOTICE, "returning DataBlockSize:%d iUsedDataBlock:%d",iDataBlockSize,
-			iUsedDataBlock);
+	elog(NOTICE, "returning DataBlockSize:%d iUsedDataBlock:%d", iDataBlockSize,
+		 iUsedDataBlock);
 #endif
 	memset(cpDataBlock + iUsedDataBlock, 0, iDataBlockSize - iUsedDataBlock);
 
diff --git a/contrib/dbsize/dbsize.c b/contrib/dbsize/dbsize.c
index c474930ca95..0037c14e706 100644
--- a/contrib/dbsize/dbsize.c
+++ b/contrib/dbsize/dbsize.c
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ database_size(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	if (!OidIsValid(dbid))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_DATABASE),
-				 errmsg("database \"%s\" does not exist", NameStr(*dbname))));
+			errmsg("database \"%s\" does not exist", NameStr(*dbname))));
 
 	dbpath = GetDatabasePath(dbid);
 
diff --git a/contrib/earthdistance/earthdistance.c b/contrib/earthdistance/earthdistance.c
index 19c81a5783f..28ce40378cf 100644
--- a/contrib/earthdistance/earthdistance.c
+++ b/contrib/earthdistance/earthdistance.c
@@ -6,8 +6,8 @@
 
 
 /* Earth's radius is in statute miles. */
-const double	EARTH_RADIUS = 3958.747716;
-const double	TWO_PI = 2.0 * M_PI;
+const double EARTH_RADIUS = 3958.747716;
+const double TWO_PI = 2.0 * M_PI;
 
 double	   *geo_distance(Point *pt1, Point *pt2);
 
@@ -66,10 +66,11 @@ geo_distance(Point *pt1, Point *pt2)
 	if (longdiff > M_PI)
 		longdiff = TWO_PI - longdiff;
 
-        sino = sqrt(sin(fabs(lat1-lat2)/2.)*sin(fabs(lat1-lat2)/2.) +
-                cos(lat1) * cos(lat2) * sin(longdiff/2.)*sin(longdiff/2.));
-        if (sino > 1.) sino = 1.;
-        *resultp = 2. * EARTH_RADIUS * asin(sino);
+	sino = sqrt(sin(fabs(lat1 - lat2) / 2.) * sin(fabs(lat1 - lat2) / 2.) +
+		cos(lat1) * cos(lat2) * sin(longdiff / 2.) * sin(longdiff / 2.));
+	if (sino > 1.)
+		sino = 1.;
+	*resultp = 2. * EARTH_RADIUS * asin(sino);
 
 	return resultp;
 }
diff --git a/contrib/findoidjoins/findoidjoins.c b/contrib/findoidjoins/findoidjoins.c
index 8eb27e42a51..4843c1f3e5d 100644
--- a/contrib/findoidjoins/findoidjoins.c
+++ b/contrib/findoidjoins/findoidjoins.c
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright 2002 by PostgreSQL Global Development Group
  *
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/contrib/findoidjoins/Attic/findoidjoins.c,v 1.20 2003/05/14 03:25:56 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/contrib/findoidjoins/Attic/findoidjoins.c,v 1.21 2003/08/04 00:43:10 momjian Exp $
  */
 #include "postgres_fe.h"
 
@@ -14,23 +14,24 @@
 int
 main(int argc, char **argv)
 {
-	PGconn			   *conn;
-	PQExpBufferData		sql;
-	PGresult		   *res;
-	PGresult		   *pkrel_res;
-	PGresult		   *fkrel_res;
-	char			   *fk_relname;
-	char			   *fk_nspname;
-	char			   *fk_attname;
-	char			   *pk_relname;
-	char			   *pk_nspname;
-	int					fk, pk;		/* loop counters */
+	PGconn	   *conn;
+	PQExpBufferData sql;
+	PGresult   *res;
+	PGresult   *pkrel_res;
+	PGresult   *fkrel_res;
+	char	   *fk_relname;
+	char	   *fk_nspname;
+	char	   *fk_attname;
+	char	   *pk_relname;
+	char	   *pk_nspname;
+	int			fk,
+				pk;				/* loop counters */
 
 	if (argc != 2)
 	{
 		fprintf(stderr, "Usage:  %s database\n", argv[0]);
 		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-	}		
+	}
 
 	initPQExpBuffer(&sql);
 
@@ -48,13 +49,13 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
 	resetPQExpBuffer(&sql);
 
 	appendPQExpBuffer(&sql, "%s",
-		"SET search_path = public;"
-		"SELECT c.relname, (SELECT nspname FROM "
-		"pg_catalog.pg_namespace n WHERE n.oid = c.relnamespace) AS nspname "
-		"FROM pg_catalog.pg_class c "
-		"WHERE c.relkind = 'r' "
-		"AND c.relhasoids "
-		"ORDER BY nspname, c.relname"
+					  "SET search_path = public;"
+					  "SELECT c.relname, (SELECT nspname FROM "
+	"pg_catalog.pg_namespace n WHERE n.oid = c.relnamespace) AS nspname "
+					  "FROM pg_catalog.pg_class c "
+					  "WHERE c.relkind = 'r' "
+					  "AND c.relhasoids "
+					  "ORDER BY nspname, c.relname"
 		);
 
 	res = PQexec(conn, sql.data);
@@ -70,20 +71,20 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
 	resetPQExpBuffer(&sql);
 
 	appendPQExpBuffer(&sql, "%s",
-		"SELECT c.relname, "
-		"(SELECT nspname FROM pg_catalog.pg_namespace n WHERE n.oid = c.relnamespace) AS nspname, "
-		"a.attname "
-		"FROM pg_catalog.pg_class c, pg_catalog.pg_attribute a "
-		"WHERE a.attnum > 0 AND c.relkind = 'r' "
-		"AND a.attrelid = c.oid "
-		"AND a.atttypid IN ('pg_catalog.oid'::regtype, "
-		" 'pg_catalog.regclass'::regtype, "
-		" 'pg_catalog.regoper'::regtype, "
-		" 'pg_catalog.regoperator'::regtype, "
-		" 'pg_catalog.regproc'::regtype, "
-		" 'pg_catalog.regprocedure'::regtype, "
-		" 'pg_catalog.regtype'::regtype) "
-		"ORDER BY nspname, c.relname, a.attnum"
+					  "SELECT c.relname, "
+					  "(SELECT nspname FROM pg_catalog.pg_namespace n WHERE n.oid = c.relnamespace) AS nspname, "
+					  "a.attname "
+				 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_class c, pg_catalog.pg_attribute a "
+					  "WHERE a.attnum > 0 AND c.relkind = 'r' "
+					  "AND a.attrelid = c.oid "
+					  "AND a.atttypid IN ('pg_catalog.oid'::regtype, "
+					  " 'pg_catalog.regclass'::regtype, "
+					  " 'pg_catalog.regoper'::regtype, "
+					  " 'pg_catalog.regoperator'::regtype, "
+					  " 'pg_catalog.regproc'::regtype, "
+					  " 'pg_catalog.regprocedure'::regtype, "
+					  " 'pg_catalog.regtype'::regtype) "
+					  "ORDER BY nspname, c.relname, a.attnum"
 		);
 
 	res = PQexec(conn, sql.data);
@@ -95,8 +96,8 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
 	fkrel_res = res;
 
 	/*
-	 * For each column and each relation-having-OIDs, look to see if
-	 * the column contains any values matching entries in the relation.
+	 * For each column and each relation-having-OIDs, look to see if the
+	 * column contains any values matching entries in the relation.
 	 */
 
 	for (fk = 0; fk < PQntuples(fkrel_res); fk++)
@@ -113,12 +114,12 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
 			resetPQExpBuffer(&sql);
 
 			appendPQExpBuffer(&sql,
-				"SELECT	1 "
-				"FROM \"%s\".\"%s\" t1, "
-				"\"%s\".\"%s\" t2 "
-				"WHERE t1.\"%s\"::pg_catalog.oid = t2.oid "
-				"LIMIT 1",
-				fk_nspname, fk_relname, pk_nspname, pk_relname, fk_attname);
+							  "SELECT	1 "
+							  "FROM \"%s\".\"%s\" t1, "
+							  "\"%s\".\"%s\" t2 "
+							  "WHERE t1.\"%s\"::pg_catalog.oid = t2.oid "
+							  "LIMIT 1",
+			 fk_nspname, fk_relname, pk_nspname, pk_relname, fk_attname);
 
 			res = PQexec(conn, sql.data);
 			if (!res || PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_TUPLES_OK)
diff --git a/contrib/fulltextindex/fti.c b/contrib/fulltextindex/fti.c
index 38dba1ce30e..e5095ff1a1d 100644
--- a/contrib/fulltextindex/fti.c
+++ b/contrib/fulltextindex/fti.c
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ fti(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
 						 errmsg("column \"%s\" of \"%s\" does not exist",
-						 args[i + 1], indexname)));
+								args[i + 1], indexname)));
 
 			/* Get the char* representation of the column */
 			column = SPI_getvalue(rettuple, tupdesc, colnum);
@@ -339,8 +339,8 @@ fti(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 					ret = SPI_execp(*(plan->splan), values, NULL, 0);
 					if (ret != SPI_OK_INSERT)
 						ereport(ERROR,
-								(errcode(ERRCODE_TRIGGERED_ACTION_EXCEPTION),
-								 errmsg("error executing insert")));
+							(errcode(ERRCODE_TRIGGERED_ACTION_EXCEPTION),
+							 errmsg("error executing insert")));
 				}
 				pfree(buff);
 				pfree(data);
diff --git a/contrib/fuzzystrmatch/fuzzystrmatch.c b/contrib/fuzzystrmatch/fuzzystrmatch.c
index 3f869180b86..cc4be6af1de 100644
--- a/contrib/fuzzystrmatch/fuzzystrmatch.c
+++ b/contrib/fuzzystrmatch/fuzzystrmatch.c
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ levenshtein(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
 				 errmsg("argument exceeds max length: %d",
-						 MAX_LEVENSHTEIN_STRLEN)));
+						MAX_LEVENSHTEIN_STRLEN)));
 
 	/*
 	 * If either rows or cols is 0, the answer is the other value. This
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ metaphone(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
 				 errmsg("argument exceeds max length: %d",
-						 MAX_METAPHONE_STRLEN)));
+						MAX_METAPHONE_STRLEN)));
 
 	if (!(str_i_len > 0))
 		ereport(ERROR,
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ metaphone(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
 				 errmsg("output length exceeds max length: %d",
-						 MAX_METAPHONE_STRLEN)));
+						MAX_METAPHONE_STRLEN)));
 
 	if (!(reqlen > 0))
 		ereport(ERROR,
diff --git a/contrib/intagg/int_aggregate.c b/contrib/intagg/int_aggregate.c
index 4614b669a7a..2bb06ff73a4 100644
--- a/contrib/intagg/int_aggregate.c
+++ b/contrib/intagg/int_aggregate.c
@@ -132,9 +132,9 @@ ShrinkPGArray(PGARRAY * p)
 
 		/* use current transaction context */
 		pnew = palloc(cb);
+
 		/*
-		 * Fix up the fields in the new structure, so Postgres
-		 * understands
+		 * Fix up the fields in the new structure, so Postgres understands
 		 */
 		memcpy(pnew, p, cb);
 		pnew->a.size = cb;
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ int_enum(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	if (!rsi || !IsA(rsi, ReturnSetInfo))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
-				 errmsg("int_enum called in context that cannot accept a set")));
+		 errmsg("int_enum called in context that cannot accept a set")));
 
 	if (!p)
 	{
diff --git a/contrib/intarray/_int.h b/contrib/intarray/_int.h
index 5decd969e16..3e702ca1afe 100644
--- a/contrib/intarray/_int.h
+++ b/contrib/intarray/_int.h
@@ -91,19 +91,19 @@ typedef char *BITVECP;
  */
 typedef struct
 {
-        int4            len;
-        int4            flag;
-        char            data[1];
-}       GISTTYPE;
+	int4		len;
+	int4		flag;
+	char		data[1];
+}	GISTTYPE;
 
-#define ALLISTRUE       0x04
+#define ALLISTRUE		0x04
 
-#define ISALLTRUE(x)    ( ((GISTTYPE*)x)->flag & ALLISTRUE )
+#define ISALLTRUE(x)	( ((GISTTYPE*)x)->flag & ALLISTRUE )
 
-#define GTHDRSIZE       ( sizeof(int4)*2  )
+#define GTHDRSIZE		( sizeof(int4)*2  )
 #define CALCGTSIZE(flag) ( GTHDRSIZE+(((flag) & ALLISTRUE) ? 0 : SIGLEN) )
 
-#define GETSIGN(x)      ( (BITVECP)( (char*)x+GTHDRSIZE ) )
+#define GETSIGN(x)		( (BITVECP)( (char*)x+GTHDRSIZE ) )
 
 /*
 ** types for functions
@@ -114,22 +114,22 @@ typedef void (*formfloat) (ArrayType *, float *);
 /*
 ** useful function
 */
-bool isort(int4 *a, const int len);
-ArrayType *new_intArrayType(int num);
-ArrayType *copy_intArrayType(ArrayType *a);
-ArrayType *resize_intArrayType(ArrayType *a, int num);
-int	internal_size(int *a, int len);
-ArrayType *_int_unique(ArrayType *a);
-int32 intarray_match_first(ArrayType *a, int32 elem);
-ArrayType *intarray_add_elem(ArrayType *a, int32 elem);
-ArrayType *intarray_concat_arrays(ArrayType *a, ArrayType *b);
-ArrayType *int_to_intset(int32 elem);
-bool inner_int_overlap(ArrayType *a, ArrayType *b);
-bool inner_int_contains(ArrayType *a, ArrayType *b);
-ArrayType * inner_int_union(ArrayType *a, ArrayType *b);
-ArrayType * inner_int_inter(ArrayType *a, ArrayType *b);
-void rt__int_size(ArrayType *a, float *size);
-void gensign(BITVEC sign, int *a, int len);
+bool		isort(int4 *a, const int len);
+ArrayType  *new_intArrayType(int num);
+ArrayType  *copy_intArrayType(ArrayType *a);
+ArrayType  *resize_intArrayType(ArrayType *a, int num);
+int			internal_size(int *a, int len);
+ArrayType  *_int_unique(ArrayType *a);
+int32		intarray_match_first(ArrayType *a, int32 elem);
+ArrayType  *intarray_add_elem(ArrayType *a, int32 elem);
+ArrayType  *intarray_concat_arrays(ArrayType *a, ArrayType *b);
+ArrayType  *int_to_intset(int32 elem);
+bool		inner_int_overlap(ArrayType *a, ArrayType *b);
+bool		inner_int_contains(ArrayType *a, ArrayType *b);
+ArrayType  *inner_int_union(ArrayType *a, ArrayType *b);
+ArrayType  *inner_int_inter(ArrayType *a, ArrayType *b);
+void		rt__int_size(ArrayType *a, float *size);
+void		gensign(BITVEC sign, int *a, int len);
 
 
 /*****************************************************************************
@@ -160,18 +160,16 @@ typedef struct
 #define COMPUTESIZE(size)	( HDRSIZEQT + size * sizeof(ITEM) )
 #define GETQUERY(x)  (ITEM*)( (char*)(x)+HDRSIZEQT )
 
-bool signconsistent(QUERYTYPE * query, BITVEC sign, bool calcnot);
-bool execconsistent(QUERYTYPE * query, ArrayType *array, bool calcnot);
-
-
+bool		signconsistent(QUERYTYPE * query, BITVEC sign, bool calcnot);
+bool		execconsistent(QUERYTYPE * query, ArrayType *array, bool calcnot);
 
-int compASC(const void *a, const void *b);
 
-int compDESC(const void *a, const void *b);
 
-#define QSORT(a, direction)                                     \
-if (ARRNELEMS(a) > 1)                                           \
-        qsort((void*)ARRPTR(a), ARRNELEMS(a),sizeof(int4),      \
-                (direction) ? compASC : compDESC )
+int			compASC(const void *a, const void *b);
 
+int			compDESC(const void *a, const void *b);
 
+#define QSORT(a, direction)										\
+if (ARRNELEMS(a) > 1)											\
+		qsort((void*)ARRPTR(a), ARRNELEMS(a),sizeof(int4),		\
+				(direction) ? compASC : compDESC )
diff --git a/contrib/intarray/_int_bool.c b/contrib/intarray/_int_bool.c
index 35d6e6e2c00..d57a94e8709 100644
--- a/contrib/intarray/_int_bool.c
+++ b/contrib/intarray/_int_bool.c
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ signconsistent(QUERYTYPE * query, BITVEC sign, bool calcnot)
 				   GETQUERY(query) + query->size - 1,
 				   (void *) sign, calcnot,
 				   checkcondition_bit
-	);
+		);
 }
 
 bool
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ rboolop(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 							   boolop,
 							   PG_GETARG_DATUM(1),
 							   PG_GETARG_DATUM(0)
-	);
+		);
 }
 
 Datum
@@ -743,4 +743,3 @@ querytree(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 
 	PG_RETURN_POINTER(res);
 }
-
diff --git a/contrib/intarray/_int_gist.c b/contrib/intarray/_int_gist.c
index fa6d502e891..39c9679addd 100644
--- a/contrib/intarray/_int_gist.c
+++ b/contrib/intarray/_int_gist.c
@@ -85,27 +85,31 @@ g_int_consistent(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 }
 
 Datum
-g_int_union(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	bytea      *entryvec = (bytea *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
-	int                *size = (int *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
-	int4            i,len = (VARSIZE(entryvec) - VARHDRSZ) / sizeof(GISTENTRY);
-	ArrayType	*res;
-	int totlen=0,*ptr;
+g_int_union(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	bytea	   *entryvec = (bytea *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
+	int		   *size = (int *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
+	int4		i,
+				len = (VARSIZE(entryvec) - VARHDRSZ) / sizeof(GISTENTRY);
+	ArrayType  *res;
+	int			totlen = 0,
+			   *ptr;
 
 	for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
-		totlen+=ARRNELEMS( GETENTRY(entryvec,i) );
+		totlen += ARRNELEMS(GETENTRY(entryvec, i));
 
-	res=new_intArrayType(totlen);
-	ptr=ARRPTR(res);
+	res = new_intArrayType(totlen);
+	ptr = ARRPTR(res);
 
-	for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
-		memcpy(ptr, ARRPTR( GETENTRY(entryvec,i) ), ARRNELEMS( GETENTRY(entryvec,i) )*sizeof(int4) );
-		ptr+=ARRNELEMS( GETENTRY(entryvec,i) );
+	for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+	{
+		memcpy(ptr, ARRPTR(GETENTRY(entryvec, i)), ARRNELEMS(GETENTRY(entryvec, i)) * sizeof(int4));
+		ptr += ARRNELEMS(GETENTRY(entryvec, i));
 	}
 
-	QSORT(res,1);
-	res=_int_unique(res);
-	*size = VARSIZE(res);	
+	QSORT(res, 1);
+	res = _int_unique(res);
+	*size = VARSIZE(res);
 	PG_RETURN_POINTER(res);
 }
 
@@ -239,22 +243,23 @@ g_int_decompress(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 ** The GiST Penalty method for _intments
 */
 Datum
-g_int_penalty(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	GISTENTRY *origentry = (GISTENTRY *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
-	GISTENTRY *newentry  = (GISTENTRY *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
-	float *result = (float *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(2);
+g_int_penalty(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	GISTENTRY  *origentry = (GISTENTRY *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
+	GISTENTRY  *newentry = (GISTENTRY *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
+	float	   *result = (float *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(2);
 	ArrayType  *ud;
 	float		tmp1,
 				tmp2;
 
 	ud = inner_int_union((ArrayType *) DatumGetPointer(origentry->key),
-					(ArrayType *) DatumGetPointer(newentry->key));
+						 (ArrayType *) DatumGetPointer(newentry->key));
 	rt__int_size(ud, &tmp1);
 	rt__int_size((ArrayType *) DatumGetPointer(origentry->key), &tmp2);
 	*result = tmp1 - tmp2;
 	pfree(ud);
 
-	PG_RETURN_POINTER (result);
+	PG_RETURN_POINTER(result);
 }
 
 
@@ -311,8 +316,9 @@ comparecost(const void *a, const void *b)
 ** We use Guttman's poly time split algorithm
 */
 Datum
-g_int_picksplit(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	bytea *entryvec = (bytea *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
+g_int_picksplit(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	bytea	   *entryvec = (bytea *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
 	GIST_SPLITVEC *v = (GIST_SPLITVEC *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
 	OffsetNumber i,
 				j;
@@ -501,4 +507,3 @@ g_int_picksplit(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
 
 	PG_RETURN_POINTER(v);
 }
-
diff --git a/contrib/intarray/_int_tool.c b/contrib/intarray/_int_tool.c
index 04ff5e436b6..d5f169f7c82 100644
--- a/contrib/intarray/_int_tool.c
+++ b/contrib/intarray/_int_tool.c
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ _int_unique(ArrayType *r)
 			   *data;
 	int			num = ARRNELEMS(r);
 
-	if ( num<2 )
+	if (num < 2)
 		return r;
 
 	data = tmp = dr = ARRPTR(r);
@@ -367,4 +367,3 @@ compDESC(const void *a, const void *b)
 		return 0;
 	return (*(int4 *) a < *(int4 *) b) ? 1 : -1;
 }
-
diff --git a/contrib/ltree/_ltree_op.c b/contrib/ltree/_ltree_op.c
index f55434d3876..3890769ce1a 100644
--- a/contrib/ltree/_ltree_op.c
+++ b/contrib/ltree/_ltree_op.c
@@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ array_iterator(ArrayType *la, PGCALL2 callback, void *param, ltree ** found)
 
 	if (ARR_NDIM(la) != 1)
 		ereport(ERROR,
-			(errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
-			 errmsg("array must be one-dimensional")));
+				(errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
+				 errmsg("array must be one-dimensional")));
 
 	if (found)
 		*found = NULL;
@@ -133,38 +133,40 @@ _ltq_rregex(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 Datum
 _lt_q_regex(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 {
-        ArrayType      *_tree = PG_GETARG_ARRAYTYPE_P(0);
-        ArrayType   *_query =  PG_GETARG_ARRAYTYPE_P(1);
-        lquery  *query = (lquery *) ARR_DATA_PTR(_query);
-        bool    res = false;
-        int     num = ArrayGetNItems(ARR_NDIM(_query), ARR_DIMS(_query));
-
-        if (ARR_NDIM(_query) != 1)
-			ereport(ERROR,
+	ArrayType  *_tree = PG_GETARG_ARRAYTYPE_P(0);
+	ArrayType  *_query = PG_GETARG_ARRAYTYPE_P(1);
+	lquery	   *query = (lquery *) ARR_DATA_PTR(_query);
+	bool		res = false;
+	int			num = ArrayGetNItems(ARR_NDIM(_query), ARR_DIMS(_query));
+
+	if (ARR_NDIM(_query) != 1)
+		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
 				 errmsg("array must be one-dimensional")));
 
-        while (num > 0) {
-		if ( array_iterator(_tree, ltq_regex, (void*)query, NULL) ) {
-                        res = true;
-                        break;
-                }
-                num--;
-                query = (lquery*)NEXTVAL(query);
-        }
-
-        PG_FREE_IF_COPY(_tree, 0);
-        PG_FREE_IF_COPY(_query, 1);
-        PG_RETURN_BOOL(res);
+	while (num > 0)
+	{
+		if (array_iterator(_tree, ltq_regex, (void *) query, NULL))
+		{
+			res = true;
+			break;
+		}
+		num--;
+		query = (lquery *) NEXTVAL(query);
+	}
+
+	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(_tree, 0);
+	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(_query, 1);
+	PG_RETURN_BOOL(res);
 }
 
 Datum
 _lt_q_rregex(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 {
-        PG_RETURN_DATUM(DirectFunctionCall2(_lt_q_regex,
-                                                                                PG_GETARG_DATUM(1),
-                                                                                PG_GETARG_DATUM(0)
-                                                                                ));
+	PG_RETURN_DATUM(DirectFunctionCall2(_lt_q_regex,
+										PG_GETARG_DATUM(1),
+										PG_GETARG_DATUM(0)
+										));
 }
 
 
diff --git a/contrib/ltree/lquery_op.c b/contrib/ltree/lquery_op.c
index 72fd968d595..2328fcd2386 100644
--- a/contrib/ltree/lquery_op.c
+++ b/contrib/ltree/lquery_op.c
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ getlexem(char *start, char *end, int *len)
 }
 
 bool
-compare_subnode(ltree_level * t, char *qn, int len, int (*cmpptr) (const char *, const char *, size_t), bool anyend)
+			compare_subnode(ltree_level * t, char *qn, int len, int (*cmpptr) (const char *, const char *, size_t), bool anyend)
 {
 	char	   *endt = t->name + t->len;
 	char	   *endq = qn + len;
@@ -123,10 +123,15 @@ printFieldNot(FieldNot *fn ) {
 }
 */
 
-static struct {
-	bool muse;
-	uint32	high_pos;
-} SomeStack = {false,0,};
+static struct
+{
+	bool		muse;
+	uint32		high_pos;
+}	SomeStack =
+
+{
+	false, 0,
+};
 
 static bool
 checkCond(lquery_level * curq, int query_numlevel, ltree_level * curt, int tree_numlevel, FieldNot * ptr)
@@ -140,7 +145,8 @@ checkCond(lquery_level * curq, int query_numlevel, ltree_level * curt, int tree_
 	lquery_level *prevq = NULL;
 	ltree_level *prevt = NULL;
 
-	if ( SomeStack.muse ) {
+	if (SomeStack.muse)
+	{
 		high_pos = SomeStack.high_pos;
 		qlen--;
 		prevq = curq;
@@ -200,13 +206,15 @@ checkCond(lquery_level * curq, int query_numlevel, ltree_level * curt, int tree_
 					curt = LEVEL_NEXT(curt);
 					tlen--;
 					cur_tpos++;
-					if ( isok && prevq && prevq->numvar==0 && tlen>0 && cur_tpos <= high_pos ) {
-						FieldNot tmpptr;
-						if ( ptr )
-							memcpy(&tmpptr,ptr,sizeof(FieldNot));
-						SomeStack.high_pos = high_pos-cur_tpos;
+					if (isok && prevq && prevq->numvar == 0 && tlen > 0 && cur_tpos <= high_pos)
+					{
+						FieldNot	tmpptr;
+
+						if (ptr)
+							memcpy(&tmpptr, ptr, sizeof(FieldNot));
+						SomeStack.high_pos = high_pos - cur_tpos;
 						SomeStack.muse = true;
-						if ( checkCond(prevq, qlen+1, curt, tlen, (ptr) ? &tmpptr : NULL) )
+						if (checkCond(prevq, qlen + 1, curt, tlen, (ptr) ? &tmpptr : NULL))
 							return true;
 					}
 					if (!isok && ptr)
@@ -311,19 +319,21 @@ Datum
 lt_q_regex(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 {
 	ltree	   *tree = PG_GETARG_LTREE(0);
-	ArrayType   *_query =  PG_GETARG_ARRAYTYPE_P(1);
-	lquery	*query = (lquery *) ARR_DATA_PTR(_query);	
-	bool	res = false;
-        int     num = ArrayGetNItems(ARR_NDIM(_query), ARR_DIMS(_query));
+	ArrayType  *_query = PG_GETARG_ARRAYTYPE_P(1);
+	lquery	   *query = (lquery *) ARR_DATA_PTR(_query);
+	bool		res = false;
+	int			num = ArrayGetNItems(ARR_NDIM(_query), ARR_DIMS(_query));
 
-        if (ARR_NDIM(_query) != 1)
-			ereport(ERROR,
+	if (ARR_NDIM(_query) != 1)
+		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
 				 errmsg("array must be one-dimensional")));
 
-	while (num > 0) {
+	while (num > 0)
+	{
 		if (DatumGetBool(DirectFunctionCall2(ltq_regex,
-				PointerGetDatum(tree), PointerGetDatum(query)))) {
+						 PointerGetDatum(tree), PointerGetDatum(query))))
+		{
 
 			res = true;
 			break;
@@ -345,5 +355,3 @@ lt_q_rregex(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 										PG_GETARG_DATUM(0)
 										));
 }
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/ltree/ltree_io.c b/contrib/ltree/ltree_io.c
index 24116b02424..62c033cc5df 100644
--- a/contrib/ltree/ltree_io.c
+++ b/contrib/ltree/ltree_io.c
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Datum		lquery_out(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
 
 #define UNCHAR ereport(ERROR, \
 					   (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR), \
-					    errmsg("syntax error at position %d near \"%c\"", \
+						errmsg("syntax error at position %d near \"%c\"", \
 						(int)(ptr-buf), *ptr)));
 
 
@@ -81,8 +81,8 @@ ltree_in(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 							(errcode(ERRCODE_NAME_TOO_LONG),
 							 errmsg("name of level is too long"),
 							 errdetail("name length is %d, must " \
-									"be < 256, in position %d",
-						 			lptr->len, (int) (lptr->start - buf))));
+									   "be < 256, in position %d",
+								 lptr->len, (int) (lptr->start - buf))));
 
 				totallen += MAXALIGN(lptr->len + LEVEL_HDRSIZE);
 				lptr++;
@@ -105,8 +105,8 @@ ltree_in(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_NAME_TOO_LONG),
 					 errmsg("name of level is too long"),
 					 errdetail("name length is %d, must " \
-								"be < 256, in position %d",
-					 			lptr->len, (int) (lptr->start - buf))));
+							   "be < 256, in position %d",
+							   lptr->len, (int) (lptr->start - buf))));
 
 		totallen += MAXALIGN(lptr->len + LEVEL_HDRSIZE);
 		lptr++;
@@ -283,8 +283,8 @@ lquery_in(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 							(errcode(ERRCODE_NAME_TOO_LONG),
 							 errmsg("name of level is too long"),
 							 errdetail("name length is %d, must " \
-										"be < 256, in position %d",
-							 			lptr->len, (int) (lptr->start - buf))));
+									   "be < 256, in position %d",
+								 lptr->len, (int) (lptr->start - buf))));
 
 				state = LQPRS_WAITVAR;
 			}
@@ -299,8 +299,8 @@ lquery_in(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 							(errcode(ERRCODE_NAME_TOO_LONG),
 							 errmsg("name of level is too long"),
 							 errdetail("name length is %d, must " \
-										"be < 256, in position %d",
-							 			lptr->len, (int) (lptr->start - buf))));
+									   "be < 256, in position %d",
+								 lptr->len, (int) (lptr->start - buf))));
 
 				state = LQPRS_WAITLEVEL;
 				curqlevel = NEXTLEV(curqlevel);
@@ -412,8 +412,8 @@ lquery_in(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_NAME_TOO_LONG),
 					 errmsg("name of level is too long"),
 					 errdetail("name length is %d, must " \
-							"be < 256, in position %d",
-				 			lptr->len, (int) (lptr->start - buf))));
+							   "be < 256, in position %d",
+							   lptr->len, (int) (lptr->start - buf))));
 	}
 	else if (state == LQPRS_WAITOPEN)
 		curqlevel->high = 0xffff;
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ lquery_in(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
 					 errmsg("syntax error"),
 					 errdetail("Low limit(%d) is greater than upper(%d).",
-								curqlevel->low, curqlevel->high)));
+							   curqlevel->low, curqlevel->high)));
 
 		curqlevel = NEXTLEV(curqlevel);
 	}
diff --git a/contrib/ltree/ltree_op.c b/contrib/ltree/ltree_op.c
index 1b3c80b7266..4dcb558fe48 100644
--- a/contrib/ltree/ltree_op.c
+++ b/contrib/ltree/ltree_op.c
@@ -83,49 +83,49 @@ Datum
 ltree_cmp(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 {
 	RUNCMP
-	PG_RETURN_INT32(res);
+		PG_RETURN_INT32(res);
 }
 
 Datum
 ltree_lt(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 {
 	RUNCMP
-	PG_RETURN_BOOL((res < 0) ? true : false);
+		PG_RETURN_BOOL((res < 0) ? true : false);
 }
 
 Datum
 ltree_le(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 {
 	RUNCMP
-	PG_RETURN_BOOL((res <= 0) ? true : false);
+		PG_RETURN_BOOL((res <= 0) ? true : false);
 }
 
 Datum
 ltree_eq(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 {
 	RUNCMP
-	PG_RETURN_BOOL((res == 0) ? true : false);
+		PG_RETURN_BOOL((res == 0) ? true : false);
 }
 
 Datum
 ltree_ge(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 {
 	RUNCMP
-	PG_RETURN_BOOL((res >= 0) ? true : false);
+		PG_RETURN_BOOL((res >= 0) ? true : false);
 }
 
 Datum
 ltree_gt(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 {
 	RUNCMP
-	PG_RETURN_BOOL((res > 0) ? true : false);
+		PG_RETURN_BOOL((res > 0) ? true : false);
 }
 
 Datum
 ltree_ne(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 {
 	RUNCMP
-	PG_RETURN_BOOL((res != 0) ? true : false);
+		PG_RETURN_BOOL((res != 0) ? true : false);
 }
 
 Datum
@@ -331,46 +331,55 @@ ltree_index(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 {
 	ltree	   *a = PG_GETARG_LTREE(0);
 	ltree	   *b = PG_GETARG_LTREE(1);
-	int	start=(fcinfo->nargs == 3) ? PG_GETARG_INT32(2) : 0;
-	int i,j;
-	ltree_level *startptr, *aptr, *bptr;
-	bool found=false;
-
-	if ( start < 0 ) {
-		if ( -start >= a->numlevel ) 
-			start=0;
-		else 
-			start = (int)(a->numlevel)+start;
+	int			start = (fcinfo->nargs == 3) ? PG_GETARG_INT32(2) : 0;
+	int			i,
+				j;
+	ltree_level *startptr,
+			   *aptr,
+			   *bptr;
+	bool		found = false;
+
+	if (start < 0)
+	{
+		if (-start >= a->numlevel)
+			start = 0;
+		else
+			start = (int) (a->numlevel) + start;
 	}
 
-	if ( a->numlevel - start < b->numlevel || a->numlevel==0 || b->numlevel==0 ) {
+	if (a->numlevel - start < b->numlevel || a->numlevel == 0 || b->numlevel == 0)
+	{
 		PG_FREE_IF_COPY(a, 0);
 		PG_FREE_IF_COPY(b, 1);
 		PG_RETURN_INT32(-1);
 	}
 
-	startptr=LTREE_FIRST(a);
-	for(i=0; i<=a->numlevel-b->numlevel; i++) {
-		if ( i>=start ) {
-			aptr=startptr;
-			bptr=LTREE_FIRST(b);
-			for(j=0;j<b->numlevel;j++) {
-				if ( !(aptr->len==bptr->len && strncmp(aptr->name,bptr->name, aptr->len)==0) )
-					break; 
-				aptr=LEVEL_NEXT(aptr);
-				bptr=LEVEL_NEXT(bptr);
+	startptr = LTREE_FIRST(a);
+	for (i = 0; i <= a->numlevel - b->numlevel; i++)
+	{
+		if (i >= start)
+		{
+			aptr = startptr;
+			bptr = LTREE_FIRST(b);
+			for (j = 0; j < b->numlevel; j++)
+			{
+				if (!(aptr->len == bptr->len && strncmp(aptr->name, bptr->name, aptr->len) == 0))
+					break;
+				aptr = LEVEL_NEXT(aptr);
+				bptr = LEVEL_NEXT(bptr);
 			}
-	
-			if ( j==b->numlevel ) {
-				found=true;
+
+			if (j == b->numlevel)
+			{
+				found = true;
 				break;
 			}
 		}
-		startptr=LEVEL_NEXT(startptr);	
+		startptr = LEVEL_NEXT(startptr);
 	}
-	
-	if ( !found ) 
-		i=-1;
+
+	if (!found)
+		i = -1;
 
 	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(a, 0);
 	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(b, 1);
@@ -496,18 +505,18 @@ Datum
 text2ltree(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 {
 	text	   *in = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
-	char *s = (char *) palloc(VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ + 1);
-	ltree *out;
+	char	   *s = (char *) palloc(VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ + 1);
+	ltree	   *out;
 
 	memcpy(s, VARDATA(in), VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ);
 	s[VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ] = '\0';
 
 	out = (ltree *) DatumGetPointer(DirectFunctionCall1(
-				ltree_in,
-				PointerGetDatum(s)
-			));
+														ltree_in,
+														PointerGetDatum(s)
+														));
 	pfree(s);
-	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in,0);
+	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in, 0);
 	PG_RETURN_POINTER(out);
 }
 
@@ -516,16 +525,18 @@ Datum
 ltree2text(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 {
 	ltree	   *in = PG_GETARG_LTREE(0);
-	char       *ptr;
-	int                     i;
+	char	   *ptr;
+	int			i;
 	ltree_level *curlevel;
-	text	*out;
-                    
-	out=(text*)palloc(in->len+VARHDRSZ);
-	ptr = VARDATA(out); 
+	text	   *out;
+
+	out = (text *) palloc(in->len + VARHDRSZ);
+	ptr = VARDATA(out);
 	curlevel = LTREE_FIRST(in);
-	for (i = 0; i < in->numlevel; i++) {
-		if (i != 0) {
+	for (i = 0; i < in->numlevel; i++)
+	{
+		if (i != 0)
+		{
 			*ptr = '.';
 			ptr++;
 		}
@@ -533,13 +544,9 @@ ltree2text(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 		ptr += curlevel->len;
 		curlevel = LEVEL_NEXT(curlevel);
 	}
-               
-	VARATT_SIZEP(out) = VARHDRSZ + (ptr-VARDATA(out)); 
+
+	VARATT_SIZEP(out) = VARHDRSZ + (ptr - VARDATA(out));
 	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in, 0);
-        
+
 	PG_RETURN_POINTER(out);
 }
-
-	
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/oid2name/oid2name.c b/contrib/oid2name/oid2name.c
index e2e2907267f..76369fd13cb 100644
--- a/contrib/oid2name/oid2name.c
+++ b/contrib/oid2name/oid2name.c
@@ -356,8 +356,8 @@ sql_exec_dumptable(PGconn *conn, int systables)
 		snprintf(todo, 1024, "select relfilenode,relname from pg_class order by relname");
 	else
 		snprintf(todo, 1024, "select relfilenode,relname from pg_class "
-							"where relkind not in ('v','s', 'c') and "
-							"relname not like 'pg_%%' order by relname");
+				 "where relkind not in ('v','s', 'c') and "
+				 "relname not like 'pg_%%' order by relname");
 
 	sql_exec(conn, todo, 0);
 }
diff --git a/contrib/pg_autovacuum/pg_autovacuum.c b/contrib/pg_autovacuum/pg_autovacuum.c
index dce065d7b6f..01d22dbc6b1 100644
--- a/contrib/pg_autovacuum/pg_autovacuum.c
+++ b/contrib/pg_autovacuum/pg_autovacuum.c
@@ -6,324 +6,362 @@
 
 #include "pg_autovacuum.h"
 #define TIMEBUFF 256
-FILE *LOGOUTPUT;
-char timebuffer[TIMEBUFF];
-char logbuffer[4096];
+FILE	   *LOGOUTPUT;
+char		timebuffer[TIMEBUFF];
+char		logbuffer[4096];
 
 void
-log_entry (const char *logentry)
+log_entry(const char *logentry)
 {
-  time_t curtime;
-  struct tm *loctime;
-  curtime = time (NULL);
-  loctime = localtime (&curtime);
-  strftime (timebuffer, TIMEBUFF, "%Y-%m-%d %r", loctime);  /* cbb - %F is not always available */
-  fprintf (LOGOUTPUT, "[%s] %s\n", timebuffer, logentry);
+	time_t		curtime;
+	struct tm  *loctime;
+
+	curtime = time(NULL);
+	loctime = localtime(&curtime);
+	strftime(timebuffer, TIMEBUFF, "%Y-%m-%d %r", loctime);		/* cbb - %F is not
+																 * always available */
+	fprintf(LOGOUTPUT, "[%s] %s\n", timebuffer, logentry);
 }
 
 /* Function used to detatch the pg_autovacuum daemon from the tty and go into the background *
-*     This code is mostly ripped directly from pm_dameonize in postmaster.c               *
-*     with unneeded code removed.                                                         */
-void daemonize ()
+*	  This code is mostly ripped directly from pm_dameonize in postmaster.c				  *
+*	  with unneeded code removed.														  */
+void
+daemonize()
 {
-  pid_t pid;
-
-  pid = fork();
-  if (pid == (pid_t) -1)
-  {
-    log_entry("Error: cannot disassociate from controlling TTY");
-    fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
-    _exit(1);
-  }
-  else if (pid)
-  {  /* parent */
-     /* Parent should just exit, without doing any atexit cleanup */
-    _exit(0);
-  }
+	pid_t		pid;
+
+	pid = fork();
+	if (pid == (pid_t) -1)
+	{
+		log_entry("Error: cannot disassociate from controlling TTY");
+		fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+		_exit(1);
+	}
+	else if (pid)
+	{							/* parent */
+		/* Parent should just exit, without doing any atexit cleanup */
+		_exit(0);
+	}
 
 /* GH: If there's no setsid(), we hopefully don't need silent mode.
  * Until there's a better solution.  */
 #ifdef HAVE_SETSID
-  if (setsid() < 0)
-  {
-    log_entry("Error: cannot disassociate from controlling TTY");
-    fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
-    _exit(1);
-  }
+	if (setsid() < 0)
+	{
+		log_entry("Error: cannot disassociate from controlling TTY");
+		fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+		_exit(1);
+	}
 #endif
 
 }
 
 /* Create and return tbl_info struct with initialized to values from row or res */
 tbl_info *
-init_table_info (PGresult * res, int row, db_info *dbi)
+init_table_info(PGresult *res, int row, db_info * dbi)
 {
-  tbl_info *new_tbl = (tbl_info *) malloc (sizeof (tbl_info));
-
-  if (!new_tbl) {
-    log_entry ("init_table_info: Cannot get memory");
-    fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
-    return NULL;
-  }
-
-  if (NULL == res)
-    return NULL;
-
-  new_tbl->dbi = dbi;    /* set pointer to db */
-
-  new_tbl->schema_name = (char *)
-    malloc (strlen (PQgetvalue (res, row, PQfnumber (res, "schemaname"))) + 1);
-  if (!new_tbl->schema_name) {
-    log_entry ("init_table_info: malloc failed on new_tbl->schema_name");
-    fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
-    return NULL;
-  }
-  strcpy (new_tbl->schema_name,
-    PQgetvalue (res, row, PQfnumber (res, "schemaname")));
-
-  new_tbl->table_name = (char *)
-    malloc (strlen (PQgetvalue (res, row, PQfnumber (res, "relname"))) +
-    strlen (new_tbl->schema_name) + 2);
-  if (!new_tbl->table_name) {
-    log_entry ("init_table_info: malloc failed on new_tbl->table_name");
-    fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
-    return NULL;
-  }
-  strcpy (new_tbl->table_name, new_tbl->schema_name);
-  strcat (new_tbl->table_name, ".");
-  strcat (new_tbl->table_name, PQgetvalue (res, row, PQfnumber (res, "relname")));
-
-  new_tbl->CountAtLastAnalyze =
-    (atol (PQgetvalue (res, row, PQfnumber (res, "n_tup_ins"))) +
-     atol (PQgetvalue (res, row, PQfnumber (res, "n_tup_upd"))));
-  new_tbl->curr_analyze_count = new_tbl->CountAtLastAnalyze;
-
-  new_tbl->CountAtLastVacuum =
-    (atol (PQgetvalue (res, row, PQfnumber (res, "n_tup_del"))) +
-     atol (PQgetvalue (res, row, PQfnumber (res, "n_tup_upd"))));
-  new_tbl->curr_vacuum_count = new_tbl->CountAtLastVacuum;
-
-  new_tbl->relfilenode = atoi (PQgetvalue (res, row, PQfnumber (res, "relfilenode")));
-  new_tbl->reltuples =   atoi (PQgetvalue (res, row, PQfnumber (res, "reltuples")));
-  new_tbl->relpages =    atoi (PQgetvalue (res, row, PQfnumber (res, "relpages")));
-
-  new_tbl->analyze_threshold =
-    args->analyze_base_threshold + args->analyze_scaling_factor * new_tbl->reltuples;
-  new_tbl->vacuum_threshold =
-    args->vacuum_base_threshold + args->vacuum_scaling_factor * new_tbl->reltuples;
-
-  if (args->debug >= 2) {
-    print_table_info (new_tbl);
-  }
-
-  return new_tbl;
+	tbl_info   *new_tbl = (tbl_info *) malloc(sizeof(tbl_info));
+
+	if (!new_tbl)
+	{
+		log_entry("init_table_info: Cannot get memory");
+		fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (NULL == res)
+		return NULL;
+
+	new_tbl->dbi = dbi;			/* set pointer to db */
+
+	new_tbl->schema_name = (char *)
+		malloc(strlen(PQgetvalue(res, row, PQfnumber(res, "schemaname"))) + 1);
+	if (!new_tbl->schema_name)
+	{
+		log_entry("init_table_info: malloc failed on new_tbl->schema_name");
+		fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	strcpy(new_tbl->schema_name,
+		   PQgetvalue(res, row, PQfnumber(res, "schemaname")));
+
+	new_tbl->table_name = (char *)
+		malloc(strlen(PQgetvalue(res, row, PQfnumber(res, "relname"))) +
+			   strlen(new_tbl->schema_name) + 2);
+	if (!new_tbl->table_name)
+	{
+		log_entry("init_table_info: malloc failed on new_tbl->table_name");
+		fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	strcpy(new_tbl->table_name, new_tbl->schema_name);
+	strcat(new_tbl->table_name, ".");
+	strcat(new_tbl->table_name, PQgetvalue(res, row, PQfnumber(res, "relname")));
+
+	new_tbl->CountAtLastAnalyze =
+		(atol(PQgetvalue(res, row, PQfnumber(res, "n_tup_ins"))) +
+		 atol(PQgetvalue(res, row, PQfnumber(res, "n_tup_upd"))));
+	new_tbl->curr_analyze_count = new_tbl->CountAtLastAnalyze;
+
+	new_tbl->CountAtLastVacuum =
+		(atol(PQgetvalue(res, row, PQfnumber(res, "n_tup_del"))) +
+		 atol(PQgetvalue(res, row, PQfnumber(res, "n_tup_upd"))));
+	new_tbl->curr_vacuum_count = new_tbl->CountAtLastVacuum;
+
+	new_tbl->relfilenode = atoi(PQgetvalue(res, row, PQfnumber(res, "relfilenode")));
+	new_tbl->reltuples = atoi(PQgetvalue(res, row, PQfnumber(res, "reltuples")));
+	new_tbl->relpages = atoi(PQgetvalue(res, row, PQfnumber(res, "relpages")));
+
+	new_tbl->analyze_threshold =
+		args->analyze_base_threshold + args->analyze_scaling_factor * new_tbl->reltuples;
+	new_tbl->vacuum_threshold =
+		args->vacuum_base_threshold + args->vacuum_scaling_factor * new_tbl->reltuples;
+
+	if (args->debug >= 2)
+		print_table_info(new_tbl);
+
+	return new_tbl;
 }
 
 /* Set thresholds = base_value + scaling_factor * reltuples
    Should be called after a vacuum since vacuum updates values in pg_class */
 void
-update_table_thresholds (db_info * dbi, tbl_info * tbl,int vacuum_type)
+update_table_thresholds(db_info * dbi, tbl_info * tbl, int vacuum_type)
 {
-  PGresult *res = NULL;
-  int disconnect = 0;
-  char query[128];
-
-  if (NULL == dbi->conn) {
-    dbi->conn = db_connect (dbi);
-    disconnect = 1;
-  }
-
-  if (NULL != dbi->conn) {
-    snprintf (query, sizeof (query), PAGES_QUERY, tbl->relfilenode);
-    res = send_query (query, dbi);
-    if (NULL != res) {
-      tbl->reltuples =
-        atoi (PQgetvalue (res, 0, PQfnumber (res, "reltuples")));
-      tbl->relpages = atoi (PQgetvalue (res, 0, PQfnumber (res, "relpages")));
-
-      /* update vacuum thresholds only of we just did a vacuum analyze */
-      if(VACUUM_ANALYZE == vacuum_type)
-      {
-        tbl->vacuum_threshold =
-          (args->vacuum_base_threshold + args->vacuum_scaling_factor * tbl->reltuples);
-        tbl->CountAtLastVacuum  = tbl->curr_vacuum_count;
-      }
-
-      /* update analyze thresholds */
-      tbl->analyze_threshold =
-        (args->analyze_base_threshold + args->analyze_scaling_factor * tbl->reltuples);
-      tbl->CountAtLastAnalyze = tbl->curr_analyze_count;
-
-      PQclear (res);
-
-      /* If the stats collector is reporting fewer updates then we have on record
-         then the stats were probably reset, so we need to reset also */
-      if ((tbl->curr_analyze_count < tbl->CountAtLastAnalyze) ||
-          (tbl->curr_vacuum_count < tbl->CountAtLastVacuum))
-      {
-        tbl->CountAtLastAnalyze = tbl->curr_analyze_count;
-        tbl->CountAtLastVacuum = tbl->curr_vacuum_count;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if (disconnect)
-    db_disconnect (dbi);
+	PGresult   *res = NULL;
+	int			disconnect = 0;
+	char		query[128];
+
+	if (NULL == dbi->conn)
+	{
+		dbi->conn = db_connect(dbi);
+		disconnect = 1;
+	}
+
+	if (NULL != dbi->conn)
+	{
+		snprintf(query, sizeof(query), PAGES_QUERY, tbl->relfilenode);
+		res = send_query(query, dbi);
+		if (NULL != res)
+		{
+			tbl->reltuples =
+				atoi(PQgetvalue(res, 0, PQfnumber(res, "reltuples")));
+			tbl->relpages = atoi(PQgetvalue(res, 0, PQfnumber(res, "relpages")));
+
+			/*
+			 * update vacuum thresholds only of we just did a vacuum
+			 * analyze
+			 */
+			if (VACUUM_ANALYZE == vacuum_type)
+			{
+				tbl->vacuum_threshold =
+					(args->vacuum_base_threshold + args->vacuum_scaling_factor * tbl->reltuples);
+				tbl->CountAtLastVacuum = tbl->curr_vacuum_count;
+			}
+
+			/* update analyze thresholds */
+			tbl->analyze_threshold =
+				(args->analyze_base_threshold + args->analyze_scaling_factor * tbl->reltuples);
+			tbl->CountAtLastAnalyze = tbl->curr_analyze_count;
+
+			PQclear(res);
+
+			/*
+			 * If the stats collector is reporting fewer updates then we
+			 * have on record then the stats were probably reset, so we
+			 * need to reset also
+			 */
+			if ((tbl->curr_analyze_count < tbl->CountAtLastAnalyze) ||
+				(tbl->curr_vacuum_count < tbl->CountAtLastVacuum))
+			{
+				tbl->CountAtLastAnalyze = tbl->curr_analyze_count;
+				tbl->CountAtLastVacuum = tbl->curr_vacuum_count;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if (disconnect)
+		db_disconnect(dbi);
 }
 
 void
-update_table_list (db_info * dbi)
+update_table_list(db_info * dbi)
 {
-  int disconnect = 0;
-  PGresult *res = NULL;
-  tbl_info *tbl = NULL;
-  Dlelem *tbl_elem = DLGetHead (dbi->table_list);
-  int i = 0, t = 0, found_match = 0;
-
-  if (NULL == dbi->conn) {
-    dbi->conn = db_connect (dbi);
-    disconnect = 1;
-  }
-
-  if (NULL != dbi->conn) {
-    /* Get a result set that has all the information
-       we will need to both remove tables from the list
-       that no longer exist and add tables to the list
-       that are new */
-    res = send_query (query_table_stats (dbi), dbi);
-    t = PQntuples (res);
-
-    /* First: use the tbl_list as the outer loop and
-       the result set as the inner loop, this will
-       determine what tables should be removed */
-    while (NULL != tbl_elem) {
-      tbl = ((tbl_info *) DLE_VAL (tbl_elem));
-      found_match = 0;
-
-      for (i = 0; i < t; i++) {	/* loop through result set looking for a match */
-        if (tbl->relfilenode == atoi (PQgetvalue (res, i, PQfnumber (res, "relfilenode")))) {
-          found_match = 1;
-  	    break;
-        }
-      }
-      if (0 == found_match) {	/* then we didn't find this tbl_elem in the result set */
-        Dlelem *elem_to_remove = tbl_elem;
-        tbl_elem = DLGetSucc (tbl_elem);
-        remove_table_from_list (elem_to_remove);
-      }
-      else
-	tbl_elem = DLGetSucc (tbl_elem);
-    }	/* Done removing dropped tables from the table_list */
-
-    /* Then loop use result set as outer loop and
-       tbl_list as the inner loop to determine
-       what tables are new */
-    for (i = 0; i < t; i++)
-    {
-      tbl_elem = DLGetHead (dbi->table_list);
-      found_match = 0;
-      while (NULL != tbl_elem)
-      {
-        tbl = ((tbl_info *) DLE_VAL (tbl_elem));
-        if (tbl->relfilenode == atoi (PQgetvalue (res, i, PQfnumber (res, "relfilenode"))))
-        {
-          found_match = 1;
-	    break;
-	  }
-	  tbl_elem = DLGetSucc (tbl_elem);
-      }
-      if (0 == found_match) 	/*then we didn't find this result now in the tbl_list */
-      {
-        DLAddTail (dbi->table_list, DLNewElem (init_table_info (res, i, dbi)));
-	  if (args->debug >= 1)
-        {
-	    sprintf (logbuffer, "added table: %s.%s", dbi->dbname,
-		   ((tbl_info *) DLE_VAL (DLGetTail (dbi->table_list)))->table_name);
-	    log_entry (logbuffer);
-	  }
-      }
-    }				/* end of for loop that adds tables */
-    fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
-    PQclear (res);
-    res = NULL;
-    if (args->debug >= 3) {
-      print_table_list (dbi->table_list);
-    }
-    if (disconnect)
-      db_disconnect (dbi);
-  }
+	int			disconnect = 0;
+	PGresult   *res = NULL;
+	tbl_info   *tbl = NULL;
+	Dlelem	   *tbl_elem = DLGetHead(dbi->table_list);
+	int			i = 0,
+				t = 0,
+				found_match = 0;
+
+	if (NULL == dbi->conn)
+	{
+		dbi->conn = db_connect(dbi);
+		disconnect = 1;
+	}
+
+	if (NULL != dbi->conn)
+	{
+		/*
+		 * Get a result set that has all the information we will need to
+		 * both remove tables from the list that no longer exist and add
+		 * tables to the list that are new
+		 */
+		res = send_query(query_table_stats(dbi), dbi);
+		t = PQntuples(res);
+
+		/*
+		 * First: use the tbl_list as the outer loop and the result set as
+		 * the inner loop, this will determine what tables should be
+		 * removed
+		 */
+		while (NULL != tbl_elem)
+		{
+			tbl = ((tbl_info *) DLE_VAL(tbl_elem));
+			found_match = 0;
+
+			for (i = 0; i < t; i++)
+			{					/* loop through result set looking for a
+								 * match */
+				if (tbl->relfilenode == atoi(PQgetvalue(res, i, PQfnumber(res, "relfilenode"))))
+				{
+					found_match = 1;
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			if (0 == found_match)
+			{					/* then we didn't find this tbl_elem in
+								 * the result set */
+				Dlelem	   *elem_to_remove = tbl_elem;
+
+				tbl_elem = DLGetSucc(tbl_elem);
+				remove_table_from_list(elem_to_remove);
+			}
+			else
+				tbl_elem = DLGetSucc(tbl_elem);
+		}						/* Done removing dropped tables from the
+								 * table_list */
+
+		/*
+		 * Then loop use result set as outer loop and tbl_list as the
+		 * inner loop to determine what tables are new
+		 */
+		for (i = 0; i < t; i++)
+		{
+			tbl_elem = DLGetHead(dbi->table_list);
+			found_match = 0;
+			while (NULL != tbl_elem)
+			{
+				tbl = ((tbl_info *) DLE_VAL(tbl_elem));
+				if (tbl->relfilenode == atoi(PQgetvalue(res, i, PQfnumber(res, "relfilenode"))))
+				{
+					found_match = 1;
+					break;
+				}
+				tbl_elem = DLGetSucc(tbl_elem);
+			}
+			if (0 == found_match)		/* then we didn't find this result
+										 * now in the tbl_list */
+			{
+				DLAddTail(dbi->table_list, DLNewElem(init_table_info(res, i, dbi)));
+				if (args->debug >= 1)
+				{
+					sprintf(logbuffer, "added table: %s.%s", dbi->dbname,
+							((tbl_info *) DLE_VAL(DLGetTail(dbi->table_list)))->table_name);
+					log_entry(logbuffer);
+				}
+			}
+		}						/* end of for loop that adds tables */
+		fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+		PQclear(res);
+		res = NULL;
+		if (args->debug >= 3)
+			print_table_list(dbi->table_list);
+		if (disconnect)
+			db_disconnect(dbi);
+	}
 }
 
 /* Free memory, and remove the node from the list */
 void
-remove_table_from_list (Dlelem * tbl_to_remove)
+remove_table_from_list(Dlelem *tbl_to_remove)
 {
-  tbl_info *tbl = ((tbl_info *) DLE_VAL (tbl_to_remove));
-
-  if (args->debug >= 1) {
-    sprintf (logbuffer, "Removing table: %s from list.", tbl->table_name);
-    log_entry (logbuffer);
-    fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
-  }
-  DLRemove (tbl_to_remove);
-
-  if (tbl->schema_name) {
-    free (tbl->schema_name);
-    tbl->schema_name = NULL;
-  }
-  if (tbl->table_name) {
-    free (tbl->table_name);
-    tbl->table_name = NULL;
-  }
-  if (tbl) {
-    free (tbl);
-    tbl = NULL;
-  }
-  DLFreeElem (tbl_to_remove);
+	tbl_info   *tbl = ((tbl_info *) DLE_VAL(tbl_to_remove));
+
+	if (args->debug >= 1)
+	{
+		sprintf(logbuffer, "Removing table: %s from list.", tbl->table_name);
+		log_entry(logbuffer);
+		fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+	}
+	DLRemove(tbl_to_remove);
+
+	if (tbl->schema_name)
+	{
+		free(tbl->schema_name);
+		tbl->schema_name = NULL;
+	}
+	if (tbl->table_name)
+	{
+		free(tbl->table_name);
+		tbl->table_name = NULL;
+	}
+	if (tbl)
+	{
+		free(tbl);
+		tbl = NULL;
+	}
+	DLFreeElem(tbl_to_remove);
 }
 
 /* Free the entire table list */
 void
-free_tbl_list (Dllist * tbl_list)
+free_tbl_list(Dllist *tbl_list)
 {
-  Dlelem *tbl_elem = DLGetHead (tbl_list);
-  Dlelem *tbl_elem_to_remove = NULL;
-  while (NULL != tbl_elem) {
-    tbl_elem_to_remove = tbl_elem;
-    tbl_elem = DLGetSucc (tbl_elem);
-    remove_table_from_list (tbl_elem_to_remove);
-  }
-  DLFreeList (tbl_list);
+	Dlelem	   *tbl_elem = DLGetHead(tbl_list);
+	Dlelem	   *tbl_elem_to_remove = NULL;
+
+	while (NULL != tbl_elem)
+	{
+		tbl_elem_to_remove = tbl_elem;
+		tbl_elem = DLGetSucc(tbl_elem);
+		remove_table_from_list(tbl_elem_to_remove);
+	}
+	DLFreeList(tbl_list);
 }
 
 void
-print_table_list (Dllist * table_list)
+print_table_list(Dllist *table_list)
 {
-  Dlelem *table_elem = DLGetHead (table_list);
-  while (NULL != table_elem) {
-    print_table_info (((tbl_info *) DLE_VAL (table_elem)));
-    table_elem = DLGetSucc (table_elem);
-  }
+	Dlelem	   *table_elem = DLGetHead(table_list);
+
+	while (NULL != table_elem)
+	{
+		print_table_info(((tbl_info *) DLE_VAL(table_elem)));
+		table_elem = DLGetSucc(table_elem);
+	}
 }
 
 void
-print_table_info (tbl_info * tbl)
+print_table_info(tbl_info * tbl)
 {
-  sprintf (logbuffer, "  table name:     %s.%s", tbl->dbi->dbname, tbl->table_name);
-  log_entry (logbuffer);
-  sprintf (logbuffer, "     relfilenode: %i",tbl->relfilenode);
-  log_entry (logbuffer);
-  sprintf (logbuffer, "     reltuples: %i;  relpages: %i", tbl->reltuples, tbl->relpages);
-  log_entry (logbuffer);
-  sprintf (logbuffer, "     curr_analyze_count:  %li; cur_delete_count:   %li",
-	   tbl->curr_analyze_count, tbl->curr_vacuum_count);
-  log_entry (logbuffer);
-  sprintf (logbuffer, "     ins_at_last_analyze: %li; del_at_last_vacuum: %li",
-	   tbl->CountAtLastAnalyze, tbl->CountAtLastVacuum);
-  log_entry (logbuffer);
-  sprintf (logbuffer, "     insert_threshold:    %li; delete_threshold    %li",
-	   tbl->analyze_threshold, tbl->vacuum_threshold);
-  log_entry (logbuffer);
-  fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
+	sprintf(logbuffer, "  table name:     %s.%s", tbl->dbi->dbname, tbl->table_name);
+	log_entry(logbuffer);
+	sprintf(logbuffer, "     relfilenode: %i", tbl->relfilenode);
+	log_entry(logbuffer);
+	sprintf(logbuffer, "     reltuples: %i;  relpages: %i", tbl->reltuples, tbl->relpages);
+	log_entry(logbuffer);
+	sprintf(logbuffer, "     curr_analyze_count:  %li; cur_delete_count:   %li",
+			tbl->curr_analyze_count, tbl->curr_vacuum_count);
+	log_entry(logbuffer);
+	sprintf(logbuffer, "     ins_at_last_analyze: %li; del_at_last_vacuum: %li",
+			tbl->CountAtLastAnalyze, tbl->CountAtLastVacuum);
+	log_entry(logbuffer);
+	sprintf(logbuffer, "     insert_threshold:    %li; delete_threshold    %li",
+			tbl->analyze_threshold, tbl->vacuum_threshold);
+	log_entry(logbuffer);
+	fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
 }
 
 /* End of table Management Functions */
@@ -332,161 +370,188 @@ print_table_info (tbl_info * tbl)
 
 /* init_db_list() creates the db_list and initalizes template1 */
 Dllist *
-init_db_list ()
+init_db_list()
 {
-  Dllist *db_list = DLNewList ();
-  db_info *dbs = NULL;
-  PGresult *res = NULL;
-
-  DLAddHead (db_list, DLNewElem (init_dbinfo ((char *) "template1", 0, 0)));
-  if (NULL == DLGetHead (db_list)) {	/* Make sure init_dbinfo was successful */
-    log_entry ("init_db_list(): Error creating db_list for db: template1.");
-    fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
-    return NULL;
-  }
-
-  /* We do this just so we can set the proper oid for the template1 database */
-  dbs = ((db_info *) DLE_VAL (DLGetHead (db_list)));
-  dbs->conn = db_connect (dbs);
-
-  if (NULL != dbs->conn) {
-    res = send_query (FROZENOID_QUERY, dbs);
-    dbs->oid = atoi (PQgetvalue (res, 0, PQfnumber (res, "oid")));
-    dbs->age = atoi (PQgetvalue (res, 0, PQfnumber (res, "age")));
-    if (res)
-      PQclear (res);
-
-    if (args->debug >= 2) {
-      print_db_list (db_list, 0);
-    }
-  }
-  return db_list;
+	Dllist	   *db_list = DLNewList();
+	db_info    *dbs = NULL;
+	PGresult   *res = NULL;
+
+	DLAddHead(db_list, DLNewElem(init_dbinfo((char *) "template1", 0, 0)));
+	if (NULL == DLGetHead(db_list))
+	{							/* Make sure init_dbinfo was successful */
+		log_entry("init_db_list(): Error creating db_list for db: template1.");
+		fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * We do this just so we can set the proper oid for the template1
+	 * database
+	 */
+	dbs = ((db_info *) DLE_VAL(DLGetHead(db_list)));
+	dbs->conn = db_connect(dbs);
+
+	if (NULL != dbs->conn)
+	{
+		res = send_query(FROZENOID_QUERY, dbs);
+		dbs->oid = atoi(PQgetvalue(res, 0, PQfnumber(res, "oid")));
+		dbs->age = atoi(PQgetvalue(res, 0, PQfnumber(res, "age")));
+		if (res)
+			PQclear(res);
+
+		if (args->debug >= 2)
+			print_db_list(db_list, 0);
+	}
+	return db_list;
 }
 
 /* Simple function to create an instance of the dbinfo struct
-    Initalizes all the pointers and connects to the database  */
+	Initalizes all the pointers and connects to the database  */
 db_info *
-init_dbinfo (char *dbname, int oid, int age)
+init_dbinfo(char *dbname, int oid, int age)
 {
-  db_info *newdbinfo = (db_info *) malloc (sizeof (db_info));
-  newdbinfo->analyze_threshold = args->vacuum_base_threshold;
-  newdbinfo->vacuum_threshold = args->analyze_base_threshold;
-  newdbinfo->dbname = (char *) malloc (strlen (dbname) + 1);
-  strcpy (newdbinfo->dbname, dbname);
-  newdbinfo->username = NULL;
-  if (NULL != args->user) {
-    newdbinfo->username = (char *) malloc (strlen (args->user) + 1);
-    strcpy (newdbinfo->username, args->user);
-  }
-  newdbinfo->password = NULL;
-  if (NULL != args->password) {
-    newdbinfo->password = (char *) malloc (strlen (args->password) + 1);
-    strcpy (newdbinfo->password, args->password);
-  }
-  newdbinfo->oid = oid;
-  newdbinfo->age = age;
-  newdbinfo->table_list = DLNewList ();
-  newdbinfo->conn = NULL;
-
-  if (args->debug >= 2) {
-    print_table_list (newdbinfo->table_list);
-  }
-
-  return newdbinfo;
+	db_info    *newdbinfo = (db_info *) malloc(sizeof(db_info));
+
+	newdbinfo->analyze_threshold = args->vacuum_base_threshold;
+	newdbinfo->vacuum_threshold = args->analyze_base_threshold;
+	newdbinfo->dbname = (char *) malloc(strlen(dbname) + 1);
+	strcpy(newdbinfo->dbname, dbname);
+	newdbinfo->username = NULL;
+	if (NULL != args->user)
+	{
+		newdbinfo->username = (char *) malloc(strlen(args->user) + 1);
+		strcpy(newdbinfo->username, args->user);
+	}
+	newdbinfo->password = NULL;
+	if (NULL != args->password)
+	{
+		newdbinfo->password = (char *) malloc(strlen(args->password) + 1);
+		strcpy(newdbinfo->password, args->password);
+	}
+	newdbinfo->oid = oid;
+	newdbinfo->age = age;
+	newdbinfo->table_list = DLNewList();
+	newdbinfo->conn = NULL;
+
+	if (args->debug >= 2)
+		print_table_list(newdbinfo->table_list);
+
+	return newdbinfo;
 }
 
 /* Function adds and removes databases from the db_list as appropriate */
 void
-update_db_list (Dllist * db_list)
+update_db_list(Dllist *db_list)
 {
-  int disconnect = 0;
-  PGresult *res = NULL;
-  Dlelem *db_elem = DLGetHead (db_list);
-  db_info *dbi = NULL;
-  db_info *dbi_template1 = DLE_VAL (db_elem);
-  int i = 0, t = 0, found_match = 0;
-
-  if (args->debug >= 2) {
-    log_entry ("updating the database list");
-    fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
-  }
-
-  if (NULL == dbi_template1->conn) {
-    dbi_template1->conn = db_connect (dbi_template1);
-    disconnect = 1;
-  }
-
-  if (NULL != dbi_template1->conn) {
-    /* Get a result set that has all the information
-       we will need to both remove databasews from the list
-       that no longer exist and add databases to the list
-       that are new */
-    res = send_query (FROZENOID_QUERY2, dbi_template1);
-    t = PQntuples (res);
-
-    /* First: use the db_list as the outer loop and
-       the result set as the inner loop, this will
-       determine what databases should be removed */
-    while (NULL != db_elem) {
-      dbi = ((db_info *) DLE_VAL (db_elem));
-      found_match = 0;
-
-      for (i = 0; i < t; i++) {	/* loop through result set looking for a match */
-        if (dbi->oid == atoi (PQgetvalue (res, i, PQfnumber (res, "oid")))) {
-          found_match = 1;
-          /* update the dbi->age so that we ensure xid_wraparound won't happen */
-          dbi->age = atoi (PQgetvalue (res, i, PQfnumber (res, "age")));
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      if (0 == found_match) {	/*then we didn't find this db_elem in the result set */
-	  Dlelem *elem_to_remove = db_elem;
-	  db_elem = DLGetSucc (db_elem);
-	  remove_db_from_list (elem_to_remove);
-      }
-      else
-	  db_elem = DLGetSucc (db_elem);
-    } /* Done removing dropped databases from the table_list */
-
-    /* Then loop use result set as outer loop and
-       db_list as the inner loop to determine
-       what databases are new */
-    for (i = 0; i < t; i++)
-    {
-      db_elem = DLGetHead (db_list);
-      found_match = 0;
-      while (NULL != db_elem)
-      {
-	  dbi = ((db_info *) DLE_VAL (db_elem));
-	  if (dbi->oid == atoi (PQgetvalue (res, i, PQfnumber (res, "oid"))))
-        {
-	    found_match = 1;
-	    break;
-	  }
-	  db_elem = DLGetSucc (db_elem);
-      }
-      if (0 == found_match)	/*then we didn't find this result now in the tbl_list */
-      {
-        DLAddTail (db_list, DLNewElem (init_dbinfo
-	    (PQgetvalue(res, i, PQfnumber (res, "datname")),
-          atoi (PQgetvalue(res, i, PQfnumber (res, "oid"))),
-	    atoi (PQgetvalue(res, i, PQfnumber (res, "age"))))));
-	  if (args->debug >= 1)
-        {
-	    sprintf (logbuffer, "added database: %s",((db_info *) DLE_VAL (DLGetTail (db_list)))->dbname);
-	    log_entry (logbuffer);
-	  }
-      }
-    }				/* end of for loop that adds tables */
-    fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
-    PQclear (res);
-    res = NULL;
-    if (args->debug >= 3) {
-      print_db_list (db_list, 0);
-    }
-    if (disconnect)
-      db_disconnect (dbi_template1);
-  }
+	int			disconnect = 0;
+	PGresult   *res = NULL;
+	Dlelem	   *db_elem = DLGetHead(db_list);
+	db_info    *dbi = NULL;
+	db_info    *dbi_template1 = DLE_VAL(db_elem);
+	int			i = 0,
+				t = 0,
+				found_match = 0;
+
+	if (args->debug >= 2)
+	{
+		log_entry("updating the database list");
+		fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+	}
+
+	if (NULL == dbi_template1->conn)
+	{
+		dbi_template1->conn = db_connect(dbi_template1);
+		disconnect = 1;
+	}
+
+	if (NULL != dbi_template1->conn)
+	{
+		/*
+		 * Get a result set that has all the information we will need to
+		 * both remove databasews from the list that no longer exist and
+		 * add databases to the list that are new
+		 */
+		res = send_query(FROZENOID_QUERY2, dbi_template1);
+		t = PQntuples(res);
+
+		/*
+		 * First: use the db_list as the outer loop and the result set as
+		 * the inner loop, this will determine what databases should be
+		 * removed
+		 */
+		while (NULL != db_elem)
+		{
+			dbi = ((db_info *) DLE_VAL(db_elem));
+			found_match = 0;
+
+			for (i = 0; i < t; i++)
+			{					/* loop through result set looking for a
+								 * match */
+				if (dbi->oid == atoi(PQgetvalue(res, i, PQfnumber(res, "oid"))))
+				{
+					found_match = 1;
+
+					/*
+					 * update the dbi->age so that we ensure
+					 * xid_wraparound won't happen
+					 */
+					dbi->age = atoi(PQgetvalue(res, i, PQfnumber(res, "age")));
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			if (0 == found_match)
+			{					/* then we didn't find this db_elem in the
+								 * result set */
+				Dlelem	   *elem_to_remove = db_elem;
+
+				db_elem = DLGetSucc(db_elem);
+				remove_db_from_list(elem_to_remove);
+			}
+			else
+				db_elem = DLGetSucc(db_elem);
+		}						/* Done removing dropped databases from
+								 * the table_list */
+
+		/*
+		 * Then loop use result set as outer loop and db_list as the inner
+		 * loop to determine what databases are new
+		 */
+		for (i = 0; i < t; i++)
+		{
+			db_elem = DLGetHead(db_list);
+			found_match = 0;
+			while (NULL != db_elem)
+			{
+				dbi = ((db_info *) DLE_VAL(db_elem));
+				if (dbi->oid == atoi(PQgetvalue(res, i, PQfnumber(res, "oid"))))
+				{
+					found_match = 1;
+					break;
+				}
+				db_elem = DLGetSucc(db_elem);
+			}
+			if (0 == found_match)		/* then we didn't find this result
+										 * now in the tbl_list */
+			{
+				DLAddTail(db_list, DLNewElem(init_dbinfo
+						  (PQgetvalue(res, i, PQfnumber(res, "datname")),
+						 atoi(PQgetvalue(res, i, PQfnumber(res, "oid"))),
+					  atoi(PQgetvalue(res, i, PQfnumber(res, "age"))))));
+				if (args->debug >= 1)
+				{
+					sprintf(logbuffer, "added database: %s", ((db_info *) DLE_VAL(DLGetTail(db_list)))->dbname);
+					log_entry(logbuffer);
+				}
+			}
+		}						/* end of for loop that adds tables */
+		fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+		PQclear(res);
+		res = NULL;
+		if (args->debug >= 3)
+			print_db_list(db_list, 0);
+		if (disconnect)
+			db_disconnect(dbi_template1);
+	}
 }
 
 /* xid_wraparound_check
@@ -504,101 +569,116 @@ return 0 if nothing happened,
 return 1 if the database needed a database wide vacuum
 */
 int
-xid_wraparound_check (db_info * dbi)
+xid_wraparound_check(db_info * dbi)
 {
-  /* FIXME: should probably do something better here so that we don't vacuum all the
-     databases on the server at the same time.  We have 500million xacts to work with so
-     we should be able to spread the load of full database vacuums a bit */
-  if (1500000000 < dbi->age) {
-    PGresult *res = NULL;
-    res = send_query ("vacuum", dbi);
-    /* FIXME: Perhaps should add a check for PQ_COMMAND_OK */
-    PQclear (res);
-    return 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
+	/*
+	 * FIXME: should probably do something better here so that we don't
+	 * vacuum all the databases on the server at the same time.  We have
+	 * 500million xacts to work with so we should be able to spread the
+	 * load of full database vacuums a bit
+	 */
+	if (1500000000 < dbi->age)
+	{
+		PGresult   *res = NULL;
+
+		res = send_query("vacuum", dbi);
+		/* FIXME: Perhaps should add a check for PQ_COMMAND_OK */
+		PQclear(res);
+		return 1;
+	}
+	return 0;
 }
 
 /* Close DB connection, free memory, and remove the node from the list */
 void
-remove_db_from_list (Dlelem * db_to_remove)
+remove_db_from_list(Dlelem *db_to_remove)
 {
-  db_info *dbi = ((db_info *) DLE_VAL (db_to_remove));
-
-  if (args->debug >= 1) {
-    sprintf (logbuffer, "Removing db: %s from list.", dbi->dbname);
-    log_entry (logbuffer);
-    fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
-  }
-  DLRemove (db_to_remove);
-  if (dbi->conn)
-    db_disconnect (dbi);
-  if (dbi->dbname) {
-    free (dbi->dbname);
-    dbi->dbname = NULL;
-  }
-  if (dbi->username) {
-    free (dbi->username);
-    dbi->username = NULL;
-  }
-  if (dbi->password) {
-    free (dbi->password);
-    dbi->password = NULL;
-  }
-  if (dbi->table_list) {
-    free_tbl_list (dbi->table_list);
-    dbi->table_list = NULL;
-  }
-  if (dbi) {
-    free (dbi);
-    dbi = NULL;
-  }
-  DLFreeElem (db_to_remove);
+	db_info    *dbi = ((db_info *) DLE_VAL(db_to_remove));
+
+	if (args->debug >= 1)
+	{
+		sprintf(logbuffer, "Removing db: %s from list.", dbi->dbname);
+		log_entry(logbuffer);
+		fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+	}
+	DLRemove(db_to_remove);
+	if (dbi->conn)
+		db_disconnect(dbi);
+	if (dbi->dbname)
+	{
+		free(dbi->dbname);
+		dbi->dbname = NULL;
+	}
+	if (dbi->username)
+	{
+		free(dbi->username);
+		dbi->username = NULL;
+	}
+	if (dbi->password)
+	{
+		free(dbi->password);
+		dbi->password = NULL;
+	}
+	if (dbi->table_list)
+	{
+		free_tbl_list(dbi->table_list);
+		dbi->table_list = NULL;
+	}
+	if (dbi)
+	{
+		free(dbi);
+		dbi = NULL;
+	}
+	DLFreeElem(db_to_remove);
 }
 
 /* Function is called before program exit to free all memory
 		mostly it's just to keep valgrind happy */
 void
-free_db_list (Dllist * db_list)
+free_db_list(Dllist *db_list)
 {
-  Dlelem *db_elem = DLGetHead (db_list);
-  Dlelem *db_elem_to_remove = NULL;
-  while (NULL != db_elem) {
-    db_elem_to_remove = db_elem;
-    db_elem = DLGetSucc (db_elem);
-    remove_db_from_list (db_elem_to_remove);
-    db_elem_to_remove = NULL;
-  }
-  DLFreeList (db_list);
+	Dlelem	   *db_elem = DLGetHead(db_list);
+	Dlelem	   *db_elem_to_remove = NULL;
+
+	while (NULL != db_elem)
+	{
+		db_elem_to_remove = db_elem;
+		db_elem = DLGetSucc(db_elem);
+		remove_db_from_list(db_elem_to_remove);
+		db_elem_to_remove = NULL;
+	}
+	DLFreeList(db_list);
 }
 
 void
-print_db_list (Dllist * db_list, int print_table_lists)
+print_db_list(Dllist *db_list, int print_table_lists)
 {
-  Dlelem *db_elem = DLGetHead (db_list);
-  while (NULL != db_elem) {
-    print_db_info (((db_info *) DLE_VAL (db_elem)), print_table_lists);
-    db_elem = DLGetSucc (db_elem);
-  }
+	Dlelem	   *db_elem = DLGetHead(db_list);
+
+	while (NULL != db_elem)
+	{
+		print_db_info(((db_info *) DLE_VAL(db_elem)), print_table_lists);
+		db_elem = DLGetSucc(db_elem);
+	}
 }
 
 void
-print_db_info (db_info * dbi, int print_tbl_list)
+print_db_info(db_info * dbi, int print_tbl_list)
 {
-  sprintf (logbuffer, "dbname: %s Username %s Passwd %s", dbi->dbname,
-	   dbi->username, dbi->password);
-  log_entry (logbuffer);
-  sprintf (logbuffer, " oid %i InsertThresh: %i  DeleteThresh: %i", dbi->oid,
-	   dbi->analyze_threshold, dbi->vacuum_threshold);
-  log_entry (logbuffer);
-  if (NULL != dbi->conn)
-    log_entry (" conn is valid, we are connected");
-  else
-    log_entry (" conn is null, we are not connected.");
-
-  fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
-  if (0 < print_tbl_list)
-    print_table_list (dbi->table_list);
+	sprintf(logbuffer, "dbname: %s Username %s Passwd %s", dbi->dbname,
+			dbi->username, dbi->password);
+	log_entry(logbuffer);
+	sprintf(logbuffer, " oid %i InsertThresh: %i  DeleteThresh: %i", dbi->oid,
+			dbi->analyze_threshold, dbi->vacuum_threshold);
+	log_entry(logbuffer);
+	if (NULL != dbi->conn)
+		log_entry(" conn is valid, we are connected");
+	else
+		log_entry(" conn is null, we are not connected.");
+
+	fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+	if (0 < print_tbl_list)
+		print_table_list(dbi->table_list);
 }
 
 /* End of DB List Management Function */
@@ -607,406 +687,475 @@ print_db_info (db_info * dbi, int print_tbl_list)
 
 
 char *
-query_table_stats (db_info * dbi)
+query_table_stats(db_info * dbi)
 {
-  if (!strcmp (dbi->dbname, "template1"))	/* Use template1 to monitor the system tables */
-    return (char *) TABLE_STATS_ALL;
-  else
-    return (char *) TABLE_STATS_USER;
+	if (!strcmp(dbi->dbname, "template1"))		/* Use template1 to
+												 * monitor the system
+												 * tables */
+		return (char *) TABLE_STATS_ALL;
+	else
+		return (char *) TABLE_STATS_USER;
 }
 
 /* Perhaps add some test to this function to make sure that the stats we need are available */
 PGconn *
-db_connect (db_info * dbi)
+db_connect(db_info * dbi)
 {
-  PGconn *db_conn =
-    PQsetdbLogin (args->host, args->port, NULL, NULL, dbi->dbname,
-		  dbi->username, dbi->password);
-
-  if (CONNECTION_OK != PQstatus (db_conn)) {
-    sprintf (logbuffer, "Failed connection to database %s with error: %s.",
-	     dbi->dbname, PQerrorMessage (db_conn));
-    log_entry (logbuffer);
-    fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
-    PQfinish (db_conn);
-    db_conn = NULL;
-  }
-  return db_conn;
-}				/* end of db_connect() */
+	PGconn	   *db_conn =
+	PQsetdbLogin(args->host, args->port, NULL, NULL, dbi->dbname,
+				 dbi->username, dbi->password);
+
+	if (CONNECTION_OK != PQstatus(db_conn))
+	{
+		sprintf(logbuffer, "Failed connection to database %s with error: %s.",
+				dbi->dbname, PQerrorMessage(db_conn));
+		log_entry(logbuffer);
+		fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+		PQfinish(db_conn);
+		db_conn = NULL;
+	}
+	return db_conn;
+}	/* end of db_connect() */
 
 void
-db_disconnect (db_info * dbi)
+db_disconnect(db_info * dbi)
 {
-  if (NULL != dbi->conn) {
-    PQfinish (dbi->conn);
-    dbi->conn = NULL;
-  }
+	if (NULL != dbi->conn)
+	{
+		PQfinish(dbi->conn);
+		dbi->conn = NULL;
+	}
 }
 
 int
-check_stats_enabled (db_info * dbi)
+check_stats_enabled(db_info * dbi)
 {
-  PGresult *res = NULL;
-  int ret = 0;
-  res = send_query ("show stats_row_level", dbi);
-  ret =
-    strcmp ("on", PQgetvalue (res, 0, PQfnumber (res, "stats_row_level")));
-  PQclear (res);
-  return ret;
+	PGresult   *res = NULL;
+	int			ret = 0;
+
+	res = send_query("show stats_row_level", dbi);
+	ret =
+		strcmp("on", PQgetvalue(res, 0, PQfnumber(res, "stats_row_level")));
+	PQclear(res);
+	return ret;
 }
 
 PGresult *
-send_query (const char *query, db_info * dbi)
+send_query(const char *query, db_info * dbi)
 {
-  PGresult *res;
-
-  if (NULL == dbi->conn)
-    return NULL;
-
-  res = PQexec (dbi->conn, query);
-
-  if (!res) {
-    sprintf (logbuffer,
-	     "Fatal error occured while sending query (%s) to database %s",
-	     query, dbi->dbname);
-    log_entry (logbuffer);
-    sprintf (logbuffer, "The error is [%s]", PQresultErrorMessage (res));
-    log_entry (logbuffer);
-    fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
-    return NULL;
-  }
-  if (PQresultStatus (res) != PGRES_TUPLES_OK
-      && PQresultStatus (res) != PGRES_COMMAND_OK) {
-    sprintf (logbuffer,
-	     "Can not refresh statistics information from the database %s.",
-	     dbi->dbname);
-    log_entry (logbuffer);
-    sprintf (logbuffer, "The error is [%s]", PQresultErrorMessage (res));
-    log_entry (logbuffer);
-    fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
-    PQclear (res);
-    return NULL;
-  }
-  return res;
-}				/* End of send_query() */
+	PGresult   *res;
+
+	if (NULL == dbi->conn)
+		return NULL;
+
+	res = PQexec(dbi->conn, query);
+
+	if (!res)
+	{
+		sprintf(logbuffer,
+		   "Fatal error occured while sending query (%s) to database %s",
+				query, dbi->dbname);
+		log_entry(logbuffer);
+		sprintf(logbuffer, "The error is [%s]", PQresultErrorMessage(res));
+		log_entry(logbuffer);
+		fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	if (PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_TUPLES_OK
+		&& PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_COMMAND_OK)
+	{
+		sprintf(logbuffer,
+		  "Can not refresh statistics information from the database %s.",
+				dbi->dbname);
+		log_entry(logbuffer);
+		sprintf(logbuffer, "The error is [%s]", PQresultErrorMessage(res));
+		log_entry(logbuffer);
+		fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+		PQclear(res);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	return res;
+}	/* End of send_query() */
 
 
 void
-free_cmd_args ()
+free_cmd_args()
 {
-  if (NULL != args) {
-    if (NULL != args->user)
-      free (args->user);
-    if (NULL != args->user)
-      free (args->password);
-    free (args);
-  }
+	if (NULL != args)
+	{
+		if (NULL != args->user)
+			free(args->user);
+		if (NULL != args->user)
+			free(args->password);
+		free(args);
+	}
 }
 
 cmd_args *
-get_cmd_args (int argc, char *argv[])
+get_cmd_args(int argc, char *argv[])
 {
-  int c;
-  args = (cmd_args *) malloc (sizeof (cmd_args));
-  args->sleep_base_value = SLEEPBASEVALUE;
-  args->sleep_scaling_factor = SLEEPSCALINGFACTOR;
-  args->vacuum_base_threshold = VACBASETHRESHOLD;
-  args->vacuum_scaling_factor = VACSCALINGFACTOR;
-  args->analyze_base_threshold = -1;
-  args->analyze_scaling_factor = -1;
-  args->debug = AUTOVACUUM_DEBUG;
-  args->daemonize = 0;
-
-  /* Fixme: Should add some sanity checking such as positive integer values etc */
-  while (-1 != (c = getopt (argc, argv, "s:S:v:V:a:A:d:U:P:H:L:p:hD"))) {
-    switch (c) {
-    case 's':
-      args->sleep_base_value = atoi (optarg);
-      break;
-    case 'S':
-      args->sleep_scaling_factor = atof (optarg);
-      break;
-    case 'v':
-      args->vacuum_base_threshold = atoi (optarg);
-      break;
-    case 'V':
-      args->vacuum_scaling_factor = atof (optarg);
-      break;
-    case 'a':
-      args->analyze_base_threshold = atoi (optarg);
-      break;
-    case 'A':
-      args->analyze_scaling_factor = atof (optarg);
-      break;
-    case 'D':
-      args->daemonize++;
-      break;
-    case 'd':
-      args->debug = atoi (optarg);
-      break;
-    case 'U':
-      args->user = optarg;
-      break;
-    case 'P':
-      args->password = optarg;
-      break;
-    case 'H':
-      args->host = optarg;
-      break;
-    case 'L':
-      args->logfile = optarg;
-      break;
-    case 'p':
-      args->port = optarg;
-      break;
-    case 'h':
-      usage();
-      exit (0);
-    default:
-      /* It's here that we know that things are invalid...
-	 It is not forcibly an error to call usage */
-      fprintf (stderr, "Error: Invalid Command Line Options.\n");
-      usage();
-      exit (1);
-      break;
-    }
-    /* if values for insert thresholds are not specified,
-       then they default to 1/2 of the delete values */
-    if(-1 == args->analyze_base_threshold)
-      args->analyze_base_threshold = args->vacuum_base_threshold / 2;
-    if(-1 == args->analyze_scaling_factor)
-      args->analyze_scaling_factor = args->vacuum_scaling_factor / 2;
-  }
-  return args;
+	int			c;
+
+	args = (cmd_args *) malloc(sizeof(cmd_args));
+	args->sleep_base_value = SLEEPBASEVALUE;
+	args->sleep_scaling_factor = SLEEPSCALINGFACTOR;
+	args->vacuum_base_threshold = VACBASETHRESHOLD;
+	args->vacuum_scaling_factor = VACSCALINGFACTOR;
+	args->analyze_base_threshold = -1;
+	args->analyze_scaling_factor = -1;
+	args->debug = AUTOVACUUM_DEBUG;
+	args->daemonize = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * Fixme: Should add some sanity checking such as positive integer
+	 * values etc
+	 */
+	while (-1 != (c = getopt(argc, argv, "s:S:v:V:a:A:d:U:P:H:L:p:hD")))
+	{
+		switch (c)
+		{
+			case 's':
+				args->sleep_base_value = atoi(optarg);
+				break;
+			case 'S':
+				args->sleep_scaling_factor = atof(optarg);
+				break;
+			case 'v':
+				args->vacuum_base_threshold = atoi(optarg);
+				break;
+			case 'V':
+				args->vacuum_scaling_factor = atof(optarg);
+				break;
+			case 'a':
+				args->analyze_base_threshold = atoi(optarg);
+				break;
+			case 'A':
+				args->analyze_scaling_factor = atof(optarg);
+				break;
+			case 'D':
+				args->daemonize++;
+				break;
+			case 'd':
+				args->debug = atoi(optarg);
+				break;
+			case 'U':
+				args->user = optarg;
+				break;
+			case 'P':
+				args->password = optarg;
+				break;
+			case 'H':
+				args->host = optarg;
+				break;
+			case 'L':
+				args->logfile = optarg;
+				break;
+			case 'p':
+				args->port = optarg;
+				break;
+			case 'h':
+				usage();
+				exit(0);
+			default:
+
+				/*
+				 * It's here that we know that things are invalid... It is
+				 * not forcibly an error to call usage
+				 */
+				fprintf(stderr, "Error: Invalid Command Line Options.\n");
+				usage();
+				exit(1);
+				break;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * if values for insert thresholds are not specified, then they
+		 * default to 1/2 of the delete values
+		 */
+		if (-1 == args->analyze_base_threshold)
+			args->analyze_base_threshold = args->vacuum_base_threshold / 2;
+		if (-1 == args->analyze_scaling_factor)
+			args->analyze_scaling_factor = args->vacuum_scaling_factor / 2;
+	}
+	return args;
 }
 
-void usage()
+void
+usage()
 {
-  int i=0;
-  float f=0;
-  fprintf (stderr, "usage: pg_autovacuum \n");
-  fprintf (stderr, "   [-D] Daemonize (Detach from tty and run in the background)\n");
-  i=AUTOVACUUM_DEBUG;
-  fprintf (stderr, "   [-d] debug (debug level=0,1,2,3; default=%i)\n",i);
-
-  i=SLEEPBASEVALUE;
-  fprintf (stderr, "   [-s] sleep base value (default=%i)\n",i);
-  f=SLEEPSCALINGFACTOR;
-  fprintf (stderr, "   [-S] sleep scaling factor (default=%f)\n",f);
-
-  i=VACBASETHRESHOLD;
-  fprintf (stderr, "   [-v] vacuum base threshold (default=%i)\n",i);
-  f=VACSCALINGFACTOR;
-  fprintf (stderr, "   [-V] vacuum scaling factor (default=%f)\n",f);
-  i=i/2;
-  fprintf (stderr, "   [-a] analyze base threshold (default=%i)\n",i);
-  f=f/2;
-  fprintf (stderr, "   [-A] analyze scaling factor (default=%f)\n",f);
-
-  fprintf (stderr, "   [-L] logfile (default=none)\n");
-
-  fprintf (stderr, "   [-U] username (libpq default)\n");
-  fprintf (stderr, "   [-P] password (libpq default)\n");
-  fprintf (stderr, "   [-H] host (libpq default)\n");
-  fprintf (stderr, "   [-p] port (libpq default)\n");
-
-  fprintf (stderr, "   [-h] help (Show this output)\n");
+	int			i = 0;
+	float		f = 0;
+
+	fprintf(stderr, "usage: pg_autovacuum \n");
+	fprintf(stderr, "   [-D] Daemonize (Detach from tty and run in the background)\n");
+	i = AUTOVACUUM_DEBUG;
+	fprintf(stderr, "   [-d] debug (debug level=0,1,2,3; default=%i)\n", i);
+
+	i = SLEEPBASEVALUE;
+	fprintf(stderr, "   [-s] sleep base value (default=%i)\n", i);
+	f = SLEEPSCALINGFACTOR;
+	fprintf(stderr, "   [-S] sleep scaling factor (default=%f)\n", f);
+
+	i = VACBASETHRESHOLD;
+	fprintf(stderr, "   [-v] vacuum base threshold (default=%i)\n", i);
+	f = VACSCALINGFACTOR;
+	fprintf(stderr, "   [-V] vacuum scaling factor (default=%f)\n", f);
+	i = i / 2;
+	fprintf(stderr, "   [-a] analyze base threshold (default=%i)\n", i);
+	f = f / 2;
+	fprintf(stderr, "   [-A] analyze scaling factor (default=%f)\n", f);
+
+	fprintf(stderr, "   [-L] logfile (default=none)\n");
+
+	fprintf(stderr, "   [-U] username (libpq default)\n");
+	fprintf(stderr, "   [-P] password (libpq default)\n");
+	fprintf(stderr, "   [-H] host (libpq default)\n");
+	fprintf(stderr, "   [-p] port (libpq default)\n");
+
+	fprintf(stderr, "   [-h] help (Show this output)\n");
 }
 
 void
-print_cmd_args ()
+print_cmd_args()
 {
-  sprintf (logbuffer, "Printing command_args");
-  log_entry (logbuffer);
-  sprintf (logbuffer, "  args->host=%s", (args->host) ? args->host : "(null)");
-  log_entry (logbuffer);
-  sprintf (logbuffer, "  args->port=%s", (args->port) ? args->port : "(null)");
-  log_entry (logbuffer);
-  sprintf (logbuffer, "  args->user=%s", (args->user) ? args->user : "(null)");
-  log_entry (logbuffer);
-  sprintf (logbuffer, "  args->password=%s",(args->password) ? args->password : "(null)");
-  log_entry (logbuffer);
-  sprintf (logbuffer, "  args->logfile=%s",(args->logfile) ? args->logfile : "(null)");
-  log_entry (logbuffer);
-  sprintf (logbuffer, "  args->daemonize=%i",args->daemonize);
-  log_entry (logbuffer);
-
-  sprintf (logbuffer, "  args->sleep_base_value=%i", args->sleep_base_value);
-  log_entry (logbuffer);
-  sprintf (logbuffer, "  args->sleep_scaling_factor=%f",args->sleep_scaling_factor);
-  log_entry (logbuffer);
-  sprintf (logbuffer, "  args->vacuum_base_threshold=%i",args->vacuum_base_threshold);
-  log_entry (logbuffer);
-  sprintf (logbuffer, "  args->vacuum_scaling_factor=%f",args->vacuum_scaling_factor);
-  log_entry (logbuffer);
-  sprintf (logbuffer, "  args->analyze_base_threshold=%i",args->analyze_base_threshold);
-  log_entry (logbuffer);
-  sprintf (logbuffer, "  args->analyze_scaling_factor=%f",args->analyze_scaling_factor);
-  log_entry (logbuffer);
-  sprintf (logbuffer, "  args->debug=%i", args->debug);
-  log_entry (logbuffer);
-
-  fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
+	sprintf(logbuffer, "Printing command_args");
+	log_entry(logbuffer);
+	sprintf(logbuffer, "  args->host=%s", (args->host) ? args->host : "(null)");
+	log_entry(logbuffer);
+	sprintf(logbuffer, "  args->port=%s", (args->port) ? args->port : "(null)");
+	log_entry(logbuffer);
+	sprintf(logbuffer, "  args->user=%s", (args->user) ? args->user : "(null)");
+	log_entry(logbuffer);
+	sprintf(logbuffer, "  args->password=%s", (args->password) ? args->password : "(null)");
+	log_entry(logbuffer);
+	sprintf(logbuffer, "  args->logfile=%s", (args->logfile) ? args->logfile : "(null)");
+	log_entry(logbuffer);
+	sprintf(logbuffer, "  args->daemonize=%i", args->daemonize);
+	log_entry(logbuffer);
+
+	sprintf(logbuffer, "  args->sleep_base_value=%i", args->sleep_base_value);
+	log_entry(logbuffer);
+	sprintf(logbuffer, "  args->sleep_scaling_factor=%f", args->sleep_scaling_factor);
+	log_entry(logbuffer);
+	sprintf(logbuffer, "  args->vacuum_base_threshold=%i", args->vacuum_base_threshold);
+	log_entry(logbuffer);
+	sprintf(logbuffer, "  args->vacuum_scaling_factor=%f", args->vacuum_scaling_factor);
+	log_entry(logbuffer);
+	sprintf(logbuffer, "  args->analyze_base_threshold=%i", args->analyze_base_threshold);
+	log_entry(logbuffer);
+	sprintf(logbuffer, "  args->analyze_scaling_factor=%f", args->analyze_scaling_factor);
+	log_entry(logbuffer);
+	sprintf(logbuffer, "  args->debug=%i", args->debug);
+	log_entry(logbuffer);
+
+	fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
 }
 
 /* Beginning of AutoVacuum Main Program */
 int
-main (int argc, char *argv[])
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
 {
-  char buf[256];
-  int j = 0, loops = 0;
-/*  int numInserts, numDeletes, */
-  int sleep_secs;
-  Dllist *db_list;
-  Dlelem *db_elem, *tbl_elem;
-  db_info *dbs;
-  tbl_info *tbl;
-  PGresult *res=NULL;
-  long long diff = 0;
-  struct timeval now, then;
-
-  args = get_cmd_args (argc, argv);	/* Get Command Line Args and put them in the args struct */
-
-  /* Dameonize if requested */
-  if (1 == args->daemonize){ daemonize(); }
-
-  if (args->logfile) {
-    LOGOUTPUT = fopen (args->logfile, "a");
-    if (!LOGOUTPUT) {
-      fprintf (stderr, "Could not open log file - [%s]\n", args->logfile);
-      exit(-1);
-    }
-  }
-  else {
-    LOGOUTPUT = stderr;
-  }
-  if (args->debug >= 2) {
-    print_cmd_args ();
-  }
-
-  /* Init the db list with template1 */
-  db_list = init_db_list ();
-  if (NULL == db_list)
-    return 1;
-
-  if (0 != check_stats_enabled (((db_info *) DLE_VAL (DLGetHead (db_list))))) {
-    log_entry ("Error: GUC variable stats_row_level must be enabled.");
-    log_entry ("       Please fix the problems and try again.");
-    fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
-
-    exit (1);
-  }
-
-  gettimeofday (&then, 0);	/* for use later to caluculate sleep time */
-
-  while (1) {			/* Main Loop */
-    db_elem = DLGetHead (db_list);	/* Reset cur_db_node to the beginning of the db_list */
-
-    dbs = ((db_info *) DLE_VAL (db_elem));	/* get pointer to cur_db's db_info struct */
-    if (NULL == dbs->conn) {
-      dbs->conn = db_connect (dbs);
-      if (NULL == dbs->conn) {	/* Serious problem: We can't connect to template1 */
-      	log_entry ("Error: Cannot connect to template1, exiting.");
-      	fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
-      	fclose (LOGOUTPUT);
-      	exit (1);
-      }
-    }
-
-    if (0 == (loops % UPDATE_INTERVAL))	/* Update the list if it's time */
-      update_db_list (db_list);	/* Add and remove databases from the list */
-
-    while (NULL != db_elem) {	/* Loop through databases in list */
-      dbs = ((db_info *) DLE_VAL (db_elem));	/* get pointer to cur_db's db_info struct */
-      if (NULL == dbs->conn)
-      	dbs->conn = db_connect (dbs);
-
-      if (NULL != dbs->conn) {
-      	if (0 == (loops % UPDATE_INTERVAL))	/* Update the list if it's time */
-    	    update_table_list (dbs);	/* Add and remove tables from the list */
-
-	if (0 == xid_wraparound_check (dbs));
-	{
-	  res = send_query (query_table_stats (dbs), dbs);	/* Get an updated snapshot of this dbs table stats */
-	  for (j = 0; j < PQntuples (res); j++) {	/* loop through result set */
-	    tbl_elem = DLGetHead (dbs->table_list);	/* Reset tbl_elem to top of dbs->table_list */
-	    while (NULL != tbl_elem) {	/* Loop through tables in list */
-	      tbl = ((tbl_info *) DLE_VAL (tbl_elem));	/* set tbl_info = current_table */
-	      if (tbl->relfilenode == atoi (PQgetvalue(res, j, PQfnumber (res, "relfilenode")))) {
-		  tbl->curr_analyze_count =
-		    (atol (PQgetvalue (res, j, PQfnumber (res, "n_tup_ins"))) +
-		     atol (PQgetvalue (res, j, PQfnumber (res, "n_tup_upd"))) +
-                 atol (PQgetvalue (res, j, PQfnumber (res, "n_tup_del"))));
-		  tbl->curr_vacuum_count =
-		    (atol (PQgetvalue (res, j, PQfnumber (res, "n_tup_del"))) +
-		     atol (PQgetvalue (res, j, PQfnumber (res, "n_tup_upd"))));
-
-		  /* Check numDeletes to see if we need to vacuum, if so:
-		     Run vacuum analyze (adding analyze is small so we might as well)
-		     Update table thresholds and related information
-		     if numDeletes is not big enough for vacuum then check numInserts for analyze */
-		  if ((tbl->curr_vacuum_count - tbl->CountAtLastVacuum) >= tbl->vacuum_threshold)
-              {
-		    snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "vacuum analyze %s", tbl->table_name);
-		    if (args->debug >= 1) {
-		      sprintf (logbuffer, "Performing: %s", buf);
-		      log_entry (logbuffer);
-		      fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
-		    }
-		    send_query (buf, dbs);
-		    update_table_thresholds (dbs, tbl, VACUUM_ANALYZE);
-		    if (args->debug >= 2) {print_table_info (tbl);}
-		  }
-		  else if ((tbl->curr_analyze_count - tbl->CountAtLastAnalyze) >= tbl->analyze_threshold)
-              {
-		    snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "analyze %s", tbl->table_name);
-		    if (args->debug >= 1) {
-		      sprintf (logbuffer, "Performing: %s", buf);
-		      log_entry (logbuffer);
-		      fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
-		    }
-		    send_query (buf, dbs);
-		    update_table_thresholds (dbs, tbl, ANALYZE_ONLY);
-		    if (args->debug >= 2) { print_table_info (tbl);  }
-		  }
-		
-              break;		/* once we have found a match, no need to keep checking. */
-	      }
-            /* Advance the table pointers for the next loop */
-	      tbl_elem = DLGetSucc (tbl_elem);
-
-	    }			/* end for table while loop */
-	  }			/* end for j loop (tuples in PGresult) */
-	}			/* close of if(xid_wraparound_check()) */
-	/* Done working on this db, Clean up, then advance cur_db */
-	PQclear (res);
-	res = NULL;
-	db_disconnect (dbs);
-      }
-      db_elem = DLGetSucc (db_elem);	/* move on to next DB regardless */
-    }	/* end of db_list while loop */
-
-    /* Figure out how long to sleep etc ... */
-    gettimeofday (&now, 0);
-    diff = (now.tv_sec - then.tv_sec) * 1000000 + (now.tv_usec - then.tv_usec);
-
-    sleep_secs = args->sleep_base_value + args->sleep_scaling_factor * diff / 1000000;
-    loops++;
-    if (args->debug >= 2) {
-      sprintf (logbuffer,
-	       "%i All DBs checked in: %lld usec, will sleep for %i secs.",
-	       loops, diff, sleep_secs);
-      log_entry (logbuffer);
-    }
-
-    sleep (sleep_secs);		/* Larger Pause between outer loops */
-
-    gettimeofday (&then, 0);	/* Reset time counter */
-
-  } /* end of while loop */
-
-  /* program is exiting, this should never run, but is here to make compiler / valgrind happy */
-  free_db_list (db_list);
-  free_cmd_args ();
-  return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+	char		buf[256];
+	int			j = 0,
+				loops = 0;
+
+/*	int numInserts, numDeletes, */
+	int			sleep_secs;
+	Dllist	   *db_list;
+	Dlelem	   *db_elem,
+			   *tbl_elem;
+	db_info    *dbs;
+	tbl_info   *tbl;
+	PGresult   *res = NULL;
+	long long	diff = 0;
+	struct timeval now,
+				then;
+
+	args = get_cmd_args(argc, argv);	/* Get Command Line Args and put
+										 * them in the args struct */
+
+	/* Dameonize if requested */
+	if (1 == args->daemonize)
+		daemonize();
+
+	if (args->logfile)
+	{
+		LOGOUTPUT = fopen(args->logfile, "a");
+		if (!LOGOUTPUT)
+		{
+			fprintf(stderr, "Could not open log file - [%s]\n", args->logfile);
+			exit(-1);
+		}
+	}
+	else
+		LOGOUTPUT = stderr;
+	if (args->debug >= 2)
+		print_cmd_args();
+
+	/* Init the db list with template1 */
+	db_list = init_db_list();
+	if (NULL == db_list)
+		return 1;
+
+	if (0 != check_stats_enabled(((db_info *) DLE_VAL(DLGetHead(db_list)))))
+	{
+		log_entry("Error: GUC variable stats_row_level must be enabled.");
+		log_entry("       Please fix the problems and try again.");
+		fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+
+		exit(1);
+	}
+
+	gettimeofday(&then, 0);		/* for use later to caluculate sleep time */
+
+	while (1)
+	{							/* Main Loop */
+		db_elem = DLGetHead(db_list);	/* Reset cur_db_node to the
+										 * beginning of the db_list */
+
+		dbs = ((db_info *) DLE_VAL(db_elem));	/* get pointer to cur_db's
+												 * db_info struct */
+		if (NULL == dbs->conn)
+		{
+			dbs->conn = db_connect(dbs);
+			if (NULL == dbs->conn)
+			{					/* Serious problem: We can't connect to
+								 * template1 */
+				log_entry("Error: Cannot connect to template1, exiting.");
+				fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+				fclose(LOGOUTPUT);
+				exit(1);
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (0 == (loops % UPDATE_INTERVAL))		/* Update the list if it's
+												 * time */
+			update_db_list(db_list);	/* Add and remove databases from
+										 * the list */
+
+		while (NULL != db_elem)
+		{						/* Loop through databases in list */
+			dbs = ((db_info *) DLE_VAL(db_elem));		/* get pointer to
+														 * cur_db's db_info
+														 * struct */
+			if (NULL == dbs->conn)
+				dbs->conn = db_connect(dbs);
+
+			if (NULL != dbs->conn)
+			{
+				if (0 == (loops % UPDATE_INTERVAL))		/* Update the list if
+														 * it's time */
+					update_table_list(dbs);		/* Add and remove tables
+												 * from the list */
+
+				if (0 == xid_wraparound_check(dbs));
+				{
+					res = send_query(query_table_stats(dbs), dbs);		/* Get an updated
+																		 * snapshot of this dbs
+																		 * table stats */
+					for (j = 0; j < PQntuples(res); j++)
+					{			/* loop through result set */
+						tbl_elem = DLGetHead(dbs->table_list);	/* Reset tbl_elem to top
+																 * of dbs->table_list */
+						while (NULL != tbl_elem)
+						{		/* Loop through tables in list */
+							tbl = ((tbl_info *) DLE_VAL(tbl_elem));		/* set tbl_info =
+																		 * current_table */
+							if (tbl->relfilenode == atoi(PQgetvalue(res, j, PQfnumber(res, "relfilenode"))))
+							{
+								tbl->curr_analyze_count =
+									(atol(PQgetvalue(res, j, PQfnumber(res, "n_tup_ins"))) +
+									 atol(PQgetvalue(res, j, PQfnumber(res, "n_tup_upd"))) +
+									 atol(PQgetvalue(res, j, PQfnumber(res, "n_tup_del"))));
+								tbl->curr_vacuum_count =
+									(atol(PQgetvalue(res, j, PQfnumber(res, "n_tup_del"))) +
+									 atol(PQgetvalue(res, j, PQfnumber(res, "n_tup_upd"))));
+
+								/*
+								 * Check numDeletes to see if we need to
+								 * vacuum, if so: Run vacuum analyze
+								 * (adding analyze is small so we might as
+								 * well) Update table thresholds and
+								 * related information if numDeletes is
+								 * not big enough for vacuum then check
+								 * numInserts for analyze
+								 */
+								if ((tbl->curr_vacuum_count - tbl->CountAtLastVacuum) >= tbl->vacuum_threshold)
+								{
+									snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "vacuum analyze %s", tbl->table_name);
+									if (args->debug >= 1)
+									{
+										sprintf(logbuffer, "Performing: %s", buf);
+										log_entry(logbuffer);
+										fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+									}
+									send_query(buf, dbs);
+									update_table_thresholds(dbs, tbl, VACUUM_ANALYZE);
+									if (args->debug >= 2)
+										print_table_info(tbl);
+								}
+								else if ((tbl->curr_analyze_count - tbl->CountAtLastAnalyze) >= tbl->analyze_threshold)
+								{
+									snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "analyze %s", tbl->table_name);
+									if (args->debug >= 1)
+									{
+										sprintf(logbuffer, "Performing: %s", buf);
+										log_entry(logbuffer);
+										fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+									}
+									send_query(buf, dbs);
+									update_table_thresholds(dbs, tbl, ANALYZE_ONLY);
+									if (args->debug >= 2)
+										print_table_info(tbl);
+								}
+
+								break;	/* once we have found a match, no
+										 * need to keep checking. */
+							}
+
+							/*
+							 * Advance the table pointers for the next
+							 * loop
+							 */
+							tbl_elem = DLGetSucc(tbl_elem);
+
+						}		/* end for table while loop */
+					}			/* end for j loop (tuples in PGresult) */
+				}				/* close of if(xid_wraparound_check()) */
+				/* Done working on this db, Clean up, then advance cur_db */
+				PQclear(res);
+				res = NULL;
+				db_disconnect(dbs);
+			}
+			db_elem = DLGetSucc(db_elem);		/* move on to next DB
+												 * regardless */
+		}						/* end of db_list while loop */
+
+		/* Figure out how long to sleep etc ... */
+		gettimeofday(&now, 0);
+		diff = (now.tv_sec - then.tv_sec) * 1000000 + (now.tv_usec - then.tv_usec);
+
+		sleep_secs = args->sleep_base_value + args->sleep_scaling_factor * diff / 1000000;
+		loops++;
+		if (args->debug >= 2)
+		{
+			sprintf(logbuffer,
+			 "%i All DBs checked in: %lld usec, will sleep for %i secs.",
+					loops, diff, sleep_secs);
+			log_entry(logbuffer);
+		}
+
+		sleep(sleep_secs);		/* Larger Pause between outer loops */
+
+		gettimeofday(&then, 0); /* Reset time counter */
+
+	}							/* end of while loop */
+
+	/*
+	 * program is exiting, this should never run, but is here to make
+	 * compiler / valgrind happy
+	 */
+	free_db_list(db_list);
+	free_cmd_args();
+	return EXIT_SUCCESS;
 }
diff --git a/contrib/pg_autovacuum/pg_autovacuum.h b/contrib/pg_autovacuum/pg_autovacuum.h
index ac97f63bec0..fbdaf699122 100644
--- a/contrib/pg_autovacuum/pg_autovacuum.h
+++ b/contrib/pg_autovacuum/pg_autovacuum.h
@@ -23,19 +23,19 @@
 #include "/usr/include/pgsql/server/lib/dllist.h"
 */
 
-#define AUTOVACUUM_DEBUG    1
-#define VACBASETHRESHOLD    1000
-#define VACSCALINGFACTOR    2
-#define SLEEPBASEVALUE      300
-#define SLEEPSCALINGFACTOR  2
-#define UPDATE_INTERVAL     2
+#define AUTOVACUUM_DEBUG	1
+#define VACBASETHRESHOLD	1000
+#define VACSCALINGFACTOR	2
+#define SLEEPBASEVALUE		300
+#define SLEEPSCALINGFACTOR	2
+#define UPDATE_INTERVAL		2
 
 /* these two constants are used to tell update_table_stats what operation we just perfomred */
-#define VACUUM_ANALYZE      0
-#define ANALYZE_ONLY        1
+#define VACUUM_ANALYZE		0
+#define ANALYZE_ONLY		1
 
-#define TABLE_STATS_ALL     "select a.relfilenode,a.relname,a.relnamespace,a.relpages,a.reltuples,b.schemaname,b.n_tup_ins,b.n_tup_upd,b.n_tup_del from pg_class a, pg_stat_all_tables b where a.relfilenode=b.relid"
-#define TABLE_STATS_USER    "select a.relfilenode,a.relname,a.relnamespace,a.relpages,a.reltuples,b.schemaname,b.n_tup_ins,b.n_tup_upd,b.n_tup_del from pg_class a, pg_stat_user_tables b where a.relfilenode=b.relid"
+#define TABLE_STATS_ALL		"select a.relfilenode,a.relname,a.relnamespace,a.relpages,a.reltuples,b.schemaname,b.n_tup_ins,b.n_tup_upd,b.n_tup_del from pg_class a, pg_stat_all_tables b where a.relfilenode=b.relid"
+#define TABLE_STATS_USER	"select a.relfilenode,a.relname,a.relnamespace,a.relpages,a.reltuples,b.schemaname,b.n_tup_ins,b.n_tup_upd,b.n_tup_del from pg_class a, pg_stat_user_tables b where a.relfilenode=b.relid"
 #define FRONTEND
 #define PAGES_QUERY "select relfilenode,reltuples,relpages from pg_class where relfilenode=%i"
 #define FROZENOID_QUERY "select oid,age(datfrozenxid) from pg_database where datname = 'template1'"
@@ -44,71 +44,96 @@
 /* define cmd_args stucture */
 struct cmdargs
 {
-  int vacuum_base_threshold, analyze_base_threshold, sleep_base_value, debug, daemonize;
-  float vacuum_scaling_factor, analyze_scaling_factor, sleep_scaling_factor;
-  char *user, *password, *host, *logfile, *port;
+	int			vacuum_base_threshold,
+				analyze_base_threshold,
+				sleep_base_value,
+				debug,
+				daemonize;
+	float		vacuum_scaling_factor,
+				analyze_scaling_factor,
+				sleep_scaling_factor;
+	char	   *user,
+			   *password,
+			   *host,
+			   *logfile,
+			   *port;
 };
 typedef struct cmdargs cmd_args;
 
 /* define cmd_args as global so we can get to them everywhere */
-cmd_args *args;
+cmd_args   *args;
 
 /* Might need to add a time value for last time the whold database was vacuumed.
-    I think we need to guarantee this happens approx every 1Million TX's  */
+	I think we need to guarantee this happens approx every 1Million TX's  */
 struct dbinfo
 {
-  int oid, age;
-  int analyze_threshold, vacuum_threshold;	/* Use these as defaults for table thresholds */
-  PGconn *conn;
-  char *dbname, *username, *password;
-  Dllist *table_list;
+	int			oid,
+				age;
+	int			analyze_threshold,
+				vacuum_threshold;		/* Use these as defaults for table
+										 * thresholds */
+	PGconn	   *conn;
+	char	   *dbname,
+			   *username,
+			   *password;
+	Dllist	   *table_list;
 };
 typedef struct dbinfo db_info;
 
 struct tableinfo
 {
-  char *schema_name, *table_name;
-  int  relfilenode, reltuples, relpages;
-  long analyze_threshold, vacuum_threshold;
-  long CountAtLastAnalyze;	/* equal to: inserts + updates as of the last analyze or initial values at startup */
-  long CountAtLastVacuum;	/* equal to: deletes + updates as of the last vacuum or initial values at startup */
-  long curr_analyze_count, curr_vacuum_count; /* Latest values from stats system */
-  db_info *dbi; /* pointer to the database that this table belongs to */
+	char	   *schema_name,
+			   *table_name;
+	int			relfilenode,
+				reltuples,
+				relpages;
+	long		analyze_threshold,
+				vacuum_threshold;
+	long		CountAtLastAnalyze;		/* equal to: inserts + updates as
+										 * of the last analyze or initial
+										 * values at startup */
+	long		CountAtLastVacuum;		/* equal to: deletes + updates as
+										 * of the last vacuum or initial
+										 * values at startup */
+	long		curr_analyze_count,
+				curr_vacuum_count;		/* Latest values from stats system */
+	db_info    *dbi;			/* pointer to the database that this table
+								 * belongs to */
 };
 typedef struct tableinfo tbl_info;
 
 /* Functions for dealing with command line arguements */
-static cmd_args *get_cmd_args (int argc, char *argv[]);
-static void print_cmd_args (void);
-static void free_cmd_args (void);
-static void usage (void);
+static cmd_args *get_cmd_args(int argc, char *argv[]);
+static void print_cmd_args(void);
+static void free_cmd_args(void);
+static void usage(void);
 
 /* Functions for managing database lists */
-static Dllist *init_db_list (void);
-static db_info *init_dbinfo (char *dbname, int oid, int age);
-static void update_db_list (Dllist * db_list);
-static void remove_db_from_list (Dlelem * db_to_remove);
-static void print_db_info (db_info * dbi, int print_table_list);
-static void print_db_list (Dllist * db_list, int print_table_lists);
-static int xid_wraparound_check (db_info * dbi);
-static void free_db_list (Dllist * db_list);
+static Dllist *init_db_list(void);
+static db_info *init_dbinfo(char *dbname, int oid, int age);
+static void update_db_list(Dllist *db_list);
+static void remove_db_from_list(Dlelem *db_to_remove);
+static void print_db_info(db_info * dbi, int print_table_list);
+static void print_db_list(Dllist *db_list, int print_table_lists);
+static int	xid_wraparound_check(db_info * dbi);
+static void free_db_list(Dllist *db_list);
 
 /* Functions for managing table lists */
-static tbl_info *init_table_info (PGresult * conn, int row, db_info *dbi);
-static void update_table_list (db_info * dbi);
-static void remove_table_from_list (Dlelem * tbl_to_remove);
-static void print_table_list (Dllist * tbl_node);
-static void print_table_info (tbl_info * tbl);
-static void update_table_thresholds (db_info * dbi, tbl_info * tbl, int vacuum_type);
-static void free_tbl_list (Dllist * tbl_list);
+static tbl_info *init_table_info(PGresult *conn, int row, db_info * dbi);
+static void update_table_list(db_info * dbi);
+static void remove_table_from_list(Dlelem *tbl_to_remove);
+static void print_table_list(Dllist *tbl_node);
+static void print_table_info(tbl_info * tbl);
+static void update_table_thresholds(db_info * dbi, tbl_info * tbl, int vacuum_type);
+static void free_tbl_list(Dllist *tbl_list);
 
 /* A few database helper functions */
-static int check_stats_enabled (db_info * dbi);
-static PGconn *db_connect (db_info * dbi);
-static void db_disconnect (db_info * dbi);
-static PGresult *send_query (const char *query, db_info * dbi);
-static char *query_table_stats (db_info * dbi);
+static int	check_stats_enabled(db_info * dbi);
+static PGconn *db_connect(db_info * dbi);
+static void db_disconnect(db_info * dbi);
+static PGresult *send_query(const char *query, db_info * dbi);
+static char *query_table_stats(db_info * dbi);
 
 /* Other Generally needed Functions */
 static void daemonize(void);
-static void log_entry (const char *logentry);
+static void log_entry(const char *logentry);
diff --git a/contrib/pg_dumplo/main.c b/contrib/pg_dumplo/main.c
index b6783c23efa..09a71a586dc 100644
--- a/contrib/pg_dumplo/main.c
+++ b/contrib/pg_dumplo/main.c
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  * pg_dumplo
  *
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/contrib/pg_dumplo/Attic/main.c,v 1.16 2003/05/14 03:25:56 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/contrib/pg_dumplo/Attic/main.c,v 1.17 2003/08/04 00:43:11 momjian Exp $
  *
  *					Karel Zak 1999-2000
  * -------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 
 #ifndef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG
 #include "getopt_long.h"
-int optreset;
+int			optreset;
 #endif
 
 char	   *progname = NULL;
diff --git a/contrib/pgbench/pgbench.c b/contrib/pgbench/pgbench.c
index 3253dab4b62..ede1b02f6fd 100644
--- a/contrib/pgbench/pgbench.c
+++ b/contrib/pgbench/pgbench.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/contrib/pgbench/pgbench.c,v 1.25 2003/08/01 02:21:17 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/contrib/pgbench/pgbench.c,v 1.26 2003/08/04 00:43:11 momjian Exp $
  *
  * pgbench: a simple TPC-B like benchmark program for PostgreSQL
  * written by Tatsuo Ishii
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ doConnect()
 {
 	PGconn	   *con;
 	PGresult   *res;
- 
+
 	con = PQsetdbLogin(pghost, pgport, pgoptions, pgtty, dbName,
 					   login, pwd);
 	if (con == NULL)
diff --git a/contrib/pgcrypto/openssl.c b/contrib/pgcrypto/openssl.c
index 3e7915d8bb0..4b3dc593cef 100644
--- a/contrib/pgcrypto/openssl.c
+++ b/contrib/pgcrypto/openssl.c
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
  * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
  * SUCH DAMAGE.
  *
- * $Id: openssl.c,v 1.11 2002/11/15 02:54:44 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: openssl.c,v 1.12 2003/08/04 00:43:11 momjian Exp $
  */
 
 #include <postgres.h>
@@ -130,18 +130,19 @@ px_find_digest(const char *name, PX_MD ** res)
  * of functions does not allow enough flexibility
  * and forces some of the parameters (keylen,
  * padding) to SSL defaults.
- * 
+ *
  * So need to manage ciphers ourselves.
  */
 
-struct ossl_cipher {
-	int         (*init) (PX_Cipher * c, const uint8 *key, unsigned klen, const uint8 *iv);
-	int         (*encrypt) (PX_Cipher * c, const uint8 *data, unsigned dlen, uint8 *res);
-	int         (*decrypt) (PX_Cipher * c, const uint8 *data, unsigned dlen, uint8 *res);
+struct ossl_cipher
+{
+	int			(*init) (PX_Cipher * c, const uint8 *key, unsigned klen, const uint8 *iv);
+	int			(*encrypt) (PX_Cipher * c, const uint8 *data, unsigned dlen, uint8 *res);
+	int			(*decrypt) (PX_Cipher * c, const uint8 *data, unsigned dlen, uint8 *res);
 
-	int block_size;
-	int max_key_size;
-	int stream_cipher;
+	int			block_size;
+	int			max_key_size;
+	int			stream_cipher;
 };
 
 typedef struct
@@ -224,7 +225,7 @@ static int
 bf_ecb_encrypt(PX_Cipher * c, const uint8 *data, unsigned dlen, uint8 *res)
 {
 	unsigned	bs = gen_ossl_block_size(c);
-	unsigned    i;
+	unsigned	i;
 	ossldata   *od = c->ptr;
 
 	for (i = 0; i < dlen / bs; i++)
@@ -288,13 +289,13 @@ static int
 ossl_des_init(PX_Cipher * c, const uint8 *key, unsigned klen, const uint8 *iv)
 {
 	ossldata   *od = c->ptr;
-	des_cblock xkey;
+	des_cblock	xkey;
 
 	memset(&xkey, 0, sizeof(xkey));
 	memcpy(&xkey, key, klen > 8 ? 8 : klen);
 	des_set_key(&xkey, od->u.des.key_schedule);
 	memset(&xkey, 0, sizeof(xkey));
-	
+
 	if (iv)
 		memcpy(od->iv, iv, 8);
 	else
@@ -304,53 +305,53 @@ ossl_des_init(PX_Cipher * c, const uint8 *key, unsigned klen, const uint8 *iv)
 
 static int
 ossl_des_ecb_encrypt(PX_Cipher * c, const uint8 *data, unsigned dlen,
-		uint8 *res)
+					 uint8 *res)
 {
 	unsigned	bs = gen_ossl_block_size(c);
-	unsigned    i;
+	unsigned	i;
 	ossldata   *od = c->ptr;
 
 	for (i = 0; i < dlen / bs; i++)
-		des_ecb_encrypt((des_cblock*)(data + i * bs),
-				(des_cblock*)(res + i * bs),
-				od->u.des.key_schedule, 1);
+		des_ecb_encrypt((des_cblock *) (data + i * bs),
+						(des_cblock *) (res + i * bs),
+						od->u.des.key_schedule, 1);
 	return 0;
 }
 
 static int
 ossl_des_ecb_decrypt(PX_Cipher * c, const uint8 *data, unsigned dlen,
-		uint8 *res)
+					 uint8 *res)
 {
 	unsigned	bs = gen_ossl_block_size(c);
-	unsigned    i;
+	unsigned	i;
 	ossldata   *od = c->ptr;
 
 	for (i = 0; i < dlen / bs; i++)
-		des_ecb_encrypt((des_cblock*)(data + i * bs),
-				(des_cblock*)(res + i * bs),
-				od->u.des.key_schedule, 0);
+		des_ecb_encrypt((des_cblock *) (data + i * bs),
+						(des_cblock *) (res + i * bs),
+						od->u.des.key_schedule, 0);
 	return 0;
 }
 
 static int
 ossl_des_cbc_encrypt(PX_Cipher * c, const uint8 *data, unsigned dlen,
-		uint8 *res)
+					 uint8 *res)
 {
 	ossldata   *od = c->ptr;
 
 	des_ncbc_encrypt(data, res, dlen, od->u.des.key_schedule,
-			(des_cblock*)od->iv, 1);
+					 (des_cblock *) od->iv, 1);
 	return 0;
 }
 
 static int
 ossl_des_cbc_decrypt(PX_Cipher * c, const uint8 *data, unsigned dlen,
-		uint8 *res)
+					 uint8 *res)
 {
 	ossldata   *od = c->ptr;
 
 	des_ncbc_encrypt(data, res, dlen, od->u.des.key_schedule,
-			(des_cblock*)od->iv, 0);
+					 (des_cblock *) od->iv, 0);
 	return 0;
 }
 
@@ -375,7 +376,7 @@ ossl_cast_ecb_encrypt(PX_Cipher * c, const uint8 *data, unsigned dlen, uint8 *re
 {
 	unsigned	bs = gen_ossl_block_size(c);
 	ossldata   *od = c->ptr;
-	const uint8	   *end = data + dlen - bs;
+	const uint8 *end = data + dlen - bs;
 
 	for (; data <= end; data += bs, res += bs)
 		CAST_ecb_encrypt(data, res, &od->u.cast_key, CAST_ENCRYPT);
@@ -387,7 +388,7 @@ ossl_cast_ecb_decrypt(PX_Cipher * c, const uint8 *data, unsigned dlen, uint8 *re
 {
 	unsigned	bs = gen_ossl_block_size(c);
 	ossldata   *od = c->ptr;
-	const uint8	   *end = data + dlen - bs;
+	const uint8 *end = data + dlen - bs;
 
 	for (; data <= end; data += bs, res += bs)
 		CAST_ecb_encrypt(data, res, &od->u.cast_key, CAST_DECRYPT);
@@ -429,37 +430,37 @@ static PX_Alias ossl_aliases[] = {
 
 static const struct ossl_cipher ossl_bf_cbc = {
 	bf_init, bf_cbc_encrypt, bf_cbc_decrypt,
-	64/8, 448/8, 0
+	64 / 8, 448 / 8, 0
 };
 
 static const struct ossl_cipher ossl_bf_ecb = {
 	bf_init, bf_ecb_encrypt, bf_ecb_decrypt,
-	64/8, 448/8, 0
+	64 / 8, 448 / 8, 0
 };
 
 static const struct ossl_cipher ossl_bf_cfb = {
 	bf_init, bf_cfb64_encrypt, bf_cfb64_decrypt,
-	64/8, 448/8, 1
+	64 / 8, 448 / 8, 1
 };
 
 static const struct ossl_cipher ossl_des_ecb = {
 	ossl_des_init, ossl_des_ecb_encrypt, ossl_des_ecb_decrypt,
-	64/8, 64/8, 0
+	64 / 8, 64 / 8, 0
 };
 
 static const struct ossl_cipher ossl_des_cbc = {
 	ossl_des_init, ossl_des_cbc_encrypt, ossl_des_cbc_decrypt,
-	64/8, 64/8, 0
+	64 / 8, 64 / 8, 0
 };
 
 static const struct ossl_cipher ossl_cast_ecb = {
 	ossl_cast_init, ossl_cast_ecb_encrypt, ossl_cast_ecb_decrypt,
-	64/8, 128/8, 0
+	64 / 8, 128 / 8, 0
 };
 
 static const struct ossl_cipher ossl_cast_cbc = {
 	ossl_cast_init, ossl_cast_cbc_encrypt, ossl_cast_cbc_decrypt,
-	64/8, 128/8, 0
+	64 / 8, 128 / 8, 0
 };
 
 /*
@@ -467,7 +468,7 @@ static const struct ossl_cipher ossl_cast_cbc = {
  */
 static const struct
 {
-	const char	   *name;
+	const char *name;
 	const struct ossl_cipher *ciph;
 }	ossl_cipher_types[] =
 
@@ -510,8 +511,10 @@ px_find_cipher(const char *name, PX_Cipher ** res)
 	const struct ossl_cipher *ossl_ciph = NULL;
 
 	name = px_resolve_alias(ossl_aliases, name);
-	for (i = 0; ossl_cipher_types[i].name; i++) {
-		if (!strcmp(ossl_cipher_types[i].name, name)) {
+	for (i = 0; ossl_cipher_types[i].name; i++)
+	{
+		if (!strcmp(ossl_cipher_types[i].name, name))
+		{
 			ossl_ciph = ossl_cipher_types[i].ciph;
 			break;
 		}
diff --git a/contrib/pgcrypto/pgcrypto.c b/contrib/pgcrypto/pgcrypto.c
index de0d426f462..3abc6f12b10 100644
--- a/contrib/pgcrypto/pgcrypto.c
+++ b/contrib/pgcrypto/pgcrypto.c
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
  * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
  * SUCH DAMAGE.
  *
- * $Id: pgcrypto.c,v 1.13 2003/07/24 17:52:33 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pgcrypto.c,v 1.14 2003/08/04 00:43:11 momjian Exp $
  */
 
 #include <postgres.h>
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ pg_gen_salt_rounds(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	if (len == 0)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
-				 errmsg("no such crypt algorithm or bad number of rounds")));
+			 errmsg("no such crypt algorithm or bad number of rounds")));
 
 	res = (text *) palloc(len + VARHDRSZ);
 	VARATT_SIZEP(res) = len + VARHDRSZ;
diff --git a/contrib/pgstattuple/pgstattuple.c b/contrib/pgstattuple/pgstattuple.c
index 110de6dff45..94160605dc7 100644
--- a/contrib/pgstattuple/pgstattuple.c
+++ b/contrib/pgstattuple/pgstattuple.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/contrib/pgstattuple/pgstattuple.c,v 1.11 2003/08/01 02:21:17 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/contrib/pgstattuple/pgstattuple.c,v 1.12 2003/08/04 00:43:11 momjian Exp $
  *
  * Copyright (c) 2001,2002	Tatsuo Ishii
  *
@@ -221,5 +221,5 @@ pgstattuple_real(Relation rel)
 		pfree(values[i]);
 	pfree(values);
 
-	return(result);
+	return (result);
 }
diff --git a/contrib/spi/autoinc.c b/contrib/spi/autoinc.c
index 31bd21b04ed..b6e0c643316 100644
--- a/contrib/spi/autoinc.c
+++ b/contrib/spi/autoinc.c
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ autoinc(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 		if (SPI_gettypeid(tupdesc, attnum) != INT4OID)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_TRIGGERED_ACTION_EXCEPTION),
-					 errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of \"%s\" must be type INT4",
-							 args[i], relname)));
+				   errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of \"%s\" must be type INT4",
+						  args[i], relname)));
 
 		val = DatumGetInt32(SPI_getbinval(rettuple, tupdesc, attnum, &isnull));
 
diff --git a/contrib/spi/insert_username.c b/contrib/spi/insert_username.c
index 6fa9c4c6f88..237b14d25c2 100644
--- a/contrib/spi/insert_username.c
+++ b/contrib/spi/insert_username.c
@@ -65,17 +65,17 @@ insert_username(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	if (attnum < 0)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_TRIGGERED_ACTION_EXCEPTION),
-				 errmsg("\"%s\" has no attribute \"%s\"", relname, args[0])));
+			errmsg("\"%s\" has no attribute \"%s\"", relname, args[0])));
 
 	if (SPI_gettypeid(tupdesc, attnum) != TEXTOID)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_TRIGGERED_ACTION_EXCEPTION),
 				 errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of \"%s\" must be type TEXT",
-						 args[0], relname)));
+						args[0], relname)));
 
 	/* create fields containing name */
 	newval = DirectFunctionCall1(textin,
-							  CStringGetDatum(GetUserNameFromId(GetUserId())));
+						CStringGetDatum(GetUserNameFromId(GetUserId())));
 
 	/* construct new tuple */
 	rettuple = SPI_modifytuple(rel, rettuple, 1, &attnum, &newval, NULL);
diff --git a/contrib/spi/moddatetime.c b/contrib/spi/moddatetime.c
index 6d80bab55e6..f3a97e1c81b 100644
--- a/contrib/spi/moddatetime.c
+++ b/contrib/spi/moddatetime.c
@@ -100,8 +100,8 @@ moddatetime(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	if (SPI_gettypeid(tupdesc, attnum) != TIMESTAMPOID)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_TRIGGERED_ACTION_EXCEPTION),
-				 errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of \"%s\" must be type TIMESTAMP",
-						 args[0], relname)));
+			  errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of \"%s\" must be type TIMESTAMP",
+					 args[0], relname)));
 
 /* 1 is the number of items in the arrays attnum and newdt.
 	attnum is the positional number of the field to be updated.
diff --git a/contrib/spi/refint.c b/contrib/spi/refint.c
index c9baa9c249d..c409a269cac 100644
--- a/contrib/spi/refint.c
+++ b/contrib/spi/refint.c
@@ -134,8 +134,8 @@ check_primary_key(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 		if (fnumber < 0)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
-					 errmsg("there is no attribute \"%s\" in relation \"%s\"",
-							args[i], SPI_getrelname(rel))));
+				errmsg("there is no attribute \"%s\" in relation \"%s\"",
+					   args[i], SPI_getrelname(rel))));
 
 		/* Well, get binary (in internal format) value of column */
 		kvals[i] = SPI_getbinval(tuple, tupdesc, fnumber, &isnull);
@@ -365,8 +365,8 @@ check_foreign_key(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 		if (fnumber < 0)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
-					 errmsg("there is no attribute \"%s\" in relation \"%s\"",
-							args[i], SPI_getrelname(rel))));
+				errmsg("there is no attribute \"%s\" in relation \"%s\"",
+					   args[i], SPI_getrelname(rel))));
 
 		/* Well, get binary (in internal format) value of column */
 		kvals[i] = SPI_getbinval(trigtuple, tupdesc, fnumber, &isnull);
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ check_foreign_key(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_TRIGGERED_ACTION_EXCEPTION),
 						 errmsg("\"%s\": tuple is referenced in \"%s\"",
-						 trigger->tgname, relname)));
+								trigger->tgname, relname)));
 		}
 		else
 		{
diff --git a/contrib/spi/timetravel.c b/contrib/spi/timetravel.c
index aa8d0a47b46..8ffa56edc75 100644
--- a/contrib/spi/timetravel.c
+++ b/contrib/spi/timetravel.c
@@ -6,11 +6,11 @@
 /* Modified by B�JTHE Zolt�n, Hungary, mailto:urdesobt@axelero.hu */
 
 #include "executor/spi.h"		/* this is what you need to work with SPI */
-#include "commands/trigger.h"		/* -"- and triggers */
+#include "commands/trigger.h"	/* -"- and triggers */
 #include "miscadmin.h"			/* for GetPgUserName() */
-#include <ctype.h>			/* tolower () */
+#include <ctype.h>				/* tolower () */
 
-#define ABSTIMEOID	702		/* it should be in pg_type.h */
+#define ABSTIMEOID	702			/* it should be in pg_type.h */
 
 /* AbsoluteTime currabstime(void); */
 Datum		timetravel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ static int	nPlans = 0;
 
 typedef struct _TTOffList
 {
-    struct _TTOffList	*next;
-    char		name[1];
-} TTOffList;
+	struct _TTOffList *next;
+	char		name[1];
+}	TTOffList;
 
-static TTOffList TTOff = {NULL,{0}};
+static TTOffList TTOff = {NULL, {0}};
 
-static int findTTStatus(char *name);
+static int	findTTStatus(char *name);
 static EPlan *find_plan(char *ident, EPlan ** eplan, int *nplans);
 
 /*
@@ -71,57 +71,57 @@ static EPlan *find_plan(char *ident, EPlan ** eplan, int *nplans);
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(timetravel);
 
-Datum						/* have to return HeapTuple to Executor */
+Datum							/* have to return HeapTuple to Executor */
 timetravel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 {
-	TriggerData	*trigdata = (TriggerData *) fcinfo->context;
-	Trigger 	*trigger;		/* to get trigger name */
-	int		argc;
-	char		**args;			/* arguments */
-	int		attnum[MaxAttrNum];	/* fnumbers of start/stop columns */
+	TriggerData *trigdata = (TriggerData *) fcinfo->context;
+	Trigger    *trigger;		/* to get trigger name */
+	int			argc;
+	char	  **args;			/* arguments */
+	int			attnum[MaxAttrNum];		/* fnumbers of start/stop columns */
 	Datum		oldtimeon,
-			oldtimeoff;
+				oldtimeoff;
 	Datum		newtimeon,
-			newtimeoff,
-			newuser,
-			nulltext;
-	Datum		*cvals;			/* column values */
-	char		*cnulls;		/* column nulls */
-	char		*relname;		/* triggered relation name */
+				newtimeoff,
+				newuser,
+				nulltext;
+	Datum	   *cvals;			/* column values */
+	char	   *cnulls;			/* column nulls */
+	char	   *relname;		/* triggered relation name */
 	Relation	rel;			/* triggered relation */
 	HeapTuple	trigtuple;
 	HeapTuple	newtuple = NULL;
 	HeapTuple	rettuple;
 	TupleDesc	tupdesc;		/* tuple description */
-	int		natts;			/* # of attributes */
-	EPlan		*plan;			/* prepared plan */
+	int			natts;			/* # of attributes */
+	EPlan	   *plan;			/* prepared plan */
 	char		ident[2 * NAMEDATALEN];
 	bool		isnull;			/* to know is some column NULL or not */
 	bool		isinsert = false;
-	int		ret;
-	int		i;
+	int			ret;
+	int			i;
 
 	/*
 	 * Some checks first...
 	 */
 
 	/* Called by trigger manager ? */
-	if(!CALLED_AS_TRIGGER(fcinfo))
+	if (!CALLED_AS_TRIGGER(fcinfo))
 		elog(ERROR, "timetravel: not fired by trigger manager");
 
 	/* Should be called for ROW trigger */
-	if(TRIGGER_FIRED_FOR_STATEMENT(trigdata->tg_event))
+	if (TRIGGER_FIRED_FOR_STATEMENT(trigdata->tg_event))
 		elog(ERROR, "timetravel: can't process STATEMENT events");
 
 	/* Should be called BEFORE */
-	if(TRIGGER_FIRED_AFTER(trigdata->tg_event))
+	if (TRIGGER_FIRED_AFTER(trigdata->tg_event))
 		elog(ERROR, "timetravel: must be fired before event");
 
 	/* INSERT ? */
-	if(TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_INSERT(trigdata->tg_event))
+	if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_INSERT(trigdata->tg_event))
 		isinsert = true;
 
-	if(TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(trigdata->tg_event))
+	if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(trigdata->tg_event))
 		newtuple = trigdata->tg_newtuple;
 
 	trigtuple = trigdata->tg_trigtuple;
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ timetravel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	relname = SPI_getrelname(rel);
 
 	/* check if TT is OFF for this relation */
-	if(0==findTTStatus(relname))
+	if (0 == findTTStatus(relname))
 	{
 		/* OFF - nothing to do */
 		pfree(relname);
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ timetravel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	trigger = trigdata->tg_trigger;
 
 	argc = trigger->tgnargs;
-	if(argc != MinAttrNum && argc != MaxAttrNum)
+	if (argc != MinAttrNum && argc != MaxAttrNum)
 		elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): invalid (!= %d or %d) number of arguments %d",
 			 relname, MinAttrNum, MaxAttrNum, trigger->tgnargs);
 
@@ -148,39 +148,39 @@ timetravel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	tupdesc = rel->rd_att;
 	natts = tupdesc->natts;
 
-	for(i = 0 ; i < MinAttrNum ; i++)
+	for (i = 0; i < MinAttrNum; i++)
 	{
 		attnum[i] = SPI_fnumber(tupdesc, args[i]);
-		if(attnum[i] < 0)
+		if (attnum[i] < 0)
 			elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): there is no attribute %s", relname, args[i]);
-		if(SPI_gettypeid(tupdesc, attnum[i]) != ABSTIMEOID)
+		if (SPI_gettypeid(tupdesc, attnum[i]) != ABSTIMEOID)
 			elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): attribute %s must be of abstime type",
 				 relname, args[i]);
 	}
-	for( ; i < argc ; i++)
+	for (; i < argc; i++)
 	{
 		attnum[i] = SPI_fnumber(tupdesc, args[i]);
-		if(attnum[i] < 0)
+		if (attnum[i] < 0)
 			elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): there is no attribute %s", relname, args[i]);
-		if(SPI_gettypeid(tupdesc, attnum[i]) != TEXTOID)
+		if (SPI_gettypeid(tupdesc, attnum[i]) != TEXTOID)
 			elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): attribute %s must be of text type",
 				 relname, args[i]);
 	}
 
 	/* create fields containing name */
-        newuser = DirectFunctionCall1(textin, CStringGetDatum(GetUserNameFromId(GetUserId())));
+	newuser = DirectFunctionCall1(textin, CStringGetDatum(GetUserNameFromId(GetUserId())));
 
-	nulltext = (Datum)NULL;
+	nulltext = (Datum) NULL;
 
-	if(isinsert)
-	{ /* INSERT */
-		int	chnattrs = 0;
-		int	chattrs[MaxAttrNum];
-		Datum	newvals[MaxAttrNum];
-		char	newnulls[MaxAttrNum];
+	if (isinsert)
+	{							/* INSERT */
+		int			chnattrs = 0;
+		int			chattrs[MaxAttrNum];
+		Datum		newvals[MaxAttrNum];
+		char		newnulls[MaxAttrNum];
 
 		oldtimeon = SPI_getbinval(trigtuple, tupdesc, attnum[a_time_on], &isnull);
-		if(isnull)
+		if (isnull)
 		{
 			newvals[chnattrs] = GetCurrentAbsoluteTime();
 			newnulls[chnattrs] = ' ';
@@ -189,10 +189,10 @@ timetravel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 		}
 
 		oldtimeoff = SPI_getbinval(trigtuple, tupdesc, attnum[a_time_off], &isnull);
-		if(isnull)
+		if (isnull)
 		{
-			if((chnattrs == 0 && DatumGetInt32(oldtimeon) >= NOEND_ABSTIME) ||
-			   (chnattrs > 0 && DatumGetInt32(newvals[a_time_on]) >= NOEND_ABSTIME))
+			if ((chnattrs == 0 && DatumGetInt32(oldtimeon) >= NOEND_ABSTIME) ||
+				(chnattrs > 0 && DatumGetInt32(newvals[a_time_on]) >= NOEND_ABSTIME))
 				elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): %s is infinity", relname, args[a_time_on]);
 			newvals[chnattrs] = NOEND_ABSTIME;
 			newnulls[chnattrs] = ' ';
@@ -201,16 +201,16 @@ timetravel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 		}
 		else
 		{
-			if((chnattrs == 0 && DatumGetInt32(oldtimeon) > DatumGetInt32(oldtimeoff)) ||
-			   (chnattrs > 0 && DatumGetInt32(newvals[a_time_on]) > DatumGetInt32(oldtimeoff)))
+			if ((chnattrs == 0 && DatumGetInt32(oldtimeon) > DatumGetInt32(oldtimeoff)) ||
+				(chnattrs > 0 && DatumGetInt32(newvals[a_time_on]) > DatumGetInt32(oldtimeoff)))
 				elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): %s gt %s", relname, args[a_time_on], args[a_time_off]);
 		}
 
 		pfree(relname);
-		if(chnattrs <= 0)
+		if (chnattrs <= 0)
 			return PointerGetDatum(trigtuple);
 
-		if(argc == MaxAttrNum)
+		if (argc == MaxAttrNum)
 		{
 			/* clear update_user value */
 			newvals[chnattrs] = nulltext;
@@ -235,33 +235,34 @@ timetravel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 
 /* UPDATE/DELETE: */
 	oldtimeon = SPI_getbinval(trigtuple, tupdesc, attnum[a_time_on], &isnull);
-	if(isnull)
+	if (isnull)
 		elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): %s must be NOT NULL", relname, args[a_time_on]);
 
 	oldtimeoff = SPI_getbinval(trigtuple, tupdesc, attnum[a_time_off], &isnull);
-	if(isnull)
+	if (isnull)
 		elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): %s must be NOT NULL", relname, args[a_time_off]);
 
 	/*
 	 * If DELETE/UPDATE of tuple with stop_date neq INFINITY then say
 	 * upper Executor to skip operation for this tuple
 	 */
-	if(newtuple != NULL)
-	{ /* UPDATE */
+	if (newtuple != NULL)
+	{							/* UPDATE */
 		newtimeon = SPI_getbinval(newtuple, tupdesc, attnum[a_time_on], &isnull);
-		if(isnull)
+		if (isnull)
 			elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): %s must be NOT NULL", relname, args[a_time_on]);
 
 		newtimeoff = SPI_getbinval(newtuple, tupdesc, attnum[a_time_off], &isnull);
-		if(isnull)
+		if (isnull)
 			elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): %s must be NOT NULL", relname, args[a_time_off]);
 
-		if(oldtimeon != newtimeon || oldtimeoff != newtimeoff)
+		if (oldtimeon != newtimeon || oldtimeoff != newtimeoff)
 			elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): you can't change %s and/or %s columns (use set_timetravel)",
 				 relname, args[a_time_on], args[a_time_off]);
 	}
-	if(oldtimeoff != NOEND_ABSTIME)
-	{ /* current record is a deleted/updated record */
+	if (oldtimeoff != NOEND_ABSTIME)
+	{							/* current record is a deleted/updated
+								 * record */
 		pfree(relname);
 		return PointerGetDatum(NULL);
 	}
@@ -269,27 +270,28 @@ timetravel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	newtimeoff = GetCurrentAbsoluteTime();
 
 	/* Connect to SPI manager */
-	if((ret = SPI_connect()) < 0)
+	if ((ret = SPI_connect()) < 0)
 		elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): SPI_connect returned %d", relname, ret);
 
 	/* Fetch tuple values and nulls */
 	cvals = (Datum *) palloc(natts * sizeof(Datum));
 	cnulls = (char *) palloc(natts * sizeof(char));
-	for(i = 0; i < natts; i++)
+	for (i = 0; i < natts; i++)
 	{
 		cvals[i] = SPI_getbinval(trigtuple, tupdesc, i + 1, &isnull);
 		cnulls[i] = (isnull) ? 'n' : ' ';
 	}
 
 	/* change date column(s) */
-	cvals[attnum[a_time_off] - 1] = newtimeoff;	/* stop_date eq current date */
+	cvals[attnum[a_time_off] - 1] = newtimeoff; /* stop_date eq current
+												 * date */
 	cnulls[attnum[a_time_off] - 1] = ' ';
 
-	if(!newtuple)
-	{ /* DELETE */
-		if(argc == MaxAttrNum)
+	if (!newtuple)
+	{							/* DELETE */
+		if (argc == MaxAttrNum)
 		{
-			cvals[attnum[a_del_user] - 1] = newuser;		/* set delete user */
+			cvals[attnum[a_del_user] - 1] = newuser;	/* set delete user */
 			cnulls[attnum[a_del_user] - 1] = ' ';
 		}
 	}
@@ -302,11 +304,11 @@ timetravel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	plan = find_plan(ident, &Plans, &nPlans);
 
 	/* if there is no plan ... */
-	if(plan->splan == NULL)
+	if (plan->splan == NULL)
 	{
-		void	*pplan;
-		Oid	*ctypes;
-		char	sql[8192];
+		void	   *pplan;
+		Oid		   *ctypes;
+		char		sql[8192];
 
 		/* allocate ctypes for preparation */
 		ctypes = (Oid *) palloc(natts * sizeof(Oid));
@@ -315,15 +317,15 @@ timetravel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 		 * Construct query: INSERT INTO _relation_ VALUES ($1, ...)
 		 */
 		snprintf(sql, sizeof(sql), "INSERT INTO %s VALUES (", relname);
-		for(i = 1; i <= natts; i++)
+		for (i = 1; i <= natts; i++)
 		{
 			ctypes[i - 1] = SPI_gettypeid(tupdesc, i);
-			if(!(tupdesc->attrs[i - 1]->attisdropped))	/* skip dropped columns */
-			    snprintf(sql + strlen(sql), sizeof(sql) - strlen(sql), "$%d%s",
-					i, (i < natts) ? ", " : ")" );
+			if (!(tupdesc->attrs[i - 1]->attisdropped)) /* skip dropped columns */
+				snprintf(sql + strlen(sql), sizeof(sql) - strlen(sql), "$%d%s",
+						 i, (i < natts) ? ", " : ")");
 #if 0
-			    snprintf(sql + strlen(sql), sizeof(sql) - strlen(sql), "$%d /* %d */ %s",
-					i, ctypes[i-1], (i < natts) ? ", " : ")" );
+			snprintf(sql + strlen(sql), sizeof(sql) - strlen(sql), "$%d /* %d */ %s",
+					 i, ctypes[i - 1], (i < natts) ? ", " : ")");
 #endif
 		}
 
@@ -331,7 +333,7 @@ timetravel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 
 		/* Prepare plan for query */
 		pplan = SPI_prepare(sql, natts, ctypes);
-		if(pplan == NULL)
+		if (pplan == NULL)
 			elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): SPI_prepare returned %d", relname, SPI_result);
 
 		/*
@@ -340,7 +342,7 @@ timetravel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 		 * use.
 		 */
 		pplan = SPI_saveplan(pplan);
-		if(pplan == NULL)
+		if (pplan == NULL)
 			elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): SPI_saveplan returned %d", relname, SPI_result);
 
 		plan->splan = pplan;
@@ -351,14 +353,14 @@ timetravel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	 */
 	ret = SPI_execp(plan->splan, cvals, cnulls, 0);
 
-	if(ret < 0)
+	if (ret < 0)
 		elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): SPI_execp returned %d", relname, ret);
 
 	/* Tuple to return to upper Executor ... */
-	if(newtuple)
-	{ /* UPDATE */
-		int		chnattrs = 0;
-		int		chattrs[MaxAttrNum];
+	if (newtuple)
+	{							/* UPDATE */
+		int			chnattrs = 0;
+		int			chattrs[MaxAttrNum];
 		Datum		newvals[MaxAttrNum];
 		char		newnulls[MaxAttrNum];
 
@@ -372,7 +374,7 @@ timetravel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 		chattrs[chnattrs] = attnum[a_time_off];
 		chnattrs++;
 
-		if(argc == MaxAttrNum)
+		if (argc == MaxAttrNum)
 		{
 			/* set update_user value */
 			newvals[chnattrs] = newuser;
@@ -399,7 +401,8 @@ timetravel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 		 */
 		/* SPI_pfree(tmptuple); */
 	}
-	else						/* DELETE case */
+	else
+/* DELETE case */
 		rettuple = trigtuple;
 
 	SPI_finish();				/* don't forget say Bye to SPI mgr */
@@ -417,23 +420,24 @@ PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(set_timetravel);
 Datum
 set_timetravel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 {
-        Name		relname = PG_GETARG_NAME(0);
-        int32		on = PG_GETARG_INT32(1);
-	char		*rname;
-	char		*d;
-	char		*s;
+	Name		relname = PG_GETARG_NAME(0);
+	int32		on = PG_GETARG_INT32(1);
+	char	   *rname;
+	char	   *d;
+	char	   *s;
 	int32		ret;
-	TTOffList	*p,*pp;
+	TTOffList  *p,
+			   *pp;
 
-	for(pp = (p = &TTOff)->next; pp; pp=(p=pp)->next)
+	for (pp = (p = &TTOff)->next; pp; pp = (p = pp)->next)
 	{
-		if(namestrcmp(relname, pp->name) == 0)
+		if (namestrcmp(relname, pp->name) == 0)
 			break;
 	}
-	if(pp)
+	if (pp)
 	{
 		/* OFF currently */
-		if(on != 0)
+		if (on != 0)
 		{
 			/* turn ON */
 			p->next = pp->next;
@@ -444,20 +448,20 @@ set_timetravel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	else
 	{
 		/* ON currently */
-		if(on == 0)
+		if (on == 0)
 		{
 			/* turn OFF */
 			s = rname = DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(nameout, NameGetDatum(relname)));
-			if(s)
+			if (s)
 			{
-				pp = malloc(sizeof(TTOffList)+strlen(rname));
-				if(pp)
+				pp = malloc(sizeof(TTOffList) + strlen(rname));
+				if (pp)
 				{
 					pp->next = NULL;
 					p->next = pp;
 					d = pp->name;
 					while (*s)
-						*d++ = tolower((unsigned char)*s++);
+						*d++ = tolower((unsigned char) *s++);
 					*d = '\0';
 				}
 				pfree(rname);
@@ -470,7 +474,7 @@ set_timetravel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 
 /*
  * get_timetravel (relname) --
- *  get timetravel status for specified relation (ON/OFF)
+ *	get timetravel status for specified relation (ON/OFF)
  */
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(get_timetravel);
 
@@ -478,11 +482,11 @@ Datum
 get_timetravel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 {
 	Name		relname = PG_GETARG_NAME(0);
-	TTOffList	*pp;
+	TTOffList  *pp;
 
-	for(pp = TTOff.next; pp; pp = pp->next)
+	for (pp = TTOff.next; pp; pp = pp->next)
 	{
-		if(namestrcmp(relname, pp->name) == 0)
+		if (namestrcmp(relname, pp->name) == 0)
 			PG_RETURN_INT32(0);
 	}
 	PG_RETURN_INT32(1);
@@ -491,9 +495,10 @@ get_timetravel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 static int
 findTTStatus(char *name)
 {
-	TTOffList* pp;
-	for(pp = TTOff.next; pp; pp = pp->next)
-		if(strcasecmp(name, pp->name) == 0)
+	TTOffList  *pp;
+
+	for (pp = TTOff.next; pp; pp = pp->next)
+		if (strcasecmp(name, pp->name) == 0)
 			return 0;
 	return 1;
 }
@@ -509,17 +514,17 @@ currabstime()
 static EPlan *
 find_plan(char *ident, EPlan ** eplan, int *nplans)
 {
-	EPlan	*newp;
-	int	i;
+	EPlan	   *newp;
+	int			i;
 
-	if(*nplans > 0)
+	if (*nplans > 0)
 	{
-		for(i = 0; i < *nplans; i++)
+		for (i = 0; i < *nplans; i++)
 		{
-			if(strcmp((*eplan)[i].ident, ident) == 0)
+			if (strcmp((*eplan)[i].ident, ident) == 0)
 				break;
 		}
-		if(i != *nplans)
+		if (i != *nplans)
 			return (*eplan + i);
 		*eplan = (EPlan *) realloc(*eplan, (i + 1) * sizeof(EPlan));
 		newp = *eplan + i;
diff --git a/contrib/tablefunc/tablefunc.c b/contrib/tablefunc/tablefunc.c
index d883793aace..17a3a6a8579 100644
--- a/contrib/tablefunc/tablefunc.c
+++ b/contrib/tablefunc/tablefunc.c
@@ -42,11 +42,11 @@
 
 #include "tablefunc.h"
 
-static int load_categories_hash(char *cats_sql, MemoryContext per_query_ctx);
+static int	load_categories_hash(char *cats_sql, MemoryContext per_query_ctx);
 static Tuplestorestate *get_crosstab_tuplestore(char *sql,
-												int num_categories,
-												TupleDesc tupdesc,
-												MemoryContext per_query_ctx);
+						int num_categories,
+						TupleDesc tupdesc,
+						MemoryContext per_query_ctx);
 static void validateConnectbyTupleDesc(TupleDesc tupdesc, bool show_branch, bool show_serial);
 static bool compatCrosstabTupleDescs(TupleDesc tupdesc1, TupleDesc tupdesc2);
 static bool compatConnectbyTupleDescs(TupleDesc tupdesc1, TupleDesc tupdesc2);
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ static TupleDesc make_crosstab_tupledesc(TupleDesc spi_tupdesc,
 static Tuplestorestate *connectby(char *relname,
 		  char *key_fld,
 		  char *parent_key_fld,
-			char *orderby_fld,
+		  char *orderby_fld,
 		  char *branch_delim,
 		  char *start_with,
 		  int max_depth,
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ static HTAB *crosstab_HashTable;
 typedef struct crosstab_cat_desc
 {
 	char	   *catname;
-	int			attidx;	/* zero based */
+	int			attidx;			/* zero based */
 }	crosstab_cat_desc;
 
 #define MAX_CATNAME_LEN			NAMEDATALEN
@@ -157,9 +157,9 @@ do { \
 /* hash table */
 typedef struct crosstab_hashent
 {
-	char				internal_catname[MAX_CATNAME_LEN];
-	crosstab_cat_desc  *catdesc;
-} crosstab_HashEnt;
+	char		internal_catname[MAX_CATNAME_LEN];
+	crosstab_cat_desc *catdesc;
+}	crosstab_HashEnt;
 
 /*
  * normal_rand - return requested number of random values
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ crosstab(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
 						 errmsg("invalid source data SQL statement"),
 						 errdetail("The provided SQL must return 3 " \
-								   " columns; rowid, category, and values.")));
+							 " columns; rowid, category, and values.")));
 		}
 		else
 		{
@@ -667,10 +667,10 @@ crosstab(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 }
 
 /*
- * crosstab_hash - reimplement crosstab as materialized function and 
+ * crosstab_hash - reimplement crosstab as materialized function and
  * properly deal with missing values (i.e. don't pack remaining
  * values to the left)
- * 
+ *
  * crosstab - create a crosstab of rowids and values columns from a
  * SQL statement returning one rowid column, one category column,
  * and one value column.
@@ -705,13 +705,13 @@ PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(crosstab_hash);
 Datum
 crosstab_hash(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 {
-	char			   *sql = GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0));
-	char			   *cats_sql = GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1));
-	ReturnSetInfo	   *rsinfo = (ReturnSetInfo *) fcinfo->resultinfo;
-	TupleDesc			tupdesc;
-	MemoryContext		per_query_ctx;
-	MemoryContext		oldcontext;
-	int					num_categories;
+	char	   *sql = GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0));
+	char	   *cats_sql = GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1));
+	ReturnSetInfo *rsinfo = (ReturnSetInfo *) fcinfo->resultinfo;
+	TupleDesc	tupdesc;
+	MemoryContext per_query_ctx;
+	MemoryContext oldcontext;
+	int			num_categories;
 
 	/* check to see if caller supports us returning a tuplestore */
 	if (!rsinfo || !(rsinfo->allowedModes & SFRM_Materialize))
@@ -729,9 +729,9 @@ crosstab_hash(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	/*
 	 * Check to make sure we have a reasonable tuple descriptor
 	 *
-	 * Note we will attempt to coerce the values into whatever
-	 * the return attribute type is and depend on the "in"
-	 * function to complain if needed.
+	 * Note we will attempt to coerce the values into whatever the return
+	 * attribute type is and depend on the "in" function to complain if
+	 * needed.
 	 */
 	if (tupdesc->natts < 2)
 		ereport(ERROR,
@@ -770,19 +770,19 @@ crosstab_hash(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 static int
 load_categories_hash(char *cats_sql, MemoryContext per_query_ctx)
 {
-	HASHCTL			ctl;
-	int				ret;
-	int				proc;
-	MemoryContext	SPIcontext;
-	int				num_categories = 0;
+	HASHCTL		ctl;
+	int			ret;
+	int			proc;
+	MemoryContext SPIcontext;
+	int			num_categories = 0;
 
 	/* initialize the category hash table */
 	ctl.keysize = MAX_CATNAME_LEN;
 	ctl.entrysize = sizeof(crosstab_HashEnt);
 
 	/*
-	 * use INIT_CATS, defined above as a guess of how
-	 * many hash table entries to create, initially
+	 * use INIT_CATS, defined above as a guess of how many hash table
+	 * entries to create, initially
 	 */
 	crosstab_HashTable = hash_create("crosstab hash", INIT_CATS, &ctl, HASH_ELEM);
 
@@ -798,13 +798,13 @@ load_categories_hash(char *cats_sql, MemoryContext per_query_ctx)
 	/* Check for qualifying tuples */
 	if ((ret == SPI_OK_SELECT) && (proc > 0))
 	{
-		SPITupleTable  *spi_tuptable = SPI_tuptable;
-		TupleDesc		spi_tupdesc = spi_tuptable->tupdesc;
-		int				i;
+		SPITupleTable *spi_tuptable = SPI_tuptable;
+		TupleDesc	spi_tupdesc = spi_tuptable->tupdesc;
+		int			i;
 
 		/*
-		 * The provided categories SQL query must always return one column:
-		 * category - the label or identifier for each column
+		 * The provided categories SQL query must always return one
+		 * column: category - the label or identifier for each column
 		 */
 		if (spi_tupdesc->natts != 1)
 			ereport(ERROR,
@@ -814,9 +814,9 @@ load_categories_hash(char *cats_sql, MemoryContext per_query_ctx)
 
 		for (i = 0; i < proc; i++)
 		{
-			crosstab_cat_desc  *catdesc;
-			char			   *catname;
-			HeapTuple			spi_tuple;
+			crosstab_cat_desc *catdesc;
+			char	   *catname;
+			HeapTuple	spi_tuple;
 
 			/* get the next sql result tuple */
 			spi_tuple = spi_tuptable->vals[i];
@@ -862,13 +862,13 @@ get_crosstab_tuplestore(char *sql,
 						TupleDesc tupdesc,
 						MemoryContext per_query_ctx)
 {
-	Tuplestorestate	   *tupstore;
-	AttInMetadata	   *attinmeta = TupleDescGetAttInMetadata(tupdesc);
-	char			  **values;
-	HeapTuple			tuple;
-	int					ret;
-	int					proc;
-	MemoryContext		SPIcontext;
+	Tuplestorestate *tupstore;
+	AttInMetadata *attinmeta = TupleDescGetAttInMetadata(tupdesc);
+	char	  **values;
+	HeapTuple	tuple;
+	int			ret;
+	int			proc;
+	MemoryContext SPIcontext;
 
 	/* initialize our tuplestore */
 	tupstore = tuplestore_begin_heap(true, false, SortMem);
@@ -885,33 +885,36 @@ get_crosstab_tuplestore(char *sql,
 	/* Check for qualifying tuples */
 	if ((ret == SPI_OK_SELECT) && (proc > 0))
 	{
-		SPITupleTable  *spi_tuptable = SPI_tuptable;
-		TupleDesc		spi_tupdesc = spi_tuptable->tupdesc;
-		int				ncols = spi_tupdesc->natts;
-		char		   *rowid;
-		char		   *lastrowid = NULL;
-		int				i, j;
-		int				result_ncols;
+		SPITupleTable *spi_tuptable = SPI_tuptable;
+		TupleDesc	spi_tupdesc = spi_tuptable->tupdesc;
+		int			ncols = spi_tupdesc->natts;
+		char	   *rowid;
+		char	   *lastrowid = NULL;
+		int			i,
+					j;
+		int			result_ncols;
 
 		/*
-		 * The provided SQL query must always return at least three columns:
+		 * The provided SQL query must always return at least three
+		 * columns:
 		 *
 		 * 1. rowname	the label for each row - column 1 in the final result
-		 * 2. category  the label for each value-column in the final result
-		 * 3. value		the values used to populate the value-columns
-		 * 
+		 * 2. category	the label for each value-column in the final
+		 * result 3. value	   the values used to populate the
+		 * value-columns
+		 *
 		 * If there are more than three columns, the last two are taken as
-		 * "category" and "values". The first column is taken as "rowname".
-		 * Additional columns (2 thru N-2) are assumed the same for the same
-		 * "rowname", and are copied into the result tuple from the first
-		 * time we encounter a particular rowname.
+		 * "category" and "values". The first column is taken as
+		 * "rowname". Additional columns (2 thru N-2) are assumed the same
+		 * for the same "rowname", and are copied into the result tuple
+		 * from the first time we encounter a particular rowname.
 		 */
 		if (ncols < 3)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
 					 errmsg("invalid source data SQL statement"),
 					 errdetail("The provided SQL must return 3 " \
-							   " columns; rowid, category, and values.")));
+							 " columns; rowid, category, and values.")));
 
 		result_ncols = (ncols - 2) + num_categories;
 
@@ -922,7 +925,7 @@ get_crosstab_tuplestore(char *sql,
 					 errmsg("invalid return type"),
 					 errdetail("query-specified return " \
 							   "tuple has %d columns but crosstab " \
-							   "returns %d", tupdesc->natts, result_ncols)));
+						   "returns %d", tupdesc->natts, result_ncols)));
 
 		/* allocate space */
 		values = (char **) palloc(result_ncols * sizeof(char *));
@@ -932,9 +935,9 @@ get_crosstab_tuplestore(char *sql,
 
 		for (i = 0; i < proc; i++)
 		{
-			HeapTuple			spi_tuple;
-			crosstab_cat_desc  *catdesc;
-			char			   *catname;
+			HeapTuple	spi_tuple;
+			crosstab_cat_desc *catdesc;
+			char	   *catname;
 
 			/* get the next sql result tuple */
 			spi_tuple = spi_tuptable->vals[i];
@@ -958,7 +961,10 @@ get_crosstab_tuplestore(char *sql,
 				 */
 				if (lastrowid != NULL)
 				{
-					/* switch to appropriate context while storing the tuple */
+					/*
+					 * switch to appropriate context while storing the
+					 * tuple
+					 */
 					SPIcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(per_query_ctx);
 
 					/* rowid changed, flush the previous output row */
@@ -984,7 +990,7 @@ get_crosstab_tuplestore(char *sql,
 				crosstab_HashTableLookup(catname, catdesc);
 
 				if (catdesc)
-					values[catdesc->attidx + ncols - 2] = 
+					values[catdesc->attidx + ncols - 2] =
 						SPI_getvalue(spi_tuple, spi_tupdesc, ncols);
 			}
 
@@ -1026,29 +1032,29 @@ get_crosstab_tuplestore(char *sql,
  *
  *			keyid	parent_keyid pos
  *			------+------------+--
- *			row1	NULL         0
- *			row2	row1         0
- *			row3	row1         0
- *			row4	row2         1
- *			row5	row2         0
- *			row6	row4         0
- *			row7	row3         0
- *			row8	row6         0
- *			row9	row5         0
+ *			row1	NULL		 0
+ *			row2	row1		 0
+ *			row3	row1		 0
+ *			row4	row2		 1
+ *			row5	row2		 0
+ *			row6	row4		 0
+ *			row7	row3		 0
+ *			row8	row6		 0
+ *			row9	row5		 0
  *
  *
  * connectby(text relname, text keyid_fld, text parent_keyid_fld
- *            [, text orderby_fld], text start_with, int max_depth
- *            [, text branch_delim])
+ *			  [, text orderby_fld], text start_with, int max_depth
+ *			  [, text branch_delim])
  * connectby('foo', 'keyid', 'parent_keyid', 'pos', 'row2', 0, '~') returns:
  *
- *		keyid	parent_id	level	 branch             serial
+ *		keyid	parent_id	level	 branch				serial
  *		------+-----------+--------+-----------------------
- *		row2	NULL		  0		  row2                1
- *		row5	row2		  1		  row2~row5           2
- *		row9	row5		  2		  row2~row5~row9      3
- *		row4	row2		  1		  row2~row4           4
- *		row6	row4		  2		  row2~row4~row6      5
+ *		row2	NULL		  0		  row2				  1
+ *		row5	row2		  1		  row2~row5			  2
+ *		row9	row5		  2		  row2~row5~row9	  3
+ *		row4	row2		  1		  row2~row4			  4
+ *		row6	row4		  2		  row2~row4~row6	  5
  *		row8	row6		  3		  row2~row4~row6~row8 6
  *
  */
@@ -1114,7 +1120,7 @@ connectby_text(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	rsinfo->setResult = connectby(relname,
 								  key_fld,
 								  parent_key_fld,
-									NULL,
+								  NULL,
 								  branch_delim,
 								  start_with,
 								  max_depth,
@@ -1149,7 +1155,7 @@ connectby_text_serial(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	char	   *branch_delim = NULL;
 	bool		show_branch = false;
 	bool		show_serial = true;
-	
+
 	ReturnSetInfo *rsinfo = (ReturnSetInfo *) fcinfo->resultinfo;
 	TupleDesc	tupdesc;
 	AttInMetadata *attinmeta;
@@ -1192,7 +1198,7 @@ connectby_text_serial(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	rsinfo->setResult = connectby(relname,
 								  key_fld,
 								  parent_key_fld,
-									orderby_fld,
+								  orderby_fld,
 								  branch_delim,
 								  start_with,
 								  max_depth,
@@ -1222,12 +1228,12 @@ static Tuplestorestate *
 connectby(char *relname,
 		  char *key_fld,
 		  char *parent_key_fld,
-			char *orderby_fld,
+		  char *orderby_fld,
 		  char *branch_delim,
 		  char *start_with,
 		  int max_depth,
 		  bool show_branch,
-			bool show_serial,
+		  bool show_serial,
 		  MemoryContext per_query_ctx,
 		  AttInMetadata *attinmeta)
 {
@@ -1235,7 +1241,7 @@ connectby(char *relname,
 	int			ret;
 	MemoryContext oldcontext;
 
-	int serial = 1;
+	int			serial = 1;
 
 	/* Connect to SPI manager */
 	if ((ret = SPI_connect()) < 0)
@@ -1303,25 +1309,25 @@ build_tuplestore_recursively(char *key_fld,
 	if (!show_serial)
 	{
 		appendStringInfo(sql, "SELECT %s, %s FROM %s WHERE %s = '%s' AND %s IS NOT NULL",
-					 key_fld,
-					 parent_key_fld,
-					 relname,
-					 parent_key_fld,
-					 start_with,
-					 key_fld);
-					 serial_column=0;
+						 key_fld,
+						 parent_key_fld,
+						 relname,
+						 parent_key_fld,
+						 start_with,
+						 key_fld);
+		serial_column = 0;
 	}
 	else
 	{
 		appendStringInfo(sql, "SELECT %s, %s FROM %s WHERE %s = '%s' AND %s IS NOT NULL ORDER BY %s",
-					 key_fld,
-					 parent_key_fld,
-					 relname,
-					 parent_key_fld,
-					 start_with,
-					 key_fld,
-					 orderby_fld);		
-					 serial_column=1;
+						 key_fld,
+						 parent_key_fld,
+						 relname,
+						 parent_key_fld,
+						 start_with,
+						 key_fld,
+						 orderby_fld);
+		serial_column = 1;
 	}
 
 	/* Retrieve the desired rows */
@@ -1371,8 +1377,8 @@ build_tuplestore_recursively(char *key_fld,
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
 						 errmsg("invalid return type"),
-						 errdetail("Return and SQL tuple descriptions are " \
-								   "incompatible.")));
+					 errdetail("Return and SQL tuple descriptions are " \
+							   "incompatible.")));
 
 			/* root value is the one we initially start with */
 			values[0] = start_with;
@@ -1395,7 +1401,7 @@ build_tuplestore_recursively(char *key_fld,
 				if (show_branch)
 					values[4] = serial_str;
 				else
-					values[3] = serial_str;					
+					values[3] = serial_str;
 			}
 
 			/* construct the tuple */
@@ -1508,11 +1514,11 @@ build_tuplestore_recursively(char *key_fld,
 static void
 validateConnectbyTupleDesc(TupleDesc tupdesc, bool show_branch, bool show_serial)
 {
-	int serial_column=0;
+	int			serial_column = 0;
 
 	if (show_serial)
-		serial_column=1;
-		
+		serial_column = 1;
+
 	/* are there the correct number of columns */
 	if (show_branch)
 	{
@@ -1546,7 +1552,7 @@ validateConnectbyTupleDesc(TupleDesc tupdesc, bool show_branch, bool show_serial
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
 				 errmsg("invalid return type"),
 				 errdetail("Third column must be type %s.",
-						 format_type_be(INT4OID))));
+						   format_type_be(INT4OID))));
 
 	/* check that the type of the fourth column is TEXT if applicable */
 	if (show_branch && tupdesc->attrs[3]->atttypid != TEXTOID)
@@ -1554,7 +1560,7 @@ validateConnectbyTupleDesc(TupleDesc tupdesc, bool show_branch, bool show_serial
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
 				 errmsg("invalid return type"),
 				 errdetail("Fourth column must be type %s.",
-						 format_type_be(TEXTOID))));
+						   format_type_be(TEXTOID))));
 
 	/* check that the type of the fifth column is INT4 */
 	if (show_branch && show_serial && tupdesc->attrs[4]->atttypid != INT4OID)
@@ -1565,7 +1571,7 @@ validateConnectbyTupleDesc(TupleDesc tupdesc, bool show_branch, bool show_serial
 	if (!show_branch && show_serial && tupdesc->attrs[3]->atttypid != INT4OID)
 		elog(ERROR, "Query-specified return tuple not valid for Connectby: "
 			 "fourth column must be type %s", format_type_be(INT4OID));
-			 
+
 	/* OK, the tupdesc is valid for our purposes */
 }
 
@@ -1596,7 +1602,7 @@ compatConnectbyTupleDescs(TupleDesc ret_tupdesc, TupleDesc sql_tupdesc)
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
 				 errmsg("invalid return type"),
 				 errdetail("SQL parent key field datatype does " \
-						   "not match return parent key field datatype.")));
+						"not match return parent key field datatype.")));
 
 	/* OK, the two tupdescs are compatible for our purposes */
 	return true;
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch/morph.c b/contrib/tsearch/morph.c
index 2455a72d8dd..b827fd652d9 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch/morph.c
+++ b/contrib/tsearch/morph.c
@@ -51,7 +51,8 @@ DICT		dicts[] = {
 #undef DICT_TABLE
 
 /* array for storing dictionary's objects (if needed) */
-void	   *dictobjs[lengthof(dicts)];
+void	   *dictobjs[
+					 lengthof(dicts)];
 
 #define STOPLEXEM	-2
 #define BYLOCALE	-1
@@ -175,7 +176,7 @@ lemmatize(char *word, int *len, int type)
 		}
 		else if (nd == BYLOCALE)
 		{
-			continue; /* no dict for current locale */
+			continue;			/* no dict for current locale */
 		}
 		else
 		{
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/common.c b/contrib/tsearch2/common.c
index 917dced87fa..30062180076 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/common.c
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/common.c
@@ -4,80 +4,99 @@
 #include "ts_cfg.h"
 #include "dict.h"
 
-text* 
-char2text(char* in) {
+text *
+char2text(char *in)
+{
 	return charl2text(in, strlen(in));
 }
 
-text* charl2text(char* in, int len) {
-	text *out=(text*)palloc(len+VARHDRSZ);
+text *
+charl2text(char *in, int len)
+{
+	text	   *out = (text *) palloc(len + VARHDRSZ);
+
 	memcpy(VARDATA(out), in, len);
-	VARATT_SIZEP(out) = len+VARHDRSZ;
+	VARATT_SIZEP(out) = len + VARHDRSZ;
 	return out;
 }
 
-char	
-*text2char(text* in) {
-        char *out=palloc( VARSIZE(in) );
-        memcpy(out, VARDATA(in), VARSIZE(in)-VARHDRSZ);
-        out[ VARSIZE(in)-VARHDRSZ ] ='\0';
+char
+		   *
+text2char(text *in)
+{
+	char	   *out = palloc(VARSIZE(in));
+
+	memcpy(out, VARDATA(in), VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ);
+	out[VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ] = '\0';
 	return out;
 }
 
-char    
-*pnstrdup(char* in, int len) {
-	char *out=palloc( len+1 );
+char
+		   *
+pnstrdup(char *in, int len)
+{
+	char	   *out = palloc(len + 1);
+
 	memcpy(out, in, len);
-	out[len]='\0';
+	out[len] = '\0';
 	return out;
 }
 
-text    
-*ptextdup(text* in) {
-	text *out=(text*)palloc( VARSIZE(in) );
-	memcpy(out,in,VARSIZE(in));
+text
+		   *
+ptextdup(text *in)
+{
+	text	   *out = (text *) palloc(VARSIZE(in));
+
+	memcpy(out, in, VARSIZE(in));
 	return out;
 }
 
-text    
-*mtextdup(text* in) {
-	text *out=(text*)malloc( VARSIZE(in) );
-	if ( !out ) 
+text
+		   *
+mtextdup(text *in)
+{
+	text	   *out = (text *) malloc(VARSIZE(in));
+
+	if (!out)
 		ts_error(ERROR, "No memory");
-	memcpy(out,in,VARSIZE(in));
+	memcpy(out, in, VARSIZE(in));
 	return out;
 }
 
-void 
-ts_error(int state, const char *format, ...) {
-	va_list args;
-	int tlen = 128, len=0;
-	char	*buf;
-	
+void
+ts_error(int state, const char *format,...)
+{
+	va_list		args;
+	int			tlen = 128,
+				len = 0;
+	char	   *buf;
+
 	reset_cfg();
 	reset_dict();
 	reset_prs();
 
 	va_start(args, format);
 	buf = palloc(tlen);
-	len = vsnprintf(buf, tlen-1, format, args);
-	if ( len >= tlen ) {
-		tlen=len+1;
-		buf = repalloc( buf, tlen );
-		vsnprintf(buf, tlen-1, format, args);
+	len = vsnprintf(buf, tlen - 1, format, args);
+	if (len >= tlen)
+	{
+		tlen = len + 1;
+		buf = repalloc(buf, tlen);
+		vsnprintf(buf, tlen - 1, format, args);
 	}
 	va_end(args);
- 
+
 	/* ?? internal error ?? */
 	elog(state, "%s", buf);
 	pfree(buf);
 }
 
-int   
-text_cmp(text *a, text *b) {
-	if ( VARSIZE(a) == VARSIZE(b) )
-		return strncmp( VARDATA(a), VARDATA(b), VARSIZE(a)-VARHDRSZ );
-	return (int)VARSIZE(a) - (int)VARSIZE(b);
+int
+text_cmp(text *a, text *b)
+{
+	if (VARSIZE(a) == VARSIZE(b))
+		return strncmp(VARDATA(a), VARDATA(b), VARSIZE(a) - VARHDRSZ);
+	return (int) VARSIZE(a) - (int) VARSIZE(b);
 
 }
-
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/common.h b/contrib/tsearch2/common.h
index 70313fa4d24..481f00405bb 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/common.h
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/common.h
@@ -7,18 +7,18 @@
 #define PG_NARGS() (fcinfo->nargs)
 #endif
 
-text* char2text(char* in);
-text* charl2text(char* in, int len);
-char	*text2char(text* in);
-char	*pnstrdup(char* in, int len);
-text	*ptextdup(text* in);
-text	*mtextdup(text* in);
+text	   *char2text(char *in);
+text	   *charl2text(char *in, int len);
+char	   *text2char(text *in);
+char	   *pnstrdup(char *in, int len);
+text	   *ptextdup(text *in);
+text	   *mtextdup(text *in);
 
-int   text_cmp(text *a, text *b);
+int			text_cmp(text *a, text *b);
 
 #define NEXTVAL(x) ( (text*)( (char*)(x) + INTALIGN( VARSIZE(x) ) ) )
 #define ARRNELEMS(x)  ArrayGetNItems( ARR_NDIM(x), ARR_DIMS(x))
 
-void ts_error(int state, const char *format, ...);
+void		ts_error(int state, const char *format,...);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/dict.c b/contrib/tsearch2/dict.c
index 8f4cad5c417..9ceb78ffb83 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/dict.c
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/dict.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-/* 
- * interface functions to dictionary 
+/*
+ * interface functions to dictionary
  * Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
  */
 #include <errno.h>
@@ -19,260 +19,285 @@
 
 /*********top interface**********/
 
-static void *plan_getdict=NULL;
+static void *plan_getdict = NULL;
 
 void
-init_dict(Oid id, DictInfo *dict) {
-	Oid arg[1]={ OIDOID };
-	bool isnull;
-	Datum pars[1]={ ObjectIdGetDatum(id) };
-	int stat;
-
-	memset(dict,0,sizeof(DictInfo));
+init_dict(Oid id, DictInfo * dict)
+{
+	Oid			arg[1] = {OIDOID};
+	bool		isnull;
+	Datum		pars[1] = {ObjectIdGetDatum(id)};
+	int			stat;
+
+	memset(dict, 0, sizeof(DictInfo));
 	SPI_connect();
-	if ( !plan_getdict ) {
-		plan_getdict = SPI_saveplan( SPI_prepare( "select dict_init, dict_initoption, dict_lexize from pg_ts_dict where oid = $1" , 1, arg ) );
-		if ( !plan_getdict ) 
+	if (!plan_getdict)
+	{
+		plan_getdict = SPI_saveplan(SPI_prepare("select dict_init, dict_initoption, dict_lexize from pg_ts_dict where oid = $1", 1, arg));
+		if (!plan_getdict)
 			ts_error(ERROR, "SPI_prepare() failed");
 	}
 
 	stat = SPI_execp(plan_getdict, pars, " ", 1);
-	if ( stat < 0 )
-		ts_error (ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
-	if ( SPI_processed > 0 ) {
-		Datum opt;
-		Oid	oid=InvalidOid;
-		oid=DatumGetObjectId( SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull) );
-		if ( !(isnull || oid==InvalidOid) ) {
-			opt=SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 2, &isnull);
-			dict->dictionary=(void*)DatumGetPointer(OidFunctionCall1(oid, opt)); 
+	if (stat < 0)
+		ts_error(ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
+	if (SPI_processed > 0)
+	{
+		Datum		opt;
+		Oid			oid = InvalidOid;
+
+		oid = DatumGetObjectId(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull));
+		if (!(isnull || oid == InvalidOid))
+		{
+			opt = SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 2, &isnull);
+			dict->dictionary = (void *) DatumGetPointer(OidFunctionCall1(oid, opt));
 		}
-		oid=DatumGetObjectId( SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 3, &isnull) );
-		if ( isnull || oid==InvalidOid ) 
+		oid = DatumGetObjectId(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 3, &isnull));
+		if (isnull || oid == InvalidOid)
 			ts_error(ERROR, "Null dict_lexize for dictonary %d", id);
 		fmgr_info_cxt(oid, &(dict->lexize_info), TopMemoryContext);
-		dict->dict_id=id;
-	} else 
+		dict->dict_id = id;
+	}
+	else
 		ts_error(ERROR, "No dictionary with id %d", id);
 	SPI_finish();
 }
 
-typedef struct {
-	DictInfo	*last_dict;
-	int		len;
-	int		reallen;
-	DictInfo	*list;
+typedef struct
+{
+	DictInfo   *last_dict;
+	int			len;
+	int			reallen;
+	DictInfo   *list;
 	SNMap		name2id_map;
-} DictList;
+}	DictList;
 
-static DictList DList = {NULL,0,0,NULL,{0,0,NULL}};
+static DictList DList = {NULL, 0, 0, NULL, {0, 0, NULL}};
 
 void
-reset_dict(void) {
-	freeSNMap( &(DList.name2id_map) );
+reset_dict(void)
+{
+	freeSNMap(&(DList.name2id_map));
 	/* XXX need to free DList.list[*].dictionary */
-	if ( DList.list )
+	if (DList.list)
 		free(DList.list);
-	memset(&DList,0,sizeof(DictList));
+	memset(&DList, 0, sizeof(DictList));
 }
 
 
 static int
-comparedict(const void *a, const void *b) {
-	return ((DictInfo*)a)->dict_id - ((DictInfo*)b)->dict_id;
+comparedict(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+	return ((DictInfo *) a)->dict_id - ((DictInfo *) b)->dict_id;
 }
 
 DictInfo *
-finddict(Oid id) {
+finddict(Oid id)
+{
 	/* last used dict */
-	if ( DList.last_dict && DList.last_dict->dict_id==id )
+	if (DList.last_dict && DList.last_dict->dict_id == id)
 		return DList.last_dict;
 
 
 	/* already used dict */
-	if (  DList.len != 0 ) {
-		DictInfo key;
-		key.dict_id=id;
+	if (DList.len != 0)
+	{
+		DictInfo	key;
+
+		key.dict_id = id;
 		DList.last_dict = bsearch(&key, DList.list, DList.len, sizeof(DictInfo), comparedict);
-		if ( DList.last_dict != NULL )
+		if (DList.last_dict != NULL)
 			return DList.last_dict;
 	}
 
 	/* last chance */
-	if ( DList.len==DList.reallen ) {
-		DictInfo *tmp;
-		int reallen = ( DList.reallen ) ? 2*DList.reallen : 16;
-		tmp=(DictInfo*)realloc(DList.list,sizeof(DictInfo)*reallen);
-		if ( !tmp ) 
-			ts_error(ERROR,"No memory");
-		DList.reallen=reallen;
-		DList.list=tmp;
+	if (DList.len == DList.reallen)
+	{
+		DictInfo   *tmp;
+		int			reallen = (DList.reallen) ? 2 * DList.reallen : 16;
+
+		tmp = (DictInfo *) realloc(DList.list, sizeof(DictInfo) * reallen);
+		if (!tmp)
+			ts_error(ERROR, "No memory");
+		DList.reallen = reallen;
+		DList.list = tmp;
 	}
-	DList.last_dict=&(DList.list[DList.len]);
+	DList.last_dict = &(DList.list[DList.len]);
 	init_dict(id, DList.last_dict);
 
 	DList.len++;
 	qsort(DList.list, DList.len, sizeof(DictInfo), comparedict);
-	return finddict(id); /* qsort changed order!! */;
+	return finddict(id); /* qsort changed order!! */ ;
 }
 
-static void *plan_name2id=NULL;
+static void *plan_name2id = NULL;
 
 Oid
-name2id_dict(text *name) {
-	Oid arg[1]={ TEXTOID };
-	bool isnull;
-	Datum pars[1]={ PointerGetDatum(name) };
-	int stat;
-	Oid id=findSNMap_t( &(DList.name2id_map), name );
-
-	if ( id ) 
+name2id_dict(text *name)
+{
+	Oid			arg[1] = {TEXTOID};
+	bool		isnull;
+	Datum		pars[1] = {PointerGetDatum(name)};
+	int			stat;
+	Oid			id = findSNMap_t(&(DList.name2id_map), name);
+
+	if (id)
 		return id;
-	
+
 	SPI_connect();
-	if ( !plan_name2id ) {
-		plan_name2id = SPI_saveplan( SPI_prepare( "select oid from pg_ts_dict where dict_name = $1" , 1, arg ) );
-		if ( !plan_name2id ) 
+	if (!plan_name2id)
+	{
+		plan_name2id = SPI_saveplan(SPI_prepare("select oid from pg_ts_dict where dict_name = $1", 1, arg));
+		if (!plan_name2id)
 			ts_error(ERROR, "SPI_prepare() failed");
 	}
 
 	stat = SPI_execp(plan_name2id, pars, " ", 1);
-	if ( stat < 0 )
-		ts_error (ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
-	if ( SPI_processed > 0 )
-		id=DatumGetObjectId( SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull) );
-	else  
+	if (stat < 0)
+		ts_error(ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
+	if (SPI_processed > 0)
+		id = DatumGetObjectId(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull));
+	else
 		ts_error(ERROR, "No dictionary with name '%s'", text2char(name));
 	SPI_finish();
-	addSNMap_t( &(DList.name2id_map), name, id );
+	addSNMap_t(&(DList.name2id_map), name, id);
 	return id;
 }
 
 
 /******sql-level interface******/
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(lexize);
-Datum lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum		lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
 
 Datum
-lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	text *in=PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1);
-	DictInfo *dict = finddict( PG_GETARG_OID(0) );
-	char	**res, **ptr;
-	Datum   *da;
-	ArrayType    *a;
-
-
-	ptr = res = (char**)DatumGetPointer(
-		FunctionCall3(&(dict->lexize_info), 
-			PointerGetDatum(dict->dictionary),
-			PointerGetDatum(VARDATA(in)),
-			Int32GetDatum(VARSIZE(in)-VARHDRSZ)
-		)
-	);
+lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	text	   *in = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1);
+	DictInfo   *dict = finddict(PG_GETARG_OID(0));
+	char	  **res,
+			  **ptr;
+	Datum	   *da;
+	ArrayType  *a;
+
+
+	ptr = res = (char **) DatumGetPointer(
+									  FunctionCall3(&(dict->lexize_info),
+									   PointerGetDatum(dict->dictionary),
+											PointerGetDatum(VARDATA(in)),
+									Int32GetDatum(VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ)
+													)
+		);
 	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in, 1);
-	if ( !res ) {
-		if (PG_NARGS() > 2)  
+	if (!res)
+	{
+		if (PG_NARGS() > 2)
 			PG_RETURN_POINTER(NULL);
 		else
 			PG_RETURN_NULL();
 	}
 
-	while(*ptr) ptr++;
-	da = (Datum*)palloc(sizeof(Datum)*(ptr-res+1));
-	ptr=res;
-	while(*ptr) {
-		da[ ptr-res ] = PointerGetDatum( char2text(*ptr) );
+	while (*ptr)
+		ptr++;
+	da = (Datum *) palloc(sizeof(Datum) * (ptr - res + 1));
+	ptr = res;
+	while (*ptr)
+	{
+		da[ptr - res] = PointerGetDatum(char2text(*ptr));
 		ptr++;
 	}
 
 	a = construct_array(
-		da,
-		ptr-res,
-		TEXTOID,
-		-1,
-		false,
-		'i'
-	);
-
-	ptr=res; 
-	while(*ptr) {
-		pfree( DatumGetPointer(da[ ptr-res ]) );
-		pfree( *ptr );
+						da,
+						ptr - res,
+						TEXTOID,
+						-1,
+						false,
+						'i'
+		);
+
+	ptr = res;
+	while (*ptr)
+	{
+		pfree(DatumGetPointer(da[ptr - res]));
+		pfree(*ptr);
 		ptr++;
 	}
 	pfree(res);
 	pfree(da);
-		
-	PG_RETURN_POINTER(a);	
+
+	PG_RETURN_POINTER(a);
 }
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(lexize_byname);
-Datum lexize_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
-Datum 
-lexize_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	text *dictname=PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
-	Datum res;
+Datum		lexize_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum
+lexize_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	text	   *dictname = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
+	Datum		res;
 
 	strdup("simple");
-	res=DirectFunctionCall3(
-		lexize,
-		ObjectIdGetDatum(name2id_dict(dictname)),
-		PG_GETARG_DATUM(1),
-		(Datum)0
-	);
+	res = DirectFunctionCall3(
+							  lexize,
+							  ObjectIdGetDatum(name2id_dict(dictname)),
+							  PG_GETARG_DATUM(1),
+							  (Datum) 0
+		);
 	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(dictname, 0);
-	if (res) 
-		PG_RETURN_DATUM(res); 
-	else 
+	if (res)
+		PG_RETURN_DATUM(res);
+	else
 		PG_RETURN_NULL();
 }
 
-static Oid currect_dictionary_id=0;
+static Oid	currect_dictionary_id = 0;
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(set_curdict);
-Datum set_curdict(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum		set_curdict(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
 Datum
-set_curdict(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
+set_curdict(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
 	finddict(PG_GETARG_OID(0));
-	currect_dictionary_id=PG_GETARG_OID(0);
+	currect_dictionary_id = PG_GETARG_OID(0);
 	PG_RETURN_VOID();
 }
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(set_curdict_byname);
-Datum set_curdict_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum		set_curdict_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
 Datum
-set_curdict_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	text *dictname=PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
+set_curdict_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	text	   *dictname = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
 
 	DirectFunctionCall1(
-		set_curdict,
-		ObjectIdGetDatum( name2id_dict(dictname) )
-	);
+						set_curdict,
+						ObjectIdGetDatum(name2id_dict(dictname))
+		);
 	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(dictname, 0);
 	PG_RETURN_VOID();
 }
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(lexize_bycurrent);
-Datum lexize_bycurrent(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
-Datum 
-lexize_bycurrent(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	Datum res;
-	if ( currect_dictionary_id == 0 )
+Datum		lexize_bycurrent(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum
+lexize_bycurrent(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	Datum		res;
+
+	if (currect_dictionary_id == 0)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
 				 errmsg("no currect dictionary"),
 				 errhint("Execute select set_curdict().")));
 
 	res = DirectFunctionCall3(
-		lexize,
-		ObjectIdGetDatum(currect_dictionary_id),
-		PG_GETARG_DATUM(0),
-		(Datum)0
-	);
-	if (res) 
+							  lexize,
+							  ObjectIdGetDatum(currect_dictionary_id),
+							  PG_GETARG_DATUM(0),
+							  (Datum) 0
+		);
+	if (res)
 		PG_RETURN_DATUM(res);
-	else 
+	else
 		PG_RETURN_NULL();
 }
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/dict.h b/contrib/tsearch2/dict.h
index bbbbfc47a51..86ea42263e5 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/dict.h
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/dict.h
@@ -3,36 +3,39 @@
 #include "postgres.h"
 #include "fmgr.h"
 
-typedef struct {
-	int len;
-	char	**stop;
-	char*	(*wordop)(char*);
-} StopList;
-
-void sortstoplist(StopList *s);
-void freestoplist(StopList *s); 
-void readstoplist(text *in, StopList *s);
-bool searchstoplist(StopList *s, char *key);
-char* lowerstr(char *str);
-
-typedef struct {
-	Oid dict_id;
-	FmgrInfo lexize_info;
-	void *dictionary;
-} DictInfo;
-
-void init_dict(Oid id, DictInfo *dict);
-DictInfo* finddict(Oid id);
-Oid name2id_dict(text *name);
-void reset_dict(void);
+typedef struct
+{
+	int			len;
+	char	  **stop;
+	char	   *(*wordop) (char *);
+}	StopList;
+
+void		sortstoplist(StopList * s);
+void		freestoplist(StopList * s);
+void		readstoplist(text *in, StopList * s);
+bool		searchstoplist(StopList * s, char *key);
+char	   *lowerstr(char *str);
+
+typedef struct
+{
+	Oid			dict_id;
+	FmgrInfo	lexize_info;
+	void	   *dictionary;
+}	DictInfo;
+
+void		init_dict(Oid id, DictInfo * dict);
+DictInfo   *finddict(Oid id);
+Oid			name2id_dict(text *name);
+void		reset_dict(void);
 
 
 /* simple parser of cfg string */
-typedef struct {
-        char    *key;
-        char    *value;
-} Map;
+typedef struct
+{
+	char	   *key;
+	char	   *value;
+}	Map;
 
-void parse_cfgdict(text *in, Map **m);
+void		parse_cfgdict(text *in, Map ** m);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/dict_ex.c b/contrib/tsearch2/dict_ex.c
index ead96106871..a8fb20453ba 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/dict_ex.c
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/dict_ex.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-/* 
- * example of dictionary 
+/*
+ * example of dictionary
  * Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
  */
 #include <errno.h>
@@ -11,30 +11,35 @@
 #include "dict.h"
 #include "common.h"
 
-typedef struct {
+typedef struct
+{
 	StopList	stoplist;
-} DictExample;
+}	DictExample;
 
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(dex_init);
-Datum dex_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum		dex_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(dex_lexize);
-Datum dex_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum		dex_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
 
-Datum 
-dex_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	DictExample	*d = (DictExample*)malloc( sizeof(DictExample) );
+Datum
+dex_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	DictExample *d = (DictExample *) malloc(sizeof(DictExample));
 
-	if ( !d )
+	if (!d)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
 				 errmsg("out of memory")));
-	memset(d,0,sizeof(DictExample));
+	memset(d, 0, sizeof(DictExample));
+
+	d->stoplist.wordop = lowerstr;
+
+	if (!PG_ARGISNULL(0) && PG_GETARG_POINTER(0) != NULL)
+	{
+		text	   *in = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
 
-	d->stoplist.wordop=lowerstr;
-		
-	if ( !PG_ARGISNULL(0) && PG_GETARG_POINTER(0)!=NULL ) {
-		text       *in = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
 		readstoplist(in, &(d->stoplist));
 		sortstoplist(&(d->stoplist));
 		PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in, 0);
@@ -44,18 +49,21 @@ dex_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
 }
 
 Datum
-dex_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	DictExample *d = (DictExample*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
-	char       *in = (char*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
-	char *txt = pnstrdup(in, PG_GETARG_INT32(2));
-	char	**res=palloc(sizeof(char*)*2);
+dex_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	DictExample *d = (DictExample *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
+	char	   *in = (char *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
+	char	   *txt = pnstrdup(in, PG_GETARG_INT32(2));
+	char	  **res = palloc(sizeof(char *) * 2);
 
-	if ( *txt=='\0' || searchstoplist(&(d->stoplist),txt) ) {
+	if (*txt == '\0' || searchstoplist(&(d->stoplist), txt))
+	{
 		pfree(txt);
-		res[0]=NULL;
-	} else 
-		res[0]=txt;
-	res[1]=NULL;
+		res[0] = NULL;
+	}
+	else
+		res[0] = txt;
+	res[1] = NULL;
 
 	PG_RETURN_POINTER(res);
 }
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/dict_ispell.c b/contrib/tsearch2/dict_ispell.c
index c053adfad0b..e3a100fa013 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/dict_ispell.c
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/dict_ispell.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* 
+/*
  * ISpell interface
  * Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
  */
@@ -12,96 +12,117 @@
 #include "common.h"
 #include "ispell/spell.h"
 
-typedef struct {
+typedef struct
+{
 	StopList	stoplist;
 	IspellDict	obj;
-} DictISpell;
+}	DictISpell;
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(spell_init);
-Datum spell_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum		spell_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(spell_lexize);
-Datum spell_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum		spell_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
 
 static void
-freeDictISpell(DictISpell  *d) {
+freeDictISpell(DictISpell * d)
+{
 	FreeIspell(&(d->obj));
 	freestoplist(&(d->stoplist));
 	free(d);
 }
 
-Datum 
-spell_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	DictISpell	*d;
-	Map *cfg, *pcfg;
-	text *in;
-	bool affloaded=false, dictloaded=false, stoploaded=false;
-
-	if ( PG_ARGISNULL(0) || PG_GETARG_POINTER(0)==NULL )
+Datum
+spell_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	DictISpell *d;
+	Map		   *cfg,
+			   *pcfg;
+	text	   *in;
+	bool		affloaded = false,
+				dictloaded = false,
+				stoploaded = false;
+
+	if (PG_ARGISNULL(0) || PG_GETARG_POINTER(0) == NULL)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
 				 errmsg("ISpell confguration error")));
- 
-	d = (DictISpell*)malloc( sizeof(DictISpell) );
-	if ( !d )
+
+	d = (DictISpell *) malloc(sizeof(DictISpell));
+	if (!d)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
 				 errmsg("out of memory")));
-	memset(d,0,sizeof(DictISpell));
-	d->stoplist.wordop=lowerstr;
+	memset(d, 0, sizeof(DictISpell));
+	d->stoplist.wordop = lowerstr;
 
 	in = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
-	parse_cfgdict(in,&cfg);
+	parse_cfgdict(in, &cfg);
 	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in, 0);
-	pcfg=cfg;
-	while(pcfg->key) {
-		if ( strcasecmp("DictFile", pcfg->key) == 0 ) {
-			if ( dictloaded ) {
+	pcfg = cfg;
+	while (pcfg->key)
+	{
+		if (strcasecmp("DictFile", pcfg->key) == 0)
+		{
+			if (dictloaded)
+			{
 				freeDictISpell(d);
 				ereport(ERROR,
-						(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
-						 errmsg("dictionary already loaded")));
+					  (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
+					   errmsg("dictionary already loaded")));
 			}
-			if ( ImportDictionary(&(d->obj), pcfg->value) ) {
+			if (ImportDictionary(&(d->obj), pcfg->value))
+			{
 				freeDictISpell(d);
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
 						 errmsg("could not load dictionary file \"%s\"",
 								pcfg->value)));
 			}
-			dictloaded=true;
-		} else if ( strcasecmp("AffFile", pcfg->key) == 0 ) {
-			if ( affloaded ) {
+			dictloaded = true;
+		}
+		else if (strcasecmp("AffFile", pcfg->key) == 0)
+		{
+			if (affloaded)
+			{
 				freeDictISpell(d);
 				ereport(ERROR,
-						(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
-						 errmsg("affixes already loaded")));
+					  (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
+					   errmsg("affixes already loaded")));
 			}
-			if ( ImportAffixes(&(d->obj), pcfg->value) ) {
+			if (ImportAffixes(&(d->obj), pcfg->value))
+			{
 				freeDictISpell(d);
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
 						 errmsg("could not load affix file \"%s\"",
 								pcfg->value)));
 			}
-			affloaded=true;
-		} else if ( strcasecmp("StopFile", pcfg->key) == 0 ) {
-			text *tmp=char2text(pcfg->value);
-			if ( stoploaded ) {
+			affloaded = true;
+		}
+		else if (strcasecmp("StopFile", pcfg->key) == 0)
+		{
+			text	   *tmp = char2text(pcfg->value);
+
+			if (stoploaded)
+			{
 				freeDictISpell(d);
 				ereport(ERROR,
-						(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
-						 errmsg("stop words already loaded")));
+					  (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
+					   errmsg("stop words already loaded")));
 			}
 			readstoplist(tmp, &(d->stoplist));
 			sortstoplist(&(d->stoplist));
 			pfree(tmp);
-			stoploaded=true;
-		} else {
+			stoploaded = true;
+		}
+		else
+		{
 			freeDictISpell(d);
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
 					 errmsg("unrecognized option: %s => %s",
-							 pcfg->key, pcfg->value)));
+							pcfg->key, pcfg->value)));
 		}
 		pfree(pcfg->key);
 		pfree(pcfg->value);
@@ -109,15 +130,20 @@ spell_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
 	}
 	pfree(cfg);
 
-	if ( affloaded && dictloaded ) {
+	if (affloaded && dictloaded)
+	{
 		SortDictionary(&(d->obj));
 		SortAffixes(&(d->obj));
-	} else if ( !affloaded ) {
+	}
+	else if (!affloaded)
+	{
 		freeDictISpell(d);
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
 				 errmsg("no affixes")));
-	} else {
+	}
+	else
+	{
 		freeDictISpell(d);
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
@@ -128,37 +154,43 @@ spell_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
 }
 
 Datum
-spell_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	DictISpell *d = (DictISpell*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
-	char       *in = (char*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
-	char *txt;
-	char	**res;
-	char 	**ptr, **cptr;
-
-	if ( !PG_GETARG_INT32(2) )
+spell_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	DictISpell *d = (DictISpell *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
+	char	   *in = (char *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
+	char	   *txt;
+	char	  **res;
+	char	  **ptr,
+			  **cptr;
+
+	if (!PG_GETARG_INT32(2))
 		PG_RETURN_POINTER(NULL);
 
-	res=palloc(sizeof(char*)*2);
+	res = palloc(sizeof(char *) * 2);
 	txt = pnstrdup(in, PG_GETARG_INT32(2));
-	res=NormalizeWord(&(d->obj), txt);
+	res = NormalizeWord(&(d->obj), txt);
 	pfree(txt);
 
-	if ( res==NULL ) 
+	if (res == NULL)
 		PG_RETURN_POINTER(NULL);
 
-	ptr=cptr=res;
-	while(*ptr) {
-		if ( searchstoplist(&(d->stoplist),*ptr) ) {
+	ptr = cptr = res;
+	while (*ptr)
+	{
+		if (searchstoplist(&(d->stoplist), *ptr))
+		{
 			pfree(*ptr);
-			*ptr=NULL;
+			*ptr = NULL;
+			ptr++;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			*cptr = *ptr;
+			cptr++;
 			ptr++;
-		} else {
-			*cptr=*ptr;
-			cptr++; ptr++;
 		}
 	}
-	*cptr=NULL;
+	*cptr = NULL;
 
 	PG_RETURN_POINTER(res);
 }
-
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/dict_snowball.c b/contrib/tsearch2/dict_snowball.c
index 103d87d7f99..51dba044499 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/dict_snowball.c
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/dict_snowball.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-/* 
+/*
  * example of Snowball dictionary
- * http://snowball.tartarus.org/ 
+ * http://snowball.tartarus.org/
  * Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
  */
 #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -14,103 +14,118 @@
 #include "snowball/english_stem.h"
 #include "snowball/russian_stem.h"
 
-typedef struct {
+typedef struct
+{
 	struct SN_env *z;
 	StopList	stoplist;
-	int	(*stem)(struct SN_env * z);
-} DictSnowball;
+	int			(*stem) (struct SN_env * z);
+}	DictSnowball;
 
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(snb_en_init);
-Datum snb_en_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum		snb_en_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(snb_ru_init);
-Datum snb_ru_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum		snb_ru_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(snb_lexize);
-Datum snb_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum		snb_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
 
-Datum 
-snb_en_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	DictSnowball	*d = (DictSnowball*)malloc( sizeof(DictSnowball) );
+Datum
+snb_en_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	DictSnowball *d = (DictSnowball *) malloc(sizeof(DictSnowball));
 
-	if ( !d )
+	if (!d)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
 				 errmsg("out of memory")));
-	memset(d,0,sizeof(DictSnowball));
-	d->stoplist.wordop=lowerstr;
-		
-	if ( !PG_ARGISNULL(0) && PG_GETARG_POINTER(0)!=NULL ) {
-		text       *in = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
+	memset(d, 0, sizeof(DictSnowball));
+	d->stoplist.wordop = lowerstr;
+
+	if (!PG_ARGISNULL(0) && PG_GETARG_POINTER(0) != NULL)
+	{
+		text	   *in = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
+
 		readstoplist(in, &(d->stoplist));
 		sortstoplist(&(d->stoplist));
 		PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in, 0);
 	}
 
 	d->z = english_create_env();
-	if (!d->z) {
+	if (!d->z)
+	{
 		freestoplist(&(d->stoplist));
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
 				 errmsg("out of memory")));
 	}
-	d->stem=english_stem;
+	d->stem = english_stem;
 
 	PG_RETURN_POINTER(d);
 }
 
-Datum 
-snb_ru_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	DictSnowball	*d = (DictSnowball*)malloc( sizeof(DictSnowball) );
+Datum
+snb_ru_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	DictSnowball *d = (DictSnowball *) malloc(sizeof(DictSnowball));
 
-	if ( !d )
+	if (!d)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
 				 errmsg("out of memory")));
-	memset(d,0,sizeof(DictSnowball));
-	d->stoplist.wordop=lowerstr;
-		
-	if ( !PG_ARGISNULL(0) && PG_GETARG_POINTER(0)!=NULL ) {
-		text       *in = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
+	memset(d, 0, sizeof(DictSnowball));
+	d->stoplist.wordop = lowerstr;
+
+	if (!PG_ARGISNULL(0) && PG_GETARG_POINTER(0) != NULL)
+	{
+		text	   *in = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
+
 		readstoplist(in, &(d->stoplist));
 		sortstoplist(&(d->stoplist));
 		PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in, 0);
 	}
 
 	d->z = russian_create_env();
-	if (!d->z) {
+	if (!d->z)
+	{
 		freestoplist(&(d->stoplist));
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
 				 errmsg("out of memory")));
 	}
-	d->stem=russian_stem;
+	d->stem = russian_stem;
 
 	PG_RETURN_POINTER(d);
 }
 
 Datum
-snb_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	DictSnowball *d = (DictSnowball*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
-	char       *in = (char*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
-	char *txt = pnstrdup(in, PG_GETARG_INT32(2));
-	char	**res=palloc(sizeof(char*)*2);
-
-	if ( *txt=='\0' || searchstoplist(&(d->stoplist),txt) ) {
+snb_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	DictSnowball *d = (DictSnowball *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
+	char	   *in = (char *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
+	char	   *txt = pnstrdup(in, PG_GETARG_INT32(2));
+	char	  **res = palloc(sizeof(char *) * 2);
+
+	if (*txt == '\0' || searchstoplist(&(d->stoplist), txt))
+	{
 		pfree(txt);
-		res[0]=NULL;
-	} else {
+		res[0] = NULL;
+	}
+	else
+	{
 		SN_set_current(d->z, strlen(txt), txt);
-		(d->stem)(d->z);
-		if ( d->z->p && d->z->l ) {
-			txt=repalloc(txt, d->z->l+1);
-			memcpy( txt, d->z->p, d->z->l);
-			txt[d->z->l]='\0';
-		}	
-		res[0]=txt;
+		(d->stem) (d->z);
+		if (d->z->p && d->z->l)
+		{
+			txt = repalloc(txt, d->z->l + 1);
+			memcpy(txt, d->z->p, d->z->l);
+			txt[d->z->l] = '\0';
+		}
+		res[0] = txt;
 	}
-	res[1]=NULL;
+	res[1] = NULL;
 
 
 	PG_RETURN_POINTER(res);
 }
-
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/dict_syn.c b/contrib/tsearch2/dict_syn.c
index 34f74cf0ff7..8364223be40 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/dict_syn.c
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/dict_syn.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* 
+/*
  * ISpell interface
  * Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
  */
@@ -13,93 +13,106 @@
 #include "common.h"
 
 #define SYNBUFLEN	4096
-typedef struct {
-	char	*in;
-	char	*out;
-} Syn;
-
-typedef struct {
-	int	len;
-	Syn	*syn;	
-} DictSyn;
+typedef struct
+{
+	char	   *in;
+	char	   *out;
+}	Syn;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+	int			len;
+	Syn		   *syn;
+}	DictSyn;
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(syn_init);
-Datum syn_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum		syn_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(syn_lexize);
-Datum syn_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum		syn_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
 
 static char *
-findwrd(char *in, char **end) {
-	char *start;
+findwrd(char *in, char **end)
+{
+	char	   *start;
 
-	*end=NULL;
-	while(*in && isspace(*in))
+	*end = NULL;
+	while (*in && isspace(*in))
 		in++;
 
-	if ( !in )
+	if (!in)
 		return NULL;
-	start=in;
+	start = in;
 
-	while(*in && !isspace(*in))
+	while (*in && !isspace(*in))
 		in++;
 
-	*end=in;
+	*end = in;
 	return start;
 }
 
 static int
-compareSyn(const void *a, const void *b) {
-	return strcmp( ((Syn*)a)->in, ((Syn*)b)->in );
+compareSyn(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+	return strcmp(((Syn *) a)->in, ((Syn *) b)->in);
 }
 
 
-Datum 
-syn_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	text       *in;
-	DictSyn     *d;
-	int cur=0;
-	FILE 	*fin;
-	char *filename;
-	char buf[SYNBUFLEN];
-	char *starti,*starto,*end=NULL;
-	int slen;
-
-	if ( PG_ARGISNULL(0) || PG_GETARG_POINTER(0)==NULL )
+Datum
+syn_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	text	   *in;
+	DictSyn    *d;
+	int			cur = 0;
+	FILE	   *fin;
+	char	   *filename;
+	char		buf[SYNBUFLEN];
+	char	   *starti,
+			   *starto,
+			   *end = NULL;
+	int			slen;
+
+	if (PG_ARGISNULL(0) || PG_GETARG_POINTER(0) == NULL)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
 				 errmsg("NULL config")));
 
 	in = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
-	if ( VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ == 0 )
+	if (VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ == 0)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
 				 errmsg("VOID config")));
 
-	filename=text2char(in);
+	filename = text2char(in);
 	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in, 0);
-	if ( (fin=fopen(filename,"r")) == NULL )
+	if ((fin = fopen(filename, "r")) == NULL)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode_for_file_access(),
 				 errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m",
-						 filename)));
+						filename)));
 
-	d = (DictSyn*)malloc( sizeof(DictSyn) );
-	if ( !d ) {
+	d = (DictSyn *) malloc(sizeof(DictSyn));
+	if (!d)
+	{
 		fclose(fin);
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
 				 errmsg("out of memory")));
 	}
-	memset(d,0,sizeof(DictSyn));
+	memset(d, 0, sizeof(DictSyn));
 
-	while( fgets(buf,SYNBUFLEN,fin) ) {
-		slen = strlen(buf)-1;
+	while (fgets(buf, SYNBUFLEN, fin))
+	{
+		slen = strlen(buf) - 1;
 		buf[slen] = '\0';
-		if ( *buf=='\0' ) continue;
-		if (cur==d->len) {
-			d->len = (d->len) ? 2*d->len : 16;
-			d->syn=(Syn*)realloc( d->syn, sizeof(Syn)*d->len );
-			if ( !d->syn ) {
+		if (*buf == '\0')
+			continue;
+		if (cur == d->len)
+		{
+			d->len = (d->len) ? 2 * d->len : 16;
+			d->syn = (Syn *) realloc(d->syn, sizeof(Syn) * d->len);
+			if (!d->syn)
+			{
 				fclose(fin);
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
@@ -107,64 +120,66 @@ syn_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
 			}
 		}
 
-		starti=findwrd(buf,&end);
-		if ( !starti )
+		starti = findwrd(buf, &end);
+		if (!starti)
 			continue;
-		*end='\0';
-		if ( end >= buf+slen )
+		*end = '\0';
+		if (end >= buf + slen)
 			continue;
 
-		starto= findwrd(end+1, &end);
-		if ( !starto )
+		starto = findwrd(end + 1, &end);
+		if (!starto)
 			continue;
-		*end='\0';
+		*end = '\0';
 
-		d->syn[cur].in=strdup(lowerstr(starti));
-		d->syn[cur].out=strdup(lowerstr(starto));
-		if ( !(d->syn[cur].in && d->syn[cur].out) ) {
+		d->syn[cur].in = strdup(lowerstr(starti));
+		d->syn[cur].out = strdup(lowerstr(starto));
+		if (!(d->syn[cur].in && d->syn[cur].out))
+		{
 			fclose(fin);
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
 					 errmsg("out of memory")));
 		}
 
-		cur++; 
+		cur++;
 	}
-	
-	fclose(fin);	
-	
-	d->len=cur;	
-	if ( cur>1 )
-		qsort(d->syn, d->len, sizeof(Syn), compareSyn);	
+
+	fclose(fin);
+
+	d->len = cur;
+	if (cur > 1)
+		qsort(d->syn, d->len, sizeof(Syn), compareSyn);
 
 	pfree(filename);
-        PG_RETURN_POINTER(d);
+	PG_RETURN_POINTER(d);
 }
 
 Datum
-syn_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	DictSyn *d = (DictSyn*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
-	char       *in = (char*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
-	Syn	key,*found;
-        char    **res=NULL;
-
-	if ( !PG_GETARG_INT32(2) )
+syn_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	DictSyn    *d = (DictSyn *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
+	char	   *in = (char *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
+	Syn			key,
+			   *found;
+	char	  **res = NULL;
+
+	if (!PG_GETARG_INT32(2))
 		PG_RETURN_POINTER(NULL);
 
-	key.out=NULL;
-	key.in=lowerstr(pnstrdup(in, PG_GETARG_INT32(2)));
+	key.out = NULL;
+	key.in = lowerstr(pnstrdup(in, PG_GETARG_INT32(2)));
 
-	found=(Syn*)bsearch(&key, d->syn, d->len, sizeof(Syn), compareSyn);
+	found = (Syn *) bsearch(&key, d->syn, d->len, sizeof(Syn), compareSyn);
 	pfree(key.in);
 
-	if ( !found ) 
+	if (!found)
 		PG_RETURN_POINTER(NULL);
 
-	res=palloc(sizeof(char*)*2);
+	res = palloc(sizeof(char *) * 2);
 
-	res[0]=pstrdup(found->out);
-	res[1]=NULL;
+	res[0] = pstrdup(found->out);
+	res[1] = NULL;
 
-        PG_RETURN_POINTER(res);
+	PG_RETURN_POINTER(res);
 }
-
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/ispell/spell.c b/contrib/tsearch2/ispell/spell.c
index c5ab2601496..45786cca652 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/ispell/spell.c
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/ispell/spell.c
@@ -9,518 +9,648 @@
 
 #define MAXNORMLEN 56
 
-#define STRNCASECMP(x,y)        (strncasecmp(x,y,strlen(y)))
+#define STRNCASECMP(x,y)		(strncasecmp(x,y,strlen(y)))
 
-static int cmpspell(const void *s1,const void *s2){
-	return(strcmp(((const SPELL*)s1)->word,((const SPELL*)s2)->word));
+static int
+cmpspell(const void *s1, const void *s2)
+{
+	return (strcmp(((const SPELL *) s1)->word, ((const SPELL *) s2)->word));
 }
 
-static void 
-strlower( char * str ) {
-	unsigned char *ptr = (unsigned char *)str;
-	while ( *ptr ) {
-		*ptr = tolower( *ptr );
+static void
+strlower(char *str)
+{
+	unsigned char *ptr = (unsigned char *) str;
+
+	while (*ptr)
+	{
+		*ptr = tolower(*ptr);
 		ptr++;
 	}
 }
 
 /* backward string compaire for suffix tree operations */
-static int 
-strbcmp(const char *s1, const char *s2) { 
-	int l1 = strlen(s1)-1, l2 = strlen(s2)-1;
-	while (l1 >= 0 && l2 >= 0) {
-		if (s1[l1] < s2[l2]) return -1;
-		if (s1[l1] > s2[l2]) return 1;
-		l1--; l2--;
+static int
+strbcmp(const char *s1, const char *s2)
+{
+	int			l1 = strlen(s1) - 1,
+				l2 = strlen(s2) - 1;
+
+	while (l1 >= 0 && l2 >= 0)
+	{
+		if (s1[l1] < s2[l2])
+			return -1;
+		if (s1[l1] > s2[l2])
+			return 1;
+		l1--;
+		l2--;
 	}
-	if (l1 < l2) return -1;
-	if (l1 > l2) return 1;
+	if (l1 < l2)
+		return -1;
+	if (l1 > l2)
+		return 1;
 
 	return 0;
 }
-static int 
-strbncmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t count) { 
-	int l1 = strlen(s1) - 1, l2 = strlen(s2) - 1, l = count;
-	while (l1 >= 0 && l2 >= 0 && l > 0) {
-		if (s1[l1] < s2[l2]) return -1;
-		if (s1[l1] > s2[l2]) return 1;
+static int
+strbncmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t count)
+{
+	int			l1 = strlen(s1) - 1,
+				l2 = strlen(s2) - 1,
+				l = count;
+
+	while (l1 >= 0 && l2 >= 0 && l > 0)
+	{
+		if (s1[l1] < s2[l2])
+			return -1;
+		if (s1[l1] > s2[l2])
+			return 1;
 		l1--;
 		l2--;
 		l--;
 	}
-	if (l == 0) return 0;
-	if (l1 < l2) return -1;
-	if (l1 > l2) return 1;
+	if (l == 0)
+		return 0;
+	if (l1 < l2)
+		return -1;
+	if (l1 > l2)
+		return 1;
 	return 0;
 }
 
-static int 
-cmpaffix(const void *s1,const void *s2){
-	if (((const AFFIX*)s1)->type < ((const AFFIX*)s2)->type) return -1;
-	if (((const AFFIX*)s1)->type > ((const AFFIX*)s2)->type) return 1;
-	if (((const AFFIX*)s1)->type == 'p')
-		return(strcmp(((const AFFIX*)s1)->repl,((const AFFIX*)s2)->repl));
-	else 
-		return(strbcmp(((const AFFIX*)s1)->repl,((const AFFIX*)s2)->repl));
+static int
+cmpaffix(const void *s1, const void *s2)
+{
+	if (((const AFFIX *) s1)->type < ((const AFFIX *) s2)->type)
+		return -1;
+	if (((const AFFIX *) s1)->type > ((const AFFIX *) s2)->type)
+		return 1;
+	if (((const AFFIX *) s1)->type == 'p')
+		return (strcmp(((const AFFIX *) s1)->repl, ((const AFFIX *) s2)->repl));
+	else
+		return (strbcmp(((const AFFIX *) s1)->repl, ((const AFFIX *) s2)->repl));
 }
 
-int 
-AddSpell(IspellDict * Conf,const char * word,const char *flag){
-	if(Conf->nspell>=Conf->mspell){
-		if(Conf->mspell){
-			Conf->mspell+=1024*20;
-			Conf->Spell=(SPELL *)realloc(Conf->Spell,Conf->mspell*sizeof(SPELL));
-		}else{
-			Conf->mspell=1024*20;
-			Conf->Spell=(SPELL *)malloc(Conf->mspell*sizeof(SPELL));
+int
+AddSpell(IspellDict * Conf, const char *word, const char *flag)
+{
+	if (Conf->nspell >= Conf->mspell)
+	{
+		if (Conf->mspell)
+		{
+			Conf->mspell += 1024 * 20;
+			Conf->Spell = (SPELL *) realloc(Conf->Spell, Conf->mspell * sizeof(SPELL));
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			Conf->mspell = 1024 * 20;
+			Conf->Spell = (SPELL *) malloc(Conf->mspell * sizeof(SPELL));
 		}
-		if ( Conf->Spell == NULL )
+		if (Conf->Spell == NULL)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
 					 errmsg("out of memory")));
 	}
-	Conf->Spell[Conf->nspell].word=strdup(word);
-	if ( !Conf->Spell[Conf->nspell].word ) 
+	Conf->Spell[Conf->nspell].word = strdup(word);
+	if (!Conf->Spell[Conf->nspell].word)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
 				 errmsg("out of memory")));
-	strncpy(Conf->Spell[Conf->nspell].flag,flag,10);
+	strncpy(Conf->Spell[Conf->nspell].flag, flag, 10);
 	Conf->nspell++;
-	return(0);
+	return (0);
 }
 
 
-int 
-ImportDictionary(IspellDict * Conf,const char *filename){
-	unsigned char str[BUFSIZ];	
-	FILE *dict;
+int
+ImportDictionary(IspellDict * Conf, const char *filename)
+{
+	unsigned char str[BUFSIZ];
+	FILE	   *dict;
 
-	if(!(dict=fopen(filename,"r")))return(1);
-	while(fgets(str,sizeof(str),dict)){
+	if (!(dict = fopen(filename, "r")))
+		return (1);
+	while (fgets(str, sizeof(str), dict))
+	{
 		unsigned char *s;
 		const unsigned char *flag;
 
-	        flag = NULL;
-		if((s=strchr(str,'/'))){
-			*s=0;
-			s++;flag=s;
-			while(*s){
-				if (((*s>='A')&&(*s<='Z'))||((*s>='a')&&(*s<='z')))
+		flag = NULL;
+		if ((s = strchr(str, '/')))
+		{
+			*s = 0;
+			s++;
+			flag = s;
+			while (*s)
+			{
+				if (((*s >= 'A') && (*s <= 'Z')) || ((*s >= 'a') && (*s <= 'z')))
 					s++;
-				else {
-					*s=0;
+				else
+				{
+					*s = 0;
 					break;
 				}
 			}
-		}else{
-			flag="";
 		}
+		else
+			flag = "";
 		strlower(str);
 		/* Dont load words if first letter is not required */
 		/* It allows to optimize loading at  search time   */
-		s=str;
-		while(*s){
-			if(*s=='\r')*s=0;
-			if(*s=='\n')*s=0;
+		s = str;
+		while (*s)
+		{
+			if (*s == '\r')
+				*s = 0;
+			if (*s == '\n')
+				*s = 0;
 			s++;
 		}
-		AddSpell(Conf,str,flag);
+		AddSpell(Conf, str, flag);
 	}
 	fclose(dict);
-	return(0);
+	return (0);
 }
 
 
-static SPELL * 
-FindWord(IspellDict * Conf, const char *word, int affixflag) {
-	int l,c,r,resc,resl,resr, i;
+static SPELL *
+FindWord(IspellDict * Conf, const char *word, int affixflag)
+{
+	int			l,
+				c,
+				r,
+				resc,
+				resl,
+				resr,
+				i;
 
-	i = (int)(*word) & 255;
+	i = (int) (*word) & 255;
 	l = Conf->SpellTree.Left[i];
 	r = Conf->SpellTree.Right[i];
-	if (l == -1) return (NULL);
-	while(l<=r){
+	if (l == -1)
+		return (NULL);
+	while (l <= r)
+	{
 		c = (l + r) >> 1;
 		resc = strcmp(Conf->Spell[c].word, word);
-		if( (resc == 0) && 
-			((affixflag == 0) || (strchr(Conf->Spell[c].flag, affixflag) != NULL)) ) {
-			return(&Conf->Spell[c]);
-		}
+		if ((resc == 0) &&
+			((affixflag == 0) || (strchr(Conf->Spell[c].flag, affixflag) != NULL)))
+			return (&Conf->Spell[c]);
 		resl = strcmp(Conf->Spell[l].word, word);
-		if( (resl == 0) && 
-			((affixflag == 0) || (strchr(Conf->Spell[l].flag, affixflag) != NULL)) ) {
-			return(&Conf->Spell[l]);
-		}
+		if ((resl == 0) &&
+			((affixflag == 0) || (strchr(Conf->Spell[l].flag, affixflag) != NULL)))
+			return (&Conf->Spell[l]);
 		resr = strcmp(Conf->Spell[r].word, word);
-		if( (resr == 0) && 
-			((affixflag == 0) || (strchr(Conf->Spell[r].flag, affixflag) != NULL)) ) {
-			return(&Conf->Spell[r]);
-		}
-		if(resc < 0){
+		if ((resr == 0) &&
+			((affixflag == 0) || (strchr(Conf->Spell[r].flag, affixflag) != NULL)))
+			return (&Conf->Spell[r]);
+		if (resc < 0)
+		{
 			l = c + 1;
 			r--;
-		} else if(resc > 0){
+		}
+		else if (resc > 0)
+		{
 			r = c - 1;
 			l++;
-		} else {
+		}
+		else
+		{
 			l++;
 			r--;
 		}
 	}
-	return(NULL);
+	return (NULL);
 }
 
-int 
-AddAffix(IspellDict * Conf,int flag,const char *mask,const char *find,const char *repl,int type) {
-	if(Conf->naffixes>=Conf->maffixes){
-		if(Conf->maffixes){
-			Conf->maffixes+=16;
-			Conf->Affix = (AFFIX*)realloc((void*)Conf->Affix,Conf->maffixes*sizeof(AFFIX));
-		}else{
-			Conf->maffixes=16;
-			Conf->Affix = (AFFIX*)malloc(Conf->maffixes * sizeof(AFFIX));
+int
+AddAffix(IspellDict * Conf, int flag, const char *mask, const char *find, const char *repl, int type)
+{
+	if (Conf->naffixes >= Conf->maffixes)
+	{
+		if (Conf->maffixes)
+		{
+			Conf->maffixes += 16;
+			Conf->Affix = (AFFIX *) realloc((void *) Conf->Affix, Conf->maffixes * sizeof(AFFIX));
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			Conf->maffixes = 16;
+			Conf->Affix = (AFFIX *) malloc(Conf->maffixes * sizeof(AFFIX));
 		}
-		if ( Conf->Affix == NULL ) 
+		if (Conf->Affix == NULL)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
 					 errmsg("out of memory")));
 	}
-	if (type=='s') {
-	    sprintf(Conf->Affix[Conf->naffixes].mask,"%s$",mask);
-	} else {
-	    sprintf(Conf->Affix[Conf->naffixes].mask,"^%s",mask);
-	}
+	if (type == 's')
+		sprintf(Conf->Affix[Conf->naffixes].mask, "%s$", mask);
+	else
+		sprintf(Conf->Affix[Conf->naffixes].mask, "^%s", mask);
 	Conf->Affix[Conf->naffixes].compile = 1;
-	Conf->Affix[Conf->naffixes].flag=flag;
-	Conf->Affix[Conf->naffixes].type=type;
-	
-	strcpy(Conf->Affix[Conf->naffixes].find,find);
-	strcpy(Conf->Affix[Conf->naffixes].repl,repl);
-	Conf->Affix[Conf->naffixes].replen=strlen(repl);
+	Conf->Affix[Conf->naffixes].flag = flag;
+	Conf->Affix[Conf->naffixes].type = type;
+
+	strcpy(Conf->Affix[Conf->naffixes].find, find);
+	strcpy(Conf->Affix[Conf->naffixes].repl, repl);
+	Conf->Affix[Conf->naffixes].replen = strlen(repl);
 	Conf->naffixes++;
-	return(0);
+	return (0);
 }
 
-static char * 
-remove_spaces(char *dist,char *src){
-char *d,*s;
-	d=dist;
-	s=src;
-	while(*s){
-		if(*s!=' '&&*s!='-'&&*s!='\t'){
-			*d=*s;
+static char *
+remove_spaces(char *dist, char *src)
+{
+	char	   *d,
+			   *s;
+
+	d = dist;
+	s = src;
+	while (*s)
+	{
+		if (*s != ' ' && *s != '-' && *s != '\t')
+		{
+			*d = *s;
 			d++;
 		}
 		s++;
 	}
-	*d=0;
-	return(dist);
+	*d = 0;
+	return (dist);
 }
 
 
-int 
-ImportAffixes(IspellDict * Conf,const char *filename){
+int
+ImportAffixes(IspellDict * Conf, const char *filename)
+{
 	unsigned char str[BUFSIZ];
-	unsigned char flag=0;
-	unsigned char mask[BUFSIZ]="";
-	unsigned char find[BUFSIZ]="";
-	unsigned char repl[BUFSIZ]="";
+	unsigned char flag = 0;
+	unsigned char mask[BUFSIZ] = "";
+	unsigned char find[BUFSIZ] = "";
+	unsigned char repl[BUFSIZ] = "";
 	unsigned char *s;
-	int i;
-	int suffixes=0;
-	int prefixes=0;
-	FILE *affix;
-
-	if(!(affix=fopen(filename,"r")))
-		return(1);
-
-	while(fgets(str,sizeof(str),affix)){
-		if(!STRNCASECMP(str,"suffixes")){
-			suffixes=1;
-			prefixes=0;
+	int			i;
+	int			suffixes = 0;
+	int			prefixes = 0;
+	FILE	   *affix;
+
+	if (!(affix = fopen(filename, "r")))
+		return (1);
+
+	while (fgets(str, sizeof(str), affix))
+	{
+		if (!STRNCASECMP(str, "suffixes"))
+		{
+			suffixes = 1;
+			prefixes = 0;
 			continue;
 		}
-		if(!STRNCASECMP(str,"prefixes")){
-			suffixes=0;
-			prefixes=1;
+		if (!STRNCASECMP(str, "prefixes"))
+		{
+			suffixes = 0;
+			prefixes = 1;
 			continue;
 		}
-		if(!STRNCASECMP(str,"flag ")){
-			s=str+5;
-			while(strchr("* ",*s))
+		if (!STRNCASECMP(str, "flag "))
+		{
+			s = str + 5;
+			while (strchr("* ", *s))
 				s++;
-			flag=*s;
+			flag = *s;
 			continue;
 		}
-		if((!suffixes)&&(!prefixes))continue;
-		if((s=strchr(str,'#')))*s=0;
-		if(!*str)continue;
+		if ((!suffixes) && (!prefixes))
+			continue;
+		if ((s = strchr(str, '#')))
+			*s = 0;
+		if (!*str)
+			continue;
 		strlower(str);
-		strcpy(mask,"");
-		strcpy(find,"");
-		strcpy(repl,"");
-		i=sscanf(str,"%[^>\n]>%[^,\n],%[^\n]",mask,find,repl);
-		remove_spaces(str,repl);strcpy(repl,str);
-		remove_spaces(str,find);strcpy(find,str);
-		remove_spaces(str,mask);strcpy(mask,str);
-		switch(i){
+		strcpy(mask, "");
+		strcpy(find, "");
+		strcpy(repl, "");
+		i = sscanf(str, "%[^>\n]>%[^,\n],%[^\n]", mask, find, repl);
+		remove_spaces(str, repl);
+		strcpy(repl, str);
+		remove_spaces(str, find);
+		strcpy(find, str);
+		remove_spaces(str, mask);
+		strcpy(mask, str);
+		switch (i)
+		{
 			case 3:
 				break;
 			case 2:
-				if(*find != '\0'){
-					strcpy(repl,find);
-					strcpy(find,"");
+				if (*find != '\0')
+				{
+					strcpy(repl, find);
+					strcpy(find, "");
 				}
 				break;
 			default:
 				continue;
 		}
-		
-		AddAffix(Conf,(int)flag,mask,find,repl,suffixes?'s':'p');
-		
+
+		AddAffix(Conf, (int) flag, mask, find, repl, suffixes ? 's' : 'p');
+
 	}
 	fclose(affix);
-	    
-	return(0);
+
+	return (0);
 }
 
-void 
-SortDictionary(IspellDict * Conf){
-  int  CurLet = -1, Let;size_t i;
+void
+SortDictionary(IspellDict * Conf)
+{
+	int			CurLet = -1,
+				Let;
+	size_t		i;
 
-        qsort((void*)Conf->Spell,Conf->nspell,sizeof(SPELL),cmpspell);
+	qsort((void *) Conf->Spell, Conf->nspell, sizeof(SPELL), cmpspell);
 
-	for(i = 0; i < 256 ; i++ )
+	for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
 		Conf->SpellTree.Left[i] = -1;
 
-	for(i = 0; i < Conf->nspell; i++) {
-	  Let = (int)(*(Conf->Spell[i].word)) & 255;
-	  if (CurLet != Let) {
-	    Conf->SpellTree.Left[Let] = i;
-	    CurLet = Let;
-	  }
-	  Conf->SpellTree.Right[Let] = i;
+	for (i = 0; i < Conf->nspell; i++)
+	{
+		Let = (int) (*(Conf->Spell[i].word)) & 255;
+		if (CurLet != Let)
+		{
+			Conf->SpellTree.Left[Let] = i;
+			CurLet = Let;
+		}
+		Conf->SpellTree.Right[Let] = i;
 	}
 }
 
-void 
-SortAffixes(IspellDict * Conf) {
-  int   CurLetP = -1, CurLetS = -1, Let;
-  AFFIX *Affix; size_t i;
-  
-  if (Conf->naffixes > 1)
-    qsort((void*)Conf->Affix,Conf->naffixes,sizeof(AFFIX),cmpaffix);
-  for(i = 0; i < 256; i++) {
-      Conf->PrefixTree.Left[i] = Conf->PrefixTree.Right[i] = -1;
-      Conf->SuffixTree.Left[i] = Conf->SuffixTree.Right[i] = -1;
-  }
-
-  for(i = 0; i < Conf->naffixes; i++) {
-    Affix = &(((AFFIX*)Conf->Affix)[i]);
-    if(Affix->type == 'p') {
-      Let = (int)(*(Affix->repl)) & 255;
-      if (CurLetP != Let) {
-	Conf->PrefixTree.Left[Let] = i;
-	CurLetP = Let;
-      }
-      Conf->PrefixTree.Right[Let] = i;
-    } else {
-      Let = (Affix->replen) ? (int)(Affix->repl[Affix->replen-1]) & 255 : 0;
-      if (CurLetS != Let) {
-	Conf->SuffixTree.Left[Let] = i;
-	CurLetS = Let;
-      }
-      Conf->SuffixTree.Right[Let] = i;
-    }
-  }
+void
+SortAffixes(IspellDict * Conf)
+{
+	int			CurLetP = -1,
+				CurLetS = -1,
+				Let;
+	AFFIX	   *Affix;
+	size_t		i;
+
+	if (Conf->naffixes > 1)
+		qsort((void *) Conf->Affix, Conf->naffixes, sizeof(AFFIX), cmpaffix);
+	for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+	{
+		Conf->PrefixTree.Left[i] = Conf->PrefixTree.Right[i] = -1;
+		Conf->SuffixTree.Left[i] = Conf->SuffixTree.Right[i] = -1;
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < Conf->naffixes; i++)
+	{
+		Affix = &(((AFFIX *) Conf->Affix)[i]);
+		if (Affix->type == 'p')
+		{
+			Let = (int) (*(Affix->repl)) & 255;
+			if (CurLetP != Let)
+			{
+				Conf->PrefixTree.Left[Let] = i;
+				CurLetP = Let;
+			}
+			Conf->PrefixTree.Right[Let] = i;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			Let = (Affix->replen) ? (int) (Affix->repl[Affix->replen - 1]) & 255 : 0;
+			if (CurLetS != Let)
+			{
+				Conf->SuffixTree.Left[Let] = i;
+				CurLetS = Let;
+			}
+			Conf->SuffixTree.Right[Let] = i;
+		}
+	}
 }
 
-static char * 
-CheckSuffix(const char *word, size_t len, AFFIX *Affix, int *res, IspellDict *Conf) {
-  regmatch_t subs[2]; /* workaround for apache&linux */
-  char newword[2*MAXNORMLEN] = "";
-  int err;
-  
-  *res = strbncmp(word, Affix->repl, Affix->replen);
-  if (*res < 0) {
-    return NULL;
-  }
-  if (*res > 0) {
-    return NULL;
-  }
-  strcpy(newword, word);
-  strcpy(newword+len-Affix->replen, Affix->find);
-
-  if (Affix->compile) {
-    err = regcomp(&(Affix->reg),Affix->mask,REG_EXTENDED|REG_ICASE|REG_NOSUB);
-    if(err){
-      /*regerror(err, &(Affix->reg), regerrstr, ERRSTRSIZE);*/
-      regfree(&(Affix->reg));
-      return(NULL);
-    }
-    Affix->compile = 0;
-  }
-  if(!(err=regexec(&(Affix->reg),newword,1,subs,0))){
-    if(FindWord(Conf, newword, Affix->flag))
-	return pstrdup(newword);	
-  }
-  return NULL;
+static char *
+CheckSuffix(const char *word, size_t len, AFFIX * Affix, int *res, IspellDict * Conf)
+{
+	regmatch_t	subs[2];		/* workaround for apache&linux */
+	char		newword[2 * MAXNORMLEN] = "";
+	int			err;
+
+	*res = strbncmp(word, Affix->repl, Affix->replen);
+	if (*res < 0)
+		return NULL;
+	if (*res > 0)
+		return NULL;
+	strcpy(newword, word);
+	strcpy(newword + len - Affix->replen, Affix->find);
+
+	if (Affix->compile)
+	{
+		err = regcomp(&(Affix->reg), Affix->mask, REG_EXTENDED | REG_ICASE | REG_NOSUB);
+		if (err)
+		{
+			/* regerror(err, &(Affix->reg), regerrstr, ERRSTRSIZE); */
+			regfree(&(Affix->reg));
+			return (NULL);
+		}
+		Affix->compile = 0;
+	}
+	if (!(err = regexec(&(Affix->reg), newword, 1, subs, 0)))
+	{
+		if (FindWord(Conf, newword, Affix->flag))
+			return pstrdup(newword);
+	}
+	return NULL;
 }
 
 #define NS 1
 #define MAX_NORM 512
-static int 
-CheckPrefix(const char *word, size_t len, AFFIX *Affix, IspellDict *Conf, int pi,
-		char **forms, char ***cur ) {
-  regmatch_t subs[NS*2];
-  char newword[2*MAXNORMLEN] = "";
-  int err, ls, res, lres;
-  size_t newlen;
-  AFFIX *CAffix = Conf->Affix;
-  
-  res = strncmp(word, Affix->repl, Affix->replen);
-  if (res != 0) {
-    return res;
-  }
-  strcpy(newword, Affix->find);
-  strcat(newword, word+Affix->replen);
-
-  if (Affix->compile) {
-    err = regcomp(&(Affix->reg),Affix->mask,REG_EXTENDED|REG_ICASE|REG_NOSUB);
-    if(err){
-      /*regerror(err, &(Affix->reg), regerrstr, ERRSTRSIZE);*/
-      regfree(&(Affix->reg));
-      return (0);
-    }
-    Affix->compile = 0;
-  }
-  if(!(err=regexec(&(Affix->reg),newword,1,subs,0))){
-    SPELL * curspell;
-
-    if((curspell=FindWord(Conf, newword, Affix->flag))){
-      if ((*cur - forms) < (MAX_NORM-1)) {
-	**cur =  pstrdup(newword);
-	(*cur)++; **cur = NULL;
-      }
-    } 
-    newlen = strlen(newword);
-    ls = Conf->SuffixTree.Left[pi];
-      if ( ls>=0 && ((*cur - forms) < (MAX_NORM-1)) ) {
-	**cur = CheckSuffix(newword, newlen, &CAffix[ls], &lres, Conf);
-	if (**cur) {
-	  (*cur)++; **cur = NULL;
+static int
+CheckPrefix(const char *word, size_t len, AFFIX * Affix, IspellDict * Conf, int pi,
+			char **forms, char ***cur)
+{
+	regmatch_t	subs[NS * 2];
+	char		newword[2 * MAXNORMLEN] = "";
+	int			err,
+				ls,
+				res,
+				lres;
+	size_t		newlen;
+	AFFIX	   *CAffix = Conf->Affix;
+
+	res = strncmp(word, Affix->repl, Affix->replen);
+	if (res != 0)
+		return res;
+	strcpy(newword, Affix->find);
+	strcat(newword, word + Affix->replen);
+
+	if (Affix->compile)
+	{
+		err = regcomp(&(Affix->reg), Affix->mask, REG_EXTENDED | REG_ICASE | REG_NOSUB);
+		if (err)
+		{
+			/* regerror(err, &(Affix->reg), regerrstr, ERRSTRSIZE); */
+			regfree(&(Affix->reg));
+			return (0);
+		}
+		Affix->compile = 0;
 	}
-      }
-  }
-  return 0;
+	if (!(err = regexec(&(Affix->reg), newword, 1, subs, 0)))
+	{
+		SPELL	   *curspell;
+
+		if ((curspell = FindWord(Conf, newword, Affix->flag)))
+		{
+			if ((*cur - forms) < (MAX_NORM - 1))
+			{
+				**cur = pstrdup(newword);
+				(*cur)++;
+				**cur = NULL;
+			}
+		}
+		newlen = strlen(newword);
+		ls = Conf->SuffixTree.Left[pi];
+		if (ls >= 0 && ((*cur - forms) < (MAX_NORM - 1)))
+		{
+			**cur = CheckSuffix(newword, newlen, &CAffix[ls], &lres, Conf);
+			if (**cur)
+			{
+				(*cur)++;
+				**cur = NULL;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return 0;
 }
 
 
-char ** 
-NormalizeWord(IspellDict * Conf,char *word){
+char	  **
+NormalizeWord(IspellDict * Conf, char *word)
+{
 /*regmatch_t subs[NS];*/
-size_t len;
-char ** forms;
-char **cur;
-AFFIX * Affix;
-int ri, pi, ipi, lp, rp, cp, ls, rs;
-int lres, rres, cres = 0;
-  SPELL *spell;
-
-	len=strlen(word);
+	size_t		len;
+	char	  **forms;
+	char	  **cur;
+	AFFIX	   *Affix;
+	int			ri,
+				pi,
+				ipi,
+				lp,
+				rp,
+				cp,
+				ls,
+				rs;
+	int			lres,
+				rres,
+				cres = 0;
+	SPELL	   *spell;
+
+	len = strlen(word);
 	if (len > MAXNORMLEN)
-		return(NULL);
+		return (NULL);
 
 	strlower(word);
 
-	forms=(char **) palloc(MAX_NORM*sizeof(char **));
-	cur=forms;*cur=NULL;
+	forms = (char **) palloc(MAX_NORM * sizeof(char **));
+	cur = forms;
+	*cur = NULL;
 
-	ri = (int)(*word) & 255;
-	pi = (int)(word[strlen(word)-1]) & 255;
-	Affix=(AFFIX*)Conf->Affix;
+	ri = (int) (*word) & 255;
+	pi = (int) (word[strlen(word) - 1]) & 255;
+	Affix = (AFFIX *) Conf->Affix;
 
 	/* Check that the word itself is normal form */
-	if((spell = FindWord(Conf, word, 0))){
-		*cur=pstrdup(word);
-		cur++;*cur=NULL;
+	if ((spell = FindWord(Conf, word, 0)))
+	{
+		*cur = pstrdup(word);
+		cur++;
+		*cur = NULL;
 	}
 
 	/* Find all other NORMAL forms of the 'word' */
 
-	for (ipi = 0; ipi <= pi; ipi += pi) {
-
-	    /* check prefix */
-	    lp = Conf->PrefixTree.Left[ri];
-	    rp = Conf->PrefixTree.Right[ri];
-	    while (lp >= 0 && lp <= rp) {
-	      cp = (lp + rp) >> 1;
-	      cres = 0;
-	      if ((cur - forms) < (MAX_NORM-1)) {
-		cres = CheckPrefix(word, len, &Affix[cp], Conf, ipi, forms, &cur);
-	      }
-	      if ((lp < cp) && ((cur - forms) < (MAX_NORM-1)) ) {
-		lres = CheckPrefix(word, len, &Affix[lp], Conf, ipi, forms, &cur);
-	      }
-	      if ( (rp > cp) && ((cur - forms) < (MAX_NORM-1)) ) {
-		rres = CheckPrefix(word, len, &Affix[rp], Conf, ipi, forms, &cur);
-	      }
-	      if (cres < 0) {
-		rp = cp - 1;
-		lp++;
-	      } else if (cres > 0) {
-		lp = cp + 1;
-		rp--;
-	      } else {
-		lp++;
-		rp--;
-	      }
-	    }
-
-	    /* check suffix */
-	    ls = Conf->SuffixTree.Left[ipi];
-	    rs = Conf->SuffixTree.Right[ipi];
-	    while (ls >= 0 && ls <= rs) {
-	      if (  ((cur - forms) < (MAX_NORM-1)) ) {
-		*cur = CheckSuffix(word, len, &Affix[ls], &lres, Conf);
-		if (*cur) {
-		  cur++; *cur = NULL;
-		}
-	      }
-	      if ( (rs > ls) && ((cur - forms) < (MAX_NORM-1)) ) {
-		*cur = CheckSuffix(word, len, &Affix[rs], &rres, Conf);
-		if (*cur) {
-		  cur++; *cur = NULL;
+	for (ipi = 0; ipi <= pi; ipi += pi)
+	{
+
+		/* check prefix */
+		lp = Conf->PrefixTree.Left[ri];
+		rp = Conf->PrefixTree.Right[ri];
+		while (lp >= 0 && lp <= rp)
+		{
+			cp = (lp + rp) >> 1;
+			cres = 0;
+			if ((cur - forms) < (MAX_NORM - 1))
+				cres = CheckPrefix(word, len, &Affix[cp], Conf, ipi, forms, &cur);
+			if ((lp < cp) && ((cur - forms) < (MAX_NORM - 1)))
+				lres = CheckPrefix(word, len, &Affix[lp], Conf, ipi, forms, &cur);
+			if ((rp > cp) && ((cur - forms) < (MAX_NORM - 1)))
+				rres = CheckPrefix(word, len, &Affix[rp], Conf, ipi, forms, &cur);
+			if (cres < 0)
+			{
+				rp = cp - 1;
+				lp++;
+			}
+			else if (cres > 0)
+			{
+				lp = cp + 1;
+				rp--;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				lp++;
+				rp--;
+			}
 		}
-	      }
-	      ls++;
-	      rs--;
-	    } /* end while */
-	  
-	} /* for ipi */
-
-	if(cur==forms){
+
+		/* check suffix */
+		ls = Conf->SuffixTree.Left[ipi];
+		rs = Conf->SuffixTree.Right[ipi];
+		while (ls >= 0 && ls <= rs)
+		{
+			if (((cur - forms) < (MAX_NORM - 1)))
+			{
+				*cur = CheckSuffix(word, len, &Affix[ls], &lres, Conf);
+				if (*cur)
+				{
+					cur++;
+					*cur = NULL;
+				}
+			}
+			if ((rs > ls) && ((cur - forms) < (MAX_NORM - 1)))
+			{
+				*cur = CheckSuffix(word, len, &Affix[rs], &rres, Conf);
+				if (*cur)
+				{
+					cur++;
+					*cur = NULL;
+				}
+			}
+			ls++;
+			rs--;
+		}						/* end while */
+
+	}							/* for ipi */
+
+	if (cur == forms)
+	{
 		pfree(forms);
-		return(NULL);
+		return (NULL);
 	}
-	return(forms);
+	return (forms);
 }
 
-void 
-FreeIspell (IspellDict *Conf) {
-  int i;
-  AFFIX *Affix = (AFFIX *)Conf->Affix;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < Conf->naffixes; i++) {
-    if (Affix[i].compile == 0) {
-      regfree(&(Affix[i].reg));
-    }
-  }
-  for (i = 0; i < Conf->naffixes; i++) {
-	free( Conf->Spell[i].word );
-  }
-  free(Conf->Affix);
-  free(Conf->Spell);
-  memset( (void*)Conf, 0, sizeof(IspellDict) );
-  return;
+void
+FreeIspell(IspellDict * Conf)
+{
+	int			i;
+	AFFIX	   *Affix = (AFFIX *) Conf->Affix;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < Conf->naffixes; i++)
+	{
+		if (Affix[i].compile == 0)
+			regfree(&(Affix[i].reg));
+	}
+	for (i = 0; i < Conf->naffixes; i++)
+		free(Conf->Spell[i].word);
+	free(Conf->Affix);
+	free(Conf->Spell);
+	memset((void *) Conf, 0, sizeof(IspellDict));
+	return;
 }
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/ispell/spell.h b/contrib/tsearch2/ispell/spell.h
index 3034ca6709d..baf5052f026 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/ispell/spell.h
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/ispell/spell.h
@@ -4,48 +4,53 @@
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <regex.h>
 
-typedef struct spell_struct {
-        char * word; 
-        char flag[10];
-} SPELL;
-
-typedef struct aff_struct {   
-        char flag;
-        char type;
-        char mask[33];
-        char find[16];
-        char repl[16];
-        regex_t reg;
-        size_t replen;
-        char compile;
-} AFFIX;
-
-typedef struct Tree_struct {
-        int Left[256], Right[256];
-} Tree_struct;
-
-typedef struct {
-	int	maffixes;
-	int	naffixes;
-	AFFIX * Affix;
-
-	int	nspell;
-	int	mspell;
-	SPELL	*Spell;
-	Tree_struct	SpellTree;
-	Tree_struct	PrefixTree;
-	Tree_struct	SuffixTree;
-
-} IspellDict;
-
-char ** NormalizeWord(IspellDict * Conf,char *word);
-int ImportAffixes(IspellDict * Conf, const char *filename);
-int ImportDictionary(IspellDict * Conf,const char *filename);
-
-int  AddSpell(IspellDict * Conf,const char * word,const char *flag);
-int  AddAffix(IspellDict * Conf,int flag,const char *mask,const char *find,const char *repl,int type);
-void SortDictionary(IspellDict * Conf);
-void SortAffixes(IspellDict * Conf);
-void FreeIspell (IspellDict *Conf);
+typedef struct spell_struct
+{
+	char	   *word;
+	char		flag[10];
+}	SPELL;
+
+typedef struct aff_struct
+{
+	char		flag;
+	char		type;
+	char		mask[33];
+	char		find[16];
+	char		repl[16];
+	regex_t		reg;
+	size_t		replen;
+	char		compile;
+}	AFFIX;
+
+typedef struct Tree_struct
+{
+	int			Left[256],
+				Right[256];
+}	Tree_struct;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+	int			maffixes;
+	int			naffixes;
+	AFFIX	   *Affix;
+
+	int			nspell;
+	int			mspell;
+	SPELL	   *Spell;
+	Tree_struct SpellTree;
+	Tree_struct PrefixTree;
+	Tree_struct SuffixTree;
+
+}	IspellDict;
+
+char	  **NormalizeWord(IspellDict * Conf, char *word);
+int			ImportAffixes(IspellDict * Conf, const char *filename);
+int			ImportDictionary(IspellDict * Conf, const char *filename);
+
+int			AddSpell(IspellDict * Conf, const char *word, const char *flag);
+int			AddAffix(IspellDict * Conf, int flag, const char *mask, const char *find, const char *repl, int type);
+void		SortDictionary(IspellDict * Conf);
+void		SortAffixes(IspellDict * Conf);
+void		FreeIspell(IspellDict * Conf);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/prs_dcfg.c b/contrib/tsearch2/prs_dcfg.c
index 783cf43ceb7..6b553e45256 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/prs_dcfg.c
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/prs_dcfg.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-/* 
- * Simple config parser 
+/*
+ * Simple config parser
  * Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
  */
 #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -16,126 +16,164 @@
 #define CS_WAITEQ	2
 #define CS_WAITVALUE	3
 #define CS_INVALUE	4
-#define CS_IN2VALUE	5
+#define CS_IN2VALUE 5
 #define CS_WAITDELIM	6
 #define CS_INESC	7
 #define CS_IN2ESC	8
 
 static char *
-nstrdup(char *ptr, int len) {
-	char *res=palloc(len+1), *cptr;
-	memcpy(res,ptr,len);
-	res[len]='\0';
+nstrdup(char *ptr, int len)
+{
+	char	   *res = palloc(len + 1),
+			   *cptr;
+
+	memcpy(res, ptr, len);
+	res[len] = '\0';
 	cptr = ptr = res;
-	while(*ptr) {
-		if ( *ptr == '\\' ) 
+	while (*ptr)
+	{
+		if (*ptr == '\\')
 			ptr++;
-		*cptr=*ptr; ptr++; cptr++;
+		*cptr = *ptr;
+		ptr++;
+		cptr++;
 	}
-	*cptr='\0';
+	*cptr = '\0';
 
 	return res;
 }
 
 void
-parse_cfgdict(text *in, Map **m) {
-	Map *mptr;
-	char *ptr=VARDATA(in), *begin=NULL;
-	char num=0;
-	int state=CS_WAITKEY;
+parse_cfgdict(text *in, Map ** m)
+{
+	Map		   *mptr;
+	char	   *ptr = VARDATA(in),
+			   *begin = NULL;
+	char		num = 0;
+	int			state = CS_WAITKEY;
 
-	while( ptr-VARDATA(in) < VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ ) {
-		if ( *ptr==',' ) num++;
+	while (ptr - VARDATA(in) < VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ)
+	{
+		if (*ptr == ',')
+			num++;
 		ptr++;
 	}
 
-	*m=mptr=(Map*)palloc( sizeof(Map)*(num+2) );
-	memset(mptr, 0, sizeof(Map)*(num+2) );
-	ptr=VARDATA(in);
-	while( ptr-VARDATA(in) < VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ ) {
-		if (state==CS_WAITKEY) {
-			if (isalpha(*ptr)) {
-				begin=ptr;
-				state=CS_INKEY;
-			} else if ( !isspace(*ptr) )
+	*m = mptr = (Map *) palloc(sizeof(Map) * (num + 2));
+	memset(mptr, 0, sizeof(Map) * (num + 2));
+	ptr = VARDATA(in);
+	while (ptr - VARDATA(in) < VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ)
+	{
+		if (state == CS_WAITKEY)
+		{
+			if (isalpha(*ptr))
+			{
+				begin = ptr;
+				state = CS_INKEY;
+			}
+			else if (!isspace(*ptr))
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
 						 errmsg("syntax error"),
-						 errdetail("Syntax error in position %d near \"%c\"",
-								   (int) (ptr-VARDATA(in)), *ptr)));
-		} else if (state==CS_INKEY) {
-			if ( isspace(*ptr) ) {
-				mptr->key=nstrdup(begin, ptr-begin);
-				state=CS_WAITEQ;
-			} else if ( *ptr=='=' ) {
-				mptr->key=nstrdup(begin, ptr-begin);
-				state=CS_WAITVALUE;
-			} else if ( !isalpha(*ptr) ) 
+					 errdetail("Syntax error in position %d near \"%c\"",
+							   (int) (ptr - VARDATA(in)), *ptr)));
+		}
+		else if (state == CS_INKEY)
+		{
+			if (isspace(*ptr))
+			{
+				mptr->key = nstrdup(begin, ptr - begin);
+				state = CS_WAITEQ;
+			}
+			else if (*ptr == '=')
+			{
+				mptr->key = nstrdup(begin, ptr - begin);
+				state = CS_WAITVALUE;
+			}
+			else if (!isalpha(*ptr))
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
 						 errmsg("syntax error"),
-						 errdetail("Syntax error in position %d near \"%c\"",
-								   (int) (ptr-VARDATA(in)), *ptr)));
-		} else if ( state==CS_WAITEQ ) {
-			if ( *ptr=='=' )
-				state=CS_WAITVALUE;
-			else if ( !isspace(*ptr) )
+					 errdetail("Syntax error in position %d near \"%c\"",
+							   (int) (ptr - VARDATA(in)), *ptr)));
+		}
+		else if (state == CS_WAITEQ)
+		{
+			if (*ptr == '=')
+				state = CS_WAITVALUE;
+			else if (!isspace(*ptr))
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
 						 errmsg("syntax error"),
-						 errdetail("Syntax error in position %d near \"%c\"",
-								   (int) (ptr-VARDATA(in)), *ptr)));
-		} else if ( state==CS_WAITVALUE ) {
-			if ( *ptr=='"' ) {
-				begin=ptr+1;
-				state=CS_INVALUE;
-			} else if ( !isspace(*ptr) ) {
-				begin=ptr;
-				state=CS_IN2VALUE;
+					 errdetail("Syntax error in position %d near \"%c\"",
+							   (int) (ptr - VARDATA(in)), *ptr)));
+		}
+		else if (state == CS_WAITVALUE)
+		{
+			if (*ptr == '"')
+			{
+				begin = ptr + 1;
+				state = CS_INVALUE;
+			}
+			else if (!isspace(*ptr))
+			{
+				begin = ptr;
+				state = CS_IN2VALUE;
 			}
-		} else if ( state==CS_INVALUE ) {
-			if ( *ptr=='"' ) {
-				mptr->value = nstrdup(begin, ptr-begin);
+		}
+		else if (state == CS_INVALUE)
+		{
+			if (*ptr == '"')
+			{
+				mptr->value = nstrdup(begin, ptr - begin);
 				mptr++;
-				state=CS_WAITDELIM;
-			} else if ( *ptr=='\\' )
-				state=CS_INESC;
-		} else if ( state==CS_IN2VALUE ) {
-			if ( isspace(*ptr) || *ptr==',' ) {
-				mptr->value = nstrdup(begin, ptr-begin);
+				state = CS_WAITDELIM;
+			}
+			else if (*ptr == '\\')
+				state = CS_INESC;
+		}
+		else if (state == CS_IN2VALUE)
+		{
+			if (isspace(*ptr) || *ptr == ',')
+			{
+				mptr->value = nstrdup(begin, ptr - begin);
 				mptr++;
-				state=( *ptr==',' ) ? CS_WAITKEY : CS_WAITDELIM;
-			} else if ( *ptr=='\\' )
-				state=CS_INESC;
-		} else if ( state==CS_WAITDELIM ) {
-			if ( *ptr==',' ) 
-				state=CS_WAITKEY; 
-			else if ( !isspace(*ptr) )
+				state = (*ptr == ',') ? CS_WAITKEY : CS_WAITDELIM;
+			}
+			else if (*ptr == '\\')
+				state = CS_INESC;
+		}
+		else if (state == CS_WAITDELIM)
+		{
+			if (*ptr == ',')
+				state = CS_WAITKEY;
+			else if (!isspace(*ptr))
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
 						 errmsg("syntax error"),
-						 errdetail("Syntax error in position %d near \"%c\"",
-								   (int) (ptr-VARDATA(in)), *ptr)));
-		} else if ( state == CS_INESC ) {
-			state=CS_INVALUE;
-		} else if ( state == CS_IN2ESC ) {
-			state=CS_IN2VALUE;
-		} else 
+					 errdetail("Syntax error in position %d near \"%c\"",
+							   (int) (ptr - VARDATA(in)), *ptr)));
+		}
+		else if (state == CS_INESC)
+			state = CS_INVALUE;
+		else if (state == CS_IN2ESC)
+			state = CS_IN2VALUE;
+		else
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
 					 errmsg("bad parser state"),
 					 errdetail("%d at position %d near \"%c\"",
-								state, (int) (ptr-VARDATA(in)), *ptr)));
+							   state, (int) (ptr - VARDATA(in)), *ptr)));
 		ptr++;
 	}
 
-	if (state==CS_IN2VALUE) {
-		mptr->value = nstrdup(begin, ptr-begin);
+	if (state == CS_IN2VALUE)
+	{
+		mptr->value = nstrdup(begin, ptr - begin);
 		mptr++;
-	} else if ( !(state==CS_WAITDELIM || state==CS_WAITKEY) ) 
+	}
+	else if (!(state == CS_WAITDELIM || state == CS_WAITKEY))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
 				 errmsg("unexpected end of line")));
 }
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/query.c b/contrib/tsearch2/query.c
index 14564c62895..0019b04f166 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/query.c
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/query.c
@@ -99,28 +99,40 @@ typedef struct
 	TI_IN_STATE valstate;
 
 	/* tscfg */
-	int cfg_id;
+	int			cfg_id;
 }	QPRS_STATE;
 
-static char*
-get_weight(char *buf, int2 *weight) {
+static char *
+get_weight(char *buf, int2 *weight)
+{
 	*weight = 0;
 
-	if ( *buf != ':' )
+	if (*buf != ':')
 		return buf;
 
 	buf++;
-	while( *buf ) {
-		switch(tolower(*buf)) {
-			case 'a': *weight |= 1<<3; break; 
-			case 'b': *weight |= 1<<2; break; 
-			case 'c': *weight |= 1<<1; break; 
-			case 'd': *weight |= 1;    break;
-			default: return buf; 
+	while (*buf)
+	{
+		switch (tolower(*buf))
+		{
+			case 'a':
+				*weight |= 1 << 3;
+				break;
+			case 'b':
+				*weight |= 1 << 2;
+				break;
+			case 'c':
+				*weight |= 1 << 1;
+				break;
+			case 'd':
+				*weight |= 1;
+				break;
+			default:
+				return buf;
 		}
 		buf++;
 	}
-	
+
 	return buf;
 }
 
@@ -146,11 +158,15 @@ gettoken_query(QPRS_STATE * state, int4 *val, int4 *lenval, char **strval, int2
 					state->count++;
 					(state->buf)++;
 					return OPEN;
-				} else if ( *(state->buf) == ':' ) {
+				}
+				else if (*(state->buf) == ':')
+				{
 					ereport(ERROR,
 							(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
 							 errmsg("error at start of operand")));
-				} else if (*(state->buf) != ' ') {
+				}
+				else if (*(state->buf) != ' ')
+				{
 					state->valstate.prsbuf = state->buf;
 					state->state = WAITOPERATOR;
 					if (gettoken_tsvector(&(state->valstate)))
@@ -257,7 +273,7 @@ static void
 pushval_morph(QPRS_STATE * state, int typeval, char *strval, int lenval, int2 weight)
 {
 	int4		count = 0;
-	PRSTEXT         prs;
+	PRSTEXT		prs;
 
 	prs.lenwords = 32;
 	prs.curwords = 0;
@@ -266,16 +282,17 @@ pushval_morph(QPRS_STATE * state, int typeval, char *strval, int lenval, int2 we
 
 	parsetext_v2(findcfg(state->cfg_id), &prs, strval, lenval);
 
-	for(count=0;count<prs.curwords;count++) {
+	for (count = 0; count < prs.curwords; count++)
+	{
 		pushval_asis(state, VAL, prs.words[count].word, prs.words[count].len, weight);
-		pfree( prs.words[count].word );
+		pfree(prs.words[count].word);
 		if (count)
-			pushquery(state, OPR, (int4) '&', 0, 0, 0 );
-	}	
+			pushquery(state, OPR, (int4) '&', 0, 0, 0);
+	}
 	pfree(prs.words);
 
 	/* XXX */
-	if ( prs.curwords==0 ) 
+	if (prs.curwords == 0)
 		pushval_asis(state, VALTRUE, 0, 0, 0);
 }
 
@@ -381,15 +398,18 @@ ValCompare(CHKVAL * chkval, WordEntry * ptr, ITEM * item)
  * check weight info
  */
 static bool
-checkclass_str(CHKVAL * chkval, WordEntry * val, ITEM * item) {
-	WordEntryPos *ptr = (WordEntryPos*) (chkval->values+val->pos+SHORTALIGN(val->len)+sizeof(uint16));
-	uint16	len = *( (uint16*) (chkval->values+val->pos+SHORTALIGN(val->len)) );
-	while (len--) {
-		if ( item->weight & ( 1<<ptr->weight ) )
+checkclass_str(CHKVAL * chkval, WordEntry * val, ITEM * item)
+{
+	WordEntryPos *ptr = (WordEntryPos *) (chkval->values + val->pos + SHORTALIGN(val->len) + sizeof(uint16));
+	uint16		len = *((uint16 *) (chkval->values + val->pos + SHORTALIGN(val->len)));
+
+	while (len--)
+	{
+		if (item->weight & (1 << ptr->weight))
 			return true;
 		ptr++;
 	}
-	return false; 
+	return false;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -410,8 +430,8 @@ checkcondition_str(void *checkval, ITEM * val)
 		StopMiddle = StopLow + (StopHigh - StopLow) / 2;
 		difference = ValCompare((CHKVAL *) checkval, StopMiddle, val);
 		if (difference == 0)
-			return ( val->weight && StopMiddle->haspos ) ? 
-				checkclass_str((CHKVAL *) checkval,StopMiddle, val) : true;
+			return (val->weight && StopMiddle->haspos) ?
+				checkclass_str((CHKVAL *) checkval, StopMiddle, val) : true;
 		else if (difference < 0)
 			StopLow = StopMiddle + 1;
 		else
@@ -468,7 +488,7 @@ rexectsq(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 Datum
 exectsq(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 {
-	tsvector	   *val = (tsvector *) DatumGetPointer(PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0)));
+	tsvector   *val = (tsvector *) DatumGetPointer(PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0)));
 	QUERYTYPE  *query = (QUERYTYPE *) DatumGetPointer(PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(1)));
 	CHKVAL		chkval;
 	bool		result;
@@ -485,10 +505,10 @@ exectsq(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	chkval.values = STRPTR(val);
 	chkval.operand = GETOPERAND(query);
 	result = TS_execute(
-					 GETQUERY(query),
-					 &chkval,
-					 true,
-					 checkcondition_str
+						GETQUERY(query),
+						&chkval,
+						true,
+						checkcondition_str
 		);
 
 	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(val, 0);
@@ -534,7 +554,7 @@ findoprnd(ITEM * ptr, int4 *pos)
  * input
  */
 static QUERYTYPE *
-queryin(char *buf, void (*pushval) (QPRS_STATE *, int, char *, int, int2), int cfg_id)
+			queryin(char *buf, void (*pushval) (QPRS_STATE *, int, char *, int, int2), int cfg_id)
 {
 	QPRS_STATE	state;
 	int4		i;
@@ -555,7 +575,7 @@ queryin(char *buf, void (*pushval) (QPRS_STATE *, int, char *, int, int2), int c
 	state.count = 0;
 	state.num = 0;
 	state.str = NULL;
-	state.cfg_id=cfg_id;
+	state.cfg_id = cfg_id;
 
 	/* init value parser's state */
 	state.valstate.oprisdelim = true;
@@ -678,12 +698,30 @@ infix(INFIX * in, bool first)
 		}
 		*(in->cur) = '\'';
 		in->cur++;
-		if ( in->curpol->weight ) {
-			*(in->cur) = ':'; in->cur++;
-			if ( in->curpol->weight & (1<<3) ) { *(in->cur) = 'A'; in->cur++; }
-			if ( in->curpol->weight & (1<<2) ) { *(in->cur) = 'B'; in->cur++; }
-			if ( in->curpol->weight & (1<<1) ) { *(in->cur) = 'C'; in->cur++; }
-			if ( in->curpol->weight & 1 )      { *(in->cur) = 'D'; in->cur++; }
+		if (in->curpol->weight)
+		{
+			*(in->cur) = ':';
+			in->cur++;
+			if (in->curpol->weight & (1 << 3))
+			{
+				*(in->cur) = 'A';
+				in->cur++;
+			}
+			if (in->curpol->weight & (1 << 2))
+			{
+				*(in->cur) = 'B';
+				in->cur++;
+			}
+			if (in->curpol->weight & (1 << 1))
+			{
+				*(in->cur) = 'C';
+				in->cur++;
+			}
+			if (in->curpol->weight & 1)
+			{
+				*(in->cur) = 'D';
+				in->cur++;
+			}
 		}
 		*(in->cur) = '\0';
 		in->curpol++;
@@ -827,15 +865,16 @@ tsquerytree(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 }
 
 Datum
-to_tsquery(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	text    *in = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1);
-	char *str;
+to_tsquery(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	text	   *in = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1);
+	char	   *str;
 	QUERYTYPE  *query;
 	ITEM	   *res;
 	int4		len;
 
-	str=text2char(in);
-	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in,1);
+	str = text2char(in);
+	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in, 1);
 
 	query = queryin(str, pushval_morph, PG_GETARG_INT32(0));
 	res = clean_fakeval_v2(GETQUERY(query), &len);
@@ -851,25 +890,25 @@ to_tsquery(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
 }
 
 Datum
-to_tsquery_name(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	text *name=PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
-	Datum res= DirectFunctionCall2(
-		to_tsquery,
-		Int32GetDatum( name2id_cfg(name) ),
-		PG_GETARG_DATUM(1)
+to_tsquery_name(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	text	   *name = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
+	Datum		res = DirectFunctionCall2(
+										  to_tsquery,
+										Int32GetDatum(name2id_cfg(name)),
+										  PG_GETARG_DATUM(1)
 	);
-	
-	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(name,1);
+
+	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(name, 1);
 	PG_RETURN_DATUM(res);
 }
 
 Datum
-to_tsquery_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	PG_RETURN_DATUM( DirectFunctionCall2(
-		to_tsquery,
-		Int32GetDatum( get_currcfg() ),
-		PG_GETARG_DATUM(0)
-	));
+to_tsquery_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	PG_RETURN_DATUM(DirectFunctionCall2(
+										to_tsquery,
+										Int32GetDatum(get_currcfg()),
+										PG_GETARG_DATUM(0)
+										));
 }
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/query.h b/contrib/tsearch2/query.h
index c0715a2a037..4a79efdc539 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/query.h
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/query.h
@@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ typedef struct ITEM
 	int2		left;
 	int4		val;
 	/* user-friendly value, must correlate with WordEntry */
-	uint32	
-		unused:1,
-		length:11,
-		distance:20;
+	uint32
+				unused:1,
+				length:11,
+				distance:20;
 }	ITEM;
 
 /*
@@ -50,6 +50,6 @@ typedef struct
 #define VALFALSE		7
 
 bool TS_execute(ITEM * curitem, void *checkval,
-		bool calcnot, bool (*chkcond) (void *checkval, ITEM * val));
+		   bool calcnot, bool (*chkcond) (void *checkval, ITEM * val));
 
 #endif
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/rank.c b/contrib/tsearch2/rank.c
index 0840eb83470..5b62c9810bc 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/rank.c
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/rank.c
@@ -37,29 +37,35 @@ Datum		rank_cd_def(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(get_covers);
 Datum		get_covers(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
 
-static float weights[]={0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 1.0};
+static float weights[] = {0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 1.0};
 
 #define wpos(wep)	( w[ ((WordEntryPos*)(wep))->weight ] )
 
-#define DEF_NORM_METHOD	0
+#define DEF_NORM_METHOD 0
 
 /*
  * Returns a weight of a word collocation
  */
-static float4 word_distance ( int4 w ) {
-	if ( w>100 )
-	return 1e-30;
+static float4
+word_distance(int4 w)
+{
+	if (w > 100)
+		return 1e-30;
 
-	return 1.0/(1.005+0.05*exp( ((float4)w)/1.5-2) );
+	return 1.0 / (1.005 + 0.05 * exp(((float4) w) / 1.5 - 2));
 }
 
 static int
-cnt_length( tsvector *t ) {
-	WordEntry	*ptr=ARRPTR(t), *end=(WordEntry*)STRPTR(t);
-	int len = 0, clen;
-
-	while(ptr < end) {
-		if ( (clen=POSDATALEN(t, ptr)) == 0 )
+cnt_length(tsvector * t)
+{
+	WordEntry  *ptr = ARRPTR(t),
+			   *end = (WordEntry *) STRPTR(t);
+	int			len = 0,
+				clen;
+
+	while (ptr < end)
+	{
+		if ((clen = POSDATALEN(t, ptr)) == 0)
 			len += 1;
 		else
 			len += clen;
@@ -70,191 +76,225 @@ cnt_length( tsvector *t ) {
 }
 
 static int4
-WordECompareITEM(char *eval, char *qval, WordEntry * ptr, ITEM * item) {
-        if (ptr->len == item->length)
-                return strncmp(
-                                           eval + ptr->pos,
-                                           qval + item->distance,
-                                           item->length);
-
-        return (ptr->len > item->length) ? 1 : -1;
+WordECompareITEM(char *eval, char *qval, WordEntry * ptr, ITEM * item)
+{
+	if (ptr->len == item->length)
+		return strncmp(
+					   eval + ptr->pos,
+					   qval + item->distance,
+					   item->length);
+
+	return (ptr->len > item->length) ? 1 : -1;
 }
 
-static WordEntry*
-find_wordentry(tsvector *t, QUERYTYPE *q, ITEM *item) {
-        WordEntry  *StopLow = ARRPTR(t);
-        WordEntry  *StopHigh = (WordEntry*)STRPTR(t);
-        WordEntry  *StopMiddle;
-        int                     difference;
-
-        /* Loop invariant: StopLow <= item < StopHigh */
-
-        while (StopLow < StopHigh)
-        {
-                StopMiddle = StopLow + (StopHigh - StopLow) / 2;
-                difference = WordECompareITEM(STRPTR(t), GETOPERAND(q), StopMiddle, item);
-                if (difference == 0)
-                        return StopMiddle;
-                else if (difference < 0)
-                        StopLow = StopMiddle + 1;
-                else
-                        StopHigh = StopMiddle;
-        }
-
-        return NULL;
+static WordEntry *
+find_wordentry(tsvector * t, QUERYTYPE * q, ITEM * item)
+{
+	WordEntry  *StopLow = ARRPTR(t);
+	WordEntry  *StopHigh = (WordEntry *) STRPTR(t);
+	WordEntry  *StopMiddle;
+	int			difference;
+
+	/* Loop invariant: StopLow <= item < StopHigh */
+
+	while (StopLow < StopHigh)
+	{
+		StopMiddle = StopLow + (StopHigh - StopLow) / 2;
+		difference = WordECompareITEM(STRPTR(t), GETOPERAND(q), StopMiddle, item);
+		if (difference == 0)
+			return StopMiddle;
+		else if (difference < 0)
+			StopLow = StopMiddle + 1;
+		else
+			StopHigh = StopMiddle;
+	}
+
+	return NULL;
 }
 
-static WordEntryPos	POSNULL[]={
-	{0,0},
-	{0,MAXENTRYPOS-1}
+static WordEntryPos POSNULL[] = {
+	{0, 0},
+	{0, MAXENTRYPOS - 1}
 };
 
 static float
-calc_rank_and(float *w, tsvector *t, QUERYTYPE *q) {
-	uint16 **pos=(uint16**)palloc(sizeof(uint16*) * q->size);
-	int i,k,l,p;
-	WordEntry *entry;
-	WordEntryPos	*post,*ct;
-	int4	dimt,lenct,dist;
-	float res=-1.0;
-	ITEM	*item=GETQUERY(q);
-
-	memset(pos,0,sizeof(uint16**) * q->size);
-	*(uint16*)POSNULL = lengthof(POSNULL)-1;
-
-	for(i=0; i<q->size; i++) {
-		
-		if ( item[i].type != VAL )
+calc_rank_and(float *w, tsvector * t, QUERYTYPE * q)
+{
+	uint16	  **pos = (uint16 **) palloc(sizeof(uint16 *) * q->size);
+	int			i,
+				k,
+				l,
+				p;
+	WordEntry  *entry;
+	WordEntryPos *post,
+			   *ct;
+	int4		dimt,
+				lenct,
+				dist;
+	float		res = -1.0;
+	ITEM	   *item = GETQUERY(q);
+
+	memset(pos, 0, sizeof(uint16 **) * q->size);
+	*(uint16 *) POSNULL = lengthof(POSNULL) - 1;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < q->size; i++)
+	{
+
+		if (item[i].type != VAL)
 			continue;
 
-		entry=find_wordentry(t,q,&(item[i]));
-		if ( !entry )
+		entry = find_wordentry(t, q, &(item[i]));
+		if (!entry)
 			continue;
 
-		if ( entry->haspos )
-			pos[i] = (uint16*)_POSDATAPTR(t,entry);
+		if (entry->haspos)
+			pos[i] = (uint16 *) _POSDATAPTR(t, entry);
 		else
-			pos[i] = (uint16*)POSNULL;
-
-
-		dimt = *(uint16*)(pos[i]);
-		post = (WordEntryPos*)(pos[i]+1);
-		for( k=0; k<i; k++ ) {
-			if ( !pos[k] ) continue;
-			lenct = *(uint16*)(pos[k]);
-			ct = (WordEntryPos*)(pos[k]+1);
-			for(l=0; l<dimt; l++) {
-				for(p=0; p<lenct; p++) {
-					dist = abs( post[l].pos - ct[p].pos );
-					if ( dist || (dist==0 && (pos[i]==(uint16*)POSNULL || pos[k]==(uint16*)POSNULL) ) ) {
-						float curw; 
-						if ( !dist ) dist=MAXENTRYPOS;	
-						curw= sqrt( wpos(&(post[l])) * wpos( &(ct[p]) ) * word_distance(dist) );
-						res = ( res < 0 ) ? curw : 1.0 - ( 1.0 - res ) * ( 1.0 - curw );
+			pos[i] = (uint16 *) POSNULL;
+
+
+		dimt = *(uint16 *) (pos[i]);
+		post = (WordEntryPos *) (pos[i] + 1);
+		for (k = 0; k < i; k++)
+		{
+			if (!pos[k])
+				continue;
+			lenct = *(uint16 *) (pos[k]);
+			ct = (WordEntryPos *) (pos[k] + 1);
+			for (l = 0; l < dimt; l++)
+			{
+				for (p = 0; p < lenct; p++)
+				{
+					dist = abs(post[l].pos - ct[p].pos);
+					if (dist || (dist == 0 && (pos[i] == (uint16 *) POSNULL || pos[k] == (uint16 *) POSNULL)))
+					{
+						float		curw;
+
+						if (!dist)
+							dist = MAXENTRYPOS;
+						curw = sqrt(wpos(&(post[l])) * wpos(&(ct[p])) * word_distance(dist));
+						res = (res < 0) ? curw : 1.0 - (1.0 - res) * (1.0 - curw);
 					}
 				}
 			}
 		}
 	}
 	pfree(pos);
-	return res;	
+	return res;
 }
 
 static float
-calc_rank_or(float *w, tsvector *t, QUERYTYPE *q) {
-	WordEntry *entry;
-	WordEntryPos	*post;
-	int4	dimt,j,i;
-	float res=-1.0;
-	ITEM	*item=GETQUERY(q);
-
-	*(uint16*)POSNULL = lengthof(POSNULL)-1;
-
-	for(i=0; i<q->size; i++) {
-		if ( item[i].type != VAL )
+calc_rank_or(float *w, tsvector * t, QUERYTYPE * q)
+{
+	WordEntry  *entry;
+	WordEntryPos *post;
+	int4		dimt,
+				j,
+				i;
+	float		res = -1.0;
+	ITEM	   *item = GETQUERY(q);
+
+	*(uint16 *) POSNULL = lengthof(POSNULL) - 1;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < q->size; i++)
+	{
+		if (item[i].type != VAL)
 			continue;
 
-		entry=find_wordentry(t,q,&(item[i]));
-		if ( !entry )
+		entry = find_wordentry(t, q, &(item[i]));
+		if (!entry)
 			continue;
 
-		if ( entry->haspos ) {
-			dimt = POSDATALEN(t,entry);
-			post = POSDATAPTR(t,entry);
-		} else {
-			dimt = *(uint16*)POSNULL;
-			post = POSNULL+1;
+		if (entry->haspos)
+		{
+			dimt = POSDATALEN(t, entry);
+			post = POSDATAPTR(t, entry);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			dimt = *(uint16 *) POSNULL;
+			post = POSNULL + 1;
 		}
 
-		for(j=0;j<dimt;j++) {
-			if ( res < 0 )
-				res = wpos( &(post[j]) );
+		for (j = 0; j < dimt; j++)
+		{
+			if (res < 0)
+				res = wpos(&(post[j]));
 			else
-				res = 1.0 - ( 1.0-res ) * ( 1.0-wpos( &(post[j]) ) );
+				res = 1.0 - (1.0 - res) * (1.0 - wpos(&(post[j])));
 		}
 	}
 	return res;
 }
 
 static float
-calc_rank(float *w, tsvector *t, QUERYTYPE *q, int4 method) {
-	ITEM *item = GETQUERY(q);
-	float res=0.0;
+calc_rank(float *w, tsvector * t, QUERYTYPE * q, int4 method)
+{
+	ITEM	   *item = GETQUERY(q);
+	float		res = 0.0;
 
 	if (!t->size || !q->size)
 		return 0.0;
 
-	res = ( item->type != VAL && item->val == (int4) '&' ) ?
-		calc_rank_and(w,t,q) : calc_rank_or(w,t,q);
+	res = (item->type != VAL && item->val == (int4) '&') ?
+		calc_rank_and(w, t, q) : calc_rank_or(w, t, q);
 
-	if ( res < 0 )
+	if (res < 0)
 		res = 1e-20;
 
-        switch(method) {
-		case 0: break;
-		case 1: res /= log((float)cnt_length(t)); break;
-		case 2: res /= (float)cnt_length(t); break;
+	switch (method)
+	{
+		case 0:
+			break;
+		case 1:
+			res /= log((float) cnt_length(t));
+			break;
+		case 2:
+			res /= (float) cnt_length(t);
+			break;
 		default:
-		/* internal error */
-		elog(ERROR,"unrecognized normalization method: %d", method);
-        }
+			/* internal error */
+			elog(ERROR, "unrecognized normalization method: %d", method);
+	}
 
 	return res;
 }
 
 Datum
-rank(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
+rank(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
 	ArrayType  *win = (ArrayType *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
-	tsvector	   *txt = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(1));
+	tsvector   *txt = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(1));
 	QUERYTYPE  *query = (QUERYTYPE *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(2));
-	int method=DEF_NORM_METHOD;
-	float res=0.0;
-	float ws[ lengthof(weights) ];
-	int i;
+	int			method = DEF_NORM_METHOD;
+	float		res = 0.0;
+	float		ws[lengthof(weights)];
+	int			i;
 
-	if ( ARR_NDIM(win) != 1 ) 
+	if (ARR_NDIM(win) != 1)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
 				 errmsg("array of weight must be one-dimensional")));
 
-	if ( ARRNELEMS(win) < lengthof(weights) )
+	if (ARRNELEMS(win) < lengthof(weights))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
 				 errmsg("array of weight is too short")));
 
-	for(i=0;i<lengthof(weights);i++) {
-		ws[ i ] = ( ((float4*)ARR_DATA_PTR(win))[i] >= 0 ) ? ((float4*)ARR_DATA_PTR(win))[i] : weights[i];
-		if ( ws[ i ] > 1.0 ) 
+	for (i = 0; i < lengthof(weights); i++)
+	{
+		ws[i] = (((float4 *) ARR_DATA_PTR(win))[i] >= 0) ? ((float4 *) ARR_DATA_PTR(win))[i] : weights[i];
+		if (ws[i] > 1.0)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
 					 errmsg("weight out of range")));
-	} 
+	}
+
+	if (PG_NARGS() == 4)
+		method = PG_GETARG_INT32(3);
 
-	if ( PG_NARGS() == 4 )
-		method=PG_GETARG_INT32(3);
+	res = calc_rank(ws, txt, query, method);
 
-	res=calc_rank(ws, txt, query, method); 
-		
 	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(win, 0);
 	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt, 1);
 	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(query, 2);
@@ -262,108 +302,127 @@ rank(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
 }
 
 Datum
-rank_def(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	tsvector	   *txt = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
+rank_def(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	tsvector   *txt = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
 	QUERYTYPE  *query = (QUERYTYPE *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(1));
-	float res=0.0;
-	int method=DEF_NORM_METHOD;
+	float		res = 0.0;
+	int			method = DEF_NORM_METHOD;
 
-	if ( PG_NARGS() == 3 )
-		method=PG_GETARG_INT32(2);
+	if (PG_NARGS() == 3)
+		method = PG_GETARG_INT32(2);
+
+	res = calc_rank(weights, txt, query, method);
 
-	res=calc_rank(weights, txt, query, method); 
-		
 	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt, 0);
 	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(query, 1);
 	PG_RETURN_FLOAT4(res);
 }
 
 
-typedef struct {
-	ITEM	*item;
-	int32	pos;
-} DocRepresentation;
+typedef struct
+{
+	ITEM	   *item;
+	int32		pos;
+}	DocRepresentation;
 
 static int
-compareDocR(const void *a, const void *b) {
-	if ( ((DocRepresentation *) a)->pos == ((DocRepresentation *) b)->pos )
+compareDocR(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+	if (((DocRepresentation *) a)->pos == ((DocRepresentation *) b)->pos)
 		return 1;
-	return ( ((DocRepresentation *) a)->pos > ((DocRepresentation *) b)->pos ) ? 1 : -1;
+	return (((DocRepresentation *) a)->pos > ((DocRepresentation *) b)->pos) ? 1 : -1;
 }
 
 
-typedef struct {
+typedef struct
+{
 	DocRepresentation *doc;
-	int len;
+	int			len;
 }	ChkDocR;
 
 static bool
-checkcondition_DR(void *checkval, ITEM *val) {
-	DocRepresentation *ptr = ((ChkDocR*)checkval)->doc;
+checkcondition_DR(void *checkval, ITEM * val)
+{
+	DocRepresentation *ptr = ((ChkDocR *) checkval)->doc;
 
-	while( ptr - ((ChkDocR*)checkval)->doc < ((ChkDocR*)checkval)->len ) {
-		if ( val == ptr->item )
+	while (ptr - ((ChkDocR *) checkval)->doc < ((ChkDocR *) checkval)->len)
+	{
+		if (val == ptr->item)
 			return true;
 		ptr++;
-	}	
+	}
 
 	return false;
 }
 
 
 static bool
-Cover(DocRepresentation *doc, int len, QUERYTYPE *query, int *pos, int *p, int *q) {
-	int i;
-	DocRepresentation	*ptr,*f=(DocRepresentation*)0xffffffff;
-	ITEM	*item=GETQUERY(query);
-	int lastpos=*pos;
-	int oldq=*q;
-
-	*p=0x7fffffff;
-	*q=0;
-
-	for(i=0; i<query->size; i++) {
-		if ( item->type != VAL ) {
+Cover(DocRepresentation * doc, int len, QUERYTYPE * query, int *pos, int *p, int *q)
+{
+	int			i;
+	DocRepresentation *ptr,
+			   *f = (DocRepresentation *) 0xffffffff;
+	ITEM	   *item = GETQUERY(query);
+	int			lastpos = *pos;
+	int			oldq = *q;
+
+	*p = 0x7fffffff;
+	*q = 0;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < query->size; i++)
+	{
+		if (item->type != VAL)
+		{
 			item++;
 			continue;
 		}
 		ptr = doc + *pos;
 
-		while(ptr-doc<len) {
-			if ( ptr->item == item ) {
-				if ( ptr->pos > *q ) {
+		while (ptr - doc < len)
+		{
+			if (ptr->item == item)
+			{
+				if (ptr->pos > *q)
+				{
 					*q = ptr->pos;
-					lastpos= ptr - doc;
-				} 
+					lastpos = ptr - doc;
+				}
 				break;
-			} 
+			}
 			ptr++;
 		}
 
 		item++;
 	}
 
-	if (*q==0 )
+	if (*q == 0)
 		return false;
 
-	if (*q==oldq) { /* already check this pos */
+	if (*q == oldq)
+	{							/* already check this pos */
 		(*pos)++;
-		return Cover(doc, len, query, pos,p,q);
-	} 
+		return Cover(doc, len, query, pos, p, q);
+	}
 
-	item=GETQUERY(query);
-	for(i=0; i<query->size; i++) {
-		if ( item->type != VAL ) {
+	item = GETQUERY(query);
+	for (i = 0; i < query->size; i++)
+	{
+		if (item->type != VAL)
+		{
 			item++;
 			continue;
 		}
 		ptr = doc + lastpos;
 
-		while(ptr>=doc+*pos) {
-			if ( ptr->item == item ) {
-				if ( ptr->pos < *p ) {
+		while (ptr >= doc + *pos)
+		{
+			if (ptr->item == item)
+			{
+				if (ptr->pos < *p)
+				{
 					*p = ptr->pos;
-					f=ptr;
+					f = ptr;
 				}
 				break;
 			}
@@ -371,106 +430,135 @@ Cover(DocRepresentation *doc, int len, QUERYTYPE *query, int *pos, int *p, int *
 		}
 		item++;
 	}
- 
-	if ( *p<=*q ) {
-		ChkDocR	ch = { f, (doc + lastpos)-f+1 };
-		*pos = f-doc+1;
-		if ( TS_execute(GETQUERY(query), &ch, false, checkcondition_DR) ) { 
- /*elog(NOTICE,"OP:%d NP:%d P:%d Q:%d", *pos, lastpos, *p, *q);*/ 
+
+	if (*p <= *q)
+	{
+		ChkDocR		ch = {f, (doc + lastpos) - f + 1};
+
+		*pos = f - doc + 1;
+		if (TS_execute(GETQUERY(query), &ch, false, checkcondition_DR))
+		{
+			/*
+			 * elog(NOTICE,"OP:%d NP:%d P:%d Q:%d", *pos, lastpos, *p,
+			 * *q);
+			 */
 			return true;
-		} else
-			return Cover(doc, len, query, pos,p,q); 
+		}
+		else
+			return Cover(doc, len, query, pos, p, q);
 	}
- 
+
 	return false;
 }
 
-static DocRepresentation*
-get_docrep(tsvector     *txt, QUERYTYPE  *query, int *doclen) {
-	ITEM    *item=GETQUERY(query);
-	WordEntry *entry;
-	WordEntryPos    *post;
-	int4	dimt,j,i;
-	int len=query->size*4,cur=0;
+static DocRepresentation *
+get_docrep(tsvector * txt, QUERYTYPE * query, int *doclen)
+{
+	ITEM	   *item = GETQUERY(query);
+	WordEntry  *entry;
+	WordEntryPos *post;
+	int4		dimt,
+				j,
+				i;
+	int			len = query->size * 4,
+				cur = 0;
 	DocRepresentation *doc;
 
-	*(uint16*)POSNULL = lengthof(POSNULL)-1;
-	doc = (DocRepresentation*)palloc(sizeof(DocRepresentation)*len);
-	for(i=0; i<query->size; i++) {
-		if ( item[i].type != VAL )
+	*(uint16 *) POSNULL = lengthof(POSNULL) - 1;
+	doc = (DocRepresentation *) palloc(sizeof(DocRepresentation) * len);
+	for (i = 0; i < query->size; i++)
+	{
+		if (item[i].type != VAL)
 			continue;
 
-		entry=find_wordentry(txt,query,&(item[i]));
-		if ( !entry )
+		entry = find_wordentry(txt, query, &(item[i]));
+		if (!entry)
 			continue;
 
-		if ( entry->haspos ) {
-			dimt = POSDATALEN(txt,entry);
-			post = POSDATAPTR(txt,entry);
-		} else {
-			dimt = *(uint16*)POSNULL;
-			post = POSNULL+1;
+		if (entry->haspos)
+		{
+			dimt = POSDATALEN(txt, entry);
+			post = POSDATAPTR(txt, entry);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			dimt = *(uint16 *) POSNULL;
+			post = POSNULL + 1;
 		}
 
-		while( cur+dimt >= len ) {
-			len*=2;
-			doc = (DocRepresentation*)repalloc(doc,sizeof(DocRepresentation)*len);
+		while (cur + dimt >= len)
+		{
+			len *= 2;
+			doc = (DocRepresentation *) repalloc(doc, sizeof(DocRepresentation) * len);
 		}
 
-		for(j=0;j<dimt;j++) {
-			doc[cur].item=&(item[i]);
-			doc[cur].pos=post[j].pos;
+		for (j = 0; j < dimt; j++)
+		{
+			doc[cur].item = &(item[i]);
+			doc[cur].pos = post[j].pos;
 			cur++;
 		}
 	}
 
-	*doclen=cur;
-	
-	if ( cur>0 ) {
-		if ( cur>1 ) 
+	*doclen = cur;
+
+	if (cur > 0)
+	{
+		if (cur > 1)
 			qsort((void *) doc, cur, sizeof(DocRepresentation), compareDocR);
 		return doc;
 	}
-	
+
 	pfree(doc);
 	return NULL;
 }
 
 
 Datum
-rank_cd(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	int K = PG_GETARG_INT32(0);
-	tsvector	   *txt = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(1));
+rank_cd(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	int			K = PG_GETARG_INT32(0);
+	tsvector   *txt = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(1));
 	QUERYTYPE  *query = (QUERYTYPE *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(2));
-	int method=DEF_NORM_METHOD;
-	DocRepresentation	*doc;
-	float	res=0.0;
-	int p=0,q=0,len,cur;
+	int			method = DEF_NORM_METHOD;
+	DocRepresentation *doc;
+	float		res = 0.0;
+	int			p = 0,
+				q = 0,
+				len,
+				cur;
 
 	doc = get_docrep(txt, query, &len);
-	if ( !doc ) {
+	if (!doc)
+	{
 		PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt, 1);
 		PG_FREE_IF_COPY(query, 2);
 		PG_RETURN_FLOAT4(0.0);
 	}
 
-	cur=0;
-	if (K<=0)
-		K=4;	
-	while( Cover(doc, len, query, &cur, &p, &q) ) 
-		res += ( q-p+1 > K ) ? ((float)K)/((float)(q-p+1)) : 1.0;
-
-	if ( PG_NARGS() == 4 )
-		method=PG_GETARG_INT32(3);
-
-        switch(method) {
-		case 0: break;
-		case 1: res /= log((float)cnt_length(txt)); break;
-		case 2: res /= (float)cnt_length(txt); break;
+	cur = 0;
+	if (K <= 0)
+		K = 4;
+	while (Cover(doc, len, query, &cur, &p, &q))
+		res += (q - p + 1 > K) ? ((float) K) / ((float) (q - p + 1)) : 1.0;
+
+	if (PG_NARGS() == 4)
+		method = PG_GETARG_INT32(3);
+
+	switch (method)
+	{
+		case 0:
+			break;
+		case 1:
+			res /= log((float) cnt_length(txt));
+			break;
+		case 2:
+			res /= (float) cnt_length(txt);
+			break;
 		default:
-		/* internal error */
-		elog(ERROR,"unrecognized normalization method: %d", method);
-        }
+			/* internal error */
+			elog(ERROR, "unrecognized normalization method: %d", method);
+	}
 
 	pfree(doc);
 	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt, 1);
@@ -481,120 +569,141 @@ rank_cd(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
 
 
 Datum
-rank_cd_def(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	PG_RETURN_DATUM( DirectFunctionCall4(	
-		rank_cd,
-		Int32GetDatum(-1),
-		PG_GETARG_DATUM(0),
-		PG_GETARG_DATUM(1),
-		( PG_NARGS() == 3 ) ? PG_GETARG_DATUM(2) : Int32GetDatum(DEF_NORM_METHOD)
-	)); 
+rank_cd_def(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	PG_RETURN_DATUM(DirectFunctionCall4(
+										rank_cd,
+										Int32GetDatum(-1),
+										PG_GETARG_DATUM(0),
+										PG_GETARG_DATUM(1),
+										(PG_NARGS() == 3) ? PG_GETARG_DATUM(2) : Int32GetDatum(DEF_NORM_METHOD)
+										));
 }
 
 /**************debug*************/
 
-typedef struct {
-	char	*w;
-	int2	len;
-	int2	pos;
-	int2	start;
-	int2	finish;
-} DocWord;
+typedef struct
+{
+	char	   *w;
+	int2		len;
+	int2		pos;
+	int2		start;
+	int2		finish;
+}	DocWord;
 
 static int
-compareDocWord(const void *a, const void *b) {
-	if ( ((DocWord *) a)->pos == ((DocWord *) b)->pos )
+compareDocWord(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+	if (((DocWord *) a)->pos == ((DocWord *) b)->pos)
 		return 1;
-	return ( ((DocWord *) a)->pos > ((DocWord *) b)->pos ) ? 1 : -1;
+	return (((DocWord *) a)->pos > ((DocWord *) b)->pos) ? 1 : -1;
 }
 
 
-Datum 
-get_covers(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	tsvector     *txt = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
+Datum
+get_covers(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	tsvector   *txt = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
 	QUERYTYPE  *query = (QUERYTYPE *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(1));
-	WordEntry       *pptr=ARRPTR(txt);
-	int i,dlen=0,j,cur=0,len=0,rlen;
-	DocWord	*dw,*dwptr;
-	text	*out;
-	char *cptr;
+	WordEntry  *pptr = ARRPTR(txt);
+	int			i,
+				dlen = 0,
+				j,
+				cur = 0,
+				len = 0,
+				rlen;
+	DocWord    *dw,
+			   *dwptr;
+	text	   *out;
+	char	   *cptr;
 	DocRepresentation *doc;
-	int pos=0,p,q,olddwpos=0;
-	int ncover=1;
+	int			pos = 0,
+				p,
+				q,
+				olddwpos = 0;
+	int			ncover = 1;
 
 	doc = get_docrep(txt, query, &rlen);
 
-	if ( !doc ) {
-		out=palloc(VARHDRSZ);
+	if (!doc)
+	{
+		out = palloc(VARHDRSZ);
 		VARATT_SIZEP(out) = VARHDRSZ;
-		PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt,0);
-		PG_FREE_IF_COPY(query,1);
+		PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt, 0);
+		PG_FREE_IF_COPY(query, 1);
 		PG_RETURN_POINTER(out);
 	}
 
-	for(i=0;i<txt->size;i++) {
+	for (i = 0; i < txt->size; i++)
+	{
 		if (!pptr[i].haspos)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
 					 errmsg("no pos info")));
-		 dlen += POSDATALEN(txt,&(pptr[i]));
+		dlen += POSDATALEN(txt, &(pptr[i]));
 	}
 
-	dwptr=dw=palloc(sizeof(DocWord)*dlen);
-	memset(dw,0,sizeof(DocWord)*dlen);
+	dwptr = dw = palloc(sizeof(DocWord) * dlen);
+	memset(dw, 0, sizeof(DocWord) * dlen);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < txt->size; i++)
+	{
+		WordEntryPos *posdata = POSDATAPTR(txt, &(pptr[i]));
 
-	for(i=0;i<txt->size;i++) {
-		WordEntryPos    *posdata = POSDATAPTR(txt,&(pptr[i]));
-		for(j=0;j<POSDATALEN(txt,&(pptr[i]));j++) {
-			dw[cur].w=STRPTR(txt)+pptr[i].pos;	
-			dw[cur].len=pptr[i].len;	
-			dw[cur].pos=posdata[j].pos;
+		for (j = 0; j < POSDATALEN(txt, &(pptr[i])); j++)
+		{
+			dw[cur].w = STRPTR(txt) + pptr[i].pos;
+			dw[cur].len = pptr[i].len;
+			dw[cur].pos = posdata[j].pos;
 			cur++;
 		}
-		len+=(pptr[i].len + 1) * (int)POSDATALEN(txt,&(pptr[i]));
+		len += (pptr[i].len + 1) * (int) POSDATALEN(txt, &(pptr[i]));
 	}
 	qsort((void *) dw, dlen, sizeof(DocWord), compareDocWord);
 
-	while( Cover(doc, rlen, query, &pos, &p, &q) ) {
-		dwptr=dw+olddwpos;
-		while(dwptr->pos < p && dwptr-dw<dlen)
+	while (Cover(doc, rlen, query, &pos, &p, &q))
+	{
+		dwptr = dw + olddwpos;
+		while (dwptr->pos < p && dwptr - dw < dlen)
 			dwptr++;
-		olddwpos=dwptr-dw;
-		dwptr->start=ncover;
-		while(dwptr->pos < q+1 && dwptr-dw<dlen)
+		olddwpos = dwptr - dw;
+		dwptr->start = ncover;
+		while (dwptr->pos < q + 1 && dwptr - dw < dlen)
 			dwptr++;
-		(dwptr-1)->finish=ncover;
-		len+= 4 /* {}+two spaces */ + 2*16 /*numbers*/;
-		ncover++; 
-	} 
-	
-	out=palloc(VARHDRSZ+len);
-	cptr=((char*)out)+VARHDRSZ;
-	dwptr=dw;
-
-	while( dwptr-dw < dlen) {
-		if ( dwptr->start ) {
-			sprintf(cptr,"{%d ",dwptr->start);
-			cptr=strchr(cptr,'\0');
+		(dwptr - 1)->finish = ncover;
+		len += 4 /* {}+two spaces */ + 2 * 16 /* numbers */ ;
+		ncover++;
+	}
+
+	out = palloc(VARHDRSZ + len);
+	cptr = ((char *) out) + VARHDRSZ;
+	dwptr = dw;
+
+	while (dwptr - dw < dlen)
+	{
+		if (dwptr->start)
+		{
+			sprintf(cptr, "{%d ", dwptr->start);
+			cptr = strchr(cptr, '\0');
 		}
-		memcpy(cptr,dwptr->w,dwptr->len);
-		cptr+=dwptr->len;
-		*cptr=' ';
+		memcpy(cptr, dwptr->w, dwptr->len);
+		cptr += dwptr->len;
+		*cptr = ' ';
 		cptr++;
-		if ( dwptr->finish ) { 
-			sprintf(cptr,"}%d ",dwptr->finish);
-			cptr=strchr(cptr,'\0');
+		if (dwptr->finish)
+		{
+			sprintf(cptr, "}%d ", dwptr->finish);
+			cptr = strchr(cptr, '\0');
 		}
 		dwptr++;
-	}	
+	}
+
+	VARATT_SIZEP(out) = cptr - ((char *) out);
 
-	VARATT_SIZEP(out) = cptr - ((char*)out);
-	
 	pfree(dw);
 	pfree(doc);
 
-	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt,0);
-	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(query,1);
+	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt, 0);
+	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(query, 1);
 	PG_RETURN_POINTER(out);
 }
-
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/snmap.c b/contrib/tsearch2/snmap.c
index 023c9eb5f9f..2cd3f53e497 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/snmap.c
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/snmap.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* 
+/*
  * simple but fast map from str to Oid
  * Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
  */
@@ -11,69 +11,85 @@
 #include "common.h"
 
 static int
-compareSNMapEntry(const void *a, const void *b) {
-	return strcmp( ((SNMapEntry*)a)->key, ((SNMapEntry*)b)->key );
+compareSNMapEntry(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+	return strcmp(((SNMapEntry *) a)->key, ((SNMapEntry *) b)->key);
 }
 
-void 
-addSNMap( SNMap *map, char *key, Oid value ) {
-	if (map->len>=map->reallen) {
+void
+addSNMap(SNMap * map, char *key, Oid value)
+{
+	if (map->len >= map->reallen)
+	{
 		SNMapEntry *tmp;
-		int len = (map->reallen) ? 2*map->reallen : 16;
-		tmp=(SNMapEntry*)realloc(map->list, sizeof(SNMapEntry) * len);
-		if ( !tmp )
+		int			len = (map->reallen) ? 2 * map->reallen : 16;
+
+		tmp = (SNMapEntry *) realloc(map->list, sizeof(SNMapEntry) * len);
+		if (!tmp)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
 					 errmsg("out of memory")));
-		map->reallen=len;
-		map->list=tmp;
+		map->reallen = len;
+		map->list = tmp;
 	}
-	map->list[ map->len ].key = strdup(key);
-	if ( ! map->list[ map->len ].key )
+	map->list[map->len].key = strdup(key);
+	if (!map->list[map->len].key)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
 				 errmsg("out of memory")));
-	map->list[ map->len ].value=value;
+	map->list[map->len].value = value;
 	map->len++;
-	if ( map->len>1 ) qsort(map->list, map->len, sizeof(SNMapEntry), compareSNMapEntry);
+	if (map->len > 1)
+		qsort(map->list, map->len, sizeof(SNMapEntry), compareSNMapEntry);
 }
 
-void 
-addSNMap_t( SNMap *map, text *key, Oid value ) {
-	char *k=text2char( key );
+void
+addSNMap_t(SNMap * map, text *key, Oid value)
+{
+	char	   *k = text2char(key);
+
 	addSNMap(map, k, value);
 	pfree(k);
 }
 
-Oid 
-findSNMap( SNMap *map, char *key ) {
+Oid
+findSNMap(SNMap * map, char *key)
+{
 	SNMapEntry *ptr;
-	SNMapEntry ks = {key, 0};
-	if ( map->len==0 || !map->list )
-		return 0;	
-	ptr = (SNMapEntry*) bsearch(&ks, map->list, map->len, sizeof(SNMapEntry), compareSNMapEntry);
+	SNMapEntry	ks = {key, 0};
+
+	if (map->len == 0 || !map->list)
+		return 0;
+	ptr = (SNMapEntry *) bsearch(&ks, map->list, map->len, sizeof(SNMapEntry), compareSNMapEntry);
 	return (ptr) ? ptr->value : 0;
 }
 
-Oid  
-findSNMap_t( SNMap *map, text *key ) {
-	char *k=text2char(key);
-	int res;
-	res= findSNMap(map, k);
+Oid
+findSNMap_t(SNMap * map, text *key)
+{
+	char	   *k = text2char(key);
+	int			res;
+
+	res = findSNMap(map, k);
 	pfree(k);
 	return res;
 }
 
-void freeSNMap( SNMap *map ) {
-	SNMapEntry *entry=map->list;
-	if ( map->list ) {
-		while( map->len ) {
-			if ( entry->key ) free(entry->key);
-			entry++; map->len--;
+void
+freeSNMap(SNMap * map)
+{
+	SNMapEntry *entry = map->list;
+
+	if (map->list)
+	{
+		while (map->len)
+		{
+			if (entry->key)
+				free(entry->key);
+			entry++;
+			map->len--;
 		}
-		free( map->list );
+		free(map->list);
 	}
-	memset(map,0,sizeof(SNMap));
+	memset(map, 0, sizeof(SNMap));
 }
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/snmap.h b/contrib/tsearch2/snmap.h
index b4856019c9e..ae188b66a4c 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/snmap.h
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/snmap.h
@@ -3,21 +3,23 @@
 
 #include "postgres.h"
 
-typedef struct {
-	char	*key;
-	Oid	value;
-} SNMapEntry;
+typedef struct
+{
+	char	   *key;
+	Oid			value;
+}	SNMapEntry;
 
-typedef struct {
-	int len;
-	int reallen;
-	SNMapEntry	*list;
-} SNMap;
+typedef struct
+{
+	int			len;
+	int			reallen;
+	SNMapEntry *list;
+}	SNMap;
 
-void addSNMap( SNMap *map, char *key, Oid value );
-void addSNMap_t( SNMap *map, text *key, Oid value );
-Oid findSNMap( SNMap *map, char *key );
-Oid findSNMap_t( SNMap *map, text *key );
-void freeSNMap( SNMap *map );
+void		addSNMap(SNMap * map, char *key, Oid value);
+void		addSNMap_t(SNMap * map, text *key, Oid value);
+Oid			findSNMap(SNMap * map, char *key);
+Oid			findSNMap_t(SNMap * map, text *key);
+void		freeSNMap(SNMap * map);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/api.c b/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/api.c
index 27bf31a588e..5cbf37d73bf 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/api.c
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/api.c
@@ -2,48 +2,64 @@
 
 #include "header.h"
 
-extern struct SN_env * SN_create_env(int S_size, int I_size, int B_size)
-{   struct SN_env * z = (struct SN_env *) calloc(1, sizeof(struct SN_env));
-    z->p = create_s();
-    if (S_size)
-    {   z->S = (symbol * *) calloc(S_size, sizeof(symbol *));
-        {   int i;
-            for (i = 0; i < S_size; i++) z->S[i] = create_s();
-        }
-        z->S_size = S_size;
-    }
-
-    if (I_size)
-    {   z->I = (int *) calloc(I_size, sizeof(int));
-        z->I_size = I_size;
-    }
-
-    if (B_size)
-    {   z->B = (symbol *) calloc(B_size, sizeof(symbol));
-        z->B_size = B_size;
-    }
-
-    return z;
+extern struct SN_env *
+SN_create_env(int S_size, int I_size, int B_size)
+{
+	struct SN_env *z = (struct SN_env *) calloc(1, sizeof(struct SN_env));
+
+	z->p = create_s();
+	if (S_size)
+	{
+		z->S = (symbol * *) calloc(S_size, sizeof(symbol *));
+		{
+			int			i;
+
+			for (i = 0; i < S_size; i++)
+				z->S[i] = create_s();
+		}
+		z->S_size = S_size;
+	}
+
+	if (I_size)
+	{
+		z->I = (int *) calloc(I_size, sizeof(int));
+		z->I_size = I_size;
+	}
+
+	if (B_size)
+	{
+		z->B = (symbol *) calloc(B_size, sizeof(symbol));
+		z->B_size = B_size;
+	}
+
+	return z;
 }
 
-extern void SN_close_env(struct SN_env * z)
+extern void
+SN_close_env(struct SN_env * z)
 {
-    if (z->S_size)
-    {
-        {   int i;
-            for (i = 0; i < z->S_size; i++) lose_s(z->S[i]);
-        }
-        free(z->S);
-    }
-    if (z->I_size) free(z->I);
-    if (z->B_size) free(z->B);
-    if (z->p) lose_s(z->p);
-    free(z);
+	if (z->S_size)
+	{
+		{
+			int			i;
+
+			for (i = 0; i < z->S_size; i++)
+				lose_s(z->S[i]);
+		}
+		free(z->S);
+	}
+	if (z->I_size)
+		free(z->I);
+	if (z->B_size)
+		free(z->B);
+	if (z->p)
+		lose_s(z->p);
+	free(z);
 }
 
-extern void SN_set_current(struct SN_env * z, int size, const symbol * s)
+extern void
+SN_set_current(struct SN_env * z, int size, const symbol * s)
 {
-    replace_s(z, 0, z->l, size, s);
-    z->c = 0;
+	replace_s(z, 0, z->l, size, s);
+	z->c = 0;
 }
-
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/api.h b/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/api.h
index 3e8b6e18517..efad537b9e8 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/api.h
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/api.h
@@ -11,17 +11,24 @@ typedef unsigned char symbol;
 
 */
 
-struct SN_env {
-    symbol * p;
-    int c; int a; int l; int lb; int bra; int ket;
-    int S_size; int I_size; int B_size;
-    symbol * * S;
-    int * I;
-    symbol * B;
+struct SN_env
+{
+	symbol	   *p;
+	int			c;
+	int			a;
+	int			l;
+	int			lb;
+	int			bra;
+	int			ket;
+	int			S_size;
+	int			I_size;
+	int			B_size;
+	symbol	   **S;
+	int		   *I;
+	symbol	   *B;
 };
 
-extern struct SN_env * SN_create_env(int S_size, int I_size, int B_size);
+extern struct SN_env *SN_create_env(int S_size, int I_size, int B_size);
 extern void SN_close_env(struct SN_env * z);
 
 extern void SN_set_current(struct SN_env * z, int size, const symbol * s);
-
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/english_stem.c b/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/english_stem.c
index f6ceb5c576f..310eddf97d8 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/english_stem.c
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/english_stem.c
@@ -3,891 +3,1103 @@
 
 #include "header.h"
 
-extern int english_stem(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_exception2(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_exception1(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_Step_5(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_Step_4(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_Step_3(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_Step_2(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_Step_1c(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_Step_1b(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_Step_1a(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_R2(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_R1(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_shortv(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_mark_regions(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_postlude(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_prelude(struct SN_env * z);
-
-extern struct SN_env * english_create_env(void);
+extern int	english_stem(struct SN_env * z);
+static int	r_exception2(struct SN_env * z);
+static int	r_exception1(struct SN_env * z);
+static int	r_Step_5(struct SN_env * z);
+static int	r_Step_4(struct SN_env * z);
+static int	r_Step_3(struct SN_env * z);
+static int	r_Step_2(struct SN_env * z);
+static int	r_Step_1c(struct SN_env * z);
+static int	r_Step_1b(struct SN_env * z);
+static int	r_Step_1a(struct SN_env * z);
+static int	r_R2(struct SN_env * z);
+static int	r_R1(struct SN_env * z);
+static int	r_shortv(struct SN_env * z);
+static int	r_mark_regions(struct SN_env * z);
+static int	r_postlude(struct SN_env * z);
+static int	r_prelude(struct SN_env * z);
+
+extern struct SN_env *english_create_env(void);
 extern void english_close_env(struct SN_env * z);
 
-static symbol s_0_0[5] = { 'g', 'e', 'n', 'e', 'r' };
+static symbol s_0_0[5] = {'g', 'e', 'n', 'e', 'r'};
 
 static struct among a_0[1] =
 {
-/*  0 */ { 5, s_0_0, -1, -1, 0}
+	 /*  0 */ {5, s_0_0, -1, -1, 0}
 };
 
-static symbol s_1_0[3] = { 'i', 'e', 'd' };
-static symbol s_1_1[1] = { 's' };
-static symbol s_1_2[3] = { 'i', 'e', 's' };
-static symbol s_1_3[4] = { 's', 's', 'e', 's' };
-static symbol s_1_4[2] = { 's', 's' };
-static symbol s_1_5[2] = { 'u', 's' };
+static symbol s_1_0[3] = {'i', 'e', 'd'};
+static symbol s_1_1[1] = {'s'};
+static symbol s_1_2[3] = {'i', 'e', 's'};
+static symbol s_1_3[4] = {'s', 's', 'e', 's'};
+static symbol s_1_4[2] = {'s', 's'};
+static symbol s_1_5[2] = {'u', 's'};
 
 static struct among a_1[6] =
 {
-/*  0 */ { 3, s_1_0, -1, 2, 0},
-/*  1 */ { 1, s_1_1, -1, 3, 0},
-/*  2 */ { 3, s_1_2, 1, 2, 0},
-/*  3 */ { 4, s_1_3, 1, 1, 0},
-/*  4 */ { 2, s_1_4, 1, -1, 0},
-/*  5 */ { 2, s_1_5, 1, -1, 0}
+	 /*  0 */ {3, s_1_0, -1, 2, 0},
+	 /*  1 */ {1, s_1_1, -1, 3, 0},
+	 /*  2 */ {3, s_1_2, 1, 2, 0},
+	 /*  3 */ {4, s_1_3, 1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  4 */ {2, s_1_4, 1, -1, 0},
+	 /*  5 */ {2, s_1_5, 1, -1, 0}
 };
 
-static symbol s_2_1[2] = { 'b', 'b' };
-static symbol s_2_2[2] = { 'd', 'd' };
-static symbol s_2_3[2] = { 'f', 'f' };
-static symbol s_2_4[2] = { 'g', 'g' };
-static symbol s_2_5[2] = { 'b', 'l' };
-static symbol s_2_6[2] = { 'm', 'm' };
-static symbol s_2_7[2] = { 'n', 'n' };
-static symbol s_2_8[2] = { 'p', 'p' };
-static symbol s_2_9[2] = { 'r', 'r' };
-static symbol s_2_10[2] = { 'a', 't' };
-static symbol s_2_11[2] = { 't', 't' };
-static symbol s_2_12[2] = { 'i', 'z' };
+static symbol s_2_1[2] = {'b', 'b'};
+static symbol s_2_2[2] = {'d', 'd'};
+static symbol s_2_3[2] = {'f', 'f'};
+static symbol s_2_4[2] = {'g', 'g'};
+static symbol s_2_5[2] = {'b', 'l'};
+static symbol s_2_6[2] = {'m', 'm'};
+static symbol s_2_7[2] = {'n', 'n'};
+static symbol s_2_8[2] = {'p', 'p'};
+static symbol s_2_9[2] = {'r', 'r'};
+static symbol s_2_10[2] = {'a', 't'};
+static symbol s_2_11[2] = {'t', 't'};
+static symbol s_2_12[2] = {'i', 'z'};
 
 static struct among a_2[13] =
 {
-/*  0 */ { 0, 0, -1, 3, 0},
-/*  1 */ { 2, s_2_1, 0, 2, 0},
-/*  2 */ { 2, s_2_2, 0, 2, 0},
-/*  3 */ { 2, s_2_3, 0, 2, 0},
-/*  4 */ { 2, s_2_4, 0, 2, 0},
-/*  5 */ { 2, s_2_5, 0, 1, 0},
-/*  6 */ { 2, s_2_6, 0, 2, 0},
-/*  7 */ { 2, s_2_7, 0, 2, 0},
-/*  8 */ { 2, s_2_8, 0, 2, 0},
-/*  9 */ { 2, s_2_9, 0, 2, 0},
-/* 10 */ { 2, s_2_10, 0, 1, 0},
-/* 11 */ { 2, s_2_11, 0, 2, 0},
-/* 12 */ { 2, s_2_12, 0, 1, 0}
+	 /*  0 */ {0, 0, -1, 3, 0},
+	 /*  1 */ {2, s_2_1, 0, 2, 0},
+	 /*  2 */ {2, s_2_2, 0, 2, 0},
+	 /*  3 */ {2, s_2_3, 0, 2, 0},
+	 /*  4 */ {2, s_2_4, 0, 2, 0},
+	 /*  5 */ {2, s_2_5, 0, 1, 0},
+	 /*  6 */ {2, s_2_6, 0, 2, 0},
+	 /*  7 */ {2, s_2_7, 0, 2, 0},
+	 /*  8 */ {2, s_2_8, 0, 2, 0},
+	 /*  9 */ {2, s_2_9, 0, 2, 0},
+	 /* 10 */ {2, s_2_10, 0, 1, 0},
+	 /* 11 */ {2, s_2_11, 0, 2, 0},
+	 /* 12 */ {2, s_2_12, 0, 1, 0}
 };
 
-static symbol s_3_0[2] = { 'e', 'd' };
-static symbol s_3_1[3] = { 'e', 'e', 'd' };
-static symbol s_3_2[3] = { 'i', 'n', 'g' };
-static symbol s_3_3[4] = { 'e', 'd', 'l', 'y' };
-static symbol s_3_4[5] = { 'e', 'e', 'd', 'l', 'y' };
-static symbol s_3_5[5] = { 'i', 'n', 'g', 'l', 'y' };
+static symbol s_3_0[2] = {'e', 'd'};
+static symbol s_3_1[3] = {'e', 'e', 'd'};
+static symbol s_3_2[3] = {'i', 'n', 'g'};
+static symbol s_3_3[4] = {'e', 'd', 'l', 'y'};
+static symbol s_3_4[5] = {'e', 'e', 'd', 'l', 'y'};
+static symbol s_3_5[5] = {'i', 'n', 'g', 'l', 'y'};
 
 static struct among a_3[6] =
 {
-/*  0 */ { 2, s_3_0, -1, 2, 0},
-/*  1 */ { 3, s_3_1, 0, 1, 0},
-/*  2 */ { 3, s_3_2, -1, 2, 0},
-/*  3 */ { 4, s_3_3, -1, 2, 0},
-/*  4 */ { 5, s_3_4, 3, 1, 0},
-/*  5 */ { 5, s_3_5, -1, 2, 0}
+	 /*  0 */ {2, s_3_0, -1, 2, 0},
+	 /*  1 */ {3, s_3_1, 0, 1, 0},
+	 /*  2 */ {3, s_3_2, -1, 2, 0},
+	 /*  3 */ {4, s_3_3, -1, 2, 0},
+	 /*  4 */ {5, s_3_4, 3, 1, 0},
+	 /*  5 */ {5, s_3_5, -1, 2, 0}
 };
 
-static symbol s_4_0[4] = { 'a', 'n', 'c', 'i' };
-static symbol s_4_1[4] = { 'e', 'n', 'c', 'i' };
-static symbol s_4_2[3] = { 'o', 'g', 'i' };
-static symbol s_4_3[2] = { 'l', 'i' };
-static symbol s_4_4[3] = { 'b', 'l', 'i' };
-static symbol s_4_5[4] = { 'a', 'b', 'l', 'i' };
-static symbol s_4_6[4] = { 'a', 'l', 'l', 'i' };
-static symbol s_4_7[5] = { 'f', 'u', 'l', 'l', 'i' };
-static symbol s_4_8[6] = { 'l', 'e', 's', 's', 'l', 'i' };
-static symbol s_4_9[5] = { 'o', 'u', 's', 'l', 'i' };
-static symbol s_4_10[5] = { 'e', 'n', 't', 'l', 'i' };
-static symbol s_4_11[5] = { 'a', 'l', 'i', 't', 'i' };
-static symbol s_4_12[6] = { 'b', 'i', 'l', 'i', 't', 'i' };
-static symbol s_4_13[5] = { 'i', 'v', 'i', 't', 'i' };
-static symbol s_4_14[6] = { 't', 'i', 'o', 'n', 'a', 'l' };
-static symbol s_4_15[7] = { 'a', 't', 'i', 'o', 'n', 'a', 'l' };
-static symbol s_4_16[5] = { 'a', 'l', 'i', 's', 'm' };
-static symbol s_4_17[5] = { 'a', 't', 'i', 'o', 'n' };
-static symbol s_4_18[7] = { 'i', 'z', 'a', 't', 'i', 'o', 'n' };
-static symbol s_4_19[4] = { 'i', 'z', 'e', 'r' };
-static symbol s_4_20[4] = { 'a', 't', 'o', 'r' };
-static symbol s_4_21[7] = { 'i', 'v', 'e', 'n', 'e', 's', 's' };
-static symbol s_4_22[7] = { 'f', 'u', 'l', 'n', 'e', 's', 's' };
-static symbol s_4_23[7] = { 'o', 'u', 's', 'n', 'e', 's', 's' };
+static symbol s_4_0[4] = {'a', 'n', 'c', 'i'};
+static symbol s_4_1[4] = {'e', 'n', 'c', 'i'};
+static symbol s_4_2[3] = {'o', 'g', 'i'};
+static symbol s_4_3[2] = {'l', 'i'};
+static symbol s_4_4[3] = {'b', 'l', 'i'};
+static symbol s_4_5[4] = {'a', 'b', 'l', 'i'};
+static symbol s_4_6[4] = {'a', 'l', 'l', 'i'};
+static symbol s_4_7[5] = {'f', 'u', 'l', 'l', 'i'};
+static symbol s_4_8[6] = {'l', 'e', 's', 's', 'l', 'i'};
+static symbol s_4_9[5] = {'o', 'u', 's', 'l', 'i'};
+static symbol s_4_10[5] = {'e', 'n', 't', 'l', 'i'};
+static symbol s_4_11[5] = {'a', 'l', 'i', 't', 'i'};
+static symbol s_4_12[6] = {'b', 'i', 'l', 'i', 't', 'i'};
+static symbol s_4_13[5] = {'i', 'v', 'i', 't', 'i'};
+static symbol s_4_14[6] = {'t', 'i', 'o', 'n', 'a', 'l'};
+static symbol s_4_15[7] = {'a', 't', 'i', 'o', 'n', 'a', 'l'};
+static symbol s_4_16[5] = {'a', 'l', 'i', 's', 'm'};
+static symbol s_4_17[5] = {'a', 't', 'i', 'o', 'n'};
+static symbol s_4_18[7] = {'i', 'z', 'a', 't', 'i', 'o', 'n'};
+static symbol s_4_19[4] = {'i', 'z', 'e', 'r'};
+static symbol s_4_20[4] = {'a', 't', 'o', 'r'};
+static symbol s_4_21[7] = {'i', 'v', 'e', 'n', 'e', 's', 's'};
+static symbol s_4_22[7] = {'f', 'u', 'l', 'n', 'e', 's', 's'};
+static symbol s_4_23[7] = {'o', 'u', 's', 'n', 'e', 's', 's'};
 
 static struct among a_4[24] =
 {
-/*  0 */ { 4, s_4_0, -1, 3, 0},
-/*  1 */ { 4, s_4_1, -1, 2, 0},
-/*  2 */ { 3, s_4_2, -1, 13, 0},
-/*  3 */ { 2, s_4_3, -1, 16, 0},
-/*  4 */ { 3, s_4_4, 3, 12, 0},
-/*  5 */ { 4, s_4_5, 4, 4, 0},
-/*  6 */ { 4, s_4_6, 3, 8, 0},
-/*  7 */ { 5, s_4_7, 3, 14, 0},
-/*  8 */ { 6, s_4_8, 3, 15, 0},
-/*  9 */ { 5, s_4_9, 3, 10, 0},
-/* 10 */ { 5, s_4_10, 3, 5, 0},
-/* 11 */ { 5, s_4_11, -1, 8, 0},
-/* 12 */ { 6, s_4_12, -1, 12, 0},
-/* 13 */ { 5, s_4_13, -1, 11, 0},
-/* 14 */ { 6, s_4_14, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 15 */ { 7, s_4_15, 14, 7, 0},
-/* 16 */ { 5, s_4_16, -1, 8, 0},
-/* 17 */ { 5, s_4_17, -1, 7, 0},
-/* 18 */ { 7, s_4_18, 17, 6, 0},
-/* 19 */ { 4, s_4_19, -1, 6, 0},
-/* 20 */ { 4, s_4_20, -1, 7, 0},
-/* 21 */ { 7, s_4_21, -1, 11, 0},
-/* 22 */ { 7, s_4_22, -1, 9, 0},
-/* 23 */ { 7, s_4_23, -1, 10, 0}
+	 /*  0 */ {4, s_4_0, -1, 3, 0},
+	 /*  1 */ {4, s_4_1, -1, 2, 0},
+	 /*  2 */ {3, s_4_2, -1, 13, 0},
+	 /*  3 */ {2, s_4_3, -1, 16, 0},
+	 /*  4 */ {3, s_4_4, 3, 12, 0},
+	 /*  5 */ {4, s_4_5, 4, 4, 0},
+	 /*  6 */ {4, s_4_6, 3, 8, 0},
+	 /*  7 */ {5, s_4_7, 3, 14, 0},
+	 /*  8 */ {6, s_4_8, 3, 15, 0},
+	 /*  9 */ {5, s_4_9, 3, 10, 0},
+	 /* 10 */ {5, s_4_10, 3, 5, 0},
+	 /* 11 */ {5, s_4_11, -1, 8, 0},
+	 /* 12 */ {6, s_4_12, -1, 12, 0},
+	 /* 13 */ {5, s_4_13, -1, 11, 0},
+	 /* 14 */ {6, s_4_14, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 15 */ {7, s_4_15, 14, 7, 0},
+	 /* 16 */ {5, s_4_16, -1, 8, 0},
+	 /* 17 */ {5, s_4_17, -1, 7, 0},
+	 /* 18 */ {7, s_4_18, 17, 6, 0},
+	 /* 19 */ {4, s_4_19, -1, 6, 0},
+	 /* 20 */ {4, s_4_20, -1, 7, 0},
+	 /* 21 */ {7, s_4_21, -1, 11, 0},
+	 /* 22 */ {7, s_4_22, -1, 9, 0},
+	 /* 23 */ {7, s_4_23, -1, 10, 0}
 };
 
-static symbol s_5_0[5] = { 'i', 'c', 'a', 't', 'e' };
-static symbol s_5_1[5] = { 'a', 't', 'i', 'v', 'e' };
-static symbol s_5_2[5] = { 'a', 'l', 'i', 'z', 'e' };
-static symbol s_5_3[5] = { 'i', 'c', 'i', 't', 'i' };
-static symbol s_5_4[4] = { 'i', 'c', 'a', 'l' };
-static symbol s_5_5[6] = { 't', 'i', 'o', 'n', 'a', 'l' };
-static symbol s_5_6[7] = { 'a', 't', 'i', 'o', 'n', 'a', 'l' };
-static symbol s_5_7[3] = { 'f', 'u', 'l' };
-static symbol s_5_8[4] = { 'n', 'e', 's', 's' };
+static symbol s_5_0[5] = {'i', 'c', 'a', 't', 'e'};
+static symbol s_5_1[5] = {'a', 't', 'i', 'v', 'e'};
+static symbol s_5_2[5] = {'a', 'l', 'i', 'z', 'e'};
+static symbol s_5_3[5] = {'i', 'c', 'i', 't', 'i'};
+static symbol s_5_4[4] = {'i', 'c', 'a', 'l'};
+static symbol s_5_5[6] = {'t', 'i', 'o', 'n', 'a', 'l'};
+static symbol s_5_6[7] = {'a', 't', 'i', 'o', 'n', 'a', 'l'};
+static symbol s_5_7[3] = {'f', 'u', 'l'};
+static symbol s_5_8[4] = {'n', 'e', 's', 's'};
 
 static struct among a_5[9] =
 {
-/*  0 */ { 5, s_5_0, -1, 4, 0},
-/*  1 */ { 5, s_5_1, -1, 6, 0},
-/*  2 */ { 5, s_5_2, -1, 3, 0},
-/*  3 */ { 5, s_5_3, -1, 4, 0},
-/*  4 */ { 4, s_5_4, -1, 4, 0},
-/*  5 */ { 6, s_5_5, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  6 */ { 7, s_5_6, 5, 2, 0},
-/*  7 */ { 3, s_5_7, -1, 5, 0},
-/*  8 */ { 4, s_5_8, -1, 5, 0}
+	 /*  0 */ {5, s_5_0, -1, 4, 0},
+	 /*  1 */ {5, s_5_1, -1, 6, 0},
+	 /*  2 */ {5, s_5_2, -1, 3, 0},
+	 /*  3 */ {5, s_5_3, -1, 4, 0},
+	 /*  4 */ {4, s_5_4, -1, 4, 0},
+	 /*  5 */ {6, s_5_5, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  6 */ {7, s_5_6, 5, 2, 0},
+	 /*  7 */ {3, s_5_7, -1, 5, 0},
+	 /*  8 */ {4, s_5_8, -1, 5, 0}
 };
 
-static symbol s_6_0[2] = { 'i', 'c' };
-static symbol s_6_1[4] = { 'a', 'n', 'c', 'e' };
-static symbol s_6_2[4] = { 'e', 'n', 'c', 'e' };
-static symbol s_6_3[4] = { 'a', 'b', 'l', 'e' };
-static symbol s_6_4[4] = { 'i', 'b', 'l', 'e' };
-static symbol s_6_5[3] = { 'a', 't', 'e' };
-static symbol s_6_6[3] = { 'i', 'v', 'e' };
-static symbol s_6_7[3] = { 'i', 'z', 'e' };
-static symbol s_6_8[3] = { 'i', 't', 'i' };
-static symbol s_6_9[2] = { 'a', 'l' };
-static symbol s_6_10[3] = { 'i', 's', 'm' };
-static symbol s_6_11[3] = { 'i', 'o', 'n' };
-static symbol s_6_12[2] = { 'e', 'r' };
-static symbol s_6_13[3] = { 'o', 'u', 's' };
-static symbol s_6_14[3] = { 'a', 'n', 't' };
-static symbol s_6_15[3] = { 'e', 'n', 't' };
-static symbol s_6_16[4] = { 'm', 'e', 'n', 't' };
-static symbol s_6_17[5] = { 'e', 'm', 'e', 'n', 't' };
+static symbol s_6_0[2] = {'i', 'c'};
+static symbol s_6_1[4] = {'a', 'n', 'c', 'e'};
+static symbol s_6_2[4] = {'e', 'n', 'c', 'e'};
+static symbol s_6_3[4] = {'a', 'b', 'l', 'e'};
+static symbol s_6_4[4] = {'i', 'b', 'l', 'e'};
+static symbol s_6_5[3] = {'a', 't', 'e'};
+static symbol s_6_6[3] = {'i', 'v', 'e'};
+static symbol s_6_7[3] = {'i', 'z', 'e'};
+static symbol s_6_8[3] = {'i', 't', 'i'};
+static symbol s_6_9[2] = {'a', 'l'};
+static symbol s_6_10[3] = {'i', 's', 'm'};
+static symbol s_6_11[3] = {'i', 'o', 'n'};
+static symbol s_6_12[2] = {'e', 'r'};
+static symbol s_6_13[3] = {'o', 'u', 's'};
+static symbol s_6_14[3] = {'a', 'n', 't'};
+static symbol s_6_15[3] = {'e', 'n', 't'};
+static symbol s_6_16[4] = {'m', 'e', 'n', 't'};
+static symbol s_6_17[5] = {'e', 'm', 'e', 'n', 't'};
 
 static struct among a_6[18] =
 {
-/*  0 */ { 2, s_6_0, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  1 */ { 4, s_6_1, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  2 */ { 4, s_6_2, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  3 */ { 4, s_6_3, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  4 */ { 4, s_6_4, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  5 */ { 3, s_6_5, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  6 */ { 3, s_6_6, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  7 */ { 3, s_6_7, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  8 */ { 3, s_6_8, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  9 */ { 2, s_6_9, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 10 */ { 3, s_6_10, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 11 */ { 3, s_6_11, -1, 2, 0},
-/* 12 */ { 2, s_6_12, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 13 */ { 3, s_6_13, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 14 */ { 3, s_6_14, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 15 */ { 3, s_6_15, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 16 */ { 4, s_6_16, 15, 1, 0},
-/* 17 */ { 5, s_6_17, 16, 1, 0}
+	 /*  0 */ {2, s_6_0, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  1 */ {4, s_6_1, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  2 */ {4, s_6_2, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  3 */ {4, s_6_3, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  4 */ {4, s_6_4, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  5 */ {3, s_6_5, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  6 */ {3, s_6_6, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  7 */ {3, s_6_7, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  8 */ {3, s_6_8, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  9 */ {2, s_6_9, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 10 */ {3, s_6_10, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 11 */ {3, s_6_11, -1, 2, 0},
+	 /* 12 */ {2, s_6_12, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 13 */ {3, s_6_13, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 14 */ {3, s_6_14, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 15 */ {3, s_6_15, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 16 */ {4, s_6_16, 15, 1, 0},
+	 /* 17 */ {5, s_6_17, 16, 1, 0}
 };
 
-static symbol s_7_0[1] = { 'e' };
-static symbol s_7_1[1] = { 'l' };
+static symbol s_7_0[1] = {'e'};
+static symbol s_7_1[1] = {'l'};
 
 static struct among a_7[2] =
 {
-/*  0 */ { 1, s_7_0, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  1 */ { 1, s_7_1, -1, 2, 0}
+	 /*  0 */ {1, s_7_0, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  1 */ {1, s_7_1, -1, 2, 0}
 };
 
-static symbol s_8_0[7] = { 's', 'u', 'c', 'c', 'e', 'e', 'd' };
-static symbol s_8_1[7] = { 'p', 'r', 'o', 'c', 'e', 'e', 'd' };
-static symbol s_8_2[6] = { 'e', 'x', 'c', 'e', 'e', 'd' };
-static symbol s_8_3[7] = { 'c', 'a', 'n', 'n', 'i', 'n', 'g' };
-static symbol s_8_4[6] = { 'i', 'n', 'n', 'i', 'n', 'g' };
-static symbol s_8_5[7] = { 'e', 'a', 'r', 'r', 'i', 'n', 'g' };
-static symbol s_8_6[7] = { 'h', 'e', 'r', 'r', 'i', 'n', 'g' };
-static symbol s_8_7[6] = { 'o', 'u', 't', 'i', 'n', 'g' };
+static symbol s_8_0[7] = {'s', 'u', 'c', 'c', 'e', 'e', 'd'};
+static symbol s_8_1[7] = {'p', 'r', 'o', 'c', 'e', 'e', 'd'};
+static symbol s_8_2[6] = {'e', 'x', 'c', 'e', 'e', 'd'};
+static symbol s_8_3[7] = {'c', 'a', 'n', 'n', 'i', 'n', 'g'};
+static symbol s_8_4[6] = {'i', 'n', 'n', 'i', 'n', 'g'};
+static symbol s_8_5[7] = {'e', 'a', 'r', 'r', 'i', 'n', 'g'};
+static symbol s_8_6[7] = {'h', 'e', 'r', 'r', 'i', 'n', 'g'};
+static symbol s_8_7[6] = {'o', 'u', 't', 'i', 'n', 'g'};
 
 static struct among a_8[8] =
 {
-/*  0 */ { 7, s_8_0, -1, -1, 0},
-/*  1 */ { 7, s_8_1, -1, -1, 0},
-/*  2 */ { 6, s_8_2, -1, -1, 0},
-/*  3 */ { 7, s_8_3, -1, -1, 0},
-/*  4 */ { 6, s_8_4, -1, -1, 0},
-/*  5 */ { 7, s_8_5, -1, -1, 0},
-/*  6 */ { 7, s_8_6, -1, -1, 0},
-/*  7 */ { 6, s_8_7, -1, -1, 0}
+	 /*  0 */ {7, s_8_0, -1, -1, 0},
+	 /*  1 */ {7, s_8_1, -1, -1, 0},
+	 /*  2 */ {6, s_8_2, -1, -1, 0},
+	 /*  3 */ {7, s_8_3, -1, -1, 0},
+	 /*  4 */ {6, s_8_4, -1, -1, 0},
+	 /*  5 */ {7, s_8_5, -1, -1, 0},
+	 /*  6 */ {7, s_8_6, -1, -1, 0},
+	 /*  7 */ {6, s_8_7, -1, -1, 0}
 };
 
-static symbol s_9_0[5] = { 'a', 'n', 'd', 'e', 's' };
-static symbol s_9_1[5] = { 'a', 't', 'l', 'a', 's' };
-static symbol s_9_2[4] = { 'b', 'i', 'a', 's' };
-static symbol s_9_3[6] = { 'c', 'o', 's', 'm', 'o', 's' };
-static symbol s_9_4[5] = { 'd', 'y', 'i', 'n', 'g' };
-static symbol s_9_5[5] = { 'e', 'a', 'r', 'l', 'y' };
-static symbol s_9_6[6] = { 'g', 'e', 'n', 't', 'l', 'y' };
-static symbol s_9_7[4] = { 'h', 'o', 'w', 'e' };
-static symbol s_9_8[4] = { 'i', 'd', 'l', 'y' };
-static symbol s_9_9[5] = { 'l', 'y', 'i', 'n', 'g' };
-static symbol s_9_10[4] = { 'n', 'e', 'w', 's' };
-static symbol s_9_11[4] = { 'o', 'n', 'l', 'y' };
-static symbol s_9_12[6] = { 's', 'i', 'n', 'g', 'l', 'y' };
-static symbol s_9_13[5] = { 's', 'k', 'i', 'e', 's' };
-static symbol s_9_14[4] = { 's', 'k', 'i', 's' };
-static symbol s_9_15[3] = { 's', 'k', 'y' };
-static symbol s_9_16[5] = { 't', 'y', 'i', 'n', 'g' };
-static symbol s_9_17[4] = { 'u', 'g', 'l', 'y' };
+static symbol s_9_0[5] = {'a', 'n', 'd', 'e', 's'};
+static symbol s_9_1[5] = {'a', 't', 'l', 'a', 's'};
+static symbol s_9_2[4] = {'b', 'i', 'a', 's'};
+static symbol s_9_3[6] = {'c', 'o', 's', 'm', 'o', 's'};
+static symbol s_9_4[5] = {'d', 'y', 'i', 'n', 'g'};
+static symbol s_9_5[5] = {'e', 'a', 'r', 'l', 'y'};
+static symbol s_9_6[6] = {'g', 'e', 'n', 't', 'l', 'y'};
+static symbol s_9_7[4] = {'h', 'o', 'w', 'e'};
+static symbol s_9_8[4] = {'i', 'd', 'l', 'y'};
+static symbol s_9_9[5] = {'l', 'y', 'i', 'n', 'g'};
+static symbol s_9_10[4] = {'n', 'e', 'w', 's'};
+static symbol s_9_11[4] = {'o', 'n', 'l', 'y'};
+static symbol s_9_12[6] = {'s', 'i', 'n', 'g', 'l', 'y'};
+static symbol s_9_13[5] = {'s', 'k', 'i', 'e', 's'};
+static symbol s_9_14[4] = {'s', 'k', 'i', 's'};
+static symbol s_9_15[3] = {'s', 'k', 'y'};
+static symbol s_9_16[5] = {'t', 'y', 'i', 'n', 'g'};
+static symbol s_9_17[4] = {'u', 'g', 'l', 'y'};
 
 static struct among a_9[18] =
 {
-/*  0 */ { 5, s_9_0, -1, -1, 0},
-/*  1 */ { 5, s_9_1, -1, -1, 0},
-/*  2 */ { 4, s_9_2, -1, -1, 0},
-/*  3 */ { 6, s_9_3, -1, -1, 0},
-/*  4 */ { 5, s_9_4, -1, 3, 0},
-/*  5 */ { 5, s_9_5, -1, 9, 0},
-/*  6 */ { 6, s_9_6, -1, 7, 0},
-/*  7 */ { 4, s_9_7, -1, -1, 0},
-/*  8 */ { 4, s_9_8, -1, 6, 0},
-/*  9 */ { 5, s_9_9, -1, 4, 0},
-/* 10 */ { 4, s_9_10, -1, -1, 0},
-/* 11 */ { 4, s_9_11, -1, 10, 0},
-/* 12 */ { 6, s_9_12, -1, 11, 0},
-/* 13 */ { 5, s_9_13, -1, 2, 0},
-/* 14 */ { 4, s_9_14, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 15 */ { 3, s_9_15, -1, -1, 0},
-/* 16 */ { 5, s_9_16, -1, 5, 0},
-/* 17 */ { 4, s_9_17, -1, 8, 0}
+	 /*  0 */ {5, s_9_0, -1, -1, 0},
+	 /*  1 */ {5, s_9_1, -1, -1, 0},
+	 /*  2 */ {4, s_9_2, -1, -1, 0},
+	 /*  3 */ {6, s_9_3, -1, -1, 0},
+	 /*  4 */ {5, s_9_4, -1, 3, 0},
+	 /*  5 */ {5, s_9_5, -1, 9, 0},
+	 /*  6 */ {6, s_9_6, -1, 7, 0},
+	 /*  7 */ {4, s_9_7, -1, -1, 0},
+	 /*  8 */ {4, s_9_8, -1, 6, 0},
+	 /*  9 */ {5, s_9_9, -1, 4, 0},
+	 /* 10 */ {4, s_9_10, -1, -1, 0},
+	 /* 11 */ {4, s_9_11, -1, 10, 0},
+	 /* 12 */ {6, s_9_12, -1, 11, 0},
+	 /* 13 */ {5, s_9_13, -1, 2, 0},
+	 /* 14 */ {4, s_9_14, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 15 */ {3, s_9_15, -1, -1, 0},
+	 /* 16 */ {5, s_9_16, -1, 5, 0},
+	 /* 17 */ {4, s_9_17, -1, 8, 0}
 };
 
-static unsigned char g_v[] = { 17, 65, 16, 1 };
-
-static unsigned char g_v_WXY[] = { 1, 17, 65, 208, 1 };
-
-static unsigned char g_valid_LI[] = { 55, 141, 2 };
-
-static symbol s_0[] = { 'y' };
-static symbol s_1[] = { 'Y' };
-static symbol s_2[] = { 'y' };
-static symbol s_3[] = { 'Y' };
-static symbol s_4[] = { 's', 's' };
-static symbol s_5[] = { 'i', 'e' };
-static symbol s_6[] = { 'i' };
-static symbol s_7[] = { 'e', 'e' };
-static symbol s_8[] = { 'e' };
-static symbol s_9[] = { 'e' };
-static symbol s_10[] = { 'y' };
-static symbol s_11[] = { 'Y' };
-static symbol s_12[] = { 'i' };
-static symbol s_13[] = { 't', 'i', 'o', 'n' };
-static symbol s_14[] = { 'e', 'n', 'c', 'e' };
-static symbol s_15[] = { 'a', 'n', 'c', 'e' };
-static symbol s_16[] = { 'a', 'b', 'l', 'e' };
-static symbol s_17[] = { 'e', 'n', 't' };
-static symbol s_18[] = { 'i', 'z', 'e' };
-static symbol s_19[] = { 'a', 't', 'e' };
-static symbol s_20[] = { 'a', 'l' };
-static symbol s_21[] = { 'f', 'u', 'l' };
-static symbol s_22[] = { 'o', 'u', 's' };
-static symbol s_23[] = { 'i', 'v', 'e' };
-static symbol s_24[] = { 'b', 'l', 'e' };
-static symbol s_25[] = { 'l' };
-static symbol s_26[] = { 'o', 'g' };
-static symbol s_27[] = { 'f', 'u', 'l' };
-static symbol s_28[] = { 'l', 'e', 's', 's' };
-static symbol s_29[] = { 't', 'i', 'o', 'n' };
-static symbol s_30[] = { 'a', 't', 'e' };
-static symbol s_31[] = { 'a', 'l' };
-static symbol s_32[] = { 'i', 'c' };
-static symbol s_33[] = { 's' };
-static symbol s_34[] = { 't' };
-static symbol s_35[] = { 'l' };
-static symbol s_36[] = { 's', 'k', 'i' };
-static symbol s_37[] = { 's', 'k', 'y' };
-static symbol s_38[] = { 'd', 'i', 'e' };
-static symbol s_39[] = { 'l', 'i', 'e' };
-static symbol s_40[] = { 't', 'i', 'e' };
-static symbol s_41[] = { 'i', 'd', 'l' };
-static symbol s_42[] = { 'g', 'e', 'n', 't', 'l' };
-static symbol s_43[] = { 'u', 'g', 'l', 'i' };
-static symbol s_44[] = { 'e', 'a', 'r', 'l', 'i' };
-static symbol s_45[] = { 'o', 'n', 'l', 'i' };
-static symbol s_46[] = { 's', 'i', 'n', 'g', 'l' };
-static symbol s_47[] = { 'Y' };
-static symbol s_48[] = { 'y' };
-
-static int r_prelude(struct SN_env * z) {
-    z->B[0] = 0; /* unset Y_found, line 24 */
-    {   int c = z->c; /* do, line 25 */
-        z->bra = z->c; /* [, line 25 */
-        if (!(eq_s(z, 1, s_0))) goto lab0;
-        z->ket = z->c; /* ], line 25 */
-        if (!(in_grouping(z, g_v, 97, 121))) goto lab0;
-        slice_from_s(z, 1, s_1); /* <-, line 25 */
-        z->B[0] = 1; /* set Y_found, line 25 */
-    lab0:
-        z->c = c;
-    }
-    {   int c = z->c; /* do, line 26 */
-        while(1) { /* repeat, line 26 */
-            int c = z->c;
-            while(1) { /* goto, line 26 */
-                int c = z->c;
-                if (!(in_grouping(z, g_v, 97, 121))) goto lab3;
-                z->bra = z->c; /* [, line 26 */
-                if (!(eq_s(z, 1, s_2))) goto lab3;
-                z->ket = z->c; /* ], line 26 */
-                z->c = c;
-                break;
-            lab3:
-                z->c = c;
-                if (z->c >= z->l) goto lab2;
-                z->c++;
-            }
-            slice_from_s(z, 1, s_3); /* <-, line 26 */
-            z->B[0] = 1; /* set Y_found, line 26 */
-            continue;
-        lab2:
-            z->c = c;
-            break;
-        }
-        z->c = c;
-    }
-    return 1;
+static unsigned char g_v[] = {17, 65, 16, 1};
+
+static unsigned char g_v_WXY[] = {1, 17, 65, 208, 1};
+
+static unsigned char g_valid_LI[] = {55, 141, 2};
+
+static symbol s_0[] = {'y'};
+static symbol s_1[] = {'Y'};
+static symbol s_2[] = {'y'};
+static symbol s_3[] = {'Y'};
+static symbol s_4[] = {'s', 's'};
+static symbol s_5[] = {'i', 'e'};
+static symbol s_6[] = {'i'};
+static symbol s_7[] = {'e', 'e'};
+static symbol s_8[] = {'e'};
+static symbol s_9[] = {'e'};
+static symbol s_10[] = {'y'};
+static symbol s_11[] = {'Y'};
+static symbol s_12[] = {'i'};
+static symbol s_13[] = {'t', 'i', 'o', 'n'};
+static symbol s_14[] = {'e', 'n', 'c', 'e'};
+static symbol s_15[] = {'a', 'n', 'c', 'e'};
+static symbol s_16[] = {'a', 'b', 'l', 'e'};
+static symbol s_17[] = {'e', 'n', 't'};
+static symbol s_18[] = {'i', 'z', 'e'};
+static symbol s_19[] = {'a', 't', 'e'};
+static symbol s_20[] = {'a', 'l'};
+static symbol s_21[] = {'f', 'u', 'l'};
+static symbol s_22[] = {'o', 'u', 's'};
+static symbol s_23[] = {'i', 'v', 'e'};
+static symbol s_24[] = {'b', 'l', 'e'};
+static symbol s_25[] = {'l'};
+static symbol s_26[] = {'o', 'g'};
+static symbol s_27[] = {'f', 'u', 'l'};
+static symbol s_28[] = {'l', 'e', 's', 's'};
+static symbol s_29[] = {'t', 'i', 'o', 'n'};
+static symbol s_30[] = {'a', 't', 'e'};
+static symbol s_31[] = {'a', 'l'};
+static symbol s_32[] = {'i', 'c'};
+static symbol s_33[] = {'s'};
+static symbol s_34[] = {'t'};
+static symbol s_35[] = {'l'};
+static symbol s_36[] = {'s', 'k', 'i'};
+static symbol s_37[] = {'s', 'k', 'y'};
+static symbol s_38[] = {'d', 'i', 'e'};
+static symbol s_39[] = {'l', 'i', 'e'};
+static symbol s_40[] = {'t', 'i', 'e'};
+static symbol s_41[] = {'i', 'd', 'l'};
+static symbol s_42[] = {'g', 'e', 'n', 't', 'l'};
+static symbol s_43[] = {'u', 'g', 'l', 'i'};
+static symbol s_44[] = {'e', 'a', 'r', 'l', 'i'};
+static symbol s_45[] = {'o', 'n', 'l', 'i'};
+static symbol s_46[] = {'s', 'i', 'n', 'g', 'l'};
+static symbol s_47[] = {'Y'};
+static symbol s_48[] = {'y'};
+
+static int
+r_prelude(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+	z->B[0] = 0;				/* unset Y_found, line 24 */
+	{
+		int			c = z->c;	/* do, line 25 */
+
+		z->bra = z->c;			/* [, line 25 */
+		if (!(eq_s(z, 1, s_0)))
+			goto lab0;
+		z->ket = z->c;			/* ], line 25 */
+		if (!(in_grouping(z, g_v, 97, 121)))
+			goto lab0;
+		slice_from_s(z, 1, s_1);	/* <-, line 25 */
+		z->B[0] = 1;			/* set Y_found, line 25 */
+lab0:
+		z->c = c;
+	}
+	{
+		int			c = z->c;	/* do, line 26 */
+
+		while (1)
+		{						/* repeat, line 26 */
+			int			c = z->c;
+
+			while (1)
+			{					/* goto, line 26 */
+				int			c = z->c;
+
+				if (!(in_grouping(z, g_v, 97, 121)))
+					goto lab3;
+				z->bra = z->c;	/* [, line 26 */
+				if (!(eq_s(z, 1, s_2)))
+					goto lab3;
+				z->ket = z->c;	/* ], line 26 */
+				z->c = c;
+				break;
+		lab3:
+				z->c = c;
+				if (z->c >= z->l)
+					goto lab2;
+				z->c++;
+			}
+			slice_from_s(z, 1, s_3);	/* <-, line 26 */
+			z->B[0] = 1;		/* set Y_found, line 26 */
+			continue;
+	lab2:
+			z->c = c;
+			break;
+		}
+		z->c = c;
+	}
+	return 1;
 }
 
-static int r_mark_regions(struct SN_env * z) {
-    z->I[0] = z->l;
-    z->I[1] = z->l;
-    {   int c = z->c; /* do, line 32 */
-        {   int c = z->c; /* or, line 36 */
-            if (!(find_among(z, a_0, 1))) goto lab2; /* among, line 33 */
-            goto lab1;
-        lab2:
-            z->c = c;
-            while(1) { /* gopast, line 36 */
-                if (!(in_grouping(z, g_v, 97, 121))) goto lab3;
-                break;
-            lab3:
-                if (z->c >= z->l) goto lab0;
-                z->c++;
-            }
-            while(1) { /* gopast, line 36 */
-                if (!(out_grouping(z, g_v, 97, 121))) goto lab4;
-                break;
-            lab4:
-                if (z->c >= z->l) goto lab0;
-                z->c++;
-            }
-        }
-    lab1:
-        z->I[0] = z->c; /* setmark p1, line 37 */
-        while(1) { /* gopast, line 38 */
-            if (!(in_grouping(z, g_v, 97, 121))) goto lab5;
-            break;
-        lab5:
-            if (z->c >= z->l) goto lab0;
-            z->c++;
-        }
-        while(1) { /* gopast, line 38 */
-            if (!(out_grouping(z, g_v, 97, 121))) goto lab6;
-            break;
-        lab6:
-            if (z->c >= z->l) goto lab0;
-            z->c++;
-        }
-        z->I[1] = z->c; /* setmark p2, line 38 */
-    lab0:
-        z->c = c;
-    }
-    return 1;
+static int
+r_mark_regions(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+	z->I[0] = z->l;
+	z->I[1] = z->l;
+	{
+		int			c = z->c;	/* do, line 32 */
+
+		{
+			int			c = z->c;		/* or, line 36 */
+
+			if (!(find_among(z, a_0, 1)))
+				goto lab2;		/* among, line 33 */
+			goto lab1;
+	lab2:
+			z->c = c;
+			while (1)
+			{					/* gopast, line 36 */
+				if (!(in_grouping(z, g_v, 97, 121)))
+					goto lab3;
+				break;
+		lab3:
+				if (z->c >= z->l)
+					goto lab0;
+				z->c++;
+			}
+			while (1)
+			{					/* gopast, line 36 */
+				if (!(out_grouping(z, g_v, 97, 121)))
+					goto lab4;
+				break;
+		lab4:
+				if (z->c >= z->l)
+					goto lab0;
+				z->c++;
+			}
+		}
+lab1:
+		z->I[0] = z->c;			/* setmark p1, line 37 */
+		while (1)
+		{						/* gopast, line 38 */
+			if (!(in_grouping(z, g_v, 97, 121)))
+				goto lab5;
+			break;
+	lab5:
+			if (z->c >= z->l)
+				goto lab0;
+			z->c++;
+		}
+		while (1)
+		{						/* gopast, line 38 */
+			if (!(out_grouping(z, g_v, 97, 121)))
+				goto lab6;
+			break;
+	lab6:
+			if (z->c >= z->l)
+				goto lab0;
+			z->c++;
+		}
+		z->I[1] = z->c;			/* setmark p2, line 38 */
+lab0:
+		z->c = c;
+	}
+	return 1;
 }
 
-static int r_shortv(struct SN_env * z) {
-    {   int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 46 */
-        if (!(out_grouping_b(z, g_v_WXY, 89, 121))) goto lab1;
-        if (!(in_grouping_b(z, g_v, 97, 121))) goto lab1;
-        if (!(out_grouping_b(z, g_v, 97, 121))) goto lab1;
-        goto lab0;
-    lab1:
-        z->c = z->l - m;
-        if (!(out_grouping_b(z, g_v, 97, 121))) return 0;
-        if (!(in_grouping_b(z, g_v, 97, 121))) return 0;
-        if (z->c > z->lb) return 0; /* atlimit, line 47 */
-    }
+static int
+r_shortv(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+	{
+		int			m = z->l - z->c;	/* or, line 46 */
+
+		if (!(out_grouping_b(z, g_v_WXY, 89, 121)))
+			goto lab1;
+		if (!(in_grouping_b(z, g_v, 97, 121)))
+			goto lab1;
+		if (!(out_grouping_b(z, g_v, 97, 121)))
+			goto lab1;
+		goto lab0;
+lab1:
+		z->c = z->l - m;
+		if (!(out_grouping_b(z, g_v, 97, 121)))
+			return 0;
+		if (!(in_grouping_b(z, g_v, 97, 121)))
+			return 0;
+		if (z->c > z->lb)
+			return 0;			/* atlimit, line 47 */
+	}
 lab0:
-    return 1;
+	return 1;
 }
 
-static int r_R1(struct SN_env * z) {
-    if (!(z->I[0] <= z->c)) return 0;
-    return 1;
+static int
+r_R1(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+	if (!(z->I[0] <= z->c))
+		return 0;
+	return 1;
 }
 
-static int r_R2(struct SN_env * z) {
-    if (!(z->I[1] <= z->c)) return 0;
-    return 1;
+static int
+r_R2(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+	if (!(z->I[1] <= z->c))
+		return 0;
+	return 1;
 }
 
-static int r_Step_1a(struct SN_env * z) {
-    int among_var;
-    z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 54 */
-    among_var = find_among_b(z, a_1, 6); /* substring, line 54 */
-    if (!(among_var)) return 0;
-    z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 54 */
-    switch(among_var) {
-        case 0: return 0;
-        case 1:
-            slice_from_s(z, 2, s_4); /* <-, line 55 */
-            break;
-        case 2:
-            {   int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 57 */
-                if (z->c <= z->lb) goto lab1;
-                z->c--; /* next, line 57 */
-                if (z->c > z->lb) goto lab1; /* atlimit, line 57 */
-                slice_from_s(z, 2, s_5); /* <-, line 57 */
-                goto lab0;
-            lab1:
-                z->c = z->l - m;
-                slice_from_s(z, 1, s_6); /* <-, line 57 */
-            }
-        lab0:
-            break;
-        case 3:
-            if (z->c <= z->lb) return 0;
-            z->c--; /* next, line 58 */
-            while(1) { /* gopast, line 58 */
-                if (!(in_grouping_b(z, g_v, 97, 121))) goto lab2;
-                break;
-            lab2:
-                if (z->c <= z->lb) return 0;
-                z->c--;
-            }
-            slice_del(z); /* delete, line 58 */
-            break;
-    }
-    return 1;
+static int
+r_Step_1a(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+	int			among_var;
+
+	z->ket = z->c;				/* [, line 54 */
+	among_var = find_among_b(z, a_1, 6);		/* substring, line 54 */
+	if (!(among_var))
+		return 0;
+	z->bra = z->c;				/* ], line 54 */
+	switch (among_var)
+	{
+		case 0:
+			return 0;
+		case 1:
+			slice_from_s(z, 2, s_4);	/* <-, line 55 */
+			break;
+		case 2:
+			{
+				int			m = z->l - z->c;	/* or, line 57 */
+
+				if (z->c <= z->lb)
+					goto lab1;
+				z->c--;			/* next, line 57 */
+				if (z->c > z->lb)
+					goto lab1;	/* atlimit, line 57 */
+				slice_from_s(z, 2, s_5);		/* <-, line 57 */
+				goto lab0;
+		lab1:
+				z->c = z->l - m;
+				slice_from_s(z, 1, s_6);		/* <-, line 57 */
+			}
+	lab0:
+			break;
+		case 3:
+			if (z->c <= z->lb)
+				return 0;
+			z->c--;				/* next, line 58 */
+			while (1)
+			{					/* gopast, line 58 */
+				if (!(in_grouping_b(z, g_v, 97, 121)))
+					goto lab2;
+				break;
+		lab2:
+				if (z->c <= z->lb)
+					return 0;
+				z->c--;
+			}
+			slice_del(z);		/* delete, line 58 */
+			break;
+	}
+	return 1;
 }
 
-static int r_Step_1b(struct SN_env * z) {
-    int among_var;
-    z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 64 */
-    among_var = find_among_b(z, a_3, 6); /* substring, line 64 */
-    if (!(among_var)) return 0;
-    z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 64 */
-    switch(among_var) {
-        case 0: return 0;
-        case 1:
-            if (!r_R1(z)) return 0; /* call R1, line 66 */
-            slice_from_s(z, 2, s_7); /* <-, line 66 */
-            break;
-        case 2:
-            {   int m_test = z->l - z->c; /* test, line 69 */
-                while(1) { /* gopast, line 69 */
-                    if (!(in_grouping_b(z, g_v, 97, 121))) goto lab0;
-                    break;
-                lab0:
-                    if (z->c <= z->lb) return 0;
-                    z->c--;
-                }
-                z->c = z->l - m_test;
-            }
-            slice_del(z); /* delete, line 69 */
-            {   int m_test = z->l - z->c; /* test, line 70 */
-                among_var = find_among_b(z, a_2, 13); /* substring, line 70 */
-                if (!(among_var)) return 0;
-                z->c = z->l - m_test;
-            }
-            switch(among_var) {
-                case 0: return 0;
-                case 1:
-                    {   int c = z->c;
-                        insert_s(z, z->c, z->c, 1, s_8); /* <+, line 72 */
-                        z->c = c;
-                    }
-                    break;
-                case 2:
-                    z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 75 */
-                    if (z->c <= z->lb) return 0;
-                    z->c--; /* next, line 75 */
-                    z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 75 */
-                    slice_del(z); /* delete, line 75 */
-                    break;
-                case 3:
-                    if (z->c != z->I[0]) return 0; /* atmark, line 76 */
-                    {   int m_test = z->l - z->c; /* test, line 76 */
-                        if (!r_shortv(z)) return 0; /* call shortv, line 76 */
-                        z->c = z->l - m_test;
-                    }
-                    {   int c = z->c;
-                        insert_s(z, z->c, z->c, 1, s_9); /* <+, line 76 */
-                        z->c = c;
-                    }
-                    break;
-            }
-            break;
-    }
-    return 1;
+static int
+r_Step_1b(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+	int			among_var;
+
+	z->ket = z->c;				/* [, line 64 */
+	among_var = find_among_b(z, a_3, 6);		/* substring, line 64 */
+	if (!(among_var))
+		return 0;
+	z->bra = z->c;				/* ], line 64 */
+	switch (among_var)
+	{
+		case 0:
+			return 0;
+		case 1:
+			if (!r_R1(z))
+				return 0;		/* call R1, line 66 */
+			slice_from_s(z, 2, s_7);	/* <-, line 66 */
+			break;
+		case 2:
+			{
+				int			m_test = z->l - z->c;		/* test, line 69 */
+
+				while (1)
+				{				/* gopast, line 69 */
+					if (!(in_grouping_b(z, g_v, 97, 121)))
+						goto lab0;
+					break;
+			lab0:
+					if (z->c <= z->lb)
+						return 0;
+					z->c--;
+				}
+				z->c = z->l - m_test;
+			}
+			slice_del(z);		/* delete, line 69 */
+			{
+				int			m_test = z->l - z->c;		/* test, line 70 */
+
+				among_var = find_among_b(z, a_2, 13);	/* substring, line 70 */
+				if (!(among_var))
+					return 0;
+				z->c = z->l - m_test;
+			}
+			switch (among_var)
+			{
+				case 0:
+					return 0;
+				case 1:
+					{
+						int			c = z->c;
+
+						insert_s(z, z->c, z->c, 1, s_8);		/* <+, line 72 */
+						z->c = c;
+					}
+					break;
+				case 2:
+					z->ket = z->c;		/* [, line 75 */
+					if (z->c <= z->lb)
+						return 0;
+					z->c--;		/* next, line 75 */
+					z->bra = z->c;		/* ], line 75 */
+					slice_del(z);		/* delete, line 75 */
+					break;
+				case 3:
+					if (z->c != z->I[0])
+						return 0;		/* atmark, line 76 */
+					{
+						int			m_test = z->l - z->c;		/* test, line 76 */
+
+						if (!r_shortv(z))
+							return 0;	/* call shortv, line 76 */
+						z->c = z->l - m_test;
+					}
+					{
+						int			c = z->c;
+
+						insert_s(z, z->c, z->c, 1, s_9);		/* <+, line 76 */
+						z->c = c;
+					}
+					break;
+			}
+			break;
+	}
+	return 1;
 }
 
-static int r_Step_1c(struct SN_env * z) {
-    z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 83 */
-    {   int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 83 */
-        if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_10))) goto lab1;
-        goto lab0;
-    lab1:
-        z->c = z->l - m;
-        if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_11))) return 0;
-    }
+static int
+r_Step_1c(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+	z->ket = z->c;				/* [, line 83 */
+	{
+		int			m = z->l - z->c;	/* or, line 83 */
+
+		if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_10)))
+			goto lab1;
+		goto lab0;
+lab1:
+		z->c = z->l - m;
+		if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_11)))
+			return 0;
+	}
 lab0:
-    z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 83 */
-    if (!(out_grouping_b(z, g_v, 97, 121))) return 0;
-    {   int m = z->l - z->c; /* not, line 84 */
-        if (z->c > z->lb) goto lab2; /* atlimit, line 84 */
-        return 0;
-    lab2:
-        z->c = z->l - m;
-    }
-    slice_from_s(z, 1, s_12); /* <-, line 85 */
-    return 1;
-}
+	z->bra = z->c;				/* ], line 83 */
+	if (!(out_grouping_b(z, g_v, 97, 121)))
+		return 0;
+	{
+		int			m = z->l - z->c;	/* not, line 84 */
 
-static int r_Step_2(struct SN_env * z) {
-    int among_var;
-    z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 89 */
-    among_var = find_among_b(z, a_4, 24); /* substring, line 89 */
-    if (!(among_var)) return 0;
-    z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 89 */
-    if (!r_R1(z)) return 0; /* call R1, line 89 */
-    switch(among_var) {
-        case 0: return 0;
-        case 1:
-            slice_from_s(z, 4, s_13); /* <-, line 90 */
-            break;
-        case 2:
-            slice_from_s(z, 4, s_14); /* <-, line 91 */
-            break;
-        case 3:
-            slice_from_s(z, 4, s_15); /* <-, line 92 */
-            break;
-        case 4:
-            slice_from_s(z, 4, s_16); /* <-, line 93 */
-            break;
-        case 5:
-            slice_from_s(z, 3, s_17); /* <-, line 94 */
-            break;
-        case 6:
-            slice_from_s(z, 3, s_18); /* <-, line 96 */
-            break;
-        case 7:
-            slice_from_s(z, 3, s_19); /* <-, line 98 */
-            break;
-        case 8:
-            slice_from_s(z, 2, s_20); /* <-, line 100 */
-            break;
-        case 9:
-            slice_from_s(z, 3, s_21); /* <-, line 101 */
-            break;
-        case 10:
-            slice_from_s(z, 3, s_22); /* <-, line 103 */
-            break;
-        case 11:
-            slice_from_s(z, 3, s_23); /* <-, line 105 */
-            break;
-        case 12:
-            slice_from_s(z, 3, s_24); /* <-, line 107 */
-            break;
-        case 13:
-            if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_25))) return 0;
-            slice_from_s(z, 2, s_26); /* <-, line 108 */
-            break;
-        case 14:
-            slice_from_s(z, 3, s_27); /* <-, line 109 */
-            break;
-        case 15:
-            slice_from_s(z, 4, s_28); /* <-, line 110 */
-            break;
-        case 16:
-            if (!(in_grouping_b(z, g_valid_LI, 99, 116))) return 0;
-            slice_del(z); /* delete, line 111 */
-            break;
-    }
-    return 1;
+		if (z->c > z->lb)
+			goto lab2;			/* atlimit, line 84 */
+		return 0;
+lab2:
+		z->c = z->l - m;
+	}
+	slice_from_s(z, 1, s_12);	/* <-, line 85 */
+	return 1;
 }
 
-static int r_Step_3(struct SN_env * z) {
-    int among_var;
-    z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 116 */
-    among_var = find_among_b(z, a_5, 9); /* substring, line 116 */
-    if (!(among_var)) return 0;
-    z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 116 */
-    if (!r_R1(z)) return 0; /* call R1, line 116 */
-    switch(among_var) {
-        case 0: return 0;
-        case 1:
-            slice_from_s(z, 4, s_29); /* <-, line 117 */
-            break;
-        case 2:
-            slice_from_s(z, 3, s_30); /* <-, line 118 */
-            break;
-        case 3:
-            slice_from_s(z, 2, s_31); /* <-, line 119 */
-            break;
-        case 4:
-            slice_from_s(z, 2, s_32); /* <-, line 121 */
-            break;
-        case 5:
-            slice_del(z); /* delete, line 123 */
-            break;
-        case 6:
-            if (!r_R2(z)) return 0; /* call R2, line 125 */
-            slice_del(z); /* delete, line 125 */
-            break;
-    }
-    return 1;
+static int
+r_Step_2(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+	int			among_var;
+
+	z->ket = z->c;				/* [, line 89 */
+	among_var = find_among_b(z, a_4, 24);		/* substring, line 89 */
+	if (!(among_var))
+		return 0;
+	z->bra = z->c;				/* ], line 89 */
+	if (!r_R1(z))
+		return 0;				/* call R1, line 89 */
+	switch (among_var)
+	{
+		case 0:
+			return 0;
+		case 1:
+			slice_from_s(z, 4, s_13);	/* <-, line 90 */
+			break;
+		case 2:
+			slice_from_s(z, 4, s_14);	/* <-, line 91 */
+			break;
+		case 3:
+			slice_from_s(z, 4, s_15);	/* <-, line 92 */
+			break;
+		case 4:
+			slice_from_s(z, 4, s_16);	/* <-, line 93 */
+			break;
+		case 5:
+			slice_from_s(z, 3, s_17);	/* <-, line 94 */
+			break;
+		case 6:
+			slice_from_s(z, 3, s_18);	/* <-, line 96 */
+			break;
+		case 7:
+			slice_from_s(z, 3, s_19);	/* <-, line 98 */
+			break;
+		case 8:
+			slice_from_s(z, 2, s_20);	/* <-, line 100 */
+			break;
+		case 9:
+			slice_from_s(z, 3, s_21);	/* <-, line 101 */
+			break;
+		case 10:
+			slice_from_s(z, 3, s_22);	/* <-, line 103 */
+			break;
+		case 11:
+			slice_from_s(z, 3, s_23);	/* <-, line 105 */
+			break;
+		case 12:
+			slice_from_s(z, 3, s_24);	/* <-, line 107 */
+			break;
+		case 13:
+			if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_25)))
+				return 0;
+			slice_from_s(z, 2, s_26);	/* <-, line 108 */
+			break;
+		case 14:
+			slice_from_s(z, 3, s_27);	/* <-, line 109 */
+			break;
+		case 15:
+			slice_from_s(z, 4, s_28);	/* <-, line 110 */
+			break;
+		case 16:
+			if (!(in_grouping_b(z, g_valid_LI, 99, 116)))
+				return 0;
+			slice_del(z);		/* delete, line 111 */
+			break;
+	}
+	return 1;
 }
 
-static int r_Step_4(struct SN_env * z) {
-    int among_var;
-    z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 130 */
-    among_var = find_among_b(z, a_6, 18); /* substring, line 130 */
-    if (!(among_var)) return 0;
-    z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 130 */
-    if (!r_R2(z)) return 0; /* call R2, line 130 */
-    switch(among_var) {
-        case 0: return 0;
-        case 1:
-            slice_del(z); /* delete, line 133 */
-            break;
-        case 2:
-            {   int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 134 */
-                if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_33))) goto lab1;
-                goto lab0;
-            lab1:
-                z->c = z->l - m;
-                if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_34))) return 0;
-            }
-        lab0:
-            slice_del(z); /* delete, line 134 */
-            break;
-    }
-    return 1;
+static int
+r_Step_3(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+	int			among_var;
+
+	z->ket = z->c;				/* [, line 116 */
+	among_var = find_among_b(z, a_5, 9);		/* substring, line 116 */
+	if (!(among_var))
+		return 0;
+	z->bra = z->c;				/* ], line 116 */
+	if (!r_R1(z))
+		return 0;				/* call R1, line 116 */
+	switch (among_var)
+	{
+		case 0:
+			return 0;
+		case 1:
+			slice_from_s(z, 4, s_29);	/* <-, line 117 */
+			break;
+		case 2:
+			slice_from_s(z, 3, s_30);	/* <-, line 118 */
+			break;
+		case 3:
+			slice_from_s(z, 2, s_31);	/* <-, line 119 */
+			break;
+		case 4:
+			slice_from_s(z, 2, s_32);	/* <-, line 121 */
+			break;
+		case 5:
+			slice_del(z);		/* delete, line 123 */
+			break;
+		case 6:
+			if (!r_R2(z))
+				return 0;		/* call R2, line 125 */
+			slice_del(z);		/* delete, line 125 */
+			break;
+	}
+	return 1;
 }
 
-static int r_Step_5(struct SN_env * z) {
-    int among_var;
-    z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 139 */
-    among_var = find_among_b(z, a_7, 2); /* substring, line 139 */
-    if (!(among_var)) return 0;
-    z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 139 */
-    switch(among_var) {
-        case 0: return 0;
-        case 1:
-            {   int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 140 */
-                if (!r_R2(z)) goto lab1; /* call R2, line 140 */
-                goto lab0;
-            lab1:
-                z->c = z->l - m;
-                if (!r_R1(z)) return 0; /* call R1, line 140 */
-                {   int m = z->l - z->c; /* not, line 140 */
-                    if (!r_shortv(z)) goto lab2; /* call shortv, line 140 */
-                    return 0;
-                lab2:
-                    z->c = z->l - m;
-                }
-            }
-        lab0:
-            slice_del(z); /* delete, line 140 */
-            break;
-        case 2:
-            if (!r_R2(z)) return 0; /* call R2, line 141 */
-            if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_35))) return 0;
-            slice_del(z); /* delete, line 141 */
-            break;
-    }
-    return 1;
+static int
+r_Step_4(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+	int			among_var;
+
+	z->ket = z->c;				/* [, line 130 */
+	among_var = find_among_b(z, a_6, 18);		/* substring, line 130 */
+	if (!(among_var))
+		return 0;
+	z->bra = z->c;				/* ], line 130 */
+	if (!r_R2(z))
+		return 0;				/* call R2, line 130 */
+	switch (among_var)
+	{
+		case 0:
+			return 0;
+		case 1:
+			slice_del(z);		/* delete, line 133 */
+			break;
+		case 2:
+			{
+				int			m = z->l - z->c;	/* or, line 134 */
+
+				if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_33)))
+					goto lab1;
+				goto lab0;
+		lab1:
+				z->c = z->l - m;
+				if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_34)))
+					return 0;
+			}
+	lab0:
+			slice_del(z);		/* delete, line 134 */
+			break;
+	}
+	return 1;
 }
 
-static int r_exception2(struct SN_env * z) {
-    z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 147 */
-    if (!(find_among_b(z, a_8, 8))) return 0; /* substring, line 147 */
-    z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 147 */
-    if (z->c > z->lb) return 0; /* atlimit, line 147 */
-    return 1;
+static int
+r_Step_5(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+	int			among_var;
+
+	z->ket = z->c;				/* [, line 139 */
+	among_var = find_among_b(z, a_7, 2);		/* substring, line 139 */
+	if (!(among_var))
+		return 0;
+	z->bra = z->c;				/* ], line 139 */
+	switch (among_var)
+	{
+		case 0:
+			return 0;
+		case 1:
+			{
+				int			m = z->l - z->c;	/* or, line 140 */
+
+				if (!r_R2(z))
+					goto lab1;	/* call R2, line 140 */
+				goto lab0;
+		lab1:
+				z->c = z->l - m;
+				if (!r_R1(z))
+					return 0;	/* call R1, line 140 */
+				{
+					int			m = z->l - z->c;		/* not, line 140 */
+
+					if (!r_shortv(z))
+						goto lab2;		/* call shortv, line 140 */
+					return 0;
+			lab2:
+					z->c = z->l - m;
+				}
+			}
+	lab0:
+			slice_del(z);		/* delete, line 140 */
+			break;
+		case 2:
+			if (!r_R2(z))
+				return 0;		/* call R2, line 141 */
+			if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_35)))
+				return 0;
+			slice_del(z);		/* delete, line 141 */
+			break;
+	}
+	return 1;
 }
 
-static int r_exception1(struct SN_env * z) {
-    int among_var;
-    z->bra = z->c; /* [, line 159 */
-    among_var = find_among(z, a_9, 18); /* substring, line 159 */
-    if (!(among_var)) return 0;
-    z->ket = z->c; /* ], line 159 */
-    if (z->c < z->l) return 0; /* atlimit, line 159 */
-    switch(among_var) {
-        case 0: return 0;
-        case 1:
-            slice_from_s(z, 3, s_36); /* <-, line 163 */
-            break;
-        case 2:
-            slice_from_s(z, 3, s_37); /* <-, line 164 */
-            break;
-        case 3:
-            slice_from_s(z, 3, s_38); /* <-, line 165 */
-            break;
-        case 4:
-            slice_from_s(z, 3, s_39); /* <-, line 166 */
-            break;
-        case 5:
-            slice_from_s(z, 3, s_40); /* <-, line 167 */
-            break;
-        case 6:
-            slice_from_s(z, 3, s_41); /* <-, line 171 */
-            break;
-        case 7:
-            slice_from_s(z, 5, s_42); /* <-, line 172 */
-            break;
-        case 8:
-            slice_from_s(z, 4, s_43); /* <-, line 173 */
-            break;
-        case 9:
-            slice_from_s(z, 5, s_44); /* <-, line 174 */
-            break;
-        case 10:
-            slice_from_s(z, 4, s_45); /* <-, line 175 */
-            break;
-        case 11:
-            slice_from_s(z, 5, s_46); /* <-, line 176 */
-            break;
-    }
-    return 1;
+static int
+r_exception2(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+	z->ket = z->c;				/* [, line 147 */
+	if (!(find_among_b(z, a_8, 8)))
+		return 0;				/* substring, line 147 */
+	z->bra = z->c;				/* ], line 147 */
+	if (z->c > z->lb)
+		return 0;				/* atlimit, line 147 */
+	return 1;
 }
 
-static int r_postlude(struct SN_env * z) {
-    if (!(z->B[0])) return 0; /* Boolean test Y_found, line 192 */
-    while(1) { /* repeat, line 192 */
-        int c = z->c;
-        while(1) { /* goto, line 192 */
-            int c = z->c;
-            z->bra = z->c; /* [, line 192 */
-            if (!(eq_s(z, 1, s_47))) goto lab1;
-            z->ket = z->c; /* ], line 192 */
-            z->c = c;
-            break;
-        lab1:
-            z->c = c;
-            if (z->c >= z->l) goto lab0;
-            z->c++;
-        }
-        slice_from_s(z, 1, s_48); /* <-, line 192 */
-        continue;
-    lab0:
-        z->c = c;
-        break;
-    }
-    return 1;
+static int
+r_exception1(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+	int			among_var;
+
+	z->bra = z->c;				/* [, line 159 */
+	among_var = find_among(z, a_9, 18); /* substring, line 159 */
+	if (!(among_var))
+		return 0;
+	z->ket = z->c;				/* ], line 159 */
+	if (z->c < z->l)
+		return 0;				/* atlimit, line 159 */
+	switch (among_var)
+	{
+		case 0:
+			return 0;
+		case 1:
+			slice_from_s(z, 3, s_36);	/* <-, line 163 */
+			break;
+		case 2:
+			slice_from_s(z, 3, s_37);	/* <-, line 164 */
+			break;
+		case 3:
+			slice_from_s(z, 3, s_38);	/* <-, line 165 */
+			break;
+		case 4:
+			slice_from_s(z, 3, s_39);	/* <-, line 166 */
+			break;
+		case 5:
+			slice_from_s(z, 3, s_40);	/* <-, line 167 */
+			break;
+		case 6:
+			slice_from_s(z, 3, s_41);	/* <-, line 171 */
+			break;
+		case 7:
+			slice_from_s(z, 5, s_42);	/* <-, line 172 */
+			break;
+		case 8:
+			slice_from_s(z, 4, s_43);	/* <-, line 173 */
+			break;
+		case 9:
+			slice_from_s(z, 5, s_44);	/* <-, line 174 */
+			break;
+		case 10:
+			slice_from_s(z, 4, s_45);	/* <-, line 175 */
+			break;
+		case 11:
+			slice_from_s(z, 5, s_46);	/* <-, line 176 */
+			break;
+	}
+	return 1;
 }
 
-extern int english_stem(struct SN_env * z) {
-    {   int c = z->c; /* or, line 196 */
-        if (!r_exception1(z)) goto lab1; /* call exception1, line 196 */
-        goto lab0;
-    lab1:
-        z->c = c;
-        {   int c_test = z->c; /* test, line 198 */
-            {   int c = z->c + 3;
-                if (0 > c || c > z->l) return 0;
-                z->c = c; /* hop, line 198 */
-            }
-            z->c = c_test;
-        }
-        {   int c = z->c; /* do, line 199 */
-            if (!r_prelude(z)) goto lab2; /* call prelude, line 199 */
-        lab2:
-            z->c = c;
-        }
-        {   int c = z->c; /* do, line 200 */
-            if (!r_mark_regions(z)) goto lab3; /* call mark_regions, line 200 */
-        lab3:
-            z->c = c;
-        }
-        z->lb = z->c; z->c = z->l; /* backwards, line 201 */
-
-        {   int m = z->l - z->c; /* do, line 203 */
-            if (!r_Step_1a(z)) goto lab4; /* call Step_1a, line 203 */
-        lab4:
-            z->c = z->l - m;
-        }
-        {   int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 205 */
-            if (!r_exception2(z)) goto lab6; /* call exception2, line 205 */
-            goto lab5;
-        lab6:
-            z->c = z->l - m;
-            {   int m = z->l - z->c; /* do, line 207 */
-                if (!r_Step_1b(z)) goto lab7; /* call Step_1b, line 207 */
-            lab7:
-                z->c = z->l - m;
-            }
-            {   int m = z->l - z->c; /* do, line 208 */
-                if (!r_Step_1c(z)) goto lab8; /* call Step_1c, line 208 */
-            lab8:
-                z->c = z->l - m;
-            }
-            {   int m = z->l - z->c; /* do, line 210 */
-                if (!r_Step_2(z)) goto lab9; /* call Step_2, line 210 */
-            lab9:
-                z->c = z->l - m;
-            }
-            {   int m = z->l - z->c; /* do, line 211 */
-                if (!r_Step_3(z)) goto lab10; /* call Step_3, line 211 */
-            lab10:
-                z->c = z->l - m;
-            }
-            {   int m = z->l - z->c; /* do, line 212 */
-                if (!r_Step_4(z)) goto lab11; /* call Step_4, line 212 */
-            lab11:
-                z->c = z->l - m;
-            }
-            {   int m = z->l - z->c; /* do, line 214 */
-                if (!r_Step_5(z)) goto lab12; /* call Step_5, line 214 */
-            lab12:
-                z->c = z->l - m;
-            }
-        }
-    lab5:
-        z->c = z->lb;
-        {   int c = z->c; /* do, line 217 */
-            if (!r_postlude(z)) goto lab13; /* call postlude, line 217 */
-        lab13:
-            z->c = c;
-        }
-    }
+static int
+r_postlude(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+	if (!(z->B[0]))
+		return 0;				/* Boolean test Y_found, line 192 */
+	while (1)
+	{							/* repeat, line 192 */
+		int			c = z->c;
+
+		while (1)
+		{						/* goto, line 192 */
+			int			c = z->c;
+
+			z->bra = z->c;		/* [, line 192 */
+			if (!(eq_s(z, 1, s_47)))
+				goto lab1;
+			z->ket = z->c;		/* ], line 192 */
+			z->c = c;
+			break;
+	lab1:
+			z->c = c;
+			if (z->c >= z->l)
+				goto lab0;
+			z->c++;
+		}
+		slice_from_s(z, 1, s_48);		/* <-, line 192 */
+		continue;
 lab0:
-    return 1;
+		z->c = c;
+		break;
+	}
+	return 1;
 }
 
-extern struct SN_env * english_create_env(void) { return SN_create_env(0, 2, 1); }
+extern int
+english_stem(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+	{
+		int			c = z->c;	/* or, line 196 */
+
+		if (!r_exception1(z))
+			goto lab1;			/* call exception1, line 196 */
+		goto lab0;
+lab1:
+		z->c = c;
+		{
+			int			c_test = z->c;	/* test, line 198 */
+
+			{
+				int			c = z->c + 3;
+
+				if (0 > c || c > z->l)
+					return 0;
+				z->c = c;		/* hop, line 198 */
+			}
+			z->c = c_test;
+		}
+		{
+			int			c = z->c;		/* do, line 199 */
+
+			if (!r_prelude(z))
+				goto lab2;		/* call prelude, line 199 */
+	lab2:
+			z->c = c;
+		}
+		{
+			int			c = z->c;		/* do, line 200 */
 
-extern void english_close_env(struct SN_env * z) { SN_close_env(z); }
+			if (!r_mark_regions(z))
+				goto lab3;		/* call mark_regions, line 200 */
+	lab3:
+			z->c = c;
+		}
+		z->lb = z->c;
+		z->c = z->l;			/* backwards, line 201 */
 
+		{
+			int			m = z->l - z->c;		/* do, line 203 */
+
+			if (!r_Step_1a(z))
+				goto lab4;		/* call Step_1a, line 203 */
+	lab4:
+			z->c = z->l - m;
+		}
+		{
+			int			m = z->l - z->c;		/* or, line 205 */
+
+			if (!r_exception2(z))
+				goto lab6;		/* call exception2, line 205 */
+			goto lab5;
+	lab6:
+			z->c = z->l - m;
+			{
+				int			m = z->l - z->c;	/* do, line 207 */
+
+				if (!r_Step_1b(z))
+					goto lab7;	/* call Step_1b, line 207 */
+		lab7:
+				z->c = z->l - m;
+			}
+			{
+				int			m = z->l - z->c;	/* do, line 208 */
+
+				if (!r_Step_1c(z))
+					goto lab8;	/* call Step_1c, line 208 */
+		lab8:
+				z->c = z->l - m;
+			}
+			{
+				int			m = z->l - z->c;	/* do, line 210 */
+
+				if (!r_Step_2(z))
+					goto lab9;	/* call Step_2, line 210 */
+		lab9:
+				z->c = z->l - m;
+			}
+			{
+				int			m = z->l - z->c;	/* do, line 211 */
+
+				if (!r_Step_3(z))
+					goto lab10; /* call Step_3, line 211 */
+		lab10:
+				z->c = z->l - m;
+			}
+			{
+				int			m = z->l - z->c;	/* do, line 212 */
+
+				if (!r_Step_4(z))
+					goto lab11; /* call Step_4, line 212 */
+		lab11:
+				z->c = z->l - m;
+			}
+			{
+				int			m = z->l - z->c;	/* do, line 214 */
+
+				if (!r_Step_5(z))
+					goto lab12; /* call Step_5, line 214 */
+		lab12:
+				z->c = z->l - m;
+			}
+		}
+lab5:
+		z->c = z->lb;
+		{
+			int			c = z->c;		/* do, line 217 */
+
+			if (!r_postlude(z))
+				goto lab13;		/* call postlude, line 217 */
+	lab13:
+			z->c = c;
+		}
+	}
+lab0:
+	return 1;
+}
+
+extern struct SN_env *english_create_env(void)
+{
+	return SN_create_env(0, 2, 1);
+}
+
+extern void english_close_env(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+	SN_close_env(z);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/english_stem.h b/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/english_stem.h
index bfefcd56565..7a52f9cde13 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/english_stem.h
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/english_stem.h
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
 
 /* This file was generated automatically by the Snowball to ANSI C compiler */
 
-extern struct SN_env * english_create_env(void);
+extern struct SN_env *english_create_env(void);
 extern void english_close_env(struct SN_env * z);
 
-extern int english_stem(struct SN_env * z);
-
+extern int	english_stem(struct SN_env * z);
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/header.h b/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/header.h
index 6b636972022..4d4f127d6a1 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/header.h
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/header.h
@@ -2,41 +2,42 @@
 
 #define HEAD 2*sizeof(int)
 
-#define SIZE(p)        ((int *)(p))[-1]
+#define SIZE(p)		   ((int *)(p))[-1]
 #define SET_SIZE(p, n) ((int *)(p))[-1] = n
 #define CAPACITY(p)    ((int *)(p))[-2]
 
 struct among
-{   int s_size;     /* number of chars in string */
-    symbol * s;       /* search string */
-    int substring_i;/* index to longest matching substring */
-    int result;     /* result of the lookup */
-    int (* function)(struct SN_env *);
+{
+	int			s_size;			/* number of chars in string */
+	symbol	   *s;				/* search string */
+	int			substring_i;	/* index to longest matching substring */
+	int			result;			/* result of the lookup */
+	int			(*function) (struct SN_env *);
 };
 
-extern symbol * create_s(void);
+extern symbol *create_s(void);
 extern void lose_s(symbol * p);
 
-extern int in_grouping(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char * s, int min, int max);
-extern int in_grouping_b(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char * s, int min, int max);
-extern int out_grouping(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char * s, int min, int max);
-extern int out_grouping_b(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char * s, int min, int max);
+extern int	in_grouping(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char *s, int min, int max);
+extern int	in_grouping_b(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char *s, int min, int max);
+extern int	out_grouping(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char *s, int min, int max);
+extern int	out_grouping_b(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char *s, int min, int max);
 
-extern int in_range(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max);
-extern int in_range_b(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max);
-extern int out_range(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max);
-extern int out_range_b(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max);
+extern int	in_range(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max);
+extern int	in_range_b(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max);
+extern int	out_range(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max);
+extern int	out_range_b(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max);
 
-extern int eq_s(struct SN_env * z, int s_size, symbol * s);
-extern int eq_s_b(struct SN_env * z, int s_size, symbol * s);
-extern int eq_v(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p);
-extern int eq_v_b(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p);
+extern int	eq_s(struct SN_env * z, int s_size, symbol * s);
+extern int	eq_s_b(struct SN_env * z, int s_size, symbol * s);
+extern int	eq_v(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p);
+extern int	eq_v_b(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p);
 
-extern int find_among(struct SN_env * z, struct among * v, int v_size);
-extern int find_among_b(struct SN_env * z, struct among * v, int v_size);
+extern int	find_among(struct SN_env * z, struct among * v, int v_size);
+extern int	find_among_b(struct SN_env * z, struct among * v, int v_size);
 
-extern symbol * increase_size(symbol * p, int n);
-extern int replace_s(struct SN_env * z, int c_bra, int c_ket, int s_size, const symbol * s);
+extern symbol *increase_size(symbol * p, int n);
+extern int	replace_s(struct SN_env * z, int c_bra, int c_ket, int s_size, const symbol * s);
 extern void slice_from_s(struct SN_env * z, int s_size, symbol * s);
 extern void slice_from_v(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p);
 extern void slice_del(struct SN_env * z);
@@ -44,8 +45,7 @@ extern void slice_del(struct SN_env * z);
 extern void insert_s(struct SN_env * z, int bra, int ket, int s_size, symbol * s);
 extern void insert_v(struct SN_env * z, int bra, int ket, symbol * p);
 
-extern symbol * slice_to(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p);
-extern symbol * assign_to(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p);
+extern symbol *slice_to(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p);
+extern symbol *assign_to(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p);
 
 extern void debug(struct SN_env * z, int number, int line_count);
-
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/russian_stem.c b/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/russian_stem.c
index 14fd49156b7..db698ce53fb 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/russian_stem.c
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/russian_stem.c
@@ -3,624 +3,762 @@
 
 #include "header.h"
 
-extern int russian_stem(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_tidy_up(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_derivational(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_noun(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_verb(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_reflexive(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_adjectival(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_adjective(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_perfective_gerund(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_R2(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_mark_regions(struct SN_env * z);
-
-extern struct SN_env * russian_create_env(void);
+extern int	russian_stem(struct SN_env * z);
+static int	r_tidy_up(struct SN_env * z);
+static int	r_derivational(struct SN_env * z);
+static int	r_noun(struct SN_env * z);
+static int	r_verb(struct SN_env * z);
+static int	r_reflexive(struct SN_env * z);
+static int	r_adjectival(struct SN_env * z);
+static int	r_adjective(struct SN_env * z);
+static int	r_perfective_gerund(struct SN_env * z);
+static int	r_R2(struct SN_env * z);
+static int	r_mark_regions(struct SN_env * z);
+
+extern struct SN_env *russian_create_env(void);
 extern void russian_close_env(struct SN_env * z);
 
-static symbol s_0_0[3] = { 215, 219, 201 };
-static symbol s_0_1[4] = { 201, 215, 219, 201 };
-static symbol s_0_2[4] = { 217, 215, 219, 201 };
-static symbol s_0_3[1] = { 215 };
-static symbol s_0_4[2] = { 201, 215 };
-static symbol s_0_5[2] = { 217, 215 };
-static symbol s_0_6[5] = { 215, 219, 201, 211, 216 };
-static symbol s_0_7[6] = { 201, 215, 219, 201, 211, 216 };
-static symbol s_0_8[6] = { 217, 215, 219, 201, 211, 216 };
+static symbol s_0_0[3] = {215, 219, 201};
+static symbol s_0_1[4] = {201, 215, 219, 201};
+static symbol s_0_2[4] = {217, 215, 219, 201};
+static symbol s_0_3[1] = {215};
+static symbol s_0_4[2] = {201, 215};
+static symbol s_0_5[2] = {217, 215};
+static symbol s_0_6[5] = {215, 219, 201, 211, 216};
+static symbol s_0_7[6] = {201, 215, 219, 201, 211, 216};
+static symbol s_0_8[6] = {217, 215, 219, 201, 211, 216};
 
 static struct among a_0[9] =
 {
-/*  0 */ { 3, s_0_0, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  1 */ { 4, s_0_1, 0, 2, 0},
-/*  2 */ { 4, s_0_2, 0, 2, 0},
-/*  3 */ { 1, s_0_3, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  4 */ { 2, s_0_4, 3, 2, 0},
-/*  5 */ { 2, s_0_5, 3, 2, 0},
-/*  6 */ { 5, s_0_6, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  7 */ { 6, s_0_7, 6, 2, 0},
-/*  8 */ { 6, s_0_8, 6, 2, 0}
+	 /*  0 */ {3, s_0_0, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  1 */ {4, s_0_1, 0, 2, 0},
+	 /*  2 */ {4, s_0_2, 0, 2, 0},
+	 /*  3 */ {1, s_0_3, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  4 */ {2, s_0_4, 3, 2, 0},
+	 /*  5 */ {2, s_0_5, 3, 2, 0},
+	 /*  6 */ {5, s_0_6, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  7 */ {6, s_0_7, 6, 2, 0},
+	 /*  8 */ {6, s_0_8, 6, 2, 0}
 };
 
-static symbol s_1_0[2] = { 192, 192 };
-static symbol s_1_1[2] = { 197, 192 };
-static symbol s_1_2[2] = { 207, 192 };
-static symbol s_1_3[2] = { 213, 192 };
-static symbol s_1_4[2] = { 197, 197 };
-static symbol s_1_5[2] = { 201, 197 };
-static symbol s_1_6[2] = { 207, 197 };
-static symbol s_1_7[2] = { 217, 197 };
-static symbol s_1_8[2] = { 201, 200 };
-static symbol s_1_9[2] = { 217, 200 };
-static symbol s_1_10[3] = { 201, 205, 201 };
-static symbol s_1_11[3] = { 217, 205, 201 };
-static symbol s_1_12[2] = { 197, 202 };
-static symbol s_1_13[2] = { 201, 202 };
-static symbol s_1_14[2] = { 207, 202 };
-static symbol s_1_15[2] = { 217, 202 };
-static symbol s_1_16[2] = { 197, 205 };
-static symbol s_1_17[2] = { 201, 205 };
-static symbol s_1_18[2] = { 207, 205 };
-static symbol s_1_19[2] = { 217, 205 };
-static symbol s_1_20[3] = { 197, 199, 207 };
-static symbol s_1_21[3] = { 207, 199, 207 };
-static symbol s_1_22[2] = { 193, 209 };
-static symbol s_1_23[2] = { 209, 209 };
-static symbol s_1_24[3] = { 197, 205, 213 };
-static symbol s_1_25[3] = { 207, 205, 213 };
+static symbol s_1_0[2] = {192, 192};
+static symbol s_1_1[2] = {197, 192};
+static symbol s_1_2[2] = {207, 192};
+static symbol s_1_3[2] = {213, 192};
+static symbol s_1_4[2] = {197, 197};
+static symbol s_1_5[2] = {201, 197};
+static symbol s_1_6[2] = {207, 197};
+static symbol s_1_7[2] = {217, 197};
+static symbol s_1_8[2] = {201, 200};
+static symbol s_1_9[2] = {217, 200};
+static symbol s_1_10[3] = {201, 205, 201};
+static symbol s_1_11[3] = {217, 205, 201};
+static symbol s_1_12[2] = {197, 202};
+static symbol s_1_13[2] = {201, 202};
+static symbol s_1_14[2] = {207, 202};
+static symbol s_1_15[2] = {217, 202};
+static symbol s_1_16[2] = {197, 205};
+static symbol s_1_17[2] = {201, 205};
+static symbol s_1_18[2] = {207, 205};
+static symbol s_1_19[2] = {217, 205};
+static symbol s_1_20[3] = {197, 199, 207};
+static symbol s_1_21[3] = {207, 199, 207};
+static symbol s_1_22[2] = {193, 209};
+static symbol s_1_23[2] = {209, 209};
+static symbol s_1_24[3] = {197, 205, 213};
+static symbol s_1_25[3] = {207, 205, 213};
 
 static struct among a_1[26] =
 {
-/*  0 */ { 2, s_1_0, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  1 */ { 2, s_1_1, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  2 */ { 2, s_1_2, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  3 */ { 2, s_1_3, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  4 */ { 2, s_1_4, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  5 */ { 2, s_1_5, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  6 */ { 2, s_1_6, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  7 */ { 2, s_1_7, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  8 */ { 2, s_1_8, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  9 */ { 2, s_1_9, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 10 */ { 3, s_1_10, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 11 */ { 3, s_1_11, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 12 */ { 2, s_1_12, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 13 */ { 2, s_1_13, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 14 */ { 2, s_1_14, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 15 */ { 2, s_1_15, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 16 */ { 2, s_1_16, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 17 */ { 2, s_1_17, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 18 */ { 2, s_1_18, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 19 */ { 2, s_1_19, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 20 */ { 3, s_1_20, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 21 */ { 3, s_1_21, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 22 */ { 2, s_1_22, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 23 */ { 2, s_1_23, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 24 */ { 3, s_1_24, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 25 */ { 3, s_1_25, -1, 1, 0}
+	 /*  0 */ {2, s_1_0, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  1 */ {2, s_1_1, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  2 */ {2, s_1_2, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  3 */ {2, s_1_3, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  4 */ {2, s_1_4, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  5 */ {2, s_1_5, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  6 */ {2, s_1_6, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  7 */ {2, s_1_7, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  8 */ {2, s_1_8, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  9 */ {2, s_1_9, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 10 */ {3, s_1_10, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 11 */ {3, s_1_11, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 12 */ {2, s_1_12, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 13 */ {2, s_1_13, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 14 */ {2, s_1_14, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 15 */ {2, s_1_15, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 16 */ {2, s_1_16, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 17 */ {2, s_1_17, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 18 */ {2, s_1_18, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 19 */ {2, s_1_19, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 20 */ {3, s_1_20, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 21 */ {3, s_1_21, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 22 */ {2, s_1_22, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 23 */ {2, s_1_23, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 24 */ {3, s_1_24, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 25 */ {3, s_1_25, -1, 1, 0}
 };
 
-static symbol s_2_0[2] = { 197, 205 };
-static symbol s_2_1[2] = { 206, 206 };
-static symbol s_2_2[2] = { 215, 219 };
-static symbol s_2_3[3] = { 201, 215, 219 };
-static symbol s_2_4[3] = { 217, 215, 219 };
-static symbol s_2_5[1] = { 221 };
-static symbol s_2_6[2] = { 192, 221 };
-static symbol s_2_7[3] = { 213, 192, 221 };
+static symbol s_2_0[2] = {197, 205};
+static symbol s_2_1[2] = {206, 206};
+static symbol s_2_2[2] = {215, 219};
+static symbol s_2_3[3] = {201, 215, 219};
+static symbol s_2_4[3] = {217, 215, 219};
+static symbol s_2_5[1] = {221};
+static symbol s_2_6[2] = {192, 221};
+static symbol s_2_7[3] = {213, 192, 221};
 
 static struct among a_2[8] =
 {
-/*  0 */ { 2, s_2_0, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  1 */ { 2, s_2_1, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  2 */ { 2, s_2_2, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  3 */ { 3, s_2_3, 2, 2, 0},
-/*  4 */ { 3, s_2_4, 2, 2, 0},
-/*  5 */ { 1, s_2_5, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  6 */ { 2, s_2_6, 5, 1, 0},
-/*  7 */ { 3, s_2_7, 6, 2, 0}
+	 /*  0 */ {2, s_2_0, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  1 */ {2, s_2_1, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  2 */ {2, s_2_2, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  3 */ {3, s_2_3, 2, 2, 0},
+	 /*  4 */ {3, s_2_4, 2, 2, 0},
+	 /*  5 */ {1, s_2_5, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  6 */ {2, s_2_6, 5, 1, 0},
+	 /*  7 */ {3, s_2_7, 6, 2, 0}
 };
 
-static symbol s_3_0[2] = { 211, 209 };
-static symbol s_3_1[2] = { 211, 216 };
+static symbol s_3_0[2] = {211, 209};
+static symbol s_3_1[2] = {211, 216};
 
 static struct among a_3[2] =
 {
-/*  0 */ { 2, s_3_0, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  1 */ { 2, s_3_1, -1, 1, 0}
+	 /*  0 */ {2, s_3_0, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  1 */ {2, s_3_1, -1, 1, 0}
 };
 
-static symbol s_4_0[1] = { 192 };
-static symbol s_4_1[2] = { 213, 192 };
-static symbol s_4_2[2] = { 204, 193 };
-static symbol s_4_3[3] = { 201, 204, 193 };
-static symbol s_4_4[3] = { 217, 204, 193 };
-static symbol s_4_5[2] = { 206, 193 };
-static symbol s_4_6[3] = { 197, 206, 193 };
-static symbol s_4_7[3] = { 197, 212, 197 };
-static symbol s_4_8[3] = { 201, 212, 197 };
-static symbol s_4_9[3] = { 202, 212, 197 };
-static symbol s_4_10[4] = { 197, 202, 212, 197 };
-static symbol s_4_11[4] = { 213, 202, 212, 197 };
-static symbol s_4_12[2] = { 204, 201 };
-static symbol s_4_13[3] = { 201, 204, 201 };
-static symbol s_4_14[3] = { 217, 204, 201 };
-static symbol s_4_15[1] = { 202 };
-static symbol s_4_16[2] = { 197, 202 };
-static symbol s_4_17[2] = { 213, 202 };
-static symbol s_4_18[1] = { 204 };
-static symbol s_4_19[2] = { 201, 204 };
-static symbol s_4_20[2] = { 217, 204 };
-static symbol s_4_21[2] = { 197, 205 };
-static symbol s_4_22[2] = { 201, 205 };
-static symbol s_4_23[2] = { 217, 205 };
-static symbol s_4_24[1] = { 206 };
-static symbol s_4_25[2] = { 197, 206 };
-static symbol s_4_26[2] = { 204, 207 };
-static symbol s_4_27[3] = { 201, 204, 207 };
-static symbol s_4_28[3] = { 217, 204, 207 };
-static symbol s_4_29[2] = { 206, 207 };
-static symbol s_4_30[3] = { 197, 206, 207 };
-static symbol s_4_31[3] = { 206, 206, 207 };
-static symbol s_4_32[2] = { 192, 212 };
-static symbol s_4_33[3] = { 213, 192, 212 };
-static symbol s_4_34[2] = { 197, 212 };
-static symbol s_4_35[3] = { 213, 197, 212 };
-static symbol s_4_36[2] = { 201, 212 };
-static symbol s_4_37[2] = { 209, 212 };
-static symbol s_4_38[2] = { 217, 212 };
-static symbol s_4_39[2] = { 212, 216 };
-static symbol s_4_40[3] = { 201, 212, 216 };
-static symbol s_4_41[3] = { 217, 212, 216 };
-static symbol s_4_42[3] = { 197, 219, 216 };
-static symbol s_4_43[3] = { 201, 219, 216 };
-static symbol s_4_44[2] = { 206, 217 };
-static symbol s_4_45[3] = { 197, 206, 217 };
+static symbol s_4_0[1] = {192};
+static symbol s_4_1[2] = {213, 192};
+static symbol s_4_2[2] = {204, 193};
+static symbol s_4_3[3] = {201, 204, 193};
+static symbol s_4_4[3] = {217, 204, 193};
+static symbol s_4_5[2] = {206, 193};
+static symbol s_4_6[3] = {197, 206, 193};
+static symbol s_4_7[3] = {197, 212, 197};
+static symbol s_4_8[3] = {201, 212, 197};
+static symbol s_4_9[3] = {202, 212, 197};
+static symbol s_4_10[4] = {197, 202, 212, 197};
+static symbol s_4_11[4] = {213, 202, 212, 197};
+static symbol s_4_12[2] = {204, 201};
+static symbol s_4_13[3] = {201, 204, 201};
+static symbol s_4_14[3] = {217, 204, 201};
+static symbol s_4_15[1] = {202};
+static symbol s_4_16[2] = {197, 202};
+static symbol s_4_17[2] = {213, 202};
+static symbol s_4_18[1] = {204};
+static symbol s_4_19[2] = {201, 204};
+static symbol s_4_20[2] = {217, 204};
+static symbol s_4_21[2] = {197, 205};
+static symbol s_4_22[2] = {201, 205};
+static symbol s_4_23[2] = {217, 205};
+static symbol s_4_24[1] = {206};
+static symbol s_4_25[2] = {197, 206};
+static symbol s_4_26[2] = {204, 207};
+static symbol s_4_27[3] = {201, 204, 207};
+static symbol s_4_28[3] = {217, 204, 207};
+static symbol s_4_29[2] = {206, 207};
+static symbol s_4_30[3] = {197, 206, 207};
+static symbol s_4_31[3] = {206, 206, 207};
+static symbol s_4_32[2] = {192, 212};
+static symbol s_4_33[3] = {213, 192, 212};
+static symbol s_4_34[2] = {197, 212};
+static symbol s_4_35[3] = {213, 197, 212};
+static symbol s_4_36[2] = {201, 212};
+static symbol s_4_37[2] = {209, 212};
+static symbol s_4_38[2] = {217, 212};
+static symbol s_4_39[2] = {212, 216};
+static symbol s_4_40[3] = {201, 212, 216};
+static symbol s_4_41[3] = {217, 212, 216};
+static symbol s_4_42[3] = {197, 219, 216};
+static symbol s_4_43[3] = {201, 219, 216};
+static symbol s_4_44[2] = {206, 217};
+static symbol s_4_45[3] = {197, 206, 217};
 
 static struct among a_4[46] =
 {
-/*  0 */ { 1, s_4_0, -1, 2, 0},
-/*  1 */ { 2, s_4_1, 0, 2, 0},
-/*  2 */ { 2, s_4_2, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  3 */ { 3, s_4_3, 2, 2, 0},
-/*  4 */ { 3, s_4_4, 2, 2, 0},
-/*  5 */ { 2, s_4_5, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  6 */ { 3, s_4_6, 5, 2, 0},
-/*  7 */ { 3, s_4_7, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  8 */ { 3, s_4_8, -1, 2, 0},
-/*  9 */ { 3, s_4_9, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 10 */ { 4, s_4_10, 9, 2, 0},
-/* 11 */ { 4, s_4_11, 9, 2, 0},
-/* 12 */ { 2, s_4_12, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 13 */ { 3, s_4_13, 12, 2, 0},
-/* 14 */ { 3, s_4_14, 12, 2, 0},
-/* 15 */ { 1, s_4_15, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 16 */ { 2, s_4_16, 15, 2, 0},
-/* 17 */ { 2, s_4_17, 15, 2, 0},
-/* 18 */ { 1, s_4_18, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 19 */ { 2, s_4_19, 18, 2, 0},
-/* 20 */ { 2, s_4_20, 18, 2, 0},
-/* 21 */ { 2, s_4_21, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 22 */ { 2, s_4_22, -1, 2, 0},
-/* 23 */ { 2, s_4_23, -1, 2, 0},
-/* 24 */ { 1, s_4_24, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 25 */ { 2, s_4_25, 24, 2, 0},
-/* 26 */ { 2, s_4_26, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 27 */ { 3, s_4_27, 26, 2, 0},
-/* 28 */ { 3, s_4_28, 26, 2, 0},
-/* 29 */ { 2, s_4_29, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 30 */ { 3, s_4_30, 29, 2, 0},
-/* 31 */ { 3, s_4_31, 29, 1, 0},
-/* 32 */ { 2, s_4_32, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 33 */ { 3, s_4_33, 32, 2, 0},
-/* 34 */ { 2, s_4_34, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 35 */ { 3, s_4_35, 34, 2, 0},
-/* 36 */ { 2, s_4_36, -1, 2, 0},
-/* 37 */ { 2, s_4_37, -1, 2, 0},
-/* 38 */ { 2, s_4_38, -1, 2, 0},
-/* 39 */ { 2, s_4_39, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 40 */ { 3, s_4_40, 39, 2, 0},
-/* 41 */ { 3, s_4_41, 39, 2, 0},
-/* 42 */ { 3, s_4_42, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 43 */ { 3, s_4_43, -1, 2, 0},
-/* 44 */ { 2, s_4_44, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 45 */ { 3, s_4_45, 44, 2, 0}
+	 /*  0 */ {1, s_4_0, -1, 2, 0},
+	 /*  1 */ {2, s_4_1, 0, 2, 0},
+	 /*  2 */ {2, s_4_2, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  3 */ {3, s_4_3, 2, 2, 0},
+	 /*  4 */ {3, s_4_4, 2, 2, 0},
+	 /*  5 */ {2, s_4_5, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  6 */ {3, s_4_6, 5, 2, 0},
+	 /*  7 */ {3, s_4_7, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  8 */ {3, s_4_8, -1, 2, 0},
+	 /*  9 */ {3, s_4_9, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 10 */ {4, s_4_10, 9, 2, 0},
+	 /* 11 */ {4, s_4_11, 9, 2, 0},
+	 /* 12 */ {2, s_4_12, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 13 */ {3, s_4_13, 12, 2, 0},
+	 /* 14 */ {3, s_4_14, 12, 2, 0},
+	 /* 15 */ {1, s_4_15, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 16 */ {2, s_4_16, 15, 2, 0},
+	 /* 17 */ {2, s_4_17, 15, 2, 0},
+	 /* 18 */ {1, s_4_18, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 19 */ {2, s_4_19, 18, 2, 0},
+	 /* 20 */ {2, s_4_20, 18, 2, 0},
+	 /* 21 */ {2, s_4_21, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 22 */ {2, s_4_22, -1, 2, 0},
+	 /* 23 */ {2, s_4_23, -1, 2, 0},
+	 /* 24 */ {1, s_4_24, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 25 */ {2, s_4_25, 24, 2, 0},
+	 /* 26 */ {2, s_4_26, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 27 */ {3, s_4_27, 26, 2, 0},
+	 /* 28 */ {3, s_4_28, 26, 2, 0},
+	 /* 29 */ {2, s_4_29, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 30 */ {3, s_4_30, 29, 2, 0},
+	 /* 31 */ {3, s_4_31, 29, 1, 0},
+	 /* 32 */ {2, s_4_32, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 33 */ {3, s_4_33, 32, 2, 0},
+	 /* 34 */ {2, s_4_34, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 35 */ {3, s_4_35, 34, 2, 0},
+	 /* 36 */ {2, s_4_36, -1, 2, 0},
+	 /* 37 */ {2, s_4_37, -1, 2, 0},
+	 /* 38 */ {2, s_4_38, -1, 2, 0},
+	 /* 39 */ {2, s_4_39, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 40 */ {3, s_4_40, 39, 2, 0},
+	 /* 41 */ {3, s_4_41, 39, 2, 0},
+	 /* 42 */ {3, s_4_42, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 43 */ {3, s_4_43, -1, 2, 0},
+	 /* 44 */ {2, s_4_44, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 45 */ {3, s_4_45, 44, 2, 0}
 };
 
-static symbol s_5_0[1] = { 192 };
-static symbol s_5_1[2] = { 201, 192 };
-static symbol s_5_2[2] = { 216, 192 };
-static symbol s_5_3[1] = { 193 };
-static symbol s_5_4[1] = { 197 };
-static symbol s_5_5[2] = { 201, 197 };
-static symbol s_5_6[2] = { 216, 197 };
-static symbol s_5_7[2] = { 193, 200 };
-static symbol s_5_8[2] = { 209, 200 };
-static symbol s_5_9[3] = { 201, 209, 200 };
-static symbol s_5_10[1] = { 201 };
-static symbol s_5_11[2] = { 197, 201 };
-static symbol s_5_12[2] = { 201, 201 };
-static symbol s_5_13[3] = { 193, 205, 201 };
-static symbol s_5_14[3] = { 209, 205, 201 };
-static symbol s_5_15[4] = { 201, 209, 205, 201 };
-static symbol s_5_16[1] = { 202 };
-static symbol s_5_17[2] = { 197, 202 };
-static symbol s_5_18[3] = { 201, 197, 202 };
-static symbol s_5_19[2] = { 201, 202 };
-static symbol s_5_20[2] = { 207, 202 };
-static symbol s_5_21[2] = { 193, 205 };
-static symbol s_5_22[2] = { 197, 205 };
-static symbol s_5_23[3] = { 201, 197, 205 };
-static symbol s_5_24[2] = { 207, 205 };
-static symbol s_5_25[2] = { 209, 205 };
-static symbol s_5_26[3] = { 201, 209, 205 };
-static symbol s_5_27[1] = { 207 };
-static symbol s_5_28[1] = { 209 };
-static symbol s_5_29[2] = { 201, 209 };
-static symbol s_5_30[2] = { 216, 209 };
-static symbol s_5_31[1] = { 213 };
-static symbol s_5_32[2] = { 197, 215 };
-static symbol s_5_33[2] = { 207, 215 };
-static symbol s_5_34[1] = { 216 };
-static symbol s_5_35[1] = { 217 };
+static symbol s_5_0[1] = {192};
+static symbol s_5_1[2] = {201, 192};
+static symbol s_5_2[2] = {216, 192};
+static symbol s_5_3[1] = {193};
+static symbol s_5_4[1] = {197};
+static symbol s_5_5[2] = {201, 197};
+static symbol s_5_6[2] = {216, 197};
+static symbol s_5_7[2] = {193, 200};
+static symbol s_5_8[2] = {209, 200};
+static symbol s_5_9[3] = {201, 209, 200};
+static symbol s_5_10[1] = {201};
+static symbol s_5_11[2] = {197, 201};
+static symbol s_5_12[2] = {201, 201};
+static symbol s_5_13[3] = {193, 205, 201};
+static symbol s_5_14[3] = {209, 205, 201};
+static symbol s_5_15[4] = {201, 209, 205, 201};
+static symbol s_5_16[1] = {202};
+static symbol s_5_17[2] = {197, 202};
+static symbol s_5_18[3] = {201, 197, 202};
+static symbol s_5_19[2] = {201, 202};
+static symbol s_5_20[2] = {207, 202};
+static symbol s_5_21[2] = {193, 205};
+static symbol s_5_22[2] = {197, 205};
+static symbol s_5_23[3] = {201, 197, 205};
+static symbol s_5_24[2] = {207, 205};
+static symbol s_5_25[2] = {209, 205};
+static symbol s_5_26[3] = {201, 209, 205};
+static symbol s_5_27[1] = {207};
+static symbol s_5_28[1] = {209};
+static symbol s_5_29[2] = {201, 209};
+static symbol s_5_30[2] = {216, 209};
+static symbol s_5_31[1] = {213};
+static symbol s_5_32[2] = {197, 215};
+static symbol s_5_33[2] = {207, 215};
+static symbol s_5_34[1] = {216};
+static symbol s_5_35[1] = {217};
 
 static struct among a_5[36] =
 {
-/*  0 */ { 1, s_5_0, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  1 */ { 2, s_5_1, 0, 1, 0},
-/*  2 */ { 2, s_5_2, 0, 1, 0},
-/*  3 */ { 1, s_5_3, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  4 */ { 1, s_5_4, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  5 */ { 2, s_5_5, 4, 1, 0},
-/*  6 */ { 2, s_5_6, 4, 1, 0},
-/*  7 */ { 2, s_5_7, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  8 */ { 2, s_5_8, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  9 */ { 3, s_5_9, 8, 1, 0},
-/* 10 */ { 1, s_5_10, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 11 */ { 2, s_5_11, 10, 1, 0},
-/* 12 */ { 2, s_5_12, 10, 1, 0},
-/* 13 */ { 3, s_5_13, 10, 1, 0},
-/* 14 */ { 3, s_5_14, 10, 1, 0},
-/* 15 */ { 4, s_5_15, 14, 1, 0},
-/* 16 */ { 1, s_5_16, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 17 */ { 2, s_5_17, 16, 1, 0},
-/* 18 */ { 3, s_5_18, 17, 1, 0},
-/* 19 */ { 2, s_5_19, 16, 1, 0},
-/* 20 */ { 2, s_5_20, 16, 1, 0},
-/* 21 */ { 2, s_5_21, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 22 */ { 2, s_5_22, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 23 */ { 3, s_5_23, 22, 1, 0},
-/* 24 */ { 2, s_5_24, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 25 */ { 2, s_5_25, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 26 */ { 3, s_5_26, 25, 1, 0},
-/* 27 */ { 1, s_5_27, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 28 */ { 1, s_5_28, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 29 */ { 2, s_5_29, 28, 1, 0},
-/* 30 */ { 2, s_5_30, 28, 1, 0},
-/* 31 */ { 1, s_5_31, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 32 */ { 2, s_5_32, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 33 */ { 2, s_5_33, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 34 */ { 1, s_5_34, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 35 */ { 1, s_5_35, -1, 1, 0}
+	 /*  0 */ {1, s_5_0, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  1 */ {2, s_5_1, 0, 1, 0},
+	 /*  2 */ {2, s_5_2, 0, 1, 0},
+	 /*  3 */ {1, s_5_3, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  4 */ {1, s_5_4, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  5 */ {2, s_5_5, 4, 1, 0},
+	 /*  6 */ {2, s_5_6, 4, 1, 0},
+	 /*  7 */ {2, s_5_7, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  8 */ {2, s_5_8, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  9 */ {3, s_5_9, 8, 1, 0},
+	 /* 10 */ {1, s_5_10, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 11 */ {2, s_5_11, 10, 1, 0},
+	 /* 12 */ {2, s_5_12, 10, 1, 0},
+	 /* 13 */ {3, s_5_13, 10, 1, 0},
+	 /* 14 */ {3, s_5_14, 10, 1, 0},
+	 /* 15 */ {4, s_5_15, 14, 1, 0},
+	 /* 16 */ {1, s_5_16, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 17 */ {2, s_5_17, 16, 1, 0},
+	 /* 18 */ {3, s_5_18, 17, 1, 0},
+	 /* 19 */ {2, s_5_19, 16, 1, 0},
+	 /* 20 */ {2, s_5_20, 16, 1, 0},
+	 /* 21 */ {2, s_5_21, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 22 */ {2, s_5_22, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 23 */ {3, s_5_23, 22, 1, 0},
+	 /* 24 */ {2, s_5_24, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 25 */ {2, s_5_25, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 26 */ {3, s_5_26, 25, 1, 0},
+	 /* 27 */ {1, s_5_27, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 28 */ {1, s_5_28, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 29 */ {2, s_5_29, 28, 1, 0},
+	 /* 30 */ {2, s_5_30, 28, 1, 0},
+	 /* 31 */ {1, s_5_31, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 32 */ {2, s_5_32, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 33 */ {2, s_5_33, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 34 */ {1, s_5_34, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /* 35 */ {1, s_5_35, -1, 1, 0}
 };
 
-static symbol s_6_0[3] = { 207, 211, 212 };
-static symbol s_6_1[4] = { 207, 211, 212, 216 };
+static symbol s_6_0[3] = {207, 211, 212};
+static symbol s_6_1[4] = {207, 211, 212, 216};
 
 static struct among a_6[2] =
 {
-/*  0 */ { 3, s_6_0, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  1 */ { 4, s_6_1, -1, 1, 0}
+	 /*  0 */ {3, s_6_0, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  1 */ {4, s_6_1, -1, 1, 0}
 };
 
-static symbol s_7_0[4] = { 197, 202, 219, 197 };
-static symbol s_7_1[1] = { 206 };
-static symbol s_7_2[1] = { 216 };
-static symbol s_7_3[3] = { 197, 202, 219 };
+static symbol s_7_0[4] = {197, 202, 219, 197};
+static symbol s_7_1[1] = {206};
+static symbol s_7_2[1] = {216};
+static symbol s_7_3[3] = {197, 202, 219};
 
 static struct among a_7[4] =
 {
-/*  0 */ { 4, s_7_0, -1, 1, 0},
-/*  1 */ { 1, s_7_1, -1, 2, 0},
-/*  2 */ { 1, s_7_2, -1, 3, 0},
-/*  3 */ { 3, s_7_3, -1, 1, 0}
+	 /*  0 */ {4, s_7_0, -1, 1, 0},
+	 /*  1 */ {1, s_7_1, -1, 2, 0},
+	 /*  2 */ {1, s_7_2, -1, 3, 0},
+	 /*  3 */ {3, s_7_3, -1, 1, 0}
 };
 
-static unsigned char g_v[] = { 35, 130, 34, 18 };
-
-static symbol s_0[] = { 193 };
-static symbol s_1[] = { 209 };
-static symbol s_2[] = { 193 };
-static symbol s_3[] = { 209 };
-static symbol s_4[] = { 193 };
-static symbol s_5[] = { 209 };
-static symbol s_6[] = { 206 };
-static symbol s_7[] = { 206 };
-static symbol s_8[] = { 206 };
-static symbol s_9[] = { 201 };
-
-static int r_mark_regions(struct SN_env * z) {
-    z->I[0] = z->l;
-    z->I[1] = z->l;
-    {   int c = z->c; /* do, line 100 */
-        while(1) { /* gopast, line 101 */
-            if (!(in_grouping(z, g_v, 192, 220))) goto lab1;
-            break;
-        lab1:
-            if (z->c >= z->l) goto lab0;
-            z->c++;
-        }
-        z->I[0] = z->c; /* setmark pV, line 101 */
-        while(1) { /* gopast, line 101 */
-            if (!(out_grouping(z, g_v, 192, 220))) goto lab2;
-            break;
-        lab2:
-            if (z->c >= z->l) goto lab0;
-            z->c++;
-        }
-        while(1) { /* gopast, line 102 */
-            if (!(in_grouping(z, g_v, 192, 220))) goto lab3;
-            break;
-        lab3:
-            if (z->c >= z->l) goto lab0;
-            z->c++;
-        }
-        while(1) { /* gopast, line 102 */
-            if (!(out_grouping(z, g_v, 192, 220))) goto lab4;
-            break;
-        lab4:
-            if (z->c >= z->l) goto lab0;
-            z->c++;
-        }
-        z->I[1] = z->c; /* setmark p2, line 102 */
-    lab0:
-        z->c = c;
-    }
-    return 1;
+static unsigned char g_v[] = {35, 130, 34, 18};
+
+static symbol s_0[] = {193};
+static symbol s_1[] = {209};
+static symbol s_2[] = {193};
+static symbol s_3[] = {209};
+static symbol s_4[] = {193};
+static symbol s_5[] = {209};
+static symbol s_6[] = {206};
+static symbol s_7[] = {206};
+static symbol s_8[] = {206};
+static symbol s_9[] = {201};
+
+static int
+r_mark_regions(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+	z->I[0] = z->l;
+	z->I[1] = z->l;
+	{
+		int			c = z->c;	/* do, line 100 */
+
+		while (1)
+		{						/* gopast, line 101 */
+			if (!(in_grouping(z, g_v, 192, 220)))
+				goto lab1;
+			break;
+	lab1:
+			if (z->c >= z->l)
+				goto lab0;
+			z->c++;
+		}
+		z->I[0] = z->c;			/* setmark pV, line 101 */
+		while (1)
+		{						/* gopast, line 101 */
+			if (!(out_grouping(z, g_v, 192, 220)))
+				goto lab2;
+			break;
+	lab2:
+			if (z->c >= z->l)
+				goto lab0;
+			z->c++;
+		}
+		while (1)
+		{						/* gopast, line 102 */
+			if (!(in_grouping(z, g_v, 192, 220)))
+				goto lab3;
+			break;
+	lab3:
+			if (z->c >= z->l)
+				goto lab0;
+			z->c++;
+		}
+		while (1)
+		{						/* gopast, line 102 */
+			if (!(out_grouping(z, g_v, 192, 220)))
+				goto lab4;
+			break;
+	lab4:
+			if (z->c >= z->l)
+				goto lab0;
+			z->c++;
+		}
+		z->I[1] = z->c;			/* setmark p2, line 102 */
+lab0:
+		z->c = c;
+	}
+	return 1;
 }
 
-static int r_R2(struct SN_env * z) {
-    if (!(z->I[1] <= z->c)) return 0;
-    return 1;
+static int
+r_R2(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+	if (!(z->I[1] <= z->c))
+		return 0;
+	return 1;
 }
 
-static int r_perfective_gerund(struct SN_env * z) {
-    int among_var;
-    z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 111 */
-    among_var = find_among_b(z, a_0, 9); /* substring, line 111 */
-    if (!(among_var)) return 0;
-    z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 111 */
-    switch(among_var) {
-        case 0: return 0;
-        case 1:
-            {   int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 115 */
-                if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_0))) goto lab1;
-                goto lab0;
-            lab1:
-                z->c = z->l - m;
-                if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_1))) return 0;
-            }
-        lab0:
-            slice_del(z); /* delete, line 115 */
-            break;
-        case 2:
-            slice_del(z); /* delete, line 122 */
-            break;
-    }
-    return 1;
+static int
+r_perfective_gerund(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+	int			among_var;
+
+	z->ket = z->c;				/* [, line 111 */
+	among_var = find_among_b(z, a_0, 9);		/* substring, line 111 */
+	if (!(among_var))
+		return 0;
+	z->bra = z->c;				/* ], line 111 */
+	switch (among_var)
+	{
+		case 0:
+			return 0;
+		case 1:
+			{
+				int			m = z->l - z->c;	/* or, line 115 */
+
+				if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_0)))
+					goto lab1;
+				goto lab0;
+		lab1:
+				z->c = z->l - m;
+				if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_1)))
+					return 0;
+			}
+	lab0:
+			slice_del(z);		/* delete, line 115 */
+			break;
+		case 2:
+			slice_del(z);		/* delete, line 122 */
+			break;
+	}
+	return 1;
 }
 
-static int r_adjective(struct SN_env * z) {
-    int among_var;
-    z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 127 */
-    among_var = find_among_b(z, a_1, 26); /* substring, line 127 */
-    if (!(among_var)) return 0;
-    z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 127 */
-    switch(among_var) {
-        case 0: return 0;
-        case 1:
-            slice_del(z); /* delete, line 136 */
-            break;
-    }
-    return 1;
+static int
+r_adjective(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+	int			among_var;
+
+	z->ket = z->c;				/* [, line 127 */
+	among_var = find_among_b(z, a_1, 26);		/* substring, line 127 */
+	if (!(among_var))
+		return 0;
+	z->bra = z->c;				/* ], line 127 */
+	switch (among_var)
+	{
+		case 0:
+			return 0;
+		case 1:
+			slice_del(z);		/* delete, line 136 */
+			break;
+	}
+	return 1;
 }
 
-static int r_adjectival(struct SN_env * z) {
-    int among_var;
-    if (!r_adjective(z)) return 0; /* call adjective, line 141 */
-    {   int m = z->l - z->c; /* try, line 148 */
-        z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 149 */
-        among_var = find_among_b(z, a_2, 8); /* substring, line 149 */
-        if (!(among_var)) { z->c = z->l - m; goto lab0; }
-        z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 149 */
-        switch(among_var) {
-            case 0: { z->c = z->l - m; goto lab0; }
-            case 1:
-                {   int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 154 */
-                    if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_2))) goto lab2;
-                    goto lab1;
-                lab2:
-                    z->c = z->l - m;
-                    if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_3))) { z->c = z->l - m; goto lab0; }
-                }
-            lab1:
-                slice_del(z); /* delete, line 154 */
-                break;
-            case 2:
-                slice_del(z); /* delete, line 161 */
-                break;
-        }
-    lab0:
-        ;
-    }
-    return 1;
+static int
+r_adjectival(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+	int			among_var;
+
+	if (!r_adjective(z))
+		return 0;				/* call adjective, line 141 */
+	{
+		int			m = z->l - z->c;	/* try, line 148 */
+
+		z->ket = z->c;			/* [, line 149 */
+		among_var = find_among_b(z, a_2, 8);	/* substring, line 149 */
+		if (!(among_var))
+		{
+			z->c = z->l - m;
+			goto lab0;
+		}
+		z->bra = z->c;			/* ], line 149 */
+		switch (among_var)
+		{
+			case 0:
+				{
+					z->c = z->l - m;
+					goto lab0;
+				}
+			case 1:
+				{
+					int			m = z->l - z->c;		/* or, line 154 */
+
+					if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_2)))
+						goto lab2;
+					goto lab1;
+			lab2:
+					z->c = z->l - m;
+					if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_3)))
+					{
+						z->c = z->l - m;
+						goto lab0;
+					}
+				}
+		lab1:
+				slice_del(z);	/* delete, line 154 */
+				break;
+			case 2:
+				slice_del(z);	/* delete, line 161 */
+				break;
+		}
+lab0:
+		;
+	}
+	return 1;
 }
 
-static int r_reflexive(struct SN_env * z) {
-    int among_var;
-    z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 168 */
-    among_var = find_among_b(z, a_3, 2); /* substring, line 168 */
-    if (!(among_var)) return 0;
-    z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 168 */
-    switch(among_var) {
-        case 0: return 0;
-        case 1:
-            slice_del(z); /* delete, line 171 */
-            break;
-    }
-    return 1;
+static int
+r_reflexive(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+	int			among_var;
+
+	z->ket = z->c;				/* [, line 168 */
+	among_var = find_among_b(z, a_3, 2);		/* substring, line 168 */
+	if (!(among_var))
+		return 0;
+	z->bra = z->c;				/* ], line 168 */
+	switch (among_var)
+	{
+		case 0:
+			return 0;
+		case 1:
+			slice_del(z);		/* delete, line 171 */
+			break;
+	}
+	return 1;
 }
 
-static int r_verb(struct SN_env * z) {
-    int among_var;
-    z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 176 */
-    among_var = find_among_b(z, a_4, 46); /* substring, line 176 */
-    if (!(among_var)) return 0;
-    z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 176 */
-    switch(among_var) {
-        case 0: return 0;
-        case 1:
-            {   int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 182 */
-                if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_4))) goto lab1;
-                goto lab0;
-            lab1:
-                z->c = z->l - m;
-                if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_5))) return 0;
-            }
-        lab0:
-            slice_del(z); /* delete, line 182 */
-            break;
-        case 2:
-            slice_del(z); /* delete, line 190 */
-            break;
-    }
-    return 1;
+static int
+r_verb(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+	int			among_var;
+
+	z->ket = z->c;				/* [, line 176 */
+	among_var = find_among_b(z, a_4, 46);		/* substring, line 176 */
+	if (!(among_var))
+		return 0;
+	z->bra = z->c;				/* ], line 176 */
+	switch (among_var)
+	{
+		case 0:
+			return 0;
+		case 1:
+			{
+				int			m = z->l - z->c;	/* or, line 182 */
+
+				if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_4)))
+					goto lab1;
+				goto lab0;
+		lab1:
+				z->c = z->l - m;
+				if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_5)))
+					return 0;
+			}
+	lab0:
+			slice_del(z);		/* delete, line 182 */
+			break;
+		case 2:
+			slice_del(z);		/* delete, line 190 */
+			break;
+	}
+	return 1;
 }
 
-static int r_noun(struct SN_env * z) {
-    int among_var;
-    z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 199 */
-    among_var = find_among_b(z, a_5, 36); /* substring, line 199 */
-    if (!(among_var)) return 0;
-    z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 199 */
-    switch(among_var) {
-        case 0: return 0;
-        case 1:
-            slice_del(z); /* delete, line 206 */
-            break;
-    }
-    return 1;
+static int
+r_noun(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+	int			among_var;
+
+	z->ket = z->c;				/* [, line 199 */
+	among_var = find_among_b(z, a_5, 36);		/* substring, line 199 */
+	if (!(among_var))
+		return 0;
+	z->bra = z->c;				/* ], line 199 */
+	switch (among_var)
+	{
+		case 0:
+			return 0;
+		case 1:
+			slice_del(z);		/* delete, line 206 */
+			break;
+	}
+	return 1;
 }
 
-static int r_derivational(struct SN_env * z) {
-    int among_var;
-    z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 215 */
-    among_var = find_among_b(z, a_6, 2); /* substring, line 215 */
-    if (!(among_var)) return 0;
-    z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 215 */
-    if (!r_R2(z)) return 0; /* call R2, line 215 */
-    switch(among_var) {
-        case 0: return 0;
-        case 1:
-            slice_del(z); /* delete, line 218 */
-            break;
-    }
-    return 1;
+static int
+r_derivational(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+	int			among_var;
+
+	z->ket = z->c;				/* [, line 215 */
+	among_var = find_among_b(z, a_6, 2);		/* substring, line 215 */
+	if (!(among_var))
+		return 0;
+	z->bra = z->c;				/* ], line 215 */
+	if (!r_R2(z))
+		return 0;				/* call R2, line 215 */
+	switch (among_var)
+	{
+		case 0:
+			return 0;
+		case 1:
+			slice_del(z);		/* delete, line 218 */
+			break;
+	}
+	return 1;
 }
 
-static int r_tidy_up(struct SN_env * z) {
-    int among_var;
-    z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 223 */
-    among_var = find_among_b(z, a_7, 4); /* substring, line 223 */
-    if (!(among_var)) return 0;
-    z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 223 */
-    switch(among_var) {
-        case 0: return 0;
-        case 1:
-            slice_del(z); /* delete, line 227 */
-            z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 228 */
-            if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_6))) return 0;
-            z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 228 */
-            if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_7))) return 0;
-            slice_del(z); /* delete, line 228 */
-            break;
-        case 2:
-            if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_8))) return 0;
-            slice_del(z); /* delete, line 231 */
-            break;
-        case 3:
-            slice_del(z); /* delete, line 233 */
-            break;
-    }
-    return 1;
+static int
+r_tidy_up(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+	int			among_var;
+
+	z->ket = z->c;				/* [, line 223 */
+	among_var = find_among_b(z, a_7, 4);		/* substring, line 223 */
+	if (!(among_var))
+		return 0;
+	z->bra = z->c;				/* ], line 223 */
+	switch (among_var)
+	{
+		case 0:
+			return 0;
+		case 1:
+			slice_del(z);		/* delete, line 227 */
+			z->ket = z->c;		/* [, line 228 */
+			if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_6)))
+				return 0;
+			z->bra = z->c;		/* ], line 228 */
+			if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_7)))
+				return 0;
+			slice_del(z);		/* delete, line 228 */
+			break;
+		case 2:
+			if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_8)))
+				return 0;
+			slice_del(z);		/* delete, line 231 */
+			break;
+		case 3:
+			slice_del(z);		/* delete, line 233 */
+			break;
+	}
+	return 1;
 }
 
-extern int russian_stem(struct SN_env * z) {
-    {   int c = z->c; /* do, line 240 */
-        if (!r_mark_regions(z)) goto lab0; /* call mark_regions, line 240 */
-    lab0:
-        z->c = c;
-    }
-    z->lb = z->c; z->c = z->l; /* backwards, line 241 */
-
-    {   int m = z->l - z->c; /* setlimit, line 241 */
-        int m3;
-        if (z->c < z->I[0]) return 0;
-        z->c = z->I[0]; /* tomark, line 241 */
-        m3 = z->lb; z->lb = z->c;
-        z->c = z->l - m;
-        {   int m = z->l - z->c; /* do, line 242 */
-            {   int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 243 */
-                if (!r_perfective_gerund(z)) goto lab3; /* call perfective_gerund, line 243 */
-                goto lab2;
-            lab3:
-                z->c = z->l - m;
-                {   int m = z->l - z->c; /* try, line 244 */
-                    if (!r_reflexive(z)) { z->c = z->l - m; goto lab4; } /* call reflexive, line 244 */
-                lab4:
-                    ;
-                }
-                {   int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 245 */
-                    if (!r_adjectival(z)) goto lab6; /* call adjectival, line 245 */
-                    goto lab5;
-                lab6:
-                    z->c = z->l - m;
-                    if (!r_verb(z)) goto lab7; /* call verb, line 245 */
-                    goto lab5;
-                lab7:
-                    z->c = z->l - m;
-                    if (!r_noun(z)) goto lab1; /* call noun, line 245 */
-                }
-            lab5:
-                ;
-            }
-        lab2:
-        lab1:
-            z->c = z->l - m;
-        }
-        {   int m = z->l - z->c; /* try, line 248 */
-            z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 248 */
-            if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_9))) { z->c = z->l - m; goto lab8; }
-            z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 248 */
-            slice_del(z); /* delete, line 248 */
-        lab8:
-            ;
-        }
-        {   int m = z->l - z->c; /* do, line 251 */
-            if (!r_derivational(z)) goto lab9; /* call derivational, line 251 */
-        lab9:
-            z->c = z->l - m;
-        }
-        {   int m = z->l - z->c; /* do, line 252 */
-            if (!r_tidy_up(z)) goto lab10; /* call tidy_up, line 252 */
-        lab10:
-            z->c = z->l - m;
-        }
-        z->lb = m3;
-    }
-    z->c = z->lb;
-    return 1;
+extern int
+russian_stem(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+	{
+		int			c = z->c;	/* do, line 240 */
+
+		if (!r_mark_regions(z))
+			goto lab0;			/* call mark_regions, line 240 */
+lab0:
+		z->c = c;
+	}
+	z->lb = z->c;
+	z->c = z->l;				/* backwards, line 241 */
+
+	{
+		int			m = z->l - z->c;	/* setlimit, line 241 */
+		int			m3;
+
+		if (z->c < z->I[0])
+			return 0;
+		z->c = z->I[0];			/* tomark, line 241 */
+		m3 = z->lb;
+		z->lb = z->c;
+		z->c = z->l - m;
+		{
+			int			m = z->l - z->c;		/* do, line 242 */
+
+			{
+				int			m = z->l - z->c;	/* or, line 243 */
+
+				if (!r_perfective_gerund(z))
+					goto lab3;	/* call perfective_gerund, line 243 */
+				goto lab2;
+		lab3:
+				z->c = z->l - m;
+				{
+					int			m = z->l - z->c;		/* try, line 244 */
+
+					if (!r_reflexive(z))
+					{
+						z->c = z->l - m;
+						goto lab4;
+					}			/* call reflexive, line 244 */
+			lab4:
+					;
+				}
+				{
+					int			m = z->l - z->c;		/* or, line 245 */
+
+					if (!r_adjectival(z))
+						goto lab6;		/* call adjectival, line 245 */
+					goto lab5;
+			lab6:
+					z->c = z->l - m;
+					if (!r_verb(z))
+						goto lab7;		/* call verb, line 245 */
+					goto lab5;
+			lab7:
+					z->c = z->l - m;
+					if (!r_noun(z))
+						goto lab1;		/* call noun, line 245 */
+				}
+		lab5:
+				;
+			}
+	lab2:
+	lab1:
+			z->c = z->l - m;
+		}
+		{
+			int			m = z->l - z->c;		/* try, line 248 */
+
+			z->ket = z->c;		/* [, line 248 */
+			if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_9)))
+			{
+				z->c = z->l - m;
+				goto lab8;
+			}
+			z->bra = z->c;		/* ], line 248 */
+			slice_del(z);		/* delete, line 248 */
+	lab8:
+			;
+		}
+		{
+			int			m = z->l - z->c;		/* do, line 251 */
+
+			if (!r_derivational(z))
+				goto lab9;		/* call derivational, line 251 */
+	lab9:
+			z->c = z->l - m;
+		}
+		{
+			int			m = z->l - z->c;		/* do, line 252 */
+
+			if (!r_tidy_up(z))
+				goto lab10;		/* call tidy_up, line 252 */
+	lab10:
+			z->c = z->l - m;
+		}
+		z->lb = m3;
+	}
+	z->c = z->lb;
+	return 1;
 }
 
-extern struct SN_env * russian_create_env(void) { return SN_create_env(0, 2, 0); }
-
-extern void russian_close_env(struct SN_env * z) { SN_close_env(z); }
+extern struct SN_env *russian_create_env(void)
+{
+	return SN_create_env(0, 2, 0);
+}
 
+extern void russian_close_env(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+	SN_close_env(z);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/russian_stem.h b/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/russian_stem.h
index 7dc26d45c82..69369e295b9 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/russian_stem.h
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/russian_stem.h
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
 
 /* This file was generated automatically by the Snowball to ANSI C compiler */
 
-extern struct SN_env * russian_create_env(void);
+extern struct SN_env *russian_create_env(void);
 extern void russian_close_env(struct SN_env * z);
 
-extern int russian_stem(struct SN_env * z);
-
+extern int	russian_stem(struct SN_env * z);
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/utilities.c b/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/utilities.c
index 5dc752445b5..374d2c11bb7 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/utilities.c
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/snowball/utilities.c
@@ -9,320 +9,507 @@
 
 #define CREATE_SIZE 1
 
-extern symbol * create_s(void)
-{   symbol * p = (symbol *) (HEAD + (char *) malloc(HEAD + (CREATE_SIZE + 1) * sizeof(symbol)));
-    CAPACITY(p) = CREATE_SIZE;
-    SET_SIZE(p, CREATE_SIZE);
-    return p;
+extern symbol *
+create_s(void)
+{
+	symbol	   *p = (symbol *) (HEAD + (char *) malloc(HEAD + (CREATE_SIZE + 1) * sizeof(symbol)));
+
+	CAPACITY(p) = CREATE_SIZE;
+	SET_SIZE(p, CREATE_SIZE);
+	return p;
 }
 
-extern void lose_s(symbol * p) { free((char *) p - HEAD); }
+extern void lose_s(symbol * p)
+{
+	free((char *) p - HEAD);
+}
 
-extern int in_grouping(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char * s, int min, int max)
-{   if (z->c >= z->l) return 0;
-    {   int ch = z->p[z->c];
-        if
-        (ch > max || (ch -= min) < 0 ||
-         (s[ch >> 3] & (0X1 << (ch & 0X7))) == 0) return 0;
-    }
-    z->c++; return 1;
+extern int
+in_grouping(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char *s, int min, int max)
+{
+	if (z->c >= z->l)
+		return 0;
+	{
+		int			ch = z->p[z->c];
+
+		if
+			(ch > max || (ch -= min) < 0 ||
+			 (s[ch >> 3] & (0X1 << (ch & 0X7))) == 0)
+			return 0;
+	}
+	z->c++;
+	return 1;
 }
 
-extern int in_grouping_b(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char * s, int min, int max)
-{   if (z->c <= z->lb) return 0;
-    {   int ch = z->p[z->c - 1];
-        if
-        (ch > max || (ch -= min) < 0 ||
-         (s[ch >> 3] & (0X1 << (ch & 0X7))) == 0) return 0;
-    }
-    z->c--; return 1;
+extern int
+in_grouping_b(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char *s, int min, int max)
+{
+	if (z->c <= z->lb)
+		return 0;
+	{
+		int			ch = z->p[z->c - 1];
+
+		if
+			(ch > max || (ch -= min) < 0 ||
+			 (s[ch >> 3] & (0X1 << (ch & 0X7))) == 0)
+			return 0;
+	}
+	z->c--;
+	return 1;
 }
 
-extern int out_grouping(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char * s, int min, int max)
-{   if (z->c >= z->l) return 0;
-    {   int ch = z->p[z->c];
-        unless
-        (ch > max || (ch -= min) < 0 ||
-         (s[ch >> 3] & (0X1 << (ch & 0X7))) == 0) return 0;
-    }
-    z->c++; return 1;
+extern int
+out_grouping(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char *s, int min, int max)
+{
+	if (z->c >= z->l)
+		return 0;
+	{
+		int			ch = z->p[z->c];
+
+		unless
+			(ch > max || (ch -= min) < 0 ||
+			 (s[ch >> 3] & (0X1 << (ch & 0X7))) == 0) return 0;
+	}
+	z->c++;
+	return 1;
 }
 
-extern int out_grouping_b(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char * s, int min, int max)
-{   if (z->c <= z->lb) return 0;
-    {   int ch = z->p[z->c - 1];
-        unless
-        (ch > max || (ch -= min) < 0 ||
-         (s[ch >> 3] & (0X1 << (ch & 0X7))) == 0) return 0;
-    }
-    z->c--; return 1;
+extern int
+out_grouping_b(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char *s, int min, int max)
+{
+	if (z->c <= z->lb)
+		return 0;
+	{
+		int			ch = z->p[z->c - 1];
+
+		unless
+			(ch > max || (ch -= min) < 0 ||
+			 (s[ch >> 3] & (0X1 << (ch & 0X7))) == 0) return 0;
+	}
+	z->c--;
+	return 1;
 }
 
 
-extern int in_range(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max)
-{   if (z->c >= z->l) return 0;
-    {   int ch = z->p[z->c];
-        if
-        (ch > max || ch < min) return 0;
-    }
-    z->c++; return 1;
+extern int
+in_range(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max)
+{
+	if (z->c >= z->l)
+		return 0;
+	{
+		int			ch = z->p[z->c];
+
+		if
+			(ch > max || ch < min)
+			return 0;
+	}
+	z->c++;
+	return 1;
 }
 
-extern int in_range_b(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max)
-{   if (z->c <= z->lb) return 0;
-    {   int ch = z->p[z->c - 1];
-        if
-        (ch > max || ch < min) return 0;
-    }
-    z->c--; return 1;
+extern int
+in_range_b(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max)
+{
+	if (z->c <= z->lb)
+		return 0;
+	{
+		int			ch = z->p[z->c - 1];
+
+		if
+			(ch > max || ch < min)
+			return 0;
+	}
+	z->c--;
+	return 1;
 }
 
-extern int out_range(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max)
-{   if (z->c >= z->l) return 0;
-    {   int ch = z->p[z->c];
-        unless
-        (ch > max || ch < min) return 0;
-    }
-    z->c++; return 1;
+extern int
+out_range(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max)
+{
+	if (z->c >= z->l)
+		return 0;
+	{
+		int			ch = z->p[z->c];
+
+		unless
+			(ch > max || ch < min) return 0;
+	}
+	z->c++;
+	return 1;
 }
 
-extern int out_range_b(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max)
-{   if (z->c <= z->lb) return 0;
-    {   int ch = z->p[z->c - 1];
-        unless
-        (ch > max || ch < min) return 0;
-    }
-    z->c--; return 1;
+extern int
+out_range_b(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max)
+{
+	if (z->c <= z->lb)
+		return 0;
+	{
+		int			ch = z->p[z->c - 1];
+
+		unless
+			(ch > max || ch < min) return 0;
+	}
+	z->c--;
+	return 1;
 }
 
-extern int eq_s(struct SN_env * z, int s_size, symbol * s)
-{   if (z->l - z->c < s_size ||
-        memcmp(z->p + z->c, s, s_size * sizeof(symbol)) != 0) return 0;
-    z->c += s_size; return 1;
+extern int
+eq_s(struct SN_env * z, int s_size, symbol * s)
+{
+	if (z->l - z->c < s_size ||
+		memcmp(z->p + z->c, s, s_size * sizeof(symbol)) != 0)
+		return 0;
+	z->c += s_size;
+	return 1;
 }
 
-extern int eq_s_b(struct SN_env * z, int s_size, symbol * s)
-{   if (z->c - z->lb < s_size ||
-        memcmp(z->p + z->c - s_size, s, s_size * sizeof(symbol)) != 0) return 0;
-    z->c -= s_size; return 1;
+extern int
+eq_s_b(struct SN_env * z, int s_size, symbol * s)
+{
+	if (z->c - z->lb < s_size ||
+		memcmp(z->p + z->c - s_size, s, s_size * sizeof(symbol)) != 0)
+		return 0;
+	z->c -= s_size;
+	return 1;
 }
 
-extern int eq_v(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p)
-{   return eq_s(z, SIZE(p), p);
+extern int
+eq_v(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p)
+{
+	return eq_s(z, SIZE(p), p);
 }
 
-extern int eq_v_b(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p)
-{   return eq_s_b(z, SIZE(p), p);
+extern int
+eq_v_b(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p)
+{
+	return eq_s_b(z, SIZE(p), p);
 }
 
-extern int find_among(struct SN_env * z, struct among * v, int v_size)
+extern int
+find_among(struct SN_env * z, struct among * v, int v_size)
 {
-    int i = 0;
-    int j = v_size;
-
-    int c = z->c; int l = z->l;
-    symbol * q = z->p + c;
-
-    struct among * w;
-
-    int common_i = 0;
-    int common_j = 0;
-
-    int first_key_inspected = 0;
-
-    while(1)
-    {   int k = i + ((j - i) >> 1);
-        int diff = 0;
-        int common = common_i < common_j ? common_i : common_j; /* smaller */
-        w = v + k;
-        {   int i; for (i = common; i < w->s_size; i++)
-            {   if (c + common == l) { diff = -1; break; }
-                diff = q[common] - w->s[i];
-                if (diff != 0) break;
-                common++;
-            }
-        }
-        if (diff < 0) { j = k; common_j = common; }
-                 else { i = k; common_i = common; }
-        if (j - i <= 1)
-        {   if (i > 0) break; /* v->s has been inspected */
-            if (j == i) break; /* only one item in v */
-
-            /* - but now we need to go round once more to get
-               v->s inspected. This looks messy, but is actually
-               the optimal approach.  */
-
-            if (first_key_inspected) break;
-            first_key_inspected = 1;
-        }
-    }
-    while(1)
-    {   w = v + i;
-        if (common_i >= w->s_size)
-        {   z->c = c + w->s_size;
-            if (w->function == 0) return w->result;
-            {   int res = w->function(z);
-                z->c = c + w->s_size;
-                if (res) return w->result;
-            }
-        }
-        i = w->substring_i;
-        if (i < 0) return 0;
-    }
+	int			i = 0;
+	int			j = v_size;
+
+	int			c = z->c;
+	int			l = z->l;
+	symbol	   *q = z->p + c;
+
+	struct among *w;
+
+	int			common_i = 0;
+	int			common_j = 0;
+
+	int			first_key_inspected = 0;
+
+	while (1)
+	{
+		int			k = i + ((j - i) >> 1);
+		int			diff = 0;
+		int			common = common_i < common_j ? common_i : common_j; /* smaller */
+
+		w = v + k;
+		{
+			int			i;
+
+			for (i = common; i < w->s_size; i++)
+			{
+				if (c + common == l)
+				{
+					diff = -1;
+					break;
+				}
+				diff = q[common] - w->s[i];
+				if (diff != 0)
+					break;
+				common++;
+			}
+		}
+		if (diff < 0)
+		{
+			j = k;
+			common_j = common;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			i = k;
+			common_i = common;
+		}
+		if (j - i <= 1)
+		{
+			if (i > 0)
+				break;			/* v->s has been inspected */
+			if (j == i)
+				break;			/* only one item in v */
+
+			/*
+			 * - but now we need to go round once more to get v->s
+			 * inspected. This looks messy, but is actually the optimal
+			 * approach.
+			 */
+
+			if (first_key_inspected)
+				break;
+			first_key_inspected = 1;
+		}
+	}
+	while (1)
+	{
+		w = v + i;
+		if (common_i >= w->s_size)
+		{
+			z->c = c + w->s_size;
+			if (w->function == 0)
+				return w->result;
+			{
+				int			res = w->function(z);
+
+				z->c = c + w->s_size;
+				if (res)
+					return w->result;
+			}
+		}
+		i = w->substring_i;
+		if (i < 0)
+			return 0;
+	}
 }
 
 /* find_among_b is for backwards processing. Same comments apply */
 
-extern int find_among_b(struct SN_env * z, struct among * v, int v_size)
+extern int
+find_among_b(struct SN_env * z, struct among * v, int v_size)
 {
-    int i = 0;
-    int j = v_size;
-
-    int c = z->c; int lb = z->lb;
-    symbol * q = z->p + c - 1;
-
-    struct among * w;
-
-    int common_i = 0;
-    int common_j = 0;
-
-    int first_key_inspected = 0;
-
-    while(1)
-    {   int k = i + ((j - i) >> 1);
-        int diff = 0;
-        int common = common_i < common_j ? common_i : common_j;
-        w = v + k;
-        {   int i; for (i = w->s_size - 1 - common; i >= 0; i--)
-            {   if (c - common == lb) { diff = -1; break; }
-                diff = q[- common] - w->s[i];
-                if (diff != 0) break;
-                common++;
-            }
-        }
-        if (diff < 0) { j = k; common_j = common; }
-                 else { i = k; common_i = common; }
-        if (j - i <= 1)
-        {   if (i > 0) break;
-            if (j == i) break;
-            if (first_key_inspected) break;
-            first_key_inspected = 1;
-        }
-    }
-    while(1)
-    {   w = v + i;
-        if (common_i >= w->s_size)
-        {   z->c = c - w->s_size;
-            if (w->function == 0) return w->result;
-            {   int res = w->function(z);
-                z->c = c - w->s_size;
-                if (res) return w->result;
-            }
-        }
-        i = w->substring_i;
-        if (i < 0) return 0;
-    }
+	int			i = 0;
+	int			j = v_size;
+
+	int			c = z->c;
+	int			lb = z->lb;
+	symbol	   *q = z->p + c - 1;
+
+	struct among *w;
+
+	int			common_i = 0;
+	int			common_j = 0;
+
+	int			first_key_inspected = 0;
+
+	while (1)
+	{
+		int			k = i + ((j - i) >> 1);
+		int			diff = 0;
+		int			common = common_i < common_j ? common_i : common_j;
+
+		w = v + k;
+		{
+			int			i;
+
+			for (i = w->s_size - 1 - common; i >= 0; i--)
+			{
+				if (c - common == lb)
+				{
+					diff = -1;
+					break;
+				}
+				diff = q[-common] - w->s[i];
+				if (diff != 0)
+					break;
+				common++;
+			}
+		}
+		if (diff < 0)
+		{
+			j = k;
+			common_j = common;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			i = k;
+			common_i = common;
+		}
+		if (j - i <= 1)
+		{
+			if (i > 0)
+				break;
+			if (j == i)
+				break;
+			if (first_key_inspected)
+				break;
+			first_key_inspected = 1;
+		}
+	}
+	while (1)
+	{
+		w = v + i;
+		if (common_i >= w->s_size)
+		{
+			z->c = c - w->s_size;
+			if (w->function == 0)
+				return w->result;
+			{
+				int			res = w->function(z);
+
+				z->c = c - w->s_size;
+				if (res)
+					return w->result;
+			}
+		}
+		i = w->substring_i;
+		if (i < 0)
+			return 0;
+	}
 }
 
 
-extern symbol * increase_size(symbol * p, int n)
-{   int new_size = n + 20;
-    symbol * q = (symbol *) (HEAD + (char *) malloc(HEAD + (new_size + 1) * sizeof(symbol)));
-    CAPACITY(q) = new_size;
-    memmove(q, p, CAPACITY(p) * sizeof(symbol)); lose_s(p); return q;
+extern symbol *
+increase_size(symbol * p, int n)
+{
+	int			new_size = n + 20;
+	symbol	   *q = (symbol *) (HEAD + (char *) malloc(HEAD + (new_size + 1) * sizeof(symbol)));
+
+	CAPACITY(q) = new_size;
+	memmove(q, p, CAPACITY(p) * sizeof(symbol));
+	lose_s(p);
+	return q;
 }
 
 /* to replace symbols between c_bra and c_ket in z->p by the
    s_size symbols at s
 */
 
-extern int replace_s(struct SN_env * z, int c_bra, int c_ket, int s_size, const symbol * s)
-{   int adjustment = s_size - (c_ket - c_bra);
-    int len = SIZE(z->p);
-    if (adjustment != 0)
-    {   if (adjustment + len > CAPACITY(z->p)) z->p = increase_size(z->p, adjustment + len);
-        memmove(z->p + c_ket + adjustment, z->p + c_ket, (len - c_ket) * sizeof(symbol));
-        SET_SIZE(z->p, adjustment + len);
-        z->l += adjustment;
-        if (z->c >= c_ket) z->c += adjustment; else
-            if (z->c > c_bra) z->c = c_bra;
-    }
-    unless (s_size == 0) memmove(z->p + c_bra, s, s_size * sizeof(symbol));
-    return adjustment;
+extern int
+replace_s(struct SN_env * z, int c_bra, int c_ket, int s_size, const symbol * s)
+{
+	int			adjustment = s_size - (c_ket - c_bra);
+	int			len = SIZE(z->p);
+
+	if (adjustment != 0)
+	{
+		if (adjustment + len > CAPACITY(z->p))
+			z->p = increase_size(z->p, adjustment + len);
+		memmove(z->p + c_ket + adjustment, z->p + c_ket, (len - c_ket) * sizeof(symbol));
+		SET_SIZE(z->p, adjustment + len);
+		z->l += adjustment;
+		if (z->c >= c_ket)
+			z->c += adjustment;
+		else if (z->c > c_bra)
+			z->c = c_bra;
+	}
+	unless(s_size == 0) memmove(z->p + c_bra, s, s_size * sizeof(symbol));
+	return adjustment;
 }
 
-static void slice_check(struct SN_env * z)
+static void
+slice_check(struct SN_env * z)
 {
-    if (!(0 <= z->bra &&
-          z->bra <= z->ket &&
-          z->ket <= z->l &&
-          z->l <= SIZE(z->p)))   /* this line could be removed */
-    {
-        fprintf(stderr, "faulty slice operation:\n");
-        debug(z, -1, 0);
-        exit(1);
-    }
+	if (!(0 <= z->bra &&
+		  z->bra <= z->ket &&
+		  z->ket <= z->l &&
+		  z->l <= SIZE(z->p)))	/* this line could be removed */
+	{
+		fprintf(stderr, "faulty slice operation:\n");
+		debug(z, -1, 0);
+		exit(1);
+	}
 }
 
-extern void slice_from_s(struct SN_env * z, int s_size, symbol * s)
-{   slice_check(z);
-    replace_s(z, z->bra, z->ket, s_size, s);
+extern void
+slice_from_s(struct SN_env * z, int s_size, symbol * s)
+{
+	slice_check(z);
+	replace_s(z, z->bra, z->ket, s_size, s);
 }
 
-extern void slice_from_v(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p)
-{   slice_from_s(z, SIZE(p), p);
+extern void
+slice_from_v(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p)
+{
+	slice_from_s(z, SIZE(p), p);
 }
 
-extern void slice_del(struct SN_env * z)
-{   slice_from_s(z, 0, 0);
+extern void
+slice_del(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+	slice_from_s(z, 0, 0);
 }
 
-extern void insert_s(struct SN_env * z, int bra, int ket, int s_size, symbol * s)
-{   int adjustment = replace_s(z, bra, ket, s_size, s);
-    if (bra <= z->bra) z->bra += adjustment;
-    if (bra <= z->ket) z->ket += adjustment;
+extern void
+insert_s(struct SN_env * z, int bra, int ket, int s_size, symbol * s)
+{
+	int			adjustment = replace_s(z, bra, ket, s_size, s);
+
+	if (bra <= z->bra)
+		z->bra += adjustment;
+	if (bra <= z->ket)
+		z->ket += adjustment;
 }
 
-extern void insert_v(struct SN_env * z, int bra, int ket, symbol * p)
-{   int adjustment = replace_s(z, bra, ket, SIZE(p), p);
-    if (bra <= z->bra) z->bra += adjustment;
-    if (bra <= z->ket) z->ket += adjustment;
+extern void
+insert_v(struct SN_env * z, int bra, int ket, symbol * p)
+{
+	int			adjustment = replace_s(z, bra, ket, SIZE(p), p);
+
+	if (bra <= z->bra)
+		z->bra += adjustment;
+	if (bra <= z->ket)
+		z->ket += adjustment;
 }
 
-extern symbol * slice_to(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p)
-{   slice_check(z);
-    {   int len = z->ket - z->bra;
-        if (CAPACITY(p) < len) p = increase_size(p, len);
-        memmove(p, z->p + z->bra, len * sizeof(symbol));
-        SET_SIZE(p, len);
-    }
-    return p;
+extern symbol *
+slice_to(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p)
+{
+	slice_check(z);
+	{
+		int			len = z->ket - z->bra;
+
+		if (CAPACITY(p) < len)
+			p = increase_size(p, len);
+		memmove(p, z->p + z->bra, len * sizeof(symbol));
+		SET_SIZE(p, len);
+	}
+	return p;
 }
 
-extern symbol * assign_to(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p)
-{   int len = z->l;
-    if (CAPACITY(p) < len) p = increase_size(p, len);
-    memmove(p, z->p, len * sizeof(symbol));
-    SET_SIZE(p, len);
-    return p;
+extern symbol *
+assign_to(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p)
+{
+	int			len = z->l;
+
+	if (CAPACITY(p) < len)
+		p = increase_size(p, len);
+	memmove(p, z->p, len * sizeof(symbol));
+	SET_SIZE(p, len);
+	return p;
 }
 
-extern void debug(struct SN_env * z, int number, int line_count)
-{   int i;
-    int limit = SIZE(z->p);
-    /*if (number >= 0) printf("%3d (line %4d): '", number, line_count);*/
-    if (number >= 0) printf("%3d (line %4d): [%d]'", number, line_count,limit);
-    for (i = 0; i <= limit; i++)
-    {   if (z->lb == i) printf("{");
-        if (z->bra == i) printf("[");
-        if (z->c == i) printf("|");
-        if (z->ket == i) printf("]");
-        if (z->l == i) printf("}");
-        if (i < limit)
-        {   int ch = z->p[i];
-            if (ch == 0) ch = '#';
-            printf("%c", ch);
-        }
-    }
-    printf("'\n");
+extern void
+debug(struct SN_env * z, int number, int line_count)
+{
+	int			i;
+	int			limit = SIZE(z->p);
+
+	/* if (number >= 0) printf("%3d (line %4d): '", number, line_count); */
+	if (number >= 0)
+		printf("%3d (line %4d): [%d]'", number, line_count, limit);
+	for (i = 0; i <= limit; i++)
+	{
+		if (z->lb == i)
+			printf("{");
+		if (z->bra == i)
+			printf("[");
+		if (z->c == i)
+			printf("|");
+		if (z->ket == i)
+			printf("]");
+		if (z->l == i)
+			printf("}");
+		if (i < limit)
+		{
+			int			ch = z->p[i];
+
+			if (ch == 0)
+				ch = '#';
+			printf("%c", ch);
+		}
+	}
+	printf("'\n");
 }
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/stopword.c b/contrib/tsearch2/stopword.c
index 2c2874b7f88..f91abeb460e 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/stopword.c
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/stopword.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* 
+/*
  * stopword library
  * Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
  */
@@ -13,97 +13,114 @@
 
 #define STOPBUFLEN	4096
 
-char*
-lowerstr(char *str) {
-	char *ptr=str;
-	while(*ptr) {
-		*ptr = tolower(*(unsigned char*)ptr);
+char *
+lowerstr(char *str)
+{
+	char	   *ptr = str;
+
+	while (*ptr)
+	{
+		*ptr = tolower(*(unsigned char *) ptr);
 		ptr++;
 	}
 	return str;
 }
 
 void
-freestoplist(StopList *s) {
-	char **ptr=s->stop;
-	if ( ptr )
-		while( *ptr && s->len >0 ) {
+freestoplist(StopList * s)
+{
+	char	  **ptr = s->stop;
+
+	if (ptr)
+		while (*ptr && s->len > 0)
+		{
 			free(*ptr);
-			ptr++; s->len--;
-		free(s->stop);
-	}
-	memset(s,0,sizeof(StopList));
+			ptr++;
+			s->len--;
+			free(s->stop);
+		}
+	memset(s, 0, sizeof(StopList));
 }
 
 void
-readstoplist(text *in, StopList *s) {
-	char **stop=NULL;
-	s->len=0;
-	if ( in && VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ > 0 ) {
-		char *filename=text2char(in);
-		FILE	*hin=NULL;
-		char 	buf[STOPBUFLEN];
-		int reallen=0;
-
-		if ( (hin=fopen(filename,"r")) == NULL )
+readstoplist(text *in, StopList * s)
+{
+	char	  **stop = NULL;
+
+	s->len = 0;
+	if (in && VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ > 0)
+	{
+		char	   *filename = text2char(in);
+		FILE	   *hin = NULL;
+		char		buf[STOPBUFLEN];
+		int			reallen = 0;
+
+		if ((hin = fopen(filename, "r")) == NULL)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
 					 errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m",
-							 filename)));
+							filename)));
 
-		while( fgets(buf,STOPBUFLEN,hin) ) {
-			buf[strlen(buf)-1] = '\0';
-			if ( *buf=='\0' ) continue;
+		while (fgets(buf, STOPBUFLEN, hin))
+		{
+			buf[strlen(buf) - 1] = '\0';
+			if (*buf == '\0')
+				continue;
 
-			if ( s->len>= reallen ) {
-				char **tmp;
-				reallen=(reallen) ? reallen*2 : 16;
-				tmp=(char**)realloc((void*)stop, sizeof(char*)*reallen);
-				if (!tmp) {
+			if (s->len >= reallen)
+			{
+				char	  **tmp;
+
+				reallen = (reallen) ? reallen * 2 : 16;
+				tmp = (char **) realloc((void *) stop, sizeof(char *) * reallen);
+				if (!tmp)
+				{
 					freestoplist(s);
-					fclose(hin); 
+					fclose(hin);
 					ereport(ERROR,
 							(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
 							 errmsg("out of memory")));
 				}
-				stop=tmp;
+				stop = tmp;
 			}
-	 
-			stop[s->len]=strdup(buf);
-			if ( !stop[s->len] ) {
+
+			stop[s->len] = strdup(buf);
+			if (!stop[s->len])
+			{
 				freestoplist(s);
-				fclose(hin); 
+				fclose(hin);
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
 						 errmsg("out of memory")));
 			}
-			if ( s->wordop ) 
-				stop[s->len]=(s->wordop)(stop[s->len]);
+			if (s->wordop)
+				stop[s->len] = (s->wordop) (stop[s->len]);
 
-			(s->len)++;	
+			(s->len)++;
 		}
 		fclose(hin);
-		pfree(filename); 
+		pfree(filename);
 	}
-	s->stop=stop;
-} 
+	s->stop = stop;
+}
 
 static int
-comparestr(const void *a, const void *b) {
-	return strcmp( *(char**)a, *(char**)b );
+comparestr(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+	return strcmp(*(char **) a, *(char **) b);
 }
 
 void
-sortstoplist(StopList *s) {
-	if (s->stop && s->len>0)
-		qsort(s->stop, s->len, sizeof(char*), comparestr);
+sortstoplist(StopList * s)
+{
+	if (s->stop && s->len > 0)
+		qsort(s->stop, s->len, sizeof(char *), comparestr);
 }
 
 bool
-searchstoplist(StopList *s, char *key) {
-	if ( s->wordop ) 
-		key=(*(s->wordop))(key);
-	return ( s->stop && s->len>0 && bsearch(&key, s->stop, s->len, sizeof(char*), comparestr) ) ? true : false;
+searchstoplist(StopList * s, char *key)
+{
+	if (s->wordop)
+		key = (*(s->wordop)) (key);
+	return (s->stop && s->len > 0 && bsearch(&key, s->stop, s->len, sizeof(char *), comparestr)) ? true : false;
 }
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/ts_cfg.c b/contrib/tsearch2/ts_cfg.c
index d964aae573e..ad06d90d9ab 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/ts_cfg.c
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/ts_cfg.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-/* 
- * interface functions to tscfg 
+/*
+ * interface functions to tscfg
  * Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
  */
 #include <errno.h>
@@ -23,263 +23,299 @@
 
 /*********top interface**********/
 
-static void *plan_getcfg_bylocale=NULL;
-static void *plan_getcfg=NULL;
-static void *plan_getmap=NULL;
-static void *plan_name2id=NULL;
-static Oid current_cfg_id=0;
+static void *plan_getcfg_bylocale = NULL;
+static void *plan_getcfg = NULL;
+static void *plan_getmap = NULL;
+static void *plan_name2id = NULL;
+static Oid	current_cfg_id = 0;
 
 void
-init_cfg(Oid id, TSCfgInfo *cfg) {
-	Oid arg[2]={ OIDOID, OIDOID };
-	bool isnull;
-	Datum pars[2]={ ObjectIdGetDatum(id), ObjectIdGetDatum(id) } ;
-	int stat,i,j;
-	text *ptr;
-	text *prsname=NULL;
-	MemoryContext	oldcontext;
-
-	memset(cfg,0,sizeof(TSCfgInfo));
+init_cfg(Oid id, TSCfgInfo * cfg)
+{
+	Oid			arg[2] = {OIDOID, OIDOID};
+	bool		isnull;
+	Datum		pars[2] = {ObjectIdGetDatum(id), ObjectIdGetDatum(id)};
+	int			stat,
+				i,
+				j;
+	text	   *ptr;
+	text	   *prsname = NULL;
+	MemoryContext oldcontext;
+
+	memset(cfg, 0, sizeof(TSCfgInfo));
 	SPI_connect();
-	if ( !plan_getcfg ) {
-		plan_getcfg = SPI_saveplan( SPI_prepare( "select prs_name from pg_ts_cfg where oid = $1" , 1, arg ) );
-		if ( !plan_getcfg ) 
+	if (!plan_getcfg)
+	{
+		plan_getcfg = SPI_saveplan(SPI_prepare("select prs_name from pg_ts_cfg where oid = $1", 1, arg));
+		if (!plan_getcfg)
 			ts_error(ERROR, "SPI_prepare() failed");
 	}
 
 	stat = SPI_execp(plan_getcfg, pars, " ", 1);
-	if ( stat < 0 )
-		ts_error (ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
-	if ( SPI_processed > 0 ) {
-		prsname = (text*) DatumGetPointer( 
-			SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull) 
-		);
+	if (stat < 0)
+		ts_error(ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
+	if (SPI_processed > 0)
+	{
+		prsname = (text *) DatumGetPointer(
+										   SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull)
+			);
 		oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(TopMemoryContext);
-		prsname = ptextdup( prsname );
+		prsname = ptextdup(prsname);
 		MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
-		
-		cfg->id=id;
-	} else 
+
+		cfg->id = id;
+	}
+	else
 		ts_error(ERROR, "No tsearch cfg with id %d", id);
 
-	arg[0]=TEXTOID;
-	if ( !plan_getmap ) {
-		plan_getmap = SPI_saveplan( SPI_prepare( "select lt.tokid, pg_ts_cfgmap.dict_name from pg_ts_cfgmap, pg_ts_cfg, token_type( $1 ) as lt where lt.alias = pg_ts_cfgmap.tok_alias and pg_ts_cfgmap.ts_name = pg_ts_cfg.ts_name and pg_ts_cfg.oid= $2 order by lt.tokid desc;" , 2, arg ) );
-		if ( !plan_getmap )
+	arg[0] = TEXTOID;
+	if (!plan_getmap)
+	{
+		plan_getmap = SPI_saveplan(SPI_prepare("select lt.tokid, pg_ts_cfgmap.dict_name from pg_ts_cfgmap, pg_ts_cfg, token_type( $1 ) as lt where lt.alias = pg_ts_cfgmap.tok_alias and pg_ts_cfgmap.ts_name = pg_ts_cfg.ts_name and pg_ts_cfg.oid= $2 order by lt.tokid desc;", 2, arg));
+		if (!plan_getmap)
 			ts_error(ERROR, "SPI_prepare() failed");
 	}
 
-	pars[0]=PointerGetDatum( prsname );
+	pars[0] = PointerGetDatum(prsname);
 	stat = SPI_execp(plan_getmap, pars, " ", 0);
-	if ( stat < 0 )
-		ts_error (ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
-	if ( SPI_processed <= 0 )
+	if (stat < 0)
+		ts_error(ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
+	if (SPI_processed <= 0)
 		ts_error(ERROR, "No parser with id %d", id);
 
-	for(i=0;i<SPI_processed;i++) {
-		int lexid = DatumGetInt32(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[i], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull));
-		ArrayType *toasted_a = (ArrayType*)PointerGetDatum(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[i], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 2, &isnull));
-		ArrayType *a;
-
-		if ( !cfg->map ) {
-			cfg->len=lexid+1;
-			cfg->map = (ListDictionary*)malloc( sizeof(ListDictionary)*cfg->len );
-			if ( !cfg->map )
+	for (i = 0; i < SPI_processed; i++)
+	{
+		int			lexid = DatumGetInt32(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[i], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull));
+		ArrayType  *toasted_a = (ArrayType *) PointerGetDatum(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[i], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 2, &isnull));
+		ArrayType  *a;
+
+		if (!cfg->map)
+		{
+			cfg->len = lexid + 1;
+			cfg->map = (ListDictionary *) malloc(sizeof(ListDictionary) * cfg->len);
+			if (!cfg->map)
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
 						 errmsg("out of memory")));
-			memset( cfg->map, 0, sizeof(ListDictionary)*cfg->len );
+			memset(cfg->map, 0, sizeof(ListDictionary) * cfg->len);
 		}
 
 		if (isnull)
 			continue;
 
-		a=(ArrayType*)PointerGetDatum( PG_DETOAST_DATUM( DatumGetPointer(toasted_a) ) );
-		
-		if ( ARR_NDIM(a) != 1 )
-			ts_error(ERROR,"Wrong dimension");
-		if ( ARRNELEMS(a) < 1 )
+		a = (ArrayType *) PointerGetDatum(PG_DETOAST_DATUM(DatumGetPointer(toasted_a)));
+
+		if (ARR_NDIM(a) != 1)
+			ts_error(ERROR, "Wrong dimension");
+		if (ARRNELEMS(a) < 1)
 			continue;
 
-		cfg->map[lexid].len=ARRNELEMS(a);
-		cfg->map[lexid].dict_id=(Datum*)malloc( sizeof(Datum)*cfg->map[lexid].len );
-		memset(cfg->map[lexid].dict_id,0,sizeof(Datum)*cfg->map[lexid].len );
-		ptr=(text*)ARR_DATA_PTR(a);
+		cfg->map[lexid].len = ARRNELEMS(a);
+		cfg->map[lexid].dict_id = (Datum *) malloc(sizeof(Datum) * cfg->map[lexid].len);
+		memset(cfg->map[lexid].dict_id, 0, sizeof(Datum) * cfg->map[lexid].len);
+		ptr = (text *) ARR_DATA_PTR(a);
 		oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(TopMemoryContext);
-		for(j=0;j<cfg->map[lexid].len;j++) {
+		for (j = 0; j < cfg->map[lexid].len; j++)
+		{
 			cfg->map[lexid].dict_id[j] = PointerGetDatum(ptextdup(ptr));
-			ptr=NEXTVAL(ptr);
-		} 
+			ptr = NEXTVAL(ptr);
+		}
 		MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
 
-		if ( a != toasted_a ) 
+		if (a != toasted_a)
 			pfree(a);
 	}
-	
+
 	SPI_finish();
-	cfg->prs_id = name2id_prs( prsname );
+	cfg->prs_id = name2id_prs(prsname);
 	pfree(prsname);
-	for(i=0;i<cfg->len;i++) {
-		for(j=0;j<cfg->map[i].len;j++) {
-			ptr = (text*)DatumGetPointer( cfg->map[i].dict_id[j] );
-			cfg->map[i].dict_id[j] = ObjectIdGetDatum( name2id_dict(ptr) );
+	for (i = 0; i < cfg->len; i++)
+	{
+		for (j = 0; j < cfg->map[i].len; j++)
+		{
+			ptr = (text *) DatumGetPointer(cfg->map[i].dict_id[j]);
+			cfg->map[i].dict_id[j] = ObjectIdGetDatum(name2id_dict(ptr));
 			pfree(ptr);
 		}
 	}
 }
 
-typedef struct {
-	TSCfgInfo	*last_cfg;
-	int		len;
-	int		reallen;
-	TSCfgInfo	*list;
+typedef struct
+{
+	TSCfgInfo  *last_cfg;
+	int			len;
+	int			reallen;
+	TSCfgInfo  *list;
 	SNMap		name2id_map;
-} CFGList;
+}	CFGList;
 
-static CFGList CList = {NULL,0,0,NULL,{0,0,NULL}};
+static CFGList CList = {NULL, 0, 0, NULL, {0, 0, NULL}};
 
 void
-reset_cfg(void) {
-        freeSNMap( &(CList.name2id_map) );
-        if ( CList.list ) {
-		int i,j;
-		for(i=0;i<CList.len;i++)
-			if ( CList.list[i].map ) {
-				for(j=0;j<CList.list[i].len;j++)
-					if ( CList.list[i].map[j].dict_id )
+reset_cfg(void)
+{
+	freeSNMap(&(CList.name2id_map));
+	if (CList.list)
+	{
+		int			i,
+					j;
+
+		for (i = 0; i < CList.len; i++)
+			if (CList.list[i].map)
+			{
+				for (j = 0; j < CList.list[i].len; j++)
+					if (CList.list[i].map[j].dict_id)
 						free(CList.list[i].map[j].dict_id);
-				free( CList.list[i].map );
+				free(CList.list[i].map);
 			}
-                free(CList.list);
+		free(CList.list);
 	}
-        memset(&CList,0,sizeof(CFGList));
+	memset(&CList, 0, sizeof(CFGList));
 }
 
 static int
-comparecfg(const void *a, const void *b) {
-	return ((TSCfgInfo*)a)->id - ((TSCfgInfo*)b)->id;
+comparecfg(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+	return ((TSCfgInfo *) a)->id - ((TSCfgInfo *) b)->id;
 }
 
 TSCfgInfo *
-findcfg(Oid id) {
+findcfg(Oid id)
+{
 	/* last used cfg */
-	if ( CList.last_cfg && CList.last_cfg->id==id )
+	if (CList.last_cfg && CList.last_cfg->id == id)
 		return CList.last_cfg;
 
 	/* already used cfg */
-	if ( CList.len != 0 ) {
-		TSCfgInfo key;
-		key.id=id;
+	if (CList.len != 0)
+	{
+		TSCfgInfo	key;
+
+		key.id = id;
 		CList.last_cfg = bsearch(&key, CList.list, CList.len, sizeof(TSCfgInfo), comparecfg);
-		if ( CList.last_cfg != NULL )
+		if (CList.last_cfg != NULL)
 			return CList.last_cfg;
 	}
 
 	/* last chance */
-	if ( CList.len==CList.reallen ) {
-		TSCfgInfo *tmp;
-		int reallen = ( CList.reallen ) ? 2*CList.reallen : 16;
-		tmp=(TSCfgInfo*)realloc(CList.list,sizeof(TSCfgInfo)*reallen);
-		if ( !tmp ) 
-			ts_error(ERROR,"No memory");
-		CList.reallen=reallen;
-		CList.list=tmp;
+	if (CList.len == CList.reallen)
+	{
+		TSCfgInfo  *tmp;
+		int			reallen = (CList.reallen) ? 2 * CList.reallen : 16;
+
+		tmp = (TSCfgInfo *) realloc(CList.list, sizeof(TSCfgInfo) * reallen);
+		if (!tmp)
+			ts_error(ERROR, "No memory");
+		CList.reallen = reallen;
+		CList.list = tmp;
 	}
-	CList.last_cfg=&(CList.list[CList.len]);
+	CList.last_cfg = &(CList.list[CList.len]);
 	init_cfg(id, CList.last_cfg);
 	CList.len++;
 	qsort(CList.list, CList.len, sizeof(TSCfgInfo), comparecfg);
-	return findcfg(id); /* qsort changed order!! */;
+	return findcfg(id); /* qsort changed order!! */ ;
 }
 
 
 Oid
-name2id_cfg(text *name) {
-	Oid arg[1]={ TEXTOID };
-	bool isnull;
-	Datum pars[1]={ PointerGetDatum(name) };
-	int stat;
-	Oid id=findSNMap_t( &(CList.name2id_map), name );
-	
-	if ( id ) 
+name2id_cfg(text *name)
+{
+	Oid			arg[1] = {TEXTOID};
+	bool		isnull;
+	Datum		pars[1] = {PointerGetDatum(name)};
+	int			stat;
+	Oid			id = findSNMap_t(&(CList.name2id_map), name);
+
+	if (id)
 		return id;
-	
+
 	SPI_connect();
-	if ( !plan_name2id ) {
-		plan_name2id = SPI_saveplan( SPI_prepare( "select oid from pg_ts_cfg where ts_name = $1" , 1, arg ) );
-		if ( !plan_name2id ) 
+	if (!plan_name2id)
+	{
+		plan_name2id = SPI_saveplan(SPI_prepare("select oid from pg_ts_cfg where ts_name = $1", 1, arg));
+		if (!plan_name2id)
 			/* internal error */
 			elog(ERROR, "SPI_prepare() failed");
 	}
 
 	stat = SPI_execp(plan_name2id, pars, " ", 1);
-	if ( stat < 0 )
+	if (stat < 0)
 		/* internal error */
-		elog (ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
-	if ( SPI_processed > 0 ) {
-		id=DatumGetObjectId( SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull) );
-		if ( isnull ) 
+		elog(ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
+	if (SPI_processed > 0)
+	{
+		id = DatumGetObjectId(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull));
+		if (isnull)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
 					 errmsg("null id for tsearch config")));
-	} else 
+	}
+	else
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
 				 errmsg("no tsearch config")));
 
 	SPI_finish();
-	addSNMap_t( &(CList.name2id_map), name, id );
+	addSNMap_t(&(CList.name2id_map), name, id);
 	return id;
 }
 
 
-void 
-parsetext_v2(TSCfgInfo *cfg, PRSTEXT * prs, char *buf, int4 buflen) {
-	int	type, lenlemm, i;
-	char	*lemm=NULL;
+void
+parsetext_v2(TSCfgInfo * cfg, PRSTEXT * prs, char *buf, int4 buflen)
+{
+	int			type,
+				lenlemm,
+				i;
+	char	   *lemm = NULL;
 	WParserInfo *prsobj = findprs(cfg->prs_id);
 
-	prsobj->prs=(void*)DatumGetPointer(
-		FunctionCall2(
-			&(prsobj->start_info),
-			PointerGetDatum(buf),
-			Int32GetDatum(buflen)
-		)
-	);
-
-	while( ( type=DatumGetInt32(FunctionCall3(
-			&(prsobj->getlexeme_info),
-			PointerGetDatum(prsobj->prs),
-			PointerGetDatum(&lemm),
-			PointerGetDatum(&lenlemm))) ) != 0 ) {
-
-		if ( lenlemm >= MAXSTRLEN )
+	prsobj->prs = (void *) DatumGetPointer(
+										   FunctionCall2(
+												   &(prsobj->start_info),
+													PointerGetDatum(buf),
+													Int32GetDatum(buflen)
+														 )
+		);
+
+	while ((type = DatumGetInt32(FunctionCall3(
+											   &(prsobj->getlexeme_info),
+											PointerGetDatum(prsobj->prs),
+											   PointerGetDatum(&lemm),
+									   PointerGetDatum(&lenlemm)))) != 0)
+	{
+
+		if (lenlemm >= MAXSTRLEN)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
 					 errmsg("word is too long")));
 
-		if ( type >= cfg->len ) /* skip this type of lexem */
-			continue; 
-
-		for(i=0;i<cfg->map[type].len;i++) {
-			DictInfo	*dict=finddict( DatumGetObjectId(cfg->map[type].dict_id[i]) );
-			char	**norms, **ptr;
-	
-			norms = ptr = (char**)DatumGetPointer(
-				FunctionCall3(
-					&(dict->lexize_info),
-					PointerGetDatum(dict->dictionary),
-					PointerGetDatum(lemm),
-					PointerGetDatum(lenlemm)
-				)
-			);
-			if ( !norms ) /* dictionary doesn't know this lexem */
+		if (type >= cfg->len)	/* skip this type of lexem */
+			continue;
+
+		for (i = 0; i < cfg->map[type].len; i++)
+		{
+			DictInfo   *dict = finddict(DatumGetObjectId(cfg->map[type].dict_id[i]));
+			char	  **norms,
+					  **ptr;
+
+			norms = ptr = (char **) DatumGetPointer(
+													FunctionCall3(
+													&(dict->lexize_info),
+									   PointerGetDatum(dict->dictionary),
+												   PointerGetDatum(lemm),
+												 PointerGetDatum(lenlemm)
+																  )
+				);
+			if (!norms)			/* dictionary doesn't know this lexem */
 				continue;
 
-			prs->pos++; /*set pos*/
+			prs->pos++;			/* set pos */
 
-			while( *ptr ) {
-				if (prs->curwords == prs->lenwords) {
+			while (*ptr)
+			{
+				if (prs->curwords == prs->lenwords)
+				{
 					prs->lenwords *= 2;
 					prs->words = (WORD *) repalloc((void *) prs->words, prs->lenwords * sizeof(WORD));
 				}
@@ -292,191 +328,220 @@ parsetext_v2(TSCfgInfo *cfg, PRSTEXT * prs, char *buf, int4 buflen) {
 				prs->curwords++;
 			}
 			pfree(norms);
-			break; /* lexem already normalized or is stop word*/
+			break;				/* lexem already normalized or is stop
+								 * word */
 		}
 	}
 
 	FunctionCall1(
-		&(prsobj->end_info),
-		PointerGetDatum(prsobj->prs)
-	);
+				  &(prsobj->end_info),
+				  PointerGetDatum(prsobj->prs)
+		);
 }
 
 static void
-hladdword(HLPRSTEXT * prs, char *buf, int4 buflen, int type) {
-	while (prs->curwords >= prs->lenwords) {
+hladdword(HLPRSTEXT * prs, char *buf, int4 buflen, int type)
+{
+	while (prs->curwords >= prs->lenwords)
+	{
 		prs->lenwords *= 2;
 		prs->words = (HLWORD *) repalloc((void *) prs->words, prs->lenwords * sizeof(HLWORD));
 	}
-	memset( &(prs->words[prs->curwords]), 0, sizeof(HLWORD) ); 
-	prs->words[prs->curwords].type = (uint8)type;
-	prs->words[prs->curwords].len = buflen;	
+	memset(&(prs->words[prs->curwords]), 0, sizeof(HLWORD));
+	prs->words[prs->curwords].type = (uint8) type;
+	prs->words[prs->curwords].len = buflen;
 	prs->words[prs->curwords].word = palloc(buflen);
 	memcpy(prs->words[prs->curwords].word, buf, buflen);
-	prs->curwords++;	
+	prs->curwords++;
 }
 
 static void
-hlfinditem(HLPRSTEXT * prs, QUERYTYPE *query, char *buf, int buflen ) {
-	int i;
-	ITEM	*item=GETQUERY(query);
-	HLWORD	*word=&( prs->words[prs->curwords-1] );
-
-	while (prs->curwords + query->size >= prs->lenwords) {
+hlfinditem(HLPRSTEXT * prs, QUERYTYPE * query, char *buf, int buflen)
+{
+	int			i;
+	ITEM	   *item = GETQUERY(query);
+	HLWORD	   *word = &(prs->words[prs->curwords - 1]);
+
+	while (prs->curwords + query->size >= prs->lenwords)
+	{
 		prs->lenwords *= 2;
 		prs->words = (HLWORD *) repalloc((void *) prs->words, prs->lenwords * sizeof(HLWORD));
 	}
 
-	for(i=0; i<query->size; i++) { 
-		if ( item->type == VAL && item->length == buflen && strncmp( GETOPERAND(query) + item->distance, buf, buflen )==0 ) {
-			if ( word->item ) {
-				memcpy( &(prs->words[prs->curwords]), word, sizeof(HLWORD) );
-				prs->words[prs->curwords].item=item;
-				prs->words[prs->curwords].repeated=1;
+	for (i = 0; i < query->size; i++)
+	{
+		if (item->type == VAL && item->length == buflen && strncmp(GETOPERAND(query) + item->distance, buf, buflen) == 0)
+		{
+			if (word->item)
+			{
+				memcpy(&(prs->words[prs->curwords]), word, sizeof(HLWORD));
+				prs->words[prs->curwords].item = item;
+				prs->words[prs->curwords].repeated = 1;
 				prs->curwords++;
-			} else 
-				word->item=item;	
+			}
+			else
+				word->item = item;
 		}
 		item++;
 	}
 }
 
-void 
-hlparsetext(TSCfgInfo *cfg, HLPRSTEXT * prs, QUERYTYPE *query, char *buf, int4 buflen) {
-	int	type, lenlemm, i;
-	char	*lemm=NULL;
+void
+hlparsetext(TSCfgInfo * cfg, HLPRSTEXT * prs, QUERYTYPE * query, char *buf, int4 buflen)
+{
+	int			type,
+				lenlemm,
+				i;
+	char	   *lemm = NULL;
 	WParserInfo *prsobj = findprs(cfg->prs_id);
 
-	prsobj->prs=(void*)DatumGetPointer(
-		FunctionCall2(
-			&(prsobj->start_info),
-			PointerGetDatum(buf),
-			Int32GetDatum(buflen)
-		)
-	);
-
-	while( ( type=DatumGetInt32(FunctionCall3(
-			&(prsobj->getlexeme_info),
-			PointerGetDatum(prsobj->prs),
-			PointerGetDatum(&lemm),
-			PointerGetDatum(&lenlemm))) ) != 0 ) {
-
-		if ( lenlemm >= MAXSTRLEN )
+	prsobj->prs = (void *) DatumGetPointer(
+										   FunctionCall2(
+												   &(prsobj->start_info),
+													PointerGetDatum(buf),
+													Int32GetDatum(buflen)
+														 )
+		);
+
+	while ((type = DatumGetInt32(FunctionCall3(
+											   &(prsobj->getlexeme_info),
+											PointerGetDatum(prsobj->prs),
+											   PointerGetDatum(&lemm),
+									   PointerGetDatum(&lenlemm)))) != 0)
+	{
+
+		if (lenlemm >= MAXSTRLEN)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
 					 errmsg("word is too long")));
 
-		hladdword(prs,lemm,lenlemm,type);
-
-		if ( type >= cfg->len ) 
-			continue; 
-
-		for(i=0;i<cfg->map[type].len;i++) {
-			DictInfo	*dict=finddict( DatumGetObjectId(cfg->map[type].dict_id[i]) );
-			char	**norms, **ptr;
-	
-			norms = ptr = (char**)DatumGetPointer(
-				FunctionCall3(
-					&(dict->lexize_info),
-					PointerGetDatum(dict->dictionary),
-					PointerGetDatum(lemm),
-					PointerGetDatum(lenlemm)
-				)
-			);
-			if ( !norms ) /* dictionary doesn't know this lexem */
+		hladdword(prs, lemm, lenlemm, type);
+
+		if (type >= cfg->len)
+			continue;
+
+		for (i = 0; i < cfg->map[type].len; i++)
+		{
+			DictInfo   *dict = finddict(DatumGetObjectId(cfg->map[type].dict_id[i]));
+			char	  **norms,
+					  **ptr;
+
+			norms = ptr = (char **) DatumGetPointer(
+													FunctionCall3(
+													&(dict->lexize_info),
+									   PointerGetDatum(dict->dictionary),
+												   PointerGetDatum(lemm),
+												 PointerGetDatum(lenlemm)
+																  )
+				);
+			if (!norms)			/* dictionary doesn't know this lexem */
 				continue;
 
-			while( *ptr ) {
-				hlfinditem(prs,query,*ptr,strlen(*ptr));
+			while (*ptr)
+			{
+				hlfinditem(prs, query, *ptr, strlen(*ptr));
 				pfree(*ptr);
 				ptr++;
 			}
 			pfree(norms);
-			break; /* lexem already normalized or is stop word*/
+			break;				/* lexem already normalized or is stop
+								 * word */
 		}
 	}
 
 	FunctionCall1(
-		&(prsobj->end_info),
-		PointerGetDatum(prsobj->prs)
-	);
+				  &(prsobj->end_info),
+				  PointerGetDatum(prsobj->prs)
+		);
 }
 
-text* 
-genhl(HLPRSTEXT * prs) {
-	text *out;
-	int len=128;
-	char *ptr;
-	HLWORD	*wrd=prs->words;
+text *
+genhl(HLPRSTEXT * prs)
+{
+	text	   *out;
+	int			len = 128;
+	char	   *ptr;
+	HLWORD	   *wrd = prs->words;
 
-	out = (text*)palloc( len );
-	ptr=((char*)out) + VARHDRSZ;
+	out = (text *) palloc(len);
+	ptr = ((char *) out) + VARHDRSZ;
 
-	while( wrd - prs->words < prs->curwords ) {
-		while (  wrd->len + prs->stopsellen + prs->startsellen + (ptr - ((char*)out)) >= len ) {
-			int dist = ptr - ((char*)out);
-			len*= 2;
+	while (wrd - prs->words < prs->curwords)
+	{
+		while (wrd->len + prs->stopsellen + prs->startsellen + (ptr - ((char *) out)) >= len)
+		{
+			int			dist = ptr - ((char *) out);
+
+			len *= 2;
 			out = (text *) repalloc(out, len);
-			ptr=((char*)out) + dist;
+			ptr = ((char *) out) + dist;
 		}
 
-		if ( wrd->in && !wrd->skip && !wrd->repeated ) {
-			if ( wrd->replace ) {
-				*ptr=' ';
+		if (wrd->in && !wrd->skip && !wrd->repeated)
+		{
+			if (wrd->replace)
+			{
+				*ptr = ' ';
 				ptr++;
-			} else {
-				if (wrd->selected) {
-					memcpy(ptr,prs->startsel,prs->startsellen);
-					ptr+=prs->startsellen;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if (wrd->selected)
+				{
+					memcpy(ptr, prs->startsel, prs->startsellen);
+					ptr += prs->startsellen;
 				}
-				memcpy(ptr,wrd->word,wrd->len);
-				ptr+=wrd->len;
-				if (wrd->selected) {
-					memcpy(ptr,prs->stopsel,prs->stopsellen);
-					ptr+=prs->stopsellen;
+				memcpy(ptr, wrd->word, wrd->len);
+				ptr += wrd->len;
+				if (wrd->selected)
+				{
+					memcpy(ptr, prs->stopsel, prs->stopsellen);
+					ptr += prs->stopsellen;
 				}
 			}
 		}
 
-		if ( !wrd->repeated )
+		if (!wrd->repeated)
 			pfree(wrd->word);
 
 		wrd++;
 	}
 
-	VARATT_SIZEP(out)=ptr - ((char*)out);
-	return out; 
+	VARATT_SIZEP(out) = ptr - ((char *) out);
+	return out;
 }
 
-int  
-get_currcfg(void) {
-	Oid arg[1]={ TEXTOID };
+int
+get_currcfg(void)
+{
+	Oid			arg[1] = {TEXTOID};
 	const char *curlocale;
-	Datum pars[1];
-	bool isnull;
-	int stat;
+	Datum		pars[1];
+	bool		isnull;
+	int			stat;
 
-	if ( current_cfg_id > 0 )
+	if (current_cfg_id > 0)
 		return current_cfg_id;
 
 	SPI_connect();
-	if ( !plan_getcfg_bylocale ) {
-		plan_getcfg_bylocale=SPI_saveplan( SPI_prepare( "select oid from pg_ts_cfg where locale = $1 ", 1, arg ) );
-		if ( !plan_getcfg_bylocale )
+	if (!plan_getcfg_bylocale)
+	{
+		plan_getcfg_bylocale = SPI_saveplan(SPI_prepare("select oid from pg_ts_cfg where locale = $1 ", 1, arg));
+		if (!plan_getcfg_bylocale)
 			/* internal error */
 			elog(ERROR, "SPI_prepare() failed");
 	}
 
 	curlocale = setlocale(LC_CTYPE, NULL);
-	pars[0] = PointerGetDatum( char2text((char*)curlocale) );
+	pars[0] = PointerGetDatum(char2text((char *) curlocale));
 	stat = SPI_execp(plan_getcfg_bylocale, pars, " ", 1);
 
-	if ( stat < 0 )
+	if (stat < 0)
 		/* internal error */
-		elog (ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
-	if ( SPI_processed > 0 )
-		current_cfg_id = DatumGetObjectId( SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull) );
-	else 
+		elog(ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
+	if (SPI_processed > 0)
+		current_cfg_id = DatumGetObjectId(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull));
+	else
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
 				 errmsg("could not find tsearch config by locale")));
@@ -487,39 +552,43 @@ get_currcfg(void) {
 }
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(set_curcfg);
-Datum set_curcfg(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum		set_curcfg(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
 Datum
-set_curcfg(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-        findcfg(PG_GETARG_OID(0));
-        current_cfg_id=PG_GETARG_OID(0);
-        PG_RETURN_VOID();
+set_curcfg(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	findcfg(PG_GETARG_OID(0));
+	current_cfg_id = PG_GETARG_OID(0);
+	PG_RETURN_VOID();
 }
-                
+
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(set_curcfg_byname);
-Datum set_curcfg_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum		set_curcfg_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
 Datum
-set_curcfg_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-        text *name=PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
-   
-        DirectFunctionCall1(
-                set_curcfg,
-                ObjectIdGetDatum( name2id_cfg(name) )
-        );
-        PG_FREE_IF_COPY(name, 0);
-        PG_RETURN_VOID();      
-}       
+set_curcfg_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	text	   *name = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
+
+	DirectFunctionCall1(
+						set_curcfg,
+						ObjectIdGetDatum(name2id_cfg(name))
+		);
+	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(name, 0);
+	PG_RETURN_VOID();
+}
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(show_curcfg);
-Datum show_curcfg(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum		show_curcfg(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
 Datum
-show_curcfg(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	PG_RETURN_OID( get_currcfg() ); 
+show_curcfg(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	PG_RETURN_OID(get_currcfg());
 }
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(reset_tsearch);
-Datum reset_tsearch(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum		reset_tsearch(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
 Datum
-reset_tsearch(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	ts_error(NOTICE,"TSearch cache cleaned");
-	PG_RETURN_VOID(); 
+reset_tsearch(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	ts_error(NOTICE, "TSearch cache cleaned");
+	PG_RETURN_VOID();
 }
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/ts_cfg.h b/contrib/tsearch2/ts_cfg.h
index 01006c1f93c..cde35ca2a6e 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/ts_cfg.h
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/ts_cfg.h
@@ -3,66 +3,73 @@
 #include "postgres.h"
 #include "query.h"
 
-typedef struct {
-	int	len;
-	Datum	*dict_id;
-} ListDictionary;
+typedef struct
+{
+	int			len;
+	Datum	   *dict_id;
+}	ListDictionary;
 
-typedef struct {
-	Oid	id;
-	Oid	prs_id;
-	int	len;
-	ListDictionary	*map;	
+typedef struct
+{
+	Oid			id;
+	Oid			prs_id;
+	int			len;
+	ListDictionary *map;
 }	TSCfgInfo;
 
-Oid name2id_cfg(text *name);
-TSCfgInfo * findcfg(Oid id);
-void init_cfg(Oid id, TSCfgInfo *cfg);
-void reset_cfg(void);
+Oid			name2id_cfg(text *name);
+TSCfgInfo  *findcfg(Oid id);
+void		init_cfg(Oid id, TSCfgInfo * cfg);
+void		reset_cfg(void);
 
-typedef struct {
-        uint16          len;
-	union {
+typedef struct
+{
+	uint16		len;
+	union
+	{
 		uint16		pos;
-		uint16		*apos;
-	} pos;
-        char       *word;
-	uint32	alen;
-}       WORD;
-   
-typedef struct {
-        WORD       *words;
-        int4            lenwords;
-        int4            curwords;
+		uint16	   *apos;
+	}			pos;
+	char	   *word;
+	uint32		alen;
+}	WORD;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+	WORD	   *words;
+	int4		lenwords;
+	int4		curwords;
 	int4		pos;
-}       PRSTEXT;
+}	PRSTEXT;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+	uint16		len;
+	uint8		selected:1,
+				in:1,
+				skip:1,
+				replace:1,
+				repeated:1;
+	uint8		type;
+	char	   *word;
+	ITEM	   *item;
+}	HLWORD;
 
-typedef struct {
-        uint16    len;
-	uint8    selected:1,
-		  in:1,
-		  skip:1,
-		  replace:1,
-		  repeated:1;
-	uint8	type;
-        char      *word;
-	ITEM	  *item;
-}       HLWORD;
-   
-typedef struct {
-        HLWORD       *words;
-        int4            lenwords;
-        int4            curwords;
-        char	        *startsel;
-        char            *stopsel;
-        int2            startsellen;
-        int2            stopsellen;
-}       HLPRSTEXT;
+typedef struct
+{
+	HLWORD	   *words;
+	int4		lenwords;
+	int4		curwords;
+	char	   *startsel;
+	char	   *stopsel;
+	int2		startsellen;
+	int2		stopsellen;
+}	HLPRSTEXT;
 
-void hlparsetext(TSCfgInfo *cfg, HLPRSTEXT * prs, QUERYTYPE *query, char *buf, int4 buflen);
-text* genhl(HLPRSTEXT * prs);
+void		hlparsetext(TSCfgInfo * cfg, HLPRSTEXT * prs, QUERYTYPE * query, char *buf, int4 buflen);
+text	   *genhl(HLPRSTEXT * prs);
 
-void parsetext_v2(TSCfgInfo *cfg, PRSTEXT * prs, char *buf, int4 buflen);
-int  get_currcfg(void);
+void		parsetext_v2(TSCfgInfo * cfg, PRSTEXT * prs, char *buf, int4 buflen);
+int			get_currcfg(void);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/ts_stat.c b/contrib/tsearch2/ts_stat.c
index a09e0572143..47353fc579e 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/ts_stat.c
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/ts_stat.c
@@ -10,108 +10,128 @@
 #include "common.h"
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(tsstat_in);
-Datum           tsstat_in(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
-Datum           
-tsstat_in(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	tsstat *stat=palloc(STATHDRSIZE);
-	stat->len=STATHDRSIZE;
-	stat->size=0;
+Datum		tsstat_in(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum
+tsstat_in(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	tsstat	   *stat = palloc(STATHDRSIZE);
+
+	stat->len = STATHDRSIZE;
+	stat->size = 0;
 	PG_RETURN_POINTER(stat);
 }
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(tsstat_out);
-Datum           tsstat_out(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
-Datum           
-tsstat_out(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
+Datum		tsstat_out(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum
+tsstat_out(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
 	ereport(ERROR,
 			(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
 			 errmsg("tsstat_out not implemented")));
 	PG_RETURN_NULL();
 }
 
-static WordEntry**
-SEI_realloc( WordEntry** in, uint32 *len ) {
-	if ( *len==0 || in==NULL ) {
-		*len=8;
-		in=palloc( sizeof(WordEntry*)* (*len) );
-	} else {
+static WordEntry **
+SEI_realloc(WordEntry ** in, uint32 *len)
+{
+	if (*len == 0 || in == NULL)
+	{
+		*len = 8;
+		in = palloc(sizeof(WordEntry *) * (*len));
+	}
+	else
+	{
 		*len *= 2;
-		in=repalloc( in, sizeof(WordEntry*)* (*len) );
+		in = repalloc(in, sizeof(WordEntry *) * (*len));
 	}
 	return in;
 }
 
 static int
-compareStatWord(StatEntry *a, WordEntry *b, tsstat *stat, tsvector *txt) {
-	if ( a->len == b->len ) 
+compareStatWord(StatEntry * a, WordEntry * b, tsstat * stat, tsvector * txt)
+{
+	if (a->len == b->len)
 		return strncmp(
-			STATSTRPTR(stat) + a->pos,
-			STRPTR(txt) + b->pos,
-			a->len
+					   STATSTRPTR(stat) + a->pos,
+					   STRPTR(txt) + b->pos,
+					   a->len
 		);
-	return ( a->len > b->len ) ? 1 : -1;
+	return (a->len > b->len) ? 1 : -1;
 }
 
-static tsstat*
-formstat(tsstat *stat, tsvector *txt, WordEntry** entry, uint32 len) {
-	tsstat	*newstat;
-	uint32 totallen, nentry;
-	uint32	slen=0;
-	WordEntry	**ptr=entry;
-	char	*curptr;
-	StatEntry	*sptr,*nptr;
-
-	while(ptr-entry<len) {
+static tsstat *
+formstat(tsstat * stat, tsvector * txt, WordEntry ** entry, uint32 len)
+{
+	tsstat	   *newstat;
+	uint32		totallen,
+				nentry;
+	uint32		slen = 0;
+	WordEntry **ptr = entry;
+	char	   *curptr;
+	StatEntry  *sptr,
+			   *nptr;
+
+	while (ptr - entry < len)
+	{
 		slen += (*ptr)->len;
 		ptr++;
 	}
 
-	nentry=stat->size + len;
-	slen+=STATSTRSIZE(stat);
-	totallen=CALCSTATSIZE(nentry,slen);
-	newstat=palloc(totallen);
-	newstat->len=totallen;
-	newstat->size=nentry;
+	nentry = stat->size + len;
+	slen += STATSTRSIZE(stat);
+	totallen = CALCSTATSIZE(nentry, slen);
+	newstat = palloc(totallen);
+	newstat->len = totallen;
+	newstat->size = nentry;
 
 	memcpy(STATSTRPTR(newstat), STATSTRPTR(stat), STATSTRSIZE(stat));
-	curptr=STATSTRPTR(newstat) + STATSTRSIZE(stat);
+	curptr = STATSTRPTR(newstat) + STATSTRSIZE(stat);
 
-	ptr=entry;
-	sptr=STATPTR(stat);
-	nptr=STATPTR(newstat);
+	ptr = entry;
+	sptr = STATPTR(stat);
+	nptr = STATPTR(newstat);
 
-	if ( len == 1 ) {
-		StatEntry *StopLow = STATPTR(stat);
-		StatEntry *StopHigh = (StatEntry*)STATSTRPTR(stat);
+	if (len == 1)
+	{
+		StatEntry  *StopLow = STATPTR(stat);
+		StatEntry  *StopHigh = (StatEntry *) STATSTRPTR(stat);
 
-		while (StopLow < StopHigh) {
-			sptr=StopLow + (StopHigh - StopLow) / 2;
-			if ( compareStatWord(sptr,*ptr,stat,txt) < 0 )
+		while (StopLow < StopHigh)
+		{
+			sptr = StopLow + (StopHigh - StopLow) / 2;
+			if (compareStatWord(sptr, *ptr, stat, txt) < 0)
 				StopLow = sptr + 1;
 			else
-				StopHigh = sptr; 
+				StopHigh = sptr;
 		}
-		nptr =STATPTR(newstat) + (StopLow-STATPTR(stat));
-		memcpy( STATPTR(newstat), STATPTR(stat), sizeof(StatEntry) * (StopLow-STATPTR(stat)) );
-		nptr->nentry=POSDATALEN(txt,*ptr);
-		if ( nptr->nentry==0 )
-				nptr->nentry=1;	
-		nptr->ndoc=1;
-		nptr->len=(*ptr)->len;
+		nptr = STATPTR(newstat) + (StopLow - STATPTR(stat));
+		memcpy(STATPTR(newstat), STATPTR(stat), sizeof(StatEntry) * (StopLow - STATPTR(stat)));
+		nptr->nentry = POSDATALEN(txt, *ptr);
+		if (nptr->nentry == 0)
+			nptr->nentry = 1;
+		nptr->ndoc = 1;
+		nptr->len = (*ptr)->len;
 		memcpy(curptr, STRPTR(txt) + (*ptr)->pos, nptr->len);
 		nptr->pos = curptr - STATSTRPTR(newstat);
-		memcpy( nptr+1, StopLow, sizeof(StatEntry) * ( ((StatEntry*)STATSTRPTR(stat))-StopLow ) );
-	} else {
-		while( sptr-STATPTR(stat) < stat->size && ptr-entry<len) {
-			if ( compareStatWord(sptr,*ptr,stat,txt) < 0 ) {
+		memcpy(nptr + 1, StopLow, sizeof(StatEntry) * (((StatEntry *) STATSTRPTR(stat)) - StopLow));
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		while (sptr - STATPTR(stat) < stat->size && ptr - entry < len)
+		{
+			if (compareStatWord(sptr, *ptr, stat, txt) < 0)
+			{
 				memcpy(nptr, sptr, sizeof(StatEntry));
 				sptr++;
-			} else {
-				nptr->nentry=POSDATALEN(txt,*ptr);
-				if ( nptr->nentry==0 )
-					nptr->nentry=1;	
-				nptr->ndoc=1;
-				nptr->len=(*ptr)->len;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				nptr->nentry = POSDATALEN(txt, *ptr);
+				if (nptr->nentry == 0)
+					nptr->nentry = 1;
+				nptr->ndoc = 1;
+				nptr->len = (*ptr)->len;
 				memcpy(curptr, STRPTR(txt) + (*ptr)->pos, nptr->len);
 				nptr->pos = curptr - STATSTRPTR(newstat);
 				curptr += nptr->len;
@@ -120,138 +140,168 @@ formstat(tsstat *stat, tsvector *txt, WordEntry** entry, uint32 len) {
 			nptr++;
 		}
 
-		memcpy( nptr, sptr, sizeof(StatEntry)*( stat->size - (sptr-STATPTR(stat)) ) ); 
-		
-		while(ptr-entry<len) {
-			nptr->nentry=POSDATALEN(txt,*ptr);
-			if ( nptr->nentry==0 )
-				nptr->nentry=1;	
-			nptr->ndoc=1;
-			nptr->len=(*ptr)->len;
+		memcpy(nptr, sptr, sizeof(StatEntry) * (stat->size - (sptr - STATPTR(stat))));
+
+		while (ptr - entry < len)
+		{
+			nptr->nentry = POSDATALEN(txt, *ptr);
+			if (nptr->nentry == 0)
+				nptr->nentry = 1;
+			nptr->ndoc = 1;
+			nptr->len = (*ptr)->len;
 			memcpy(curptr, STRPTR(txt) + (*ptr)->pos, nptr->len);
 			nptr->pos = curptr - STATSTRPTR(newstat);
 			curptr += nptr->len;
-			ptr++; nptr++;
+			ptr++;
+			nptr++;
 		}
 	}
 
 	return newstat;
-} 
+}
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(ts_accum);
-Datum           ts_accum(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
-Datum 
-ts_accum(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	tsstat *newstat,*stat= (tsstat*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
-	tsvector  *txt = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(1));
-	WordEntry	**newentry=NULL;
-	uint32	len=0, cur=0;
-	StatEntry	*sptr;
-	WordEntry	*wptr;
-
-	if ( stat==NULL || PG_ARGISNULL(0) ) { /* Init in first */ 
-		stat=palloc(STATHDRSIZE);
-		stat->len=STATHDRSIZE;
-		stat->size=0;
+Datum		ts_accum(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum
+ts_accum(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	tsstat	   *newstat,
+			   *stat = (tsstat *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
+	tsvector   *txt = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(1));
+	WordEntry **newentry = NULL;
+	uint32		len = 0,
+				cur = 0;
+	StatEntry  *sptr;
+	WordEntry  *wptr;
+
+	if (stat == NULL || PG_ARGISNULL(0))
+	{							/* Init in first */
+		stat = palloc(STATHDRSIZE);
+		stat->len = STATHDRSIZE;
+		stat->size = 0;
 	}
 
 	/* simple check of correctness */
-	if ( txt==NULL || PG_ARGISNULL(1) || txt->size==0 ) {
-		PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt,1);	
+	if (txt == NULL || PG_ARGISNULL(1) || txt->size == 0)
+	{
+		PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt, 1);
 		PG_RETURN_POINTER(stat);
 	}
 
-	sptr=STATPTR(stat);
-	wptr=ARRPTR(txt);
+	sptr = STATPTR(stat);
+	wptr = ARRPTR(txt);
 
-	if ( stat->size < 100*txt->size ) { /* merge */
-		while( sptr-STATPTR(stat) < stat->size && wptr-ARRPTR(txt) < txt->size ) {
-			int cmp = compareStatWord(sptr,wptr,stat,txt);
-			if ( cmp<0 ) {
+	if (stat->size < 100 * txt->size)
+	{							/* merge */
+		while (sptr - STATPTR(stat) < stat->size && wptr - ARRPTR(txt) < txt->size)
+		{
+			int			cmp = compareStatWord(sptr, wptr, stat, txt);
+
+			if (cmp < 0)
 				sptr++;
-			} else if ( cmp==0 ) {
-				int n=POSDATALEN(txt,wptr);
-	
-				if (n==0) n=1;
+			else if (cmp == 0)
+			{
+				int			n = POSDATALEN(txt, wptr);
+
+				if (n == 0)
+					n = 1;
 				sptr->ndoc++;
-				sptr->nentry +=n ;
-				sptr++; wptr++;
-			} else {
-				if ( cur==len )
-					newentry=SEI_realloc(newentry, &len);
-				newentry[cur]=wptr;
-				wptr++; cur++;
+				sptr->nentry += n;
+				sptr++;
+				wptr++;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if (cur == len)
+					newentry = SEI_realloc(newentry, &len);
+				newentry[cur] = wptr;
+				wptr++;
+				cur++;
 			}
 		}
 
-		while( wptr-ARRPTR(txt) < txt->size ) {
-			if ( cur==len )
-				newentry=SEI_realloc(newentry, &len);
-			newentry[cur]=wptr;
-			wptr++; cur++;
+		while (wptr - ARRPTR(txt) < txt->size)
+		{
+			if (cur == len)
+				newentry = SEI_realloc(newentry, &len);
+			newentry[cur] = wptr;
+			wptr++;
+			cur++;
 		}
-	} else { /* search */
-		while( wptr-ARRPTR(txt) < txt->size ) {
-			StatEntry *StopLow = STATPTR(stat);
-			StatEntry *StopHigh = (StatEntry*)STATSTRPTR(stat);
-			int	cmp;
-
-			while (StopLow < StopHigh) {
-				sptr=StopLow + (StopHigh - StopLow) / 2;
-				cmp =  compareStatWord(sptr,wptr,stat,txt);
-				if (cmp==0) {
-					int n=POSDATALEN(txt,wptr);
-					if (n==0) n=1;
+	}
+	else
+	{							/* search */
+		while (wptr - ARRPTR(txt) < txt->size)
+		{
+			StatEntry  *StopLow = STATPTR(stat);
+			StatEntry  *StopHigh = (StatEntry *) STATSTRPTR(stat);
+			int			cmp;
+
+			while (StopLow < StopHigh)
+			{
+				sptr = StopLow + (StopHigh - StopLow) / 2;
+				cmp = compareStatWord(sptr, wptr, stat, txt);
+				if (cmp == 0)
+				{
+					int			n = POSDATALEN(txt, wptr);
+
+					if (n == 0)
+						n = 1;
 					sptr->ndoc++;
-					sptr->nentry +=n ;
+					sptr->nentry += n;
 					break;
-				} else if ( cmp < 0 )
+				}
+				else if (cmp < 0)
 					StopLow = sptr + 1;
 				else
-					StopHigh = sptr; 
+					StopHigh = sptr;
 			}
-		
-			if ( StopLow >= StopHigh ) { /* not found */
-				if ( cur==len )
-					newentry=SEI_realloc(newentry, &len);
-				newentry[cur]=wptr;
+
+			if (StopLow >= StopHigh)
+			{					/* not found */
+				if (cur == len)
+					newentry = SEI_realloc(newentry, &len);
+				newentry[cur] = wptr;
 				cur++;
 			}
 			wptr++;
-		}	
+		}
 	}
 
-	
-	if ( cur==0 ) { /* no new words */ 
-		PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt,1);
+
+	if (cur == 0)
+	{							/* no new words */
+		PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt, 1);
 		PG_RETURN_POINTER(stat);
 	}
 
 	newstat = formstat(stat, txt, newentry, cur);
 	pfree(newentry);
-	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt,1);
+	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt, 1);
 	/* pfree(stat); */
 
 	PG_RETURN_POINTER(newstat);
 }
 
-typedef struct {
-	uint32	cur;
-	tsvector *stat;
-} StatStorage;
+typedef struct
+{
+	uint32		cur;
+	tsvector   *stat;
+}	StatStorage;
 
 static void
-ts_setup_firstcall(FuncCallContext  *funcctx, tsstat *stat) {
-	TupleDesc            tupdesc;
-	MemoryContext     oldcontext;
-	StatStorage     *st;
-	
+ts_setup_firstcall(FuncCallContext *funcctx, tsstat * stat)
+{
+	TupleDesc	tupdesc;
+	MemoryContext oldcontext;
+	StatStorage *st;
+
 	oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(funcctx->multi_call_memory_ctx);
-	st=palloc( sizeof(StatStorage) );
-	st->cur=0;
-	st->stat=palloc( stat->len );
+	st = palloc(sizeof(StatStorage));
+	st->cur = 0;
+	st->stat = palloc(stat->len);
 	memcpy(st->stat, stat, stat->len);
-	funcctx->user_fctx = (void*)st;
+	funcctx->user_fctx = (void *) st;
 	tupdesc = RelationNameGetTupleDesc("statinfo");
 	funcctx->slot = TupleDescGetSlot(tupdesc);
 	funcctx->attinmeta = TupleDescGetAttInMetadata(tupdesc);
@@ -260,162 +310,175 @@ ts_setup_firstcall(FuncCallContext  *funcctx, tsstat *stat) {
 
 
 static Datum
-ts_process_call(FuncCallContext  *funcctx) {
-	StatStorage     *st;
-	st=(StatStorage*)funcctx->user_fctx;
-
-	if ( st->cur < st->stat->size ) {
-		Datum result;
-		char* values[3];
-		char    ndoc[16];
-		char    nentry[16];
-		StatEntry *entry=STATPTR(st->stat) + st->cur;
-		HeapTuple    tuple;
-
-		values[1]=ndoc;
-		sprintf(ndoc,"%d",entry->ndoc);
-		values[2]=nentry;
-		sprintf(nentry,"%d",entry->nentry);
-		values[0]=palloc( entry->len+1 );
-		memcpy( values[0], STATSTRPTR(st->stat)+entry->pos, entry->len);
-		(values[0])[entry->len]='\0';
+ts_process_call(FuncCallContext *funcctx)
+{
+	StatStorage *st;
+
+	st = (StatStorage *) funcctx->user_fctx;
+
+	if (st->cur < st->stat->size)
+	{
+		Datum		result;
+		char	   *values[3];
+		char		ndoc[16];
+		char		nentry[16];
+		StatEntry  *entry = STATPTR(st->stat) + st->cur;
+		HeapTuple	tuple;
+
+		values[1] = ndoc;
+		sprintf(ndoc, "%d", entry->ndoc);
+		values[2] = nentry;
+		sprintf(nentry, "%d", entry->nentry);
+		values[0] = palloc(entry->len + 1);
+		memcpy(values[0], STATSTRPTR(st->stat) + entry->pos, entry->len);
+		(values[0])[entry->len] = '\0';
 
 		tuple = BuildTupleFromCStrings(funcctx->attinmeta, values);
 		result = TupleGetDatum(funcctx->slot, tuple);
 
 		pfree(values[0]);
 		st->cur++;
-		return result;	
-	} else {
+		return result;
+	}
+	else
+	{
 		pfree(st->stat);
 		pfree(st);
 	}
-	
-	return (Datum)0;
+
+	return (Datum) 0;
 }
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(ts_accum_finish);
-Datum           ts_accum_finish(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
-Datum 
-ts_accum_finish(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	FuncCallContext  *funcctx;
-	Datum result;
-
-	if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL()) {
+Datum		ts_accum_finish(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum
+ts_accum_finish(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	FuncCallContext *funcctx;
+	Datum		result;
+
+	if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL())
+	{
 		funcctx = SRF_FIRSTCALL_INIT();
-		ts_setup_firstcall(funcctx, (tsstat*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(0) );
+		ts_setup_firstcall(funcctx, (tsstat *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0));
 	}
 
 	funcctx = SRF_PERCALL_SETUP();
-	if (  (result=ts_process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum)0 )
+	if ((result = ts_process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum) 0)
 		SRF_RETURN_NEXT(funcctx, result);
 	SRF_RETURN_DONE(funcctx);
 }
 
-static Oid	tiOid=InvalidOid;
-static void 
-get_ti_Oid(void) {
-	int ret;
-	bool isnull; 
+static Oid	tiOid = InvalidOid;
+static void
+get_ti_Oid(void)
+{
+	int			ret;
+	bool		isnull;
 
-	if ( (ret = SPI_exec("select oid from pg_type where typname='tsvector'",1)) < 0 )
+	if ((ret = SPI_exec("select oid from pg_type where typname='tsvector'", 1)) < 0)
 		/* internal error */
 		elog(ERROR, "SPI_exec to get tsvector oid returns %d", ret);
 
-	if ( SPI_processed<0 )
+	if (SPI_processed < 0)
 		/* internal error */
 		elog(ERROR, "There is no tsvector type");
-	tiOid = DatumGetObjectId( SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull) );
-	if ( tiOid==InvalidOid )
+	tiOid = DatumGetObjectId(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull));
+	if (tiOid == InvalidOid)
 		/* internal error */
 		elog(ERROR, "tsvector type has InvalidOid");
 }
 
-static tsstat*
-ts_stat_sql(text *txt) {
-	char *query=text2char(txt);
-	int i;
-	tsstat *newstat,*stat;
-	bool isnull;
-	Portal portal;
-	void	*plan;
-
-	if ( tiOid==InvalidOid ) 
+static tsstat *
+ts_stat_sql(text *txt)
+{
+	char	   *query = text2char(txt);
+	int			i;
+	tsstat	   *newstat,
+			   *stat;
+	bool		isnull;
+	Portal		portal;
+	void	   *plan;
+
+	if (tiOid == InvalidOid)
 		get_ti_Oid();
 
-	if ( (plan = SPI_prepare(query,0,NULL))==NULL )
+	if ((plan = SPI_prepare(query, 0, NULL)) == NULL)
 		/* internal error */
-		elog(ERROR, "SPI_prepare('%s') returns NULL",query);
+		elog(ERROR, "SPI_prepare('%s') returns NULL", query);
 
-	if ( (portal = SPI_cursor_open(NULL, plan, NULL, NULL)) == NULL )
+	if ((portal = SPI_cursor_open(NULL, plan, NULL, NULL)) == NULL)
 		/* internal error */
-		elog(ERROR, "SPI_cursor_open('%s') returns NULL",query);
+		elog(ERROR, "SPI_cursor_open('%s') returns NULL", query);
 
 	SPI_cursor_fetch(portal, true, 100);
 
-	if ( SPI_tuptable->tupdesc->natts != 1 )
+	if (SPI_tuptable->tupdesc->natts != 1)
 		/* internal error */
 		elog(ERROR, "number of fields doesn't equal to 1");
 
-	if ( SPI_gettypeid(SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1) != tiOid )
+	if (SPI_gettypeid(SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1) != tiOid)
 		/* internal error */
 		elog(ERROR, "column isn't of tsvector type");
 
-	stat=palloc(STATHDRSIZE);
-	stat->len=STATHDRSIZE;
-	stat->size=0;
-
-	while(SPI_processed>0) {
-		for(i=0;i<SPI_processed;i++) {
-			Datum data=SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[i], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull);
-
-			if ( !isnull ) {
-				newstat = (tsstat*)DatumGetPointer(DirectFunctionCall2(
-					ts_accum,
-					PointerGetDatum(stat),
-					data
-				));
-				if ( stat!=newstat && stat )
+	stat = palloc(STATHDRSIZE);
+	stat->len = STATHDRSIZE;
+	stat->size = 0;
+
+	while (SPI_processed > 0)
+	{
+		for (i = 0; i < SPI_processed; i++)
+		{
+			Datum		data = SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[i], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull);
+
+			if (!isnull)
+			{
+				newstat = (tsstat *) DatumGetPointer(DirectFunctionCall2(
+																ts_accum,
+												   PointerGetDatum(stat),
+																	 data
+																	  ));
+				if (stat != newstat && stat)
 					pfree(stat);
-				stat=newstat;
+				stat = newstat;
 			}
-		} 
+		}
 
 		SPI_freetuptable(SPI_tuptable);
-		SPI_cursor_fetch(portal, true, 100);		
-	}	
+		SPI_cursor_fetch(portal, true, 100);
+	}
 
 	SPI_freetuptable(SPI_tuptable);
 	SPI_cursor_close(portal);
 	SPI_freeplan(plan);
 	pfree(query);
 
-	return stat;	
+	return stat;
 }
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(ts_stat);
-Datum           ts_stat(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
-Datum 
-ts_stat(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	FuncCallContext  *funcctx;
-	Datum result;
-
-	if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL()) {
-		tsstat *stat;
-		text	*txt=PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
-	
+Datum		ts_stat(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum
+ts_stat(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	FuncCallContext *funcctx;
+	Datum		result;
+
+	if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL())
+	{
+		tsstat	   *stat;
+		text	   *txt = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
+
 		funcctx = SRF_FIRSTCALL_INIT();
 		SPI_connect();
 		stat = ts_stat_sql(txt);
-		PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt,0);	
-		ts_setup_firstcall(funcctx, stat );
+		PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt, 0);
+		ts_setup_firstcall(funcctx, stat);
 		SPI_finish();
 	}
 
 	funcctx = SRF_PERCALL_SETUP();
-	if (  (result=ts_process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum)0 )
+	if ((result = ts_process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum) 0)
 		SRF_RETURN_NEXT(funcctx, result);
 	SRF_RETURN_DONE(funcctx);
 }
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/ts_stat.h b/contrib/tsearch2/ts_stat.h
index 023a83346cb..37d1e7b660a 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/ts_stat.h
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/ts_stat.h
@@ -8,14 +8,16 @@
 #include "utils/builtins.h"
 #include "storage/bufpage.h"
 
-typedef struct {
-	uint32	len;
-	uint32	pos;
-	uint32	ndoc;	
-	uint32	nentry;	
+typedef struct
+{
+	uint32		len;
+	uint32		pos;
+	uint32		ndoc;
+	uint32		nentry;
 }	StatEntry;
 
-typedef struct {
+typedef struct
+{
 	int4		len;
 	int4		size;
 	char		data[1];
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/tsvector.c b/contrib/tsearch2/tsvector.c
index 7c258f1305f..c8002c0ab3f 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/tsvector.c
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/tsvector.c
@@ -31,8 +31,10 @@ Datum		tsvector_out(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(to_tsvector);
 Datum		to_tsvector(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(to_tsvector_current);
 Datum		to_tsvector_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(to_tsvector_name);
 Datum		to_tsvector_name(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
 
@@ -45,32 +47,38 @@ Datum		tsvector_length(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
 /*
  * in/out text index type
  */
-static int 
-comparePos(const void *a, const void *b) {
-	if ( ((WordEntryPos *) a)->pos == ((WordEntryPos *) b)->pos )
+static int
+comparePos(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+	if (((WordEntryPos *) a)->pos == ((WordEntryPos *) b)->pos)
 		return 1;
-	return ( ((WordEntryPos *) a)->pos > ((WordEntryPos *) b)->pos ) ? 1 : -1;
+	return (((WordEntryPos *) a)->pos > ((WordEntryPos *) b)->pos) ? 1 : -1;
 }
 
 static int
-uniquePos(WordEntryPos *a, int4 l) {
-	WordEntryPos *ptr, *res;
+uniquePos(WordEntryPos * a, int4 l)
+{
+	WordEntryPos *ptr,
+			   *res;
 
-	res=a;
-	if (l==1)
+	res = a;
+	if (l == 1)
 		return l;
 
 	qsort((void *) a, l, sizeof(WordEntryPos), comparePos);
 
 	ptr = a + 1;
-	while (ptr - a < l) {
-		if ( ptr->pos != res->pos ) {
+	while (ptr - a < l)
+	{
+		if (ptr->pos != res->pos)
+		{
 			res++;
 			res->pos = ptr->pos;
 			res->weight = ptr->weight;
-			if ( res-a >= MAXNUMPOS-1 || res->pos == MAXENTRYPOS-1 )
+			if (res - a >= MAXNUMPOS - 1 || res->pos == MAXENTRYPOS - 1)
 				break;
-		} else if ( ptr->weight > res->weight )
+		}
+		else if (ptr->weight > res->weight)
 			res->weight = ptr->weight;
 		ptr++;
 	}
@@ -81,27 +89,29 @@ static char *BufferStr;
 static int
 compareentry(const void *a, const void *b)
 {
-	if ( ((WordEntryIN *) a)->entry.len == ((WordEntryIN *) b)->entry.len)
+	if (((WordEntryIN *) a)->entry.len == ((WordEntryIN *) b)->entry.len)
 	{
 		return strncmp(
 					   &BufferStr[((WordEntryIN *) a)->entry.pos],
 					   &BufferStr[((WordEntryIN *) b)->entry.pos],
 					   ((WordEntryIN *) a)->entry.len);
 	}
-	return ( ((WordEntryIN *) a)->entry.len > ((WordEntryIN *) b)->entry.len ) ? 1 : -1;
+	return (((WordEntryIN *) a)->entry.len > ((WordEntryIN *) b)->entry.len) ? 1 : -1;
 }
 
 static int
 uniqueentry(WordEntryIN * a, int4 l, char *buf, int4 *outbuflen)
 {
-	WordEntryIN  *ptr,
+	WordEntryIN *ptr,
 			   *res;
 
 	res = a;
-	if (l == 1) {
-		if ( a->entry.haspos ) {
-			*(uint16*)(a->pos) = uniquePos( &(a->pos[1]), *(uint16*)(a->pos));
-			*outbuflen = SHORTALIGN(res->entry.len) + (*(uint16*)(a->pos) +1 )*sizeof(WordEntryPos);
+	if (l == 1)
+	{
+		if (a->entry.haspos)
+		{
+			*(uint16 *) (a->pos) = uniquePos(&(a->pos[1]), *(uint16 *) (a->pos));
+			*outbuflen = SHORTALIGN(res->entry.len) + (*(uint16 *) (a->pos) + 1) * sizeof(WordEntryPos);
 		}
 		return l;
 	}
@@ -115,31 +125,39 @@ uniqueentry(WordEntryIN * a, int4 l, char *buf, int4 *outbuflen)
 		if (!(ptr->entry.len == res->entry.len &&
 			  strncmp(&buf[ptr->entry.pos], &buf[res->entry.pos], res->entry.len) == 0))
 		{
-			if ( res->entry.haspos ) {
-				*(uint16*)(res->pos) = uniquePos( &(res->pos[1]), *(uint16*)(res->pos));
-				*outbuflen += *(uint16*)(res->pos) * sizeof(WordEntryPos);
+			if (res->entry.haspos)
+			{
+				*(uint16 *) (res->pos) = uniquePos(&(res->pos[1]), *(uint16 *) (res->pos));
+				*outbuflen += *(uint16 *) (res->pos) * sizeof(WordEntryPos);
 			}
 			*outbuflen += SHORTALIGN(res->entry.len);
 			res++;
-			memcpy(res,ptr,sizeof(WordEntryIN));
-		} else if ( ptr->entry.haspos ){
-			if ( res->entry.haspos ) {
-				int4 len=*(uint16*)(ptr->pos) + 1 + *(uint16*)(res->pos);
-				res->pos=(WordEntryPos*)repalloc( res->pos, len*sizeof(WordEntryPos));
-				memcpy( &(res->pos[ *(uint16*)(res->pos) + 1 ]), 
-					&(ptr->pos[1]), *(uint16*)(ptr->pos) * sizeof(WordEntryPos));
-				*(uint16*)(res->pos) += *(uint16*)(ptr->pos);
-				pfree( ptr->pos );
-			} else {
-				res->entry.haspos=1;
+			memcpy(res, ptr, sizeof(WordEntryIN));
+		}
+		else if (ptr->entry.haspos)
+		{
+			if (res->entry.haspos)
+			{
+				int4		len = *(uint16 *) (ptr->pos) + 1 + *(uint16 *) (res->pos);
+
+				res->pos = (WordEntryPos *) repalloc(res->pos, len * sizeof(WordEntryPos));
+				memcpy(&(res->pos[*(uint16 *) (res->pos) + 1]),
+					   &(ptr->pos[1]), *(uint16 *) (ptr->pos) * sizeof(WordEntryPos));
+				*(uint16 *) (res->pos) += *(uint16 *) (ptr->pos);
+				pfree(ptr->pos);
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				res->entry.haspos = 1;
 				res->pos = ptr->pos;
 			}
 		}
 		ptr++;
 	}
-	if ( res->entry.haspos ) {
-		*(uint16*)(res->pos) = uniquePos( &(res->pos[1]), *(uint16*)(res->pos));
-		*outbuflen += *(uint16*)(res->pos) * sizeof(WordEntryPos);
+	if (res->entry.haspos)
+	{
+		*(uint16 *) (res->pos) = uniquePos(&(res->pos[1]), *(uint16 *) (res->pos));
+		*outbuflen += *(uint16 *) (res->pos) * sizeof(WordEntryPos);
 	}
 	*outbuflen += SHORTALIGN(res->entry.len);
 
@@ -150,7 +168,7 @@ uniqueentry(WordEntryIN * a, int4 l, char *buf, int4 *outbuflen)
 #define WAITENDWORD 2
 #define WAITNEXTCHAR	3
 #define WAITENDCMPLX	4
-#define WAITPOSINFO	5
+#define WAITPOSINFO 5
 #define INPOSINFO	6
 #define WAITPOSDELIM	7
 
@@ -172,7 +190,7 @@ gettoken_tsvector(TI_IN_STATE * state)
 
 	state->curpos = state->word;
 	state->state = WAITWORD;
-	state->alen=0;
+	state->alen = 0;
 
 	while (1)
 	{
@@ -228,14 +246,16 @@ gettoken_tsvector(TI_IN_STATE * state)
 							(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
 							 errmsg("syntax error")));
 				*(state->curpos) = '\0';
-				return 1; 
-			} else if ( *(state->prsbuf) == ':' ) {
+				return 1;
+			}
+			else if (*(state->prsbuf) == ':')
+			{
 				if (state->curpos == state->word)
 					ereport(ERROR,
 							(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
 							 errmsg("syntax error")));
 				*(state->curpos) = '\0';
-				if ( state->oprisdelim )
+				if (state->oprisdelim)
 					return 1;
 				else
 					state->state = INPOSINFO;
@@ -257,10 +277,12 @@ gettoken_tsvector(TI_IN_STATE * state)
 					ereport(ERROR,
 							(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
 							 errmsg("syntax error")));
-				if ( state->oprisdelim ) {
+				if (state->oprisdelim)
+				{
 					state->prsbuf++;
 					return 1;
-				} else
+				}
+				else
 					state->state = WAITPOSINFO;
 			}
 			else if (*(state->prsbuf) == '\\')
@@ -278,67 +300,87 @@ gettoken_tsvector(TI_IN_STATE * state)
 				*(state->curpos) = *(state->prsbuf);
 				state->curpos++;
 			}
-		} else if (state->state == WAITPOSINFO) {
-			if ( *(state->prsbuf) == ':' )
-				state->state=INPOSINFO;
+		}
+		else if (state->state == WAITPOSINFO)
+		{
+			if (*(state->prsbuf) == ':')
+				state->state = INPOSINFO;
 			else
 				return 1;
-		} else if (state->state == INPOSINFO) {
-			if ( isdigit(*(state->prsbuf)) ) {
-				if ( state->alen==0 ) {
-					state->alen=4;
-					state->pos = (WordEntryPos*)palloc( sizeof(WordEntryPos)*state->alen );
-					*(uint16*)(state->pos)=0;
-				} else if ( *(uint16*)(state->pos) +1 >= state->alen ) {
-					state->alen *= 2; 
-					state->pos = (WordEntryPos*)repalloc( state->pos, sizeof(WordEntryPos)*state->alen );
+		}
+		else if (state->state == INPOSINFO)
+		{
+			if (isdigit(*(state->prsbuf)))
+			{
+				if (state->alen == 0)
+				{
+					state->alen = 4;
+					state->pos = (WordEntryPos *) palloc(sizeof(WordEntryPos) * state->alen);
+					*(uint16 *) (state->pos) = 0;
 				}
-				(  *(uint16*)(state->pos) )++;
-				state->pos[ *(uint16*)(state->pos) ].pos = LIMITPOS(atoi(state->prsbuf));
-				if ( state->pos[ *(uint16*)(state->pos) ].pos == 0 )
+				else if (*(uint16 *) (state->pos) + 1 >= state->alen)
+				{
+					state->alen *= 2;
+					state->pos = (WordEntryPos *) repalloc(state->pos, sizeof(WordEntryPos) * state->alen);
+				}
+				(*(uint16 *) (state->pos))++;
+				state->pos[*(uint16 *) (state->pos)].pos = LIMITPOS(atoi(state->prsbuf));
+				if (state->pos[*(uint16 *) (state->pos)].pos == 0)
 					ereport(ERROR,
 							(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
 							 errmsg("wrong position info")));
-				state->pos[ *(uint16*)(state->pos) ].weight = 0;
+				state->pos[*(uint16 *) (state->pos)].weight = 0;
 				state->state = WAITPOSDELIM;
-			} else
+			}
+			else
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
 						 errmsg("syntax error")));
-		} else if (state->state == WAITPOSDELIM) {
-			if ( *(state->prsbuf) == ',' ) {
+		}
+		else if (state->state == WAITPOSDELIM)
+		{
+			if (*(state->prsbuf) == ',')
 				state->state = INPOSINFO;
-			} else if ( tolower(*(state->prsbuf)) == 'a' || *(state->prsbuf)=='*' ) {
-				if ( state->pos[ *(uint16*)(state->pos) ].weight )
+			else if (tolower(*(state->prsbuf)) == 'a' || *(state->prsbuf) == '*')
+			{
+				if (state->pos[*(uint16 *) (state->pos)].weight)
 					ereport(ERROR,
 							(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
 							 errmsg("syntax error")));
-				state->pos[ *(uint16*)(state->pos) ].weight = 3;
-			} else if ( tolower(*(state->prsbuf)) == 'b' ) {
-				if ( state->pos[ *(uint16*)(state->pos) ].weight )
+				state->pos[*(uint16 *) (state->pos)].weight = 3;
+			}
+			else if (tolower(*(state->prsbuf)) == 'b')
+			{
+				if (state->pos[*(uint16 *) (state->pos)].weight)
 					ereport(ERROR,
 							(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
 							 errmsg("syntax error")));
-				state->pos[ *(uint16*)(state->pos) ].weight = 2;
-			} else if ( tolower(*(state->prsbuf)) == 'c' ) {
-				if ( state->pos[ *(uint16*)(state->pos) ].weight )
+				state->pos[*(uint16 *) (state->pos)].weight = 2;
+			}
+			else if (tolower(*(state->prsbuf)) == 'c')
+			{
+				if (state->pos[*(uint16 *) (state->pos)].weight)
 					ereport(ERROR,
 							(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
 							 errmsg("syntax error")));
-				state->pos[ *(uint16*)(state->pos) ].weight = 1;
-			} else if ( tolower(*(state->prsbuf)) == 'd' ) {
-				if ( state->pos[ *(uint16*)(state->pos) ].weight )
+				state->pos[*(uint16 *) (state->pos)].weight = 1;
+			}
+			else if (tolower(*(state->prsbuf)) == 'd')
+			{
+				if (state->pos[*(uint16 *) (state->pos)].weight)
 					ereport(ERROR,
 							(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
 							 errmsg("syntax error")));
-				state->pos[ *(uint16*)(state->pos) ].weight = 0;
-			} else if ( isspace(*(state->prsbuf)) || *(state->prsbuf) == '\0' ) {
+				state->pos[*(uint16 *) (state->pos)].weight = 0;
+			}
+			else if (isspace(*(state->prsbuf)) || *(state->prsbuf) == '\0')
 				return 1;
-			} else if ( !isdigit(*(state->prsbuf)) )
+			else if (!isdigit(*(state->prsbuf)))
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
 						 errmsg("syntax error")));
-		} else
+		}
+		else
 			/* internal error */
 			elog(ERROR, "internal error");
 		state->prsbuf++;
@@ -352,11 +394,11 @@ tsvector_in(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 {
 	char	   *buf = PG_GETARG_CSTRING(0);
 	TI_IN_STATE state;
-	WordEntryIN  *arr;
+	WordEntryIN *arr;
 	WordEntry  *inarr;
 	int4		len = 0,
 				totallen = 64;
-	tsvector	   *in;
+	tsvector   *in;
 	char	   *tmpbuf,
 			   *cur;
 	int4		i,
@@ -388,28 +430,30 @@ tsvector_in(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
 					 errmsg("word is too long")));
-		arr[len].entry.len= state.curpos - state.word;
+		arr[len].entry.len = state.curpos - state.word;
 		if (cur - tmpbuf > MAXSTRPOS)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
 					 errmsg("too long value")));
-		arr[len].entry.pos=cur - tmpbuf;
+		arr[len].entry.pos = cur - tmpbuf;
 		memcpy((void *) cur, (void *) state.word, arr[len].entry.len);
 		cur += arr[len].entry.len;
-		if ( state.alen ) {
-			arr[len].entry.haspos=1;
+		if (state.alen)
+		{
+			arr[len].entry.haspos = 1;
 			arr[len].pos = state.pos;
-		} else
-			arr[len].entry.haspos=0;
+		}
+		else
+			arr[len].entry.haspos = 0;
 		len++;
 	}
 	pfree(state.word);
 
-	if ( len > 0 )
+	if (len > 0)
 		len = uniqueentry(arr, len, tmpbuf, &buflen);
 	totallen = CALCDATASIZE(len, buflen);
 	in = (tsvector *) palloc(totallen);
-	memset(in,0,totallen);
+	memset(in, 0, totallen);
 	in->len = totallen;
 	in->size = len;
 	cur = STRPTR(in);
@@ -417,14 +461,15 @@ tsvector_in(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
 	{
 		memcpy((void *) cur, (void *) &tmpbuf[arr[i].entry.pos], arr[i].entry.len);
-		arr[i].entry.pos=cur - STRPTR(in);
+		arr[i].entry.pos = cur - STRPTR(in);
 		cur += SHORTALIGN(arr[i].entry.len);
-		if ( arr[i].entry.haspos ) {
-			memcpy( cur, arr[i].pos, (*(uint16*)arr[i].pos + 1) * sizeof(WordEntryPos));
-			cur +=  (*(uint16*)arr[i].pos + 1) * sizeof(WordEntryPos);
-			pfree( arr[i].pos ); 
+		if (arr[i].entry.haspos)
+		{
+			memcpy(cur, arr[i].pos, (*(uint16 *) arr[i].pos + 1) * sizeof(WordEntryPos));
+			cur += (*(uint16 *) arr[i].pos + 1) * sizeof(WordEntryPos);
+			pfree(arr[i].pos);
 		}
-		memcpy( &(inarr[i]), &(arr[i].entry), sizeof(WordEntry) );
+		memcpy(&(inarr[i]), &(arr[i].entry), sizeof(WordEntry));
 	}
 	pfree(tmpbuf);
 	pfree(arr);
@@ -434,7 +479,7 @@ tsvector_in(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 Datum
 tsvector_length(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 {
-	tsvector	   *in = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
+	tsvector   *in = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
 	int4		ret = in->size;
 
 	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in, 0);
@@ -444,26 +489,28 @@ tsvector_length(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 Datum
 tsvector_out(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 {
-	tsvector	   *out = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
+	tsvector   *out = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
 	char	   *outbuf;
 	int4		i,
 				j,
-				lenbuf = 0, pp;
+				lenbuf = 0,
+				pp;
 	WordEntry  *ptr = ARRPTR(out);
 	char	   *curin,
 			   *curout;
 
-       lenbuf=out->size * 2 /* '' */ + out->size - 1 /* space */ + 2 /*\0*/;
-       for (i = 0; i < out->size; i++) {
-               lenbuf += ptr[i].len*2 /*for escape */;
-               if ( ptr[i].haspos )
-                       lenbuf += 7*POSDATALEN(out, &(ptr[i]));
-       }
+	lenbuf = out->size * 2 /* '' */ + out->size - 1 /* space */ + 2 /* \0 */ ;
+	for (i = 0; i < out->size; i++)
+	{
+		lenbuf += ptr[i].len * 2 /* for escape */ ;
+		if (ptr[i].haspos)
+			lenbuf += 7 * POSDATALEN(out, &(ptr[i]));
+	}
 
 	curout = outbuf = (char *) palloc(lenbuf);
 	for (i = 0; i < out->size; i++)
 	{
-		curin = STRPTR(out)+ptr->pos;
+		curin = STRPTR(out) + ptr->pos;
 		if (i != 0)
 			*curout++ = ' ';
 		*curout++ = '\'';
@@ -481,27 +528,40 @@ tsvector_out(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 			*curout++ = *curin++;
 		}
 		*curout++ = '\'';
-		if ( (pp=POSDATALEN(out,ptr)) != 0 ) {
+		if ((pp = POSDATALEN(out, ptr)) != 0)
+		{
 			WordEntryPos *wptr;
+
 			*curout++ = ':';
-			wptr=POSDATAPTR(out,ptr);
-			while(pp) {
-				sprintf(curout,"%d",wptr->pos);
-				curout=strchr(curout,'\0');
-				switch( wptr->weight ) {
-					case 3:	  *curout++ = 'A'; break;
-					case 2:	  *curout++ = 'B'; break;
-					case 1:	  *curout++ = 'C'; break;
-					case 0:	
-					default: break;
+			wptr = POSDATAPTR(out, ptr);
+			while (pp)
+			{
+				sprintf(curout, "%d", wptr->pos);
+				curout = strchr(curout, '\0');
+				switch (wptr->weight)
+				{
+					case 3:
+						*curout++ = 'A';
+						break;
+					case 2:
+						*curout++ = 'B';
+						break;
+					case 1:
+						*curout++ = 'C';
+						break;
+					case 0:
+					default:
+						break;
 				}
-				if ( pp>1 ) 	*curout++ = ',';
-				pp--; wptr++;
+				if (pp > 1)
+					*curout++ = ',';
+				pp--;
+				wptr++;
 			}
 		}
 		ptr++;
 	}
-	*curout='\0';
+	*curout = '\0';
 	outbuf[lenbuf - 1] = '\0';
 	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(out, 0);
 	PG_RETURN_POINTER(outbuf);
@@ -510,13 +570,15 @@ tsvector_out(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 static int
 compareWORD(const void *a, const void *b)
 {
-	if (((WORD *) a)->len == ((WORD *) b)->len) {
-		int res = strncmp(
-					   ((WORD *) a)->word,
-					   ((WORD *) b)->word,
-					   ((WORD *) b)->len);
-		if ( res==0 ) 
-			return ( ((WORD *) a)->pos.pos > ((WORD *) b)->pos.pos ) ? 1 : -1;
+	if (((WORD *) a)->len == ((WORD *) b)->len)
+	{
+		int			res = strncmp(
+								  ((WORD *) a)->word,
+								  ((WORD *) b)->word,
+								  ((WORD *) b)->len);
+
+		if (res == 0)
+			return (((WORD *) a)->pos.pos > ((WORD *) b)->pos.pos) ? 1 : -1;
 		return res;
 	}
 	return (((WORD *) a)->len > ((WORD *) b)->len) ? 1 : -1;
@@ -527,14 +589,15 @@ uniqueWORD(WORD * a, int4 l)
 {
 	WORD	   *ptr,
 			   *res;
-	int tmppos;
-
-	if (l == 1) {
-		tmppos=LIMITPOS(a->pos.pos);
-		a->alen=2;
-		a->pos.apos=(uint16*)palloc( sizeof(uint16)*a->alen );
-		a->pos.apos[0]=1;
-		a->pos.apos[1]=tmppos;
+	int			tmppos;
+
+	if (l == 1)
+	{
+		tmppos = LIMITPOS(a->pos.pos);
+		a->alen = 2;
+		a->pos.apos = (uint16 *) palloc(sizeof(uint16) * a->alen);
+		a->pos.apos[0] = 1;
+		a->pos.apos[1] = tmppos;
 		return l;
 	}
 
@@ -542,11 +605,11 @@ uniqueWORD(WORD * a, int4 l)
 	ptr = a + 1;
 
 	qsort((void *) a, l, sizeof(WORD), compareWORD);
-	tmppos=LIMITPOS(a->pos.pos);
-	a->alen=2;
-	a->pos.apos=(uint16*)palloc( sizeof(uint16)*a->alen );
-	a->pos.apos[0]=1;
-	a->pos.apos[1]=tmppos;
+	tmppos = LIMITPOS(a->pos.pos);
+	a->alen = 2;
+	a->pos.apos = (uint16 *) palloc(sizeof(uint16) * a->alen);
+	a->pos.apos[0] = 1;
+	a->pos.apos[1] = tmppos;
 
 	while (ptr - a < l)
 	{
@@ -556,20 +619,24 @@ uniqueWORD(WORD * a, int4 l)
 			res++;
 			res->len = ptr->len;
 			res->word = ptr->word;
-			tmppos=LIMITPOS(ptr->pos.pos);
-			res->alen=2;
-			res->pos.apos=(uint16*)palloc( sizeof(uint16)*res->alen );
-			res->pos.apos[0]=1;
-			res->pos.apos[1]=tmppos;
-		} else {
+			tmppos = LIMITPOS(ptr->pos.pos);
+			res->alen = 2;
+			res->pos.apos = (uint16 *) palloc(sizeof(uint16) * res->alen);
+			res->pos.apos[0] = 1;
+			res->pos.apos[1] = tmppos;
+		}
+		else
+		{
 			pfree(ptr->word);
-			if ( res->pos.apos[0] < MAXNUMPOS-1 && res->pos.apos[ res->pos.apos[0] ] != MAXENTRYPOS-1 ) {
-				if ( res->pos.apos[0]+1 >= res->alen ) {
-					res->alen*=2;
-					res->pos.apos=(uint16*)repalloc( res->pos.apos, sizeof(uint16)*res->alen );
+			if (res->pos.apos[0] < MAXNUMPOS - 1 && res->pos.apos[res->pos.apos[0]] != MAXENTRYPOS - 1)
+			{
+				if (res->pos.apos[0] + 1 >= res->alen)
+				{
+					res->alen *= 2;
+					res->pos.apos = (uint16 *) repalloc(res->pos.apos, sizeof(uint16) * res->alen);
 				}
-				res->pos.apos[ res->pos.apos[0]+1 ] = LIMITPOS(ptr->pos.pos);
-				res->pos.apos[0]++; 
+				res->pos.apos[res->pos.apos[0] + 1] = LIMITPOS(ptr->pos.pos);
+				res->pos.apos[0]++;
 			}
 		}
 		ptr++;
@@ -584,25 +651,27 @@ uniqueWORD(WORD * a, int4 l)
 static tsvector *
 makevalue(PRSTEXT * prs)
 {
-	int4		i,j,
+	int4		i,
+				j,
 				lenstr = 0,
 				totallen;
-	tsvector	   *in;
+	tsvector   *in;
 	WordEntry  *ptr;
 	char	   *str,
 			   *cur;
 
 	prs->curwords = uniqueWORD(prs->words, prs->curwords);
-	for (i = 0; i < prs->curwords; i++) {
+	for (i = 0; i < prs->curwords; i++)
+	{
 		lenstr += SHORTALIGN(prs->words[i].len);
 
-		if ( prs->words[i].alen )
+		if (prs->words[i].alen)
 			lenstr += sizeof(uint16) + prs->words[i].pos.apos[0] * sizeof(WordEntryPos);
 	}
 
 	totallen = CALCDATASIZE(prs->curwords, lenstr);
 	in = (tsvector *) palloc(totallen);
-	memset(in,0,totallen);	
+	memset(in, 0, totallen);
 	in->len = totallen;
 	in->size = prs->curwords;
 
@@ -615,24 +684,27 @@ makevalue(PRSTEXT * prs)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
 					 errmsg("value is too big")));
-		ptr->pos= cur - str;
+		ptr->pos = cur - str;
 		memcpy((void *) cur, (void *) prs->words[i].word, prs->words[i].len);
 		pfree(prs->words[i].word);
 		cur += SHORTALIGN(prs->words[i].len);
-		if ( prs->words[i].alen ) {
+		if (prs->words[i].alen)
+		{
 			WordEntryPos *wptr;
-			
-			ptr->haspos=1;
-			*(uint16*)cur = prs->words[i].pos.apos[0];
-			wptr=POSDATAPTR(in,ptr);
-			for(j=0;j<*(uint16*)cur;j++) {
-				wptr[j].weight=0;
-				wptr[j].pos=prs->words[i].pos.apos[j+1];
+
+			ptr->haspos = 1;
+			*(uint16 *) cur = prs->words[i].pos.apos[0];
+			wptr = POSDATAPTR(in, ptr);
+			for (j = 0; j < *(uint16 *) cur; j++)
+			{
+				wptr[j].weight = 0;
+				wptr[j].pos = prs->words[i].pos.apos[j + 1];
 			}
 			cur += sizeof(uint16) + prs->words[i].pos.apos[0] * sizeof(WordEntryPos);
 			pfree(prs->words[i].pos.apos);
-		} else
-			ptr->haspos=0;
+		}
+		else
+			ptr->haspos = 0;
 		ptr++;
 	}
 	pfree(prs->words);
@@ -645,70 +717,78 @@ to_tsvector(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 {
 	text	   *in = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1);
 	PRSTEXT		prs;
-	tsvector	   *out = NULL;
-	TSCfgInfo *cfg=findcfg(PG_GETARG_INT32(0)); 
+	tsvector   *out = NULL;
+	TSCfgInfo  *cfg = findcfg(PG_GETARG_INT32(0));
 
 	prs.lenwords = 32;
 	prs.curwords = 0;
 	prs.pos = 0;
 	prs.words = (WORD *) palloc(sizeof(WORD) * prs.lenwords);
-	
+
 	parsetext_v2(cfg, &prs, VARDATA(in), VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ);
 	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in, 1);
 
 	if (prs.curwords)
 		out = makevalue(&prs);
-	else {
+	else
+	{
 		pfree(prs.words);
-		out = palloc(CALCDATASIZE(0,0));
-		out->len = CALCDATASIZE(0,0);
+		out = palloc(CALCDATASIZE(0, 0));
+		out->len = CALCDATASIZE(0, 0);
 		out->size = 0;
-	} 
+	}
 	PG_RETURN_POINTER(out);
 }
 
 Datum
-to_tsvector_name(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	text       *cfg=PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
-	Datum res = DirectFunctionCall3(
-		to_tsvector,
-		Int32GetDatum( name2id_cfg( cfg ) ),
-		PG_GETARG_DATUM(1),
-		(Datum)0
+to_tsvector_name(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	text	   *cfg = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
+	Datum		res = DirectFunctionCall3(
+										  to_tsvector,
+										  Int32GetDatum(name2id_cfg(cfg)),
+										  PG_GETARG_DATUM(1),
+										  (Datum) 0
 	);
-	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(cfg,0);
-	PG_RETURN_DATUM(res);	
+
+	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(cfg, 0);
+	PG_RETURN_DATUM(res);
 }
 
 Datum
-to_tsvector_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	Datum res = DirectFunctionCall3(
-		to_tsvector,
-		Int32GetDatum( get_currcfg() ),
-		PG_GETARG_DATUM(0),
-		(Datum)0
+to_tsvector_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	Datum		res = DirectFunctionCall3(
+										  to_tsvector,
+										  Int32GetDatum(get_currcfg()),
+										  PG_GETARG_DATUM(0),
+										  (Datum) 0
 	);
-	PG_RETURN_DATUM(res);	
+
+	PG_RETURN_DATUM(res);
 }
 
 static Oid
-findFunc(char *fname) {
-	FuncCandidateList clist,ptr;
-	Oid funcid = InvalidOid;
-	List *names=makeList1(makeString(fname));
+findFunc(char *fname)
+{
+	FuncCandidateList clist,
+				ptr;
+	Oid			funcid = InvalidOid;
+	List	   *names = makeList1(makeString(fname));
 
 	ptr = clist = FuncnameGetCandidates(names, 1);
 	freeList(names);
 
-	if ( !ptr )
+	if (!ptr)
 		return funcid;
 
-	while(ptr) {
-		if ( ptr->args[0] == TEXTOID && funcid == InvalidOid )
-			funcid=ptr->oid;
-		clist=ptr->next;
+	while (ptr)
+	{
+		if (ptr->args[0] == TEXTOID && funcid == InvalidOid)
+			funcid = ptr->oid;
+		clist = ptr->next;
 		pfree(ptr);
-		ptr=clist;
+		ptr = clist;
 	}
 
 	return funcid;
@@ -724,12 +804,12 @@ tsearch2(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	Trigger    *trigger;
 	Relation	rel;
 	HeapTuple	rettuple = NULL;
-	TSCfgInfo *cfg=findcfg(get_currcfg()); 
+	TSCfgInfo  *cfg = findcfg(get_currcfg());
 	int			numidxattr,
 				i;
 	PRSTEXT		prs;
 	Datum		datum = (Datum) 0;
-	Oid		funcoid = InvalidOid;
+	Oid			funcoid = InvalidOid;
 
 	if (!CALLED_AS_TRIGGER(fcinfo))
 		/* internal error */
@@ -782,8 +862,8 @@ tsearch2(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 		numattr = SPI_fnumber(rel->rd_att, trigger->tgargs[i]);
 		if (numattr == SPI_ERROR_NOATTRIBUTE)
 		{
-			funcoid=findFunc(trigger->tgargs[i]);
-			if ( funcoid==InvalidOid )
+			funcoid = findFunc(trigger->tgargs[i]);
+			if (funcoid == InvalidOid)
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
 						 errmsg("could not find function or field \"%s\"",
@@ -805,19 +885,22 @@ tsearch2(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 		if (isnull)
 			continue;
 
-		if ( funcoid!=InvalidOid ) {
-			text *txttmp = (text *) DatumGetPointer( OidFunctionCall1(
-				funcoid,
-				PointerGetDatum(txt_toasted)
-			));
+		if (funcoid != InvalidOid)
+		{
+			text	   *txttmp = (text *) DatumGetPointer(OidFunctionCall1(
+																 funcoid,
+											 PointerGetDatum(txt_toasted)
+																	  ));
+
 			txt = (text *) DatumGetPointer(PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PointerGetDatum(txttmp)));
-			if ( txt == txttmp )
+			if (txt == txttmp)
 				txt_toasted = PointerGetDatum(txt);
-		} else
-			 txt = (text *) DatumGetPointer(PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PointerGetDatum(txt_toasted)));
+		}
+		else
+			txt = (text *) DatumGetPointer(PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PointerGetDatum(txt_toasted)));
 
 		parsetext_v2(cfg, &prs, VARDATA(txt), VARSIZE(txt) - VARHDRSZ);
-		if (txt != (text*)DatumGetPointer(txt_toasted) )
+		if (txt != (text *) DatumGetPointer(txt_toasted))
 			pfree(txt);
 	}
 
@@ -831,8 +914,9 @@ tsearch2(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	}
 	else
 	{
-		tsvector *out = palloc(CALCDATASIZE(0,0));
-		out->len = CALCDATASIZE(0,0);
+		tsvector   *out = palloc(CALCDATASIZE(0, 0));
+
+		out->len = CALCDATASIZE(0, 0);
 		out->size = 0;
 		datum = PointerGetDatum(out);
 		pfree(prs.words);
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/tsvector.h b/contrib/tsearch2/tsvector.h
index af06e3cf52f..bb695247463 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/tsvector.h
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/tsvector.h
@@ -12,23 +12,27 @@
 #include "utils/builtins.h"
 #include "storage/bufpage.h"
 
-typedef struct {
+typedef struct
+{
 	uint32
-		haspos:1,
-		len:11,	/* MAX 2Kb */
-		pos:20;	/* MAX 1Mb */
+				haspos:1,
+				len:11,			/* MAX 2Kb */
+				pos:20;			/* MAX 1Mb */
 }	WordEntry;
+
 #define MAXSTRLEN ( 1<<11 )
 #define MAXSTRPOS ( 1<<20 )
 
-typedef struct {
+typedef struct
+{
 	uint16
-		weight:2,
-		pos:14;
-} WordEntryPos;
-#define MAXENTRYPOS	(1<<14)
+				weight:2,
+				pos:14;
+}	WordEntryPos;
+
+#define MAXENTRYPOS (1<<14)
 #define MAXNUMPOS	256
-#define LIMITPOS(x)	( ( (x) >= MAXENTRYPOS ) ? (MAXENTRYPOS-1) : (x) )
+#define LIMITPOS(x) ( ( (x) >= MAXENTRYPOS ) ? (MAXENTRYPOS-1) : (x) )
 
 typedef struct
 {
@@ -43,13 +47,14 @@ typedef struct
 #define STRPTR(x)	( (char*)x + DATAHDRSIZE + ( sizeof(WordEntry) * ((tsvector*)x)->size ) )
 #define STRSIZE(x)	( ((tsvector*)x)->len - DATAHDRSIZE - ( sizeof(WordEntry) * ((tsvector*)x)->size ) )
 #define _POSDATAPTR(x,e)	(STRPTR(x)+((WordEntry*)(e))->pos+SHORTALIGN(((WordEntry*)(e))->len))
-#define POSDATALEN(x,e) ( ( ((WordEntry*)(e))->haspos ) ? (*(uint16*)_POSDATAPTR(x,e)) : 0 ) 
-#define POSDATAPTR(x,e)	( (WordEntryPos*)( _POSDATAPTR(x,e)+sizeof(uint16) ) )
+#define POSDATALEN(x,e) ( ( ((WordEntry*)(e))->haspos ) ? (*(uint16*)_POSDATAPTR(x,e)) : 0 )
+#define POSDATAPTR(x,e) ( (WordEntryPos*)( _POSDATAPTR(x,e)+sizeof(uint16) ) )
 
 
-typedef struct {
-	WordEntry  	entry;
-	WordEntryPos 	*pos;
+typedef struct
+{
+	WordEntry	entry;
+	WordEntryPos *pos;
 }	WordEntryIN;
 
 typedef struct
@@ -60,7 +65,7 @@ typedef struct
 	int4		len;
 	int4		state;
 	int4		alen;
-	WordEntryPos	*pos;
+	WordEntryPos *pos;
 	bool		oprisdelim;
 }	TI_IN_STATE;
 
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/tsvector_op.c b/contrib/tsearch2/tsvector_op.c
index cfef02db85d..2ffd4ca5848 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/tsvector_op.c
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/tsvector_op.c
@@ -33,30 +33,33 @@ Datum		concat(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
 Datum
 strip(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 {
-	tsvector	   *in = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
-	tsvector	*out;
-	int i,len=0;
-	WordEntry *arrin=ARRPTR(in), *arrout;
-	char *cur;
+	tsvector   *in = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
+	tsvector   *out;
+	int			i,
+				len = 0;
+	WordEntry  *arrin = ARRPTR(in),
+			   *arrout;
+	char	   *cur;
 
-	for(i=0;i<in->size;i++) 
-		len += SHORTALIGN( arrin[i].len );
+	for (i = 0; i < in->size; i++)
+		len += SHORTALIGN(arrin[i].len);
 
 	len = CALCDATASIZE(in->size, len);
-	out=(tsvector*)palloc(len);
-	memset(out,0,len);
-	out->len=len;
-	out->size=in->size;
-	arrout=ARRPTR(out);
-	cur=STRPTR(out);
-	for(i=0;i<in->size;i++) {
-		memcpy(cur, STRPTR(in)+arrin[i].pos, arrin[i].len);
+	out = (tsvector *) palloc(len);
+	memset(out, 0, len);
+	out->len = len;
+	out->size = in->size;
+	arrout = ARRPTR(out);
+	cur = STRPTR(out);
+	for (i = 0; i < in->size; i++)
+	{
+		memcpy(cur, STRPTR(in) + arrin[i].pos, arrin[i].len);
 		arrout[i].haspos = 0;
 		arrout[i].len = arrin[i].len;
 		arrout[i].pos = cur - STRPTR(out);
-		cur += SHORTALIGN( arrout[i].len );
+		cur += SHORTALIGN(arrout[i].len);
 	}
-		
+
 	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in, 0);
 	PG_RETURN_POINTER(out);
 }
@@ -64,200 +67,263 @@ strip(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 Datum
 setweight(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 {
-	tsvector	   *in = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
-	char	   cw = PG_GETARG_CHAR(1);
-	tsvector	*out;
-	int i,j;
-	WordEntry *entry;
+	tsvector   *in = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
+	char		cw = PG_GETARG_CHAR(1);
+	tsvector   *out;
+	int			i,
+				j;
+	WordEntry  *entry;
 	WordEntryPos *p;
-	int w=0;
+	int			w = 0;
 
-	switch(tolower(cw)) {
-		case 'a': w=3; break;
-		case 'b': w=2; break;
-		case 'c': w=1; break;
-		case 'd': w=0; break;
-		/* internal error */
-		default: elog(ERROR,"unrecognized weight");
+	switch (tolower(cw))
+	{
+		case 'a':
+			w = 3;
+			break;
+		case 'b':
+			w = 2;
+			break;
+		case 'c':
+			w = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'd':
+			w = 0;
+			break;
+			/* internal error */
+		default:
+			elog(ERROR, "unrecognized weight");
 	}
 
-	out=(tsvector*)palloc(in->len);
-	memcpy(out,in,in->len);
-	entry=ARRPTR(out);
-	i=out->size;	
-	while(i--) {
-		if ( (j=POSDATALEN(out,entry)) != 0 ) {
-			p=POSDATAPTR(out,entry);
-			while(j--) {
-				p->weight=w;
+	out = (tsvector *) palloc(in->len);
+	memcpy(out, in, in->len);
+	entry = ARRPTR(out);
+	i = out->size;
+	while (i--)
+	{
+		if ((j = POSDATALEN(out, entry)) != 0)
+		{
+			p = POSDATAPTR(out, entry);
+			while (j--)
+			{
+				p->weight = w;
 				p++;
 			}
 		}
 		entry++;
 	}
-		
+
 	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in, 0);
 	PG_RETURN_POINTER(out);
 }
 
 static int
-compareEntry(char *ptra, WordEntry* a, char *ptrb, WordEntry* b)
+compareEntry(char *ptra, WordEntry * a, char *ptrb, WordEntry * b)
 {
-        if ( a->len == b->len)
-        {
-                return strncmp(
-                                           ptra + a->pos,
-                                           ptrb + b->pos,
-                                           a->len);
-        }
-        return ( a->len > b->len ) ? 1 : -1;
+	if (a->len == b->len)
+	{
+		return strncmp(
+					   ptra + a->pos,
+					   ptrb + b->pos,
+					   a->len);
+	}
+	return (a->len > b->len) ? 1 : -1;
 }
 
 static int4
-add_pos(tsvector *src, WordEntry *srcptr, tsvector *dest, WordEntry *destptr, int4 maxpos ) {
-	uint16 *clen = (uint16*)_POSDATAPTR(dest,destptr);
-	int i;
-	uint16 slen = POSDATALEN(src, srcptr), startlen;
-	WordEntryPos *spos=POSDATAPTR(src, srcptr), *dpos=POSDATAPTR(dest,destptr);
+add_pos(tsvector * src, WordEntry * srcptr, tsvector * dest, WordEntry * destptr, int4 maxpos)
+{
+	uint16	   *clen = (uint16 *) _POSDATAPTR(dest, destptr);
+	int			i;
+	uint16		slen = POSDATALEN(src, srcptr),
+				startlen;
+	WordEntryPos *spos = POSDATAPTR(src, srcptr),
+			   *dpos = POSDATAPTR(dest, destptr);
 
-	if ( ! destptr->haspos ) 
-		*clen=0;
+	if (!destptr->haspos)
+		*clen = 0;
 
 	startlen = *clen;
-	for(i=0; i<slen && *clen<MAXNUMPOS && ( *clen==0 || dpos[ *clen-1 ].pos != MAXENTRYPOS-1 ) ;i++) {
-		dpos[ *clen ].weight = spos[i].weight; 
-		dpos[ *clen ].pos    = LIMITPOS(spos[i].pos + maxpos);
+	for (i = 0; i < slen && *clen < MAXNUMPOS && (*clen == 0 || dpos[*clen - 1].pos != MAXENTRYPOS - 1); i++)
+	{
+		dpos[*clen].weight = spos[i].weight;
+		dpos[*clen].pos = LIMITPOS(spos[i].pos + maxpos);
 		(*clen)++;
 	}
 
-	if ( *clen != startlen )
-		destptr->haspos=1; 
-	return  *clen - startlen;
+	if (*clen != startlen)
+		destptr->haspos = 1;
+	return *clen - startlen;
 }
 
 
 Datum
-concat(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	tsvector	   *in1 = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
-	tsvector	   *in2 = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(1));
-	tsvector	   *out;
-	WordEntry *ptr;
-	WordEntry *ptr1,*ptr2;
+concat(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	tsvector   *in1 = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
+	tsvector   *in2 = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(1));
+	tsvector   *out;
+	WordEntry  *ptr;
+	WordEntry  *ptr1,
+			   *ptr2;
 	WordEntryPos *p;
-	int	maxpos=0,i,j,i1,i2;
-	char *cur;
-	char *data,*data1,*data2;
+	int			maxpos = 0,
+				i,
+				j,
+				i1,
+				i2;
+	char	   *cur;
+	char	   *data,
+			   *data1,
+			   *data2;
 
-	ptr=ARRPTR(in1);
-	i=in1->size;
-	while(i--) {
-		if ( (j=POSDATALEN(in1,ptr)) != 0 ) {
-			p=POSDATAPTR(in1,ptr);
-			while(j--) {
-				if ( p->pos > maxpos ) 
+	ptr = ARRPTR(in1);
+	i = in1->size;
+	while (i--)
+	{
+		if ((j = POSDATALEN(in1, ptr)) != 0)
+		{
+			p = POSDATAPTR(in1, ptr);
+			while (j--)
+			{
+				if (p->pos > maxpos)
 					maxpos = p->pos;
 				p++;
 			}
 		}
 		ptr++;
 	}
-	
-	ptr1=ARRPTR(in1); ptr2=ARRPTR(in2);
-	data1=STRPTR(in1); data2=STRPTR(in2);
-	i1=in1->size;   i2=in2->size;
-	out=(tsvector*)palloc( in1->len + in2->len );
-	memset(out,0,in1->len + in2->len);
+
+	ptr1 = ARRPTR(in1);
+	ptr2 = ARRPTR(in2);
+	data1 = STRPTR(in1);
+	data2 = STRPTR(in2);
+	i1 = in1->size;
+	i2 = in2->size;
+	out = (tsvector *) palloc(in1->len + in2->len);
+	memset(out, 0, in1->len + in2->len);
 	out->len = in1->len + in2->len;
 	out->size = in1->size + in2->size;
-	data=cur=STRPTR(out);
-	ptr=ARRPTR(out);
-	while( i1 && i2 ) {
-		int cmp=compareEntry(data1,ptr1,data2,ptr2);
-		if ( cmp < 0 ) { /* in1 first */
+	data = cur = STRPTR(out);
+	ptr = ARRPTR(out);
+	while (i1 && i2)
+	{
+		int			cmp = compareEntry(data1, ptr1, data2, ptr2);
+
+		if (cmp < 0)
+		{						/* in1 first */
 			ptr->haspos = ptr1->haspos;
 			ptr->len = ptr1->len;
-			memcpy( cur, data1 + ptr1->pos, ptr1->len );
-			ptr->pos = cur - data; 
-			cur+=SHORTALIGN(ptr1->len);
-			if ( ptr->haspos ) {
-				memcpy(cur, _POSDATAPTR(in1, ptr1), POSDATALEN(in1, ptr1)*sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16));
-				cur+=POSDATALEN(in1, ptr1)*sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16);
+			memcpy(cur, data1 + ptr1->pos, ptr1->len);
+			ptr->pos = cur - data;
+			cur += SHORTALIGN(ptr1->len);
+			if (ptr->haspos)
+			{
+				memcpy(cur, _POSDATAPTR(in1, ptr1), POSDATALEN(in1, ptr1) * sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16));
+				cur += POSDATALEN(in1, ptr1) * sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16);
 			}
-			ptr++; ptr1++; i1--;
-		} else if ( cmp>0 ) { /* in2 first */ 
+			ptr++;
+			ptr1++;
+			i1--;
+		}
+		else if (cmp > 0)
+		{						/* in2 first */
 			ptr->haspos = ptr2->haspos;
 			ptr->len = ptr2->len;
-			memcpy( cur, data2 + ptr2->pos, ptr2->len );
-			ptr->pos = cur - data; 
-			cur+=SHORTALIGN(ptr2->len);
-			if ( ptr->haspos ) {
-				int addlen = add_pos(in2, ptr2, out, ptr, maxpos );
-				if ( addlen == 0 )
-					ptr->haspos=0;
+			memcpy(cur, data2 + ptr2->pos, ptr2->len);
+			ptr->pos = cur - data;
+			cur += SHORTALIGN(ptr2->len);
+			if (ptr->haspos)
+			{
+				int			addlen = add_pos(in2, ptr2, out, ptr, maxpos);
+
+				if (addlen == 0)
+					ptr->haspos = 0;
 				else
-					cur += addlen*sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16); 
+					cur += addlen * sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16);
 			}
-			ptr++; ptr2++; i2--;
-		} else {
+			ptr++;
+			ptr2++;
+			i2--;
+		}
+		else
+		{
 			ptr->haspos = ptr1->haspos | ptr2->haspos;
 			ptr->len = ptr1->len;
-			memcpy( cur, data1 + ptr1->pos, ptr1->len );
-			ptr->pos = cur - data; 
-			cur+=SHORTALIGN(ptr1->len);
-			if ( ptr->haspos ) {
-				if ( ptr1->haspos ) {
-					memcpy(cur, _POSDATAPTR(in1, ptr1), POSDATALEN(in1, ptr1)*sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16));
-					cur+=POSDATALEN(in1, ptr1)*sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16);
-					if ( ptr2->haspos )
-						cur += add_pos(in2, ptr2, out, ptr, maxpos )*sizeof(WordEntryPos);
-				} else if ( ptr2->haspos ) {
-					int addlen = add_pos(in2, ptr2, out, ptr, maxpos );
-					if ( addlen == 0 )
-						ptr->haspos=0;
+			memcpy(cur, data1 + ptr1->pos, ptr1->len);
+			ptr->pos = cur - data;
+			cur += SHORTALIGN(ptr1->len);
+			if (ptr->haspos)
+			{
+				if (ptr1->haspos)
+				{
+					memcpy(cur, _POSDATAPTR(in1, ptr1), POSDATALEN(in1, ptr1) * sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16));
+					cur += POSDATALEN(in1, ptr1) * sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16);
+					if (ptr2->haspos)
+						cur += add_pos(in2, ptr2, out, ptr, maxpos) * sizeof(WordEntryPos);
+				}
+				else if (ptr2->haspos)
+				{
+					int			addlen = add_pos(in2, ptr2, out, ptr, maxpos);
+
+					if (addlen == 0)
+						ptr->haspos = 0;
 					else
-						cur += addlen*sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16); 
+						cur += addlen * sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16);
 				}
 			}
-			ptr++; ptr1++; ptr2++; i1--; i2--;
+			ptr++;
+			ptr1++;
+			ptr2++;
+			i1--;
+			i2--;
 		}
 	}
 
-	while(i1) {
+	while (i1)
+	{
 		ptr->haspos = ptr1->haspos;
 		ptr->len = ptr1->len;
-		memcpy( cur, data1 + ptr1->pos, ptr1->len );
-		ptr->pos = cur - data; 
-		cur+=SHORTALIGN(ptr1->len);
-		if ( ptr->haspos ) {
-			memcpy(cur, _POSDATAPTR(in1, ptr1), POSDATALEN(in1, ptr1)*sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16));
-			cur+=POSDATALEN(in1, ptr1)*sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16);
+		memcpy(cur, data1 + ptr1->pos, ptr1->len);
+		ptr->pos = cur - data;
+		cur += SHORTALIGN(ptr1->len);
+		if (ptr->haspos)
+		{
+			memcpy(cur, _POSDATAPTR(in1, ptr1), POSDATALEN(in1, ptr1) * sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16));
+			cur += POSDATALEN(in1, ptr1) * sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16);
 		}
-		ptr++; ptr1++; i1--;
+		ptr++;
+		ptr1++;
+		i1--;
 	}
 
-	while(i2) {
+	while (i2)
+	{
 		ptr->haspos = ptr2->haspos;
 		ptr->len = ptr2->len;
-		memcpy( cur, data2 + ptr2->pos, ptr2->len );
-		ptr->pos = cur - data; 
-		cur+=SHORTALIGN(ptr2->len);
-		if ( ptr->haspos ) {
-			int addlen = add_pos(in2, ptr2, out, ptr, maxpos );
-			if ( addlen == 0 )
-				ptr->haspos=0;
+		memcpy(cur, data2 + ptr2->pos, ptr2->len);
+		ptr->pos = cur - data;
+		cur += SHORTALIGN(ptr2->len);
+		if (ptr->haspos)
+		{
+			int			addlen = add_pos(in2, ptr2, out, ptr, maxpos);
+
+			if (addlen == 0)
+				ptr->haspos = 0;
 			else
-				cur += addlen*sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16); 
+				cur += addlen * sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16);
 		}
-		ptr++; ptr2++; i2--;
+		ptr++;
+		ptr2++;
+		i2--;
 	}
-	
-	out->size=ptr-ARRPTR(out);
-	out->len = CALCDATASIZE( out->size, cur-data );
-	if ( data != STRPTR(out) )
-		memmove( STRPTR(out), data, cur-data );
+
+	out->size = ptr - ARRPTR(out);
+	out->len = CALCDATASIZE(out->size, cur - data);
+	if (data != STRPTR(out))
+		memmove(STRPTR(out), data, cur - data);
 
 	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in1, 0);
 	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in2, 1);
 	PG_RETURN_POINTER(out);
 }
-
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/wordparser/deflex.c b/contrib/tsearch2/wordparser/deflex.c
index ea596c507ca..bbf3271b666 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/wordparser/deflex.c
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/wordparser/deflex.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 #include "deflex.h"
 
-const char *lex_descr[]={
+const char *lex_descr[] = {
 	"",
 	"Latin word",
 	"Non-latin word",
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ const char *lex_descr[]={
 	"HTML Entity"
 };
 
-const char *tok_alias[]={
+const char *tok_alias[] = {
 	"",
 	"lword",
 	"nlword",
@@ -53,4 +53,3 @@ const char *tok_alias[]={
 	"uint",
 	"entity"
 };
-
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/wparser.c b/contrib/tsearch2/wparser.c
index deff94ce904..b7e45e51885 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/wparser.c
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/wparser.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-/* 
- * interface functions to parser 
+/*
+ * interface functions to parser
  * Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
  */
 #include <errno.h>
@@ -21,154 +21,171 @@
 
 /*********top interface**********/
 
-static void *plan_getparser=NULL;
-static Oid current_parser_id=InvalidOid;
+static void *plan_getparser = NULL;
+static Oid	current_parser_id = InvalidOid;
 
 void
-init_prs(Oid id, WParserInfo *prs) {
-	Oid arg[1]={ OIDOID };
-	bool isnull;
-	Datum pars[1]={ ObjectIdGetDatum(id) };
-	int stat;
-
-	memset(prs,0,sizeof(WParserInfo));
+init_prs(Oid id, WParserInfo * prs)
+{
+	Oid			arg[1] = {OIDOID};
+	bool		isnull;
+	Datum		pars[1] = {ObjectIdGetDatum(id)};
+	int			stat;
+
+	memset(prs, 0, sizeof(WParserInfo));
 	SPI_connect();
-	if ( !plan_getparser ) {
-		plan_getparser = SPI_saveplan( SPI_prepare( "select prs_start, prs_nexttoken, prs_end, prs_lextype, prs_headline from pg_ts_parser where oid = $1" , 1, arg ) );
-		if ( !plan_getparser ) 
+	if (!plan_getparser)
+	{
+		plan_getparser = SPI_saveplan(SPI_prepare("select prs_start, prs_nexttoken, prs_end, prs_lextype, prs_headline from pg_ts_parser where oid = $1", 1, arg));
+		if (!plan_getparser)
 			ts_error(ERROR, "SPI_prepare() failed");
 	}
 
 	stat = SPI_execp(plan_getparser, pars, " ", 1);
-	if ( stat < 0 )
-		ts_error (ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
-	if ( SPI_processed > 0 ) {
-		Oid	oid=InvalidOid;
-		oid=DatumGetObjectId( SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull) );
+	if (stat < 0)
+		ts_error(ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
+	if (SPI_processed > 0)
+	{
+		Oid			oid = InvalidOid;
+
+		oid = DatumGetObjectId(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull));
 		fmgr_info_cxt(oid, &(prs->start_info), TopMemoryContext);
-		oid=DatumGetObjectId( SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 2, &isnull) );
+		oid = DatumGetObjectId(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 2, &isnull));
 		fmgr_info_cxt(oid, &(prs->getlexeme_info), TopMemoryContext);
-		oid=DatumGetObjectId( SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 3, &isnull) );
+		oid = DatumGetObjectId(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 3, &isnull));
 		fmgr_info_cxt(oid, &(prs->end_info), TopMemoryContext);
-		prs->lextype=DatumGetObjectId( SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 4, &isnull) );
-		oid=DatumGetObjectId( SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 5, &isnull) );
+		prs->lextype = DatumGetObjectId(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 4, &isnull));
+		oid = DatumGetObjectId(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 5, &isnull));
 		fmgr_info_cxt(oid, &(prs->headline_info), TopMemoryContext);
-		prs->prs_id=id;
-	} else 
+		prs->prs_id = id;
+	}
+	else
 		ts_error(ERROR, "No parser with id %d", id);
 	SPI_finish();
 }
 
-typedef struct {
-	WParserInfo	*last_prs;
-	int		len;
-	int		reallen;
-	WParserInfo	*list;
+typedef struct
+{
+	WParserInfo *last_prs;
+	int			len;
+	int			reallen;
+	WParserInfo *list;
 	SNMap		name2id_map;
-} PrsList;
+}	PrsList;
 
-static PrsList PList = {NULL,0,0,NULL,{0,0,NULL}};
+static PrsList PList = {NULL, 0, 0, NULL, {0, 0, NULL}};
 
-void    
-reset_prs(void) {
-	freeSNMap( &(PList.name2id_map) );
-	if ( PList.list )
+void
+reset_prs(void)
+{
+	freeSNMap(&(PList.name2id_map));
+	if (PList.list)
 		free(PList.list);
-	memset(&PList,0,sizeof(PrsList));
+	memset(&PList, 0, sizeof(PrsList));
 }
 
 static int
-compareprs(const void *a, const void *b) {
-	return ((WParserInfo*)a)->prs_id - ((WParserInfo*)b)->prs_id;
+compareprs(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+	return ((WParserInfo *) a)->prs_id - ((WParserInfo *) b)->prs_id;
 }
 
 WParserInfo *
-findprs(Oid id) {
+findprs(Oid id)
+{
 	/* last used prs */
-	if ( PList.last_prs && PList.last_prs->prs_id==id )
+	if (PList.last_prs && PList.last_prs->prs_id == id)
 		return PList.last_prs;
 
 	/* already used prs */
-	if ( PList.len != 0 ) {
+	if (PList.len != 0)
+	{
 		WParserInfo key;
-		key.prs_id=id;
+
+		key.prs_id = id;
 		PList.last_prs = bsearch(&key, PList.list, PList.len, sizeof(WParserInfo), compareprs);
-		if ( PList.last_prs != NULL )
+		if (PList.last_prs != NULL)
 			return PList.last_prs;
 	}
 
 	/* last chance */
-	if ( PList.len==PList.reallen ) {
+	if (PList.len == PList.reallen)
+	{
 		WParserInfo *tmp;
-		int reallen = ( PList.reallen ) ? 2*PList.reallen : 16;
-		tmp=(WParserInfo*)realloc(PList.list,sizeof(WParserInfo)*reallen);
-		if ( !tmp ) 
-			ts_error(ERROR,"No memory");
-		PList.reallen=reallen;
-		PList.list=tmp;
+		int			reallen = (PList.reallen) ? 2 * PList.reallen : 16;
+
+		tmp = (WParserInfo *) realloc(PList.list, sizeof(WParserInfo) * reallen);
+		if (!tmp)
+			ts_error(ERROR, "No memory");
+		PList.reallen = reallen;
+		PList.list = tmp;
 	}
-	PList.last_prs=&(PList.list[PList.len]);
+	PList.last_prs = &(PList.list[PList.len]);
 	init_prs(id, PList.last_prs);
 	PList.len++;
 	qsort(PList.list, PList.len, sizeof(WParserInfo), compareprs);
-	return findprs(id); /* qsort changed order!! */;
+	return findprs(id); /* qsort changed order!! */ ;
 }
 
-static void *plan_name2id=NULL;
+static void *plan_name2id = NULL;
 
 Oid
-name2id_prs(text *name) {
-	Oid arg[1]={ TEXTOID };
-	bool isnull;
-	Datum pars[1]={ PointerGetDatum(name) };
-	int stat;
-	Oid id=findSNMap_t( &(PList.name2id_map), name );
-	
-	if ( id ) 
+name2id_prs(text *name)
+{
+	Oid			arg[1] = {TEXTOID};
+	bool		isnull;
+	Datum		pars[1] = {PointerGetDatum(name)};
+	int			stat;
+	Oid			id = findSNMap_t(&(PList.name2id_map), name);
+
+	if (id)
 		return id;
-	
+
 
 	SPI_connect();
-	if ( !plan_name2id ) {
-		plan_name2id = SPI_saveplan( SPI_prepare( "select oid from pg_ts_parser where prs_name = $1" , 1, arg ) );
-		if ( !plan_name2id ) 
+	if (!plan_name2id)
+	{
+		plan_name2id = SPI_saveplan(SPI_prepare("select oid from pg_ts_parser where prs_name = $1", 1, arg));
+		if (!plan_name2id)
 			ts_error(ERROR, "SPI_prepare() failed");
 	}
 
 	stat = SPI_execp(plan_name2id, pars, " ", 1);
-	if ( stat < 0 )
-		ts_error (ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
-	if ( SPI_processed > 0 )
-		id=DatumGetObjectId( SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull) );
-	else 
+	if (stat < 0)
+		ts_error(ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
+	if (SPI_processed > 0)
+		id = DatumGetObjectId(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull));
+	else
 		ts_error(ERROR, "No parser '%s'", text2char(name));
 	SPI_finish();
-	addSNMap_t( &(PList.name2id_map), name, id );
+	addSNMap_t(&(PList.name2id_map), name, id);
 	return id;
 }
 
 
 /******sql-level interface******/
-typedef struct {
-	int		cur;
-	LexDescr  	*list;
-} TypeStorage;
+typedef struct
+{
+	int			cur;
+	LexDescr   *list;
+}	TypeStorage;
 
 static void
-setup_firstcall(FuncCallContext  *funcctx, Oid prsid) {
-	TupleDesc            tupdesc;
-	MemoryContext     oldcontext;
-	TypeStorage 	*st;
-	WParserInfo *prs = findprs(prsid); 
+setup_firstcall(FuncCallContext *funcctx, Oid prsid)
+{
+	TupleDesc	tupdesc;
+	MemoryContext oldcontext;
+	TypeStorage *st;
+	WParserInfo *prs = findprs(prsid);
 
 	oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(funcctx->multi_call_memory_ctx);
 
-	st=(TypeStorage*)palloc( sizeof(TypeStorage) );
-	st->cur=0;
-	st->list = (LexDescr*)DatumGetPointer(
-		OidFunctionCall1( prs->lextype, PointerGetDatum(prs->prs) )
-	);
-	funcctx->user_fctx = (void*)st;
+	st = (TypeStorage *) palloc(sizeof(TypeStorage));
+	st->cur = 0;
+	st->list = (LexDescr *) DatumGetPointer(
+				OidFunctionCall1(prs->lextype, PointerGetDatum(prs->prs))
+		);
+	funcctx->user_fctx = (void *) st;
 	tupdesc = RelationNameGetTupleDesc("tokentype");
 	funcctx->slot = TupleDescGetSlot(tupdesc);
 	funcctx->attinmeta = TupleDescGetAttInMetadata(tupdesc);
@@ -176,20 +193,22 @@ setup_firstcall(FuncCallContext  *funcctx, Oid prsid) {
 }
 
 static Datum
-process_call(FuncCallContext  *funcctx) {
-	TypeStorage 	*st;
-
-	st=(TypeStorage*)funcctx->user_fctx;
-	if (  st->list && st->list[st->cur].lexid ) {
-		Datum result;
-		char* values[3];
-		char	txtid[16];
-		HeapTuple    tuple;
-
-		values[0]=txtid;
-		sprintf(txtid,"%d",st->list[st->cur].lexid);
-		values[1]=st->list[st->cur].alias;
-		values[2]=st->list[st->cur].descr;
+process_call(FuncCallContext *funcctx)
+{
+	TypeStorage *st;
+
+	st = (TypeStorage *) funcctx->user_fctx;
+	if (st->list && st->list[st->cur].lexid)
+	{
+		Datum		result;
+		char	   *values[3];
+		char		txtid[16];
+		HeapTuple	tuple;
+
+		values[0] = txtid;
+		sprintf(txtid, "%d", st->list[st->cur].lexid);
+		values[1] = st->list[st->cur].alias;
+		values[2] = st->list[st->cur].descr;
 
 		tuple = BuildTupleFromCStrings(funcctx->attinmeta, values);
 		result = TupleGetDatum(funcctx->slot, tuple);
@@ -198,161 +217,179 @@ process_call(FuncCallContext  *funcctx) {
 		pfree(values[2]);
 		st->cur++;
 		return result;
-	} else {
-		if ( st->list ) pfree(st->list);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		if (st->list)
+			pfree(st->list);
 		pfree(st);
 	}
-	return (Datum)0;
+	return (Datum) 0;
 }
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(token_type);
-Datum token_type(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum		token_type(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
 
 Datum
-token_type(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	FuncCallContext  *funcctx;
-	Datum result;
+token_type(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	FuncCallContext *funcctx;
+	Datum		result;
 
-	if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL()) { 
+	if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL())
+	{
 		funcctx = SRF_FIRSTCALL_INIT();
-		setup_firstcall(funcctx, PG_GETARG_OID(0) );
+		setup_firstcall(funcctx, PG_GETARG_OID(0));
 	}
 
 	funcctx = SRF_PERCALL_SETUP();
 
-	if (  (result=process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum)0 )
+	if ((result = process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum) 0)
 		SRF_RETURN_NEXT(funcctx, result);
 	SRF_RETURN_DONE(funcctx);
 }
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(token_type_byname);
-Datum token_type_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum		token_type_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
 Datum
-token_type_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	FuncCallContext  *funcctx;
-	Datum result;
+token_type_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	FuncCallContext *funcctx;
+	Datum		result;
+
+	if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL())
+	{
+		text	   *name = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
 
-	if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL()) {
-		text *name = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0); 
 		funcctx = SRF_FIRSTCALL_INIT();
-		setup_firstcall(funcctx, name2id_prs( name ) );
-		PG_FREE_IF_COPY(name,0);
+		setup_firstcall(funcctx, name2id_prs(name));
+		PG_FREE_IF_COPY(name, 0);
 	}
 
 	funcctx = SRF_PERCALL_SETUP();
 
-	if (  (result=process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum)0 )
+	if ((result = process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum) 0)
 		SRF_RETURN_NEXT(funcctx, result);
 	SRF_RETURN_DONE(funcctx);
 }
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(token_type_current);
-Datum token_type_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum		token_type_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
 Datum
-token_type_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	FuncCallContext  *funcctx;
-	Datum result;
+token_type_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	FuncCallContext *funcctx;
+	Datum		result;
 
-	if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL()) {
+	if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL())
+	{
 		funcctx = SRF_FIRSTCALL_INIT();
-		if ( current_parser_id==InvalidOid ) 
-			current_parser_id = name2id_prs( char2text("default") );
-		setup_firstcall(funcctx, current_parser_id );
+		if (current_parser_id == InvalidOid)
+			current_parser_id = name2id_prs(char2text("default"));
+		setup_firstcall(funcctx, current_parser_id);
 	}
 
 	funcctx = SRF_PERCALL_SETUP();
 
-	if (  (result=process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum)0 )
+	if ((result = process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum) 0)
 		SRF_RETURN_NEXT(funcctx, result);
 	SRF_RETURN_DONE(funcctx);
 }
 
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(set_curprs);
-Datum set_curprs(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum		set_curprs(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
 Datum
-set_curprs(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-        findprs(PG_GETARG_OID(0));
-        current_parser_id=PG_GETARG_OID(0);
-        PG_RETURN_VOID();
+set_curprs(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	findprs(PG_GETARG_OID(0));
+	current_parser_id = PG_GETARG_OID(0);
+	PG_RETURN_VOID();
 }
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(set_curprs_byname);
-Datum set_curprs_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum		set_curprs_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
 Datum
-set_curprs_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-        text *name=PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
-    
-        DirectFunctionCall1(
-                set_curprs,
-                ObjectIdGetDatum( name2id_prs(name) )
-        );
-        PG_FREE_IF_COPY(name, 0);
-        PG_RETURN_VOID();
+set_curprs_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	text	   *name = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
+
+	DirectFunctionCall1(
+						set_curprs,
+						ObjectIdGetDatum(name2id_prs(name))
+		);
+	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(name, 0);
+	PG_RETURN_VOID();
 }
 
-typedef struct {
-	int	type;
-	char	*lexem;
-} LexemEntry;
+typedef struct
+{
+	int			type;
+	char	   *lexem;
+}	LexemEntry;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+	int			cur;
+	int			len;
+	LexemEntry *list;
+}	PrsStorage;
 
-typedef struct {
-	int cur;
-	int len;
-	LexemEntry	*list;
-} PrsStorage;
-	
 
 static void
-prs_setup_firstcall(FuncCallContext  *funcctx, int prsid, text *txt) {
-	TupleDesc            tupdesc;
-	MemoryContext     oldcontext;
-	PrsStorage 	*st;
-	WParserInfo *prs = findprs(prsid); 
-	char	*lex=NULL;
-	int 	llen=0, type=0;	
+prs_setup_firstcall(FuncCallContext *funcctx, int prsid, text *txt)
+{
+	TupleDesc	tupdesc;
+	MemoryContext oldcontext;
+	PrsStorage *st;
+	WParserInfo *prs = findprs(prsid);
+	char	   *lex = NULL;
+	int			llen = 0,
+				type = 0;
 
 	oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(funcctx->multi_call_memory_ctx);
 
-	st=(PrsStorage*)palloc( sizeof(PrsStorage) );
-	st->cur=0;
-	st->len=16;
-	st->list=(LexemEntry*)palloc( sizeof(LexemEntry)*st->len );
-
-	prs->prs = (void*)DatumGetPointer(
-		FunctionCall2(
-			&(prs->start_info),
-			PointerGetDatum(VARDATA(txt)),
-			Int32GetDatum(VARSIZE(txt)-VARHDRSZ)
-		)
-	);
-
-	while( ( type=DatumGetInt32(FunctionCall3(
-			&(prs->getlexeme_info),
-			PointerGetDatum(prs->prs),
-			PointerGetDatum(&lex),
-			PointerGetDatum(&llen))) ) != 0 ) {
-
-		if ( st->cur>=st->len ) {
-			st->len=2*st->len;
-			st->list=(LexemEntry*)repalloc(st->list, sizeof(LexemEntry)*st->len);
+	st = (PrsStorage *) palloc(sizeof(PrsStorage));
+	st->cur = 0;
+	st->len = 16;
+	st->list = (LexemEntry *) palloc(sizeof(LexemEntry) * st->len);
+
+	prs->prs = (void *) DatumGetPointer(
+										FunctionCall2(
+													  &(prs->start_info),
+										   PointerGetDatum(VARDATA(txt)),
+								   Int32GetDatum(VARSIZE(txt) - VARHDRSZ)
+													  )
+		);
+
+	while ((type = DatumGetInt32(FunctionCall3(
+											   &(prs->getlexeme_info),
+											   PointerGetDatum(prs->prs),
+											   PointerGetDatum(&lex),
+										  PointerGetDatum(&llen)))) != 0)
+	{
+
+		if (st->cur >= st->len)
+		{
+			st->len = 2 * st->len;
+			st->list = (LexemEntry *) repalloc(st->list, sizeof(LexemEntry) * st->len);
 		}
-		st->list[st->cur].lexem = palloc(llen+1);
-		memcpy( st->list[st->cur].lexem, lex, llen);
-		st->list[st->cur].lexem[llen]='\0';
-		st->list[st->cur].type=type;
+		st->list[st->cur].lexem = palloc(llen + 1);
+		memcpy(st->list[st->cur].lexem, lex, llen);
+		st->list[st->cur].lexem[llen] = '\0';
+		st->list[st->cur].type = type;
 		st->cur++;
 	}
-		
+
 	FunctionCall1(
-		&(prs->end_info),
-		PointerGetDatum(prs->prs)
-	);
+				  &(prs->end_info),
+				  PointerGetDatum(prs->prs)
+		);
 
-	st->len=st->cur;
-	st->cur=0;
-	
-	funcctx->user_fctx = (void*)st;
+	st->len = st->cur;
+	st->cur = 0;
+
+	funcctx->user_fctx = (void *) st;
 	tupdesc = RelationNameGetTupleDesc("tokenout");
 	funcctx->slot = TupleDescGetSlot(tupdesc);
 	funcctx->attinmeta = TupleDescGetAttInMetadata(tupdesc);
@@ -360,132 +397,148 @@ prs_setup_firstcall(FuncCallContext  *funcctx, int prsid, text *txt) {
 }
 
 static Datum
-prs_process_call(FuncCallContext  *funcctx) {
-	PrsStorage 	*st;
-
-	st=(PrsStorage*)funcctx->user_fctx;
-	if (  st->cur < st->len ) {
-		Datum result;
-		char* values[2];
-		char	tid[16];
-		HeapTuple    tuple;
-
-		values[0]=tid;
-		sprintf(tid,"%d",st->list[st->cur].type);
-		values[1]=st->list[st->cur].lexem;
+prs_process_call(FuncCallContext *funcctx)
+{
+	PrsStorage *st;
+
+	st = (PrsStorage *) funcctx->user_fctx;
+	if (st->cur < st->len)
+	{
+		Datum		result;
+		char	   *values[2];
+		char		tid[16];
+		HeapTuple	tuple;
+
+		values[0] = tid;
+		sprintf(tid, "%d", st->list[st->cur].type);
+		values[1] = st->list[st->cur].lexem;
 		tuple = BuildTupleFromCStrings(funcctx->attinmeta, values);
 		result = TupleGetDatum(funcctx->slot, tuple);
 
 		pfree(values[1]);
 		st->cur++;
 		return result;
-	} else {
-		if ( st->list ) pfree(st->list);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		if (st->list)
+			pfree(st->list);
 		pfree(st);
 	}
-	return (Datum)0;
+	return (Datum) 0;
 }
 
-			
+
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(parse);
-Datum parse(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum		parse(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
 Datum
-parse(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	FuncCallContext  *funcctx;
-	Datum result;
+parse(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	FuncCallContext *funcctx;
+	Datum		result;
+
+	if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL())
+	{
+		text	   *txt = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1);
 
-	if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL()) {
-		text *txt = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1); 
 		funcctx = SRF_FIRSTCALL_INIT();
-		prs_setup_firstcall(funcctx, PG_GETARG_OID(0),txt );
-		PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt,1);
+		prs_setup_firstcall(funcctx, PG_GETARG_OID(0), txt);
+		PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt, 1);
 	}
 
 	funcctx = SRF_PERCALL_SETUP();
 
-	if (  (result=prs_process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum)0 )
+	if ((result = prs_process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum) 0)
 		SRF_RETURN_NEXT(funcctx, result);
 	SRF_RETURN_DONE(funcctx);
 }
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(parse_byname);
-Datum parse_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum		parse_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
 Datum
-parse_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	FuncCallContext  *funcctx;
-	Datum result;
+parse_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	FuncCallContext *funcctx;
+	Datum		result;
+
+	if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL())
+	{
+		text	   *name = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
+		text	   *txt = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1);
 
-	if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL()) {
-		text *name = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0); 
-		text *txt = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1); 
 		funcctx = SRF_FIRSTCALL_INIT();
-		prs_setup_firstcall(funcctx, name2id_prs( name ),txt );
-		PG_FREE_IF_COPY(name,0);
-		PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt,1);
+		prs_setup_firstcall(funcctx, name2id_prs(name), txt);
+		PG_FREE_IF_COPY(name, 0);
+		PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt, 1);
 	}
 
 	funcctx = SRF_PERCALL_SETUP();
 
-	if (  (result=prs_process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum)0 )
+	if ((result = prs_process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum) 0)
 		SRF_RETURN_NEXT(funcctx, result);
 	SRF_RETURN_DONE(funcctx);
 }
 
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(parse_current);
-Datum parse_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum		parse_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
 Datum
-parse_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	FuncCallContext  *funcctx;
-	Datum result;
+parse_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	FuncCallContext *funcctx;
+	Datum		result;
+
+	if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL())
+	{
+		text	   *txt = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
 
-	if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL()) {
-		text *txt = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0); 
 		funcctx = SRF_FIRSTCALL_INIT();
-		if ( current_parser_id==InvalidOid ) 
-			current_parser_id = name2id_prs( char2text("default") );
-		prs_setup_firstcall(funcctx, current_parser_id,txt );
-		PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt,0);
+		if (current_parser_id == InvalidOid)
+			current_parser_id = name2id_prs(char2text("default"));
+		prs_setup_firstcall(funcctx, current_parser_id, txt);
+		PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt, 0);
 	}
 
 	funcctx = SRF_PERCALL_SETUP();
 
-	if (  (result=prs_process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum)0 )
+	if ((result = prs_process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum) 0)
 		SRF_RETURN_NEXT(funcctx, result);
 	SRF_RETURN_DONE(funcctx);
 }
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(headline);
-Datum headline(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum		headline(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
 Datum
-headline(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	TSCfgInfo *cfg=findcfg(PG_GETARG_OID(0));
-	text       *in = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1);
+headline(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	TSCfgInfo  *cfg = findcfg(PG_GETARG_OID(0));
+	text	   *in = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1);
 	QUERYTYPE  *query = (QUERYTYPE *) DatumGetPointer(PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(2)));
-	text	   *opt=( PG_NARGS()>3 && PG_GETARG_POINTER(3) ) ? PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(3) : NULL;
+	text	   *opt = (PG_NARGS() > 3 && PG_GETARG_POINTER(3)) ? PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(3) : NULL;
 	HLPRSTEXT	prs;
-	text *out;
+	text	   *out;
 	WParserInfo *prsobj = findprs(cfg->prs_id);
 
-	memset(&prs,0,sizeof(HLPRSTEXT));
+	memset(&prs, 0, sizeof(HLPRSTEXT));
 	prs.lenwords = 32;
 	prs.words = (HLWORD *) palloc(sizeof(HLWORD) * prs.lenwords);
 	hlparsetext(cfg, &prs, query, VARDATA(in), VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ);
 
 
 	FunctionCall3(
-		&(prsobj->headline_info),
-		PointerGetDatum(&prs),
-		PointerGetDatum(opt),
-		PointerGetDatum(query)
-	);
+				  &(prsobj->headline_info),
+				  PointerGetDatum(&prs),
+				  PointerGetDatum(opt),
+				  PointerGetDatum(query)
+		);
 
 	out = genhl(&prs);
 
-	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in,1);
-	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(query,2);
-	if ( opt ) PG_FREE_IF_COPY(opt,3);
+	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in, 1);
+	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(query, 2);
+	if (opt)
+		PG_FREE_IF_COPY(opt, 3);
 	pfree(prs.words);
 	pfree(prs.startsel);
 	pfree(prs.stopsel);
@@ -495,35 +548,34 @@ headline(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
 
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(headline_byname);
-Datum headline_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum		headline_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
 Datum
-headline_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	text *cfg=PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
-
-	Datum out=DirectFunctionCall4(
-		headline,
-		ObjectIdGetDatum(name2id_cfg( cfg ) ),
-		PG_GETARG_DATUM(1),
-		PG_GETARG_DATUM(2),
-		( PG_NARGS()>3 ) ? PG_GETARG_DATUM(3) : PointerGetDatum(NULL)
+headline_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	text	   *cfg = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
+
+	Datum		out = DirectFunctionCall4(
+										  headline,
+									  ObjectIdGetDatum(name2id_cfg(cfg)),
+										  PG_GETARG_DATUM(1),
+										  PG_GETARG_DATUM(2),
+			(PG_NARGS() > 3) ? PG_GETARG_DATUM(3) : PointerGetDatum(NULL)
 	);
 
-	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(cfg,0);
-	PG_RETURN_DATUM(out);	
+	PG_FREE_IF_COPY(cfg, 0);
+	PG_RETURN_DATUM(out);
 }
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(headline_current);
-Datum headline_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum		headline_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
 Datum
-headline_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
+headline_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
 	PG_RETURN_DATUM(DirectFunctionCall4(
-		headline,
-		ObjectIdGetDatum(get_currcfg()),
-		PG_GETARG_DATUM(0),
-		PG_GETARG_DATUM(1),
-		( PG_NARGS()>2 ) ? PG_GETARG_DATUM(2) : PointerGetDatum(NULL)
-	));
+										headline,
+										ObjectIdGetDatum(get_currcfg()),
+										PG_GETARG_DATUM(0),
+										PG_GETARG_DATUM(1),
+			(PG_NARGS() > 2) ? PG_GETARG_DATUM(2) : PointerGetDatum(NULL)
+										));
 }
-
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/wparser.h b/contrib/tsearch2/wparser.h
index a8afc564a1a..c3c44151f0e 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/wparser.h
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/wparser.h
@@ -3,26 +3,28 @@
 #include "postgres.h"
 #include "fmgr.h"
 
-typedef struct {
-	Oid prs_id;
-	FmgrInfo start_info;
-	FmgrInfo getlexeme_info;
-	FmgrInfo end_info;
-	FmgrInfo headline_info;
-	Oid	lextype;
-	void *prs;
-} WParserInfo;
+typedef struct
+{
+	Oid			prs_id;
+	FmgrInfo	start_info;
+	FmgrInfo	getlexeme_info;
+	FmgrInfo	end_info;
+	FmgrInfo	headline_info;
+	Oid			lextype;
+	void	   *prs;
+}	WParserInfo;
 
-void init_prs(Oid id, WParserInfo *prs);
-WParserInfo* findprs(Oid id);
-Oid name2id_prs(text *name);
-void	reset_prs(void);
+void		init_prs(Oid id, WParserInfo * prs);
+WParserInfo *findprs(Oid id);
+Oid			name2id_prs(text *name);
+void		reset_prs(void);
 
 
-typedef struct {
-	int	lexid;
-	char	*alias;
-	char	*descr;
-} LexDescr;
+typedef struct
+{
+	int			lexid;
+	char	   *alias;
+	char	   *descr;
+}	LexDescr;
 
 #endif
diff --git a/contrib/tsearch2/wparser_def.c b/contrib/tsearch2/wparser_def.c
index c3b03067600..4680d746b3e 100644
--- a/contrib/tsearch2/wparser_def.c
+++ b/contrib/tsearch2/wparser_def.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-/* 
- * default word parser 
+/*
+ * default word parser
  * Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
  */
 #include <errno.h>
@@ -17,40 +17,44 @@
 #include "wordparser/deflex.h"
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(prsd_lextype);
-Datum prsd_lextype(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum		prsd_lextype(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+
+Datum
+prsd_lextype(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	LexDescr   *descr = (LexDescr *) palloc(sizeof(LexDescr) * (LASTNUM + 1));
+	int			i;
+
+	for (i = 1; i <= LASTNUM; i++)
+	{
+		descr[i - 1].lexid = i;
+		descr[i - 1].alias = pstrdup(tok_alias[i]);
+		descr[i - 1].descr = pstrdup(lex_descr[i]);
+	}
 
-Datum 
-prsd_lextype(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	LexDescr *descr=(LexDescr*)palloc(sizeof(LexDescr)*(LASTNUM+1));
-	int i;
+	descr[LASTNUM].lexid = 0;
 
-	for(i=1;i<=LASTNUM;i++) {
-		descr[i-1].lexid = i;
-		descr[i-1].alias = pstrdup(tok_alias[i]);
-		descr[i-1].descr = pstrdup(lex_descr[i]);
-	}
-	
-	descr[LASTNUM].lexid=0;
-		
 	PG_RETURN_POINTER(descr);
 }
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(prsd_start);
-Datum prsd_start(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
-Datum 
-prsd_start(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	start_parse_str( (char*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(0), PG_GETARG_INT32(1) );
+Datum		prsd_start(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum
+prsd_start(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	start_parse_str((char *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0), PG_GETARG_INT32(1));
 	PG_RETURN_POINTER(NULL);
 }
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(prsd_getlexeme);
-Datum prsd_getlexeme(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
-Datum 
-prsd_getlexeme(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
+Datum		prsd_getlexeme(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum
+prsd_getlexeme(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
 	/* ParserState *p=(ParserState*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(0); */
-	char **t=(char**)PG_GETARG_POINTER(1); 
-	int *tlen=(int*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(2);
-	int  type=tsearch2_yylex();
+	char	  **t = (char **) PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
+	int		   *tlen = (int *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(2);
+	int			type = tsearch2_yylex();
 
 	*t = token;
 	*tlen = tokenlen;
@@ -58,34 +62,39 @@ prsd_getlexeme(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
 }
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(prsd_end);
-Datum prsd_end(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
-Datum 
-prsd_end(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
+Datum		prsd_end(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum
+prsd_end(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
 	/* ParserState *p=(ParserState*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(0); */
 	end_parse();
 	PG_RETURN_VOID();
 }
 
 #define LEAVETOKEN(x)	( (x)==12 )
-#define COMPLEXTOKEN(x)	( (x)==5 || (x)==15 || (x)==16 || (x)==17 )
-#define ENDPUNCTOKEN(x)	( (x)==12 )
+#define COMPLEXTOKEN(x) ( (x)==5 || (x)==15 || (x)==16 || (x)==17 )
+#define ENDPUNCTOKEN(x) ( (x)==12 )
 
 
 #define IDIGNORE(x) ( (x)==13 || (x)==14 || (x)==12 || (x)==23 )
 #define HLIDIGNORE(x) ( (x)==5 || (x)==13 || (x)==15 || (x)==16 || (x)==17 )
-#define NONWORDTOKEN(x)	( (x)==12 || HLIDIGNORE(x) )
+#define NONWORDTOKEN(x) ( (x)==12 || HLIDIGNORE(x) )
 #define NOENDTOKEN(x)	( NONWORDTOKEN(x) || (x)==7 || (x)==8 || (x)==20 || (x)==21 || (x)==22 || IDIGNORE(x) )
 
-typedef struct {
-	HLWORD	*words;
-	int len;
-} hlCheck;
+typedef struct
+{
+	HLWORD	   *words;
+	int			len;
+}	hlCheck;
 
 static bool
-checkcondition_HL(void *checkval, ITEM *val) {
-	int i;
-	for(i=0;i<((hlCheck*)checkval)->len;i++) {
-		if ( ((hlCheck*)checkval)->words[i].item==val )
+checkcondition_HL(void *checkval, ITEM * val)
+{
+	int			i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < ((hlCheck *) checkval)->len; i++)
+	{
+		if (((hlCheck *) checkval)->words[i].item == val)
 			return true;
 	}
 	return false;
@@ -93,21 +102,28 @@ checkcondition_HL(void *checkval, ITEM *val) {
 
 
 static bool
-hlCover(HLPRSTEXT *prs, QUERYTYPE *query, int *p, int *q) {
-	int i,j;
-	ITEM    *item=GETQUERY(query);
-	int pos=*p;
-	*q=0;
-	*p=0x7fffffff;
-
-	for(j=0;j<query->size;j++) {
-		if ( item->type != VAL ) {
+hlCover(HLPRSTEXT * prs, QUERYTYPE * query, int *p, int *q)
+{
+	int			i,
+				j;
+	ITEM	   *item = GETQUERY(query);
+	int			pos = *p;
+
+	*q = 0;
+	*p = 0x7fffffff;
+
+	for (j = 0; j < query->size; j++)
+	{
+		if (item->type != VAL)
+		{
 			item++;
 			continue;
 		}
-		for(i=pos;i<prs->curwords;i++) {
-			if ( prs->words[i].item == item ) {
-				if ( i>*q) 
+		for (i = pos; i < prs->curwords; i++)
+		{
+			if (prs->words[i].item == item)
+			{
+				if (i > *q)
 					*q = i;
 				break;
 			}
@@ -115,32 +131,39 @@ hlCover(HLPRSTEXT *prs, QUERYTYPE *query, int *p, int *q) {
 		item++;
 	}
 
-	if ( *q==0 )
+	if (*q == 0)
 		return false;
 
-	item=GETQUERY(query);
-	for(j=0;j<query->size;j++) {
-		if ( item->type != VAL ) {
+	item = GETQUERY(query);
+	for (j = 0; j < query->size; j++)
+	{
+		if (item->type != VAL)
+		{
 			item++;
 			continue;
 		}
-		for(i=*q;i>=pos;i--) {
-			if ( prs->words[i].item == item ) {
-				if ( i<*p )
-					*p=i;
+		for (i = *q; i >= pos; i--)
+		{
+			if (prs->words[i].item == item)
+			{
+				if (i < *p)
+					*p = i;
 				break;
 			}
 		}
 		item++;
-	}	
+	}
+
+	if (*p <= *q)
+	{
+		hlCheck		ch = {&(prs->words[*p]), *q - *p + 1};
 
-	if ( *p<=*q ) {
-		hlCheck ch={ &(prs->words[*p]), *q-*p+1 };
-		if ( TS_execute(GETQUERY(query), &ch, false, checkcondition_HL) ) { 
+		if (TS_execute(GETQUERY(query), &ch, false, checkcondition_HL))
 			return true;
-		} else {
+		else
+		{
 			(*p)++;
-			return hlCover(prs,query,p,q);
+			return hlCover(prs, query, p, q);
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -148,45 +171,54 @@ hlCover(HLPRSTEXT *prs, QUERYTYPE *query, int *p, int *q) {
 }
 
 PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(prsd_headline);
-Datum prsd_headline(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
-Datum 
-prsd_headline(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
-	HLPRSTEXT	*prs=(HLPRSTEXT*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
-	text	*opt=(text*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(1); /* can't be toasted */
-	QUERYTYPE	*query=(QUERYTYPE*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(2); /* can't be toasted */
+Datum		prsd_headline(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum
+prsd_headline(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+	HLPRSTEXT  *prs = (HLPRSTEXT *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
+	text	   *opt = (text *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);	/* can't be toasted */
+	QUERYTYPE  *query = (QUERYTYPE *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(2);		/* can't be toasted */
+
 	/* from opt + start and and tag */
-	int	min_words=15;	
-	int	max_words=35;	
-	int	shortword=3;	
-
-	int p=0,q=0;
-	int bestb=-1,beste=-1;
-	int bestlen=-1;
-	int pose=0, poslen, curlen;
-
-	int i;
-
-	/*config*/
-	prs->startsel=NULL;
-	prs->stopsel=NULL;
-	if ( opt ) {
-		Map *map,*mptr;
-		
-		parse_cfgdict(opt,&map);
-		mptr=map;
-
-		while(mptr && mptr->key) {
-			if ( strcasecmp(mptr->key,"MaxWords")==0 )
-				max_words=pg_atoi(mptr->value,4,1);
-			else if ( strcasecmp(mptr->key,"MinWords")==0 )
-				min_words=pg_atoi(mptr->value,4,1);
-			else if ( strcasecmp(mptr->key,"ShortWord")==0 )
-				shortword=pg_atoi(mptr->value,4,1);
-			else if ( strcasecmp(mptr->key,"StartSel")==0 )
-				prs->startsel=pstrdup(mptr->value);
-			else if ( strcasecmp(mptr->key,"StopSel")==0 )
-				prs->stopsel=pstrdup(mptr->value);
-				
+	int			min_words = 15;
+	int			max_words = 35;
+	int			shortword = 3;
+
+	int			p = 0,
+				q = 0;
+	int			bestb = -1,
+				beste = -1;
+	int			bestlen = -1;
+	int			pose = 0,
+				poslen,
+				curlen;
+
+	int			i;
+
+	/* config */
+	prs->startsel = NULL;
+	prs->stopsel = NULL;
+	if (opt)
+	{
+		Map		   *map,
+				   *mptr;
+
+		parse_cfgdict(opt, &map);
+		mptr = map;
+
+		while (mptr && mptr->key)
+		{
+			if (strcasecmp(mptr->key, "MaxWords") == 0)
+				max_words = pg_atoi(mptr->value, 4, 1);
+			else if (strcasecmp(mptr->key, "MinWords") == 0)
+				min_words = pg_atoi(mptr->value, 4, 1);
+			else if (strcasecmp(mptr->key, "ShortWord") == 0)
+				shortword = pg_atoi(mptr->value, 4, 1);
+			else if (strcasecmp(mptr->key, "StartSel") == 0)
+				prs->startsel = pstrdup(mptr->value);
+			else if (strcasecmp(mptr->key, "StopSel") == 0)
+				prs->stopsel = pstrdup(mptr->value);
+
 			pfree(mptr->key);
 			pfree(mptr->value);
 
@@ -194,104 +226,118 @@ prsd_headline(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
 		}
 		pfree(map);
 
-		if ( min_words >= max_words )
+		if (min_words >= max_words)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
 					 errmsg("must be MinWords < MaxWords")));
-		if ( min_words<=0 )
+		if (min_words <= 0)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
 					 errmsg("must be MinWords > 0")));
-		if ( shortword<0 )
+		if (shortword < 0)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
 					 errmsg("must be ShortWord >= 0")));
 	}
 
-	while( hlCover(prs,query,&p,&q) ) {
+	while (hlCover(prs, query, &p, &q))
+	{
 		/* find cover len in words */
-		curlen=0;
-		poslen=0;
-		for(i=p;i<=q && curlen < max_words ; i++) {
-			if ( !NONWORDTOKEN(prs->words[i].type) ) 
+		curlen = 0;
+		poslen = 0;
+		for (i = p; i <= q && curlen < max_words; i++)
+		{
+			if (!NONWORDTOKEN(prs->words[i].type))
 				curlen++;
-			if ( prs->words[i].item && !prs->words[i].repeated )
-				poslen++; 
-			pose=i;
+			if (prs->words[i].item && !prs->words[i].repeated)
+				poslen++;
+			pose = i;
 		}
 
-		if ( poslen<bestlen && !(NOENDTOKEN(prs->words[beste].type) || prs->words[beste].len <= shortword) ) { 
+		if (poslen < bestlen && !(NOENDTOKEN(prs->words[beste].type) || prs->words[beste].len <= shortword))
+		{
 			/* best already finded, so try one more cover */
 			p++;
 			continue;
 		}
 
-		if ( curlen < max_words ) { /* find good end */
-			for(i=i-1 ;i<prs->curwords && curlen<max_words; i++) {
-				if ( i!=q ) {
-					if ( !NONWORDTOKEN(prs->words[i].type) ) 
+		if (curlen < max_words)
+		{						/* find good end */
+			for (i = i - 1; i < prs->curwords && curlen < max_words; i++)
+			{
+				if (i != q)
+				{
+					if (!NONWORDTOKEN(prs->words[i].type))
 						curlen++;
-					if ( prs->words[i].item && !prs->words[i].repeated )
+					if (prs->words[i].item && !prs->words[i].repeated)
 						poslen++;
 				}
-				pose=i;
-				if ( NOENDTOKEN(prs->words[i].type) || prs->words[i].len <= shortword ) 
+				pose = i;
+				if (NOENDTOKEN(prs->words[i].type) || prs->words[i].len <= shortword)
 					continue;
-				if ( curlen>=min_words ) 	
+				if (curlen >= min_words)
 					break;
 			}
-		} else { /* shorter cover :((( */
-			for(;curlen>min_words;i--) {
-				if ( !NONWORDTOKEN(prs->words[i].type) ) 
+		}
+		else
+		{						/* shorter cover :((( */
+			for (; curlen > min_words; i--)
+			{
+				if (!NONWORDTOKEN(prs->words[i].type))
 					curlen--;
-				if ( prs->words[i].item && !prs->words[i].repeated )
+				if (prs->words[i].item && !prs->words[i].repeated)
 					poslen--;
-				pose=i;
-				if ( NOENDTOKEN(prs->words[i].type) || prs->words[i].len <= shortword ) 
+				pose = i;
+				if (NOENDTOKEN(prs->words[i].type) || prs->words[i].len <= shortword)
 					continue;
 				break;
 			}
 		}
 
-		if ( bestlen <0 || (poslen>bestlen && !(NOENDTOKEN(prs->words[pose].type) || prs->words[pose].len <= shortword)) || 
-				( bestlen>=0 && !(NOENDTOKEN(prs->words[pose].type)  || prs->words[pose].len <= shortword) && 
-					(NOENDTOKEN(prs->words[beste].type) || prs->words[beste].len <= shortword) ) ) {
-			bestb=p; beste=pose;
-			bestlen=poslen;
-		} 
+		if (bestlen < 0 || (poslen > bestlen && !(NOENDTOKEN(prs->words[pose].type) || prs->words[pose].len <= shortword)) ||
+			(bestlen >= 0 && !(NOENDTOKEN(prs->words[pose].type) || prs->words[pose].len <= shortword) &&
+			 (NOENDTOKEN(prs->words[beste].type) || prs->words[beste].len <= shortword)))
+		{
+			bestb = p;
+			beste = pose;
+			bestlen = poslen;
+		}
 
 		p++;
 	}
 
-	if ( bestlen<0 ) {
-		curlen=0;
-		poslen=0;
-		for(i=0;i<prs->curwords && curlen<min_words  ; i++) {
-			if ( !NONWORDTOKEN(prs->words[i].type) ) 
+	if (bestlen < 0)
+	{
+		curlen = 0;
+		poslen = 0;
+		for (i = 0; i < prs->curwords && curlen < min_words; i++)
+		{
+			if (!NONWORDTOKEN(prs->words[i].type))
 				curlen++;
-			pose=i;
+			pose = i;
 		}
-		bestb=0; beste=pose;
+		bestb = 0;
+		beste = pose;
 	}
 
-	for(i=bestb;i<=beste;i++) {
-		if ( prs->words[i].item )
-			prs->words[i].selected=1;
-		if ( prs->words[i].repeated )
-			prs->words[i].skip=1;
-		if ( HLIDIGNORE(prs->words[i].type) )
-			prs->words[i].replace=1;
+	for (i = bestb; i <= beste; i++)
+	{
+		if (prs->words[i].item)
+			prs->words[i].selected = 1;
+		if (prs->words[i].repeated)
+			prs->words[i].skip = 1;
+		if (HLIDIGNORE(prs->words[i].type))
+			prs->words[i].replace = 1;
 
-		prs->words[i].in=1;
+		prs->words[i].in = 1;
 	}
 
 	if (!prs->startsel)
-		prs->startsel=pstrdup("<b>");
+		prs->startsel = pstrdup("<b>");
 	if (!prs->stopsel)
-		prs->stopsel=pstrdup("</b>");
-        prs->startsellen=strlen(prs->startsel);
-	prs->stopsellen=strlen(prs->stopsel);
+		prs->stopsel = pstrdup("</b>");
+	prs->startsellen = strlen(prs->startsel);
+	prs->stopsellen = strlen(prs->stopsel);
 
 	PG_RETURN_POINTER(prs);
 }
-
diff --git a/contrib/xml/pgxml_dom.c b/contrib/xml/pgxml_dom.c
index f79183824eb..2b11b1d6468 100644
--- a/contrib/xml/pgxml_dom.c
+++ b/contrib/xml/pgxml_dom.c
@@ -87,10 +87,10 @@ pgxml_parse(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	doctree = xmlParseMemory((char *) VARDATA(t), docsize);
 	if (doctree == NULL)
 	{
-		 xmlCleanupParser();
+		xmlCleanupParser();
 		PG_RETURN_BOOL(false);	/* i.e. not well-formed */
 	}
-	xmlCleanupParser(); 
+	xmlCleanupParser();
 	xmlFreeDoc(doctree);
 	PG_RETURN_BOOL(true);
 }
@@ -202,8 +202,8 @@ pgxml_xpath(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 
 	doctree = xmlParseMemory((char *) VARDATA(t), docsize);
 	if (doctree == NULL)
-	{	       /* not well-formed */
-	  xmlCleanupParser();
+	{							/* not well-formed */
+		xmlCleanupParser();
 		PG_RETURN_NULL();
 	}
 
diff --git a/src/backend/access/common/heaptuple.c b/src/backend/access/common/heaptuple.c
index ae1df582b0e..4f2fd0efd1e 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/common/heaptuple.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/common/heaptuple.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/heaptuple.c,v 1.84 2003/07/21 20:29:37 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/heaptuple.c,v 1.85 2003/08/04 00:43:11 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  The old interface functions have been converted to macros
@@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ heap_formtuple(TupleDesc tupleDescriptor,
 	td->t_natts = numberOfAttributes;
 	td->t_hoff = hoff;
 
-	if (tupleDescriptor->tdhasoid) /* else leave infomask = 0 */
+	if (tupleDescriptor->tdhasoid)		/* else leave infomask = 0 */
 		td->t_infomask = HEAP_HASOID;
 
 	DataFill((char *) td + hoff,
diff --git a/src/backend/access/common/indextuple.c b/src/backend/access/common/indextuple.c
index abf25915ab5..d0ee3798086 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/common/indextuple.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/common/indextuple.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/indextuple.c,v 1.65 2003/07/21 20:29:37 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/indextuple.c,v 1.66 2003/08/04 00:43:11 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -162,9 +162,9 @@ index_formtuple(TupleDesc tupleDescriptor,
 	if ((size & INDEX_SIZE_MASK) != size)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
-				 errmsg("index tuple requires %lu bytes, maximum size is %lu",
-						(unsigned long) size,
-						(unsigned long) INDEX_SIZE_MASK)));
+			errmsg("index tuple requires %lu bytes, maximum size is %lu",
+				   (unsigned long) size,
+				   (unsigned long) INDEX_SIZE_MASK)));
 
 	infomask |= size;
 
diff --git a/src/backend/access/common/printtup.c b/src/backend/access/common/printtup.c
index 61ecdcd7e50..ecee11718d0 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/common/printtup.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/common/printtup.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/printtup.c,v 1.75 2003/07/21 20:29:38 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/printtup.c,v 1.76 2003/08/04 00:43:12 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -24,13 +24,13 @@
 
 
 static void printtup_startup(DestReceiver *self, int operation,
-							 TupleDesc typeinfo);
+				 TupleDesc typeinfo);
 static void printtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo,
-					 DestReceiver *self);
+		 DestReceiver *self);
 static void printtup_20(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo,
-						DestReceiver *self);
+			DestReceiver *self);
 static void printtup_internal_20(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo,
-								 DestReceiver *self);
+					 DestReceiver *self);
 static void printtup_shutdown(DestReceiver *self);
 static void printtup_destroy(DestReceiver *self);
 
@@ -81,8 +81,8 @@ printtup_create_DR(CommandDest dest, Portal portal)
 	else
 	{
 		/*
-		 * In protocol 2.0 the Bind message does not exist, so there is
-		 * no way for the columns to have different print formats; it's
+		 * In protocol 2.0 the Bind message does not exist, so there is no
+		 * way for the columns to have different print formats; it's
 		 * sufficient to look at the first one.
 		 */
 		if (portal->formats && portal->formats[0] != 0)
@@ -111,12 +111,13 @@ static void
 printtup_startup(DestReceiver *self, int operation, TupleDesc typeinfo)
 {
 	DR_printtup *myState = (DR_printtup *) self;
-	Portal	portal = myState->portal;
+	Portal		portal = myState->portal;
 
 	if (PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(FrontendProtocol) < 3)
 	{
 		/*
-		 * Send portal name to frontend (obsolete cruft, gone in proto 3.0)
+		 * Send portal name to frontend (obsolete cruft, gone in proto
+		 * 3.0)
 		 *
 		 * If portal name not specified, use "blank" portal.
 		 */
@@ -129,8 +130,8 @@ printtup_startup(DestReceiver *self, int operation, TupleDesc typeinfo)
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * If this is a retrieve, and we are supposed to emit row descriptions,
-	 * then we send back the tuple descriptor of the tuples.  
+	 * If this is a retrieve, and we are supposed to emit row
+	 * descriptions, then we send back the tuple descriptor of the tuples.
 	 */
 	if (operation == CMD_SELECT && myState->sendDescrip)
 	{
@@ -163,7 +164,7 @@ printtup_startup(DestReceiver *self, int operation, TupleDesc typeinfo)
  * or some similar function; it does not contain a full set of fields.
  * The targetlist will be NIL when executing a utility function that does
  * not have a plan.  If the targetlist isn't NIL then it is a Query node's
- * targetlist; it is up to us to ignore resjunk columns in it.  The formats[]
+ * targetlist; it is up to us to ignore resjunk columns in it.	The formats[]
  * array pointer might be NULL (if we are doing Describe on a prepared stmt);
  * send zeroes for the format codes in that case.
  */
@@ -176,14 +177,14 @@ SendRowDescriptionMessage(TupleDesc typeinfo, List *targetlist, int16 *formats)
 	int			i;
 	StringInfoData buf;
 
-	pq_beginmessage(&buf, 'T');		/* tuple descriptor message type */
-	pq_sendint(&buf, natts, 2);		/* # of attrs in tuples */
+	pq_beginmessage(&buf, 'T'); /* tuple descriptor message type */
+	pq_sendint(&buf, natts, 2); /* # of attrs in tuples */
 
 	for (i = 0; i < natts; ++i)
 	{
-		Oid		atttypid = attrs[i]->atttypid;
-		int32	atttypmod = attrs[i]->atttypmod;
-		Oid		basetype;
+		Oid			atttypid = attrs[i]->atttypid;
+		int32		atttypmod = attrs[i]->atttypmod;
+		Oid			basetype;
 
 		pq_sendstring(&buf, NameStr(attrs[i]->attname));
 		/* column ID info appears in protocol 3.0 and up */
@@ -320,8 +321,8 @@ printtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo, DestReceiver *self)
 		}
 
 		/*
-		 * If we have a toasted datum, forcibly detoast it here to
-		 * avoid memory leakage inside the type's output routine.
+		 * If we have a toasted datum, forcibly detoast it here to avoid
+		 * memory leakage inside the type's output routine.
 		 */
 		if (thisState->typisvarlena)
 			attr = PointerGetDatum(PG_DETOAST_DATUM(origattr));
@@ -347,7 +348,7 @@ printtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo, DestReceiver *self)
 
 			outputbytes = DatumGetByteaP(FunctionCall2(&thisState->finfo,
 													   attr,
-									ObjectIdGetDatum(thisState->typelem)));
+								  ObjectIdGetDatum(thisState->typelem)));
 			/* We assume the result will not have been toasted */
 			pq_sendint(&buf, VARSIZE(outputbytes) - VARHDRSZ, 4);
 			pq_sendbytes(&buf, VARDATA(outputbytes),
@@ -424,8 +425,8 @@ printtup_20(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo, DestReceiver *self)
 		Assert(thisState->format == 0);
 
 		/*
-		 * If we have a toasted datum, forcibly detoast it here to
-		 * avoid memory leakage inside the type's output routine.
+		 * If we have a toasted datum, forcibly detoast it here to avoid
+		 * memory leakage inside the type's output routine.
 		 */
 		if (thisState->typisvarlena)
 			attr = PointerGetDatum(PG_DETOAST_DATUM(origattr));
@@ -536,9 +537,10 @@ debugtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo, DestReceiver *self)
 			continue;
 		getTypeOutputInfo(typeinfo->attrs[i]->atttypid,
 						  &typoutput, &typelem, &typisvarlena);
+
 		/*
-		 * If we have a toasted datum, forcibly detoast it here to
-		 * avoid memory leakage inside the type's output routine.
+		 * If we have a toasted datum, forcibly detoast it here to avoid
+		 * memory leakage inside the type's output routine.
 		 */
 		if (typisvarlena)
 			attr = PointerGetDatum(PG_DETOAST_DATUM(origattr));
@@ -547,7 +549,7 @@ debugtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo, DestReceiver *self)
 
 		value = DatumGetCString(OidFunctionCall3(typoutput,
 												 attr,
-												 ObjectIdGetDatum(typelem),
+											   ObjectIdGetDatum(typelem),
 						  Int32GetDatum(typeinfo->attrs[i]->atttypmod)));
 
 		printatt((unsigned) i + 1, typeinfo->attrs[i], value);
@@ -627,8 +629,8 @@ printtup_internal_20(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo, DestReceiver *self)
 		Assert(thisState->format == 1);
 
 		/*
-		 * If we have a toasted datum, forcibly detoast it here to
-		 * avoid memory leakage inside the type's output routine.
+		 * If we have a toasted datum, forcibly detoast it here to avoid
+		 * memory leakage inside the type's output routine.
 		 */
 		if (thisState->typisvarlena)
 			attr = PointerGetDatum(PG_DETOAST_DATUM(origattr));
@@ -637,7 +639,7 @@ printtup_internal_20(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo, DestReceiver *self)
 
 		outputbytes = DatumGetByteaP(FunctionCall2(&thisState->finfo,
 												   attr,
-									ObjectIdGetDatum(thisState->typelem)));
+								  ObjectIdGetDatum(thisState->typelem)));
 		/* We assume the result will not have been toasted */
 		pq_sendint(&buf, VARSIZE(outputbytes) - VARHDRSZ, 4);
 		pq_sendbytes(&buf, VARDATA(outputbytes),
diff --git a/src/backend/access/gist/gistscan.c b/src/backend/access/gist/gistscan.c
index d3208e248e1..505fd762565 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/gist/gistscan.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/gist/gistscan.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/gist/gistscan.c,v 1.45 2003/07/28 00:09:14 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/gist/gistscan.c,v 1.46 2003/08/04 00:43:12 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -104,11 +104,12 @@ gistrescan(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 		memmove(s->keyData,
 				key,
 				s->numberOfKeys * sizeof(ScanKeyData));
+
 		/*
 		 * Play games here with the scan key to use the Consistent
-		 * function for all comparisons: 1) the sk_procedure field
-		 * will now be used to hold the strategy number 2) the
-		 * sk_func field will point to the Consistent function
+		 * function for all comparisons: 1) the sk_procedure field will
+		 * now be used to hold the strategy number 2) the sk_func field
+		 * will point to the Consistent function
 		 */
 		for (i = 0; i < s->numberOfKeys; i++)
 		{
diff --git a/src/backend/access/hash/hashfunc.c b/src/backend/access/hash/hashfunc.c
index a82b8b32d55..4dd9d9df3ee 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/hash/hashfunc.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/hash/hashfunc.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashfunc.c,v 1.36 2003/06/22 22:04:54 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashfunc.c,v 1.37 2003/08/04 00:43:12 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  These functions are stored in pg_amproc.	For each operator class
@@ -60,9 +60,9 @@ hashfloat4(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	float4		key = PG_GETARG_FLOAT4(0);
 
 	/*
-	 * On IEEE-float machines, minus zero and zero have different bit patterns
-	 * but should compare as equal.  We must ensure that they have the same
-	 * hash value, which is most easily done this way:
+	 * On IEEE-float machines, minus zero and zero have different bit
+	 * patterns but should compare as equal.  We must ensure that they
+	 * have the same hash value, which is most easily done this way:
 	 */
 	if (key == (float4) 0)
 		PG_RETURN_UINT32(0);
@@ -76,9 +76,9 @@ hashfloat8(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	float8		key = PG_GETARG_FLOAT8(0);
 
 	/*
-	 * On IEEE-float machines, minus zero and zero have different bit patterns
-	 * but should compare as equal.  We must ensure that they have the same
-	 * hash value, which is most easily done this way:
+	 * On IEEE-float machines, minus zero and zero have different bit
+	 * patterns but should compare as equal.  We must ensure that they
+	 * have the same hash value, which is most easily done this way:
 	 */
 	if (key == (float8) 0)
 		PG_RETURN_UINT32(0);
@@ -121,9 +121,9 @@ hashtext(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	Datum		result;
 
 	/*
-	 * Note: this is currently identical in behavior to hashvarlena,
-	 * but it seems likely that we may need to do something different
-	 * in non-C locales.  (See also hashbpchar, if so.)
+	 * Note: this is currently identical in behavior to hashvarlena, but
+	 * it seems likely that we may need to do something different in non-C
+	 * locales.  (See also hashbpchar, if so.)
 	 */
 	result = hash_any((unsigned char *) VARDATA(key),
 					  VARSIZE(key) - VARHDRSZ);
diff --git a/src/backend/access/hash/hashovfl.c b/src/backend/access/hash/hashovfl.c
index ed9459feb90..fd7fc158220 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/hash/hashovfl.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/hash/hashovfl.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashovfl.c,v 1.35 2003/07/21 20:29:38 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashovfl.c,v 1.36 2003/08/04 00:43:12 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  Overflow pages look like ordinary relation pages.
@@ -205,8 +205,8 @@ _hash_getovfladdr(Relation rel, Buffer *metabufp)
 			if (++splitnum >= NCACHED)
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
-						 errmsg("out of overflow pages in hash index \"%s\"",
-								RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
+					 errmsg("out of overflow pages in hash index \"%s\"",
+							RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
 			metap->hashm_ovflpoint = splitnum;
 			metap->hashm_spares[splitnum] = metap->hashm_spares[splitnum - 1];
 			metap->hashm_spares[splitnum - 1]--;
diff --git a/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c b/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c
index a0d191f8a9d..8b4b5590ca9 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c,v 1.152 2003/07/21 20:29:38 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c,v 1.153 2003/08/04 00:43:14 momjian Exp $
  *
  *
  * INTERFACE ROUTINES
@@ -1132,6 +1132,7 @@ heap_insert(Relation relation, HeapTuple tup, CommandId cid)
 		xlhdr.t_natts = tup->t_data->t_natts;
 		xlhdr.t_infomask = tup->t_data->t_infomask;
 		xlhdr.t_hoff = tup->t_data->t_hoff;
+
 		/*
 		 * note we mark rdata[1] as belonging to buffer; if XLogInsert
 		 * decides to write the whole page to the xlog, we don't need to
@@ -1149,9 +1150,9 @@ heap_insert(Relation relation, HeapTuple tup, CommandId cid)
 		rdata[2].next = NULL;
 
 		/*
-		 * If this is the single and first tuple on page, we can reinit the
-		 * page instead of restoring the whole thing.  Set flag, and hide
-		 * buffer references from XLogInsert.
+		 * If this is the single and first tuple on page, we can reinit
+		 * the page instead of restoring the whole thing.  Set flag, and
+		 * hide buffer references from XLogInsert.
 		 */
 		if (ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&(tup->t_self)) == FirstOffsetNumber &&
 			PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page) == FirstOffsetNumber)
@@ -1912,7 +1913,7 @@ log_heap_clean(Relation reln, Buffer buffer, OffsetNumber *unused, int uncnt)
 
 	/*
 	 * The unused-offsets array is not actually in the buffer, but pretend
-	 * that it is.  When XLogInsert stores the whole buffer, the offsets
+	 * that it is.	When XLogInsert stores the whole buffer, the offsets
 	 * array need not be stored too.
 	 */
 	rdata[1].buffer = buffer;
@@ -1991,9 +1992,10 @@ log_heap_update(Relation reln, Buffer oldbuf, ItemPointerData from,
 			   2 * sizeof(TransactionId));
 		hsize += 2 * sizeof(TransactionId);
 	}
+
 	/*
-	 * As with insert records, we need not store the rdata[2] segment
-	 * if we decide to store the whole buffer instead.
+	 * As with insert records, we need not store the rdata[2] segment if
+	 * we decide to store the whole buffer instead.
 	 */
 	rdata[2].buffer = newbuf;
 	rdata[2].data = (char *) &xlhdr;
diff --git a/src/backend/access/index/indexam.c b/src/backend/access/index/indexam.c
index 731c34b3ab6..ee93e8a7222 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/index/indexam.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/index/indexam.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/index/indexam.c,v 1.67 2003/07/21 20:29:39 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/index/indexam.c,v 1.68 2003/08/04 00:43:15 momjian Exp $
  *
  * INTERFACE ROUTINES
  *		index_open		- open an index relation by relation OID
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ index_beginscan(Relation heapRelation,
  *		index_rescan  - (re)start a scan of an index
  *
  * The caller may specify a new set of scankeys (but the number of keys
- * cannot change).  To restart the scan without changing keys, pass NULL
+ * cannot change).	To restart the scan without changing keys, pass NULL
  * for the key array.
  *
  * Note that this is also called when first starting an indexscan;
@@ -394,8 +394,8 @@ index_restrpos(IndexScanDesc scan)
 
 	/*
 	 * We do not reset got_tuple; so if the scan is actually being
-	 * short-circuited by index_getnext, the effective position restoration
-	 * is done by restoring unique_tuple_pos.
+	 * short-circuited by index_getnext, the effective position
+	 * restoration is done by restoring unique_tuple_pos.
 	 */
 	scan->unique_tuple_pos = scan->unique_tuple_mark;
 
@@ -427,24 +427,24 @@ index_getnext(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection direction)
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * If we already got a tuple and it must be unique, there's no need
-	 * to make the index AM look through any additional tuples.  (This can
+	 * If we already got a tuple and it must be unique, there's no need to
+	 * make the index AM look through any additional tuples.  (This can
 	 * save a useful amount of work in scenarios where there are many dead
 	 * tuples due to heavy update activity.)
 	 *
 	 * To do this we must keep track of the logical scan position
 	 * (before/on/after tuple).  Also, we have to be sure to release scan
-	 * resources before returning NULL; if we fail to do so then a multi-index
-	 * scan can easily run the system out of free buffers.  We can release
-	 * index-level resources fairly cheaply by calling index_rescan.  This
-	 * means there are two persistent states as far as the index AM is
-	 * concerned: on-tuple and rescanned.  If we are actually asked to
-	 * re-fetch the single tuple, we have to go through a fresh indexscan
-	 * startup, which penalizes that (infrequent) case.
+	 * resources before returning NULL; if we fail to do so then a
+	 * multi-index scan can easily run the system out of free buffers.	We
+	 * can release index-level resources fairly cheaply by calling
+	 * index_rescan.  This means there are two persistent states as far as
+	 * the index AM is concerned: on-tuple and rescanned.  If we are
+	 * actually asked to re-fetch the single tuple, we have to go through
+	 * a fresh indexscan startup, which penalizes that (infrequent) case.
 	 */
 	if (scan->keys_are_unique && scan->got_tuple)
 	{
-		int		new_tuple_pos = scan->unique_tuple_pos;
+		int			new_tuple_pos = scan->unique_tuple_pos;
 
 		if (ScanDirectionIsForward(direction))
 		{
@@ -459,22 +459,23 @@ index_getnext(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection direction)
 		if (new_tuple_pos == 0)
 		{
 			/*
-			 * We are moving onto the unique tuple from having been off it.
-			 * We just fall through and let the index AM do the work.  Note
-			 * we should get the right answer regardless of scan direction.
+			 * We are moving onto the unique tuple from having been off
+			 * it. We just fall through and let the index AM do the work.
+			 * Note we should get the right answer regardless of scan
+			 * direction.
 			 */
-			scan->unique_tuple_pos = 0;	/* need to update position */
+			scan->unique_tuple_pos = 0; /* need to update position */
 		}
 		else
 		{
 			/*
-			 * Moving off the tuple; must do amrescan to release index-level
-			 * pins before we return NULL.  Since index_rescan will reset
-			 * my state, must save and restore...
+			 * Moving off the tuple; must do amrescan to release
+			 * index-level pins before we return NULL.	Since index_rescan
+			 * will reset my state, must save and restore...
 			 */
-			int		unique_tuple_mark = scan->unique_tuple_mark;
+			int			unique_tuple_mark = scan->unique_tuple_mark;
 
-			index_rescan(scan, NULL /* no change to key */);
+			index_rescan(scan, NULL /* no change to key */ );
 
 			scan->keys_are_unique = true;
 			scan->got_tuple = true;
@@ -631,7 +632,7 @@ index_bulk_delete(Relation indexRelation,
  */
 IndexBulkDeleteResult *
 index_vacuum_cleanup(Relation indexRelation,
-					 IndexVacuumCleanupInfo *info,
+					 IndexVacuumCleanupInfo * info,
 					 IndexBulkDeleteResult *stats)
 {
 	RegProcedure procedure;
@@ -649,7 +650,7 @@ index_vacuum_cleanup(Relation indexRelation,
 		DatumGetPointer(OidFunctionCall3(procedure,
 										 PointerGetDatum(indexRelation),
 										 PointerGetDatum((Pointer) info),
-										 PointerGetDatum((Pointer) stats)));
+									  PointerGetDatum((Pointer) stats)));
 
 	return result;
 }
diff --git a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtinsert.c b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtinsert.c
index dd8eda99b93..962d7a1822e 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtinsert.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtinsert.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtinsert.c,v 1.102 2003/07/28 00:09:14 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtinsert.c,v 1.103 2003/08/04 00:43:15 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -432,9 +432,9 @@ _bt_insertonpg(Relation rel,
 			 *
 			 * must write-lock that page before releasing write lock on
 			 * current page; else someone else's _bt_check_unique scan
-			 * could fail to see our insertion.  write locks on intermediate
-			 * dead pages won't do because we don't know when they will get
-			 * de-linked from the tree.
+			 * could fail to see our insertion.  write locks on
+			 * intermediate dead pages won't do because we don't know when
+			 * they will get de-linked from the tree.
 			 */
 			Buffer		rbuf = InvalidBuffer;
 
@@ -523,9 +523,10 @@ _bt_insertonpg(Relation rel,
 		/*
 		 * If we are doing this insert because we split a page that was
 		 * the only one on its tree level, but was not the root, it may
-		 * have been the "fast root".  We need to ensure that the fast root
-		 * link points at or above the current page.  We can safely acquire
-		 * a lock on the metapage here --- see comments for _bt_newroot().
+		 * have been the "fast root".  We need to ensure that the fast
+		 * root link points at or above the current page.  We can safely
+		 * acquire a lock on the metapage here --- see comments for
+		 * _bt_newroot().
 		 */
 		if (split_only_page)
 		{
@@ -1135,7 +1136,7 @@ _bt_checksplitloc(FindSplitData *state, OffsetNumber firstright,
  *
  * On entry, buf and rbuf are the left and right split pages, which we
  * still hold write locks on per the L&Y algorithm.  We release the
- * write locks once we have write lock on the parent page.  (Any sooner,
+ * write locks once we have write lock on the parent page.	(Any sooner,
  * and it'd be possible for some other process to try to split or delete
  * one of these pages, and get confused because it cannot find the downlink.)
  *
@@ -1155,19 +1156,19 @@ _bt_insert_parent(Relation rel,
 				  bool is_only)
 {
 	/*
-	 * Here we have to do something Lehman and Yao don't talk about:
-	 * deal with a root split and construction of a new root.  If our
-	 * stack is empty then we have just split a node on what had been
-	 * the root level when we descended the tree.  If it was still the
-	 * root then we perform a new-root construction.  If it *wasn't*
-	 * the root anymore, search to find the next higher level that
-	 * someone constructed meanwhile, and find the right place to insert
-	 * as for the normal case.
+	 * Here we have to do something Lehman and Yao don't talk about: deal
+	 * with a root split and construction of a new root.  If our stack is
+	 * empty then we have just split a node on what had been the root
+	 * level when we descended the tree.  If it was still the root then we
+	 * perform a new-root construction.  If it *wasn't* the root anymore,
+	 * search to find the next higher level that someone constructed
+	 * meanwhile, and find the right place to insert as for the normal
+	 * case.
 	 *
-	 * If we have to search for the parent level, we do so by
-	 * re-descending from the root.  This is not super-efficient,
-	 * but it's rare enough not to matter.  (This path is also taken
-	 * when called from WAL recovery --- we have no stack in that case.)
+	 * If we have to search for the parent level, we do so by re-descending
+	 * from the root.  This is not super-efficient, but it's rare enough
+	 * not to matter.  (This path is also taken when called from WAL
+	 * recovery --- we have no stack in that case.)
 	 */
 	if (is_root)
 	{
@@ -1222,9 +1223,9 @@ _bt_insert_parent(Relation rel,
 		/*
 		 * Find the parent buffer and get the parent page.
 		 *
-		 * Oops - if we were moved right then we need to change stack
-		 * item! We want to find parent pointing to where we are,
-		 * right ?	  - vadim 05/27/97
+		 * Oops - if we were moved right then we need to change stack item!
+		 * We want to find parent pointing to where we are, right ?    -
+		 * vadim 05/27/97
 		 */
 		ItemPointerSet(&(stack->bts_btitem.bti_itup.t_tid),
 					   bknum, P_HIKEY);
@@ -1296,16 +1297,16 @@ _bt_getstackbuf(Relation rel, BTStack stack, int access)
 
 			/*
 			 * start = InvalidOffsetNumber means "search the whole page".
-			 * We need this test anyway due to possibility that
-			 * page has a high key now when it didn't before.
+			 * We need this test anyway due to possibility that page has a
+			 * high key now when it didn't before.
 			 */
 			if (start < minoff)
 				start = minoff;
 
 			/*
 			 * These loops will check every item on the page --- but in an
-			 * order that's attuned to the probability of where it actually
-			 * is.  Scan to the right first, then to the left.
+			 * order that's attuned to the probability of where it
+			 * actually is.  Scan to the right first, then to the left.
 			 */
 			for (offnum = start;
 				 offnum <= maxoff;
diff --git a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtpage.c b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtpage.c
index 33f85cd59a6..ace06f0a250 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtpage.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtpage.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtpage.c,v 1.66 2003/07/21 20:29:39 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtpage.c,v 1.67 2003/08/04 00:43:15 momjian Exp $
  *
  *	NOTES
  *	   Postgres btree pages look like ordinary relation pages.	The opaque
@@ -181,8 +181,8 @@ _bt_getroot(Relation rel, int access)
 			/*
 			 * Metadata initialized by someone else.  In order to
 			 * guarantee no deadlocks, we have to release the metadata
-			 * page and start all over again.  (Is that really true?
-			 * But it's hardly worth trying to optimize this case.)
+			 * page and start all over again.  (Is that really true? But
+			 * it's hardly worth trying to optimize this case.)
 			 */
 			_bt_relbuf(rel, metabuf);
 			return _bt_getroot(rel, access);
@@ -190,8 +190,8 @@ _bt_getroot(Relation rel, int access)
 
 		/*
 		 * Get, initialize, write, and leave a lock of the appropriate
-		 * type on the new root page.  Since this is the first page in
-		 * the tree, it's a leaf as well as the root.
+		 * type on the new root page.  Since this is the first page in the
+		 * tree, it's a leaf as well as the root.
 		 */
 		rootbuf = _bt_getbuf(rel, P_NEW, BT_WRITE);
 		rootblkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(rootbuf);
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ _bt_getroot(Relation rel, int access)
 		_bt_wrtnorelbuf(rel, rootbuf);
 
 		/*
-		 * swap root write lock for read lock.  There is no danger of
+		 * swap root write lock for read lock.	There is no danger of
 		 * anyone else accessing the new root page while it's unlocked,
 		 * since no one else knows where it is yet.
 		 */
@@ -284,8 +284,8 @@ _bt_getroot(Relation rel, int access)
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * By here, we have a pin and read lock on the root page, and no
-	 * lock set on the metadata page.  Return the root page's buffer.
+	 * By here, we have a pin and read lock on the root page, and no lock
+	 * set on the metadata page.  Return the root page's buffer.
 	 */
 	return rootbuf;
 }
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ _bt_getroot(Relation rel, int access)
  * By the time we acquire lock on the root page, it might have been split and
  * not be the true root anymore.  This is okay for the present uses of this
  * routine; we only really need to be able to move up at least one tree level
- * from whatever non-root page we were at.  If we ever do need to lock the
+ * from whatever non-root page we were at.	If we ever do need to lock the
  * one true root page, we could loop here, re-reading the metapage on each
  * failure.  (Note that it wouldn't do to hold the lock on the metapage while
  * moving to the root --- that'd deadlock against any concurrent root split.)
@@ -406,9 +406,9 @@ _bt_getbuf(Relation rel, BlockNumber blkno, int access)
 		 * First see if the FSM knows of any free pages.
 		 *
 		 * We can't trust the FSM's report unreservedly; we have to check
-		 * that the page is still free.  (For example, an already-free page
-		 * could have been re-used between the time the last VACUUM scanned
-		 * it and the time the VACUUM made its FSM updates.)
+		 * that the page is still free.  (For example, an already-free
+		 * page could have been re-used between the time the last VACUUM
+		 * scanned it and the time the VACUUM made its FSM updates.)
 		 */
 		for (;;)
 		{
@@ -431,10 +431,10 @@ _bt_getbuf(Relation rel, BlockNumber blkno, int access)
 		/*
 		 * Extend the relation by one page.
 		 *
-		 * We have to use a lock to ensure no one else is extending the rel at
-		 * the same time, else we will both try to initialize the same new
-		 * page.  We can skip locking for new or temp relations, however,
-		 * since no one else could be accessing them.
+		 * We have to use a lock to ensure no one else is extending the rel
+		 * at the same time, else we will both try to initialize the same
+		 * new page.  We can skip locking for new or temp relations,
+		 * however, since no one else could be accessing them.
 		 */
 		needLock = !(rel->rd_isnew || rel->rd_istemp);
 
@@ -444,8 +444,8 @@ _bt_getbuf(Relation rel, BlockNumber blkno, int access)
 		buf = ReadBuffer(rel, P_NEW);
 
 		/*
-		 * Release the file-extension lock; it's now OK for someone else to
-		 * extend the relation some more.
+		 * Release the file-extension lock; it's now OK for someone else
+		 * to extend the relation some more.
 		 */
 		if (needLock)
 			UnlockPage(rel, 0, ExclusiveLock);
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ _bt_relbuf(Relation rel, Buffer buf)
  *		and a pin on the buffer.
  *
  * NOTE: actually, the buffer manager just marks the shared buffer page
- * dirty here; the real I/O happens later.  This is okay since we are not
+ * dirty here; the real I/O happens later.	This is okay since we are not
  * relying on write ordering anyway.  The WAL mechanism is responsible for
  * guaranteeing correctness after a crash.
  */
@@ -534,13 +534,14 @@ _bt_page_recyclable(Page page)
 	BTPageOpaque opaque;
 
 	/*
-	 * It's possible to find an all-zeroes page in an index --- for example,
-	 * a backend might successfully extend the relation one page and then
-	 * crash before it is able to make a WAL entry for adding the page.
-	 * If we find a zeroed page then reclaim it.
+	 * It's possible to find an all-zeroes page in an index --- for
+	 * example, a backend might successfully extend the relation one page
+	 * and then crash before it is able to make a WAL entry for adding the
+	 * page. If we find a zeroed page then reclaim it.
 	 */
 	if (PageIsNew(page))
 		return true;
+
 	/*
 	 * Otherwise, recycle if deleted and too old to have any processes
 	 * interested in it.
@@ -565,7 +566,7 @@ _bt_page_recyclable(Page page)
  *		mistake.  On exit, metapage data is correct and we no longer have
  *		a pin or lock on the metapage.
  *
- * Actually this is not used for splitting on-the-fly anymore.  It's only used
+ * Actually this is not used for splitting on-the-fly anymore.	It's only used
  * in nbtsort.c at the completion of btree building, where we know we have
  * sole access to the index anyway.
  */
@@ -623,7 +624,7 @@ _bt_metaproot(Relation rel, BlockNumber rootbknum, uint32 level)
 /*
  * Delete item(s) from a btree page.
  *
- * This must only be used for deleting leaf items.  Deleting an item on a
+ * This must only be used for deleting leaf items.	Deleting an item on a
  * non-leaf page has to be done as part of an atomic action that includes
  * deleting the page it points to.
  *
@@ -646,9 +647,7 @@ _bt_delitems(Relation rel, Buffer buf,
 	 * adjusting item numbers for previous deletions.
 	 */
 	for (i = nitems - 1; i >= 0; i--)
-	{
 		PageIndexTupleDelete(page, itemnos[i]);
-	}
 
 	/* XLOG stuff */
 	if (!rel->rd_istemp)
@@ -666,8 +665,8 @@ _bt_delitems(Relation rel, Buffer buf,
 		rdata[0].next = &(rdata[1]);
 
 		/*
-		 * The target-offsets array is not in the buffer, but pretend
-		 * that it is.  When XLogInsert stores the whole buffer, the offsets
+		 * The target-offsets array is not in the buffer, but pretend that
+		 * it is.  When XLogInsert stores the whole buffer, the offsets
 		 * array need not be stored too.
 		 */
 		rdata[1].buffer = buf;
@@ -701,7 +700,7 @@ _bt_delitems(Relation rel, Buffer buf,
  * may currently be trying to follow links leading to the page; they have to
  * be allowed to use its right-link to recover.  See nbtree/README.
  *
- * On entry, the target buffer must be pinned and read-locked.  This lock and
+ * On entry, the target buffer must be pinned and read-locked.	This lock and
  * pin will be dropped before exiting.
  *
  * Returns the number of pages successfully deleted (zero on failure; could
@@ -714,7 +713,7 @@ _bt_delitems(Relation rel, Buffer buf,
 int
 _bt_pagedel(Relation rel, Buffer buf, bool vacuum_full)
 {
-	BlockNumber	target,
+	BlockNumber target,
 				leftsib,
 				rightsib,
 				parent;
@@ -740,17 +739,18 @@ _bt_pagedel(Relation rel, Buffer buf, bool vacuum_full)
 	BTPageOpaque opaque;
 
 	/*
-	 * We can never delete rightmost pages nor root pages.  While at it,
+	 * We can never delete rightmost pages nor root pages.	While at it,
 	 * check that page is not already deleted and is empty.
 	 */
 	page = BufferGetPage(buf);
 	opaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
 	if (P_RIGHTMOST(opaque) || P_ISROOT(opaque) || P_ISDELETED(opaque) ||
-		 P_FIRSTDATAKEY(opaque)	<= PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page))
+		P_FIRSTDATAKEY(opaque) <= PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page))
 	{
 		_bt_relbuf(rel, buf);
 		return 0;
 	}
+
 	/*
 	 * Save info about page, including a copy of its high key (it must
 	 * have one, being non-rightmost).
@@ -760,12 +760,13 @@ _bt_pagedel(Relation rel, Buffer buf, bool vacuum_full)
 	leftsib = opaque->btpo_prev;
 	itemid = PageGetItemId(page, P_HIKEY);
 	targetkey = CopyBTItem((BTItem) PageGetItem(page, itemid));
+
 	/*
 	 * We need to get an approximate pointer to the page's parent page.
-	 * Use the standard search mechanism to search for the page's high key;
-	 * this will give us a link to either the current parent or someplace
-	 * to its left (if there are multiple equal high keys).  To avoid
-	 * deadlocks, we'd better drop the target page lock first.
+	 * Use the standard search mechanism to search for the page's high
+	 * key; this will give us a link to either the current parent or
+	 * someplace to its left (if there are multiple equal high keys).  To
+	 * avoid deadlocks, we'd better drop the target page lock first.
 	 */
 	_bt_relbuf(rel, buf);
 	/* we need a scan key to do our search, so build one */
@@ -775,9 +776,11 @@ _bt_pagedel(Relation rel, Buffer buf, bool vacuum_full)
 					   &lbuf, BT_READ);
 	/* don't need a pin on that either */
 	_bt_relbuf(rel, lbuf);
+
 	/*
 	 * If we are trying to delete an interior page, _bt_search did more
-	 * than we needed.  Locate the stack item pointing to our parent level.
+	 * than we needed.	Locate the stack item pointing to our parent
+	 * level.
 	 */
 	ilevel = 0;
 	for (;;)
@@ -789,10 +792,12 @@ _bt_pagedel(Relation rel, Buffer buf, bool vacuum_full)
 		stack = stack->bts_parent;
 		ilevel++;
 	}
+
 	/*
 	 * We have to lock the pages we need to modify in the standard order:
-	 * moving right, then up.  Else we will deadlock against other writers.
-	 * 
+	 * moving right, then up.  Else we will deadlock against other
+	 * writers.
+	 *
 	 * So, we need to find and write-lock the current left sibling of the
 	 * target page.  The sibling that was current a moment ago could have
 	 * split, so we may have to move right.  This search could fail if
@@ -823,21 +828,24 @@ _bt_pagedel(Relation rel, Buffer buf, bool vacuum_full)
 	}
 	else
 		lbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+
 	/*
-	 * Next write-lock the target page itself.  It should be okay to take just
-	 * a write lock not a superexclusive lock, since no scans would stop on an
-	 * empty page.
+	 * Next write-lock the target page itself.	It should be okay to take
+	 * just a write lock not a superexclusive lock, since no scans would
+	 * stop on an empty page.
 	 */
 	buf = _bt_getbuf(rel, target, BT_WRITE);
 	page = BufferGetPage(buf);
 	opaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+
 	/*
-	 * Check page is still empty etc, else abandon deletion.  The empty check
-	 * is necessary since someone else might have inserted into it while
-	 * we didn't have it locked; the others are just for paranoia's sake.
+	 * Check page is still empty etc, else abandon deletion.  The empty
+	 * check is necessary since someone else might have inserted into it
+	 * while we didn't have it locked; the others are just for paranoia's
+	 * sake.
 	 */
 	if (P_RIGHTMOST(opaque) || P_ISROOT(opaque) || P_ISDELETED(opaque) ||
-		 P_FIRSTDATAKEY(opaque)	<= PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page))
+		P_FIRSTDATAKEY(opaque) <= PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page))
 	{
 		_bt_relbuf(rel, buf);
 		if (BufferIsValid(lbuf))
@@ -846,14 +854,17 @@ _bt_pagedel(Relation rel, Buffer buf, bool vacuum_full)
 	}
 	if (opaque->btpo_prev != leftsib)
 		elog(ERROR, "left link changed unexpectedly");
+
 	/*
 	 * And next write-lock the (current) right sibling.
 	 */
 	rightsib = opaque->btpo_next;
 	rbuf = _bt_getbuf(rel, rightsib, BT_WRITE);
+
 	/*
 	 * Next find and write-lock the current parent of the target page.
-	 * This is essentially the same as the corresponding step of splitting.
+	 * This is essentially the same as the corresponding step of
+	 * splitting.
 	 */
 	ItemPointerSet(&(stack->bts_btitem.bti_itup.t_tid),
 				   target, P_HIKEY);
@@ -863,10 +874,11 @@ _bt_pagedel(Relation rel, Buffer buf, bool vacuum_full)
 			 RelationGetRelationName(rel));
 	parent = stack->bts_blkno;
 	poffset = stack->bts_offset;
+
 	/*
 	 * If the target is the rightmost child of its parent, then we can't
-	 * delete, unless it's also the only child --- in which case the parent
-	 * changes to half-dead status.
+	 * delete, unless it's also the only child --- in which case the
+	 * parent changes to half-dead status.
 	 */
 	page = BufferGetPage(pbuf);
 	opaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
@@ -893,12 +905,13 @@ _bt_pagedel(Relation rel, Buffer buf, bool vacuum_full)
 		if (OffsetNumberNext(P_FIRSTDATAKEY(opaque)) == maxoff)
 			parent_one_child = true;
 	}
+
 	/*
 	 * If we are deleting the next-to-last page on the target's level,
-	 * then the rightsib is a candidate to become the new fast root.
-	 * (In theory, it might be possible to push the fast root even further
-	 * down, but the odds of doing so are slim, and the locking considerations
-	 * daunting.)
+	 * then the rightsib is a candidate to become the new fast root. (In
+	 * theory, it might be possible to push the fast root even further
+	 * down, but the odds of doing so are slim, and the locking
+	 * considerations daunting.)
 	 *
 	 * We can safely acquire a lock on the metapage here --- see comments for
 	 * _bt_newroot().
@@ -914,12 +927,13 @@ _bt_pagedel(Relation rel, Buffer buf, bool vacuum_full)
 			metabuf = _bt_getbuf(rel, BTREE_METAPAGE, BT_WRITE);
 			metapg = BufferGetPage(metabuf);
 			metad = BTPageGetMeta(metapg);
+
 			/*
 			 * The expected case here is btm_fastlevel == targetlevel+1;
-			 * if the fastlevel is <= targetlevel, something is wrong, and we
-			 * choose to overwrite it to fix it.
+			 * if the fastlevel is <= targetlevel, something is wrong, and
+			 * we choose to overwrite it to fix it.
 			 */
-			if (metad->btm_fastlevel > targetlevel+1)
+			if (metad->btm_fastlevel > targetlevel + 1)
 			{
 				/* no update wanted */
 				_bt_relbuf(rel, metabuf);
@@ -937,9 +951,9 @@ _bt_pagedel(Relation rel, Buffer buf, bool vacuum_full)
 
 	/*
 	 * Update parent.  The normal case is a tad tricky because we want to
-	 * delete the target's downlink and the *following* key.  Easiest way is
-	 * to copy the right sibling's downlink over the target downlink, and then
-	 * delete the following item.
+	 * delete the target's downlink and the *following* key.  Easiest way
+	 * is to copy the right sibling's downlink over the target downlink,
+	 * and then delete the following item.
 	 */
 	page = BufferGetPage(pbuf);
 	opaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
@@ -950,7 +964,7 @@ _bt_pagedel(Relation rel, Buffer buf, bool vacuum_full)
 	}
 	else
 	{
-		OffsetNumber	nextoffset;
+		OffsetNumber nextoffset;
 
 		itemid = PageGetItemId(page, poffset);
 		btitem = (BTItem) PageGetItem(page, itemid);
@@ -968,8 +982,8 @@ _bt_pagedel(Relation rel, Buffer buf, bool vacuum_full)
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Update siblings' side-links.  Note the target page's side-links will
-	 * continue to point to the siblings.
+	 * Update siblings' side-links.  Note the target page's side-links
+	 * will continue to point to the siblings.
 	 */
 	if (BufferIsValid(lbuf))
 	{
@@ -1096,10 +1110,11 @@ _bt_pagedel(Relation rel, Buffer buf, bool vacuum_full)
 		_bt_wrtbuf(rel, lbuf);
 
 	/*
-	 * If parent became half dead, recurse to try to delete it.  Otherwise,
-	 * if right sibling is empty and is now the last child of the parent,
-	 * recurse to try to delete it.  (These cases cannot apply at the same
-	 * time, though the second case might itself recurse to the first.)
+	 * If parent became half dead, recurse to try to delete it.
+	 * Otherwise, if right sibling is empty and is now the last child of
+	 * the parent, recurse to try to delete it.  (These cases cannot apply
+	 * at the same time, though the second case might itself recurse to
+	 * the first.)
 	 */
 	if (parent_half_dead)
 	{
diff --git a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtree.c b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtree.c
index 3c814725fef..7d0dea4e788 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtree.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtree.c
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtree.c,v 1.103 2003/07/21 20:29:39 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtree.c,v 1.104 2003/08/04 00:43:15 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -580,19 +580,20 @@ btbulkdelete(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 
 	/*
 	 * The outer loop iterates over index leaf pages, the inner over items
-	 * on a leaf page.  We issue just one _bt_delitems() call per page,
-	 * so as to minimize WAL traffic.
+	 * on a leaf page.	We issue just one _bt_delitems() call per page, so
+	 * as to minimize WAL traffic.
 	 *
-	 * Note that we exclusive-lock every leaf page containing data items,
-	 * in sequence left to right.  It sounds attractive to only exclusive-lock
-	 * those containing items we need to delete, but unfortunately that
-	 * is not safe: we could then pass a stopped indexscan, which could
-	 * in rare cases lead to deleting the item it needs to find when it
-	 * resumes.  (See _bt_restscan --- this could only happen if an indexscan
-	 * stops on a deletable item and then a page split moves that item
-	 * into a page further to its right, which the indexscan will have no
-	 * pin on.)  We can skip obtaining exclusive lock on empty pages
-	 * though, since no indexscan could be stopped on those.
+	 * Note that we exclusive-lock every leaf page containing data items, in
+	 * sequence left to right.	It sounds attractive to only
+	 * exclusive-lock those containing items we need to delete, but
+	 * unfortunately that is not safe: we could then pass a stopped
+	 * indexscan, which could in rare cases lead to deleting the item it
+	 * needs to find when it resumes.  (See _bt_restscan --- this could
+	 * only happen if an indexscan stops on a deletable item and then a
+	 * page split moves that item into a page further to its right, which
+	 * the indexscan will have no pin on.)	We can skip obtaining
+	 * exclusive lock on empty pages though, since no indexscan could be
+	 * stopped on those.
 	 */
 	buf = _bt_get_endpoint(rel, 0, false);
 	if (BufferIsValid(buf))		/* check for empty index */
@@ -604,7 +605,7 @@ btbulkdelete(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 			OffsetNumber offnum,
 						minoff,
 						maxoff;
-			BlockNumber	nextpage;
+			BlockNumber nextpage;
 
 			CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS();
 
@@ -622,12 +623,14 @@ btbulkdelete(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 				 */
 				LockBuffer(buf, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK);
 				LockBufferForCleanup(buf);
+
 				/*
-				 * Recompute minoff/maxoff, both of which could have changed
-				 * while we weren't holding the lock.
+				 * Recompute minoff/maxoff, both of which could have
+				 * changed while we weren't holding the lock.
 				 */
 				minoff = P_FIRSTDATAKEY(opaque);
 				maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page);
+
 				/*
 				 * Scan over all items to see which ones need deleted
 				 * according to the callback function.
@@ -640,7 +643,7 @@ btbulkdelete(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 					ItemPointer htup;
 
 					btitem = (BTItem) PageGetItem(page,
-												  PageGetItemId(page, offnum));
+											PageGetItemId(page, offnum));
 					htup = &(btitem->bti_itup.t_tid);
 					if (callback(htup, callback_state))
 					{
@@ -651,6 +654,7 @@ btbulkdelete(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 						num_index_tuples += 1;
 				}
 			}
+
 			/*
 			 * If we need to delete anything, do it and write the buffer;
 			 * else just release the buffer.
@@ -662,9 +666,7 @@ btbulkdelete(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 				_bt_wrtbuf(rel, buf);
 			}
 			else
-			{
 				_bt_relbuf(rel, buf);
-			}
 			/* And advance to next page, if any */
 			if (nextpage == P_NONE)
 				break;
@@ -712,7 +714,7 @@ btvacuumcleanup(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	/* No point in remembering more than MaxFSMPages pages */
 	maxFreePages = MaxFSMPages;
 	if ((BlockNumber) maxFreePages > num_pages)
-		maxFreePages = (int) num_pages + 1;	/* +1 to avoid palloc(0) */
+		maxFreePages = (int) num_pages + 1;		/* +1 to avoid palloc(0) */
 	freePages = (BlockNumber *) palloc(maxFreePages * sizeof(BlockNumber));
 	nFreePages = 0;
 
@@ -728,10 +730,10 @@ btvacuumcleanup(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	 * after we start the scan will not be examined; this should be fine,
 	 * since they can't possibly be empty.)
 	 */
-	for (blkno = BTREE_METAPAGE+1; blkno < num_pages; blkno++)
+	for (blkno = BTREE_METAPAGE + 1; blkno < num_pages; blkno++)
 	{
-		Buffer	buf;
-		Page	page;
+		Buffer		buf;
+		Page		page;
 		BTPageOpaque opaque;
 
 		buf = _bt_getbuf(rel, blkno, BT_READ);
@@ -753,7 +755,7 @@ btvacuumcleanup(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 				 P_FIRSTDATAKEY(opaque) > PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page))
 		{
 			/* Empty, try to delete */
-			int		ndel;
+			int			ndel;
 
 			/* Run pagedel in a temp context to avoid memory leakage */
 			MemoryContextReset(mycontext);
@@ -768,7 +770,7 @@ btvacuumcleanup(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 			/*
 			 * During VACUUM FULL it's okay to recycle deleted pages
 			 * immediately, since there can be no other transactions
-			 * scanning the index.  Note that we will only recycle the
+			 * scanning the index.	Note that we will only recycle the
 			 * current page and not any parent pages that _bt_pagedel
 			 * might have recursed to; this seems reasonable in the name
 			 * of simplicity.  (Trying to do otherwise would mean we'd
@@ -787,16 +789,16 @@ btvacuumcleanup(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * During VACUUM FULL, we truncate off any recyclable pages at the
-	 * end of the index.  In a normal vacuum it'd be unsafe to do this
-	 * except by acquiring exclusive lock on the index and then rechecking
-	 * all the pages; doesn't seem worth it.
+	 * During VACUUM FULL, we truncate off any recyclable pages at the end
+	 * of the index.  In a normal vacuum it'd be unsafe to do this except
+	 * by acquiring exclusive lock on the index and then rechecking all
+	 * the pages; doesn't seem worth it.
 	 */
 	if (info->vacuum_full && nFreePages > 0)
 	{
-		BlockNumber	new_pages = num_pages;
+		BlockNumber new_pages = num_pages;
 
-		while (nFreePages > 0 && freePages[nFreePages-1] == new_pages-1)
+		while (nFreePages > 0 && freePages[nFreePages - 1] == new_pages - 1)
 		{
 			new_pages--;
 			pages_deleted--;
@@ -810,9 +812,10 @@ btvacuumcleanup(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 			 * Okay to truncate.
 			 *
 			 * First, flush any shared buffers for the blocks we intend to
-			 * delete.  FlushRelationBuffers is a bit more than we need for
-			 * this, since it will also write out dirty buffers for blocks we
-			 * aren't deleting, but it's the closest thing in bufmgr's API.
+			 * delete.	FlushRelationBuffers is a bit more than we need
+			 * for this, since it will also write out dirty buffers for
+			 * blocks we aren't deleting, but it's the closest thing in
+			 * bufmgr's API.
 			 */
 			i = FlushRelationBuffers(rel, new_pages);
 			if (i < 0)
@@ -822,7 +825,8 @@ btvacuumcleanup(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 			 * Do the physical truncation.
 			 */
 			new_pages = smgrtruncate(DEFAULT_SMGR, rel, new_pages);
-			rel->rd_nblocks = new_pages; /* update relcache immediately */
+			rel->rd_nblocks = new_pages;		/* update relcache
+												 * immediately */
 			rel->rd_targblock = InvalidBlockNumber;
 			num_pages = new_pages;
 		}
@@ -856,7 +860,7 @@ btvacuumcleanup(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
  * and so no deletion can have occurred on that page.
  *
  * On entry, we have a pin but no read lock on the buffer that contained
- * the index tuple we stopped the scan on.  On exit, we have pin and read
+ * the index tuple we stopped the scan on.	On exit, we have pin and read
  * lock on the buffer that now contains that index tuple, and the scandesc's
  * current position is updated to point at it.
  */
@@ -877,8 +881,8 @@ _bt_restscan(IndexScanDesc scan)
 	BlockNumber blkno;
 
 	/*
-	 * Reacquire read lock on the buffer.  (We should still have
-	 * a reference-count pin on it, so need not get that.)
+	 * Reacquire read lock on the buffer.  (We should still have a
+	 * reference-count pin on it, so need not get that.)
 	 */
 	LockBuffer(buf, BT_READ);
 
@@ -921,11 +925,11 @@ _bt_restscan(IndexScanDesc scan)
 
 		/*
 		 * The item we're looking for moved right at least one page, so
-		 * move right.  We are careful here to pin and read-lock the next
-		 * non-dead page before releasing the current one.  This ensures that
-		 * a concurrent btbulkdelete scan cannot pass our position --- if it
-		 * did, it might be able to reach and delete our target item before
-		 * we can find it again.
+		 * move right.	We are careful here to pin and read-lock the next
+		 * non-dead page before releasing the current one.	This ensures
+		 * that a concurrent btbulkdelete scan cannot pass our position
+		 * --- if it did, it might be able to reach and delete our target
+		 * item before we can find it again.
 		 */
 		if (P_RIGHTMOST(opaque))
 			elog(ERROR, "failed to re-find previous key in \"%s\"",
diff --git a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsearch.c b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsearch.c
index 457914adf73..80abe195cea 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsearch.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsearch.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsearch.c,v 1.77 2003/07/29 22:18:38 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsearch.c,v 1.78 2003/08/04 00:43:15 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ _bt_search(Relation rel, int keysz, ScanKey scankey,
 
 		/*
 		 * Race -- the page we just grabbed may have split since we read
-		 * its pointer in the parent (or metapage).  If it has, we may need
-		 * to move right to its new sibling.  Do that.
+		 * its pointer in the parent (or metapage).  If it has, we may
+		 * need to move right to its new sibling.  Do that.
 		 */
 		*bufP = _bt_moveright(rel, *bufP, keysz, scankey, BT_READ);
 
@@ -87,14 +87,14 @@ _bt_search(Relation rel, int keysz, ScanKey scankey,
 		par_blkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(*bufP);
 
 		/*
-		 * We need to save the location of the index entry we chose in
-		 * the parent page on a stack. In case we split the tree, we'll
-		 * use the stack to work back up to the parent page.  We also save
-		 * the actual downlink (TID) to uniquely identify the index entry,
-		 * in case it moves right while we're working lower in the
-		 * tree.  See the paper by Lehman and Yao for how this is detected
-		 * and handled. (We use the child link to disambiguate duplicate
-		 * keys in the index -- Lehman and Yao disallow duplicate keys.)
+		 * We need to save the location of the index entry we chose in the
+		 * parent page on a stack. In case we split the tree, we'll use
+		 * the stack to work back up to the parent page.  We also save the
+		 * actual downlink (TID) to uniquely identify the index entry, in
+		 * case it moves right while we're working lower in the tree.  See
+		 * the paper by Lehman and Yao for how this is detected and
+		 * handled. (We use the child link to disambiguate duplicate keys
+		 * in the index -- Lehman and Yao disallow duplicate keys.)
 		 */
 		new_stack = (BTStack) palloc(sizeof(BTStackData));
 		new_stack->bts_blkno = par_blkno;
@@ -151,8 +151,8 @@ _bt_moveright(Relation rel,
 	 * might not need to move right; have to scan the page first anyway.)
 	 * It could even have split more than once, so scan as far as needed.
 	 *
-	 * We also have to move right if we followed a link that brought us to
-	 * a dead page.
+	 * We also have to move right if we followed a link that brought us to a
+	 * dead page.
 	 */
 	while (!P_RIGHTMOST(opaque) &&
 		   (P_IGNORE(opaque) ||
@@ -599,8 +599,8 @@ _bt_first(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir)
 	/*
 	 * At this point we are positioned at the first item >= scan key, or
 	 * possibly at the end of a page on which all the existing items are
-	 * less than the scan key and we know that everything on later
-	 * pages is greater than or equal to scan key.
+	 * less than the scan key and we know that everything on later pages
+	 * is greater than or equal to scan key.
 	 *
 	 * We could step forward in the latter case, but that'd be a waste of
 	 * time if we want to scan backwards.  So, it's now time to examine
@@ -851,7 +851,8 @@ _bt_step(IndexScanDesc scan, Buffer *bufP, ScanDirection dir)
 			}
 		}
 	}
-	else						/* backwards scan */
+	else
+/* backwards scan */
 	{
 		if (offnum > P_FIRSTDATAKEY(opaque))
 			offnum = OffsetNumberPrev(offnum);
@@ -860,9 +861,9 @@ _bt_step(IndexScanDesc scan, Buffer *bufP, ScanDirection dir)
 			/*
 			 * Walk left to the next page with data.  This is much more
 			 * complex than the walk-right case because of the possibility
-			 * that the page to our left splits while we are in flight to it,
-			 * plus the possibility that the page we were on gets deleted
-			 * after we leave it.  See nbtree/README for details.
+			 * that the page to our left splits while we are in flight to
+			 * it, plus the possibility that the page we were on gets
+			 * deleted after we leave it.  See nbtree/README for details.
 			 */
 			for (;;)
 			{
@@ -877,10 +878,11 @@ _bt_step(IndexScanDesc scan, Buffer *bufP, ScanDirection dir)
 				}
 				page = BufferGetPage(*bufP);
 				opaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+
 				/*
 				 * Okay, we managed to move left to a non-deleted page.
-				 * Done if it's not half-dead and not empty.  Else loop back
-				 * and do it all again.
+				 * Done if it's not half-dead and not empty.  Else loop
+				 * back and do it all again.
 				 */
 				if (!P_IGNORE(opaque))
 				{
@@ -946,17 +948,18 @@ _bt_walk_left(Relation rel, Buffer buf)
 		buf = _bt_getbuf(rel, blkno, BT_READ);
 		page = BufferGetPage(buf);
 		opaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+
 		/*
-		 * If this isn't the page we want, walk right till we find
-		 * what we want --- but go no more than four hops (an
-		 * arbitrary limit).  If we don't find the correct page by then,
-		 * the most likely bet is that the original page got deleted
-		 * and isn't in the sibling chain at all anymore, not that its
-		 * left sibling got split more than four times.
+		 * If this isn't the page we want, walk right till we find what we
+		 * want --- but go no more than four hops (an arbitrary limit).
+		 * If we don't find the correct page by then, the most likely bet
+		 * is that the original page got deleted and isn't in the sibling
+		 * chain at all anymore, not that its left sibling got split more
+		 * than four times.
 		 *
-		 * Note that it is correct to test P_ISDELETED not P_IGNORE
-		 * here, because half-dead pages are still in the sibling
-		 * chain.  Caller must reject half-dead pages if wanted.
+		 * Note that it is correct to test P_ISDELETED not P_IGNORE here,
+		 * because half-dead pages are still in the sibling chain.	Caller
+		 * must reject half-dead pages if wanted.
 		 */
 		tries = 0;
 		for (;;)
@@ -983,8 +986,8 @@ _bt_walk_left(Relation rel, Buffer buf)
 		if (P_ISDELETED(opaque))
 		{
 			/*
-			 * It was deleted.  Move right to first nondeleted page
-			 * (there must be one); that is the page that has acquired the
+			 * It was deleted.	Move right to first nondeleted page (there
+			 * must be one); that is the page that has acquired the
 			 * deleted one's keyspace, so stepping left from it will take
 			 * us where we want to be.
 			 */
@@ -1001,18 +1004,18 @@ _bt_walk_left(Relation rel, Buffer buf)
 				if (!P_ISDELETED(opaque))
 					break;
 			}
+
 			/*
-			 * Now return to top of loop, resetting obknum to
-			 * point to this nondeleted page, and try again.
+			 * Now return to top of loop, resetting obknum to point to
+			 * this nondeleted page, and try again.
 			 */
 		}
 		else
 		{
 			/*
-			 * It wasn't deleted; the explanation had better be
-			 * that the page to the left got split or deleted.
-			 * Without this check, we'd go into an infinite loop
-			 * if there's anything wrong.
+			 * It wasn't deleted; the explanation had better be that the
+			 * page to the left got split or deleted. Without this check,
+			 * we'd go into an infinite loop if there's anything wrong.
 			 */
 			if (opaque->btpo_prev == lblkno)
 				elog(ERROR, "could not find left sibling in \"%s\"",
@@ -1028,7 +1031,7 @@ _bt_walk_left(Relation rel, Buffer buf)
  * _bt_get_endpoint() -- Find the first or last page on a given tree level
  *
  * If the index is empty, we will return InvalidBuffer; any other failure
- * condition causes ereport().  We will not return a dead page.
+ * condition causes ereport().	We will not return a dead page.
  *
  * The returned buffer is pinned and read-locked.
  */
@@ -1045,8 +1048,8 @@ _bt_get_endpoint(Relation rel, uint32 level, bool rightmost)
 
 	/*
 	 * If we are looking for a leaf page, okay to descend from fast root;
-	 * otherwise better descend from true root.  (There is no point in being
-	 * smarter about intermediate levels.)
+	 * otherwise better descend from true root.  (There is no point in
+	 * being smarter about intermediate levels.)
 	 */
 	if (level == 0)
 		buf = _bt_getroot(rel, BT_READ);
@@ -1066,9 +1069,9 @@ _bt_get_endpoint(Relation rel, uint32 level, bool rightmost)
 	{
 		/*
 		 * If we landed on a deleted page, step right to find a live page
-		 * (there must be one).  Also, if we want the rightmost page,
-		 * step right if needed to get to it (this could happen if the
-		 * page split since we obtained a pointer to it).
+		 * (there must be one).  Also, if we want the rightmost page, step
+		 * right if needed to get to it (this could happen if the page
+		 * split since we obtained a pointer to it).
 		 */
 		while (P_IGNORE(opaque) ||
 			   (rightmost && !P_RIGHTMOST(opaque)))
diff --git a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsort.c b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsort.c
index 92a73021f66..f8eb671df71 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsort.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsort.c
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsort.c,v 1.73 2003/07/21 20:29:39 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsort.c,v 1.74 2003/08/04 00:43:15 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ typedef struct BTPageState
 
 
 static void _bt_blnewpage(Relation index, Buffer *buf, Page *page,
-						  uint32 level);
+			  uint32 level);
 static BTPageState *_bt_pagestate(Relation index, uint32 level);
 static void _bt_slideleft(Relation index, Buffer buf, Page page);
 static void _bt_sortaddtup(Page page, Size itemsize,
@@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ _bt_buildadd(Relation index, BTPageState *state, BTItem bti)
 
 			oopaque->btpo_next = BufferGetBlockNumber(nbuf);
 			nopaque->btpo_prev = BufferGetBlockNumber(obuf);
-			nopaque->btpo_next = P_NONE; /* redundant */
+			nopaque->btpo_next = P_NONE;		/* redundant */
 		}
 
 		/*
diff --git a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtxlog.c b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtxlog.c
index a1a52571fe1..35e5ae6ccb8 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtxlog.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtxlog.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtxlog.c,v 1.3 2003/02/23 22:43:08 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtxlog.c,v 1.4 2003/08/04 00:43:15 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -29,10 +29,10 @@
 typedef struct bt_incomplete_split
 {
 	RelFileNode node;			/* the index */
-	BlockNumber	leftblk;		/* left half of split */
-	BlockNumber	rightblk;		/* right half of split */
+	BlockNumber leftblk;		/* left half of split */
+	BlockNumber rightblk;		/* right half of split */
 	bool		is_root;		/* we split the root */
-} bt_incomplete_split;
+}	bt_incomplete_split;
 
 static List *incomplete_splits;
 
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ _bt_restore_page(Page page, char *from, int len)
 }
 
 static void
-_bt_restore_meta(Relation reln, XLogRecPtr lsn, 
+_bt_restore_meta(Relation reln, XLogRecPtr lsn,
 				 BlockNumber root, uint32 level,
 				 BlockNumber fastroot, uint32 fastlevel)
 {
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ btree_xlog_insert(bool redo, bool isleaf, bool ismeta,
 	if (!redo || !(record->xl_info & XLR_BKP_BLOCK_1))
 	{
 		buffer = XLogReadBuffer(false, reln,
-								ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&(xlrec->target.tid)));
+						ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&(xlrec->target.tid)));
 		if (!BufferIsValid(buffer))
 			elog(PANIC, "btree_insert_%sdo: block unfound", (redo) ? "re" : "un");
 		page = (Page) BufferGetPage(buffer);
@@ -183,13 +183,11 @@ btree_xlog_insert(bool redo, bool isleaf, bool ismeta,
 		if (redo)
 		{
 			if (XLByteLE(lsn, PageGetLSN(page)))
-			{
 				UnlockAndReleaseBuffer(buffer);
-			}
 			else
 			{
 				if (PageAddItem(page, (Item) datapos, datalen,
-								ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&(xlrec->target.tid)),
+						ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&(xlrec->target.tid)),
 								LP_USED) == InvalidOffsetNumber)
 					elog(PANIC, "btree_insert_redo: failed to add item");
 
@@ -204,13 +202,9 @@ btree_xlog_insert(bool redo, bool isleaf, bool ismeta,
 				elog(PANIC, "btree_insert_undo: bad page LSN");
 
 			if (!P_ISLEAF(pageop))
-			{
 				UnlockAndReleaseBuffer(buffer);
-			}
 			else
-			{
 				elog(PANIC, "btree_insert_undo: unimplemented");
-			}
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -226,8 +220,8 @@ btree_xlog_insert(bool redo, bool isleaf, bool ismeta,
 	if (redo && !isleaf && incomplete_splits != NIL)
 	{
 		forget_matching_split(reln, xlrec->target.node,
-							  ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&(xlrec->target.tid)),
-							  ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&(xlrec->target.tid)),
+						 ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&(xlrec->target.tid)),
+						ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&(xlrec->target.tid)),
 							  false);
 	}
 }
@@ -238,9 +232,9 @@ btree_xlog_split(bool redo, bool onleft, bool isroot,
 {
 	xl_btree_split *xlrec = (xl_btree_split *) XLogRecGetData(record);
 	Relation	reln;
-	BlockNumber	targetblk;
-	BlockNumber	leftsib;
-	BlockNumber	rightsib;
+	BlockNumber targetblk;
+	BlockNumber leftsib;
+	BlockNumber rightsib;
 	Buffer		buffer;
 	Page		page;
 	BTPageOpaque pageop;
@@ -338,9 +332,7 @@ btree_xlog_split(bool redo, bool onleft, bool isroot,
 				elog(PANIC, "btree_split_redo: uninitialized next right page");
 
 			if (XLByteLE(lsn, PageGetLSN(page)))
-			{
 				UnlockAndReleaseBuffer(buffer);
-			}
 			else
 			{
 				pageop = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
@@ -357,8 +349,8 @@ btree_xlog_split(bool redo, bool onleft, bool isroot,
 	if (redo && xlrec->level > 0 && incomplete_splits != NIL)
 	{
 		forget_matching_split(reln, xlrec->target.node,
-							  ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&(xlrec->target.tid)),
-							  ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&(xlrec->target.tid)),
+						 ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&(xlrec->target.tid)),
+						ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&(xlrec->target.tid)),
 							  false);
 	}
 
@@ -422,10 +414,10 @@ btree_xlog_delete_page(bool redo, bool ismeta,
 {
 	xl_btree_delete_page *xlrec = (xl_btree_delete_page *) XLogRecGetData(record);
 	Relation	reln;
-	BlockNumber	parent;
-	BlockNumber	target;
-	BlockNumber	leftsib;
-	BlockNumber	rightsib;
+	BlockNumber parent;
+	BlockNumber target;
+	BlockNumber leftsib;
+	BlockNumber rightsib;
 	Buffer		buffer;
 	Page		page;
 	BTPageOpaque pageop;
@@ -451,9 +443,7 @@ btree_xlog_delete_page(bool redo, bool ismeta,
 		if (PageIsNew((PageHeader) page))
 			elog(PANIC, "btree_delete_page_redo: uninitialized parent page");
 		if (XLByteLE(lsn, PageGetLSN(page)))
-		{
 			UnlockAndReleaseBuffer(buffer);
-		}
 		else
 		{
 			OffsetNumber poffset;
@@ -469,7 +459,7 @@ btree_xlog_delete_page(bool redo, bool ismeta,
 			{
 				ItemId		itemid;
 				BTItem		btitem;
-				OffsetNumber	nextoffset;
+				OffsetNumber nextoffset;
 
 				itemid = PageGetItemId(page, poffset);
 				btitem = (BTItem) PageGetItem(page, itemid);
@@ -494,9 +484,7 @@ btree_xlog_delete_page(bool redo, bool ismeta,
 		if (PageIsNew((PageHeader) page))
 			elog(PANIC, "btree_delete_page_redo: uninitialized right sibling");
 		if (XLByteLE(lsn, PageGetLSN(page)))
-		{
 			UnlockAndReleaseBuffer(buffer);
-		}
 		else
 		{
 			pageop = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
@@ -520,9 +508,7 @@ btree_xlog_delete_page(bool redo, bool ismeta,
 			if (PageIsNew((PageHeader) page))
 				elog(PANIC, "btree_delete_page_redo: uninitialized left sibling");
 			if (XLByteLE(lsn, PageGetLSN(page)))
-			{
 				UnlockAndReleaseBuffer(buffer);
-			}
 			else
 			{
 				pageop = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
@@ -799,116 +785,116 @@ btree_desc(char *buf, uint8 xl_info, char *rec)
 	switch (info)
 	{
 		case XLOG_BTREE_INSERT_LEAF:
-		{
-			xl_btree_insert *xlrec = (xl_btree_insert *) rec;
+			{
+				xl_btree_insert *xlrec = (xl_btree_insert *) rec;
 
-			strcat(buf, "insert: ");
-			out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
-			break;
-		}
+				strcat(buf, "insert: ");
+				out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
+				break;
+			}
 		case XLOG_BTREE_INSERT_UPPER:
-		{
-			xl_btree_insert *xlrec = (xl_btree_insert *) rec;
+			{
+				xl_btree_insert *xlrec = (xl_btree_insert *) rec;
 
-			strcat(buf, "insert_upper: ");
-			out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
-			break;
-		}
+				strcat(buf, "insert_upper: ");
+				out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
+				break;
+			}
 		case XLOG_BTREE_INSERT_META:
-		{
-			xl_btree_insert *xlrec = (xl_btree_insert *) rec;
+			{
+				xl_btree_insert *xlrec = (xl_btree_insert *) rec;
 
-			strcat(buf, "insert_meta: ");
-			out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
-			break;
-		}
+				strcat(buf, "insert_meta: ");
+				out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
+				break;
+			}
 		case XLOG_BTREE_SPLIT_L:
-		{
-			xl_btree_split *xlrec = (xl_btree_split *) rec;
+			{
+				xl_btree_split *xlrec = (xl_btree_split *) rec;
 
-			strcat(buf, "split_l: ");
-			out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
-			sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "; oth %u; rgh %u",
-					xlrec->otherblk, xlrec->rightblk);
-			break;
-		}
+				strcat(buf, "split_l: ");
+				out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
+				sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "; oth %u; rgh %u",
+						xlrec->otherblk, xlrec->rightblk);
+				break;
+			}
 		case XLOG_BTREE_SPLIT_R:
-		{
-			xl_btree_split *xlrec = (xl_btree_split *) rec;
+			{
+				xl_btree_split *xlrec = (xl_btree_split *) rec;
 
-			strcat(buf, "split_r: ");
-			out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
-			sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "; oth %u; rgh %u",
-					xlrec->otherblk, xlrec->rightblk);
-			break;
-		}
+				strcat(buf, "split_r: ");
+				out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
+				sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "; oth %u; rgh %u",
+						xlrec->otherblk, xlrec->rightblk);
+				break;
+			}
 		case XLOG_BTREE_SPLIT_L_ROOT:
-		{
-			xl_btree_split *xlrec = (xl_btree_split *) rec;
+			{
+				xl_btree_split *xlrec = (xl_btree_split *) rec;
 
-			strcat(buf, "split_l_root: ");
-			out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
-			sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "; oth %u; rgh %u",
-					xlrec->otherblk, xlrec->rightblk);
-			break;
-		}
+				strcat(buf, "split_l_root: ");
+				out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
+				sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "; oth %u; rgh %u",
+						xlrec->otherblk, xlrec->rightblk);
+				break;
+			}
 		case XLOG_BTREE_SPLIT_R_ROOT:
-		{
-			xl_btree_split *xlrec = (xl_btree_split *) rec;
+			{
+				xl_btree_split *xlrec = (xl_btree_split *) rec;
 
-			strcat(buf, "split_r_root: ");
-			out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
-			sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "; oth %u; rgh %u",
-					xlrec->otherblk, xlrec->rightblk);
-			break;
-		}
+				strcat(buf, "split_r_root: ");
+				out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
+				sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "; oth %u; rgh %u",
+						xlrec->otherblk, xlrec->rightblk);
+				break;
+			}
 		case XLOG_BTREE_DELETE:
-		{
-			xl_btree_delete *xlrec = (xl_btree_delete *) rec;
+			{
+				xl_btree_delete *xlrec = (xl_btree_delete *) rec;
 
-			sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "delete: node %u/%u; blk %u",
-					xlrec->node.tblNode, xlrec->node.relNode, xlrec->block);
-			break;
-		}
+				sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "delete: node %u/%u; blk %u",
+				 xlrec->node.tblNode, xlrec->node.relNode, xlrec->block);
+				break;
+			}
 		case XLOG_BTREE_DELETE_PAGE:
 		case XLOG_BTREE_DELETE_PAGE_META:
-		{
-			xl_btree_delete_page *xlrec = (xl_btree_delete_page *) rec;
+			{
+				xl_btree_delete_page *xlrec = (xl_btree_delete_page *) rec;
 
-			strcat(buf, "delete_page: ");
-			out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
-			sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "; dead %u; left %u; right %u",
-					xlrec->deadblk, xlrec->leftblk, xlrec->rightblk);
-			break;
-		}
+				strcat(buf, "delete_page: ");
+				out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
+				sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "; dead %u; left %u; right %u",
+						xlrec->deadblk, xlrec->leftblk, xlrec->rightblk);
+				break;
+			}
 		case XLOG_BTREE_NEWROOT:
-		{
-			xl_btree_newroot *xlrec = (xl_btree_newroot *) rec;
+			{
+				xl_btree_newroot *xlrec = (xl_btree_newroot *) rec;
 
-			sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "newroot: node %u/%u; root %u lev %u",
-					xlrec->node.tblNode, xlrec->node.relNode,
-					xlrec->rootblk, xlrec->level);
-			break;
-		}
+				sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "newroot: node %u/%u; root %u lev %u",
+						xlrec->node.tblNode, xlrec->node.relNode,
+						xlrec->rootblk, xlrec->level);
+				break;
+			}
 		case XLOG_BTREE_NEWMETA:
-		{
-			xl_btree_newmeta *xlrec = (xl_btree_newmeta *) rec;
+			{
+				xl_btree_newmeta *xlrec = (xl_btree_newmeta *) rec;
 
-			sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "newmeta: node %u/%u; root %u lev %u fast %u lev %u",
-					xlrec->node.tblNode, xlrec->node.relNode,
-					xlrec->meta.root, xlrec->meta.level,
-					xlrec->meta.fastroot, xlrec->meta.fastlevel);
-			break;
-		}
+				sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "newmeta: node %u/%u; root %u lev %u fast %u lev %u",
+						xlrec->node.tblNode, xlrec->node.relNode,
+						xlrec->meta.root, xlrec->meta.level,
+						xlrec->meta.fastroot, xlrec->meta.fastlevel);
+				break;
+			}
 		case XLOG_BTREE_NEWPAGE:
-		{
-			xl_btree_newpage *xlrec = (xl_btree_newpage *) rec;
+			{
+				xl_btree_newpage *xlrec = (xl_btree_newpage *) rec;
 
-			sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "newpage: node %u/%u; page %u",
-					xlrec->node.tblNode, xlrec->node.relNode,
-					xlrec->blkno);
-			break;
-		}
+				sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "newpage: node %u/%u; page %u",
+						xlrec->node.tblNode, xlrec->node.relNode,
+						xlrec->blkno);
+				break;
+			}
 		default:
 			strcat(buf, "UNKNOWN");
 			break;
diff --git a/src/backend/access/rtree/rtscan.c b/src/backend/access/rtree/rtscan.c
index 6358d622e1f..4362835d700 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/rtree/rtscan.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/rtree/rtscan.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtscan.c,v 1.45 2003/07/28 00:09:14 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtscan.c,v 1.46 2003/08/04 00:43:15 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -109,10 +109,10 @@ rtrescan(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 				s->numberOfKeys * sizeof(ScanKeyData));
 
 		/*
-		 * Scans on internal pages use different operators than they
-		 * do on leaf pages.  For example, if the user wants all boxes
-		 * that exactly match (x1,y1,x2,y2), then on internal pages we
-		 * need to find all boxes that contain (x1,y1,x2,y2).
+		 * Scans on internal pages use different operators than they do on
+		 * leaf pages.	For example, if the user wants all boxes that
+		 * exactly match (x1,y1,x2,y2), then on internal pages we need to
+		 * find all boxes that contain (x1,y1,x2,y2).
 		 */
 		for (i = 0; i < s->numberOfKeys; i++)
 		{
diff --git a/src/backend/access/transam/clog.c b/src/backend/access/transam/clog.c
index 3653d05bc1e..6741e5436d5 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/transam/clog.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/transam/clog.c
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/clog.c,v 1.16 2003/06/11 22:37:45 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/clog.c,v 1.17 2003/08/04 00:43:15 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 
 static SlruCtlData ClogCtlData;
 static SlruCtl ClogCtl = &ClogCtlData;
-  
+
 
 static int	ZeroCLOGPage(int pageno, bool writeXlog);
 static bool CLOGPagePrecedes(int page1, int page2);
diff --git a/src/backend/access/transam/rmgr.c b/src/backend/access/transam/rmgr.c
index 59af2808026..444d2b97d7d 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/transam/rmgr.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/transam/rmgr.c
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * Resource managers definition
  *
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/rmgr.c,v 1.10 2003/02/21 00:06:22 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/rmgr.c,v 1.11 2003/08/04 00:43:15 momjian Exp $
  */
 #include "postgres.h"
 
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 #include "commands/sequence.h"
 
 
-RmgrData	RmgrTable[RM_MAX_ID+1] = {
+RmgrData	RmgrTable[RM_MAX_ID + 1] = {
 	{"XLOG", xlog_redo, xlog_undo, xlog_desc, NULL, NULL},
 	{"Transaction", xact_redo, xact_undo, xact_desc, NULL, NULL},
 	{"Storage", smgr_redo, smgr_undo, smgr_desc, NULL, NULL},
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ RmgrData	RmgrTable[RM_MAX_ID+1] = {
 	{"Reserved 9", NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL},
 	{"Heap", heap_redo, heap_undo, heap_desc, NULL, NULL},
 	{"Btree", btree_redo, btree_undo, btree_desc,
-	 btree_xlog_startup, btree_xlog_cleanup},
+	btree_xlog_startup, btree_xlog_cleanup},
 	{"Hash", hash_redo, hash_undo, hash_desc, NULL, NULL},
 	{"Rtree", rtree_redo, rtree_undo, rtree_desc, NULL, NULL},
 	{"Gist", gist_redo, gist_undo, gist_desc, NULL, NULL},
diff --git a/src/backend/access/transam/slru.c b/src/backend/access/transam/slru.c
index 5129dd3c7e5..1c290f2cf57 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/transam/slru.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/transam/slru.c
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2003, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/slru.c,v 1.3 2003/07/28 00:09:14 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/slru.c,v 1.4 2003/08/04 00:43:15 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ typedef enum
 	SLRU_PAGE_CLEAN,			/* page is valid and not dirty */
 	SLRU_PAGE_DIRTY,			/* page is valid but needs write */
 	SLRU_PAGE_WRITE_IN_PROGRESS /* page is being written out */
-} SlruPageStatus;
+}	SlruPageStatus;
 
 /*
  * Shared-memory state
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ typedef struct SlruSharedData
 	 * swapping out the latest page.
 	 */
 	int			latest_page_number;
-} SlruSharedData;
+}	SlruSharedData;
 typedef SlruSharedData *SlruShared;
 
 
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ typedef enum
 	SLRU_SEEK_FAILED,
 	SLRU_READ_FAILED,
 	SLRU_WRITE_FAILED
-} SlruErrorCause;
+}	SlruErrorCause;
 static SlruErrorCause slru_errcause;
 static int	slru_errno;
 
@@ -166,9 +166,9 @@ SimpleLruShmemSize(void)
 {
 	return MAXALIGN(sizeof(SlruSharedData)) + BLCKSZ * NUM_CLOG_BUFFERS
 #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
-			+ MAXALIGN(sizeof(SlruLockData))
+		+ MAXALIGN(sizeof(SlruLockData))
 #endif
-	;
+		;
 }
 
 void
@@ -183,12 +183,14 @@ SimpleLruInit(SlruCtl ctl, const char *name, const char *subdir)
 	shared = (SlruShared) ptr;
 
 #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
+
 	/*
 	 * Locks are in shared memory
 	 */
-	locks = (SlruLock)(ptr + MAXALIGN(sizeof(SlruSharedData)) +
-	                         BLCKSZ * NUM_CLOG_BUFFERS);
+	locks = (SlruLock) (ptr + MAXALIGN(sizeof(SlruSharedData)) +
+						BLCKSZ * NUM_CLOG_BUFFERS);
 #else
+
 	/*
 	 * Locks are in private memory
 	 */
@@ -199,7 +201,7 @@ SimpleLruInit(SlruCtl ctl, const char *name, const char *subdir)
 
 
 	if (!IsUnderPostmaster)
-	/* Initialize locks and shared memory area */
+		/* Initialize locks and shared memory area */
 	{
 		char	   *bufptr;
 		int			slotno;
@@ -210,8 +212,8 @@ SimpleLruInit(SlruCtl ctl, const char *name, const char *subdir)
 
 		memset(shared, 0, sizeof(SlruSharedData));
 
-		bufptr = (char *)shared + MAXALIGN(sizeof(SlruSharedData));
-	
+		bufptr = (char *) shared + MAXALIGN(sizeof(SlruSharedData));
+
 		for (slotno = 0; slotno < NUM_CLOG_BUFFERS; slotno++)
 		{
 			locks->BufferLocks[slotno] = LWLockAssign();
@@ -247,7 +249,7 @@ int
 SimpleLruZeroPage(SlruCtl ctl, int pageno)
 {
 	int			slotno;
-	SlruShared shared = (SlruShared) ctl->shared;
+	SlruShared	shared = (SlruShared) ctl->shared;
 
 	/* Find a suitable buffer slot for the page */
 	slotno = SlruSelectLRUPage(ctl, pageno);
@@ -285,7 +287,7 @@ SimpleLruZeroPage(SlruCtl ctl, int pageno)
 char *
 SimpleLruReadPage(SlruCtl ctl, int pageno, TransactionId xid, bool forwrite)
 {
-	SlruShared shared = (SlruShared) ctl->shared;
+	SlruShared	shared = (SlruShared) ctl->shared;
 
 	/* Outer loop handles restart if we lose the buffer to someone else */
 	for (;;)
@@ -383,7 +385,7 @@ SimpleLruWritePage(SlruCtl ctl, int slotno)
 {
 	int			pageno;
 	bool		ok;
-	SlruShared shared = (SlruShared) ctl->shared;
+	SlruShared	shared = (SlruShared) ctl->shared;
 
 	/* Do nothing if page does not need writing */
 	if (shared->page_status[slotno] != SLRU_PAGE_DIRTY &&
@@ -539,13 +541,13 @@ SlruPhysicalWritePage(SlruCtl ctl, int pageno, int slotno)
 	 * possible for this to need to happen when writing a page that's not
 	 * first in its segment; we assume the OS can cope with that.  (Note:
 	 * it might seem that it'd be okay to create files only when
-	 * SimpleLruZeroPage is called for the first page of a segment.	However,
-	 * if after a crash and restart the REDO logic elects to replay the
-	 * log from a checkpoint before the latest one, then it's possible
-	 * that we will get commands to set transaction status of transactions
-	 * that have already been truncated from the commit log.  Easiest way
-	 * to deal with that is to accept references to nonexistent files here
-	 * and in SlruPhysicalReadPage.)
+	 * SimpleLruZeroPage is called for the first page of a segment.
+	 * However, if after a crash and restart the REDO logic elects to
+	 * replay the log from a checkpoint before the latest one, then it's
+	 * possible that we will get commands to set transaction status of
+	 * transactions that have already been truncated from the commit log.
+	 * Easiest way to deal with that is to accept references to
+	 * nonexistent files here and in SlruPhysicalReadPage.)
 	 */
 	fd = BasicOpenFile(path, O_RDWR | PG_BINARY, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR);
 	if (fd < 0)
@@ -608,37 +610,37 @@ SlruReportIOError(SlruCtl ctl, int pageno, TransactionId xid)
 		case SLRU_OPEN_FAILED:
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode_for_file_access(),
-					 errmsg("could not access status of transaction %u", xid),
+				errmsg("could not access status of transaction %u", xid),
 					 errdetail("open of file \"%s\" failed: %m",
 							   path)));
 			break;
 		case SLRU_CREATE_FAILED:
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode_for_file_access(),
-					 errmsg("could not access status of transaction %u", xid),
+				errmsg("could not access status of transaction %u", xid),
 					 errdetail("creation of file \"%s\" failed: %m",
 							   path)));
 			break;
 		case SLRU_SEEK_FAILED:
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode_for_file_access(),
-					 errmsg("could not access status of transaction %u", xid),
-					 errdetail("lseek of file \"%s\", offset %u failed: %m",
-							   path, offset)));
+				errmsg("could not access status of transaction %u", xid),
+				  errdetail("lseek of file \"%s\", offset %u failed: %m",
+							path, offset)));
 			break;
 		case SLRU_READ_FAILED:
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode_for_file_access(),
-					 errmsg("could not access status of transaction %u", xid),
-					 errdetail("read of file \"%s\", offset %u failed: %m",
-							   path, offset)));
+				errmsg("could not access status of transaction %u", xid),
+				   errdetail("read of file \"%s\", offset %u failed: %m",
+							 path, offset)));
 			break;
 		case SLRU_WRITE_FAILED:
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode_for_file_access(),
-					 errmsg("could not access status of transaction %u", xid),
-					 errdetail("write of file \"%s\", offset %u failed: %m",
-							   path, offset)));
+				errmsg("could not access status of transaction %u", xid),
+				  errdetail("write of file \"%s\", offset %u failed: %m",
+							path, offset)));
 			break;
 		default:
 			/* can't get here, we trust */
@@ -665,6 +667,7 @@ static int
 SlruSelectLRUPage(SlruCtl ctl, int pageno)
 {
 	SlruShared	shared = (SlruShared) ctl->shared;
+
 	/* Outer loop handles restart after I/O */
 	for (;;)
 	{
@@ -689,7 +692,7 @@ SlruSelectLRUPage(SlruCtl ctl, int pageno)
 			if (shared->page_status[slotno] == SLRU_PAGE_EMPTY)
 				return slotno;
 			if (shared->page_lru_count[slotno] > bestcount &&
-			    shared->page_number[slotno] != shared->latest_page_number)
+				shared->page_number[slotno] != shared->latest_page_number)
 			{
 				bestslot = slotno;
 				bestcount = shared->page_lru_count[slotno];
@@ -705,12 +708,12 @@ SlruSelectLRUPage(SlruCtl ctl, int pageno)
 		/*
 		 * We need to do I/O.  Normal case is that we have to write it
 		 * out, but it's possible in the worst case to have selected a
-		 * read-busy page.	In that case we use SimpleLruReadPage to wait for
-		 * the read to complete.
+		 * read-busy page.	In that case we use SimpleLruReadPage to wait
+		 * for the read to complete.
 		 */
 		if (shared->page_status[bestslot] == SLRU_PAGE_READ_IN_PROGRESS)
 			(void) SimpleLruReadPage(ctl, shared->page_number[bestslot],
-			                         InvalidTransactionId, false);
+									 InvalidTransactionId, false);
 		else
 			SimpleLruWritePage(ctl, bestslot);
 
@@ -747,10 +750,11 @@ SimpleLruFlush(SlruCtl ctl, bool checkpoint)
 	for (slotno = 0; slotno < NUM_CLOG_BUFFERS; slotno++)
 	{
 		SimpleLruWritePage(ctl, slotno);
+
 		/*
-		 * When called during a checkpoint,
-		 * we cannot assert that the slot is clean now, since another
-		 * process might have re-dirtied it already.  That's okay.
+		 * When called during a checkpoint, we cannot assert that the slot
+		 * is clean now, since another process might have re-dirtied it
+		 * already.  That's okay.
 		 */
 		Assert(checkpoint ||
 			   shared->page_status[slotno] == SLRU_PAGE_EMPTY ||
@@ -792,10 +796,10 @@ SimpleLruTruncate(SlruCtl ctl, int cutoffPage)
 	CreateCheckPoint(false, true);
 
 	/*
-	 * Scan shared memory and remove any pages preceding the cutoff
-	 * page, to ensure we won't rewrite them later.  (Any dirty pages
-	 * should have been flushed already during the checkpoint, we're just
-	 * being extra careful here.)
+	 * Scan shared memory and remove any pages preceding the cutoff page,
+	 * to ensure we won't rewrite them later.  (Any dirty pages should
+	 * have been flushed already during the checkpoint, we're just being
+	 * extra careful here.)
 	 */
 	LWLockAcquire(ctl->locks->ControlLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
 
@@ -870,7 +874,7 @@ SlruScanDirectory(SlruCtl ctl, int cutoffPage, bool doDeletions)
 	if (cldir == NULL)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode_for_file_access(),
-				 errmsg("could not open directory \"%s\": %m", ctl->Dir)));
+			   errmsg("could not open directory \"%s\": %m", ctl->Dir)));
 
 	errno = 0;
 	while ((clde = readdir(cldir)) != NULL)
@@ -898,7 +902,7 @@ SlruScanDirectory(SlruCtl ctl, int cutoffPage, bool doDeletions)
 	if (errno)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode_for_file_access(),
-				 errmsg("could not read directory \"%s\": %m", ctl->Dir)));
+			   errmsg("could not read directory \"%s\": %m", ctl->Dir)));
 	closedir(cldir);
 
 	return found;
diff --git a/src/backend/access/transam/xact.c b/src/backend/access/transam/xact.c
index 40b41519a93..550f2ae924b 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/transam/xact.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/transam/xact.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/xact.c,v 1.149 2003/07/21 20:29:39 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/xact.c,v 1.150 2003/08/04 00:43:15 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *		Transaction aborts can now occur two ways:
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
  *				AbortTransactionBlock
  *
  *		These are invoked only in response to a user "BEGIN WORK", "COMMIT",
- *		or "ROLLBACK" command.  The tricky part about these functions
+ *		or "ROLLBACK" command.	The tricky part about these functions
  *		is that they are called within the postgres main loop, in between
  *		the StartTransactionCommand() and CommitTransactionCommand().
  *
@@ -197,8 +197,8 @@ static TransactionStateData CurrentTransactionStateData = {
 	0,							/* scan command id */
 	0x0,						/* start time */
 	TRANS_DEFAULT,				/* transaction state */
-	TBLOCK_DEFAULT				/* transaction block state from
-								   the client perspective */
+	TBLOCK_DEFAULT				/* transaction block state from the client
+								 * perspective */
 };
 
 TransactionState CurrentTransactionState = &CurrentTransactionStateData;
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ GetCurrentTransactionStartTimeUsec(int *msec)
  *	TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId
  *
  *	During bootstrap, we cheat and say "it's not my transaction ID" even though
- *	it is.  Along with transam.c's cheat to say that the bootstrap XID is
+ *	it is.	Along with transam.c's cheat to say that the bootstrap XID is
  *	already committed, this causes the tqual.c routines to see previously
  *	inserted tuples as committed, which is what we need during bootstrap.
  */
@@ -561,13 +561,13 @@ RecordTransactionCommit(void)
 
 		/*
 		 * We must mark the transaction committed in clog if its XID
-		 * appears either in permanent rels or in local temporary rels.
-		 * We test this by seeing if we made transaction-controlled
-		 * entries *OR* local-rel tuple updates.  Note that if we made
-		 * only the latter, we have not emitted an XLOG record for our
-		 * commit, and so in the event of a crash the clog update might be
-		 * lost.  This is okay because no one else will ever care whether
-		 * we committed.
+		 * appears either in permanent rels or in local temporary rels. We
+		 * test this by seeing if we made transaction-controlled entries
+		 * *OR* local-rel tuple updates.  Note that if we made only the
+		 * latter, we have not emitted an XLOG record for our commit, and
+		 * so in the event of a crash the clog update might be lost.  This
+		 * is okay because no one else will ever care whether we
+		 * committed.
 		 */
 		if (MyLastRecPtr.xrecoff != 0 || MyXactMadeTempRelUpdate)
 			TransactionIdCommit(xid);
@@ -755,9 +755,9 @@ AtAbort_Memory(void)
 {
 	/*
 	 * Make sure we are in a valid context (not a child of
-	 * TopTransactionContext...).  Note that it is possible for this
-	 * code to be called when we aren't in a transaction at all; go
-	 * directly to TopMemoryContext in that case.
+	 * TopTransactionContext...).  Note that it is possible for this code
+	 * to be called when we aren't in a transaction at all; go directly to
+	 * TopMemoryContext in that case.
 	 */
 	if (TopTransactionContext != NULL)
 	{
@@ -891,8 +891,8 @@ CommitTransaction(void)
 	DeferredTriggerEndXact();
 
 	/*
-	 * Similarly, let ON COMMIT management do its thing before we start
-	 * to commit.
+	 * Similarly, let ON COMMIT management do its thing before we start to
+	 * commit.
 	 */
 	PreCommit_on_commit_actions();
 
@@ -953,10 +953,10 @@ CommitTransaction(void)
 	 * noncritical resource releasing.
 	 *
 	 * The ordering of operations is not entirely random.  The idea is:
-	 * release resources visible to other backends (eg, files, buffer pins);
-	 * then release locks; then release backend-local resources.  We want
-	 * to release locks at the point where any backend waiting for us will
-	 * see our transaction as being fully cleaned up.
+	 * release resources visible to other backends (eg, files, buffer
+	 * pins); then release locks; then release backend-local resources.
+	 * We want to release locks at the point where any backend waiting for
+	 * us will see our transaction as being fully cleaned up.
 	 */
 
 	smgrDoPendingDeletes(true);
@@ -1064,7 +1064,7 @@ AbortTransaction(void)
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Post-abort cleanup.  See notes in CommitTransaction() concerning
+	 * Post-abort cleanup.	See notes in CommitTransaction() concerning
 	 * ordering.
 	 */
 
@@ -1194,8 +1194,8 @@ StartTransactionCommand(void)
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * We must switch to TopTransactionContext before returning. This
-	 * is already done if we called StartTransaction, otherwise not.
+	 * We must switch to TopTransactionContext before returning. This is
+	 * already done if we called StartTransaction, otherwise not.
 	 */
 	Assert(TopTransactionContext != NULL);
 	MemoryContextSwitchTo(TopTransactionContext);
@@ -1370,9 +1370,10 @@ PreventTransactionChain(void *stmtNode, const char *stmtType)
 	if (IsTransactionBlock())
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_ACTIVE_SQL_TRANSACTION),
-				 /* translator: %s represents an SQL statement name */
+		/* translator: %s represents an SQL statement name */
 				 errmsg("%s cannot run inside a transaction block",
 						stmtType)));
+
 	/*
 	 * Are we inside a function call?  If the statement's parameter block
 	 * was allocated in QueryContext, assume it is an interactive command.
@@ -1381,8 +1382,8 @@ PreventTransactionChain(void *stmtNode, const char *stmtType)
 	if (!MemoryContextContains(QueryContext, stmtNode))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_ACTIVE_SQL_TRANSACTION),
-				 /* translator: %s represents an SQL statement name */
-				 errmsg("%s cannot be executed from a function", stmtType)));
+		/* translator: %s represents an SQL statement name */
+			 errmsg("%s cannot be executed from a function", stmtType)));
 	/* If we got past IsTransactionBlock test, should be in default state */
 	if (CurrentTransactionState->blockState != TBLOCK_DEFAULT)
 		elog(ERROR, "cannot prevent transaction chain");
@@ -1414,6 +1415,7 @@ RequireTransactionChain(void *stmtNode, const char *stmtType)
 	 */
 	if (IsTransactionBlock())
 		return;
+
 	/*
 	 * Are we inside a function call?  If the statement's parameter block
 	 * was allocated in QueryContext, assume it is an interactive command.
@@ -1423,7 +1425,7 @@ RequireTransactionChain(void *stmtNode, const char *stmtType)
 		return;
 	ereport(ERROR,
 			(errcode(ERRCODE_NO_ACTIVE_SQL_TRANSACTION),
-			 /* translator: %s represents an SQL statement name */
+	/* translator: %s represents an SQL statement name */
 			 errmsg("%s may only be used in BEGIN/END transaction blocks",
 					stmtType)));
 }
diff --git a/src/backend/access/transam/xlog.c b/src/backend/access/transam/xlog.c
index 0ceb8951cbe..45a2743ba97 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/transam/xlog.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/transam/xlog.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/xlog.c,v 1.120 2003/07/28 00:09:14 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/xlog.c,v 1.121 2003/08/04 00:43:15 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -1046,8 +1046,8 @@ XLogWrite(XLogwrtRqst WriteRqst)
 				if (close(openLogFile) != 0)
 					ereport(PANIC,
 							(errcode_for_file_access(),
-							 errmsg("close of log file %u, segment %u failed: %m",
-									openLogId, openLogSeg)));
+					errmsg("close of log file %u, segment %u failed: %m",
+						   openLogId, openLogSeg)));
 				openLogFile = -1;
 			}
 			XLByteToPrevSeg(LogwrtResult.Write, openLogId, openLogSeg);
@@ -1162,8 +1162,8 @@ XLogWrite(XLogwrtRqst WriteRqst)
 				if (close(openLogFile) != 0)
 					ereport(PANIC,
 							(errcode_for_file_access(),
-							 errmsg("close of log file %u, segment %u failed: %m",
-									openLogId, openLogSeg)));
+					errmsg("close of log file %u, segment %u failed: %m",
+						   openLogId, openLogSeg)));
 				openLogFile = -1;
 			}
 			if (openLogFile < 0)
@@ -1266,7 +1266,7 @@ XLogFlush(XLogRecPtr record)
 				XLogCtlInsert *Insert = &XLogCtl->Insert;
 				uint32		freespace = INSERT_FREESPACE(Insert);
 
-				if (freespace < SizeOfXLogRecord)	/* buffer is full */
+				if (freespace < SizeOfXLogRecord)		/* buffer is full */
 					WriteRqstPtr = XLogCtl->xlblocks[Insert->curridx];
 				else
 				{
@@ -1449,8 +1449,8 @@ XLogFileInit(uint32 log, uint32 seg,
 	if (fd < 0)
 		ereport(PANIC,
 				(errcode_for_file_access(),
-				 errmsg("open of \"%s\" (log file %u, segment %u) failed: %m",
-						path, log, seg)));
+			errmsg("open of \"%s\" (log file %u, segment %u) failed: %m",
+				   path, log, seg)));
 
 	return (fd);
 }
@@ -1563,14 +1563,14 @@ XLogFileOpen(uint32 log, uint32 seg, bool econt)
 		{
 			ereport(LOG,
 					(errcode_for_file_access(),
-					 errmsg("open of \"%s\" (log file %u, segment %u) failed: %m",
-							path, log, seg)));
+			errmsg("open of \"%s\" (log file %u, segment %u) failed: %m",
+				   path, log, seg)));
 			return (fd);
 		}
 		ereport(PANIC,
 				(errcode_for_file_access(),
-				 errmsg("open of \"%s\" (log file %u, segment %u) failed: %m",
-						path, log, seg)));
+			errmsg("open of \"%s\" (log file %u, segment %u) failed: %m",
+				   path, log, seg)));
 	}
 
 	return (fd);
@@ -1621,8 +1621,8 @@ MoveOfflineLogs(uint32 log, uint32 seg, XLogRecPtr endptr)
 	if (xldir == NULL)
 		ereport(PANIC,
 				(errcode_for_file_access(),
-				 errmsg("could not open transaction log directory \"%s\": %m",
-						XLogDir)));
+			errmsg("could not open transaction log directory \"%s\": %m",
+				   XLogDir)));
 
 	sprintf(lastoff, "%08X%08X", log, seg);
 
@@ -1654,15 +1654,15 @@ MoveOfflineLogs(uint32 log, uint32 seg, XLogRecPtr endptr)
 										   true))
 				{
 					ereport(LOG,
-							(errmsg("recycled transaction log file \"%s\"",
-									xlde->d_name)));
+						  (errmsg("recycled transaction log file \"%s\"",
+								  xlde->d_name)));
 				}
 				else
 				{
 					/* No need for any more future segments... */
 					ereport(LOG,
-							(errmsg("removing transaction log file \"%s\"",
-									xlde->d_name)));
+						  (errmsg("removing transaction log file \"%s\"",
+								  xlde->d_name)));
 					unlink(path);
 				}
 			}
@@ -1672,8 +1672,8 @@ MoveOfflineLogs(uint32 log, uint32 seg, XLogRecPtr endptr)
 	if (errno)
 		ereport(PANIC,
 				(errcode_for_file_access(),
-				 errmsg("could not read transaction log directory \"%s\": %m",
-						XLogDir)));
+			errmsg("could not read transaction log directory \"%s\": %m",
+				   XLogDir)));
 	closedir(xldir);
 }
 
@@ -1746,8 +1746,8 @@ RecordIsValid(XLogRecord *record, XLogRecPtr recptr, int emode)
 	if (!EQ_CRC64(record->xl_crc, crc))
 	{
 		ereport(emode,
-				(errmsg("bad resource manager data checksum in record at %X/%X",
-						recptr.xlogid, recptr.xrecoff)));
+		 (errmsg("bad resource manager data checksum in record at %X/%X",
+				 recptr.xlogid, recptr.xrecoff)));
 		return (false);
 	}
 
@@ -1769,8 +1769,8 @@ RecordIsValid(XLogRecord *record, XLogRecPtr recptr, int emode)
 		if (!EQ_CRC64(cbuf, crc))
 		{
 			ereport(emode,
-					(errmsg("bad checksum of backup block %d in record at %X/%X",
-							i + 1, recptr.xlogid, recptr.xrecoff)));
+			(errmsg("bad checksum of backup block %d in record at %X/%X",
+					i + 1, recptr.xlogid, recptr.xrecoff)));
 			return (false);
 		}
 		blk += sizeof(BkpBlock) + BLCKSZ;
@@ -1931,7 +1931,7 @@ got_record:;
 	{
 		ereport(emode,
 				(errmsg("invalid resource manager id %u at %X/%X",
-						record->xl_rmid, RecPtr->xlogid, RecPtr->xrecoff)));
+					 record->xl_rmid, RecPtr->xlogid, RecPtr->xrecoff)));
 		goto next_record_is_invalid;
 	}
 	nextRecord = NULL;
@@ -2063,7 +2063,7 @@ ValidXLOGHeader(XLogPageHeader hdr, int emode, bool checkSUI)
 	{
 		ereport(emode,
 				(errmsg("unexpected pageaddr %X/%X in log file %u, segment %u, offset %u",
-						hdr->xlp_pageaddr.xlogid, hdr->xlp_pageaddr.xrecoff,
+					 hdr->xlp_pageaddr.xlogid, hdr->xlp_pageaddr.xrecoff,
 						readId, readSeg, readOff)));
 		return false;
 	}
@@ -2084,7 +2084,7 @@ ValidXLOGHeader(XLogPageHeader hdr, int emode, bool checkSUI)
 			hdr->xlp_sui > lastReadSUI + 512)
 		{
 			ereport(emode,
-					/* translator: SUI = startup id */
+			/* translator: SUI = startup id */
 					(errmsg("out-of-sequence SUI %u (after %u) in log file %u, segment %u, offset %u",
 							hdr->xlp_sui, lastReadSUI,
 							readId, readSeg, readOff)));
@@ -2235,8 +2235,8 @@ ReadControlFile(void)
 		ereport(FATAL,
 				(errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
 				 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with PG_CONTROL_VERSION %d,"
-						   " but the server was compiled with PG_CONTROL_VERSION %d.",
-						   ControlFile->pg_control_version, PG_CONTROL_VERSION),
+			  " but the server was compiled with PG_CONTROL_VERSION %d.",
+					ControlFile->pg_control_version, PG_CONTROL_VERSION),
 				 errhint("It looks like you need to initdb.")));
 	/* Now check the CRC. */
 	INIT_CRC64(crc);
@@ -2265,75 +2265,75 @@ ReadControlFile(void)
 		ereport(FATAL,
 				(errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
 				 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with CATALOG_VERSION_NO %d,"
-						   " but the server was compiled with CATALOG_VERSION_NO %d.",
-						   ControlFile->catalog_version_no, CATALOG_VERSION_NO),
+			  " but the server was compiled with CATALOG_VERSION_NO %d.",
+					ControlFile->catalog_version_no, CATALOG_VERSION_NO),
 				 errhint("It looks like you need to initdb.")));
 	if (ControlFile->blcksz != BLCKSZ)
 		ereport(FATAL,
 				(errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
-				 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with BLCKSZ %d,"
-						   " but the server was compiled with BLCKSZ %d.",
-						   ControlFile->blcksz, BLCKSZ),
-				 errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
+		 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with BLCKSZ %d,"
+				   " but the server was compiled with BLCKSZ %d.",
+				   ControlFile->blcksz, BLCKSZ),
+			 errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
 	if (ControlFile->relseg_size != RELSEG_SIZE)
 		ereport(FATAL,
 				(errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
 				 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with RELSEG_SIZE %d,"
-						   " but the server was compiled with RELSEG_SIZE %d.",
+					 " but the server was compiled with RELSEG_SIZE %d.",
 						   ControlFile->relseg_size, RELSEG_SIZE),
-				 errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
+			 errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
 	if (ControlFile->nameDataLen != NAMEDATALEN)
 		ereport(FATAL,
 				(errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
 				 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with NAMEDATALEN %d,"
-						   " but the server was compiled with NAMEDATALEN %d.",
+					 " but the server was compiled with NAMEDATALEN %d.",
 						   ControlFile->nameDataLen, NAMEDATALEN),
-				 errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
+			 errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
 	if (ControlFile->funcMaxArgs != FUNC_MAX_ARGS)
 		ereport(FATAL,
 				(errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
 				 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with FUNC_MAX_ARGS %d,"
-						   " but the server was compiled with FUNC_MAX_ARGS %d.",
+				   " but the server was compiled with FUNC_MAX_ARGS %d.",
 						   ControlFile->funcMaxArgs, FUNC_MAX_ARGS),
-				 errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
+			 errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
 
 #ifdef HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP
 	if (ControlFile->enableIntTimes != TRUE)
 		ereport(FATAL,
 				(errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
 				 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized without HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP"
-						   " but the server was compiled with HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP."),
-				 errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
+			  " but the server was compiled with HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP."),
+			 errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
 #else
 	if (ControlFile->enableIntTimes != FALSE)
 		ereport(FATAL,
 				(errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
 				 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP"
-						   " but the server was compiled without HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP."),
-				 errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
+		   " but the server was compiled without HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP."),
+			 errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
 #endif
 
 	if (ControlFile->localeBuflen != LOCALE_NAME_BUFLEN)
 		ereport(FATAL,
 				(errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
 				 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with LOCALE_NAME_BUFLEN %d,"
-						   " but the server was compiled with LOCALE_NAME_BUFLEN %d.",
+			  " but the server was compiled with LOCALE_NAME_BUFLEN %d.",
 						   ControlFile->localeBuflen, LOCALE_NAME_BUFLEN),
-				 errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
+			 errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
 	if (setlocale(LC_COLLATE, ControlFile->lc_collate) == NULL)
 		ereport(FATAL,
-				(errmsg("database files are incompatible with operating system"),
-				 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with LC_COLLATE \"%s\","
-						   " which is not recognized by setlocale().",
-						   ControlFile->lc_collate),
-				 errhint("It looks like you need to initdb or install locale support.")));
+		(errmsg("database files are incompatible with operating system"),
+		 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with LC_COLLATE \"%s\","
+				   " which is not recognized by setlocale().",
+				   ControlFile->lc_collate),
+		 errhint("It looks like you need to initdb or install locale support.")));
 	if (setlocale(LC_CTYPE, ControlFile->lc_ctype) == NULL)
 		ereport(FATAL,
-				(errmsg("database files are incompatible with operating system"),
-				 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with LC_CTYPE \"%s\","
-						   " which is not recognized by setlocale().",
-						   ControlFile->lc_ctype),
-				 errhint("It looks like you need to initdb or install locale support.")));
+		(errmsg("database files are incompatible with operating system"),
+		 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with LC_CTYPE \"%s\","
+				   " which is not recognized by setlocale().",
+				   ControlFile->lc_ctype),
+		 errhint("It looks like you need to initdb or install locale support.")));
 
 	/* Make the fixed locale settings visible as GUC variables, too */
 	SetConfigOption("lc_collate", ControlFile->lc_collate,
@@ -2602,10 +2602,10 @@ StartupXLOG(void)
 						str_time(ControlFile->time))));
 	else if (ControlFile->state == DB_IN_RECOVERY)
 		ereport(LOG,
-				(errmsg("database system was interrupted while in recovery at %s",
-						str_time(ControlFile->time)),
-				 errhint("This probably means that some data is corrupted and"
-						 " you will have to use the last backup for recovery.")));
+		(errmsg("database system was interrupted while in recovery at %s",
+				str_time(ControlFile->time)),
+		 errhint("This probably means that some data is corrupted and"
+				 " you will have to use the last backup for recovery.")));
 	else if (ControlFile->state == DB_IN_PRODUCTION)
 		ereport(LOG,
 				(errmsg("database system was interrupted at %s",
@@ -2637,12 +2637,12 @@ StartupXLOG(void)
 			checkPointLoc = ControlFile->prevCheckPoint;
 			ereport(LOG,
 					(errmsg("using previous checkpoint record at %X/%X",
-							checkPointLoc.xlogid, checkPointLoc.xrecoff)));
+						  checkPointLoc.xlogid, checkPointLoc.xrecoff)));
 			InRecovery = true;	/* force recovery even if SHUTDOWNED */
 		}
 		else
 			ereport(PANIC,
-					(errmsg("could not locate a valid checkpoint record")));
+				 (errmsg("could not locate a valid checkpoint record")));
 	}
 	LastRec = RecPtr = checkPointLoc;
 	memcpy(&checkPoint, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(CheckPoint));
@@ -2665,11 +2665,12 @@ StartupXLOG(void)
 	ShmemVariableCache->oidCount = 0;
 
 	/*
-	 * If it was a shutdown checkpoint, then any following WAL entries were
-	 * created under the next StartUpID; if it was a regular checkpoint then
-	 * any following WAL entries were created under the same StartUpID.
-	 * We must replay WAL entries using the same StartUpID they were created
-	 * under, so temporarily adopt that SUI (see also xlog_redo()).
+	 * If it was a shutdown checkpoint, then any following WAL entries
+	 * were created under the next StartUpID; if it was a regular
+	 * checkpoint then any following WAL entries were created under the
+	 * same StartUpID. We must replay WAL entries using the same StartUpID
+	 * they were created under, so temporarily adopt that SUI (see also
+	 * xlog_redo()).
 	 */
 	if (wasShutdown)
 		ThisStartUpID = checkPoint.ThisStartUpID + 1;
@@ -2690,7 +2691,7 @@ StartupXLOG(void)
 	{
 		if (wasShutdown)
 			ereport(PANIC,
-					(errmsg("invalid redo/undo record in shutdown checkpoint")));
+			(errmsg("invalid redo/undo record in shutdown checkpoint")));
 		InRecovery = true;
 	}
 	else if (ControlFile->state != DB_SHUTDOWNED)
@@ -2699,7 +2700,7 @@ StartupXLOG(void)
 	/* REDO */
 	if (InRecovery)
 	{
-		int		rmid;
+		int			rmid;
 
 		ereport(LOG,
 				(errmsg("database system was not properly shut down; "
@@ -2791,8 +2792,8 @@ StartupXLOG(void)
 
 	/*
 	 * Tricky point here: readBuf contains the *last* block that the
-	 * LastRec record spans, not the one it starts in.	The last block
-	 * is indeed the one we want to use.
+	 * LastRec record spans, not the one it starts in.	The last block is
+	 * indeed the one we want to use.
 	 */
 	Assert(readOff == (XLogCtl->xlblocks[0].xrecoff - BLCKSZ) % XLogSegSize);
 	memcpy((char *) Insert->currpage, readBuf, BLCKSZ);
@@ -2818,11 +2819,12 @@ StartupXLOG(void)
 	else
 	{
 		/*
-		 * Whenever Write.LogwrtResult points to exactly the end of a page,
-		 * Write.curridx must point to the *next* page (see XLogWrite()).
+		 * Whenever Write.LogwrtResult points to exactly the end of a
+		 * page, Write.curridx must point to the *next* page (see
+		 * XLogWrite()).
 		 *
-		 * Note: it might seem we should do AdvanceXLInsertBuffer() here,
-		 * but we can't since we haven't yet determined the correct StartUpID
+		 * Note: it might seem we should do AdvanceXLInsertBuffer() here, but
+		 * we can't since we haven't yet determined the correct StartUpID
 		 * to put into the new page's header.  The first actual attempt to
 		 * insert a log record will advance the insert state.
 		 */
@@ -2859,7 +2861,7 @@ StartupXLOG(void)
 
 	if (InRecovery)
 	{
-		int		rmid;
+		int			rmid;
 
 		/*
 		 * Allow resource managers to do any required cleanup.
@@ -2885,14 +2887,15 @@ StartupXLOG(void)
 			ThisStartUpID = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.ThisStartUpID;
 
 		/*
-		 * Perform a new checkpoint to update our recovery activity to disk.
+		 * Perform a new checkpoint to update our recovery activity to
+		 * disk.
 		 *
 		 * Note that we write a shutdown checkpoint.  This is correct since
-		 * the records following it will use SUI one more than what is shown
-		 * in the checkpoint's ThisStartUpID.
+		 * the records following it will use SUI one more than what is
+		 * shown in the checkpoint's ThisStartUpID.
 		 *
-		 * In case we had to use the secondary checkpoint, make sure that
-		 * it will still be shown as the secondary checkpoint after this
+		 * In case we had to use the secondary checkpoint, make sure that it
+		 * will still be shown as the secondary checkpoint after this
 		 * CreateCheckPoint operation; we don't want the broken primary
 		 * checkpoint to become prevCheckPoint...
 		 */
@@ -2907,10 +2910,10 @@ StartupXLOG(void)
 	else
 	{
 		/*
-		 * If we are not doing recovery, then we saw a checkpoint with nothing
-		 * after it, and we can safely use StartUpID equal to one more than
-		 * the checkpoint's SUI.  But just for paranoia's sake, check against
-		 * pg_control too.
+		 * If we are not doing recovery, then we saw a checkpoint with
+		 * nothing after it, and we can safely use StartUpID equal to one
+		 * more than the checkpoint's SUI.  But just for paranoia's sake,
+		 * check against pg_control too.
 		 */
 		ThisStartUpID = checkPoint.ThisStartUpID;
 		if (ThisStartUpID < ControlFile->checkPointCopy.ThisStartUpID)
@@ -2923,7 +2926,8 @@ StartupXLOG(void)
 	PreallocXlogFiles(EndOfLog);
 
 	/*
-	 * Advance StartUpID to one more than the highest value used previously.
+	 * Advance StartUpID to one more than the highest value used
+	 * previously.
 	 */
 	ThisStartUpID++;
 	XLogCtl->ThisStartUpID = ThisStartUpID;
@@ -2973,9 +2977,9 @@ ReadCheckpointRecord(XLogRecPtr RecPtr,
 	if (!XRecOffIsValid(RecPtr.xrecoff))
 	{
 		ereport(LOG,
-				/* translator: %s is "primary" or "secondary" */
+		/* translator: %s is "primary" or "secondary" */
 				(errmsg("invalid %s checkpoint link in control file",
-						(whichChkpt == 1) ? gettext("primary") : gettext("secondary"))));
+		(whichChkpt == 1) ? gettext("primary") : gettext("secondary"))));
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -2984,34 +2988,34 @@ ReadCheckpointRecord(XLogRecPtr RecPtr,
 	if (record == NULL)
 	{
 		ereport(LOG,
-				/* translator: %s is "primary" or "secondary" */
+		/* translator: %s is "primary" or "secondary" */
 				(errmsg("invalid %s checkpoint record",
-						(whichChkpt == 1) ? gettext("primary") : gettext("secondary"))));
+		(whichChkpt == 1) ? gettext("primary") : gettext("secondary"))));
 		return NULL;
 	}
 	if (record->xl_rmid != RM_XLOG_ID)
 	{
 		ereport(LOG,
-				/* translator: %s is "primary" or "secondary" */
-				(errmsg("invalid resource manager id in %s checkpoint record",
-						(whichChkpt == 1) ? gettext("primary") : gettext("secondary"))));
+		/* translator: %s is "primary" or "secondary" */
+		   (errmsg("invalid resource manager id in %s checkpoint record",
+		(whichChkpt == 1) ? gettext("primary") : gettext("secondary"))));
 		return NULL;
 	}
 	if (record->xl_info != XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN &&
 		record->xl_info != XLOG_CHECKPOINT_ONLINE)
 	{
 		ereport(LOG,
-				/* translator: %s is "primary" or "secondary" */
+		/* translator: %s is "primary" or "secondary" */
 				(errmsg("invalid xl_info in %s checkpoint record",
-						(whichChkpt == 1) ? gettext("primary") : gettext("secondary"))));
+		(whichChkpt == 1) ? gettext("primary") : gettext("secondary"))));
 		return NULL;
 	}
 	if (record->xl_len != sizeof(CheckPoint))
 	{
 		ereport(LOG,
-				/* translator: %s is "primary" or "secondary" */
+		/* translator: %s is "primary" or "secondary" */
 				(errmsg("invalid length of %s checkpoint record",
-						(whichChkpt == 1) ? gettext("primary") : gettext("secondary"))));
+		(whichChkpt == 1) ? gettext("primary") : gettext("secondary"))));
 		return NULL;
 	}
 	return record;
@@ -3112,10 +3116,11 @@ CreateCheckPoint(bool shutdown, bool force)
 	if (MyXactMadeXLogEntry)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_ACTIVE_SQL_TRANSACTION),
-				 errmsg("checkpoint cannot be made inside transaction block")));
+		  errmsg("checkpoint cannot be made inside transaction block")));
 
 	/*
-	 * Acquire CheckpointLock to ensure only one checkpoint happens at a time.
+	 * Acquire CheckpointLock to ensure only one checkpoint happens at a
+	 * time.
 	 *
 	 * The CheckpointLock can be held for quite a while, which is not good
 	 * because we won't respond to a cancel/die request while waiting for
@@ -3149,14 +3154,15 @@ CreateCheckPoint(bool shutdown, bool force)
 	LWLockAcquire(WALInsertLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
 
 	/*
-	 * If this isn't a shutdown or forced checkpoint, and we have not inserted
-	 * any XLOG records since the start of the last checkpoint, skip the
-	 * checkpoint.  The idea here is to avoid inserting duplicate checkpoints
-	 * when the system is idle. That wastes log space, and more importantly it
-	 * exposes us to possible loss of both current and previous checkpoint
-	 * records if the machine crashes just as we're writing the update.
-	 * (Perhaps it'd make even more sense to checkpoint only when the previous
-	 * checkpoint record is in a different xlog page?)
+	 * If this isn't a shutdown or forced checkpoint, and we have not
+	 * inserted any XLOG records since the start of the last checkpoint,
+	 * skip the checkpoint.  The idea here is to avoid inserting duplicate
+	 * checkpoints when the system is idle. That wastes log space, and
+	 * more importantly it exposes us to possible loss of both current and
+	 * previous checkpoint records if the machine crashes just as we're
+	 * writing the update. (Perhaps it'd make even more sense to
+	 * checkpoint only when the previous checkpoint record is in a
+	 * different xlog page?)
 	 *
 	 * We have to make two tests to determine that nothing has happened since
 	 * the start of the last checkpoint: current insertion point must
@@ -3204,12 +3210,13 @@ CreateCheckPoint(bool shutdown, bool force)
 	 * Here we update the shared RedoRecPtr for future XLogInsert calls;
 	 * this must be done while holding the insert lock AND the info_lck.
 	 *
-	 * Note: if we fail to complete the checkpoint, RedoRecPtr will be
-	 * left pointing past where it really needs to point.  This is okay;
-	 * the only consequence is that XLogInsert might back up whole buffers
-	 * that it didn't really need to.  We can't postpone advancing RedoRecPtr
-	 * because XLogInserts that happen while we are dumping buffers must
-	 * assume that their buffer changes are not included in the checkpoint.
+	 * Note: if we fail to complete the checkpoint, RedoRecPtr will be left
+	 * pointing past where it really needs to point.  This is okay; the
+	 * only consequence is that XLogInsert might back up whole buffers
+	 * that it didn't really need to.  We can't postpone advancing
+	 * RedoRecPtr because XLogInserts that happen while we are dumping
+	 * buffers must assume that their buffer changes are not included in
+	 * the checkpoint.
 	 */
 	{
 		/* use volatile pointer to prevent code rearrangement */
@@ -3538,15 +3545,15 @@ assign_xlog_sync_method(const char *method, bool doit, bool interactive)
 			if (pg_fsync(openLogFile) != 0)
 				ereport(PANIC,
 						(errcode_for_file_access(),
-						 errmsg("fsync of log file %u, segment %u failed: %m",
-								openLogId, openLogSeg)));
+					errmsg("fsync of log file %u, segment %u failed: %m",
+						   openLogId, openLogSeg)));
 			if (open_sync_bit != new_sync_bit)
 			{
 				if (close(openLogFile) != 0)
 					ereport(PANIC,
 							(errcode_for_file_access(),
-							 errmsg("close of log file %u, segment %u failed: %m",
-									openLogId, openLogSeg)));
+					errmsg("close of log file %u, segment %u failed: %m",
+						   openLogId, openLogSeg)));
 				openLogFile = -1;
 			}
 		}
@@ -3570,16 +3577,16 @@ issue_xlog_fsync(void)
 			if (pg_fsync(openLogFile) != 0)
 				ereport(PANIC,
 						(errcode_for_file_access(),
-						 errmsg("fsync of log file %u, segment %u failed: %m",
-								openLogId, openLogSeg)));
+					errmsg("fsync of log file %u, segment %u failed: %m",
+						   openLogId, openLogSeg)));
 			break;
 #ifdef HAVE_FDATASYNC
 		case SYNC_METHOD_FDATASYNC:
 			if (pg_fdatasync(openLogFile) != 0)
 				ereport(PANIC,
 						(errcode_for_file_access(),
-						 errmsg("fdatasync of log file %u, segment %u failed: %m",
-								openLogId, openLogSeg)));
+				errmsg("fdatasync of log file %u, segment %u failed: %m",
+					   openLogId, openLogSeg)));
 			break;
 #endif
 		case SYNC_METHOD_OPEN:
diff --git a/src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c b/src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c
index b02fa775ded..328f2ab9b38 100644
--- a/src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c
+++ b/src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c,v 1.163 2003/07/27 21:49:53 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c,v 1.164 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ BootstrapMain(int argc, char *argv[])
 	 *
 	 * If we are running under the postmaster, this is done already.
 	 */
-	if (!IsUnderPostmaster /* when exec || ExecBackend */)
+	if (!IsUnderPostmaster /* when exec || ExecBackend */ )
 		MemoryContextInit();
 
 	/*
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ BootstrapMain(int argc, char *argv[])
 
 	/* Set defaults, to be overriden by explicit options below */
 	dbname = NULL;
-	if (!IsUnderPostmaster /* when exec || ExecBackend*/)
+	if (!IsUnderPostmaster /* when exec || ExecBackend */ )
 	{
 		InitializeGUCOptions();
 		potential_DataDir = getenv("PGDATA");	/* Null if no PGDATA
@@ -285,22 +285,22 @@ BootstrapMain(int argc, char *argv[])
 				xlogop = atoi(optarg);
 				break;
 			case 'p':
-			{
-				/* indicates fork from postmaster */
+				{
+					/* indicates fork from postmaster */
 #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
-				char *p;
-
-				sscanf(optarg, "%d,%p,", &UsedShmemSegID, &UsedShmemSegAddr);
-				p = strchr(optarg, ',');
-				if (p)
-					p = strchr(p+1, ',');
-				if (p)
-					dbname = strdup(p+1);
+					char	   *p;
+
+					sscanf(optarg, "%d,%p,", &UsedShmemSegID, &UsedShmemSegAddr);
+					p = strchr(optarg, ',');
+					if (p)
+						p = strchr(p + 1, ',');
+					if (p)
+						dbname = strdup(p + 1);
 #else
-				dbname = strdup(optarg);
+					dbname = strdup(optarg);
 #endif
-				break;
-			}
+					break;
+				}
 			case 'B':
 				SetConfigOption("shared_buffers", optarg, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
 				break;
@@ -346,12 +346,10 @@ BootstrapMain(int argc, char *argv[])
 		usage();
 
 
-	if (IsUnderPostmaster && ExecBackend && MyProc /* ordinary backend */)
-	{
+	if (IsUnderPostmaster && ExecBackend && MyProc /* ordinary backend */ )
 		AttachSharedMemoryAndSemaphores();
-	}
-	
-	if (!IsUnderPostmaster /* when exec || ExecBackend*/)
+
+	if (!IsUnderPostmaster /* when exec || ExecBackend */ )
 	{
 		if (!potential_DataDir)
 		{
@@ -473,8 +471,8 @@ BootstrapMain(int argc, char *argv[])
 
 	/*
 	 * In NOP mode, all we really want to do is create shared memory and
-	 * semaphores (just to prove we can do it with the current GUC settings).
-	 * So, quit now.
+	 * semaphores (just to prove we can do it with the current GUC
+	 * settings). So, quit now.
 	 */
 	if (xlogop == BS_XLOG_NOP)
 		proc_exit(0);
diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/aclchk.c b/src/backend/catalog/aclchk.c
index 77b1d3b2d7f..7ace67de6b2 100644
--- a/src/backend/catalog/aclchk.c
+++ b/src/backend/catalog/aclchk.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/aclchk.c,v 1.85 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/aclchk.c,v 1.86 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  See acl.h.
@@ -97,37 +97,40 @@ merge_acl_with_grant(Acl *old_acl, bool is_grant,
 
 		if (grantee->username)
 		{
-			aclitem.ai_grantee = get_usesysid(grantee->username);
+			aclitem.	ai_grantee = get_usesysid(grantee->username);
+
 			idtype = ACL_IDTYPE_UID;
 		}
 		else if (grantee->groupname)
 		{
-			aclitem.ai_grantee = get_grosysid(grantee->groupname);
+			aclitem.	ai_grantee = get_grosysid(grantee->groupname);
+
 			idtype = ACL_IDTYPE_GID;
 		}
 		else
 		{
-			aclitem.ai_grantee = ACL_ID_WORLD;
+			aclitem.	ai_grantee = ACL_ID_WORLD;
+
 			idtype = ACL_IDTYPE_WORLD;
 		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Grant options can only be granted to individual users, not
-		 * groups or public.  The reason is that if a user would
-		 * re-grant a privilege that he held through a group having a
-		 * grant option, and later the user is removed from the group,
-		 * the situation is impossible to clean up.
+		 * groups or public.  The reason is that if a user would re-grant
+		 * a privilege that he held through a group having a grant option,
+		 * and later the user is removed from the group, the situation is
+		 * impossible to clean up.
 		 */
 		if (is_grant && idtype != ACL_IDTYPE_UID && grant_option)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_GRANT_OPERATION),
 					 errmsg("grant options can only be granted to individual users")));
 
-		aclitem.ai_grantor = GetUserId();
+		aclitem.	ai_grantor = GetUserId();
 
 		ACLITEM_SET_PRIVS_IDTYPE(aclitem,
-								 (is_grant || !grant_option) ? privileges : ACL_NO_RIGHTS,
-								 (grant_option || !is_grant) ? privileges : ACL_NO_RIGHTS,
+				(is_grant || !grant_option) ? privileges : ACL_NO_RIGHTS,
+				(grant_option || !is_grant) ? privileges : ACL_NO_RIGHTS,
 								 idtype);
 
 		new_acl = aclinsert3(new_acl, &aclitem, modechg, behavior);
@@ -247,7 +250,7 @@ ExecuteGrantStmt_Relation(GrantStmt *stmt)
 
 		new_acl = merge_acl_with_grant(old_acl, stmt->is_grant,
 									   stmt->grantees, privileges,
-									   stmt->grant_option, stmt->behavior);
+									 stmt->grant_option, stmt->behavior);
 
 		/* finished building new ACL value, now insert it */
 		MemSet(values, 0, sizeof(values));
@@ -346,7 +349,7 @@ ExecuteGrantStmt_Database(GrantStmt *stmt)
 
 		new_acl = merge_acl_with_grant(old_acl, stmt->is_grant,
 									   stmt->grantees, privileges,
-									   stmt->grant_option, stmt->behavior);
+									 stmt->grant_option, stmt->behavior);
 
 		/* finished building new ACL value, now insert it */
 		MemSet(values, 0, sizeof(values));
@@ -443,7 +446,7 @@ ExecuteGrantStmt_Function(GrantStmt *stmt)
 
 		new_acl = merge_acl_with_grant(old_acl, stmt->is_grant,
 									   stmt->grantees, privileges,
-									   stmt->grant_option, stmt->behavior);
+									 stmt->grant_option, stmt->behavior);
 
 		/* finished building new ACL value, now insert it */
 		MemSet(values, 0, sizeof(values));
@@ -543,7 +546,7 @@ ExecuteGrantStmt_Language(GrantStmt *stmt)
 
 		new_acl = merge_acl_with_grant(old_acl, stmt->is_grant,
 									   stmt->grantees, privileges,
-									   stmt->grant_option, stmt->behavior);
+									 stmt->grant_option, stmt->behavior);
 
 		/* finished building new ACL value, now insert it */
 		MemSet(values, 0, sizeof(values));
@@ -619,7 +622,7 @@ ExecuteGrantStmt_Namespace(GrantStmt *stmt)
 		pg_namespace_tuple = (Form_pg_namespace) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
 
 		if (stmt->is_grant
-			&& !pg_namespace_ownercheck(HeapTupleGetOid(tuple), GetUserId())
+		 && !pg_namespace_ownercheck(HeapTupleGetOid(tuple), GetUserId())
 			&& pg_namespace_aclcheck(HeapTupleGetOid(tuple), GetUserId(), ACL_GRANT_OPTION_FOR(privileges)) != ACLCHECK_OK)
 			aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NO_PRIV, ACL_KIND_NAMESPACE,
 						   nspname);
@@ -640,7 +643,7 @@ ExecuteGrantStmt_Namespace(GrantStmt *stmt)
 
 		new_acl = merge_acl_with_grant(old_acl, stmt->is_grant,
 									   stmt->grantees, privileges,
-									   stmt->grant_option, stmt->behavior);
+									 stmt->grant_option, stmt->behavior);
 
 		/* finished building new ACL value, now insert it */
 		MemSet(values, 0, sizeof(values));
@@ -805,7 +808,7 @@ in_group(AclId uid, AclId gid)
 static AclResult
 aclcheck(Acl *acl, AclId userid, AclMode mode)
 {
-	AclItem	   *aidat;
+	AclItem    *aidat;
 	int			i,
 				num;
 
@@ -833,10 +836,10 @@ aclcheck(Acl *acl, AclId userid, AclMode mode)
 			if (aidat[i].ai_privs & mode)
 				return ACLCHECK_OK;
 		}
-	
+
 	/*
-	 * See if he has the permission via any group (do this in a
-	 * separate pass to avoid expensive(?) lookups in pg_group)
+	 * See if he has the permission via any group (do this in a separate
+	 * pass to avoid expensive(?) lookups in pg_group)
 	 */
 	for (i = 0; i < num; i++)
 		if (ACLITEM_GET_IDTYPE(aidat[i]) == ACL_IDTYPE_GID
@@ -856,7 +859,7 @@ aclcheck(Acl *acl, AclId userid, AclMode mode)
  * supply strings that might be already quoted.
  */
 
-static const char * const no_priv_msg[MAX_ACL_KIND] =
+static const char *const no_priv_msg[MAX_ACL_KIND] =
 {
 	/* ACL_KIND_CLASS */
 	gettext_noop("permission denied for relation %s"),
@@ -878,7 +881,7 @@ static const char * const no_priv_msg[MAX_ACL_KIND] =
 	gettext_noop("permission denied for conversion %s")
 };
 
-static const char * const not_owner_msg[MAX_ACL_KIND] =
+static const char *const not_owner_msg[MAX_ACL_KIND] =
 {
 	/* ACL_KIND_CLASS */
 	gettext_noop("must be owner of relation %s"),
@@ -972,7 +975,7 @@ pg_class_aclcheck(Oid table_oid, AclId userid, AclMode mode)
 	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE),
-				 errmsg("relation with OID %u does not exist", table_oid)));
+			  errmsg("relation with OID %u does not exist", table_oid)));
 
 	/*
 	 * Deny anyone permission to update a system catalog unless
@@ -1124,7 +1127,7 @@ pg_proc_aclcheck(Oid proc_oid, AclId userid, AclMode mode)
 	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_FUNCTION),
-				 errmsg("function with OID %u does not exist", proc_oid)));
+			   errmsg("function with OID %u does not exist", proc_oid)));
 
 	aclDatum = SysCacheGetAttr(PROCOID, tuple, Anum_pg_proc_proacl,
 							   &isNull);
@@ -1179,7 +1182,7 @@ pg_language_aclcheck(Oid lang_oid, AclId userid, AclMode mode)
 	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
-				 errmsg("language with OID %u does not exist", lang_oid)));
+			   errmsg("language with OID %u does not exist", lang_oid)));
 
 	aclDatum = SysCacheGetAttr(LANGOID, tuple, Anum_pg_language_lanacl,
 							   &isNull);
@@ -1288,7 +1291,7 @@ pg_class_ownercheck(Oid class_oid, AclId userid)
 	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE),
-				 errmsg("relation with OID %u does not exist", class_oid)));
+			  errmsg("relation with OID %u does not exist", class_oid)));
 
 	owner_id = ((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->relowner;
 
@@ -1344,7 +1347,7 @@ pg_oper_ownercheck(Oid oper_oid, AclId userid)
 	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_FUNCTION),
-				 errmsg("operator with OID %u does not exist", oper_oid)));
+			   errmsg("operator with OID %u does not exist", oper_oid)));
 
 	owner_id = ((Form_pg_operator) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->oprowner;
 
@@ -1372,7 +1375,7 @@ pg_proc_ownercheck(Oid proc_oid, AclId userid)
 	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_FUNCTION),
-				 errmsg("function with OID %u does not exist", proc_oid)));
+			   errmsg("function with OID %u does not exist", proc_oid)));
 
 	owner_id = ((Form_pg_proc) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->proowner;
 
diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/dependency.c b/src/backend/catalog/dependency.c
index 2cdf4bc229c..251fb82d813 100644
--- a/src/backend/catalog/dependency.c
+++ b/src/backend/catalog/dependency.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/dependency.c,v 1.28 2003/07/28 00:09:14 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/dependency.c,v 1.29 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -93,8 +93,8 @@ static Oid	object_classes[MAX_OCLASS];
 
 
 static void findAutoDeletableObjects(const ObjectAddress *object,
-									 ObjectAddresses *oktodelete,
-									 Relation depRel);
+						 ObjectAddresses *oktodelete,
+						 Relation depRel);
 static bool recursiveDeletion(const ObjectAddress *object,
 				  DropBehavior behavior,
 				  int msglevel,
@@ -102,11 +102,11 @@ static bool recursiveDeletion(const ObjectAddress *object,
 				  ObjectAddresses *oktodelete,
 				  Relation depRel);
 static bool deleteDependentObjects(const ObjectAddress *object,
-								   const char *objDescription,
-								   DropBehavior behavior,
-								   int msglevel,
-								   ObjectAddresses *oktodelete,
-								   Relation depRel);
+					   const char *objDescription,
+					   DropBehavior behavior,
+					   int msglevel,
+					   ObjectAddresses *oktodelete,
+					   Relation depRel);
 static void doDeletion(const ObjectAddress *object);
 static bool find_expr_references_walker(Node *node,
 							find_expr_references_context *context);
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ static void add_object_address(ObjectClasses oclass, Oid objectId, int32 subId,
 static void add_exact_object_address(const ObjectAddress *object,
 						 ObjectAddresses *addrs);
 static bool object_address_present(const ObjectAddress *object,
-				   ObjectAddresses *addrs);
+					   ObjectAddresses *addrs);
 static void term_object_addresses(ObjectAddresses *addrs);
 static void init_object_classes(void);
 static ObjectClasses getObjectClass(const ObjectAddress *object);
@@ -158,9 +158,9 @@ performDeletion(const ObjectAddress *object,
 
 	/*
 	 * Construct a list of objects that are reachable by AUTO or INTERNAL
-	 * dependencies from the target object.  These should be deleted silently,
-	 * even if the actual deletion pass first reaches one of them via a
-	 * non-auto dependency.
+	 * dependencies from the target object.  These should be deleted
+	 * silently, even if the actual deletion pass first reaches one of
+	 * them via a non-auto dependency.
 	 */
 	init_object_addresses(&oktodelete);
 
@@ -170,8 +170,8 @@ performDeletion(const ObjectAddress *object,
 						   NULL, &oktodelete, depRel))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_DEPENDENT_OBJECTS_STILL_EXIST),
-				 errmsg("cannot drop %s because other objects depend on it",
-						objDescription),
+			  errmsg("cannot drop %s because other objects depend on it",
+					 objDescription),
 				 errhint("Use DROP ... CASCADE to drop the dependent objects too.")));
 
 	term_object_addresses(&oktodelete);
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ performDeletion(const ObjectAddress *object,
 
 /*
  * deleteWhatDependsOn: attempt to drop everything that depends on the
- * specified object, though not the object itself.  Behavior is always
+ * specified object, though not the object itself.	Behavior is always
  * CASCADE.
  *
  * This is currently used only to clean out the contents of a schema
@@ -212,9 +212,9 @@ deleteWhatDependsOn(const ObjectAddress *object,
 
 	/*
 	 * Construct a list of objects that are reachable by AUTO or INTERNAL
-	 * dependencies from the target object.  These should be deleted silently,
-	 * even if the actual deletion pass first reaches one of them via a
-	 * non-auto dependency.
+	 * dependencies from the target object.  These should be deleted
+	 * silently, even if the actual deletion pass first reaches one of
+	 * them via a non-auto dependency.
 	 */
 	init_object_addresses(&oktodelete);
 
@@ -266,9 +266,9 @@ findAutoDeletableObjects(const ObjectAddress *object,
 	ObjectAddress otherObject;
 
 	/*
-	 * If this object is already in oktodelete, then we already visited it;
-	 * don't do so again (this prevents infinite recursion if there's a loop
-	 * in pg_depend).  Otherwise, add it.
+	 * If this object is already in oktodelete, then we already visited
+	 * it; don't do so again (this prevents infinite recursion if there's
+	 * a loop in pg_depend).  Otherwise, add it.
 	 */
 	if (object_address_present(object, oktodelete))
 		return;
@@ -276,8 +276,8 @@ findAutoDeletableObjects(const ObjectAddress *object,
 
 	/*
 	 * Scan pg_depend records that link to this object, showing the things
-	 * that depend on it.  For each one that is AUTO or INTERNAL, visit the
-	 * referencing object.
+	 * that depend on it.  For each one that is AUTO or INTERNAL, visit
+	 * the referencing object.
 	 *
 	 * When dropping a whole object (subId = 0), find pg_depend records for
 	 * its sub-objects too.
@@ -319,6 +319,7 @@ findAutoDeletableObjects(const ObjectAddress *object,
 				findAutoDeletableObjects(&otherObject, oktodelete, depRel);
 				break;
 			case DEPENDENCY_PIN:
+
 				/*
 				 * For a PIN dependency we just ereport immediately; there
 				 * won't be any others to examine, and we aren't ever
@@ -461,11 +462,11 @@ recursiveDeletion(const ObjectAddress *object,
 					char	   *otherObjDesc = getObjectDescription(&otherObject);
 
 					ereport(ERROR,
-							(errcode(ERRCODE_DEPENDENT_OBJECTS_STILL_EXIST),
-							 errmsg("cannot drop %s because %s requires it",
-									objDescription, otherObjDesc),
-							 errhint("You may drop %s instead.",
-									 otherObjDesc)));
+						 (errcode(ERRCODE_DEPENDENT_OBJECTS_STILL_EXIST),
+						  errmsg("cannot drop %s because %s requires it",
+								 objDescription, otherObjDesc),
+						  errhint("You may drop %s instead.",
+								  otherObjDesc)));
 				}
 
 				/*
@@ -559,10 +560,9 @@ recursiveDeletion(const ObjectAddress *object,
 	/*
 	 * Step 2: scan pg_depend records that link to this object, showing
 	 * the things that depend on it.  Recursively delete those things.
-	 * Note it's important to delete the dependent objects
-	 * before the referenced one, since the deletion routines might do
-	 * things like try to update the pg_class record when deleting a check
-	 * constraint.
+	 * Note it's important to delete the dependent objects before the
+	 * referenced one, since the deletion routines might do things like
+	 * try to update the pg_class record when deleting a check constraint.
 	 */
 	if (!deleteDependentObjects(object, objDescription,
 								behavior, msglevel,
@@ -674,11 +674,12 @@ deleteDependentObjects(const ObjectAddress *object,
 		switch (foundDep->deptype)
 		{
 			case DEPENDENCY_NORMAL:
+
 				/*
 				 * Perhaps there was another dependency path that would
-				 * have allowed silent deletion of the otherObject, had
-				 * we only taken that path first.
-				 * In that case, act like this link is AUTO, too.
+				 * have allowed silent deletion of the otherObject, had we
+				 * only taken that path first. In that case, act like this
+				 * link is AUTO, too.
 				 */
 				if (object_address_present(&otherObject, oktodelete))
 					ereport(DEBUG2,
@@ -872,7 +873,7 @@ recordDependencyOnExpr(const ObjectAddress *depender,
  * recordDependencyOnSingleRelExpr - find expression dependencies
  *
  * As above, but only one relation is expected to be referenced (with
- * varno = 1 and varlevelsup = 0).  Pass the relation OID instead of a
+ * varno = 1 and varlevelsup = 0).	Pass the relation OID instead of a
  * range table.  An additional frammish is that dependencies on that
  * relation (or its component columns) will be marked with 'self_behavior',
  * whereas 'behavior' is used for everything else.
@@ -1001,7 +1002,7 @@ find_expr_references_walker(Node *node,
 		else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_JOIN)
 		{
 			/* Scan join output column to add references to join inputs */
-			List   *save_rtables;
+			List	   *save_rtables;
 
 			/* We must make the context appropriate for join's level */
 			save_rtables = context->rtables;
@@ -1026,7 +1027,7 @@ find_expr_references_walker(Node *node,
 	}
 	if (IsA(node, OpExpr))
 	{
-		OpExpr   *opexpr = (OpExpr *) node;
+		OpExpr	   *opexpr = (OpExpr *) node;
 
 		add_object_address(OCLASS_OPERATOR, opexpr->opno, 0,
 						   &context->addrs);
@@ -1034,7 +1035,7 @@ find_expr_references_walker(Node *node,
 	}
 	if (IsA(node, DistinctExpr))
 	{
-		DistinctExpr   *distinctexpr = (DistinctExpr *) node;
+		DistinctExpr *distinctexpr = (DistinctExpr *) node;
 
 		add_object_address(OCLASS_OPERATOR, distinctexpr->opno, 0,
 						   &context->addrs);
@@ -1042,7 +1043,7 @@ find_expr_references_walker(Node *node,
 	}
 	if (IsA(node, ScalarArrayOpExpr))
 	{
-		ScalarArrayOpExpr   *opexpr = (ScalarArrayOpExpr *) node;
+		ScalarArrayOpExpr *opexpr = (ScalarArrayOpExpr *) node;
 
 		add_object_address(OCLASS_OPERATOR, opexpr->opno, 0,
 						   &context->addrs);
@@ -1066,7 +1067,7 @@ find_expr_references_walker(Node *node,
 	}
 	if (IsA(node, SubLink))
 	{
-		SubLink	   *sublink = (SubLink *) node;
+		SubLink    *sublink = (SubLink *) node;
 		List	   *opid;
 
 		foreach(opid, sublink->operOids)
@@ -1092,7 +1093,8 @@ find_expr_references_walker(Node *node,
 		 * Add whole-relation refs for each plain relation mentioned in
 		 * the subquery's rtable.  (Note: query_tree_walker takes care of
 		 * recursing into RTE_FUNCTION and RTE_SUBQUERY RTEs, so no need
-		 * to do that here.  But keep it from looking at join alias lists.)
+		 * to do that here.  But keep it from looking at join alias
+		 * lists.)
 		 */
 		foreach(rtable, query->rtable)
 		{
diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/heap.c b/src/backend/catalog/heap.c
index 15dbc50a13d..c8a411646fa 100644
--- a/src/backend/catalog/heap.c
+++ b/src/backend/catalog/heap.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/heap.c,v 1.249 2003/07/29 17:21:20 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/heap.c,v 1.250 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  *
  * INTERFACE ROUTINES
@@ -418,8 +418,8 @@ CheckAttributeType(const char *attname, Oid atttypid)
 	 * Warn user, but don't fail, if column to be created has UNKNOWN type
 	 * (usually as a result of a 'retrieve into' - jolly)
 	 *
-	 * Refuse any attempt to create a pseudo-type column or one that uses
-	 * a standalone composite type.  (Eventually we should probably refuse
+	 * Refuse any attempt to create a pseudo-type column or one that uses a
+	 * standalone composite type.  (Eventually we should probably refuse
 	 * all references to complex types, but for now there's still some
 	 * Berkeley-derived code that thinks it can do this...)
 	 */
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ CheckAttributeType(const char *attname, Oid atttypid)
 	}
 	else if (att_typtype == 'c')
 	{
-		Oid		typrelid = get_typ_typrelid(atttypid);
+		Oid			typrelid = get_typ_typrelid(atttypid);
 
 		if (get_rel_relkind(typrelid) == RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE)
 			ereport(ERROR,
@@ -975,12 +975,13 @@ RemoveAttributeById(Oid relid, AttrNumber attnum)
 	attStruct->attisdropped = true;
 
 	/*
-	 * Set the type OID to invalid.  A dropped attribute's type link cannot
-	 * be relied on (once the attribute is dropped, the type might be too).
-	 * Fortunately we do not need the type row --- the only really essential
-	 * information is the type's typlen and typalign, which are preserved in
-	 * the attribute's attlen and attalign.  We set atttypid to zero here
-	 * as a means of catching code that incorrectly expects it to be valid.
+	 * Set the type OID to invalid.  A dropped attribute's type link
+	 * cannot be relied on (once the attribute is dropped, the type might
+	 * be too). Fortunately we do not need the type row --- the only
+	 * really essential information is the type's typlen and typalign,
+	 * which are preserved in the attribute's attlen and attalign.  We set
+	 * atttypid to zero here as a means of catching code that incorrectly
+	 * expects it to be valid.
 	 */
 	attStruct->atttypid = InvalidOid;
 
@@ -1401,7 +1402,7 @@ StoreRelCheck(Relation rel, char *ccname, char *ccbin)
 						  ' ',
 						  ' ',
 						  ' ',
-						  InvalidOid, /* no associated index */
+						  InvalidOid,	/* no associated index */
 						  expr, /* Tree form check constraint */
 						  ccbin,	/* Binary form check constraint */
 						  ccsrc);		/* Source form check constraint */
@@ -1568,8 +1569,8 @@ AddRelationRawConstraints(Relation rel,
 				if (strcmp(cdef2->name, ccname) == 0)
 					ereport(ERROR,
 							(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
-							 errmsg("CHECK constraint \"%s\" already exists",
-									ccname)));
+						 errmsg("CHECK constraint \"%s\" already exists",
+								ccname)));
 			}
 		}
 		else
@@ -1639,7 +1640,7 @@ AddRelationRawConstraints(Relation rel,
 		if (pstate->p_hasSubLinks)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
-					 errmsg("cannot use sub-select in CHECK constraint")));
+				   errmsg("cannot use sub-select in CHECK constraint")));
 		if (pstate->p_hasAggs)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_GROUPING_ERROR),
@@ -1750,7 +1751,7 @@ cookDefault(ParseState *pstate,
 	if (contain_var_clause(expr))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_REFERENCE),
-				 errmsg("cannot use column references in DEFAULT clause")));
+			  errmsg("cannot use column references in DEFAULT clause")));
 
 	/*
 	 * It can't return a set either.
@@ -1773,9 +1774,9 @@ cookDefault(ParseState *pstate,
 				 errmsg("cannot use aggregate in DEFAULT clause")));
 
 	/*
-	 * Coerce the expression to the correct type and typmod, if given.  This
-	 * should match the parser's processing of non-defaulted expressions ---
-	 * see updateTargetListEntry().
+	 * Coerce the expression to the correct type and typmod, if given.
+	 * This should match the parser's processing of non-defaulted
+	 * expressions --- see updateTargetListEntry().
 	 */
 	if (OidIsValid(atttypid))
 	{
@@ -1793,7 +1794,7 @@ cookDefault(ParseState *pstate,
 							attname,
 							format_type_be(atttypid),
 							format_type_be(type_id)),
-					 errhint("You will need to rewrite or cast the expression.")));
+			errhint("You will need to rewrite or cast the expression.")));
 	}
 
 	return expr;
@@ -1952,7 +1953,7 @@ RelationTruncateIndexes(Oid heapId)
 
 		/*
 		 * index_build will close both the heap and index relations (but
-		 * not give up the locks we hold on them).  We're done with this
+		 * not give up the locks we hold on them).	We're done with this
 		 * index, but we must re-open the heap rel.
 		 */
 		heapRelation = heap_open(heapId, NoLock);
diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/index.c b/src/backend/catalog/index.c
index cb5a78c3dac..0b03c630b55 100644
--- a/src/backend/catalog/index.c
+++ b/src/backend/catalog/index.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/index.c,v 1.212 2003/07/21 01:59:08 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/index.c,v 1.213 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  *
  * INTERFACE ROUTINES
@@ -65,8 +65,8 @@
 
 /* non-export function prototypes */
 static TupleDesc ConstructTupleDescriptor(Relation heapRelation,
-										  IndexInfo *indexInfo,
-										  Oid *classObjectId);
+						 IndexInfo *indexInfo,
+						 Oid *classObjectId);
 static void UpdateRelationRelation(Relation indexRelation);
 static void InitializeAttributeOids(Relation indexRelation,
 						int numatts, Oid indexoid);
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ ConstructTupleDescriptor(Relation heapRelation,
 
 	/*
 	 * For simple index columns, we copy the pg_attribute row from the
-	 * parent relation and modify it as necessary.  For expressions we
+	 * parent relation and modify it as necessary.	For expressions we
 	 * have to cons up a pg_attribute row the hard way.
 	 */
 	for (i = 0; i < numatts; i++)
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ ConstructTupleDescriptor(Relation heapRelation,
 				 * here we are indexing on a system attribute (-1...-n)
 				 */
 				from = SystemAttributeDefinition(atnum,
-												 heapRelation->rd_rel->relhasoids);
+									   heapRelation->rd_rel->relhasoids);
 			}
 			else
 			{
@@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ ConstructTupleDescriptor(Relation heapRelation,
 			}
 
 			/*
-			 * now that we've determined the "from", let's copy the tuple desc
-			 * data...
+			 * now that we've determined the "from", let's copy the tuple
+			 * desc data...
 			 */
 			memcpy(to, from, ATTRIBUTE_TUPLE_SIZE);
 
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ ConstructTupleDescriptor(Relation heapRelation,
 			/* Expressional index */
 			Node	   *indexkey;
 
-			if (indexprs == NIL)		/* shouldn't happen */
+			if (indexprs == NIL)	/* shouldn't happen */
 				elog(ERROR, "too few entries in indexprs list");
 			indexkey = (Node *) lfirst(indexprs);
 			indexprs = lnext(indexprs);
@@ -197,7 +197,8 @@ ConstructTupleDescriptor(Relation heapRelation,
 			sprintf(NameStr(to->attname), "pg_expression_%d", i + 1);
 
 			/*
-			 * Lookup the expression type in pg_type for the type length etc.
+			 * Lookup the expression type in pg_type for the type length
+			 * etc.
 			 */
 			keyType = exprType(indexkey);
 			tuple = SearchSysCache(TYPEOID,
@@ -534,7 +535,7 @@ index_create(Oid heapRelationId,
 	if (shared_relation && IsUnderPostmaster)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
-				 errmsg("shared indexes cannot be created after initdb")));
+			   errmsg("shared indexes cannot be created after initdb")));
 
 	if (get_relname_relid(indexRelationName, namespaceId))
 		ereport(ERROR,
@@ -668,7 +669,7 @@ index_create(Oid heapRelationId,
 										   ' ',
 										   ' ',
 										   ' ',
-										   InvalidOid, /* no associated index */
+										   InvalidOid,	/* no associated index */
 										   NULL,		/* no check constraint */
 										   NULL,
 										   NULL);
@@ -709,7 +710,7 @@ index_create(Oid heapRelationId,
 		if (indexInfo->ii_Expressions)
 		{
 			recordDependencyOnSingleRelExpr(&myself,
-											(Node *) indexInfo->ii_Expressions,
+									  (Node *) indexInfo->ii_Expressions,
 											heapRelationId,
 											DEPENDENCY_NORMAL,
 											DEPENDENCY_AUTO);
@@ -719,7 +720,7 @@ index_create(Oid heapRelationId,
 		if (indexInfo->ii_Predicate)
 		{
 			recordDependencyOnSingleRelExpr(&myself,
-											(Node *) indexInfo->ii_Predicate,
+										(Node *) indexInfo->ii_Predicate,
 											heapRelationId,
 											DEPENDENCY_NORMAL,
 											DEPENDENCY_AUTO);
@@ -831,8 +832,8 @@ index_drop(Oid indexId)
 
 	/*
 	 * We are presently too lazy to attempt to compute the new correct
-	 * value of relhasindex (the next VACUUM will fix it if necessary).
-	 * So there is no need to update the pg_class tuple for the owning
+	 * value of relhasindex (the next VACUUM will fix it if necessary). So
+	 * there is no need to update the pg_class tuple for the owning
 	 * relation. But we must send out a shared-cache-inval notice on the
 	 * owning relation to ensure other backends update their relcache
 	 * lists of indexes.
@@ -958,7 +959,7 @@ FormIndexDatum(IndexInfo *indexInfo,
 			if (indexprs == NIL)
 				elog(ERROR, "wrong number of index expressions");
 			iDatum = ExecEvalExprSwitchContext((ExprState *) lfirst(indexprs),
-											   GetPerTupleExprContext(estate),
+										  GetPerTupleExprContext(estate),
 											   &isNull,
 											   NULL);
 			indexprs = lnext(indexprs);
@@ -1160,7 +1161,7 @@ setNewRelfilenode(Relation relation)
 	if (!in_place_upd)
 	{
 		tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy(RELOID,
-								   ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(relation)),
+							ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(relation)),
 								   0, 0, 0);
 	}
 	else
@@ -1170,7 +1171,7 @@ setNewRelfilenode(Relation relation)
 		ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&key[0], 0,
 							   ObjectIdAttributeNumber,
 							   F_OIDEQ,
-							   ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(relation)));
+						   ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(relation)));
 
 		pg_class_scan = heap_beginscan(pg_class, SnapshotNow, 1, key);
 		tuple = heap_getnext(pg_class_scan, ForwardScanDirection);
@@ -1325,9 +1326,9 @@ UpdateStats(Oid relid, double reltuples)
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Update statistics in pg_class, if they changed.  (Avoiding an
-	 * unnecessary update is not just a tiny performance improvement;
-	 * it also reduces the window wherein concurrent CREATE INDEX commands
+	 * Update statistics in pg_class, if they changed.	(Avoiding an
+	 * unnecessary update is not just a tiny performance improvement; it
+	 * also reduces the window wherein concurrent CREATE INDEX commands
 	 * may conflict.)
 	 */
 	rd_rel = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
@@ -1338,8 +1339,9 @@ UpdateStats(Oid relid, double reltuples)
 		if (in_place_upd)
 		{
 			/*
-			 * At bootstrap time, we don't need to worry about concurrency or
-			 * visibility of changes, so we cheat.	Also cheat if REINDEX.
+			 * At bootstrap time, we don't need to worry about concurrency
+			 * or visibility of changes, so we cheat.  Also cheat if
+			 * REINDEX.
 			 */
 			LockBuffer(pg_class_scan->rs_cbuf, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE);
 			rd_rel->relpages = (int32) relpages;
@@ -1367,7 +1369,7 @@ UpdateStats(Oid relid, double reltuples)
 	/*
 	 * We shouldn't have to do this, but we do...  Modify the reldesc in
 	 * place with the new values so that the cache contains the latest
-	 * copy.  (XXX is this really still necessary?  The relcache will get
+	 * copy.  (XXX is this really still necessary?	The relcache will get
 	 * fixed at next CommandCounterIncrement, so why bother here?)
 	 */
 	whichRel->rd_rel->relpages = (int32) relpages;
@@ -1454,8 +1456,8 @@ IndexBuildHeapScan(Relation heapRelation,
 	heapDescriptor = RelationGetDescr(heapRelation);
 
 	/*
-	 * Need an EState for evaluation of index expressions
-	 * and partial-index predicates.
+	 * Need an EState for evaluation of index expressions and
+	 * partial-index predicates.
 	 */
 	estate = CreateExecutorState();
 	econtext = GetPerTupleExprContext(estate);
@@ -1463,7 +1465,8 @@ IndexBuildHeapScan(Relation heapRelation,
 	/*
 	 * If this is a predicate (partial) index, we will need to evaluate
 	 * the predicate using ExecQual, which requires the current tuple to
-	 * be in a slot of a TupleTable.  Likewise if there are any expressions.
+	 * be in a slot of a TupleTable.  Likewise if there are any
+	 * expressions.
 	 */
 	if (indexInfo->ii_Predicate != NIL || indexInfo->ii_Expressions != NIL)
 	{
@@ -1741,15 +1744,15 @@ reindex_index(Oid indexId, bool force, bool inplace)
 	 * it's a nailed-in-cache index, we must do inplace processing because
 	 * the relcache can't cope with changing its relfilenode.
 	 *
-	 * In either of these cases, we are definitely processing a system
-	 * index, so we'd better be ignoring system indexes.
+	 * In either of these cases, we are definitely processing a system index,
+	 * so we'd better be ignoring system indexes.
 	 */
 	if (iRel->rd_rel->relisshared)
 	{
 		if (!IsIgnoringSystemIndexes())
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
-					 errmsg("the target relation %u is shared", indexId)));
+				   errmsg("the target relation %u is shared", indexId)));
 		inplace = true;
 	}
 	if (iRel->rd_isnailed)
@@ -1757,7 +1760,7 @@ reindex_index(Oid indexId, bool force, bool inplace)
 		if (!IsIgnoringSystemIndexes())
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
-					 errmsg("the target relation %u is nailed", indexId)));
+				   errmsg("the target relation %u is nailed", indexId)));
 		inplace = true;
 	}
 
diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/namespace.c b/src/backend/catalog/namespace.c
index 28b9859677d..6a39fc69016 100644
--- a/src/backend/catalog/namespace.c
+++ b/src/backend/catalog/namespace.c
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/namespace.c,v 1.55 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/namespace.c,v 1.56 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ RangeVarGetRelid(const RangeVar *relation, bool failOK)
 		if (strcmp(relation->catalogname, get_database_name(MyDatabaseId)) != 0)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
-					 errmsg("cross-database references are not implemented")));
+			   errmsg("cross-database references are not implemented")));
 	}
 
 	if (relation->schemaname)
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ RangeVarGetCreationNamespace(const RangeVar *newRelation)
 		if (strcmp(newRelation->catalogname, get_database_name(MyDatabaseId)) != 0)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
-					 errmsg("cross-database references are not implemented")));
+			   errmsg("cross-database references are not implemented")));
 	}
 
 	if (newRelation->istemp)
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ RangeVarGetCreationNamespace(const RangeVar *newRelation)
 		if (newRelation->schemaname)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
-					 errmsg("TEMP tables may not specify a schema name")));
+				   errmsg("TEMP tables may not specify a schema name")));
 		/* Initialize temp namespace if first time through */
 		if (!OidIsValid(myTempNamespace))
 			InitTempTableNamespace();
@@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@ OpclassIsVisible(Oid opcid)
 Oid
 ConversionGetConid(const char *conname)
 {
-	Oid		conid;
+	Oid			conid;
 	List	   *lptr;
 
 	recomputeNamespacePath();
@@ -1115,11 +1115,11 @@ ConversionIsVisible(Oid conid)
 		/*
 		 * If it is in the path, it might still not be visible; it could
 		 * be hidden by another conversion of the same name earlier in the
-		 * path. So we must do a slow check to see if this conversion would
-		 * be found by ConversionGetConid.
+		 * path. So we must do a slow check to see if this conversion
+		 * would be found by ConversionGetConid.
 		 */
 		char	   *conname = NameStr(conform->conname);
-		
+
 		visible = (ConversionGetConid(conname) == conid);
 	}
 
@@ -1164,13 +1164,13 @@ DeconstructQualifiedName(List *names,
 			if (strcmp(catalogname, get_database_name(MyDatabaseId)) != 0)
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
-						 errmsg("cross-database references are not implemented")));
+				errmsg("cross-database references are not implemented")));
 			break;
 		default:
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
-					 errmsg("improper qualified name (too many dotted names): %s",
-							NameListToString(names))));
+			errmsg("improper qualified name (too many dotted names): %s",
+				   NameListToString(names))));
 			break;
 	}
 
@@ -1281,8 +1281,8 @@ makeRangeVarFromNameList(List *names)
 		default:
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
-					 errmsg("improper relation name (too many dotted names): %s",
-							NameListToString(names))));
+			 errmsg("improper relation name (too many dotted names): %s",
+					NameListToString(names))));
 			break;
 	}
 
@@ -1720,8 +1720,8 @@ RemoveTempRelations(Oid tempNamespaceId)
 
 	/*
 	 * We want to get rid of everything in the target namespace, but not
-	 * the namespace itself (deleting it only to recreate it later would be
-	 * a waste of cycles).  We do this by finding everything that has a
+	 * the namespace itself (deleting it only to recreate it later would
+	 * be a waste of cycles).  We do this by finding everything that has a
 	 * dependency on the namespace.
 	 */
 	object.classId = get_system_catalog_relid(NamespaceRelationName);
@@ -1797,7 +1797,7 @@ assign_search_path(const char *newval, bool doit, bool interactive)
 									  0, 0, 0))
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_SCHEMA),
-						 errmsg("schema \"%s\" does not exist", curname)));
+					   errmsg("schema \"%s\" does not exist", curname)));
 		}
 	}
 
diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/pg_aggregate.c b/src/backend/catalog/pg_aggregate.c
index 6837f3b9225..779468ce21f 100644
--- a/src/backend/catalog/pg_aggregate.c
+++ b/src/backend/catalog/pg_aggregate.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_aggregate.c,v 1.61 2003/07/21 01:59:10 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_aggregate.c,v 1.62 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 #include "utils/syscache.h"
 
 
-static Oid	lookup_agg_function(List *fnName, int nargs, Oid *input_types,
-								Oid *rettype);
+static Oid lookup_agg_function(List *fnName, int nargs, Oid *input_types,
+					Oid *rettype);
 
 
 /*
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ AggregateCreate(const char *aggName,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
 				 errmsg("cannot determine transition datatype"),
 				 errdetail("An aggregate using ANYARRAY or ANYELEMENT as "
-						   "trans type must have one of them as its base type.")));
+				 "trans type must have one of them as its base type.")));
 
 	/* handle transfn */
 	MemSet(fnArgs, 0, FUNC_MAX_ARGS * sizeof(Oid));
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ AggregateCreate(const char *aggName,
 	 * enforce_generic_type_consistency, if transtype isn't polymorphic)
 	 * must exactly match declared transtype.
 	 *
-	 * In the non-polymorphic-transtype case, it might be okay to allow
-	 * a rettype that's binary-coercible to transtype, but I'm not quite
+	 * In the non-polymorphic-transtype case, it might be okay to allow a
+	 * rettype that's binary-coercible to transtype, but I'm not quite
 	 * convinced that it's either safe or useful.  When transtype is
 	 * polymorphic we *must* demand exact equality.
 	 */
@@ -151,9 +151,9 @@ AggregateCreate(const char *aggName,
 	Assert(OidIsValid(finaltype));
 
 	/*
-	 * If finaltype (i.e. aggregate return type) is polymorphic,
-	 * basetype must be polymorphic also, else parser will fail to deduce
-	 * result type.  (Note: given the previous test on transtype and basetype,
+	 * If finaltype (i.e. aggregate return type) is polymorphic, basetype
+	 * must be polymorphic also, else parser will fail to deduce result
+	 * type.  (Note: given the previous test on transtype and basetype,
 	 * this cannot happen, unless someone has snuck a finalfn definition
 	 * into the catalogs that itself violates the rule against polymorphic
 	 * result with no polymorphic input.)
@@ -163,8 +163,8 @@ AggregateCreate(const char *aggName,
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
 				 errmsg("cannot determine result datatype"),
-				 errdetail("An aggregate returning ANYARRAY or ANYELEMENT "
-						   "must have one of them as its base type.")));
+			   errdetail("An aggregate returning ANYARRAY or ANYELEMENT "
+						 "must have one of them as its base type.")));
 
 	/*
 	 * Everything looks okay.  Try to create the pg_proc entry for the
@@ -278,21 +278,21 @@ lookup_agg_function(List *fnName,
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_FUNCTION),
 				 errmsg("function %s does not exist",
-						func_signature_string(fnName, nargs, input_types))));
+					func_signature_string(fnName, nargs, input_types))));
 	if (retset)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
 				 errmsg("function %s returns a set",
-						func_signature_string(fnName, nargs, input_types))));
+					func_signature_string(fnName, nargs, input_types))));
 
 	/*
-	 * If the given type(s) are all polymorphic, there's nothing we
-	 * can check.  Otherwise, enforce consistency, and possibly refine
-	 * the result type.
+	 * If the given type(s) are all polymorphic, there's nothing we can
+	 * check.  Otherwise, enforce consistency, and possibly refine the
+	 * result type.
 	 */
 	if ((input_types[0] == ANYARRAYOID || input_types[0] == ANYELEMENTOID) &&
 		(nargs == 1 ||
-		 (input_types[1] == ANYARRAYOID || input_types[1] == ANYELEMENTOID)))
+	 (input_types[1] == ANYARRAYOID || input_types[1] == ANYELEMENTOID)))
 	{
 		/* nothing to check here */
 	}
@@ -305,8 +305,8 @@ lookup_agg_function(List *fnName,
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * func_get_detail will find functions requiring run-time argument type
-	 * coercion, but nodeAgg.c isn't prepared to deal with that
+	 * func_get_detail will find functions requiring run-time argument
+	 * type coercion, but nodeAgg.c isn't prepared to deal with that
 	 */
 	if (true_oid_array[0] != ANYARRAYOID &&
 		true_oid_array[0] != ANYELEMENTOID &&
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ lookup_agg_function(List *fnName,
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
 				 errmsg("function %s requires run-time type coercion",
-						func_signature_string(fnName, nargs, true_oid_array))));
+				 func_signature_string(fnName, nargs, true_oid_array))));
 
 	if (nargs == 2 &&
 		true_oid_array[1] != ANYARRAYOID &&
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ lookup_agg_function(List *fnName,
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
 				 errmsg("function %s requires run-time type coercion",
-						func_signature_string(fnName, nargs, true_oid_array))));
+				 func_signature_string(fnName, nargs, true_oid_array))));
 
 	return fnOid;
 }
diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/pg_constraint.c b/src/backend/catalog/pg_constraint.c
index 89adeb57b99..ae8b7dec038 100644
--- a/src/backend/catalog/pg_constraint.c
+++ b/src/backend/catalog/pg_constraint.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_constraint.c,v 1.14 2003/07/21 01:59:10 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_constraint.c,v 1.15 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ CreateConstraintEntry(const char *constraintName,
 		/*
 		 * Register auto dependency from constraint to owning domain
 		 */
-		ObjectAddress	domobject;
+		ObjectAddress domobject;
 
 		domobject.classId = RelOid_pg_type;
 		domobject.objectId = domainId;
@@ -234,8 +234,8 @@ CreateConstraintEntry(const char *constraintName,
 	if (OidIsValid(indexRelId))
 	{
 		/*
-		 * Register normal dependency on the unique index that supports
-		 * a foreign-key constraint.
+		 * Register normal dependency on the unique index that supports a
+		 * foreign-key constraint.
 		 */
 		ObjectAddress relobject;
 
@@ -438,8 +438,8 @@ RemoveConstraintById(Oid conId)
 		Relation	rel;
 
 		/*
-		 * If the constraint is for a relation, open and exclusive-lock the
-		 * relation it's for.
+		 * If the constraint is for a relation, open and exclusive-lock
+		 * the relation it's for.
 		 */
 		rel = heap_open(con->conrelid, AccessExclusiveLock);
 
@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ RemoveConstraintById(Oid conId)
 					 con->conrelid);
 			classForm = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(relTup);
 
-			if (classForm->relchecks == 0)	/* should not happen */
+			if (classForm->relchecks == 0)		/* should not happen */
 				elog(ERROR, "relation \"%s\" has relchecks = 0",
 					 RelationGetRelationName(rel));
 			classForm->relchecks--;
@@ -483,16 +483,15 @@ RemoveConstraintById(Oid conId)
 	else if (OidIsValid(con->contypid))
 	{
 		/*
-		 * XXX for now, do nothing special when dropping a domain constraint
+		 * XXX for now, do nothing special when dropping a domain
+		 * constraint
 		 *
 		 * Probably there should be some form of locking on the domain type,
 		 * but we have no such concept at the moment.
 		 */
 	}
 	else
-	{
 		elog(ERROR, "constraint %u is not of a known type", conId);
-	}
 
 	/* Fry the constraint itself */
 	simple_heap_delete(conDesc, &tup->t_self);
diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/pg_conversion.c b/src/backend/catalog/pg_conversion.c
index 70bd294297d..5c10fa7b28c 100644
--- a/src/backend/catalog/pg_conversion.c
+++ b/src/backend/catalog/pg_conversion.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_conversion.c,v 1.13 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_conversion.c,v 1.14 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -76,9 +76,9 @@ ConversionCreate(const char *conname, Oid connamespace,
 								  contoencoding))
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
-					 errmsg("default conversion for %s to %s already exists",
-							pg_encoding_to_char(conforencoding),
-							pg_encoding_to_char(contoencoding))));
+				 errmsg("default conversion for %s to %s already exists",
+						pg_encoding_to_char(conforencoding),
+						pg_encoding_to_char(contoencoding))));
 	}
 
 	/* open pg_conversion */
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ ConversionDrop(Oid conversionOid, DropBehavior behavior)
 	if (!superuser() &&
 		((Form_pg_conversion) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->conowner != GetUserId())
 		aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, ACL_KIND_CONVERSION,
-					   NameStr(((Form_pg_conversion) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->conname));
+			  NameStr(((Form_pg_conversion) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->conname));
 
 	ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
 
diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/pg_operator.c b/src/backend/catalog/pg_operator.c
index da3e2a46920..141d3a142a7 100644
--- a/src/backend/catalog/pg_operator.c
+++ b/src/backend/catalog/pg_operator.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_operator.c,v 1.81 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_operator.c,v 1.82 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  these routines moved here from commands/define.c and somewhat cleaned up.
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ OperatorCreate(const char *operatorName,
 	if (!OidIsValid(leftTypeId) && !OidIsValid(rightTypeId))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
-				 errmsg("at least one of leftarg or rightarg must be specified")));
+		errmsg("at least one of leftarg or rightarg must be specified")));
 
 	if (!(OidIsValid(leftTypeId) && OidIsValid(rightTypeId)))
 	{
@@ -417,11 +417,11 @@ OperatorCreate(const char *operatorName,
 		if (commutatorName)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
-					 errmsg("only binary operators can have commutators")));
+				  errmsg("only binary operators can have commutators")));
 		if (joinName)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
-					 errmsg("only binary operators can have join selectivity")));
+			 errmsg("only binary operators can have join selectivity")));
 		if (canHash)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/pg_proc.c b/src/backend/catalog/pg_proc.c
index d8ff4a5225a..2c11a17db5e 100644
--- a/src/backend/catalog/pg_proc.c
+++ b/src/backend/catalog/pg_proc.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_proc.c,v 1.102 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_proc.c,v 1.103 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ ProcedureCreate(const char *procedureName,
 	 */
 	if (returnType == ANYARRAYOID || returnType == ANYELEMENTOID)
 	{
-		bool	genericParam = false;
+		bool		genericParam = false;
 
 		for (i = 0; i < parameterCount; i++)
 		{
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ ProcedureCreate(const char *procedureName,
 			returnsSet != oldproc->proretset)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
-					 errmsg("cannot change return type of existing function"),
+				errmsg("cannot change return type of existing function"),
 					 errhint("Use DROP FUNCTION first.")));
 
 		/* Can't change aggregate status, either */
@@ -339,8 +339,8 @@ ProcedureCreate(const char *procedureName,
  *
  * This is normally applied during function definition, but in the case
  * of a function with polymorphic arguments, we instead apply it during
- * function execution startup.  The rettype is then the actual resolved
- * output type of the function, rather than the declared type.  (Therefore,
+ * function execution startup.	The rettype is then the actual resolved
+ * output type of the function, rather than the declared type.	(Therefore,
  * we should never see ANYARRAY or ANYELEMENT as rettype.)
  */
 void
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ check_sql_fn_retval(Oid rettype, char fn_typtype, List *queryTreeList)
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
 					 errmsg("return type mismatch in function declared to return %s",
 							format_type_be(rettype)),
-					 errdetail("Function's final statement must be a SELECT.")));
+			 errdetail("Function's final statement must be a SELECT.")));
 		return;
 	}
 
@@ -395,9 +395,9 @@ check_sql_fn_retval(Oid rettype, char fn_typtype, List *queryTreeList)
 	if (cmd != CMD_SELECT)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
-				 errmsg("return type mismatch in function declared to return %s",
-						format_type_be(rettype)),
-				 errdetail("Function's final statement must be a SELECT.")));
+		 errmsg("return type mismatch in function declared to return %s",
+				format_type_be(rettype)),
+			 errdetail("Function's final statement must be a SELECT.")));
 
 	/*
 	 * Count the non-junk entries in the result targetlist.
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ check_sql_fn_retval(Oid rettype, char fn_typtype, List *queryTreeList)
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
 					 errmsg("return type mismatch in function declared to return %s",
 							format_type_be(rettype)),
-					 errdetail("Final SELECT must return exactly one column.")));
+			 errdetail("Final SELECT must return exactly one column.")));
 
 		restype = ((TargetEntry *) lfirst(tlist))->resdom->restype;
 		if (!IsBinaryCoercible(restype, rettype))
@@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ check_sql_fn_retval(Oid rettype, char fn_typtype, List *queryTreeList)
 							(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
 							 errmsg("return type mismatch in function declared to return %s",
 									format_type_be(rettype)),
-							 errdetail("Final SELECT returns too many columns.")));
+					errdetail("Final SELECT returns too many columns.")));
 				attr = reln->rd_att->attrs[colindex - 1];
 			} while (attr->attisdropped);
 			rellogcols++;
@@ -538,8 +538,8 @@ check_sql_fn_retval(Oid rettype, char fn_typtype, List *queryTreeList)
 	else
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
-				 errmsg("return type %s is not supported for SQL functions",
-						format_type_be(rettype))));
+			  errmsg("return type %s is not supported for SQL functions",
+					 format_type_be(rettype))));
 }
 
 
@@ -684,8 +684,8 @@ fmgr_sql_validator(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 			else
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
-						 errmsg("SQL functions cannot have arguments of type %s",
-								format_type_be(proc->proargtypes[i]))));
+				 errmsg("SQL functions cannot have arguments of type %s",
+						format_type_be(proc->proargtypes[i]))));
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -696,13 +696,13 @@ fmgr_sql_validator(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	prosrc = DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout, tmp));
 
 	/*
-	 * We can't do full prechecking of the function definition if there are
-	 * any polymorphic input types, because actual datatypes of expression
-	 * results will be unresolvable.  The check will be done at runtime
-	 * instead.
+	 * We can't do full prechecking of the function definition if there
+	 * are any polymorphic input types, because actual datatypes of
+	 * expression results will be unresolvable.  The check will be done at
+	 * runtime instead.
 	 *
-	 * We can run the text through the raw parser though; this will at
-	 * least catch silly syntactic errors.
+	 * We can run the text through the raw parser though; this will at least
+	 * catch silly syntactic errors.
 	 */
 	if (!haspolyarg)
 	{
@@ -712,9 +712,7 @@ fmgr_sql_validator(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 		check_sql_fn_retval(proc->prorettype, functyptype, querytree_list);
 	}
 	else
-	{
 		querytree_list = pg_parse_query(prosrc);
-	}
 
 	ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
 
diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/pg_type.c b/src/backend/catalog/pg_type.c
index 7980e6afadf..d578644e681 100644
--- a/src/backend/catalog/pg_type.c
+++ b/src/backend/catalog/pg_type.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_type.c,v 1.88 2003/07/21 01:59:11 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_type.c,v 1.89 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -359,7 +359,8 @@ TypeCreate(const char *typeName,
 void
 GenerateTypeDependencies(Oid typeNamespace,
 						 Oid typeObjectId,
-						 Oid relationOid,		/* only for 'c'atalog types */
+						 Oid relationOid,		/* only for 'c'atalog
+												 * types */
 						 char relationKind,		/* ditto */
 						 Oid inputProcedure,
 						 Oid outputProcedure,
@@ -426,13 +427,13 @@ GenerateTypeDependencies(Oid typeNamespace,
 
 	/*
 	 * If the type is a rowtype for a relation, mark it as internally
-	 * dependent on the relation, *unless* it is a stand-alone
-	 * composite type relation. For the latter case, we have to
-	 * reverse the dependency.
+	 * dependent on the relation, *unless* it is a stand-alone composite
+	 * type relation. For the latter case, we have to reverse the
+	 * dependency.
 	 *
-	 * In the former case, this allows the type to be auto-dropped when
-	 * the relation is, and not otherwise. And in the latter, of
-	 * course we get the opposite effect.
+	 * In the former case, this allows the type to be auto-dropped when the
+	 * relation is, and not otherwise. And in the latter, of course we get
+	 * the opposite effect.
 	 */
 	if (OidIsValid(relationOid))
 	{
@@ -447,11 +448,11 @@ GenerateTypeDependencies(Oid typeNamespace,
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * If the type is an array type, mark it auto-dependent on the
-	 * base type.  (This is a compromise between the typical case
-	 * where the array type is automatically generated and the case
-	 * where it is manually created: we'd prefer INTERNAL for the
-	 * former case and NORMAL for the latter.)
+	 * If the type is an array type, mark it auto-dependent on the base
+	 * type.  (This is a compromise between the typical case where the
+	 * array type is automatically generated and the case where it is
+	 * manually created: we'd prefer INTERNAL for the former case and
+	 * NORMAL for the latter.)
 	 */
 	if (OidIsValid(elementType))
 	{
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/aggregatecmds.c b/src/backend/commands/aggregatecmds.c
index 1d9b25b5b0a..5a57d5c5c77 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/aggregatecmds.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/aggregatecmds.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/aggregatecmds.c,v 1.12 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/aggregatecmds.c,v 1.13 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  * DESCRIPTION
  *	  The "DefineFoo" routines take the parse tree and pick out the
@@ -256,16 +256,16 @@ RenameAggregate(List *name, TypeName *basetype, const char *newname)
 		if (basetypeOid == ANYOID)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_FUNCTION),
-					 errmsg("function %s(*) already exists in schema \"%s\"",
-							newname,
-							get_namespace_name(namespaceOid))));
+				 errmsg("function %s(*) already exists in schema \"%s\"",
+						newname,
+						get_namespace_name(namespaceOid))));
 		else
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_FUNCTION),
 					 errmsg("function %s already exists in schema \"%s\"",
 							funcname_signature_string(newname,
 													  procForm->pronargs,
-													  procForm->proargtypes),
+												  procForm->proargtypes),
 							get_namespace_name(namespaceOid))));
 	}
 
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/alter.c b/src/backend/commands/alter.c
index b377635099e..4fd43871e97 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/alter.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/alter.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/alter.c,v 1.4 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/alter.c,v 1.5 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -79,52 +79,52 @@ ExecRenameStmt(RenameStmt *stmt)
 		case OBJECT_TABLE:
 		case OBJECT_COLUMN:
 		case OBJECT_TRIGGER:
-		{
-			Oid			relid;
+			{
+				Oid			relid;
 
-			CheckRelationOwnership(stmt->relation, true);
+				CheckRelationOwnership(stmt->relation, true);
 
-			relid = RangeVarGetRelid(stmt->relation, false);
+				relid = RangeVarGetRelid(stmt->relation, false);
 
-			switch (stmt->renameType)
-			{
-				case OBJECT_TABLE:
+				switch (stmt->renameType)
 				{
-					/*
-					 * RENAME TABLE requires that we (still) hold
-					 * CREATE rights on the containing namespace, as
-					 * well as ownership of the table.
-					 */
-					Oid			namespaceId = get_rel_namespace(relid);
-					AclResult	aclresult;
-
-					aclresult = pg_namespace_aclcheck(namespaceId,
-													  GetUserId(),
-													  ACL_CREATE);
-					if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
-						aclcheck_error(aclresult, ACL_KIND_NAMESPACE,
-									   get_namespace_name(namespaceId));
-
-					renamerel(relid, stmt->newname);
-					break;
-				}
-				case OBJECT_COLUMN:
-					renameatt(relid,
-							  stmt->subname,		/* old att name */
-							  stmt->newname,		/* new att name */
+					case OBJECT_TABLE:
+						{
+							/*
+							 * RENAME TABLE requires that we (still) hold
+							 * CREATE rights on the containing namespace,
+							 * as well as ownership of the table.
+							 */
+							Oid			namespaceId = get_rel_namespace(relid);
+							AclResult	aclresult;
+
+							aclresult = pg_namespace_aclcheck(namespaceId,
+															  GetUserId(),
+															  ACL_CREATE);
+							if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
+								aclcheck_error(aclresult, ACL_KIND_NAMESPACE,
+										get_namespace_name(namespaceId));
+
+							renamerel(relid, stmt->newname);
+							break;
+						}
+					case OBJECT_COLUMN:
+						renameatt(relid,
+								  stmt->subname,		/* old att name */
+								  stmt->newname,		/* new att name */
 							  interpretInhOption(stmt->relation->inhOpt),		/* recursive? */
-							  false);		/* recursing already? */
-					break;
-				case OBJECT_TRIGGER:
-					renametrig(relid,
-							   stmt->subname,		/* old att name */
-							   stmt->newname);		/* new att name */
-					break;
-				default:
-					/*can't happen*/;
+								  false);		/* recursing already? */
+						break;
+					case OBJECT_TRIGGER:
+						renametrig(relid,
+								   stmt->subname,		/* old att name */
+								   stmt->newname);		/* new att name */
+						break;
+					default:
+						 /* can't happen */ ;
+				}
+				break;
 			}
-			break;
-		}
 
 		default:
 			elog(ERROR, "unrecognized rename stmt type: %d",
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/analyze.c b/src/backend/commands/analyze.c
index 5277884f1f8..dac2d5d7bbd 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/analyze.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/analyze.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/analyze.c,v 1.56 2003/07/20 21:56:32 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/analyze.c,v 1.57 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -220,9 +220,9 @@ analyze_rel(Oid relid, VacuumStmt *vacstmt)
 
 	/*
 	 * Silently ignore tables that are temp tables of other backends ---
-	 * trying to analyze these is rather pointless, since their
-	 * contents are probably not up-to-date on disk.  (We don't throw a
-	 * warning here; it would just lead to chatter during a database-wide
+	 * trying to analyze these is rather pointless, since their contents
+	 * are probably not up-to-date on disk.  (We don't throw a warning
+	 * here; it would just lead to chatter during a database-wide
 	 * ANALYZE.)
 	 */
 	if (isOtherTempNamespace(RelationGetNamespace(onerel)))
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/async.c b/src/backend/commands/async.c
index dafea7c8695..69085740cc5 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/async.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/async.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/async.c,v 1.96 2003/07/20 21:56:32 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/async.c,v 1.97 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -603,10 +603,10 @@ Async_NotifyHandler(SIGNAL_ARGS)
 		bool		save_ImmediateInterruptOK = ImmediateInterruptOK;
 
 		/*
-		 * We may be called while ImmediateInterruptOK is true; turn it off
-		 * while messing with the NOTIFY state.  (We would have to save
-		 * and restore it anyway, because PGSemaphore operations inside
-		 * ProcessIncomingNotify() might reset it.)
+		 * We may be called while ImmediateInterruptOK is true; turn it
+		 * off while messing with the NOTIFY state.  (We would have to
+		 * save and restore it anyway, because PGSemaphore operations
+		 * inside ProcessIncomingNotify() might reset it.)
 		 */
 		ImmediateInterruptOK = false;
 
@@ -639,7 +639,8 @@ Async_NotifyHandler(SIGNAL_ARGS)
 		}
 
 		/*
-		 * Restore ImmediateInterruptOK, and check for interrupts if needed.
+		 * Restore ImmediateInterruptOK, and check for interrupts if
+		 * needed.
 		 */
 		ImmediateInterruptOK = save_ImmediateInterruptOK;
 		if (save_ImmediateInterruptOK)
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/cluster.c b/src/backend/commands/cluster.c
index 18f6bfcf6b5..23e03443fc5 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/cluster.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/cluster.c
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/cluster.c,v 1.112 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/cluster.c,v 1.113 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -58,12 +58,12 @@ typedef struct
  */
 typedef struct
 {
-	Oid		tableOid;
-	Oid		indexOid;
-} RelToCluster;
+	Oid			tableOid;
+	Oid			indexOid;
+}	RelToCluster;
 
 
-static void cluster_rel(RelToCluster *rv, bool recheck);
+static void cluster_rel(RelToCluster * rv, bool recheck);
 static Oid	make_new_heap(Oid OIDOldHeap, const char *NewName);
 static void copy_heap_data(Oid OIDNewHeap, Oid OIDOldHeap, Oid OIDOldIndex);
 static List *get_indexattr_list(Relation OldHeap, Oid OldIndex);
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ static List *get_tables_to_cluster(MemoryContext cluster_context);
 
 
 /*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * This cluster code allows for clustering multiple tables at once.	Because
+ * This cluster code allows for clustering multiple tables at once. Because
  * of this, we cannot just run everything on a single transaction, or we
  * would be forced to acquire exclusive locks on all the tables being
  * clustered, simultaneously --- very likely leading to deadlock.
@@ -82,17 +82,17 @@ static List *get_tables_to_cluster(MemoryContext cluster_context);
  * To solve this we follow a similar strategy to VACUUM code,
  * clustering each relation in a separate transaction. For this to work,
  * we need to:
- *  - provide a separate memory context so that we can pass information in
- *    a way that survives across transactions
- *  - start a new transaction every time a new relation is clustered
- *  - check for validity of the information on to-be-clustered relations,
- *    as someone might have deleted a relation behind our back, or
- *    clustered one on a different index
- *  - end the transaction
+ *	- provide a separate memory context so that we can pass information in
+ *	  a way that survives across transactions
+ *	- start a new transaction every time a new relation is clustered
+ *	- check for validity of the information on to-be-clustered relations,
+ *	  as someone might have deleted a relation behind our back, or
+ *	  clustered one on a different index
+ *	- end the transaction
  *
  * The single-relation case does not have any such overhead.
  *
- * We also allow a relation being specified without index.  In that case,
+ * We also allow a relation being specified without index.	In that case,
  * the indisclustered bit will be looked up, and an ERROR will be thrown
  * if there is no index with the bit set.
  *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -103,10 +103,10 @@ cluster(ClusterStmt *stmt)
 	if (stmt->relation != NULL)
 	{
 		/* This is the single-relation case. */
-		Oid				tableOid,
-						indexOid = InvalidOid;
-		Relation		rel;
-		RelToCluster	rvtc;
+		Oid			tableOid,
+					indexOid = InvalidOid;
+		Relation	rel;
+		RelToCluster rvtc;
 
 		/* Find and lock the table */
 		rel = heap_openrv(stmt->relation, AccessExclusiveLock);
@@ -123,10 +123,10 @@ cluster(ClusterStmt *stmt)
 			List	   *index;
 
 			/* We need to find the index that has indisclustered set. */
-			foreach (index, RelationGetIndexList(rel))
+			foreach(index, RelationGetIndexList(rel))
 			{
-				HeapTuple		idxtuple;
-				Form_pg_index	indexForm;
+				HeapTuple	idxtuple;
+				Form_pg_index indexForm;
 
 				indexOid = lfirsto(index);
 				idxtuple = SearchSysCache(INDEXRELID,
@@ -152,14 +152,17 @@ cluster(ClusterStmt *stmt)
 		}
 		else
 		{
-			/* The index is expected to be in the same namespace as the relation. */
+			/*
+			 * The index is expected to be in the same namespace as the
+			 * relation.
+			 */
 			indexOid = get_relname_relid(stmt->indexname,
 										 rel->rd_rel->relnamespace);
 			if (!OidIsValid(indexOid))
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
-						 errmsg("index \"%s\" for table \"%s\" does not exist",
-								stmt->indexname, stmt->relation->relname)));
+				   errmsg("index \"%s\" for table \"%s\" does not exist",
+						  stmt->indexname, stmt->relation->relname)));
 		}
 
 		/* All other checks are done in cluster_rel() */
@@ -175,16 +178,16 @@ cluster(ClusterStmt *stmt)
 	else
 	{
 		/*
-		 * This is the "multi relation" case. We need to cluster all tables
-		 * that have some index with indisclustered set.
+		 * This is the "multi relation" case. We need to cluster all
+		 * tables that have some index with indisclustered set.
 		 */
-		MemoryContext	cluster_context;
-		List			*rv,
-						*rvs;
+		MemoryContext cluster_context;
+		List	   *rv,
+				   *rvs;
 
 		/*
-		 * We cannot run this form of CLUSTER inside a user transaction block;
-		 * we'd be holding locks way too long.
+		 * We cannot run this form of CLUSTER inside a user transaction
+		 * block; we'd be holding locks way too long.
 		 */
 		PreventTransactionChain((void *) stmt, "CLUSTER");
 
@@ -201,8 +204,8 @@ cluster(ClusterStmt *stmt)
 												ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_MAXSIZE);
 
 		/*
-		 * Build the list of relations to cluster.  Note that this lives in
-		 * cluster_context.
+		 * Build the list of relations to cluster.	Note that this lives
+		 * in cluster_context.
 		 */
 		rvs = get_tables_to_cluster(cluster_context);
 
@@ -210,13 +213,14 @@ cluster(ClusterStmt *stmt)
 		CommitTransactionCommand();
 
 		/* Ok, now that we've got them all, cluster them one by one */
-		foreach (rv, rvs)
+		foreach(rv, rvs)
 		{
-			RelToCluster	*rvtc = (RelToCluster *) lfirst(rv);
+			RelToCluster *rvtc = (RelToCluster *) lfirst(rv);
 
 			/* Start a new transaction for each relation. */
 			StartTransactionCommand();
-			SetQuerySnapshot();	/* might be needed for functions in indexes */
+			SetQuerySnapshot(); /* might be needed for functions in
+								 * indexes */
 			cluster_rel(rvtc, true);
 			CommitTransactionCommand();
 		}
@@ -244,7 +248,7 @@ cluster(ClusterStmt *stmt)
  * them incrementally while we load the table.
  */
 static void
-cluster_rel(RelToCluster *rvtc, bool recheck)
+cluster_rel(RelToCluster * rvtc, bool recheck)
 {
 	Relation	OldHeap,
 				OldIndex;
@@ -256,14 +260,14 @@ cluster_rel(RelToCluster *rvtc, bool recheck)
 	 * Since we may open a new transaction for each relation, we have to
 	 * check that the relation still is what we think it is.
 	 *
-	 * If this is a single-transaction CLUSTER, we can skip these tests.
-	 * We *must* skip the one on indisclustered since it would reject an
+	 * If this is a single-transaction CLUSTER, we can skip these tests. We
+	 * *must* skip the one on indisclustered since it would reject an
 	 * attempt to cluster a not-previously-clustered index.
 	 */
 	if (recheck)
 	{
-		HeapTuple		tuple;
-		Form_pg_index	indexForm;
+		HeapTuple	tuple;
+		Form_pg_index indexForm;
 
 		/*
 		 * Check if the relation and index still exist before opening them
@@ -319,10 +323,10 @@ cluster_rel(RelToCluster *rvtc, bool recheck)
 						RelationGetRelationName(OldHeap))));
 
 	/*
-	 * Disallow clustering on incomplete indexes (those that might not index
-	 * every row of the relation).  We could relax this by making a separate
-	 * seqscan pass over the table to copy the missing rows, but that seems
-	 * expensive and tedious.
+	 * Disallow clustering on incomplete indexes (those that might not
+	 * index every row of the relation).  We could relax this by making a
+	 * separate seqscan pass over the table to copy the missing rows, but
+	 * that seems expensive and tedious.
 	 */
 	if (!heap_attisnull(OldIndex->rd_indextuple, Anum_pg_index_indpred))
 		ereport(ERROR,
@@ -334,7 +338,7 @@ cluster_rel(RelToCluster *rvtc, bool recheck)
 
 		/*
 		 * If the AM doesn't index nulls, then it's a partial index unless
-		 * we can prove all the rows are non-null.  Note we only need look
+		 * we can prove all the rows are non-null.	Note we only need look
 		 * at the first column; multicolumn-capable AMs are *required* to
 		 * index nulls in columns after the first.
 		 */
@@ -347,7 +351,7 @@ cluster_rel(RelToCluster *rvtc, bool recheck)
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
 						 errmsg("cannot cluster when index access method does not handle nulls"),
 						 errhint("You may be able to work around this by marking column \"%s\" NOT NULL.",
-								 NameStr(OldHeap->rd_att->attrs[colno - 1]->attname))));
+				  NameStr(OldHeap->rd_att->attrs[colno - 1]->attname))));
 		}
 		else if (colno < 0)
 		{
@@ -382,7 +386,7 @@ cluster_rel(RelToCluster *rvtc, bool recheck)
 	if (isOtherTempNamespace(RelationGetNamespace(OldHeap)))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
-				 errmsg("cannot cluster temp tables of other processes")));
+			   errmsg("cannot cluster temp tables of other processes")));
 
 	/* Drop relcache refcnt on OldIndex, but keep lock */
 	index_close(OldIndex);
@@ -397,7 +401,7 @@ cluster_rel(RelToCluster *rvtc, bool recheck)
  * rebuild_relation: rebuild an existing relation
  *
  * This is shared code between CLUSTER and TRUNCATE.  In the TRUNCATE
- * case, the new relation is built and left empty.  In the CLUSTER case,
+ * case, the new relation is built and left empty.	In the CLUSTER case,
  * it is filled with data read from the old relation in the order specified
  * by the index.
  *
@@ -432,6 +436,7 @@ rebuild_relation(Relation OldHeap, Oid indexOid)
 	snprintf(NewHeapName, sizeof(NewHeapName), "pg_temp_%u", tableOid);
 
 	OIDNewHeap = make_new_heap(tableOid, NewHeapName);
+
 	/*
 	 * We don't need CommandCounterIncrement() because make_new_heap did
 	 * it.
@@ -754,8 +759,8 @@ swap_relfilenodes(Oid r1, Oid r2)
 
 	/* swap size statistics too, since new rel has freshly-updated stats */
 	{
-		int4	swap_pages;
-		float4	swap_tuples;
+		int4		swap_pages;
+		float4		swap_tuples;
 
 		swap_pages = relform1->relpages;
 		relform1->relpages = relform2->relpages;
@@ -857,20 +862,20 @@ swap_relfilenodes(Oid r1, Oid r2)
 static List *
 get_tables_to_cluster(MemoryContext cluster_context)
 {
-	Relation		indRelation;
-	HeapScanDesc	scan;
-	ScanKeyData		entry;
-	HeapTuple		indexTuple;
-	Form_pg_index	index;
-	MemoryContext	old_context;
-	RelToCluster   *rvtc;
-	List		   *rvs = NIL;
+	Relation	indRelation;
+	HeapScanDesc scan;
+	ScanKeyData entry;
+	HeapTuple	indexTuple;
+	Form_pg_index index;
+	MemoryContext old_context;
+	RelToCluster *rvtc;
+	List	   *rvs = NIL;
 
 	/*
 	 * Get all indexes that have indisclustered set and are owned by
-	 * appropriate user. System relations or nailed-in relations cannot ever
-	 * have indisclustered set, because CLUSTER will refuse to set it when
-	 * called with one of them as argument.
+	 * appropriate user. System relations or nailed-in relations cannot
+	 * ever have indisclustered set, because CLUSTER will refuse to set it
+	 * when called with one of them as argument.
 	 */
 	indRelation = relation_openr(IndexRelationName, AccessShareLock);
 	ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&entry, 0,
@@ -886,8 +891,8 @@ get_tables_to_cluster(MemoryContext cluster_context)
 			continue;
 
 		/*
-		 * We have to build the list in a different memory context so
-		 * it will survive the cross-transaction processing
+		 * We have to build the list in a different memory context so it
+		 * will survive the cross-transaction processing
 		 */
 		old_context = MemoryContextSwitchTo(cluster_context);
 
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/comment.c b/src/backend/commands/comment.c
index ecd50bdb367..e0ebba0df96 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/comment.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/comment.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1996-2001, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/comment.c,v 1.67 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/comment.c,v 1.68 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -383,8 +383,8 @@ CommentAttribute(List *qualname, char *comment)
 	if (attnum == InvalidAttrNumber)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
-				 errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
-						attrname, RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
+			 errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
+					attrname, RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
 
 	/* Create the comment using the relation's oid */
 
@@ -418,16 +418,17 @@ CommentDatabase(List *qualname, char *comment)
 	database = strVal(lfirst(qualname));
 
 	/*
-	 * We cannot currently support cross-database comments (since other DBs
-	 * cannot see pg_description of this database).  So, we reject attempts
-	 * to comment on a database other than the current one.  Someday this
-	 * might be improved, but it would take a redesigned infrastructure.
+	 * We cannot currently support cross-database comments (since other
+	 * DBs cannot see pg_description of this database).  So, we reject
+	 * attempts to comment on a database other than the current one.
+	 * Someday this might be improved, but it would take a redesigned
+	 * infrastructure.
 	 *
 	 * When loading a dump, we may see a COMMENT ON DATABASE for the old name
-	 * of the database.  Erroring out would prevent pg_restore from completing
-	 * (which is really pg_restore's fault, but for now we will work around
-	 * the problem here).  Consensus is that the best fix is to treat wrong
-	 * database name as a WARNING not an ERROR.
+	 * of the database.  Erroring out would prevent pg_restore from
+	 * completing (which is really pg_restore's fault, but for now we will
+	 * work around the problem here).  Consensus is that the best fix is
+	 * to treat wrong database name as a WARNING not an ERROR.
 	 */
 
 	/* First get the database OID */
@@ -569,7 +570,7 @@ CommentRule(List *qualname, char *comment)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
 					 errmsg("there are multiple rules \"%s\"", rulename),
-					 errhint("Specify a relation name as well as a rule name.")));
+			errhint("Specify a relation name as well as a rule name.")));
 
 		heap_endscan(scanDesc);
 		heap_close(RewriteRelation, AccessShareLock);
@@ -811,8 +812,8 @@ CommentTrigger(List *qualname, char *comment)
 	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(triggertuple))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
-				 errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" does not exist",
-						trigname, RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
+			  errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" does not exist",
+					 trigname, RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
 
 	oid = HeapTupleGetOid(triggertuple);
 
@@ -891,7 +892,7 @@ CommentConstraint(List *qualname, char *comment)
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
 						 errmsg("relation \"%s\" has multiple constraints named \"%s\"",
-								RelationGetRelationName(relation), conName)));
+						   RelationGetRelationName(relation), conName)));
 			conOid = HeapTupleGetOid(tuple);
 		}
 	}
@@ -902,8 +903,8 @@ CommentConstraint(List *qualname, char *comment)
 	if (!OidIsValid(conOid))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
-				 errmsg("constraint \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" does not exist",
-						conName, RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
+		   errmsg("constraint \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" does not exist",
+				  conName, RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
 
 	/* Create the comment with the pg_constraint oid */
 	CreateComments(conOid, RelationGetRelid(pg_constraint), 0, comment);
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/conversioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/conversioncmds.c
index b917c527aca..e9afb956246 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/conversioncmds.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/conversioncmds.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/conversioncmds.c,v 1.9 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/conversioncmds.c,v 1.10 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -148,11 +148,11 @@ RenameConversion(List *name, const char *newname)
 							 0, 0))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
-				 errmsg("conversion \"%s\" already exists in schema \"%s\"",
-						newname, get_namespace_name(namespaceOid))));
+			  errmsg("conversion \"%s\" already exists in schema \"%s\"",
+					 newname, get_namespace_name(namespaceOid))));
 
 	/* must be owner */
-    if (!superuser() &&
+	if (!superuser() &&
 		((Form_pg_conversion) GETSTRUCT(tup))->conowner != GetUserId())
 		aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, ACL_KIND_CONVERSION,
 					   NameListToString(name));
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/copy.c b/src/backend/commands/copy.c
index fa91439a579..5c7238de8dc 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/copy.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/copy.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/copy.c,v 1.205 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/copy.c,v 1.206 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ typedef enum CopyDest
 	COPY_FILE,					/* to/from file */
 	COPY_OLD_FE,				/* to/from frontend (old protocol) */
 	COPY_NEW_FE					/* to/from frontend (new protocol) */
-} CopyDest;
+}	CopyDest;
 
 /*
  * Represents the type of data returned by CopyReadAttribute()
@@ -82,17 +82,17 @@ typedef enum EolType
 	EOL_NL,
 	EOL_CR,
 	EOL_CRNL
-} EolType;
+}	EolType;
 
 
 /* non-export function prototypes */
 static void CopyTo(Relation rel, List *attnumlist, bool binary, bool oids,
-				   char *delim, char *null_print);
+	   char *delim, char *null_print);
 static void CopyFrom(Relation rel, List *attnumlist, bool binary, bool oids,
-					 char *delim, char *null_print);
+		 char *delim, char *null_print);
 static char *CopyReadAttribute(const char *delim, CopyReadResult *result);
 static Datum CopyReadBinaryAttribute(int column_no, FmgrInfo *flinfo,
-									 Oid typelem, bool *isnull);
+						Oid typelem, bool *isnull);
 static void CopyAttributeOut(char *string, char *delim);
 static List *CopyGetAttnums(Relation rel, List *attnamelist);
 
@@ -136,6 +136,7 @@ static void CopySendChar(char c);
 static void CopySendEndOfRow(bool binary);
 static void CopyGetData(void *databuf, int datasize);
 static int	CopyGetChar(void);
+
 #define CopyGetEof()  (fe_eof)
 static int	CopyPeekChar(void);
 static void CopyDonePeek(int c, bool pickup);
@@ -155,14 +156,14 @@ SendCopyBegin(bool binary, int natts)
 	{
 		/* new way */
 		StringInfoData buf;
-		int16	format = (binary ? 1 : 0);
-		int		i;
+		int16		format = (binary ? 1 : 0);
+		int			i;
 
 		pq_beginmessage(&buf, 'H');
-		pq_sendbyte(&buf, format);			/* overall format */
+		pq_sendbyte(&buf, format);		/* overall format */
 		pq_sendint(&buf, natts, 2);
 		for (i = 0; i < natts; i++)
-			pq_sendint(&buf, format, 2);	/* per-column formats */
+			pq_sendint(&buf, format, 2);		/* per-column formats */
 		pq_endmessage(&buf);
 		copy_dest = COPY_NEW_FE;
 		copy_msgbuf = makeStringInfo();
@@ -200,14 +201,14 @@ ReceiveCopyBegin(bool binary, int natts)
 	{
 		/* new way */
 		StringInfoData buf;
-		int16	format = (binary ? 1 : 0);
-		int		i;
+		int16		format = (binary ? 1 : 0);
+		int			i;
 
 		pq_beginmessage(&buf, 'G');
-		pq_sendbyte(&buf, format);			/* overall format */
+		pq_sendbyte(&buf, format);		/* overall format */
 		pq_sendint(&buf, natts, 2);
 		for (i = 0; i < natts; i++)
-			pq_sendint(&buf, format, 2);	/* per-column formats */
+			pq_sendint(&buf, format, 2);		/* per-column formats */
 		pq_endmessage(&buf);
 		copy_dest = COPY_NEW_FE;
 		copy_msgbuf = makeStringInfo();
@@ -289,7 +290,7 @@ CopySendData(void *databuf, int datasize)
 				/* no hope of recovering connection sync, so FATAL */
 				ereport(FATAL,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_CONNECTION_FAILURE),
-						 errmsg("connection lost during COPY to stdout")));
+					   errmsg("connection lost during COPY to stdout")));
 			}
 			break;
 		case COPY_NEW_FE:
@@ -378,7 +379,7 @@ CopyGetData(void *databuf, int datasize)
 		case COPY_NEW_FE:
 			while (datasize > 0 && !fe_eof)
 			{
-				int		avail;
+				int			avail;
 
 				while (copy_msgbuf->cursor >= copy_msgbuf->len)
 				{
@@ -389,24 +390,24 @@ CopyGetData(void *databuf, int datasize)
 					if (mtype == EOF)
 						ereport(ERROR,
 								(errcode(ERRCODE_CONNECTION_FAILURE),
-								 errmsg("unexpected EOF on client connection")));
+						 errmsg("unexpected EOF on client connection")));
 					if (pq_getmessage(copy_msgbuf, 0))
 						ereport(ERROR,
 								(errcode(ERRCODE_CONNECTION_FAILURE),
-								 errmsg("unexpected EOF on client connection")));
+						 errmsg("unexpected EOF on client connection")));
 					switch (mtype)
 					{
-						case 'd': /* CopyData */
+						case 'd':		/* CopyData */
 							break;
-						case 'c': /* CopyDone */
+						case 'c':		/* CopyDone */
 							/* COPY IN correctly terminated by frontend */
 							fe_eof = true;
 							return;
-						case 'f': /* CopyFail */
+						case 'f':		/* CopyFail */
 							ereport(ERROR,
 									(errcode(ERRCODE_QUERY_CANCELED),
 									 errmsg("COPY from stdin failed: %s",
-											pq_getmsgstring(copy_msgbuf))));
+										 pq_getmsgstring(copy_msgbuf))));
 							break;
 						default:
 							ereport(ERROR,
@@ -421,7 +422,7 @@ CopyGetData(void *databuf, int datasize)
 					avail = datasize;
 				pq_copymsgbytes(copy_msgbuf, databuf, avail);
 				databuf = (void *) ((char *) databuf + avail);
-				datasize =- avail;
+				datasize = -avail;
 			}
 			break;
 	}
@@ -430,7 +431,7 @@ CopyGetData(void *databuf, int datasize)
 static int
 CopyGetChar(void)
 {
-	int		ch;
+	int			ch;
 
 	switch (copy_dest)
 	{
@@ -448,16 +449,16 @@ CopyGetChar(void)
 			}
 			break;
 		case COPY_NEW_FE:
-		{
-			unsigned char	cc;
+			{
+				unsigned char cc;
 
-			CopyGetData(&cc, 1);
-			if (fe_eof)
-				ch = EOF;
-			else
-				ch = cc;
-			break;
-		}
+				CopyGetData(&cc, 1);
+				if (fe_eof)
+					ch = EOF;
+				else
+					ch = cc;
+				break;
+			}
 		default:
 			ch = EOF;
 			break;
@@ -479,7 +480,7 @@ CopyGetChar(void)
 static int
 CopyPeekChar(void)
 {
-	int		ch;
+	int			ch;
 
 	switch (copy_dest)
 	{
@@ -497,16 +498,16 @@ CopyPeekChar(void)
 			}
 			break;
 		case COPY_NEW_FE:
-		{
-			unsigned char	cc;
+			{
+				unsigned char cc;
 
-			CopyGetData(&cc, 1);
-			if (fe_eof)
-				ch = EOF;
-			else
-				ch = cc;
-			break;
-		}
+				CopyGetData(&cc, 1);
+				if (fe_eof)
+					ch = EOF;
+				else
+					ch = cc;
+				break;
+			}
 		default:
 			ch = EOF;
 			break;
@@ -524,7 +525,7 @@ CopyDonePeek(int c, bool pickup)
 	switch (copy_dest)
 	{
 		case COPY_FILE:
-			if (!pickup) 
+			if (!pickup)
 			{
 				/* We don't want to pick it up - so put it back in there */
 				ungetc(c, copy_file);
@@ -537,7 +538,11 @@ CopyDonePeek(int c, bool pickup)
 				/* We want to pick it up */
 				(void) pq_getbyte();
 			}
-			/* If we didn't want to pick it up, just leave it where it sits */
+
+			/*
+			 * If we didn't want to pick it up, just leave it where it
+			 * sits
+			 */
 			break;
 		case COPY_NEW_FE:
 			if (!pickup)
@@ -737,7 +742,7 @@ DoCopy(const CopyStmt *stmt)
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
 				 errmsg("must be superuser to COPY to or from a file"),
 				 errhint("Anyone can COPY to stdout or from stdin. "
-						 "psql's \\copy command also works for anyone.")));
+					   "psql's \\copy command also works for anyone.")));
 
 	/*
 	 * Presently, only single-character delimiter strings are supported.
@@ -791,8 +796,8 @@ DoCopy(const CopyStmt *stmt)
 			else
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
-						 errmsg("cannot copy to non-table relation \"%s\"",
-								RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
+					   errmsg("cannot copy to non-table relation \"%s\"",
+							  RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
 		}
 		if (pipe)
 		{
@@ -810,8 +815,8 @@ DoCopy(const CopyStmt *stmt)
 			if (copy_file == NULL)
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode_for_file_access(),
-						 errmsg("could not open file \"%s\" for reading: %m",
-								filename)));
+					 errmsg("could not open file \"%s\" for reading: %m",
+							filename)));
 
 			fstat(fileno(copy_file), &st);
 			if (S_ISDIR(st.st_mode))
@@ -841,8 +846,8 @@ DoCopy(const CopyStmt *stmt)
 			else
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
-						 errmsg("cannot copy from non-table relation \"%s\"",
-								RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
+					 errmsg("cannot copy from non-table relation \"%s\"",
+							RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
 		}
 		if (pipe)
 		{
@@ -863,7 +868,7 @@ DoCopy(const CopyStmt *stmt)
 			if (!is_absolute_path(filename))
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_NAME),
-						 errmsg("relative path not allowed for COPY to file")));
+				  errmsg("relative path not allowed for COPY to file")));
 
 			oumask = umask((mode_t) 022);
 			copy_file = AllocateFile(filename, PG_BINARY_W);
@@ -872,8 +877,8 @@ DoCopy(const CopyStmt *stmt)
 			if (copy_file == NULL)
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode_for_file_access(),
-						 errmsg("could not open file \"%s\" for writing: %m",
-								filename)));
+					 errmsg("could not open file \"%s\" for writing: %m",
+							filename)));
 
 			fstat(fileno(copy_file), &st);
 			if (S_ISDIR(st.st_mode))
@@ -955,8 +960,8 @@ CopyTo(Relation rel, List *attnumlist, bool binary, bool oids,
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Create a temporary memory context that we can reset once per row
-	 * to recover palloc'd memory.  This avoids any problems with leaks
+	 * Create a temporary memory context that we can reset once per row to
+	 * recover palloc'd memory.  This avoids any problems with leaks
 	 * inside datatype output routines, and should be faster than retail
 	 * pfree's anyway.  (We don't need a whole econtext as CopyFrom does.)
 	 */
@@ -1040,9 +1045,9 @@ CopyTo(Relation rel, List *attnumlist, bool binary, bool oids,
 			if (isnull)
 			{
 				if (!binary)
-					CopySendString(null_print);		/* null indicator */
+					CopySendString(null_print); /* null indicator */
 				else
-					CopySendInt32(-1);				/* null marker */
+					CopySendInt32(-1);	/* null marker */
 			}
 			else
 			{
@@ -1060,7 +1065,7 @@ CopyTo(Relation rel, List *attnumlist, bool binary, bool oids,
 
 					outputbytes = DatumGetByteaP(FunctionCall2(&out_functions[attnum - 1],
 															   value,
-															   ObjectIdGetDatum(elements[attnum - 1])));
+								ObjectIdGetDatum(elements[attnum - 1])));
 					/* We assume the result will not have been toasted */
 					CopySendInt32(VARSIZE(outputbytes) - VARHDRSZ);
 					CopySendData(VARDATA(outputbytes),
@@ -1199,7 +1204,7 @@ CopyFrom(Relation rel, List *attnumlist, bool binary, bool oids,
 		{
 			/* attribute is NOT to be copied from input */
 			/* use default value if one exists */
-			Node   *defexpr = build_column_default(rel, i + 1);
+			Node	   *defexpr = build_column_default(rel, i + 1);
 
 			if (defexpr != NULL)
 			{
@@ -1219,10 +1224,10 @@ CopyFrom(Relation rel, List *attnumlist, bool binary, bool oids,
 			/*
 			 * Easiest way to do this is to use parse_coerce.c to set up
 			 * an expression that checks the constraints.  (At present,
-			 * the expression might contain a length-coercion-function call
-			 * and/or CoerceToDomain nodes.)  The bottom of the expression
-			 * is a Param node so that we can fill in the actual datum during
-			 * the data input loop.
+			 * the expression might contain a length-coercion-function
+			 * call and/or CoerceToDomain nodes.)  The bottom of the
+			 * expression is a Param node so that we can fill in the
+			 * actual datum during the data input loop.
 			 */
 			prm = makeNode(Param);
 			prm->paramkind = PARAM_EXEC;
@@ -1241,11 +1246,11 @@ CopyFrom(Relation rel, List *attnumlist, bool binary, bool oids,
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Check BEFORE STATEMENT insertion triggers. It's debateable
-	 * whether we should do this for COPY, since it's not really an
-	 * "INSERT" statement as such. However, executing these triggers
-	 * maintains consistency with the EACH ROW triggers that we already
-	 * fire on COPY.
+	 * Check BEFORE STATEMENT insertion triggers. It's debateable whether
+	 * we should do this for COPY, since it's not really an "INSERT"
+	 * statement as such. However, executing these triggers maintains
+	 * consistency with the EACH ROW triggers that we already fire on
+	 * COPY.
 	 */
 	ExecBSInsertTriggers(estate, resultRelInfo);
 
@@ -1276,13 +1281,13 @@ CopyFrom(Relation rel, List *attnumlist, bool binary, bool oids,
 		if ((tmp >> 16) != 0)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_BAD_COPY_FILE_FORMAT),
-					 errmsg("unrecognized critical flags in COPY file header")));
+			 errmsg("unrecognized critical flags in COPY file header")));
 		/* Header extension length */
 		tmp = CopyGetInt32();
 		if (CopyGetEof() || tmp < 0)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_BAD_COPY_FILE_FORMAT),
-					 errmsg("invalid COPY file header (missing length)")));
+				   errmsg("invalid COPY file header (missing length)")));
 		/* Skip extension header, if present */
 		while (tmp-- > 0)
 		{
@@ -1290,7 +1295,7 @@ CopyFrom(Relation rel, List *attnumlist, bool binary, bool oids,
 			if (CopyGetEof())
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_BAD_COPY_FILE_FORMAT),
-						 errmsg("invalid COPY file header (wrong length)")));
+					 errmsg("invalid COPY file header (wrong length)")));
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -1418,9 +1423,9 @@ CopyFrom(Relation rel, List *attnumlist, bool binary, bool oids,
 			/*
 			 * Complain if there are more fields on the input line.
 			 *
-			 * Special case: if we're reading a zero-column table, we
-			 * won't yet have called CopyReadAttribute() at all; so do that
-			 * and check we have an empty line.  Fortunately we can keep that
+			 * Special case: if we're reading a zero-column table, we won't
+			 * yet have called CopyReadAttribute() at all; so do that and
+			 * check we have an empty line.  Fortunately we can keep that
 			 * silly corner case out of the main line of execution.
 			 */
 			if (result == NORMAL_ATTR)
@@ -1431,7 +1436,7 @@ CopyFrom(Relation rel, List *attnumlist, bool binary, bool oids,
 					if (result == NORMAL_ATTR || *string != '\0')
 						ereport(ERROR,
 								(errcode(ERRCODE_BAD_COPY_FILE_FORMAT),
-								 errmsg("extra data after last expected column")));
+						errmsg("extra data after last expected column")));
 					if (result == END_OF_FILE)
 					{
 						/* EOF at start of line: all is well */
@@ -1442,7 +1447,7 @@ CopyFrom(Relation rel, List *attnumlist, bool binary, bool oids,
 				else
 					ereport(ERROR,
 							(errcode(ERRCODE_BAD_COPY_FILE_FORMAT),
-							 errmsg("extra data after last expected column")));
+					   errmsg("extra data after last expected column")));
 			}
 
 			/*
@@ -1475,8 +1480,8 @@ CopyFrom(Relation rel, List *attnumlist, bool binary, bool oids,
 			{
 				loaded_oid =
 					DatumGetObjectId(CopyReadBinaryAttribute(0,
-															 &oid_in_function,
-															 oid_in_element,
+														&oid_in_function,
+														  oid_in_element,
 															 &isnull));
 				if (isnull || loaded_oid == InvalidOid)
 					ereport(ERROR,
@@ -1531,9 +1536,9 @@ CopyFrom(Relation rel, List *attnumlist, bool binary, bool oids,
 				prmdata->isnull = (nulls[i] == 'n');
 
 				/*
-				 * Execute the constraint expression.  Allow the expression
-				 * to replace the value (consider e.g. a timestamp precision
-				 * restriction).
+				 * Execute the constraint expression.  Allow the
+				 * expression to replace the value (consider e.g. a
+				 * timestamp precision restriction).
 				 */
 				values[i] = ExecEvalExpr(exprstate, econtext,
 										 &isnull, NULL);
@@ -1674,11 +1679,12 @@ CopyReadAttribute(const char *delim, CopyReadResult *result)
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_BAD_COPY_FILE_FORMAT),
 						 errmsg("literal carriage return found in data"),
-						 errhint("Use \"\\r\" to represent carriage return.")));
-			/*	Check for \r\n on first line, _and_ handle \r\n. */
+				  errhint("Use \"\\r\" to represent carriage return.")));
+			/* Check for \r\n on first line, _and_ handle \r\n. */
 			if (copy_lineno == 1 || eol_type == EOL_CRNL)
 			{
-				int c2 = CopyPeekChar();
+				int			c2 = CopyPeekChar();
+
 				if (c2 == '\n')
 				{
 					CopyDonePeek(c2, true);		/* eat newline */
@@ -1690,9 +1696,13 @@ CopyReadAttribute(const char *delim, CopyReadResult *result)
 					if (eol_type == EOL_CRNL)
 						ereport(ERROR,
 								(errcode(ERRCODE_BAD_COPY_FILE_FORMAT),
-								 errmsg("literal carriage return found in data"),
+						 errmsg("literal carriage return found in data"),
 								 errhint("Use \"\\r\" to represent carriage return.")));
-					/* if we got here, it is the first line and we didn't get \n, so put it back */
+
+					/*
+					 * if we got here, it is the first line and we didn't
+					 * get \n, so put it back
+					 */
 					CopyDonePeek(c2, false);
 					eol_type = EOL_CR;
 				}
@@ -1802,12 +1812,12 @@ CopyReadAttribute(const char *delim, CopyReadResult *result)
 						c = CopyGetChar();
 						if (c == '\n')
 							ereport(ERROR,
-									(errcode(ERRCODE_BAD_COPY_FILE_FORMAT),
-									 errmsg("end-of-copy marker does not match previous newline style")));
+								  (errcode(ERRCODE_BAD_COPY_FILE_FORMAT),
+								   errmsg("end-of-copy marker does not match previous newline style")));
 						if (c != '\r')
 							ereport(ERROR,
-									(errcode(ERRCODE_BAD_COPY_FILE_FORMAT),
-									 errmsg("end-of-copy marker corrupt")));
+								  (errcode(ERRCODE_BAD_COPY_FILE_FORMAT),
+								   errmsg("end-of-copy marker corrupt")));
 					}
 					c = CopyGetChar();
 					if (c != '\r' && c != '\n')
@@ -1816,21 +1826,20 @@ CopyReadAttribute(const char *delim, CopyReadResult *result)
 								 errmsg("end-of-copy marker corrupt")));
 					if ((eol_type == EOL_NL && c != '\n') ||
 						(eol_type == EOL_CRNL && c != '\n') ||
-					    (eol_type == EOL_CR && c != '\r'))
+						(eol_type == EOL_CR && c != '\r'))
 						ereport(ERROR,
 								(errcode(ERRCODE_BAD_COPY_FILE_FORMAT),
 								 errmsg("end-of-copy marker does not match previous newline style")));
+
 					/*
-					 * In protocol version 3, we should ignore anything after
-					 * \. up to the protocol end of copy data.  (XXX maybe
-					 * better not to treat \. as special?)
+					 * In protocol version 3, we should ignore anything
+					 * after \. up to the protocol end of copy data.  (XXX
+					 * maybe better not to treat \. as special?)
 					 */
 					if (copy_dest == COPY_NEW_FE)
 					{
 						while (c != EOF)
-						{
 							c = CopyGetChar();
-						}
 					}
 					*result = END_OF_FILE;
 					goto copy_eof;
@@ -2045,8 +2054,8 @@ CopyGetAttnums(Relation rel, List *attnamelist)
 			if (intMember(attnum, attnums))
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN),
-						 errmsg("attribute \"%s\" specified more than once",
-								name)));
+					  errmsg("attribute \"%s\" specified more than once",
+							 name)));
 			attnums = lappendi(attnums, attnum);
 		}
 	}
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/dbcommands.c b/src/backend/commands/dbcommands.c
index 70678b26b08..547f3fb2f3f 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/dbcommands.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/dbcommands.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/dbcommands.c,v 1.119 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/dbcommands.c,v 1.120 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ createdb(const CreatedbStmt *stmt)
 	if (dbpath != NULL)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
-				 errmsg("cannot use an alternate location on this platform")));
+		   errmsg("cannot use an alternate location on this platform")));
 #endif
 
 	/*
@@ -260,8 +260,8 @@ createdb(const CreatedbStmt *stmt)
 	if (DatabaseHasActiveBackends(src_dboid, true))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_IN_USE),
-				 errmsg("source database \"%s\" is being accessed by other users",
-						dbtemplate)));
+		errmsg("source database \"%s\" is being accessed by other users",
+			   dbtemplate)));
 
 	/* If encoding is defaulted, use source's encoding */
 	if (encoding < 0)
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ createdb(const CreatedbStmt *stmt)
 	/* Make the symlink, if needed */
 	if (alt_loc)
 	{
-#ifdef HAVE_SYMLINK	/* already throws error above */
+#ifdef HAVE_SYMLINK				/* already throws error above */
 		if (symlink(alt_loc, nominal_loc) != 0)
 #endif
 			ereport(ERROR,
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ dropdb(const char *dbname)
 	char	   *nominal_loc;
 	char		dbpath[MAXPGPATH];
 	Relation	pgdbrel;
-	SysScanDesc	pgdbscan;
+	SysScanDesc pgdbscan;
 	ScanKeyData key;
 	HeapTuple	tup;
 
@@ -503,8 +503,8 @@ dropdb(const char *dbname)
 	if (DatabaseHasActiveBackends(db_id, false))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_IN_USE),
-				 errmsg("database \"%s\" is being accessed by other users",
-						dbname)));
+			   errmsg("database \"%s\" is being accessed by other users",
+					  dbname)));
 
 	/*
 	 * Find the database's tuple by OID (should be unique).
@@ -577,10 +577,13 @@ dropdb(const char *dbname)
 void
 RenameDatabase(const char *oldname, const char *newname)
 {
-	HeapTuple	tup, newtup;
+	HeapTuple	tup,
+				newtup;
 	Relation	rel;
-	SysScanDesc	scan, scan2;
-	ScanKeyData	key, key2;
+	SysScanDesc scan,
+				scan2;
+	ScanKeyData key,
+				key2;
 
 	/*
 	 * Obtain AccessExclusiveLock so that no new session gets started
@@ -610,15 +613,14 @@ RenameDatabase(const char *oldname, const char *newname)
 				 errmsg("current database may not be renamed")));
 
 	/*
-	 * Make sure the database does not have active sessions.  Might
-	 * not be necessary, but it's consistent with other database
-	 * operations.
+	 * Make sure the database does not have active sessions.  Might not be
+	 * necessary, but it's consistent with other database operations.
 	 */
 	if (DatabaseHasActiveBackends(HeapTupleGetOid(tup), false))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_IN_USE),
-				 errmsg("database \"%s\" is being accessed by other users",
-						oldname)));
+			   errmsg("database \"%s\" is being accessed by other users",
+					  oldname)));
 
 	/* make sure the new name doesn't exist */
 	ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&key2, 0, Anum_pg_database_datname,
@@ -651,10 +653,10 @@ RenameDatabase(const char *oldname, const char *newname)
 	heap_close(rel, NoLock);
 
 	/*
-	 * Force dirty buffers out to disk, so that newly-connecting
-	 * backends will see the renamed database in pg_database right
-	 * away.  (They'll see an uncommitted tuple, but they don't care;
-	 * see GetRawDatabaseInfo.)
+	 * Force dirty buffers out to disk, so that newly-connecting backends
+	 * will see the renamed database in pg_database right away.  (They'll
+	 * see an uncommitted tuple, but they don't care; see
+	 * GetRawDatabaseInfo.)
 	 */
 	BufferSync();
 }
@@ -671,7 +673,7 @@ AlterDatabaseSet(AlterDatabaseSetStmt *stmt)
 				newtuple;
 	Relation	rel;
 	ScanKeyData scankey;
-	SysScanDesc	scan;
+	SysScanDesc scan;
 	Datum		repl_val[Natts_pg_database];
 	char		repl_null[Natts_pg_database];
 	char		repl_repl[Natts_pg_database];
@@ -689,9 +691,9 @@ AlterDatabaseSet(AlterDatabaseSetStmt *stmt)
 				 errmsg("database \"%s\" does not exist", stmt->dbname)));
 
 	if (!(superuser()
-		  || ((Form_pg_database) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->datdba == GetUserId()))
+		|| ((Form_pg_database) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->datdba == GetUserId()))
 		aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, ACL_KIND_DATABASE,
-					  stmt->dbname);
+					   stmt->dbname);
 
 	MemSet(repl_repl, ' ', sizeof(repl_repl));
 	repl_repl[Anum_pg_database_datconfig - 1] = 'r';
@@ -750,7 +752,7 @@ get_db_info(const char *name, Oid *dbIdP, int4 *ownerIdP,
 {
 	Relation	relation;
 	ScanKeyData scanKey;
-	SysScanDesc	scan;
+	SysScanDesc scan;
 	HeapTuple	tuple;
 	bool		gottuple;
 
@@ -862,7 +864,7 @@ resolve_alt_dbpath(const char *dbpath, Oid dboid)
 #ifndef ALLOW_ABSOLUTE_DBPATHS
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
-				 errmsg("absolute paths are not allowed as database locations")));
+		errmsg("absolute paths are not allowed as database locations")));
 #endif
 		prefix = dbpath;
 	}
@@ -874,8 +876,8 @@ resolve_alt_dbpath(const char *dbpath, Oid dboid)
 		if (!var)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
-					 errmsg("postmaster environment variable \"%s\" not found",
-							dbpath)));
+			   errmsg("postmaster environment variable \"%s\" not found",
+					  dbpath)));
 		if (!is_absolute_path(var))
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_NAME),
@@ -955,7 +957,7 @@ get_database_oid(const char *dbname)
 {
 	Relation	pg_database;
 	ScanKeyData entry[1];
-	SysScanDesc	scan;
+	SysScanDesc scan;
 	HeapTuple	dbtuple;
 	Oid			oid;
 
@@ -993,7 +995,7 @@ get_database_name(Oid dbid)
 {
 	Relation	pg_database;
 	ScanKeyData entry[1];
-	SysScanDesc	scan;
+	SysScanDesc scan;
 	HeapTuple	dbtuple;
 	char	   *result;
 
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/define.c b/src/backend/commands/define.c
index bf0c95a75ef..c924dcc7b77 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/define.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/define.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/define.c,v 1.82 2003/07/20 21:56:32 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/define.c,v 1.83 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  * DESCRIPTION
  *	  The "DefineFoo" routines take the parse tree and pick out the
@@ -51,7 +51,8 @@ case_translate_language_name(const char *input, char *output)
 {
 	int			i;
 
-	MemSet(output, 0, NAMEDATALEN);	/* ensure result Name is zero-filled */
+	MemSet(output, 0, NAMEDATALEN);		/* ensure result Name is
+										 * zero-filled */
 
 	for (i = 0; i < NAMEDATALEN - 1 && input[i]; ++i)
 		output[i] = tolower((unsigned char) input[i]);
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/explain.c b/src/backend/commands/explain.c
index bc137b0eaca..916c1ff772f 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/explain.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/explain.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994-5, Regents of the University of California
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/explain.c,v 1.111 2003/07/20 21:56:32 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/explain.c,v 1.112 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -45,11 +45,11 @@ typedef struct ExplainState
 
 static void ExplainOneQuery(Query *query, ExplainStmt *stmt,
 				TupOutputState *tstate);
-static double elapsed_time(struct timeval *starttime);
+static double elapsed_time(struct timeval * starttime);
 static void explain_outNode(StringInfo str,
-							Plan *plan, PlanState *planstate,
-							Plan *outer_plan,
-							int indent, ExplainState *es);
+				Plan *plan, PlanState * planstate,
+				Plan *outer_plan,
+				int indent, ExplainState *es);
 static void show_scan_qual(List *qual, bool is_or_qual, const char *qlabel,
 			   int scanrelid, Plan *outer_plan,
 			   StringInfo str, int indent, ExplainState *es);
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ static void show_upper_qual(List *qual, const char *qlabel,
 				const char *inner_name, int inner_varno, Plan *inner_plan,
 				StringInfo str, int indent, ExplainState *es);
 static void show_sort_keys(List *tlist, int nkeys, AttrNumber *keycols,
-						   const char *qlabel,
-						   StringInfo str, int indent, ExplainState *es);
+			   const char *qlabel,
+			   StringInfo str, int indent, ExplainState *es);
 static Node *make_ors_ands_explicit(List *orclauses);
 
 /*
@@ -255,8 +255,8 @@ ExplainOnePlan(QueryDesc *queryDesc, ExplainStmt *stmt,
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Close down the query and free resources.  Include time for this
-	 * in the total runtime.
+	 * Close down the query and free resources.  Include time for this in
+	 * the total runtime.
 	 */
 	gettimeofday(&starttime, NULL);
 
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ ExplainOnePlan(QueryDesc *queryDesc, ExplainStmt *stmt,
 
 /* Compute elapsed time in seconds since given gettimeofday() timestamp */
 static double
-elapsed_time(struct timeval *starttime)
+elapsed_time(struct timeval * starttime)
 {
 	struct timeval endtime;
 
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ elapsed_time(struct timeval *starttime)
  */
 static void
 explain_outNode(StringInfo str,
-				Plan *plan, PlanState *planstate,
+				Plan *plan, PlanState * planstate,
 				Plan *outer_plan,
 				int indent, ExplainState *es)
 {
@@ -542,8 +542,8 @@ explain_outNode(StringInfo str,
 				/*
 				 * If the expression is still a function call, we can get
 				 * the real name of the function.  Otherwise, punt (this
-				 * can happen if the optimizer simplified away the function
-				 * call, for example).
+				 * can happen if the optimizer simplified away the
+				 * function call, for example).
 				 */
 				if (rte->funcexpr && IsA(rte->funcexpr, FuncExpr))
 				{
@@ -583,15 +583,13 @@ explain_outNode(StringInfo str,
 			double		nloops = planstate->instrument->nloops;
 
 			appendStringInfo(str, " (actual time=%.2f..%.2f rows=%.0f loops=%.0f)",
-							 1000.0 * planstate->instrument->startup / nloops,
-							 1000.0 * planstate->instrument->total / nloops,
+						1000.0 * planstate->instrument->startup / nloops,
+						  1000.0 * planstate->instrument->total / nloops,
 							 planstate->instrument->ntuples / nloops,
 							 planstate->instrument->nloops);
 		}
 		else if (es->printAnalyze)
-		{
 			appendStringInfo(str, " (never executed)");
-		}
 	}
 	appendStringInfoChar(str, '\n');
 
@@ -709,7 +707,7 @@ explain_outNode(StringInfo str,
 		foreach(lst, planstate->initPlan)
 		{
 			SubPlanState *sps = (SubPlanState *) lfirst(lst);
-			SubPlan *sp = (SubPlan *) sps->xprstate.expr;
+			SubPlan    *sp = (SubPlan *) sps->xprstate.expr;
 
 			es->rtable = sp->rtable;
 			for (i = 0; i < indent; i++)
@@ -807,7 +805,7 @@ explain_outNode(StringInfo str,
 		foreach(lst, planstate->subPlan)
 		{
 			SubPlanState *sps = (SubPlanState *) lfirst(lst);
-			SubPlan *sp = (SubPlan *) sps->xprstate.expr;
+			SubPlan    *sp = (SubPlan *) sps->xprstate.expr;
 
 			es->rtable = sp->rtable;
 			for (i = 0; i < indent; i++)
@@ -865,7 +863,7 @@ show_scan_qual(List *qual, bool is_or_qual, const char *qlabel,
 	 */
 	if (outer_plan)
 	{
-		Relids	varnos = pull_varnos(node);
+		Relids		varnos = pull_varnos(node);
 
 		if (bms_is_member(OUTER, varnos))
 			outercontext = deparse_context_for_subplan("outer",
@@ -1037,9 +1035,7 @@ make_ors_ands_explicit(List *orclauses)
 
 		FastListInit(&args);
 		foreach(orptr, orclauses)
-		{
 			FastAppend(&args, make_ands_explicit(lfirst(orptr)));
-		}
 
 		return (Node *) make_orclause(FastListValue(&args));
 	}
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/functioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/functioncmds.c
index 7a6a3775d64..181f52e1143 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/functioncmds.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/functioncmds.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/functioncmds.c,v 1.31 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/functioncmds.c,v 1.32 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  * DESCRIPTION
  *	  These routines take the parse tree and pick out the
@@ -80,8 +80,8 @@ compute_return_type(TypeName *returnType, Oid languageOid,
 			if (languageOid == SQLlanguageId)
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
-						 errmsg("SQL function cannot return shell type %s",
-								TypeNameToString(returnType))));
+					   errmsg("SQL function cannot return shell type %s",
+							  TypeNameToString(returnType))));
 			else
 				ereport(NOTICE,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
@@ -147,8 +147,8 @@ compute_parameter_types(List *argTypes, Oid languageOid,
 		if (parameterCount >= FUNC_MAX_ARGS)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_ARGUMENTS),
-					 errmsg("functions cannot have more than %d arguments",
-							FUNC_MAX_ARGS)));
+				   errmsg("functions cannot have more than %d arguments",
+						  FUNC_MAX_ARGS)));
 
 		toid = LookupTypeName(t);
 		if (OidIsValid(toid))
@@ -159,8 +159,8 @@ compute_parameter_types(List *argTypes, Oid languageOid,
 				if (languageOid == SQLlanguageId)
 					ereport(ERROR,
 							(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
-							 errmsg("SQL function cannot accept shell type %s",
-									TypeNameToString(t))));
+					   errmsg("SQL function cannot accept shell type %s",
+							  TypeNameToString(t))));
 				else
 					ereport(NOTICE,
 							(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
@@ -330,8 +330,8 @@ compute_attributes_with_style(List *parameters, bool *isStrict_p, char *volatili
 		else
 			ereport(WARNING,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
-					 errmsg("unrecognized function attribute \"%s\" ignored",
-							param->defname)));
+				 errmsg("unrecognized function attribute \"%s\" ignored",
+						param->defname)));
 	}
 }
 
@@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ RemoveFunction(RemoveFuncStmt *stmt)
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
 				 errmsg("\"%s\" is an aggregate function",
 						NameListToString(functionName)),
-				 errhint("Use DROP AGGREGATE to drop aggregate functions.")));
+			errhint("Use DROP AGGREGATE to drop aggregate functions.")));
 
 	if (((Form_pg_proc) GETSTRUCT(tup))->prolang == INTERNALlanguageId)
 	{
@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ RenameFunction(List *name, List *argtypes, const char *newname)
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
 				 errmsg("\"%s\" is an aggregate function",
 						NameListToString(name)),
-				 errhint("Use ALTER AGGREGATE to rename aggregate functions.")));
+		 errhint("Use ALTER AGGREGATE to rename aggregate functions.")));
 
 	namespaceOid = procForm->pronamespace;
 
@@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ SetFunctionReturnType(Oid funcOid, Oid newRetType)
 		elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for function %u", funcOid);
 	procForm = (Form_pg_proc) GETSTRUCT(tup);
 
-	if (procForm->prorettype != OPAQUEOID) /* caller messed up */
+	if (procForm->prorettype != OPAQUEOID)		/* caller messed up */
 		elog(ERROR, "function %u doesn't return OPAQUE", funcOid);
 
 	/* okay to overwrite copied tuple */
@@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ CreateCast(CreateCastStmt *stmt)
 	if (sourcetypeid == targettypeid)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
-				 errmsg("source data type and target data type are the same")));
+		  errmsg("source data type and target data type are the same")));
 
 	/* No shells, no pseudo-types allowed */
 	if (!get_typisdefined(sourcetypeid))
@@ -878,10 +878,11 @@ CreateCast(CreateCastStmt *stmt)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
 					 errmsg("return data type of cast function must match target data type")));
+
 		/*
 		 * Restricting the volatility of a cast function may or may not be
 		 * a good idea in the abstract, but it definitely breaks many old
-		 * user-defined types.  Disable this check --- tgl 2/1/03
+		 * user-defined types.	Disable this check --- tgl 2/1/03
 		 */
 #ifdef NOT_USED
 		if (procstruct->provolatile == PROVOLATILE_VOLATILE)
@@ -892,7 +893,7 @@ CreateCast(CreateCastStmt *stmt)
 		if (procstruct->proisagg)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
-					 errmsg("cast function must not be an aggregate function")));
+			 errmsg("cast function must not be an aggregate function")));
 		if (procstruct->proretset)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
@@ -902,12 +903,12 @@ CreateCast(CreateCastStmt *stmt)
 	}
 	else
 	{
-		int16	typ1len;
-		int16	typ2len;
-		bool	typ1byval;
-		bool	typ2byval;
-		char	typ1align;
-		char	typ2align;
+		int16		typ1len;
+		int16		typ2len;
+		bool		typ1byval;
+		bool		typ2byval;
+		char		typ1align;
+		char		typ2align;
 
 		/* indicates binary coercibility */
 		funcid = InvalidOid;
@@ -924,7 +925,7 @@ CreateCast(CreateCastStmt *stmt)
 		/*
 		 * Also, insist that the types match as to size, alignment, and
 		 * pass-by-value attributes; this provides at least a crude check
-		 * that they have similar representations.  A pair of types that
+		 * that they have similar representations.	A pair of types that
 		 * fail this test should certainly not be equated.
 		 */
 		get_typlenbyvalalign(sourcetypeid, &typ1len, &typ1byval, &typ1align);
@@ -958,9 +959,9 @@ CreateCast(CreateCastStmt *stmt)
 	relation = heap_openr(CastRelationName, RowExclusiveLock);
 
 	/*
-	 * Check for duplicate.  This is just to give a friendly error message,
-	 * the unique index would catch it anyway (so no need to sweat about
-	 * race conditions).
+	 * Check for duplicate.  This is just to give a friendly error
+	 * message, the unique index would catch it anyway (so no need to
+	 * sweat about race conditions).
 	 */
 	tuple = SearchSysCache(CASTSOURCETARGET,
 						   ObjectIdGetDatum(sourcetypeid),
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/indexcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/indexcmds.c
index 4cd66fd1b5d..5e3cec954d3 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/indexcmds.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/indexcmds.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/indexcmds.c,v 1.103 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/indexcmds.c,v 1.104 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -44,11 +44,11 @@
 /* non-export function prototypes */
 static void CheckPredicate(List *predList);
 static void ComputeIndexAttrs(IndexInfo *indexInfo, Oid *classOidP,
-			   List *attList,
-			   Oid relId,
-			   char *accessMethodName, Oid accessMethodId);
+				  List *attList,
+				  Oid relId,
+				  char *accessMethodName, Oid accessMethodId);
 static Oid GetIndexOpClass(List *opclass, Oid attrType,
-			   char *accessMethodName, Oid accessMethodId);
+				char *accessMethodName, Oid accessMethodId);
 static Oid	GetDefaultOpClass(Oid attrType, Oid accessMethodId);
 
 /*
@@ -157,8 +157,8 @@ DefineIndex(RangeVar *heapRelation,
 	if (unique && !accessMethodForm->amcanunique)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
-				 errmsg("access method \"%s\" does not support UNIQUE indexes",
-						accessMethodName)));
+		   errmsg("access method \"%s\" does not support UNIQUE indexes",
+				  accessMethodName)));
 	if (numberOfAttributes > 1 && !accessMethodForm->amcanmulticol)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
@@ -192,16 +192,16 @@ DefineIndex(RangeVar *heapRelation,
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Check that all of the attributes in a primary key are marked
-	 * as not null, otherwise attempt to ALTER TABLE .. SET NOT NULL
+	 * Check that all of the attributes in a primary key are marked as not
+	 * null, otherwise attempt to ALTER TABLE .. SET NOT NULL
 	 */
 	if (primary)
 	{
-		List   *keys;
+		List	   *keys;
 
 		foreach(keys, attributeList)
 		{
-			IndexElem   *key = (IndexElem *) lfirst(keys);
+			IndexElem  *key = (IndexElem *) lfirst(keys);
 			HeapTuple	atttuple;
 
 			if (!key->name)
@@ -216,15 +216,16 @@ DefineIndex(RangeVar *heapRelation,
 			atttuple = SearchSysCacheAttName(relationId, key->name);
 			if (HeapTupleIsValid(atttuple))
 			{
-				if (! ((Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(atttuple))->attnotnull)
+				if (!((Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(atttuple))->attnotnull)
 				{
 					/*
 					 * Try to make it NOT NULL.
 					 *
 					 * XXX: Shouldn't the ALTER TABLE .. SET NOT NULL cascade
 					 * to child tables?  Currently, since the PRIMARY KEY
-					 * itself doesn't cascade, we don't cascade the notnull
-					 * constraint either; but this is pretty debatable.
+					 * itself doesn't cascade, we don't cascade the
+					 * notnull constraint either; but this is pretty
+					 * debatable.
 					 */
 					AlterTableAlterColumnSetNotNull(relationId, false,
 													key->name);
@@ -236,8 +237,8 @@ DefineIndex(RangeVar *heapRelation,
 				/* This shouldn't happen if parser did its job ... */
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
-						 errmsg("column \"%s\" named in key does not exist",
-								key->name)));
+					  errmsg("column \"%s\" named in key does not exist",
+							 key->name)));
 			}
 		}
 	}
@@ -248,7 +249,7 @@ DefineIndex(RangeVar *heapRelation,
 	 */
 	indexInfo = makeNode(IndexInfo);
 	indexInfo->ii_NumIndexAttrs = numberOfAttributes;
-	indexInfo->ii_Expressions = NIL; /* for now */
+	indexInfo->ii_Expressions = NIL;	/* for now */
 	indexInfo->ii_ExpressionsState = NIL;
 	indexInfo->ii_Predicate = cnfPred;
 	indexInfo->ii_PredicateState = NIL;
@@ -308,7 +309,7 @@ CheckPredicate(List *predList)
 	if (contain_mutable_functions((Node *) predList))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
-				 errmsg("functions in index predicate must be marked IMMUTABLE")));
+		errmsg("functions in index predicate must be marked IMMUTABLE")));
 }
 
 static void
@@ -351,7 +352,7 @@ ComputeIndexAttrs(IndexInfo *indexInfo,
 		else if (attribute->expr && IsA(attribute->expr, Var))
 		{
 			/* Tricky tricky, he wrote (column) ... treat as simple attr */
-			Var	   *var = (Var *) attribute->expr;
+			Var		   *var = (Var *) attribute->expr;
 
 			indexInfo->ii_KeyAttrNumbers[attn] = var->varattno;
 			atttype = get_atttype(relId, var->varattno);
@@ -360,30 +361,30 @@ ComputeIndexAttrs(IndexInfo *indexInfo,
 		{
 			/* Index expression */
 			Assert(attribute->expr != NULL);
-			indexInfo->ii_KeyAttrNumbers[attn] = 0;	/* marks expression */
+			indexInfo->ii_KeyAttrNumbers[attn] = 0;		/* marks expression */
 			indexInfo->ii_Expressions = lappend(indexInfo->ii_Expressions,
 												attribute->expr);
 			atttype = exprType(attribute->expr);
 
 			/*
-			 * We don't currently support generation of an actual query plan
-			 * for an index expression, only simple scalar expressions;
-			 * hence these restrictions.
+			 * We don't currently support generation of an actual query
+			 * plan for an index expression, only simple scalar
+			 * expressions; hence these restrictions.
 			 */
 			if (contain_subplans(attribute->expr))
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
-						 errmsg("cannot use sub-select in index expression")));
+				   errmsg("cannot use sub-select in index expression")));
 			if (contain_agg_clause(attribute->expr))
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_GROUPING_ERROR),
-						 errmsg("cannot use aggregate in index expression")));
+					errmsg("cannot use aggregate in index expression")));
 
 			/*
 			 * A expression using mutable functions is probably wrong,
-			 * since if you aren't going to get the same result for the same
-			 * data every time, it's not clear what the index entries mean at
-			 * all.
+			 * since if you aren't going to get the same result for the
+			 * same data every time, it's not clear what the index entries
+			 * mean at all.
 			 */
 			if (contain_mutable_functions(attribute->expr))
 				ereport(ERROR,
@@ -413,21 +414,20 @@ GetIndexOpClass(List *opclass, Oid attrType,
 				opInputType;
 
 	/*
-	 * Release 7.0 removed network_ops, timespan_ops, and
-	 * datetime_ops, so we ignore those opclass names
-	 * so the default *_ops is used.  This can be
-	 * removed in some later release.  bjm 2000/02/07
+	 * Release 7.0 removed network_ops, timespan_ops, and datetime_ops, so
+	 * we ignore those opclass names so the default *_ops is used.	This
+	 * can be removed in some later release.  bjm 2000/02/07
 	 *
-	 * Release 7.1 removes lztext_ops, so suppress that too
-	 * for a while.  tgl 2000/07/30
+	 * Release 7.1 removes lztext_ops, so suppress that too for a while.  tgl
+	 * 2000/07/30
 	 *
-	 * Release 7.2 renames timestamp_ops to timestamptz_ops,
-	 * so suppress that too for awhile.  I'm starting to
-	 * think we need a better approach.  tgl 2000/10/01
+	 * Release 7.2 renames timestamp_ops to timestamptz_ops, so suppress that
+	 * too for awhile.	I'm starting to think we need a better approach.
+	 * tgl 2000/10/01
 	 */
 	if (length(opclass) == 1)
 	{
-		char   *claname = strVal(lfirst(opclass));
+		char	   *claname = strVal(lfirst(opclass));
 
 		if (strcmp(claname, "network_ops") == 0 ||
 			strcmp(claname, "timespan_ops") == 0 ||
@@ -499,8 +499,8 @@ GetIndexOpClass(List *opclass, Oid attrType,
 	if (!IsBinaryCoercible(attrType, opInputType))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
-				 errmsg("operator class \"%s\" does not accept data type %s",
-						NameListToString(opclass), format_type_be(attrType))));
+			 errmsg("operator class \"%s\" does not accept data type %s",
+				  NameListToString(opclass), format_type_be(attrType))));
 
 	ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
 
@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ ReindexIndex(RangeVar *indexRelation, bool force /* currently unused */ )
 	tuple = SearchSysCache(RELOID,
 						   ObjectIdGetDatum(indOid),
 						   0, 0, 0);
-	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) /* shouldn't happen */
+	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))		/* shouldn't happen */
 		elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", indOid);
 
 	if (((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->relkind != RELKIND_INDEX)
@@ -785,7 +785,8 @@ ReindexDatabase(const char *dbname, bool force, bool all)
 	for (i = 0; i < relcnt; i++)
 	{
 		StartTransactionCommand();
-		SetQuerySnapshot();		/* might be needed for functions in indexes */
+		SetQuerySnapshot();		/* might be needed for functions in
+								 * indexes */
 		if (reindex_relation(relids[i], force))
 			ereport(NOTICE,
 					(errmsg("relation %u was reindexed", relids[i])));
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/opclasscmds.c b/src/backend/commands/opclasscmds.c
index 60b041466f1..52792bc31ab 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/opclasscmds.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/opclasscmds.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/opclasscmds.c,v 1.15 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/opclasscmds.c,v 1.16 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -103,13 +103,13 @@ DefineOpClass(CreateOpClassStmt *stmt)
 	 * Currently, we require superuser privileges to create an opclass.
 	 * This seems necessary because we have no way to validate that the
 	 * offered set of operators and functions are consistent with the AM's
-	 * expectations.  It would be nice to provide such a check someday,
-	 * if it can be done without solving the halting problem :-(
+	 * expectations.  It would be nice to provide such a check someday, if
+	 * it can be done without solving the halting problem :-(
 	 */
 	if (!superuser())
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
-				 errmsg("must be superuser to create an operator class")));
+			   errmsg("must be superuser to create an operator class")));
 
 	/* Look up the datatype */
 	typeoid = typenameTypeId(stmt->datatype);
@@ -157,8 +157,8 @@ DefineOpClass(CreateOpClassStmt *stmt)
 				if (operators[item->number - 1] != InvalidOid)
 					ereport(ERROR,
 							(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
-							 errmsg("operator number %d appears more than once",
-									item->number)));
+					  errmsg("operator number %d appears more than once",
+							 item->number)));
 				if (item->args != NIL)
 				{
 					TypeName   *typeName1 = (TypeName *) lfirst(item->args);
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ DefineOpClass(CreateOpClassStmt *stmt)
 				if (OidIsValid(storageoid))
 					ereport(ERROR,
 							(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
-							 errmsg("storage type specified more than once")));
+					   errmsg("storage type specified more than once")));
 				storageoid = typenameTypeId(item->storedtype);
 				break;
 			default:
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ RemoveOpClass(RemoveOpClassStmt *stmt)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
 				 errmsg("operator class \"%s\" does not exist for access method \"%s\"",
-						NameListToString(stmt->opclassname), stmt->amname)));
+					NameListToString(stmt->opclassname), stmt->amname)));
 
 	opcID = HeapTupleGetOid(tuple);
 
@@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ RenameOpClass(List *name, const char *access_method, const char *newname)
 		tup = SearchSysCacheCopy(CLAOID,
 								 ObjectIdGetDatum(opcOid),
 								 0, 0, 0);
-		if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) /* should not happen */
+		if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))		/* should not happen */
 			elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for opclass %u", opcOid);
 
 		namespaceOid = ((Form_pg_opclass) GETSTRUCT(tup))->opcnamespace;
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/operatorcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/operatorcmds.c
index 6a4d479c121..ddc088fe2f5 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/operatorcmds.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/operatorcmds.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/operatorcmds.c,v 1.10 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/operatorcmds.c,v 1.11 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  * DESCRIPTION
  *	  The "DefineFoo" routines take the parse tree and pick out the
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ DefineOperator(List *names, List *parameters)
 			if (typeName1->setof)
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
-						 errmsg("setof type not allowed for operator argument")));
+				errmsg("setof type not allowed for operator argument")));
 		}
 		else if (strcasecmp(defel->defname, "rightarg") == 0)
 		{
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ DefineOperator(List *names, List *parameters)
 			if (typeName2->setof)
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
-						 errmsg("setof type not allowed for operator argument")));
+				errmsg("setof type not allowed for operator argument")));
 		}
 		else if (strcasecmp(defel->defname, "procedure") == 0)
 			functionName = defGetQualifiedName(defel);
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/portalcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/portalcmds.c
index cf4a0638717..aa5a5b9ea61 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/portalcmds.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/portalcmds.c
@@ -4,17 +4,17 @@
  *	  Utility commands affecting portals (that is, SQL cursor commands)
  *
  * Note: see also tcop/pquery.c, which implements portal operations for
- * the FE/BE protocol.  This module uses pquery.c for some operations.
+ * the FE/BE protocol.	This module uses pquery.c for some operations.
  * And both modules depend on utils/mmgr/portalmem.c, which controls
  * storage management for portals (but doesn't run any queries in them).
- * 
+ *
  *
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/portalcmds.c,v 1.19 2003/08/01 13:53:36 petere Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/portalcmds.c,v 1.20 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
  *		Execute SQL DECLARE CURSOR command.
  */
 void
-PerformCursorOpen(DeclareCursorStmt *stmt)
+PerformCursorOpen(DeclareCursorStmt * stmt)
 {
 	List	   *rewritten;
 	Query	   *query;
@@ -64,7 +64,8 @@ PerformCursorOpen(DeclareCursorStmt *stmt)
 	/*
 	 * The query has been through parse analysis, but not rewriting or
 	 * planning as yet.  Note that the grammar ensured we have a SELECT
-	 * query, so we are not expecting rule rewriting to do anything strange.
+	 * query, so we are not expecting rule rewriting to do anything
+	 * strange.
 	 */
 	rewritten = QueryRewrite((Query *) stmt->query);
 	if (length(rewritten) != 1 || !IsA(lfirst(rewritten), Query))
@@ -86,8 +87,9 @@ PerformCursorOpen(DeclareCursorStmt *stmt)
 	plan = planner(query, true, stmt->options);
 
 	/*
-	 * Create a portal and copy the query and plan into its memory context.
-	 * (If a duplicate cursor name already exists, warn and drop it.)
+	 * Create a portal and copy the query and plan into its memory
+	 * context. (If a duplicate cursor name already exists, warn and drop
+	 * it.)
 	 */
 	portal = CreatePortal(stmt->portalname, true, false);
 
@@ -98,7 +100,7 @@ PerformCursorOpen(DeclareCursorStmt *stmt)
 
 	PortalDefineQuery(portal,
 					  NULL,		/* unfortunately don't have sourceText */
-					  "SELECT",	/* cursor's query is always a SELECT */
+					  "SELECT", /* cursor's query is always a SELECT */
 					  makeList1(query),
 					  makeList1(plan),
 					  PortalGetHeapMemory(portal));
@@ -108,9 +110,9 @@ PerformCursorOpen(DeclareCursorStmt *stmt)
 	/*
 	 * Set up options for portal.
 	 *
-	 * If the user didn't specify a SCROLL type, allow or disallow
-	 * scrolling based on whether it would require any additional
-	 * runtime overhead to do so.
+	 * If the user didn't specify a SCROLL type, allow or disallow scrolling
+	 * based on whether it would require any additional runtime overhead
+	 * to do so.
 	 */
 	portal->cursorOptions = stmt->options;
 	if (!(portal->cursorOptions & (CURSOR_OPT_SCROLL | CURSOR_OPT_NO_SCROLL)))
@@ -129,8 +131,8 @@ PerformCursorOpen(DeclareCursorStmt *stmt)
 	Assert(portal->strategy == PORTAL_ONE_SELECT);
 
 	/*
-	 * We're done; the query won't actually be run until PerformPortalFetch
-	 * is called.
+	 * We're done; the query won't actually be run until
+	 * PerformPortalFetch is called.
 	 */
 }
 
@@ -169,7 +171,7 @@ PerformPortalFetch(FetchStmt *stmt,
 		/* FIXME: shouldn't this be an ERROR? */
 		ereport(WARNING,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_CURSOR),
-				 errmsg("portal \"%s\" does not exist", stmt->portalname)));
+			  errmsg("portal \"%s\" does not exist", stmt->portalname)));
 		if (completionTag)
 			strcpy(completionTag, stmt->ismove ? "MOVE 0" : "FETCH 0");
 		return;
@@ -219,7 +221,7 @@ PerformPortalClose(const char *name)
 		ereport(WARNING,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_CURSOR),
 				 errmsg("portal \"%s\" does not exist", name),
-				 errfunction("PerformPortalClose"))); /* for ecpg */
+				 errfunction("PerformPortalClose")));	/* for ecpg */
 		return;
 	}
 
@@ -249,7 +251,8 @@ PortalCleanup(Portal portal, bool isError)
 	/*
 	 * Shut down executor, if still running.  We skip this during error
 	 * abort, since other mechanisms will take care of releasing executor
-	 * resources, and we can't be sure that ExecutorEnd itself wouldn't fail.
+	 * resources, and we can't be sure that ExecutorEnd itself wouldn't
+	 * fail.
 	 */
 	queryDesc = PortalGetQueryDesc(portal);
 	if (queryDesc)
@@ -271,14 +274,14 @@ PortalCleanup(Portal portal, bool isError)
 void
 PersistHoldablePortal(Portal portal)
 {
-	QueryDesc *queryDesc = PortalGetQueryDesc(portal);
+	QueryDesc  *queryDesc = PortalGetQueryDesc(portal);
 	MemoryContext savePortalContext;
 	MemoryContext saveQueryContext;
 	MemoryContext oldcxt;
 
 	/*
-	 * If we're preserving a holdable portal, we had better be
-	 * inside the transaction that originally created it.
+	 * If we're preserving a holdable portal, we had better be inside the
+	 * transaction that originally created it.
 	 */
 	Assert(portal->createXact == GetCurrentTransactionId());
 	Assert(queryDesc != NULL);
@@ -321,9 +324,8 @@ PersistHoldablePortal(Portal portal)
 	MemoryContextSwitchTo(PortalContext);
 
 	/*
-	 * Rewind the executor: we need to store the entire result set in
-	 * the tuplestore, so that subsequent backward FETCHs can be
-	 * processed.
+	 * Rewind the executor: we need to store the entire result set in the
+	 * tuplestore, so that subsequent backward FETCHs can be processed.
 	 */
 	ExecutorRewind(queryDesc);
 
@@ -351,17 +353,17 @@ PersistHoldablePortal(Portal portal)
 	/*
 	 * Reset the position in the result set: ideally, this could be
 	 * implemented by just skipping straight to the tuple # that we need
-	 * to be at, but the tuplestore API doesn't support that. So we
-	 * start at the beginning of the tuplestore and iterate through it
-	 * until we reach where we need to be.  FIXME someday?
+	 * to be at, but the tuplestore API doesn't support that. So we start
+	 * at the beginning of the tuplestore and iterate through it until we
+	 * reach where we need to be.  FIXME someday?
 	 */
 	MemoryContextSwitchTo(portal->holdContext);
 
 	if (!portal->atEnd)
 	{
-		long	store_pos;
+		long		store_pos;
 
-		if (portal->posOverflow)		/* oops, cannot trust portalPos */
+		if (portal->posOverflow)	/* oops, cannot trust portalPos */
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
 					 errmsg("could not reposition held cursor")));
@@ -370,8 +372,8 @@ PersistHoldablePortal(Portal portal)
 
 		for (store_pos = 0; store_pos < portal->portalPos; store_pos++)
 		{
-			HeapTuple tup;
-			bool should_free;
+			HeapTuple	tup;
+			bool		should_free;
 
 			tup = tuplestore_gettuple(portal->holdStore, true,
 									  &should_free);
@@ -389,8 +391,8 @@ PersistHoldablePortal(Portal portal)
 	/*
 	 * We can now release any subsidiary memory of the portal's heap
 	 * context; we'll never use it again.  The executor already dropped
-	 * its context, but this will clean up anything that glommed onto
-	 * the portal's heap via PortalContext.
+	 * its context, but this will clean up anything that glommed onto the
+	 * portal's heap via PortalContext.
 	 */
 	MemoryContextDeleteChildren(PortalGetHeapMemory(portal));
 }
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/prepare.c b/src/backend/commands/prepare.c
index cd58d7fc7b6..d0fabd1ad31 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/prepare.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/prepare.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 2002-2003, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/prepare.c,v 1.21 2003/07/28 00:09:14 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/prepare.c,v 1.22 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ static HTAB *prepared_queries = NULL;
 
 static void InitQueryHashTable(void);
 static ParamListInfo EvaluateParams(EState *estate,
-									List *params, List *argtypes);
+			   List *params, List *argtypes);
 
 /*
  * Implements the 'PREPARE' utility statement.
@@ -90,12 +90,12 @@ PrepareQuery(PrepareStmt *stmt)
 	/* Rewrite the query. The result could be 0, 1, or many queries. */
 	query_list = QueryRewrite(stmt->query);
 
-	/* Generate plans for queries.  Snapshot is already set. */
+	/* Generate plans for queries.	Snapshot is already set. */
 	plan_list = pg_plan_queries(query_list, false);
 
 	/* Save the results. */
 	StorePreparedStatement(stmt->name,
-						   NULL, /* text form not available */
+						   NULL,	/* text form not available */
 						   commandTag,
 						   query_list,
 						   plan_list,
@@ -131,8 +131,8 @@ ExecuteQuery(ExecuteStmt *stmt, DestReceiver *dest)
 	if (entry->argtype_list != NIL)
 	{
 		/*
-		 * Need an EState to evaluate parameters; must not delete it
-		 * till end of query, in case parameters are pass-by-reference.
+		 * Need an EState to evaluate parameters; must not delete it till
+		 * end of query, in case parameters are pass-by-reference.
 		 */
 		estate = CreateExecutorState();
 		paramLI = EvaluateParams(estate, stmt->params, entry->argtype_list);
@@ -144,15 +144,15 @@ ExecuteQuery(ExecuteStmt *stmt, DestReceiver *dest)
 	portal = CreateNewPortal();
 
 	/*
-	 * For CREATE TABLE / AS EXECUTE, make a copy of the stored query
-	 * so that we can modify its destination (yech, but this has
-	 * always been ugly).  For regular EXECUTE we can just use the
-	 * stored query where it sits, since the executor is read-only.
+	 * For CREATE TABLE / AS EXECUTE, make a copy of the stored query so
+	 * that we can modify its destination (yech, but this has always been
+	 * ugly).  For regular EXECUTE we can just use the stored query where
+	 * it sits, since the executor is read-only.
 	 */
 	if (stmt->into)
 	{
 		MemoryContext oldContext;
-		Query  *query;
+		Query	   *query;
 
 		oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(PortalGetHeapMemory(portal));
 
@@ -208,11 +208,11 @@ ExecuteQuery(ExecuteStmt *stmt, DestReceiver *dest)
 static ParamListInfo
 EvaluateParams(EState *estate, List *params, List *argtypes)
 {
-	int				nargs = length(argtypes);
-	ParamListInfo	paramLI;
-	List		   *exprstates;
-	List		   *l;
-	int				i = 0;
+	int			nargs = length(argtypes);
+	ParamListInfo paramLI;
+	List	   *exprstates;
+	List	   *l;
+	int			i = 0;
 
 	/* Parser should have caught this error, but check for safety */
 	if (length(params) != nargs)
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ EvaluateParams(EState *estate, List *params, List *argtypes)
 		bool		isNull;
 
 		paramLI[i].value = ExecEvalExprSwitchContext(n,
-													 GetPerTupleExprContext(estate),
+										  GetPerTupleExprContext(estate),
 													 &isNull,
 													 NULL);
 		paramLI[i].kind = PARAM_NUM;
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ InitQueryHashTable(void)
  * to the hash entry, so the caller can dispose of their copy.
  *
  * Exception: commandTag is presumed to be a pointer to a constant string,
- * or possibly NULL, so it need not be copied.  Note that commandTag should
+ * or possibly NULL, so it need not be copied.	Note that commandTag should
  * be NULL only if the original query (before rewriting) was empty.
  */
 void
@@ -367,9 +367,9 @@ FetchPreparedStatement(const char *stmt_name, bool throwError)
 	if (prepared_queries)
 	{
 		/*
-		 * We can't just use the statement name as supplied by the user: the
-		 * hash package is picky enough that it needs to be NULL-padded out to
-		 * the appropriate length to work correctly.
+		 * We can't just use the statement name as supplied by the user:
+		 * the hash package is picky enough that it needs to be
+		 * NULL-padded out to the appropriate length to work correctly.
 		 */
 		MemSet(key, 0, sizeof(key));
 		strncpy(key, stmt_name, sizeof(key));
@@ -412,9 +412,9 @@ FetchPreparedStatementParams(const char *stmt_name)
  * Note: the result is created or copied into current memory context.
  */
 TupleDesc
-FetchPreparedStatementResultDesc(PreparedStatement *stmt)
+FetchPreparedStatementResultDesc(PreparedStatement * stmt)
 {
-	Query  *query;
+	Query	   *query;
 
 	switch (ChoosePortalStrategy(stmt->query_list))
 	{
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ DropPreparedStatement(const char *stmt_name, bool showError)
 void
 ExplainExecuteQuery(ExplainStmt *stmt, TupOutputState *tstate)
 {
-	ExecuteStmt	   *execstmt = (ExecuteStmt *) stmt->query->utilityStmt;
+	ExecuteStmt *execstmt = (ExecuteStmt *) stmt->query->utilityStmt;
 	PreparedStatement *entry;
 	List	   *l,
 			   *query_list,
@@ -499,8 +499,8 @@ ExplainExecuteQuery(ExplainStmt *stmt, TupOutputState *tstate)
 	if (entry->argtype_list != NIL)
 	{
 		/*
-		 * Need an EState to evaluate parameters; must not delete it
-		 * till end of query, in case parameters are pass-by-reference.
+		 * Need an EState to evaluate parameters; must not delete it till
+		 * end of query, in case parameters are pass-by-reference.
 		 */
 		estate = CreateExecutorState();
 		paramLI = EvaluateParams(estate, execstmt->params,
@@ -510,8 +510,8 @@ ExplainExecuteQuery(ExplainStmt *stmt, TupOutputState *tstate)
 	/* Explain each query */
 	foreach(l, query_list)
 	{
-		Query	  *query = (Query *) lfirst(l);
-		Plan	  *plan = (Plan *) lfirst(plan_list);
+		Query	   *query = (Query *) lfirst(l);
+		Plan	   *plan = (Plan *) lfirst(plan_list);
 		bool		is_last_query;
 
 		plan_list = lnext(plan_list);
@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ ExplainExecuteQuery(ExplainStmt *stmt, TupOutputState *tstate)
 				if (query->commandType != CMD_SELECT)
 					ereport(ERROR,
 							(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
-							 errmsg("prepared statement is not a SELECT")));
+						  errmsg("prepared statement is not a SELECT")));
 
 				/* Copy the query so we can modify it */
 				query = copyObject(query);
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/proclang.c b/src/backend/commands/proclang.c
index 69000b29bc7..b0a4702a715 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/proclang.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/proclang.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/proclang.c,v 1.47 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/proclang.c,v 1.48 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ CreateProceduralLanguage(CreatePLangStmt *stmt)
 	if (!superuser())
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
-				 errmsg("must be superuser to create procedural language")));
+			 errmsg("must be superuser to create procedural language")));
 
 	/*
 	 * Translate the language name and check that this language doesn't
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ CreateProceduralLanguage(CreatePLangStmt *stmt)
 	if (funcrettype != LANGUAGE_HANDLEROID)
 	{
 		/*
-		 * We allow OPAQUE just so we can load old dump files.  When we
+		 * We allow OPAQUE just so we can load old dump files.	When we
 		 * see a handler function declared OPAQUE, change it to
 		 * LANGUAGE_HANDLER.
 		 */
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ DropProceduralLanguage(DropPLangStmt *stmt)
 	if (!superuser())
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
-				 errmsg("must be superuser to drop procedural language")));
+			   errmsg("must be superuser to drop procedural language")));
 
 	/*
 	 * Translate the language name, check that this language exist and is
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ DropProceduralLanguageById(Oid langOid)
 	langTup = SearchSysCache(LANGOID,
 							 ObjectIdGetDatum(langOid),
 							 0, 0, 0);
-	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(langTup))	/* should not happen */
+	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(langTup))		/* should not happen */
 		elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for language %u", langOid);
 
 	simple_heap_delete(rel, &langTup->t_self);
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ RenameLanguage(const char *oldname, const char *newname)
 	if (!superuser())
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
-				 errmsg("must be superuser to rename procedural language")));
+			 errmsg("must be superuser to rename procedural language")));
 
 	/* rename */
 	namestrcpy(&(((Form_pg_language) GETSTRUCT(tup))->lanname), newname);
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/schemacmds.c b/src/backend/commands/schemacmds.c
index 5ad81634f41..4eb285daa33 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/schemacmds.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/schemacmds.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/schemacmds.c,v 1.14 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/schemacmds.c,v 1.15 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ CreateSchemaCommand(CreateSchemaStmt *stmt)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_RESERVED_NAME),
 				 errmsg("unacceptable schema name \"%s\"", schemaName),
-				 errdetail("The prefix \"pg_\" is reserved for system schemas.")));
+		errdetail("The prefix \"pg_\" is reserved for system schemas.")));
 
 	/* Create the schema's namespace */
 	namespaceId = NamespaceCreate(schemaName, owner_userid);
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ RemoveSchemaById(Oid schemaOid)
 	tup = SearchSysCache(NAMESPACEOID,
 						 ObjectIdGetDatum(schemaOid),
 						 0, 0, 0);
-	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))	/* should not happen */
+	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) /* should not happen */
 		elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for namespace %u", schemaOid);
 
 	simple_heap_delete(relation, &tup->t_self);
@@ -248,9 +248,9 @@ RenameSchema(const char *oldname, const char *newname)
 
 	/* make sure the new name doesn't exist */
 	if (HeapTupleIsValid(
-			SearchSysCache(NAMESPACENAME,
-						   CStringGetDatum(newname),
-						   0, 0, 0)))
+						 SearchSysCache(NAMESPACENAME,
+										CStringGetDatum(newname),
+										0, 0, 0)))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_SCHEMA),
 				 errmsg("schema \"%s\" already exists", newname)));
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ RenameSchema(const char *oldname, const char *newname)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_RESERVED_NAME),
 				 errmsg("unacceptable schema name \"%s\"", newname),
-				 errdetail("The prefix \"pg_\" is reserved for system schemas.")));
+		errdetail("The prefix \"pg_\" is reserved for system schemas.")));
 
 	/* rename */
 	namestrcpy(&(((Form_pg_namespace) GETSTRUCT(tup))->nspname), newname);
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/sequence.c b/src/backend/commands/sequence.c
index 7ce7810fbca..01544a015b3 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/sequence.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/sequence.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/sequence.c,v 1.99 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/sequence.c,v 1.100 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ static SeqTable seqtab = NULL;	/* Head of list of SeqTable items */
 
 
 static void init_sequence(RangeVar *relation,
-						  SeqTable *p_elm, Relation *p_rel);
+			  SeqTable *p_elm, Relation *p_rel);
 static Form_pg_sequence read_info(SeqTable elm, Relation rel, Buffer *buf);
 static void init_params(List *options, Form_pg_sequence new);
 static void do_setval(RangeVar *sequence, int64 next, bool iscalled);
@@ -97,10 +97,10 @@ DefineSequence(CreateSeqStmt *seq)
 	/* Values are NULL (or false) by default */
 	new.last_value = 0;
 	new.increment_by = 0;
-	new.max_value = 0; 
+	new.max_value = 0;
 	new.min_value = 0;
 	new.cache_value = 0;
-	new.is_cycled = false; 
+	new.is_cycled = false;
 
 	/* Check and set values */
 	init_params(seq->options, &new);
@@ -299,10 +299,10 @@ DefineSequence(CreateSeqStmt *seq)
 /*
  * AlterSequence
  *
- * Modify the defition of a sequence relation 
+ * Modify the defition of a sequence relation
  */
 void
-AlterSequence(AlterSeqStmt *stmt)
+AlterSequence(AlterSeqStmt * stmt)
 {
 	SeqTable	elm;
 	Relation	seqrel;
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ AlterSequence(AlterSeqStmt *stmt)
 	page = BufferGetPage(buf);
 
 	new.increment_by = seq->increment_by;
-	new.max_value = seq->max_value; 
+	new.max_value = seq->max_value;
 	new.min_value = seq->min_value;
 	new.cache_value = seq->cache_value;
 	new.is_cycled = seq->is_cycled;
@@ -346,9 +346,9 @@ AlterSequence(AlterSeqStmt *stmt)
 	}
 
 	/* save info in local cache */
-	elm->last = new.last_value;		/* last returned number */
-	elm->cached = new.last_value;	/* last cached number (forget cached
-									 * values) */
+	elm->last = new.last_value; /* last returned number */
+	elm->cached = new.last_value;		/* last cached number (forget
+										 * cached values) */
 
 	START_CRIT_SECTION();
 
@@ -494,9 +494,9 @@ nextval(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 
 					snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), INT64_FORMAT, maxv);
 					ereport(ERROR,
-							(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
-							 errmsg("%s.nextval: reached MAXVALUE (%s)",
-									sequence->relname, buf)));
+					  (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
+					   errmsg("%s.nextval: reached MAXVALUE (%s)",
+							  sequence->relname, buf)));
 				}
 				next = minv;
 			}
@@ -517,9 +517,9 @@ nextval(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 
 					snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), INT64_FORMAT, minv);
 					ereport(ERROR,
-							(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
-							 errmsg("%s.nextval: reached MINVALUE (%s)",
-									sequence->relname, buf)));
+					  (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
+					   errmsg("%s.nextval: reached MINVALUE (%s)",
+							  sequence->relname, buf)));
 				}
 				next = maxv;
 			}
@@ -895,9 +895,9 @@ init_params(List *options, Form_pg_sequence new)
 						 errmsg("conflicting or redundant options")));
 			increment_by = defel;
 		}
+
 		/*
-		 * start is for a new sequence
-		 * restart is for alter
+		 * start is for a new sequence restart is for alter
 		 */
 		else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "start") == 0 ||
 				 strcmp(defel->defname, "restart") == 0)
@@ -963,9 +963,9 @@ init_params(List *options, Form_pg_sequence new)
 		|| (max_value != (DefElem *) NULL && !max_value->arg))
 	{
 		if (new->increment_by > 0)
-			new->max_value = SEQ_MAXVALUE;	/* ascending seq */
+			new->max_value = SEQ_MAXVALUE;		/* ascending seq */
 		else
-			new->max_value = -1;			/* descending seq */
+			new->max_value = -1;	/* descending seq */
 	}
 	else if (max_value != (DefElem *) NULL)
 		new->max_value = defGetInt64(max_value);
@@ -975,9 +975,9 @@ init_params(List *options, Form_pg_sequence new)
 		|| (min_value != (DefElem *) NULL && !min_value->arg))
 	{
 		if (new->increment_by > 0)
-			new->min_value = 1;				/* ascending seq */
+			new->min_value = 1; /* ascending seq */
 		else
-			new->min_value = SEQ_MINVALUE;	/* descending seq */
+			new->min_value = SEQ_MINVALUE;		/* descending seq */
 	}
 	else if (min_value != (DefElem *) NULL)
 		new->min_value = defGetInt64(min_value);
@@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ init_params(List *options, Form_pg_sequence new)
 	}
 
 	/* START WITH */
-	if (new->last_value == 0 && last_value == (DefElem *) NULL) 
+	if (new->last_value == 0 && last_value == (DefElem *) NULL)
 	{
 		if (new->increment_by > 0)
 			new->last_value = new->min_value;	/* ascending seq */
@@ -1015,8 +1015,8 @@ init_params(List *options, Form_pg_sequence new)
 		snprintf(bufm, sizeof(bufm), INT64_FORMAT, new->min_value);
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
-				 errmsg("START value (%s) can't be less than MINVALUE (%s)",
-						bufs, bufm)));
+			  errmsg("START value (%s) can't be less than MINVALUE (%s)",
+					 bufs, bufm)));
 	}
 	if (new->last_value > new->max_value)
 	{
@@ -1027,8 +1027,8 @@ init_params(List *options, Form_pg_sequence new)
 		snprintf(bufm, sizeof(bufm), INT64_FORMAT, new->max_value);
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
-				 errmsg("START value (%s) can't be greater than MAXVALUE (%s)",
-						bufs, bufm)));
+		   errmsg("START value (%s) can't be greater than MAXVALUE (%s)",
+				  bufs, bufm)));
 	}
 
 	/* CACHE */
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c b/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c
index b3108053d9d..6e503fdac54 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c,v 1.76 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c,v 1.77 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -57,18 +57,19 @@
  */
 typedef struct OnCommitItem
 {
-	Oid				relid;			/* relid of relation */
-	OnCommitAction	oncommit;		/* what to do at end of xact */
+	Oid			relid;			/* relid of relation */
+	OnCommitAction oncommit;	/* what to do at end of xact */
 
 	/*
 	 * If this entry was created during this xact, it should be deleted at
 	 * xact abort.	Conversely, if this entry was deleted during this
 	 * xact, it should be removed at xact commit.  We leave deleted
-	 * entries in the list until commit so that we can roll back if needed.
+	 * entries in the list until commit so that we can roll back if
+	 * needed.
 	 */
 	bool		created_in_cur_xact;
 	bool		deleted_in_cur_xact;
-} OnCommitItem;
+}	OnCommitItem;
 
 static List *on_commits = NIL;
 
@@ -82,14 +83,14 @@ static void setRelhassubclassInRelation(Oid relationId, bool relhassubclass);
 static bool needs_toast_table(Relation rel);
 static void AlterTableAddCheckConstraint(Relation rel, Constraint *constr);
 static void AlterTableAddForeignKeyConstraint(Relation rel,
-											  FkConstraint *fkconstraint);
+								  FkConstraint *fkconstraint);
 static int transformColumnNameList(Oid relId, List *colList,
-								   int16 *attnums, Oid *atttypids);
+						int16 *attnums, Oid *atttypids);
 static int transformFkeyGetPrimaryKey(Relation pkrel, Oid *indexOid,
-									  List **attnamelist,
-									  int16 *attnums, Oid *atttypids);
-static Oid	transformFkeyCheckAttrs(Relation pkrel,
-									int numattrs, int16 *attnums);
+						   List **attnamelist,
+						   int16 *attnums, Oid *atttypids);
+static Oid transformFkeyCheckAttrs(Relation pkrel,
+						int numattrs, int16 *attnums);
 static void validateForeignKeyConstraint(FkConstraint *fkconstraint,
 							 Relation rel, Relation pkrel);
 static void createForeignKeyTriggers(Relation rel, FkConstraint *fkconstraint,
@@ -206,8 +207,8 @@ DefineRelation(CreateStmt *stmt, char relkind)
 					if (strcmp(check[i].ccname, cdef->name) == 0)
 						ereport(ERROR,
 								(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
-								 errmsg("duplicate CHECK constraint name \"%s\"",
-										cdef->name)));
+						 errmsg("duplicate CHECK constraint name \"%s\"",
+								cdef->name)));
 				}
 				check[ncheck].ccname = cdef->name;
 			}
@@ -399,7 +400,7 @@ TruncateRelation(const RangeVar *relation)
 	if (isOtherTempNamespace(RelationGetNamespace(rel)))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
-				 errmsg("cannot truncate temp tables of other processes")));
+			  errmsg("cannot truncate temp tables of other processes")));
 
 	/*
 	 * Don't allow truncate on tables which are referenced by foreign keys
@@ -435,8 +436,8 @@ TruncateRelation(const RangeVar *relation)
 	heap_close(fkeyRel, AccessShareLock);
 
 	/*
-	 * Do the real work using the same technique as cluster, but
-	 * without the data-copying portion
+	 * Do the real work using the same technique as cluster, but without
+	 * the data-copying portion
 	 */
 	rebuild_relation(rel, InvalidOid);
 
@@ -570,8 +571,8 @@ MergeAttributes(List *schema, List *supers, bool istemp,
 		if (!istemp && isTempNamespace(RelationGetNamespace(relation)))
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
-					 errmsg("cannot inherit from temporary relation \"%s\"",
-							parent->relname)));
+				  errmsg("cannot inherit from temporary relation \"%s\"",
+						 parent->relname)));
 
 		/*
 		 * We should have an UNDER permission flag for this, but for now,
@@ -652,7 +653,7 @@ MergeAttributes(List *schema, List *supers, bool istemp,
 									attributeName),
 							 errdetail("%s versus %s",
 									   TypeNameToString(def->typename),
-									   format_type_be(attribute->atttypid))));
+								  format_type_be(attribute->atttypid))));
 				def->inhcount++;
 				/* Merge of NOT NULL constraints = OR 'em together */
 				def->is_not_null |= attribute->attnotnull;
@@ -803,11 +804,11 @@ MergeAttributes(List *schema, List *supers, bool istemp,
 					def->typename->typmod != newdef->typename->typmod)
 					ereport(ERROR,
 							(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
-							 errmsg("attribute \"%s\" has a type conflict",
-									attributeName),
+						   errmsg("attribute \"%s\" has a type conflict",
+								  attributeName),
 							 errdetail("%s versus %s",
 									   TypeNameToString(def->typename),
-									   TypeNameToString(newdef->typename))));
+								   TypeNameToString(newdef->typename))));
 				/* Mark the column as locally defined */
 				def->is_local = true;
 				/* Merge of NOT NULL constraints = OR 'em together */
@@ -1230,8 +1231,8 @@ renameatt(Oid myrelid,
 							 0, 0))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN),
-				 errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" already exists",
-						newattname, RelationGetRelationName(targetrelation))));
+			 errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" already exists",
+				  newattname, RelationGetRelationName(targetrelation))));
 
 	namestrcpy(&(attform->attname), newattname);
 
@@ -1257,7 +1258,7 @@ renameatt(Oid myrelid,
 
 		/*
 		 * Scan through index columns to see if there's any simple index
-		 * entries for this attribute.  We ignore expressional entries.
+		 * entries for this attribute.	We ignore expressional entries.
 		 */
 		indextup = SearchSysCache(INDEXRELID,
 								  ObjectIdGetDatum(indexoid),
@@ -1270,6 +1271,7 @@ renameatt(Oid myrelid,
 		{
 			if (attnum != indexform->indkey[i])
 				continue;
+
 			/*
 			 * Found one, rename it.
 			 */
@@ -1279,6 +1281,7 @@ renameatt(Oid myrelid,
 										0, 0);
 			if (!HeapTupleIsValid(atttup))
 				continue;		/* should we raise an error? */
+
 			/*
 			 * Update the (copied) attribute tuple.
 			 */
@@ -1366,7 +1369,7 @@ renamerel(Oid myrelid, const char *newrelname)
 	reltup = SearchSysCacheCopy(RELOID,
 								PointerGetDatum(myrelid),
 								0, 0, 0);
-	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(reltup)) /* shouldn't happen */
+	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(reltup))		/* shouldn't happen */
 		elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", myrelid);
 
 	if (get_relname_relid(newrelname, namespaceId) != InvalidOid)
@@ -1743,7 +1746,7 @@ AlterTableAddColumn(Oid myrelid,
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
 						 errmsg("child table \"%s\" has different type for column \"%s\"",
-								get_rel_name(childrelid), colDef->colname)));
+							get_rel_name(childrelid), colDef->colname)));
 
 			/*
 			 * XXX if we supported NOT NULL or defaults, would need to do
@@ -1782,7 +1785,7 @@ AlterTableAddColumn(Oid myrelid,
 		if (find_inheritance_children(myrelid) != NIL)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
-					 errmsg("attribute must be added to child tables too")));
+				 errmsg("attribute must be added to child tables too")));
 	}
 
 	/*
@@ -1801,14 +1804,14 @@ AlterTableAddColumn(Oid myrelid,
 	if (colDef->raw_default || colDef->cooked_default)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
-				 errmsg("adding columns with defaults is not implemented"),
-				 errhint("Add the column, then use ALTER TABLE SET DEFAULT.")));
+			   errmsg("adding columns with defaults is not implemented"),
+		  errhint("Add the column, then use ALTER TABLE SET DEFAULT.")));
 
 	if (colDef->is_not_null)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
 				 errmsg("adding NOT NULL columns is not implemented"),
-				 errhint("Add the column, then use ALTER TABLE SET NOT NULL.")));
+		 errhint("Add the column, then use ALTER TABLE SET NOT NULL.")));
 
 	pgclass = heap_openr(RelationRelationName, RowExclusiveLock);
 
@@ -1829,8 +1832,8 @@ AlterTableAddColumn(Oid myrelid,
 							 0, 0))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN),
-				 errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" already exists",
-						colDef->colname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
+			 errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" already exists",
+					colDef->colname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
 
 	minattnum = ((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(reltup))->relnatts;
 	maxatts = minattnum + 1;
@@ -2014,8 +2017,8 @@ AlterTableAlterColumnDropNotNull(Oid myrelid, bool recurse,
 	if (attnum == InvalidAttrNumber)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
-				 errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
-						colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
+			 errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
+					colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
 
 	/* Prevent them from altering a system attribute */
 	if (attnum < 0)
@@ -2057,8 +2060,8 @@ AlterTableAlterColumnDropNotNull(Oid myrelid, bool recurse,
 				if (indexStruct->indkey[i] == attnum)
 					ereport(ERROR,
 							(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
-							 errmsg("attribute \"%s\" is in a primary key",
-									colName)));
+						   errmsg("attribute \"%s\" is in a primary key",
+								  colName)));
 			}
 		}
 
@@ -2158,8 +2161,8 @@ AlterTableAlterColumnSetNotNull(Oid myrelid, bool recurse,
 	if (attnum == InvalidAttrNumber)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
-				 errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
-						colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
+			 errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
+					colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
 
 	/* Prevent them from altering a system attribute */
 	if (attnum < 0)
@@ -2286,8 +2289,8 @@ AlterTableAlterColumnDefault(Oid myrelid, bool recurse,
 	if (attnum == InvalidAttrNumber)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
-				 errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
-						colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
+			 errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
+					colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
 
 	/* Prevent them from altering a system attribute */
 	if (attnum < 0)
@@ -2450,8 +2453,8 @@ AlterTableAlterColumnFlags(Oid myrelid, bool recurse,
 	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
-				 errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
-						colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
+			 errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
+					colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
 	attrtuple = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
 
 	if (attrtuple->attnum < 0)
@@ -2476,8 +2479,8 @@ AlterTableAlterColumnFlags(Oid myrelid, bool recurse,
 		else
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
-					 errmsg("column datatype %s can only have storage \"plain\"",
-							format_type_be(attrtuple->atttypid))));
+			 errmsg("column datatype %s can only have storage \"plain\"",
+					format_type_be(attrtuple->atttypid))));
 	}
 
 	simple_heap_update(attrelation, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
@@ -2573,7 +2576,7 @@ AlterTableAlterOids(Oid myrelid, bool recurse, bool setOid)
 					(errmsg("table \"%s\" is already WITHOUT OIDS",
 							RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
 		heap_close(class_rel, RowExclusiveLock);
-		heap_close(rel, NoLock); /* close rel, but keep lock! */
+		heap_close(rel, NoLock);	/* close rel, but keep lock! */
 		return;
 	}
 
@@ -2601,8 +2604,8 @@ AlterTableAlterOids(Oid myrelid, bool recurse, bool setOid)
 		attrel = heap_open(RelOid_pg_attribute, RowExclusiveLock);
 
 		/*
-		 * Oids are being removed from the relation, so we need
-		 * to remove the oid pg_attribute record relating.
+		 * Oids are being removed from the relation, so we need to remove
+		 * the oid pg_attribute record relating.
 		 */
 		atttup = SearchSysCache(ATTNUM,
 								ObjectIdGetDatum(myrelid),
@@ -2621,7 +2624,7 @@ AlterTableAlterOids(Oid myrelid, bool recurse, bool setOid)
 
 	heap_close(class_rel, RowExclusiveLock);
 
-	heap_close(rel, NoLock);		/* close rel, but keep lock! */
+	heap_close(rel, NoLock);	/* close rel, but keep lock! */
 }
 
 /*
@@ -2663,8 +2666,8 @@ AlterTableDropColumn(Oid myrelid, bool recurse, bool recursing,
 	if (attnum == InvalidAttrNumber)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
-				 errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
-						colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
+			 errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
+					colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
 
 	/* Can't drop a system attribute */
 	/* XXX perhaps someday allow dropping OID? */
@@ -2712,7 +2715,7 @@ AlterTableDropColumn(Oid myrelid, bool recurse, bool recursing,
 					 colName, childrelid);
 			childatt = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
 
-			if (childatt->attinhcount <= 0)	/* shouldn't happen */
+			if (childatt->attinhcount <= 0)		/* shouldn't happen */
 				elog(ERROR, "relation %u has non-inherited attribute \"%s\"",
 					 childrelid, colName);
 			childatt->attinhcount--;
@@ -2731,9 +2734,9 @@ AlterTableDropColumn(Oid myrelid, bool recurse, bool recursing,
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Propagate to children if desired.  Unlike most other ALTER routines,
-	 * we have to do this one level of recursion at a time; we can't use
-	 * find_all_inheritors to do it in one pass.
+	 * Propagate to children if desired.  Unlike most other ALTER
+	 * routines, we have to do this one level of recursion at a time; we
+	 * can't use find_all_inheritors to do it in one pass.
 	 */
 	if (recurse)
 	{
@@ -2763,7 +2766,7 @@ AlterTableDropColumn(Oid myrelid, bool recurse, bool recursing,
 					 colName, childrelid);
 			childatt = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
 
-			if (childatt->attinhcount <= 0)	/* shouldn't happen */
+			if (childatt->attinhcount <= 0)		/* shouldn't happen */
 				elog(ERROR, "relation %u has non-inherited attribute \"%s\"",
 					 childrelid, colName);
 
@@ -2882,18 +2885,18 @@ AlterTableAddConstraint(Oid myrelid, bool recurse,
 					{
 						if (ConstraintNameIsUsed(CONSTRAINT_RELATION,
 												 RelationGetRelid(rel),
-												 RelationGetNamespace(rel),
+											   RelationGetNamespace(rel),
 												 constr->name))
 							ereport(ERROR,
 									(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
 									 errmsg("constraint \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" already exists",
 											constr->name,
-											RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
+										 RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
 					}
 					else
 						constr->name = GenerateConstraintName(CONSTRAINT_RELATION,
-															  RelationGetRelid(rel),
-															  RelationGetNamespace(rel),
+												   RelationGetRelid(rel),
+											   RelationGetNamespace(rel),
 															  &counter);
 
 					/*
@@ -2923,14 +2926,14 @@ AlterTableAddConstraint(Oid myrelid, bool recurse,
 					if (fkconstraint->constr_name)
 					{
 						if (ConstraintNameIsUsed(CONSTRAINT_RELATION,
-												   RelationGetRelid(rel),
+												 RelationGetRelid(rel),
 											   RelationGetNamespace(rel),
 											  fkconstraint->constr_name))
 							ereport(ERROR,
 									(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
 									 errmsg("constraint \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" already exists",
 											fkconstraint->constr_name,
-											RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
+										 RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
 					}
 					else
 						fkconstraint->constr_name = GenerateConstraintName(CONSTRAINT_RELATION,
@@ -2959,7 +2962,7 @@ AlterTableAddConstraint(Oid myrelid, bool recurse,
 /*
  * Add a check constraint to a single table
  *
- * Subroutine for AlterTableAddConstraint.  Must already hold exclusive
+ * Subroutine for AlterTableAddConstraint.	Must already hold exclusive
  * lock on the rel, and have done appropriate validity/permissions checks
  * for it.
  */
@@ -2979,13 +2982,13 @@ AlterTableAddCheckConstraint(Relation rel, Constraint *constr)
 	Node	   *expr;
 
 	/*
-	 * We need to make a parse state and range
-	 * table to allow us to do transformExpr()
+	 * We need to make a parse state and range table to allow us to do
+	 * transformExpr()
 	 */
 	pstate = make_parsestate(NULL);
 	rte = addRangeTableEntryForRelation(pstate,
 										RelationGetRelid(rel),
-										makeAlias(RelationGetRelationName(rel), NIL),
+							makeAlias(RelationGetRelationName(rel), NIL),
 										false,
 										true);
 	addRTEtoQuery(pstate, rte, true, true);
@@ -3006,8 +3009,8 @@ AlterTableAddCheckConstraint(Relation rel, Constraint *constr)
 	if (length(pstate->p_rtable) != 1)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_REFERENCE),
-				 errmsg("CHECK constraint may only reference relation \"%s\"",
-						RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
+			errmsg("CHECK constraint may only reference relation \"%s\"",
+				   RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
 
 	/*
 	 * No subplans or aggregates, either...
@@ -3070,15 +3073,13 @@ AlterTableAddCheckConstraint(Relation rel, Constraint *constr)
 	if (!successful)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_CHECK_VIOLATION),
-				 errmsg("CHECK constraint \"%s\" is violated at some row(s)",
-						constr->name)));
+			 errmsg("CHECK constraint \"%s\" is violated at some row(s)",
+					constr->name)));
 
 	/*
-	 * Call AddRelationRawConstraints to do
-	 * the real adding -- It duplicates some
-	 * of the above, but does not check the
-	 * validity of the constraint against
-	 * tuples already in the table.
+	 * Call AddRelationRawConstraints to do the real adding -- It
+	 * duplicates some of the above, but does not check the validity of
+	 * the constraint against tuples already in the table.
 	 */
 	AddRelationRawConstraints(rel, NIL, makeList1(constr));
 }
@@ -3086,7 +3087,7 @@ AlterTableAddCheckConstraint(Relation rel, Constraint *constr)
 /*
  * Add a foreign-key constraint to a single table
  *
- * Subroutine for AlterTableAddConstraint.  Must already hold exclusive
+ * Subroutine for AlterTableAddConstraint.	Must already hold exclusive
  * lock on the rel, and have done appropriate validity/permissions checks
  * for it.
  */
@@ -3106,12 +3107,11 @@ AlterTableAddForeignKeyConstraint(Relation rel, FkConstraint *fkconstraint)
 	Oid			constrOid;
 
 	/*
-	 * Grab an exclusive lock on the pk table, so that
-	 * someone doesn't delete rows out from under us.
-	 * (Although a lesser lock would do for that purpose,
-	 * we'll need exclusive lock anyway to add triggers to
-	 * the pk table; trying to start with a lesser lock
-	 * will just create a risk of deadlock.)
+	 * Grab an exclusive lock on the pk table, so that someone doesn't
+	 * delete rows out from under us. (Although a lesser lock would do for
+	 * that purpose, we'll need exclusive lock anyway to add triggers to
+	 * the pk table; trying to start with a lesser lock will just create a
+	 * risk of deadlock.)
 	 */
 	pkrel = heap_openrv(fkconstraint->pktable, AccessExclusiveLock);
 
@@ -3152,8 +3152,8 @@ AlterTableAddForeignKeyConstraint(Relation rel, FkConstraint *fkconstraint)
 				 errmsg("cannot reference temporary table from permanent table constraint")));
 
 	/*
-	 * Look up the referencing attributes to make sure they
-	 * exist, and record their attnums and type OIDs.
+	 * Look up the referencing attributes to make sure they exist, and
+	 * record their attnums and type OIDs.
 	 */
 	for (i = 0; i < INDEX_MAX_KEYS; i++)
 	{
@@ -3166,10 +3166,10 @@ AlterTableAddForeignKeyConstraint(Relation rel, FkConstraint *fkconstraint)
 									 fkattnum, fktypoid);
 
 	/*
-	 * If the attribute list for the referenced table was omitted,
-	 * lookup the definition of the primary key and use it.  Otherwise,
-	 * validate the supplied attribute list.  In either case, discover
-	 * the index OID and the attnums and type OIDs of the attributes.
+	 * If the attribute list for the referenced table was omitted, lookup
+	 * the definition of the primary key and use it.  Otherwise, validate
+	 * the supplied attribute list.  In either case, discover the index
+	 * OID and the attnums and type OIDs of the attributes.
 	 */
 	if (fkconstraint->pk_attrs == NIL)
 	{
@@ -3208,8 +3208,8 @@ AlterTableAddForeignKeyConstraint(Relation rel, FkConstraint *fkconstraint)
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Check that the constraint is satisfied by existing
-	 * rows (we can skip this during table creation).
+	 * Check that the constraint is satisfied by existing rows (we can
+	 * skip this during table creation).
 	 */
 	if (!fkconstraint->skip_validation)
 		validateForeignKeyConstraint(fkconstraint, rel, pkrel);
@@ -3225,7 +3225,8 @@ AlterTableAddForeignKeyConstraint(Relation rel, FkConstraint *fkconstraint)
 									  RelationGetRelid(rel),
 									  fkattnum,
 									  numfks,
-									  InvalidOid, /* not a domain constraint */
+									  InvalidOid,		/* not a domain
+														 * constraint */
 									  RelationGetRelid(pkrel),
 									  pkattnum,
 									  numpks,
@@ -3233,7 +3234,7 @@ AlterTableAddForeignKeyConstraint(Relation rel, FkConstraint *fkconstraint)
 									  fkconstraint->fk_del_action,
 									  fkconstraint->fk_matchtype,
 									  indexOid,
-									  NULL,	/* no check constraint */
+									  NULL,		/* no check constraint */
 									  NULL,
 									  NULL);
 
@@ -3276,8 +3277,8 @@ transformColumnNameList(Oid relId, List *colList,
 		if (attnum >= INDEX_MAX_KEYS)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_COLUMNS),
-					 errmsg("cannot have more than %d keys in a foreign key",
-							INDEX_MAX_KEYS)));
+				 errmsg("cannot have more than %d keys in a foreign key",
+						INDEX_MAX_KEYS)));
 		attnums[attnum] = ((Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(atttuple))->attnum;
 		atttypids[attnum] = ((Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(atttuple))->atttypid;
 		ReleaseSysCache(atttuple);
@@ -3291,7 +3292,7 @@ transformColumnNameList(Oid relId, List *colList,
  * transformFkeyGetPrimaryKey -
  *
  *	Look up the names, attnums, and types of the primary key attributes
- *	for the pkrel.  Used when the column list in the REFERENCES specification
+ *	for the pkrel.	Used when the column list in the REFERENCES specification
  *	is omitted.
  */
 static int
@@ -3339,12 +3340,12 @@ transformFkeyGetPrimaryKey(Relation pkrel, Oid *indexOid,
 	if (indexStruct == NULL)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
-				 errmsg("there is no PRIMARY KEY for referenced table \"%s\"",
-						RelationGetRelationName(pkrel))));
+			errmsg("there is no PRIMARY KEY for referenced table \"%s\"",
+				   RelationGetRelationName(pkrel))));
 
 	/*
-	 * Now build the list of PK attributes from the indkey definition
-	 * (we assume a primary key cannot have expressional elements)
+	 * Now build the list of PK attributes from the indkey definition (we
+	 * assume a primary key cannot have expressional elements)
 	 */
 	*attnamelist = NIL;
 	for (i = 0; i < indexStruct->indnatts; i++)
@@ -3389,7 +3390,8 @@ transformFkeyCheckAttrs(Relation pkrel,
 	{
 		HeapTuple	indexTuple;
 		Form_pg_index indexStruct;
-		int			i, j;
+		int			i,
+					j;
 
 		indexoid = lfirsto(indexoidscan);
 		indexTuple = SearchSysCache(INDEXRELID,
@@ -3453,7 +3455,7 @@ transformFkeyCheckAttrs(Relation pkrel,
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FOREIGN_KEY),
 				 errmsg("there is no UNIQUE constraint matching given keys for referenced table \"%s\"",
-			 RelationGetRelationName(pkrel))));
+						RelationGetRelationName(pkrel))));
 
 	freeList(indexoidlist);
 
@@ -3969,17 +3971,17 @@ AlterTableOwner(Oid relationOid, int32 newOwnerSysId)
 void
 AlterTableClusterOn(Oid relOid, const char *indexName)
 {
-	Relation 		rel,
-					pg_index;
-	List		   *index;
-	Oid		 		indexOid;
-	HeapTuple		indexTuple;
-	Form_pg_index	indexForm;
-	
+	Relation	rel,
+				pg_index;
+	List	   *index;
+	Oid			indexOid;
+	HeapTuple	indexTuple;
+	Form_pg_index indexForm;
+
 	rel = heap_open(relOid, AccessExclusiveLock);
 
 	indexOid = get_relname_relid(indexName, rel->rd_rel->relnamespace);
-	
+
 	if (!OidIsValid(indexOid))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
@@ -3994,36 +3996,37 @@ AlterTableClusterOn(Oid relOid, const char *indexName)
 	indexForm = (Form_pg_index) GETSTRUCT(indexTuple);
 
 	/*
-	 * If this is the same index the relation was previously
-	 * clustered on, no need to do anything.
+	 * If this is the same index the relation was previously clustered on,
+	 * no need to do anything.
 	 */
 	if (indexForm->indisclustered)
 	{
 		ereport(NOTICE,
-				(errmsg("table \"%s\" is already being clustered on index \"%s\"",
-						NameStr(rel->rd_rel->relname), indexName)));
+		(errmsg("table \"%s\" is already being clustered on index \"%s\"",
+				NameStr(rel->rd_rel->relname), indexName)));
 		ReleaseSysCache(indexTuple);
 		heap_close(rel, NoLock);
 		return;
 	}
 
 	pg_index = heap_openr(IndexRelationName, RowExclusiveLock);
-	
+
 	/*
 	 * Now check each index in the relation and set the bit where needed.
 	 */
-	foreach (index, RelationGetIndexList(rel))
+	foreach(index, RelationGetIndexList(rel))
 	{
-		HeapTuple       idxtuple;
-		Form_pg_index   idxForm;
-		
+		HeapTuple	idxtuple;
+		Form_pg_index idxForm;
+
 		indexOid = lfirsto(index);
 		idxtuple = SearchSysCacheCopy(INDEXRELID,
-		  							  ObjectIdGetDatum(indexOid),
+									  ObjectIdGetDatum(indexOid),
 									  0, 0, 0);
 		if (!HeapTupleIsValid(idxtuple))
 			elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for index %u", indexOid);
 		idxForm = (Form_pg_index) GETSTRUCT(idxtuple);
+
 		/*
 		 * Unset the bit if set.  We know it's wrong because we checked
 		 * this earlier.
@@ -4100,7 +4103,7 @@ AlterTableCreateToastTable(Oid relOid, bool silent)
 	if (shared_relation && IsUnderPostmaster)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
-				 errmsg("shared relations cannot be toasted after initdb")));
+			 errmsg("shared relations cannot be toasted after initdb")));
 
 	/*
 	 * Is it already toasted?
@@ -4331,12 +4334,12 @@ needs_toast_table(Relation rel)
 void
 register_on_commit_action(Oid relid, OnCommitAction action)
 {
-	OnCommitItem	*oc;
+	OnCommitItem *oc;
 	MemoryContext oldcxt;
 
 	/*
-	 * We needn't bother registering the relation unless there is an ON COMMIT
-	 * action we need to take.
+	 * We needn't bother registering the relation unless there is an ON
+	 * COMMIT action we need to take.
 	 */
 	if (action == ONCOMMIT_NOOP || action == ONCOMMIT_PRESERVE_ROWS)
 		return;
@@ -4366,7 +4369,7 @@ remove_on_commit_action(Oid relid)
 
 	foreach(l, on_commits)
 	{
-		OnCommitItem  *oc = (OnCommitItem *) lfirst(l);
+		OnCommitItem *oc = (OnCommitItem *) lfirst(l);
 
 		if (oc->relid == relid)
 		{
@@ -4389,7 +4392,7 @@ PreCommit_on_commit_actions(void)
 
 	foreach(l, on_commits)
 	{
-		OnCommitItem  *oc = (OnCommitItem *) lfirst(l);
+		OnCommitItem *oc = (OnCommitItem *) lfirst(l);
 
 		/* Ignore entry if already dropped in this xact */
 		if (oc->deleted_in_cur_xact)
@@ -4403,23 +4406,25 @@ PreCommit_on_commit_actions(void)
 				break;
 			case ONCOMMIT_DELETE_ROWS:
 				heap_truncate(oc->relid);
-				CommandCounterIncrement(); /* XXX needed? */
+				CommandCounterIncrement();		/* XXX needed? */
 				break;
 			case ONCOMMIT_DROP:
-			{
-				ObjectAddress object;
+				{
+					ObjectAddress object;
 
-				object.classId = RelOid_pg_class;
-				object.objectId = oc->relid;
-				object.objectSubId = 0;
-				performDeletion(&object, DROP_CASCADE);
-				/*
-				 * Note that table deletion will call remove_on_commit_action,
-				 * so the entry should get marked as deleted.
-				 */
-				Assert(oc->deleted_in_cur_xact);
-				break;
-			}
+					object.classId = RelOid_pg_class;
+					object.objectId = oc->relid;
+					object.objectSubId = 0;
+					performDeletion(&object, DROP_CASCADE);
+
+					/*
+					 * Note that table deletion will call
+					 * remove_on_commit_action, so the entry should get
+					 * marked as deleted.
+					 */
+					Assert(oc->deleted_in_cur_xact);
+					break;
+				}
 		}
 	}
 }
@@ -4442,7 +4447,7 @@ AtEOXact_on_commit_actions(bool isCommit)
 	l = on_commits;
 	while (l != NIL)
 	{
-		OnCommitItem  *oc = (OnCommitItem *) lfirst(l);
+		OnCommitItem *oc = (OnCommitItem *) lfirst(l);
 
 		if (isCommit ? oc->deleted_in_cur_xact :
 			oc->created_in_cur_xact)
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/trigger.c b/src/backend/commands/trigger.c
index 6e5b38804ff..d3e969c7e4f 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/trigger.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/trigger.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/trigger.c,v 1.153 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/trigger.c,v 1.154 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -41,17 +41,17 @@
 
 static void InsertTrigger(TriggerDesc *trigdesc, Trigger *trigger, int indx);
 static HeapTuple GetTupleForTrigger(EState *estate,
-									ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
-									ItemPointer tid,
-									CommandId cid,
-									TupleTableSlot **newSlot);
+				   ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
+				   ItemPointer tid,
+				   CommandId cid,
+				   TupleTableSlot **newSlot);
 static HeapTuple ExecCallTriggerFunc(TriggerData *trigdata,
 					FmgrInfo *finfo,
 					MemoryContext per_tuple_context);
 static void DeferredTriggerSaveEvent(ResultRelInfo *relinfo, int event,
-						 bool row_trigger, HeapTuple oldtup, HeapTuple newtup);
+				   bool row_trigger, HeapTuple oldtup, HeapTuple newtup);
 static void DeferredTriggerExecute(DeferredTriggerEvent event, int itemno,
-					   Relation rel, TriggerDesc *trigdesc, FmgrInfo *finfo,
+					Relation rel, TriggerDesc *trigdesc, FmgrInfo *finfo,
 					   MemoryContext per_tuple_context);
 
 
@@ -97,18 +97,19 @@ CreateTrigger(CreateTrigStmt *stmt, bool forConstraint)
 	else if (stmt->isconstraint)
 	{
 		/*
-		 * If this trigger is a constraint (and a foreign key one)
-		 * then we really need a constrrelid.  Since we don't have one,
-		 * we'll try to generate one from the argument information.
+		 * If this trigger is a constraint (and a foreign key one) then we
+		 * really need a constrrelid.  Since we don't have one, we'll try
+		 * to generate one from the argument information.
 		 *
-		 * This is really just a workaround for a long-ago pg_dump bug
-		 * that omitted the FROM clause in dumped CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER
-		 * commands.  We don't want to bomb out completely here if we can't
-		 * determine the correct relation, because that would prevent loading
-		 * the dump file.  Instead, NOTICE here and ERROR in the trigger.
+		 * This is really just a workaround for a long-ago pg_dump bug that
+		 * omitted the FROM clause in dumped CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER
+		 * commands.  We don't want to bomb out completely here if we
+		 * can't determine the correct relation, because that would
+		 * prevent loading the dump file.  Instead, NOTICE here and ERROR
+		 * in the trigger.
 		 */
-		bool	needconstrrelid = false;
-		void   *elem = NULL;
+		bool		needconstrrelid = false;
+		void	   *elem = NULL;
 
 		if (strncmp(strVal(llast(stmt->funcname)), "RI_FKey_check_", 14) == 0)
 		{
@@ -265,8 +266,8 @@ CreateTrigger(CreateTrigStmt *stmt, bool forConstraint)
 		if (namestrcmp(&(pg_trigger->tgname), trigname) == 0)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
-					 errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" already exists",
-							trigname, stmt->relation->relname)));
+			  errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" already exists",
+					 trigname, stmt->relation->relname)));
 		found++;
 	}
 	systable_endscan(tgscan);
@@ -280,7 +281,7 @@ CreateTrigger(CreateTrigStmt *stmt, bool forConstraint)
 	if (funcrettype != TRIGGEROID)
 	{
 		/*
-		 * We allow OPAQUE just so we can load old dump files.  When we
+		 * We allow OPAQUE just so we can load old dump files.	When we
 		 * see a trigger function declared OPAQUE, change it to TRIGGER.
 		 */
 		if (funcrettype == OPAQUEOID)
@@ -480,8 +481,8 @@ DropTrigger(Oid relid, const char *trigname, DropBehavior behavior)
 	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
-				 errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" does not exist",
-						trigname, get_rel_name(relid))));
+			  errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" does not exist",
+					 trigname, get_rel_name(relid))));
 
 	if (!pg_class_ownercheck(relid, GetUserId()))
 		aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, ACL_KIND_CLASS,
@@ -576,7 +577,7 @@ RemoveTriggerById(Oid trigOid)
 		elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", relid);
 	classForm = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
 
-	if (classForm->reltriggers == 0) /* should not happen */
+	if (classForm->reltriggers == 0)	/* should not happen */
 		elog(ERROR, "relation \"%s\" has reltriggers = 0",
 			 RelationGetRelationName(rel));
 	classForm->reltriggers--;
@@ -650,8 +651,8 @@ renametrig(Oid relid,
 	if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
-				 errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" already exists",
-						newname, RelationGetRelationName(targetrel))));
+			  errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" already exists",
+					 newname, RelationGetRelationName(targetrel))));
 	systable_endscan(tgscan);
 
 	/*
@@ -693,8 +694,8 @@ renametrig(Oid relid,
 	{
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
-				 errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" does not exist",
-						oldname, RelationGetRelationName(targetrel))));
+			  errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" does not exist",
+					 oldname, RelationGetRelationName(targetrel))));
 	}
 
 	systable_endscan(tgscan);
@@ -762,7 +763,7 @@ RelationBuildTriggers(Relation relation)
 
 		build->tgoid = HeapTupleGetOid(htup);
 		build->tgname = DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(nameout,
-									NameGetDatum(&pg_trigger->tgname)));
+									 NameGetDatum(&pg_trigger->tgname)));
 		build->tgfoid = pg_trigger->tgfoid;
 		build->tgtype = pg_trigger->tgtype;
 		build->tgenabled = pg_trigger->tgenabled;
@@ -927,8 +928,8 @@ CopyTriggerDesc(TriggerDesc *trigdesc)
 		trigger->tgname = pstrdup(trigger->tgname);
 		if (trigger->tgnargs > 0)
 		{
-			char  **newargs;
-			int16	j;
+			char	  **newargs;
+			int16		j;
 
 			newargs = (char **) palloc(trigger->tgnargs * sizeof(char *));
 			for (j = 0; j < trigger->tgnargs; j++)
@@ -1101,7 +1102,7 @@ equalTriggerDescs(TriggerDesc *trigdesc1, TriggerDesc *trigdesc2)
 		return false;
 	return true;
 }
-#endif /* NOT_USED */
+#endif   /* NOT_USED */
 
 /*
  * Call a trigger function.
@@ -1166,10 +1167,10 @@ ExecCallTriggerFunc(TriggerData *trigdata,
 void
 ExecBSInsertTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
 {
-	TriggerDesc	*trigdesc;
-	int			 ntrigs;
-	int			*tgindx;
-	int			 i;
+	TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
+	int			ntrigs;
+	int		   *tgindx;
+	int			i;
 	TriggerData LocTriggerData;
 
 	trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
@@ -1190,10 +1191,10 @@ ExecBSInsertTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
 
 	LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
 	LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT |
-							  TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
-	LocTriggerData.tg_relation	= relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
-	LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple	= NULL;
-	LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple	= NULL;
+		TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
+	LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
+	LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = NULL;
+	LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = NULL;
 	for (i = 0; i < ntrigs; i++)
 	{
 		Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[tgindx[i]];
@@ -1209,7 +1210,7 @@ ExecBSInsertTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
 		if (newtuple)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
-					 errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
+			  errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
 	}
 }
 
@@ -1242,8 +1243,8 @@ ExecBRInsertTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
 
 	LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
 	LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT |
-							  TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
-							  TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
+		TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
+		TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
 	LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
 	LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = NULL;
 	for (i = 0; i < ntrigs; i++)
@@ -1279,10 +1280,10 @@ ExecARInsertTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
 void
 ExecBSDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
 {
-	TriggerDesc	*trigdesc;
-	int			 ntrigs;
-	int			*tgindx;
-	int			 i;
+	TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
+	int			ntrigs;
+	int		   *tgindx;
+	int			i;
 	TriggerData LocTriggerData;
 
 	trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
@@ -1303,10 +1304,10 @@ ExecBSDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
 
 	LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
 	LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE |
-							  TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
-	LocTriggerData.tg_relation	= relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
-	LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple	= NULL;
-	LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple	= NULL;
+		TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
+	LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
+	LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = NULL;
+	LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = NULL;
 	for (i = 0; i < ntrigs; i++)
 	{
 		Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[tgindx[i]];
@@ -1322,7 +1323,7 @@ ExecBSDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
 		if (newtuple)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
-					 errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
+			  errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
 	}
 }
 
@@ -1361,8 +1362,8 @@ ExecBRDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
 
 	LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
 	LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE |
-							  TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
-							  TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
+		TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
+		TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
 	LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
 	LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = NULL;
 	for (i = 0; i < ntrigs; i++)
@@ -1408,10 +1409,10 @@ ExecARDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
 void
 ExecBSUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
 {
-	TriggerDesc	*trigdesc;
-	int			 ntrigs;
-	int			*tgindx;
-	int			 i;
+	TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
+	int			ntrigs;
+	int		   *tgindx;
+	int			i;
 	TriggerData LocTriggerData;
 
 	trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
@@ -1432,10 +1433,10 @@ ExecBSUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
 
 	LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
 	LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE |
-							  TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
-	LocTriggerData.tg_relation	= relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
-	LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple	= NULL;
-	LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple	= NULL;
+		TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
+	LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
+	LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = NULL;
+	LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = NULL;
 	for (i = 0; i < ntrigs; i++)
 	{
 		Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[tgindx[i]];
@@ -1451,7 +1452,7 @@ ExecBSUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
 		if (newtuple)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
-					 errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
+			  errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
 	}
 }
 
@@ -1498,8 +1499,8 @@ ExecBRUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
 
 	LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
 	LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE |
-							  TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
-							  TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
+		TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
+		TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
 	LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
 	for (i = 0; i < ntrigs; i++)
 	{
@@ -1639,19 +1640,20 @@ ltrmark:;
  * ----------
  */
 
-typedef struct DeferredTriggersData {
-		/* Internal data is held in a per-transaction memory context */
-	MemoryContext			deftrig_cxt;
-		/* ALL DEFERRED or ALL IMMEDIATE */
-	bool					deftrig_all_isset;
-	bool					deftrig_all_isdeferred;
-		/* Per trigger state */
-	List		  		   *deftrig_trigstates;
-		/* List of pending deferred triggers. Previous comment below */
-	DeferredTriggerEvent	deftrig_events;
-	DeferredTriggerEvent	deftrig_events_imm;
-	DeferredTriggerEvent	deftrig_event_tail;
-} DeferredTriggersData;
+typedef struct DeferredTriggersData
+{
+	/* Internal data is held in a per-transaction memory context */
+	MemoryContext deftrig_cxt;
+	/* ALL DEFERRED or ALL IMMEDIATE */
+	bool		deftrig_all_isset;
+	bool		deftrig_all_isdeferred;
+	/* Per trigger state */
+	List	   *deftrig_trigstates;
+	/* List of pending deferred triggers. Previous comment below */
+	DeferredTriggerEvent deftrig_events;
+	DeferredTriggerEvent deftrig_events_imm;
+	DeferredTriggerEvent deftrig_event_tail;
+}	DeferredTriggersData;
 
 /* ----------
  * deftrig_events, deftrig_event_tail:
@@ -1661,8 +1663,8 @@ typedef struct DeferredTriggersData {
  * Because this can grow pretty large, we don't use separate List nodes,
  * but instead thread the list through the dte_next fields of the member
  * nodes.  Saves just a few bytes per entry, but that adds up.
- * 
- * deftrig_events_imm holds the tail pointer as of the last 
+ *
+ * deftrig_events_imm holds the tail pointer as of the last
  * deferredTriggerInvokeEvents call; we can use this to avoid rescanning
  * entries unnecessarily.  It is NULL if deferredTriggerInvokeEvents
  * hasn't run since the last state change.
@@ -1674,7 +1676,7 @@ typedef struct DeferredTriggersData {
 
 typedef DeferredTriggersData *DeferredTriggers;
 
-static DeferredTriggers	deferredTriggers;
+static DeferredTriggers deferredTriggers;
 
 /* ----------
  * deferredTriggerCheckState()
@@ -1783,7 +1785,7 @@ deferredTriggerAddEvent(DeferredTriggerEvent event)
  */
 static void
 DeferredTriggerExecute(DeferredTriggerEvent event, int itemno,
-					   Relation rel, TriggerDesc *trigdesc, FmgrInfo *finfo,
+					Relation rel, TriggerDesc *trigdesc, FmgrInfo *finfo,
 					   MemoryContext per_tuple_context)
 {
 	Oid			tgoid = event->dte_item[itemno].dti_tgoid;
@@ -1817,7 +1819,7 @@ DeferredTriggerExecute(DeferredTriggerEvent event, int itemno,
 	 */
 	LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
 	LocTriggerData.tg_event = (event->dte_event & TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK) |
-							  (event->dte_event & TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW);
+		(event->dte_event & TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW);
 	LocTriggerData.tg_relation = rel;
 
 	LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = NULL;
@@ -1899,12 +1901,12 @@ deferredTriggerInvokeEvents(bool immediate_only)
 	 * are going to discard the whole event queue on return anyway, so no
 	 * need to bother with "retail" pfree's.
 	 *
-	 * If immediate_only is true, we need only scan from where the end of
-	 * the queue was at the previous deferredTriggerInvokeEvents call;
-	 * any non-deferred events before that point are already fired.
-	 * (But if the deferral state changes, we must reset the saved position
-	 * to the beginning of the queue, so as to process all events once with
-	 * the new states.  See DeferredTriggerSetState.)
+	 * If immediate_only is true, we need only scan from where the end of the
+	 * queue was at the previous deferredTriggerInvokeEvents call; any
+	 * non-deferred events before that point are already fired. (But if
+	 * the deferral state changes, we must reset the saved position to the
+	 * beginning of the queue, so as to process all events once with the
+	 * new states.	See DeferredTriggerSetState.)
 	 */
 
 	/* Make a per-tuple memory context for trigger function calls */
@@ -1916,9 +1918,9 @@ deferredTriggerInvokeEvents(bool immediate_only)
 							  ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_MAXSIZE);
 
 	/*
-	 * If immediate_only is true, then the only events that could need firing
-	 * are those since deftrig_events_imm.  (But if deftrig_events_imm is
-	 * NULL, we must scan the entire list.)
+	 * If immediate_only is true, then the only events that could need
+	 * firing are those since deftrig_events_imm.  (But if
+	 * deftrig_events_imm is NULL, we must scan the entire list.)
 	 */
 	if (immediate_only && deferredTriggers->deftrig_events_imm != NULL)
 	{
@@ -1984,17 +1986,18 @@ deferredTriggerInvokeEvents(bool immediate_only)
 					rel = heap_open(event->dte_relid, NoLock);
 
 					/*
-					 * Copy relation's trigger info so that we have a stable
-					 * copy no matter what the called triggers do.
+					 * Copy relation's trigger info so that we have a
+					 * stable copy no matter what the called triggers do.
 					 */
 					trigdesc = CopyTriggerDesc(rel->trigdesc);
 
-					if (trigdesc == NULL) /* should not happen */
+					if (trigdesc == NULL)		/* should not happen */
 						elog(ERROR, "relation %u has no triggers",
 							 event->dte_relid);
 
 					/*
-					 * Allocate space to cache fmgr lookup info for triggers.
+					 * Allocate space to cache fmgr lookup info for
+					 * triggers.
 					 */
 					finfo = (FmgrInfo *)
 						palloc0(trigdesc->numtriggers * sizeof(FmgrInfo));
@@ -2089,21 +2092,23 @@ void
 DeferredTriggerBeginXact(void)
 {
 	/*
-	 * This will be changed to a special context when
-	 * the nested transactions project moves forward.
+	 * This will be changed to a special context when the nested
+	 * transactions project moves forward.
 	 */
 	MemoryContext cxt = TopTransactionContext;
+
 	deferredTriggers = (DeferredTriggers) MemoryContextAlloc(TopTransactionContext,
-			sizeof(DeferredTriggersData));
+										   sizeof(DeferredTriggersData));
 
 	/*
 	 * Create the per transaction memory context
 	 */
 	deferredTriggers->deftrig_cxt = AllocSetContextCreate(cxt,
-										"DeferredTriggerXact",
-										ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_MINSIZE,
-										ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_INITSIZE,
-										ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_MAXSIZE);
+												   "DeferredTriggerXact",
+												ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_MINSIZE,
+											   ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_INITSIZE,
+											   ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_MAXSIZE);
+
 	/*
 	 * If unspecified, constraints default to IMMEDIATE, per SQL
 	 */
@@ -2174,7 +2179,7 @@ DeferredTriggerAbortXact(void)
 	 * Ignore call if we aren't in a transaction.
 	 */
 	if (deferredTriggers == NULL)
-			return;
+		return;
 
 	/*
 	 * Forget everything we know about deferred triggers.
@@ -2255,7 +2260,7 @@ DeferredTriggerSetState(ConstraintsSetStmt *stmt)
 			if (strlen(cname) == 0)
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_NAME),
-						 errmsg("unnamed constraints cannot be set explicitly")));
+				errmsg("unnamed constraints cannot be set explicitly")));
 
 			/*
 			 * Setup to scan pg_trigger by tgconstrname ...
@@ -2304,7 +2309,7 @@ DeferredTriggerSetState(ConstraintsSetStmt *stmt)
 			if (!found)
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
-						 errmsg("constraint \"%s\" does not exist", cname)));
+					 errmsg("constraint \"%s\" does not exist", cname)));
 		}
 		heap_close(tgrel, AccessShareLock);
 
@@ -2349,9 +2354,10 @@ DeferredTriggerSetState(ConstraintsSetStmt *stmt)
 	 * CONSTRAINTS command applies retroactively. This happens "for free"
 	 * since we have already made the necessary modifications to the
 	 * constraints, and deferredTriggerEndQuery() is called by
-	 * finish_xact_command().  But we must reset deferredTriggerInvokeEvents'
-	 * tail pointer to make it rescan the entire list, in case some deferred
-	 * events are now immediately invokable.
+	 * finish_xact_command().  But we must reset
+	 * deferredTriggerInvokeEvents' tail pointer to make it rescan the
+	 * entire list, in case some deferred events are now immediately
+	 * invokable.
 	 */
 	deferredTriggers->deftrig_events_imm = NULL;
 }
@@ -2416,7 +2422,7 @@ DeferredTriggerSaveEvent(ResultRelInfo *relinfo, int event, bool row_trigger,
 	 */
 	for (i = 0; i < ntriggers; i++)
 	{
-		Trigger *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[tgindx[i]];
+		Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[tgindx[i]];
 
 		if (trigger->tgenabled)
 			n_enabled_triggers++;
@@ -2455,7 +2461,7 @@ DeferredTriggerSaveEvent(ResultRelInfo *relinfo, int event, bool row_trigger,
 
 		ev_item = &(new_event->dte_item[i]);
 		ev_item->dti_tgoid = trigger->tgoid;
-		ev_item->dti_state = 
+		ev_item->dti_state =
 			((trigger->tgdeferrable) ?
 			 TRIGGER_DEFERRED_DEFERRABLE : 0) |
 			((trigger->tginitdeferred) ?
@@ -2464,9 +2470,7 @@ DeferredTriggerSaveEvent(ResultRelInfo *relinfo, int event, bool row_trigger,
 		if (row_trigger && (trigdesc->n_before_row[event] > 0))
 			ev_item->dti_state |= TRIGGER_DEFERRED_HAS_BEFORE;
 		else if (!row_trigger && (trigdesc->n_before_statement[event] > 0))
-		{
 			ev_item->dti_state |= TRIGGER_DEFERRED_HAS_BEFORE;
-		}
 	}
 
 	MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/typecmds.c b/src/backend/commands/typecmds.c
index 275143c1517..57bc7c5f71f 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/typecmds.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/typecmds.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/typecmds.c,v 1.40 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/typecmds.c,v 1.41 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  * DESCRIPTION
  *	  The "DefineFoo" routines take the parse tree and pick out the
@@ -66,11 +66,11 @@
 /* result structure for get_rels_with_domain() */
 typedef struct
 {
-	Relation rel;				/* opened and locked relation */
-	int		natts;				/* number of attributes of interest */
-	int		*atts;				/* attribute numbers */
+	Relation	rel;			/* opened and locked relation */
+	int			natts;			/* number of attributes of interest */
+	int		   *atts;			/* attribute numbers */
 	/* atts[] is of allocated length RelationGetNumberOfAttributes(rel) */
-} RelToCheck;
+}	RelToCheck;
 
 
 static Oid	findTypeInputFunction(List *procname, Oid typeOid);
@@ -80,9 +80,9 @@ static Oid	findTypeSendFunction(List *procname, Oid typeOid);
 static List *get_rels_with_domain(Oid domainOid, LOCKMODE lockmode);
 static void domainOwnerCheck(HeapTuple tup, TypeName *typename);
 static char *domainAddConstraint(Oid domainOid, Oid domainNamespace,
-								 Oid baseTypeOid,
-								 int typMod, Constraint *constr,
-								 int *counter, char *domainName);
+					Oid baseTypeOid,
+					int typMod, Constraint *constr,
+					int *counter, char *domainName);
 
 
 /*
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ DefineType(List *names, List *parameters)
 	bool		byValue = false;
 	char		delimiter = DEFAULT_TYPDELIM;
 	char		alignment = 'i';	/* default alignment */
-	char		storage = 'p';		/* default TOAST storage method */
+	char		storage = 'p';	/* default TOAST storage method */
 	Oid			inputOid;
 	Oid			outputOid;
 	Oid			receiveOid = InvalidOid;
@@ -237,8 +237,8 @@ DefineType(List *names, List *parameters)
 
 	/*
 	 * Look to see if type already exists (presumably as a shell; if not,
-	 * TypeCreate will complain).  If it doesn't, create it as a shell,
-	 * so that the OID is known for use in the I/O function definitions.
+	 * TypeCreate will complain).  If it doesn't, create it as a shell, so
+	 * that the OID is known for use in the I/O function definitions.
 	 */
 	typoid = GetSysCacheOid(TYPENAMENSP,
 							CStringGetDatum(typeName),
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ DefineDomain(CreateDomainStmt *stmt)
 	List	   *listptr;
 	Oid			basetypeoid;
 	Oid			domainoid;
-	Form_pg_type	baseType;
+	Form_pg_type baseType;
 	int			counter = 0;
 
 	/* Convert list of names to a name and namespace */
@@ -508,10 +508,11 @@ DefineDomain(CreateDomainStmt *stmt)
 
 	/*
 	 * Domainnames, unlike typenames don't need to account for the '_'
-	 * prefix.	So they can be one character longer.  (This test is presently
-	 * useless since the parser will have truncated the name to fit.  But
-	 * leave it here since we may someday support arrays of domains, in
-	 * which case we'll be back to needing to enforce NAMEDATALEN-2.)
+	 * prefix.	So they can be one character longer.  (This test is
+	 * presently useless since the parser will have truncated the name to
+	 * fit.  But leave it here since we may someday support arrays of
+	 * domains, in which case we'll be back to needing to enforce
+	 * NAMEDATALEN-2.)
 	 */
 	if (strlen(domainName) > (NAMEDATALEN - 1))
 		ereport(ERROR,
@@ -581,8 +582,8 @@ DefineDomain(CreateDomainStmt *stmt)
 	basetypelem = baseType->typelem;
 
 	/*
-	 * Run through constraints manually to avoid the additional
-	 * processing conducted by DefineRelation() and friends.
+	 * Run through constraints manually to avoid the additional processing
+	 * conducted by DefineRelation() and friends.
 	 */
 	foreach(listptr, schema)
 	{
@@ -594,7 +595,7 @@ DefineDomain(CreateDomainStmt *stmt)
 		if (IsA(newConstraint, FkConstraint))
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
-					 errmsg("FOREIGN KEY constraints not supported for domains")));
+			errmsg("FOREIGN KEY constraints not supported for domains")));
 
 		/* otherwise it should be a plain Constraint */
 		if (!IsA(newConstraint, Constraint))
@@ -606,6 +607,7 @@ DefineDomain(CreateDomainStmt *stmt)
 		switch (constr->contype)
 		{
 			case CONSTR_DEFAULT:
+
 				/*
 				 * The inherited default value may be overridden by the
 				 * user with the DEFAULT <expr> statement.
@@ -643,7 +645,7 @@ DefineDomain(CreateDomainStmt *stmt)
 				if (nullDefined && !typNotNull)
 					ereport(ERROR,
 							(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
-							 errmsg("conflicting NULL/NOT NULL constraints")));
+					   errmsg("conflicting NULL/NOT NULL constraints")));
 				typNotNull = true;
 				nullDefined = true;
 				break;
@@ -652,41 +654,42 @@ DefineDomain(CreateDomainStmt *stmt)
 				if (nullDefined && typNotNull)
 					ereport(ERROR,
 							(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
-							 errmsg("conflicting NULL/NOT NULL constraints")));
+					   errmsg("conflicting NULL/NOT NULL constraints")));
 				typNotNull = false;
 				nullDefined = true;
-		  		break;
+				break;
+
+			case CONSTR_CHECK:
 
-		  	case CONSTR_CHECK:
 				/*
-				 * Check constraints are handled after domain creation, as they
-				 * require the Oid of the domain
+				 * Check constraints are handled after domain creation, as
+				 * they require the Oid of the domain
 				 */
-		  		break;
+				break;
 
 				/*
 				 * All else are error cases
 				 */
-		  	case CONSTR_UNIQUE:
-		  		ereport(ERROR,
+			case CONSTR_UNIQUE:
+				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
-						 errmsg("UNIQUE constraints not supported for domains")));
-		  		break;
+				errmsg("UNIQUE constraints not supported for domains")));
+				break;
 
-		  	case CONSTR_PRIMARY:
-		  		ereport(ERROR,
+			case CONSTR_PRIMARY:
+				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
 						 errmsg("PRIMARY KEY constraints not supported for domains")));
-		  		break;
+				break;
 
-		  	case CONSTR_ATTR_DEFERRABLE:
-		  	case CONSTR_ATTR_NOT_DEFERRABLE:
-		  	case CONSTR_ATTR_DEFERRED:
-		  	case CONSTR_ATTR_IMMEDIATE:
-		  		ereport(ERROR,
+			case CONSTR_ATTR_DEFERRABLE:
+			case CONSTR_ATTR_NOT_DEFERRABLE:
+			case CONSTR_ATTR_DEFERRED:
+			case CONSTR_ATTR_IMMEDIATE:
+				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
 						 errmsg("deferrability constraints not supported for domains")));
-		  		break;
+				break;
 
 			default:
 				elog(ERROR, "unrecognized constraint subtype: %d",
@@ -715,15 +718,16 @@ DefineDomain(CreateDomainStmt *stmt)
 				   basetypeoid, /* base type ID */
 				   defaultValue,	/* default type value (text) */
 				   defaultValueBin,		/* default type value (binary) */
-				   byValue,				/* passed by value */
-				   alignment,			/* required alignment */
-				   storage,				/* TOAST strategy */
-				   stmt->typename->typmod, /* typeMod value */
-				   typNDims,			/* Array dimensions for base type */
-				   typNotNull);			/* Type NOT NULL */
+				   byValue,		/* passed by value */
+				   alignment,	/* required alignment */
+				   storage,		/* TOAST strategy */
+				   stmt->typename->typmod,		/* typeMod value */
+				   typNDims,	/* Array dimensions for base type */
+				   typNotNull); /* Type NOT NULL */
 
 	/*
-	 * Process constraints which refer to the domain ID returned by TypeCreate
+	 * Process constraints which refer to the domain ID returned by
+	 * TypeCreate
 	 */
 	foreach(listptr, schema)
 	{
@@ -733,16 +737,16 @@ DefineDomain(CreateDomainStmt *stmt)
 
 		switch (constr->contype)
 		{
-		  	case CONSTR_CHECK:
+			case CONSTR_CHECK:
 				domainAddConstraint(domainoid, domainNamespace,
 									basetypeoid, stmt->typename->typmod,
 									constr, &counter, domainName);
-		  		break;
+				break;
 
-			/* Other constraint types were fully processed above */
+				/* Other constraint types were fully processed above */
 
 			default:
-		  		break;
+				break;
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -834,8 +838,8 @@ findTypeInputFunction(List *procname, Oid typeOid)
 	 * Input functions can take a single argument of type CSTRING, or
 	 * three arguments (string, element OID, typmod).
 	 *
-	 * For backwards compatibility we allow OPAQUE in place of CSTRING;
-	 * if we see this, we issue a NOTICE and fix up the pg_proc entry.
+	 * For backwards compatibility we allow OPAQUE in place of CSTRING; if we
+	 * see this, we issue a NOTICE and fix up the pg_proc entry.
 	 */
 	MemSet(argList, 0, FUNC_MAX_ARGS * sizeof(Oid));
 
@@ -874,9 +878,10 @@ findTypeInputFunction(List *procname, Oid typeOid)
 				(errmsg("changing argument type of function %s from OPAQUE to CSTRING",
 						NameListToString(procname))));
 		SetFunctionArgType(procOid, 0, CSTRINGOID);
+
 		/*
-		 * Need CommandCounterIncrement since DefineType will likely
-		 * try to alter the pg_proc tuple again.
+		 * Need CommandCounterIncrement since DefineType will likely try
+		 * to alter the pg_proc tuple again.
 		 */
 		CommandCounterIncrement();
 
@@ -905,8 +910,8 @@ findTypeOutputFunction(List *procname, Oid typeOid)
 	 * arguments (data value, element OID).
 	 *
 	 * For backwards compatibility we allow OPAQUE in place of the actual
-	 * type name; if we see this, we issue a NOTICE and fix up the
-	 * pg_proc entry.
+	 * type name; if we see this, we issue a NOTICE and fix up the pg_proc
+	 * entry.
 	 */
 	MemSet(argList, 0, FUNC_MAX_ARGS * sizeof(Oid));
 
@@ -940,12 +945,13 @@ findTypeOutputFunction(List *procname, Oid typeOid)
 	{
 		/* Found, but must complain and fix the pg_proc entry */
 		ereport(NOTICE,
-				(errmsg("changing argument type of function %s from OPAQUE to %s",
-						NameListToString(procname), format_type_be(typeOid))));
+		(errmsg("changing argument type of function %s from OPAQUE to %s",
+				NameListToString(procname), format_type_be(typeOid))));
 		SetFunctionArgType(procOid, 0, typeOid);
+
 		/*
-		 * Need CommandCounterIncrement since DefineType will likely
-		 * try to alter the pg_proc tuple again.
+		 * Need CommandCounterIncrement since DefineType will likely try
+		 * to alter the pg_proc tuple again.
 		 */
 		CommandCounterIncrement();
 
@@ -1050,7 +1056,7 @@ DefineCompositeType(const RangeVar *typevar, List *coldeflist)
 	if (coldeflist == NIL)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
-				 errmsg("composite type must have at least one attribute")));
+			 errmsg("composite type must have at least one attribute")));
 
 	/*
 	 * now create the parameters for keys/inheritance etc. All of them are
@@ -1072,7 +1078,7 @@ DefineCompositeType(const RangeVar *typevar, List *coldeflist)
 /*
  * AlterDomainDefault
  *
- * Routine implementing ALTER DOMAIN SET/DROP DEFAULT statements. 
+ * Routine implementing ALTER DOMAIN SET/DROP DEFAULT statements.
  */
 void
 AlterDomainDefault(List *names, Node *defaultRaw)
@@ -1083,12 +1089,12 @@ AlterDomainDefault(List *names, Node *defaultRaw)
 	ParseState *pstate;
 	Relation	rel;
 	char	   *defaultValue;
-	Node	   *defaultExpr = NULL; /* NULL if no default specified */
+	Node	   *defaultExpr = NULL;		/* NULL if no default specified */
 	Datum		new_record[Natts_pg_type];
 	char		new_record_nulls[Natts_pg_type];
 	char		new_record_repl[Natts_pg_type];
 	HeapTuple	newtuple;
-	Form_pg_type	typTup;
+	Form_pg_type typTup;
 
 	/* Make a TypeName so we can use standard type lookup machinery */
 	typename = makeNode(TypeName);
@@ -1113,7 +1119,7 @@ AlterDomainDefault(List *names, Node *defaultRaw)
 	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
 		elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for type %u", domainoid);
 
-	/* Doesn't return if user isn't allowed to alter the domain */ 
+	/* Doesn't return if user isn't allowed to alter the domain */
 	domainOwnerCheck(tup, typename);
 
 	/* Setup new tuple */
@@ -1129,9 +1135,10 @@ AlterDomainDefault(List *names, Node *defaultRaw)
 	{
 		/* Create a dummy ParseState for transformExpr */
 		pstate = make_parsestate(NULL);
+
 		/*
-		 * Cook the colDef->raw_expr into an expression. Note:
-		 * Name is strictly for error message
+		 * Cook the colDef->raw_expr into an expression. Note: Name is
+		 * strictly for error message
 		 */
 		defaultExpr = cookDefault(pstate, defaultRaw,
 								  typTup->typbasetype,
@@ -1139,27 +1146,29 @@ AlterDomainDefault(List *names, Node *defaultRaw)
 								  NameStr(typTup->typname));
 
 		/*
-		 * Expression must be stored as a nodeToString result, but
-		 * we also require a valid textual representation (mainly
-		 * to make life easier for pg_dump).
+		 * Expression must be stored as a nodeToString result, but we also
+		 * require a valid textual representation (mainly to make life
+		 * easier for pg_dump).
 		 */
 		defaultValue = deparse_expression(defaultExpr,
-								  deparse_context_for(NameStr(typTup->typname),
-													  InvalidOid),
+							deparse_context_for(NameStr(typTup->typname),
+												InvalidOid),
 										  false, false);
+
 		/*
 		 * Form an updated tuple with the new default and write it back.
 		 */
 		new_record[Anum_pg_type_typdefaultbin - 1] = DirectFunctionCall1(textin,
-														CStringGetDatum(
-															nodeToString(defaultExpr)));
+														 CStringGetDatum(
+											 nodeToString(defaultExpr)));
 
 		new_record_repl[Anum_pg_type_typdefaultbin - 1] = 'r';
 		new_record[Anum_pg_type_typdefault - 1] = DirectFunctionCall1(textin,
-								   					CStringGetDatum(defaultValue));
+										  CStringGetDatum(defaultValue));
 		new_record_repl[Anum_pg_type_typdefault - 1] = 'r';
 	}
-	else /* Default is NULL, drop it */
+	else
+/* Default is NULL, drop it */
 	{
 		new_record_nulls[Anum_pg_type_typdefaultbin - 1] = 'n';
 		new_record_repl[Anum_pg_type_typdefaultbin - 1] = 'r';
@@ -1168,7 +1177,7 @@ AlterDomainDefault(List *names, Node *defaultRaw)
 	}
 
 	newtuple = heap_modifytuple(tup, rel,
-								new_record, new_record_nulls, new_record_repl);
+						  new_record, new_record_nulls, new_record_repl);
 
 	simple_heap_update(rel, &tup->t_self, newtuple);
 
@@ -1178,7 +1187,7 @@ AlterDomainDefault(List *names, Node *defaultRaw)
 	GenerateTypeDependencies(typTup->typnamespace,
 							 domainoid,
 							 typTup->typrelid,
-							 0,	/* relation kind is n/a */
+							 0, /* relation kind is n/a */
 							 typTup->typinput,
 							 typTup->typoutput,
 							 typTup->typreceive,
@@ -1186,7 +1195,7 @@ AlterDomainDefault(List *names, Node *defaultRaw)
 							 typTup->typelem,
 							 typTup->typbasetype,
 							 defaultExpr,
-							 true); /* Rebuild is true */
+							 true);		/* Rebuild is true */
 
 	/* Clean up */
 	heap_close(rel, NoLock);
@@ -1196,7 +1205,7 @@ AlterDomainDefault(List *names, Node *defaultRaw)
 /*
  * AlterDomainNotNull
  *
- * Routine implementing ALTER DOMAIN SET/DROP NOT NULL statements. 
+ * Routine implementing ALTER DOMAIN SET/DROP NOT NULL statements.
  */
 void
 AlterDomainNotNull(List *names, bool notNull)
@@ -1205,7 +1214,7 @@ AlterDomainNotNull(List *names, bool notNull)
 	Oid			domainoid;
 	Relation	typrel;
 	HeapTuple	tup;
-	Form_pg_type	typTup;
+	Form_pg_type typTup;
 
 	/* Make a TypeName so we can use standard type lookup machinery */
 	typename = makeNode(TypeName);
@@ -1231,7 +1240,7 @@ AlterDomainNotNull(List *names, bool notNull)
 		elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for type %u", domainoid);
 	typTup = (Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(tup);
 
-	/* Doesn't return if user isn't allowed to alter the domain */ 
+	/* Doesn't return if user isn't allowed to alter the domain */
 	domainOwnerCheck(tup, typename);
 
 	/* Is the domain already set to the desired constraint? */
@@ -1248,15 +1257,15 @@ AlterDomainNotNull(List *names, bool notNull)
 	/* Adding a NOT NULL constraint requires checking existing columns */
 	if (notNull)
 	{
-		List   *rels;
-		List   *rt;
+		List	   *rels;
+		List	   *rt;
 
 		/* Fetch relation list with attributes based on this domain */
 		/* ShareLock is sufficient to prevent concurrent data changes */
 
 		rels = get_rels_with_domain(domainoid, ShareLock);
 
-		foreach (rt, rels)
+		foreach(rt, rels)
 		{
 			RelToCheck *rtc = (RelToCheck *) lfirst(rt);
 			Relation	testrel = rtc->rel;
@@ -1268,14 +1277,14 @@ AlterDomainNotNull(List *names, bool notNull)
 			scan = heap_beginscan(testrel, SnapshotNow, 0, NULL);
 			while ((tuple = heap_getnext(scan, ForwardScanDirection)) != NULL)
 			{
-				int		i;
+				int			i;
 
 				/* Test attributes that are of the domain */
 				for (i = 0; i < rtc->natts; i++)
 				{
-					int		attnum = rtc->atts[i];
-					Datum	d;
-					bool	isNull;
+					int			attnum = rtc->atts[i];
+					Datum		d;
+					bool		isNull;
 
 					d = heap_getattr(tuple, attnum, tupdesc, &isNull);
 
@@ -1284,7 +1293,7 @@ AlterDomainNotNull(List *names, bool notNull)
 								(errcode(ERRCODE_NOT_NULL_VIOLATION),
 								 errmsg("relation \"%s\" attribute \"%s\" contains NULL values",
 										RelationGetRelationName(testrel),
-										NameStr(tupdesc->attrs[attnum - 1]->attname))));
+						 NameStr(tupdesc->attrs[attnum - 1]->attname))));
 				}
 			}
 			heap_endscan(scan);
@@ -1295,7 +1304,7 @@ AlterDomainNotNull(List *names, bool notNull)
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Okay to update pg_type row.  We can scribble on typTup because it's
+	 * Okay to update pg_type row.	We can scribble on typTup because it's
 	 * a copy.
 	 */
 	typTup->typnotnull = notNull;
@@ -1321,7 +1330,7 @@ AlterDomainDropConstraint(List *names, const char *constrName, DropBehavior beha
 	Oid			domainoid;
 	HeapTuple	tup;
 	Relation	rel;
-	Form_pg_type	typTup;
+	Form_pg_type typTup;
 	Relation	conrel;
 	SysScanDesc conscan;
 	ScanKeyData key[1];
@@ -1350,7 +1359,7 @@ AlterDomainDropConstraint(List *names, const char *constrName, DropBehavior beha
 	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
 		elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for type %u", domainoid);
 
-	/* Doesn't return if user isn't allowed to alter the domain */ 
+	/* Doesn't return if user isn't allowed to alter the domain */
 	domainOwnerCheck(tup, typename);
 
 	/* Grab an appropriate lock on the pg_constraint relation */
@@ -1403,15 +1412,15 @@ AlterDomainAddConstraint(List *names, Node *newConstraint)
 	Oid			domainoid;
 	Relation	typrel;
 	HeapTuple	tup;
-	Form_pg_type	typTup;
-	List   *rels;
-	List   *rt;
-	EState *estate;
+	Form_pg_type typTup;
+	List	   *rels;
+	List	   *rt;
+	EState	   *estate;
 	ExprContext *econtext;
-	char   *ccbin;
-	Expr   *expr;
-	ExprState *exprstate;
-	int		counter = 0;
+	char	   *ccbin;
+	Expr	   *expr;
+	ExprState  *exprstate;
+	int			counter = 0;
 	Constraint *constr;
 
 	/* Make a TypeName so we can use standard type lookup machinery */
@@ -1438,14 +1447,14 @@ AlterDomainAddConstraint(List *names, Node *newConstraint)
 		elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for type %u", domainoid);
 	typTup = (Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(tup);
 
-	/* Doesn't return if user isn't allowed to alter the domain */ 
+	/* Doesn't return if user isn't allowed to alter the domain */
 	domainOwnerCheck(tup, typename);
 
 	/* Check for unsupported constraint types */
 	if (IsA(newConstraint, FkConstraint))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
-				 errmsg("FOREIGN KEY constraints not supported for domains")));
+		   errmsg("FOREIGN KEY constraints not supported for domains")));
 
 	/* otherwise it should be a plain Constraint */
 	if (!IsA(newConstraint, Constraint))
@@ -1469,20 +1478,20 @@ AlterDomainAddConstraint(List *names, Node *newConstraint)
 					 errmsg("use ALTER DOMAIN .. [ SET | DROP ] NOT NULL instead")));
 			break;
 
-	  	case CONSTR_CHECK:
+		case CONSTR_CHECK:
 			/* processed below */
-	  		break;
+			break;
 
 		case CONSTR_UNIQUE:
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
-					 errmsg("UNIQUE constraints not supported for domains")));
+				errmsg("UNIQUE constraints not supported for domains")));
 			break;
 
 		case CONSTR_PRIMARY:
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
-					 errmsg("PRIMARY KEY constraints not supported for domains")));
+			errmsg("PRIMARY KEY constraints not supported for domains")));
 			break;
 
 		case CONSTR_ATTR_DEFERRABLE:
@@ -1501,18 +1510,18 @@ AlterDomainAddConstraint(List *names, Node *newConstraint)
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Since all other constraint types throw errors, this must be
-	 * a check constraint.  First, process the constraint expression
-	 * and add an entry to pg_constraint.
+	 * Since all other constraint types throw errors, this must be a check
+	 * constraint.	First, process the constraint expression and add an
+	 * entry to pg_constraint.
 	 */
 
 	ccbin = domainAddConstraint(HeapTupleGetOid(tup), typTup->typnamespace,
 								typTup->typbasetype, typTup->typtypmod,
-								constr, &counter, NameStr(typTup->typname));
+							 constr, &counter, NameStr(typTup->typname));
 
 	/*
-	 * Test all values stored in the attributes based on the domain
-	 * the constraint is being added to.
+	 * Test all values stored in the attributes based on the domain the
+	 * constraint is being added to.
 	 */
 	expr = (Expr *) stringToNode(ccbin);
 
@@ -1528,7 +1537,7 @@ AlterDomainAddConstraint(List *names, Node *newConstraint)
 
 	rels = get_rels_with_domain(domainoid, ShareLock);
 
-	foreach (rt, rels)
+	foreach(rt, rels)
 	{
 		RelToCheck *rtc = (RelToCheck *) lfirst(rt);
 		Relation	testrel = rtc->rel;
@@ -1540,15 +1549,15 @@ AlterDomainAddConstraint(List *names, Node *newConstraint)
 		scan = heap_beginscan(testrel, SnapshotNow, 0, NULL);
 		while ((tuple = heap_getnext(scan, ForwardScanDirection)) != NULL)
 		{
-			int		i;
+			int			i;
 
 			/* Test attributes that are of the domain */
 			for (i = 0; i < rtc->natts; i++)
 			{
-				int		attnum = rtc->atts[i];
-				Datum	d;
-				bool	isNull;
-				Datum   conResult;
+				int			attnum = rtc->atts[i];
+				Datum		d;
+				bool		isNull;
+				Datum		conResult;
 
 				d = heap_getattr(tuple, attnum, tupdesc, &isNull);
 
@@ -1564,7 +1573,7 @@ AlterDomainAddConstraint(List *names, Node *newConstraint)
 							(errcode(ERRCODE_CHECK_VIOLATION),
 							 errmsg("relation \"%s\" attribute \"%s\" contains values that violate the new constraint",
 									RelationGetRelationName(testrel),
-									NameStr(tupdesc->attrs[attnum - 1]->attname))));
+						 NameStr(tupdesc->attrs[attnum - 1]->attname))));
 			}
 
 			ResetExprContext(econtext);
@@ -1610,7 +1619,7 @@ AlterDomainAddConstraint(List *names, Node *newConstraint)
 static List *
 get_rels_with_domain(Oid domainOid, LOCKMODE lockmode)
 {
-	List *result = NIL;
+	List	   *result = NIL;
 	Relation	depRel;
 	ScanKeyData key[2];
 	SysScanDesc depScan;
@@ -1634,10 +1643,10 @@ get_rels_with_domain(Oid domainOid, LOCKMODE lockmode)
 
 	while (HeapTupleIsValid(depTup = systable_getnext(depScan)))
 	{
-		Form_pg_depend		pg_depend = (Form_pg_depend) GETSTRUCT(depTup);
+		Form_pg_depend pg_depend = (Form_pg_depend) GETSTRUCT(depTup);
 		RelToCheck *rtc = NULL;
 		List	   *rellist;
-		Form_pg_attribute	pg_att;
+		Form_pg_attribute pg_att;
 		int			ptr;
 
 		/* Ignore dependees that aren't user columns of tables */
@@ -1675,10 +1684,10 @@ get_rels_with_domain(Oid domainOid, LOCKMODE lockmode)
 		}
 
 		/*
-		 * Confirm column has not been dropped, and is of the expected type.
-		 * This defends against an ALTER DROP COLUMN occuring just before
-		 * we acquired lock ... but if the whole table were dropped, we'd
-		 * still have a problem.
+		 * Confirm column has not been dropped, and is of the expected
+		 * type. This defends against an ALTER DROP COLUMN occuring just
+		 * before we acquired lock ... but if the whole table were
+		 * dropped, we'd still have a problem.
 		 */
 		if (pg_depend->objsubid > RelationGetNumberOfAttributes(rtc->rel))
 			continue;
@@ -1687,16 +1696,16 @@ get_rels_with_domain(Oid domainOid, LOCKMODE lockmode)
 			continue;
 
 		/*
-		 * Okay, add column to result.  We store the columns in column-number
-		 * order; this is just a hack to improve predictability of regression
-		 * test output ...
+		 * Okay, add column to result.	We store the columns in
+		 * column-number order; this is just a hack to improve
+		 * predictability of regression test output ...
 		 */
 		Assert(rtc->natts < RelationGetNumberOfAttributes(rtc->rel));
 
 		ptr = rtc->natts++;
-		while (ptr > 0 && rtc->atts[ptr-1] > pg_depend->objsubid)
+		while (ptr > 0 && rtc->atts[ptr - 1] > pg_depend->objsubid)
 		{
-			rtc->atts[ptr] = rtc->atts[ptr-1];
+			rtc->atts[ptr] = rtc->atts[ptr - 1];
 			ptr--;
 		}
 		rtc->atts[ptr] = pg_depend->objsubid;
@@ -1719,7 +1728,7 @@ get_rels_with_domain(Oid domainOid, LOCKMODE lockmode)
 static void
 domainOwnerCheck(HeapTuple tup, TypeName *typename)
 {
-	Form_pg_type	typTup = (Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(tup);
+	Form_pg_type typTup = (Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(tup);
 
 	/* Check that this is actually a domain */
 	if (typTup->typtype != 'd')
@@ -1746,7 +1755,7 @@ domainAddConstraint(Oid domainOid, Oid domainNamespace, Oid baseTypeOid,
 	char	   *ccsrc;
 	char	   *ccbin;
 	ParseState *pstate;
-	CoerceToDomainValue  *domVal;
+	CoerceToDomainValue *domVal;
 
 	/*
 	 * Assign or validate constraint name
@@ -1759,8 +1768,8 @@ domainAddConstraint(Oid domainOid, Oid domainNamespace, Oid baseTypeOid,
 								 constr->name))
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
-					 errmsg("constraint \"%s\" for domain \"%s\" already exists",
-							constr->name, domainName)));
+			 errmsg("constraint \"%s\" for domain \"%s\" already exists",
+					constr->name, domainName)));
 	}
 	else
 		constr->name = GenerateConstraintName(CONSTRAINT_DOMAIN,
@@ -1775,10 +1784,10 @@ domainAddConstraint(Oid domainOid, Oid domainNamespace, Oid baseTypeOid,
 
 	/*
 	 * Set up a CoerceToDomainValue to represent the occurrence of VALUE
-	 * in the expression.  Note that it will appear to have the type of the
-	 * base type, not the domain.  This seems correct since within the
-	 * check expression, we should not assume the input value can be considered
-	 * a member of the domain.
+	 * in the expression.  Note that it will appear to have the type of
+	 * the base type, not the domain.  This seems correct since within the
+	 * check expression, we should not assume the input value can be
+	 * considered a member of the domain.
 	 */
 	domVal = makeNode(CoerceToDomainValue);
 	domVal->typeId = baseTypeOid;
@@ -1841,13 +1850,13 @@ domainAddConstraint(Oid domainOid, Oid domainNamespace, Oid baseTypeOid,
 	/*
 	 * Store the constraint in pg_constraint
 	 */
-	CreateConstraintEntry(constr->name,		/* Constraint Name */
-						  domainNamespace,	/* namespace */
+	CreateConstraintEntry(constr->name, /* Constraint Name */
+						  domainNamespace,		/* namespace */
 						  CONSTRAINT_CHECK,		/* Constraint Type */
 						  false,	/* Is Deferrable */
 						  false,	/* Is Deferred */
-						  InvalidOid,		/* not a relation constraint */
-						  NULL,	
+						  InvalidOid,	/* not a relation constraint */
+						  NULL,
 						  0,
 						  domainOid,	/* domain constraint */
 						  InvalidOid,	/* Foreign key fields */
@@ -1857,13 +1866,13 @@ domainAddConstraint(Oid domainOid, Oid domainNamespace, Oid baseTypeOid,
 						  ' ',
 						  ' ',
 						  InvalidOid,
-						  expr, 	/* Tree form check constraint */
+						  expr, /* Tree form check constraint */
 						  ccbin,	/* Binary form check constraint */
-						  ccsrc);	/* Source form check constraint */
+						  ccsrc);		/* Source form check constraint */
 
 	/*
-	 * Return the compiled constraint expression so the calling routine can
-	 * perform any additional required tests.
+	 * Return the compiled constraint expression so the calling routine
+	 * can perform any additional required tests.
 	 */
 	return ccbin;
 }
@@ -1893,7 +1902,7 @@ GetDomainConstraints(Oid typeOid)
 		Form_pg_type typTup;
 		ScanKeyData key[1];
 		SysScanDesc scan;
-		
+
 		tup = SearchSysCache(TYPEOID,
 							 ObjectIdGetDatum(typeOid),
 							 0, 0, 0);
@@ -1915,17 +1924,20 @@ GetDomainConstraints(Oid typeOid)
 
 		while (HeapTupleIsValid(conTup = systable_getnext(scan)))
 		{
-			Form_pg_constraint	c = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(conTup);
-			Datum	val;
-			bool	isNull;
-			Expr   *check_expr;
+			Form_pg_constraint c = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(conTup);
+			Datum		val;
+			bool		isNull;
+			Expr	   *check_expr;
 			DomainConstraintState *r;
 
 			/* Ignore non-CHECK constraints (presently, shouldn't be any) */
 			if (c->contype != CONSTRAINT_CHECK)
 				continue;
 
-			/* Not expecting conbin to be NULL, but we'll test for it anyway */
+			/*
+			 * Not expecting conbin to be NULL, but we'll test for it
+			 * anyway
+			 */
 			val = fastgetattr(conTup, Anum_pg_constraint_conbin,
 							  conRel->rd_att, &isNull);
 			if (isNull)
@@ -1945,8 +1957,8 @@ GetDomainConstraints(Oid typeOid)
 			r->check_expr = ExecInitExpr(check_expr, NULL);
 
 			/*
-			 * use lcons() here because constraints of lower domains should
-			 * be applied earlier.
+			 * use lcons() here because constraints of lower domains
+			 * should be applied earlier.
 			 */
 			result = lcons(r, result);
 		}
@@ -2003,7 +2015,7 @@ AlterTypeOwner(List *names, AclId newOwnerSysId)
 	Oid			typeOid;
 	Relation	rel;
 	HeapTuple	tup;
-	Form_pg_type	typTup;
+	Form_pg_type typTup;
 
 	/* Make a TypeName so we can use standard type lookup machinery */
 	typename = makeNode(TypeName);
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/user.c b/src/backend/commands/user.c
index 36416a5232f..117eef1e750 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/user.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/user.c
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/user.c,v 1.122 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/user.c,v 1.123 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -146,12 +146,12 @@ write_group_file(Relation grel)
 	if (fp == NULL)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode_for_file_access(),
-				 errmsg("could not write temp file \"%s\": %m", tempname)));
+			  errmsg("could not write temp file \"%s\": %m", tempname)));
 
 	/*
-	 * Read pg_group and write the file.  Note we use SnapshotSelf to ensure
-	 * we see all effects of current transaction.  (Perhaps could do a
-	 * CommandCounterIncrement beforehand, instead?)
+	 * Read pg_group and write the file.  Note we use SnapshotSelf to
+	 * ensure we see all effects of current transaction.  (Perhaps could
+	 * do a CommandCounterIncrement beforehand, instead?)
 	 */
 	scan = heap_beginscan(grel, SnapshotSelf, 0, NULL);
 	while ((tuple = heap_getnext(scan, ForwardScanDirection)) != NULL)
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ write_group_file(Relation grel)
 				if (usename[j] != '\0')
 				{
 					ereport(LOG,
-							(errmsg("invalid user name \"%s\"", usename)));
+						  (errmsg("invalid user name \"%s\"", usename)));
 					continue;
 				}
 
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ write_group_file(Relation grel)
 	if (ferror(fp))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode_for_file_access(),
-				 errmsg("could not write temp file \"%s\": %m", tempname)));
+			  errmsg("could not write temp file \"%s\": %m", tempname)));
 	FreeFile(fp);
 
 	/*
@@ -294,12 +294,12 @@ write_user_file(Relation urel)
 	if (fp == NULL)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode_for_file_access(),
-				 errmsg("could not write temp file \"%s\": %m", tempname)));
+			  errmsg("could not write temp file \"%s\": %m", tempname)));
 
 	/*
-	 * Read pg_shadow and write the file.  Note we use SnapshotSelf to ensure
-	 * we see all effects of current transaction.  (Perhaps could do a
-	 * CommandCounterIncrement beforehand, instead?)
+	 * Read pg_shadow and write the file.  Note we use SnapshotSelf to
+	 * ensure we see all effects of current transaction.  (Perhaps could
+	 * do a CommandCounterIncrement beforehand, instead?)
 	 */
 	scan = heap_beginscan(urel, SnapshotSelf, 0, NULL);
 	while ((tuple = heap_getnext(scan, ForwardScanDirection)) != NULL)
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ write_user_file(Relation urel)
 	if (ferror(fp))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode_for_file_access(),
-				 errmsg("could not write temp file \"%s\": %m", tempname)));
+			  errmsg("could not write temp file \"%s\": %m", tempname)));
 	FreeFile(fp);
 
 	/*
@@ -430,10 +430,10 @@ AtEOXact_UpdatePasswordFile(bool isCommit)
 	Relation	urel = NULL;
 	Relation	grel = NULL;
 
-	if (! (user_file_update_needed || group_file_update_needed))
+	if (!(user_file_update_needed || group_file_update_needed))
 		return;
 
-	if (! isCommit)
+	if (!isCommit)
 	{
 		user_file_update_needed = false;
 		group_file_update_needed = false;
@@ -441,12 +441,12 @@ AtEOXact_UpdatePasswordFile(bool isCommit)
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * We use ExclusiveLock to ensure that only one backend writes the flat
-	 * file(s) at a time.  That's sufficient because it's okay to allow plain
-	 * reads of the tables in parallel.  There is some chance of a deadlock
-	 * here (if we were triggered by a user update of pg_shadow or pg_group,
-	 * which likely won't have gotten a strong enough lock), so get the locks
-	 * we need before writing anything.
+	 * We use ExclusiveLock to ensure that only one backend writes the
+	 * flat file(s) at a time.	That's sufficient because it's okay to
+	 * allow plain reads of the tables in parallel.  There is some chance
+	 * of a deadlock here (if we were triggered by a user update of
+	 * pg_shadow or pg_group, which likely won't have gotten a strong
+	 * enough lock), so get the locks we need before writing anything.
 	 */
 	if (user_file_update_needed)
 		urel = heap_openr(ShadowRelationName, ExclusiveLock);
@@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@ DropUser(DropUserStmt *stmt)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_IN_USE),
 					 errmsg("user \"%s\" cannot be dropped", user),
-					 errdetail("The user owns database \"%s\".", dbname)));
+				   errdetail("The user owns database \"%s\".", dbname)));
 		}
 
 		heap_endscan(scan);
@@ -1172,10 +1172,10 @@ RenameUser(const char *oldname, const char *newname)
 				 errmsg("user \"%s\" does not exist", oldname)));
 
 	/*
-	 * XXX Client applications probably store the session user
-	 * somewhere, so renaming it could cause confusion.  On the other
-	 * hand, there may not be an actual problem besides a little
-	 * confusion, so think about this and decide.
+	 * XXX Client applications probably store the session user somewhere,
+	 * so renaming it could cause confusion.  On the other hand, there may
+	 * not be an actual problem besides a little confusion, so think about
+	 * this and decide.
 	 */
 	if (((Form_pg_shadow) GETSTRUCT(tup))->usesysid == GetSessionUserId())
 		ereport(ERROR,
@@ -1221,14 +1221,14 @@ CheckPgUserAclNotNull(void)
 	htup = SearchSysCache(RELOID,
 						  ObjectIdGetDatum(RelOid_pg_shadow),
 						  0, 0, 0);
-	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(htup)) /* should not happen, we hope */
+	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(htup))	/* should not happen, we hope */
 		elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", RelOid_pg_shadow);
 
 	if (heap_attisnull(htup, Anum_pg_class_relacl))
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
-				 errmsg("before using passwords you must revoke permissions on %s",
-						ShadowRelationName),
+		errmsg("before using passwords you must revoke permissions on %s",
+			   ShadowRelationName),
 				 errdetail("This restriction is to prevent unprivileged users from reading the passwords."),
 				 errhint("Try 'REVOKE ALL ON \"%s\" FROM PUBLIC'.",
 						 ShadowRelationName)));
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/vacuum.c b/src/backend/commands/vacuum.c
index e73ace27c27..9dc0d9a8996 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/vacuum.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/vacuum.c
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/vacuum.c,v 1.257 2003/07/20 21:56:34 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/vacuum.c,v 1.258 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -287,24 +287,25 @@ vacuum(VacuumStmt *vacstmt)
 
 		if (vacstmt->vacuum)
 		{
-			if (! vacuum_rel(relid, vacstmt, RELKIND_RELATION))
-				all_rels = false; /* forget about updating dbstats */
+			if (!vacuum_rel(relid, vacstmt, RELKIND_RELATION))
+				all_rels = false;		/* forget about updating dbstats */
 		}
 		if (vacstmt->analyze)
 		{
 			MemoryContext old_context = NULL;
 
 			/*
-			 * If we vacuumed, use new transaction for analyze.
-			 * Otherwise, we can use the outer transaction, but we still
-			 * need to call analyze_rel in a memory context that will be
-			 * cleaned up on return (else we leak memory while processing
-			 * multiple tables).
+			 * If we vacuumed, use new transaction for analyze. Otherwise,
+			 * we can use the outer transaction, but we still need to call
+			 * analyze_rel in a memory context that will be cleaned up on
+			 * return (else we leak memory while processing multiple
+			 * tables).
 			 */
 			if (vacstmt->vacuum)
 			{
 				StartTransactionCommand();
-				SetQuerySnapshot();	/* might be needed for functions in indexes */
+				SetQuerySnapshot();		/* might be needed for functions
+										 * in indexes */
 			}
 			else
 				old_context = MemoryContextSwitchTo(anl_context);
@@ -734,7 +735,8 @@ vacuum_rel(Oid relid, VacuumStmt *vacstmt, char expected_relkind)
 
 	/* Begin a transaction for vacuuming this relation */
 	StartTransactionCommand();
-	SetQuerySnapshot();			/* might be needed for functions in indexes */
+	SetQuerySnapshot();			/* might be needed for functions in
+								 * indexes */
 
 	/*
 	 * Check for user-requested abort.	Note we want this to be inside a
@@ -812,7 +814,8 @@ vacuum_rel(Oid relid, VacuumStmt *vacstmt, char expected_relkind)
 	{
 		relation_close(onerel, lmode);
 		CommitTransactionCommand();
-		return true;			/* assume no long-lived data in temp tables */
+		return true;			/* assume no long-lived data in temp
+								 * tables */
 	}
 
 	/*
@@ -860,7 +863,7 @@ vacuum_rel(Oid relid, VacuumStmt *vacstmt, char expected_relkind)
 	 */
 	if (toast_relid != InvalidOid)
 	{
-		if (! vacuum_rel(toast_relid, vacstmt, RELKIND_TOASTVALUE))
+		if (!vacuum_rel(toast_relid, vacstmt, RELKIND_TOASTVALUE))
 			result = false;		/* failed to vacuum the TOAST table? */
 	}
 
@@ -1087,8 +1090,8 @@ scan_heap(VRelStats *vacrelstats, Relation onerel,
 		if (PageIsNew(page))
 		{
 			ereport(WARNING,
-					(errmsg("relation \"%s\" page %u is uninitialized --- fixing",
-							relname, blkno)));
+			(errmsg("relation \"%s\" page %u is uninitialized --- fixing",
+					relname, blkno)));
 			PageInit(page, BufferGetPageSize(buf), 0);
 			vacpage->free = ((PageHeader) page)->pd_upper - ((PageHeader) page)->pd_lower;
 			free_space += vacpage->free;
@@ -1314,7 +1317,8 @@ scan_heap(VRelStats *vacrelstats, Relation onerel,
 
 		/*
 		 * Include the page in empty_end_pages if it will be empty after
-		 * vacuuming; this is to keep us from using it as a move destination.
+		 * vacuuming; this is to keep us from using it as a move
+		 * destination.
 		 */
 		if (notup)
 		{
@@ -1382,9 +1386,9 @@ scan_heap(VRelStats *vacrelstats, Relation onerel,
 					RelationGetRelationName(onerel),
 					tups_vacuumed, num_tuples, nblocks),
 			 errdetail("%.0f dead tuples cannot be removed yet.\n"
-					   "Nonremovable tuples range from %lu to %lu bytes long.\n"
+				"Nonremovable tuples range from %lu to %lu bytes long.\n"
 					   "There were %.0f unused item pointers.\n"
-					   "Total free space (including removable tuples) is %.0f bytes.\n"
+		 "Total free space (including removable tuples) is %.0f bytes.\n"
 					   "%u pages are or will become empty, including %u at the end of the table.\n"
 					   "%u pages containing %.0f free bytes are potential move destinations.\n"
 					   "%s",
@@ -2380,8 +2384,8 @@ repair_frag(VRelStats *vacrelstats, Relation onerel,
 	/*
 	 * It'd be cleaner to make this report at the bottom of this routine,
 	 * but then the rusage would double-count the second pass of index
-	 * vacuuming.  So do it here and ignore the relatively small amount
-	 * of processing that occurs below.
+	 * vacuuming.  So do it here and ignore the relatively small amount of
+	 * processing that occurs below.
 	 */
 	ereport(elevel,
 			(errmsg("\"%s\": moved %u tuples, truncated %u to %u pages",
@@ -2735,7 +2739,7 @@ vacuum_index(VacPageList vacpagelist, Relation indrel,
 					stats->num_index_tuples,
 					stats->num_pages),
 			 errdetail("%.0f index tuples were removed.\n"
-					   "%u index pages have been deleted, %u are currently reusable.\n"
+		 "%u index pages have been deleted, %u are currently reusable.\n"
 					   "%s",
 					   stats->tuples_removed,
 					   stats->pages_deleted, stats->pages_free,
@@ -2752,7 +2756,7 @@ vacuum_index(VacPageList vacpagelist, Relation indrel,
 			ereport(WARNING,
 					(errmsg("index \"%s\" contains %.0f tuples, but table contains %.0f tuples",
 							RelationGetRelationName(indrel),
-							stats->num_index_tuples, num_tuples + keep_tuples),
+					  stats->num_index_tuples, num_tuples + keep_tuples),
 					 errhint("Rebuild the index with REINDEX.")));
 	}
 
@@ -2837,13 +2841,14 @@ vac_update_fsm(Relation onerel, VacPageList fraged_pages,
 
 	/*
 	 * We only report pages with free space at least equal to the average
-	 * request size --- this avoids cluttering FSM with uselessly-small bits
-	 * of space.  Although FSM would discard pages with little free space
-	 * anyway, it's important to do this prefiltering because (a) it reduces
-	 * the time spent holding the FSM lock in RecordRelationFreeSpace, and
-	 * (b) FSM uses the number of pages reported as a statistic for guiding
-	 * space management.  If we didn't threshold our reports the same way
-	 * vacuumlazy.c does, we'd be skewing that statistic.
+	 * request size --- this avoids cluttering FSM with uselessly-small
+	 * bits of space.  Although FSM would discard pages with little free
+	 * space anyway, it's important to do this prefiltering because (a) it
+	 * reduces the time spent holding the FSM lock in
+	 * RecordRelationFreeSpace, and (b) FSM uses the number of pages
+	 * reported as a statistic for guiding space management.  If we didn't
+	 * threshold our reports the same way vacuumlazy.c does, we'd be
+	 * skewing that statistic.
 	 */
 	threshold = GetAvgFSMRequestSize(&onerel->rd_node);
 
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/vacuumlazy.c b/src/backend/commands/vacuumlazy.c
index f0be98a23ed..65af960be8e 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/vacuumlazy.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/vacuumlazy.c
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/vacuumlazy.c,v 1.29 2003/07/20 21:56:34 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/vacuumlazy.c,v 1.30 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ typedef struct LVRelStats
 	bool		fs_is_heap;		/* are we using heap organization? */
 	int			num_free_pages; /* current # of entries */
 	int			max_free_pages; /* # slots allocated in array */
-	PageFreeSpaceInfo *free_pages;	/* array or heap of blkno/avail */
+	PageFreeSpaceInfo *free_pages;		/* array or heap of blkno/avail */
 } LVRelStats;
 
 
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ lazy_vacuum_rel(Relation onerel, VacuumStmt *vacstmt)
 	 */
 	possibly_freeable = vacrelstats->rel_pages - vacrelstats->nonempty_pages;
 	if (possibly_freeable >= REL_TRUNCATE_MINIMUM ||
-		possibly_freeable >= vacrelstats->rel_pages / REL_TRUNCATE_FRACTION)
+	 possibly_freeable >= vacrelstats->rel_pages / REL_TRUNCATE_FRACTION)
 		lazy_truncate_heap(onerel, vacrelstats);
 
 	/* Update shared free space map with final free space info */
@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ lazy_vacuum_index(Relation indrel, LVRelStats *vacrelstats)
 					stats->num_index_tuples,
 					stats->num_pages),
 			 errdetail("%.0f index tuples were removed.\n"
-					   "%u index pages have been deleted, %u are currently reusable.\n"
+		 "%u index pages have been deleted, %u are currently reusable.\n"
 					   "%s",
 					   stats->tuples_removed,
 					   stats->pages_deleted, stats->pages_free,
@@ -966,16 +966,18 @@ lazy_record_free_space(LVRelStats *vacrelstats,
 	/*
 	 * A page with less than stats->threshold free space will be forgotten
 	 * immediately, and never passed to the free space map.  Removing the
-	 * uselessly small entries early saves cycles, and in particular reduces
-	 * the amount of time we spend holding the FSM lock when we finally call
-	 * RecordRelationFreeSpace.  Since the FSM will probably drop pages with
-	 * little free space anyway, there's no point in making this really small.
+	 * uselessly small entries early saves cycles, and in particular
+	 * reduces the amount of time we spend holding the FSM lock when we
+	 * finally call RecordRelationFreeSpace.  Since the FSM will probably
+	 * drop pages with little free space anyway, there's no point in
+	 * making this really small.
 	 *
-	 * XXX Is it worth trying to measure average tuple size, and using that to
-	 * adjust the threshold?  Would be worthwhile if FSM has no stats yet
-	 * for this relation.  But changing the threshold as we scan the rel
-	 * might lead to bizarre behavior, too.  Also, it's probably better if
-	 * vacuum.c has the same thresholding behavior as we do here.
+	 * XXX Is it worth trying to measure average tuple size, and using that
+	 * to adjust the threshold?  Would be worthwhile if FSM has no stats
+	 * yet for this relation.  But changing the threshold as we scan the
+	 * rel might lead to bizarre behavior, too.  Also, it's probably
+	 * better if vacuum.c has the same thresholding behavior as we do
+	 * here.
 	 */
 	if (avail < vacrelstats->threshold)
 		return;
@@ -996,7 +998,7 @@ lazy_record_free_space(LVRelStats *vacrelstats,
 	/*----------
 	 * The rest of this routine works with "heap" organization of the
 	 * free space arrays, wherein we maintain the heap property
-	 *			avail[(j-1) div 2] <= avail[j]  for 0 < j < n.
+	 *			avail[(j-1) div 2] <= avail[j]	for 0 < j < n.
 	 * In particular, the zero'th element always has the smallest available
 	 * space and can be discarded to make room for a new page with more space.
 	 * See Knuth's discussion of heap-based priority queues, sec 5.2.3;
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/variable.c b/src/backend/commands/variable.c
index e0b041636e6..07dfca13c84 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/variable.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/variable.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/variable.c,v 1.85 2003/07/29 00:03:18 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/variable.c,v 1.86 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
  * to duplicate the test in AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE.
  */
 #ifdef HAVE_TZNAME
-#ifndef tzname /* For SGI.  */
+#ifndef tzname					/* For SGI.  */
 extern char *tzname[];
 #endif
 #endif
@@ -273,12 +273,11 @@ static void
 clear_tz(void)
 {
 	/*
-	 * unsetenv() works fine, but is BSD, not POSIX, and is not
-	 * available under Solaris, among others. Apparently putenv()
-	 * called as below clears the process-specific environment
-	 * variables.  Other reasonable arguments to putenv() (e.g.
-	 * "TZ=", "TZ", "") result in a core dump (under Linux
-	 * anyway). - thomas 1998-01-26
+	 * unsetenv() works fine, but is BSD, not POSIX, and is not available
+	 * under Solaris, among others. Apparently putenv() called as below
+	 * clears the process-specific environment variables.  Other
+	 * reasonable arguments to putenv() (e.g. "TZ=", "TZ", "") result in a
+	 * core dump (under Linux anyway). - thomas 1998-01-26
 	 */
 	if (tzbuf[0] == 'T')
 	{
@@ -298,14 +297,14 @@ clear_tz(void)
  *
  * If tzname[1] is a nonempty string, *or* the global timezone variable is
  * not zero, then tzset must have recognized the TZ value as something
- * different from UTC.  Return true.
+ * different from UTC.	Return true.
  *
  * Otherwise, check to see if the TZ name is a known spelling of "UTC"
  * (ie, appears in our internal tables as a timezone equivalent to UTC).
  * If so, accept it.
  *
  * This will reject nonstandard spellings of UTC unless tzset() chose to
- * set tzname[1] as well as tzname[0].  The glibc version of tzset() will
+ * set tzname[1] as well as tzname[0].	The glibc version of tzset() will
  * do so, but on other systems we may be tightening the spec a little.
  *
  * Another problem is that on some platforms (eg HPUX), if tzset thinks the
@@ -337,8 +336,8 @@ tzset_succeeded(const char *tz)
 		return true;
 
 	/*
-	 * Check for known spellings of "UTC".  Note we must downcase the input
-	 * before passing it to DecodePosixTimezone().
+	 * Check for known spellings of "UTC".	Note we must downcase the
+	 * input before passing it to DecodePosixTimezone().
 	 */
 	StrNCpy(tztmp, tz, sizeof(tztmp));
 	for (cp = tztmp; *cp; cp++)
@@ -368,7 +367,7 @@ tz_acceptable(void)
 
 	/*
 	 * To detect leap-second timekeeping, compute the time_t value for
-	 * local midnight, 2000-01-01.  Insist that this be a multiple of 60;
+	 * local midnight, 2000-01-01.	Insist that this be a multiple of 60;
 	 * any partial-minute offset has to be due to leap seconds.
 	 */
 	MemSet(&tt, 0, sizeof(tt));
@@ -399,7 +398,7 @@ assign_timezone(const char *value, bool doit, bool interactive)
 	 */
 	if (!have_saved_tz)
 	{
-		char   *orig_tz = getenv("TZ");
+		char	   *orig_tz = getenv("TZ");
 
 		if (orig_tz)
 			StrNCpy(orig_tzbuf, orig_tz, sizeof(orig_tzbuf));
@@ -434,9 +433,9 @@ assign_timezone(const char *value, bool doit, bool interactive)
 
 		/*
 		 * Try to parse it.  XXX an invalid interval format will result in
-		 * ereport, which is not desirable for GUC.  We did what we could to
-		 * guard against this in flatten_set_variable_args, but a string
-		 * coming in from postgresql.conf might contain anything.
+		 * ereport, which is not desirable for GUC.  We did what we could
+		 * to guard against this in flatten_set_variable_args, but a
+		 * string coming in from postgresql.conf might contain anything.
 		 */
 		interval = DatumGetIntervalP(DirectFunctionCall3(interval_in,
 													CStringGetDatum(val),
@@ -455,7 +454,7 @@ assign_timezone(const char *value, bool doit, bool interactive)
 		if (doit)
 		{
 			/* Here we change from SQL to Unix sign convention */
-			CTimeZone = - interval->time;
+			CTimeZone = -interval->time;
 			HasCTZSet = true;
 		}
 		pfree(interval);
@@ -471,22 +470,22 @@ assign_timezone(const char *value, bool doit, bool interactive)
 			if (doit)
 			{
 				/* Here we change from SQL to Unix sign convention */
-				CTimeZone = - hours * 3600;
+				CTimeZone = -hours * 3600;
 				HasCTZSet = true;
 			}
 		}
 		else if (strcasecmp(value, "UNKNOWN") == 0)
 		{
 			/*
-			 * UNKNOWN is the value shown as the "default" for TimeZone
-			 * in guc.c.  We interpret it as meaning the original TZ
-			 * inherited from the environment.  Note that if there is an
-			 * original TZ setting, we will return that rather than UNKNOWN
-			 * as the canonical spelling.
+			 * UNKNOWN is the value shown as the "default" for TimeZone in
+			 * guc.c.  We interpret it as meaning the original TZ
+			 * inherited from the environment.	Note that if there is an
+			 * original TZ setting, we will return that rather than
+			 * UNKNOWN as the canonical spelling.
 			 */
 			if (doit)
 			{
-				bool	ok;
+				bool		ok;
 
 				/* Revert to original setting of TZ, whatever it was */
 				if (orig_tzbuf[0])
@@ -516,14 +515,14 @@ assign_timezone(const char *value, bool doit, bool interactive)
 			 * Otherwise assume it is a timezone name.
 			 *
 			 * We have to actually apply the change before we can have any
-			 * hope of checking it.  So, save the old value in case we have
-			 * to back out.  Note that it's possible the old setting is in
-			 * tzbuf, so we'd better copy it.
+			 * hope of checking it.  So, save the old value in case we
+			 * have to back out.  Note that it's possible the old setting
+			 * is in tzbuf, so we'd better copy it.
 			 */
-			char	save_tzbuf[TZBUF_LEN];
-			char   *save_tz;
-			bool	known,
-					acceptable;
+			char		save_tzbuf[TZBUF_LEN];
+			char	   *save_tz;
+			bool		known,
+						acceptable;
 
 			save_tz = getenv("TZ");
 			if (save_tz)
@@ -563,8 +562,8 @@ assign_timezone(const char *value, bool doit, bool interactive)
 				{
 					ereport(interactive ? ERROR : LOG,
 							(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
-							 errmsg("timezone \"%s\" appears to use leap seconds",
-									value),
+					errmsg("timezone \"%s\" appears to use leap seconds",
+						   value),
 							 errdetail("PostgreSQL does not support leap seconds")));
 					return NULL;
 				}
@@ -609,7 +608,7 @@ show_timezone(void)
 		Interval	interval;
 
 		interval.month = 0;
-		interval.time = - CTimeZone;
+		interval.time = -CTimeZone;
 
 		tzn = DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(interval_out,
 										  IntervalPGetDatum(&interval)));
@@ -703,16 +702,16 @@ assign_client_encoding(const char *value, bool doit, bool interactive)
 	/*
 	 * Note: if we are in startup phase then SetClientEncoding may not be
 	 * able to really set the encoding.  In this case we will assume that
-	 * the encoding is okay, and InitializeClientEncoding() will fix things
-	 * once initialization is complete.
+	 * the encoding is okay, and InitializeClientEncoding() will fix
+	 * things once initialization is complete.
 	 */
 	if (SetClientEncoding(encoding, doit) < 0)
 	{
 		if (interactive)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
-					 errmsg("conversion between %s and %s is not supported",
-							value, GetDatabaseEncodingName())));
+				  errmsg("conversion between %s and %s is not supported",
+						 value, GetDatabaseEncodingName())));
 		return NULL;
 	}
 	return value;
@@ -758,12 +757,12 @@ assign_session_authorization(const char *value, bool doit, bool interactive)
 		/* not a saved ID, so look it up */
 		HeapTuple	userTup;
 
-		if (! IsTransactionState())
+		if (!IsTransactionState())
 		{
 			/*
 			 * Can't do catalog lookups, so fail.  The upshot of this is
-			 * that session_authorization cannot be set in postgresql.conf,
-			 * which seems like a good thing anyway.
+			 * that session_authorization cannot be set in
+			 * postgresql.conf, which seems like a good thing anyway.
 			 */
 			return NULL;
 		}
@@ -782,7 +781,7 @@ assign_session_authorization(const char *value, bool doit, bool interactive)
 
 		usesysid = ((Form_pg_shadow) GETSTRUCT(userTup))->usesysid;
 		is_superuser = ((Form_pg_shadow) GETSTRUCT(userTup))->usesuper;
-		
+
 		ReleaseSysCache(userTup);
 	}
 
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/view.c b/src/backend/commands/view.c
index e12ae0af686..9c3b372b3f7 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/view.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/view.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/view.c,v 1.75 2003/08/01 00:15:20 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/view.c,v 1.76 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -190,8 +190,8 @@ checkViewTupleDesc(TupleDesc newdesc, TupleDesc olddesc)
 			newattr->atttypmod != oldattr->atttypmod)
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
-					 errmsg("cannot change datatype of view column \"%s\"",
-							NameStr(oldattr->attname))));
+				   errmsg("cannot change datatype of view column \"%s\"",
+						  NameStr(oldattr->attname))));
 		/* We can ignore the remaining attributes of an attribute... */
 	}
 
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/execAmi.c b/src/backend/executor/execAmi.c
index 61974827b3b..9267d362ddd 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/execAmi.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/execAmi.c
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- *	$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execAmi.c,v 1.72 2003/07/21 17:05:00 tgl Exp $
+ *	$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execAmi.c,v 1.73 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 void
-ExecReScan(PlanState *node, ExprContext *exprCtxt)
+ExecReScan(PlanState * node, ExprContext *exprCtxt)
 {
 	/* If collecting timing stats, update them */
 	if (node->instrument)
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ ExecReScan(PlanState *node, ExprContext *exprCtxt)
 
 		foreach(lst, node->initPlan)
 		{
-			SubPlanState  *sstate = (SubPlanState *) lfirst(lst);
+			SubPlanState *sstate = (SubPlanState *) lfirst(lst);
 			PlanState  *splan = sstate->planstate;
 
 			if (splan->plan->extParam != NULL)	/* don't care about child
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ ExecReScan(PlanState *node, ExprContext *exprCtxt)
 		}
 		foreach(lst, node->subPlan)
 		{
-			SubPlanState  *sstate = (SubPlanState *) lfirst(lst);
+			SubPlanState *sstate = (SubPlanState *) lfirst(lst);
 			PlanState  *splan = sstate->planstate;
 
 			if (splan->plan->extParam != NULL)
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ ExecReScan(PlanState *node, ExprContext *exprCtxt)
  * Marks the current scan position.
  */
 void
-ExecMarkPos(PlanState *node)
+ExecMarkPos(PlanState * node)
 {
 	switch (nodeTag(node))
 	{
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ ExecMarkPos(PlanState *node)
  * restores the scan position previously saved with ExecMarkPos()
  */
 void
-ExecRestrPos(PlanState *node)
+ExecRestrPos(PlanState * node)
 {
 	switch (nodeTag(node))
 	{
@@ -302,16 +302,16 @@ ExecSupportsBackwardScan(Plan *node)
 				return false;
 
 		case T_Append:
-		{
-			List   *l;
-
-			foreach(l, ((Append *) node)->appendplans)
 			{
-				if (!ExecSupportsBackwardScan((Plan *) lfirst(l)))
-					return false;
+				List	   *l;
+
+				foreach(l, ((Append *) node)->appendplans)
+				{
+					if (!ExecSupportsBackwardScan((Plan *) lfirst(l)))
+						return false;
+				}
+				return true;
 			}
-			return true;
-		}
 
 		case T_SeqScan:
 		case T_IndexScan:
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/execGrouping.c b/src/backend/executor/execGrouping.c
index 3f9c6d0d47d..8b0962ba9be 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/execGrouping.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/execGrouping.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execGrouping.c,v 1.4 2003/07/21 17:05:08 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execGrouping.c,v 1.5 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ execTuplesHashPrepare(TupleDesc tupdesc,
 		eq_function = oprfuncid(optup);
 		ReleaseSysCache(optup);
 		hash_function = get_op_hash_function(eq_opr);
-		if (!OidIsValid(hash_function))	/* should not happen */
+		if (!OidIsValid(hash_function)) /* should not happen */
 			elog(ERROR, "could not find hash function for hash operator %u",
 				 eq_opr);
 		fmgr_info(eq_function, &(*eqfunctions)[i]);
@@ -289,8 +289,8 @@ BuildTupleHashTable(int numCols, AttrNumber *keyColIdx,
 					int nbuckets, Size entrysize,
 					MemoryContext tablecxt, MemoryContext tempcxt)
 {
-	TupleHashTable	hashtable;
-	Size			tabsize;
+	TupleHashTable hashtable;
+	Size		tabsize;
 
 	Assert(nbuckets > 0);
 	Assert(entrysize >= sizeof(TupleHashEntryData));
@@ -411,9 +411,9 @@ LookupTupleHashEntry(TupleHashTable hashtable, TupleTableSlot *slot,
  * Iterator state must be initialized with ResetTupleHashIterator() macro.
  */
 TupleHashEntry
-ScanTupleHashTable(TupleHashTable hashtable, TupleHashIterator *state)
+ScanTupleHashTable(TupleHashTable hashtable, TupleHashIterator * state)
 {
-	TupleHashEntry	entry;
+	TupleHashEntry entry;
 
 	entry = state->next_entry;
 	while (entry == NULL)
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/execMain.c b/src/backend/executor/execMain.c
index ded748d5bf8..ae58bb130f7 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/execMain.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/execMain.c
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execMain.c,v 1.212 2003/08/01 00:15:20 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execMain.c,v 1.213 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ static void initResultRelInfo(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo,
 				  Index resultRelationIndex,
 				  List *rangeTable,
 				  CmdType operation);
-static TupleTableSlot *ExecutePlan(EState *estate, PlanState *planstate,
+static TupleTableSlot *ExecutePlan(EState *estate, PlanState * planstate,
 			CmdType operation,
 			long numberTuples,
 			ScanDirection direction,
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ static void EndEvalPlanQual(EState *estate);
 static void ExecCheckRTEPerms(RangeTblEntry *rte, CmdType operation);
 static void ExecCheckXactReadOnly(Query *parsetree, CmdType operation);
 static void EvalPlanQualStart(evalPlanQual *epq, EState *estate,
-							  evalPlanQual *priorepq);
+				  evalPlanQual *priorepq);
 static void EvalPlanQualStop(evalPlanQual *epq);
 
 /* end of local decls */
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ static void EvalPlanQualStop(evalPlanQual *epq);
  *		query plan
  *
  * Takes a QueryDesc previously created by CreateQueryDesc (it's not real
- * clear why we bother to separate the two functions, but...).  The tupDesc
+ * clear why we bother to separate the two functions, but...).	The tupDesc
  * field of the QueryDesc is filled in to describe the tuples that will be
  * returned, and the internal fields (estate and planstate) are set up.
  *
@@ -122,8 +122,8 @@ ExecutorStart(QueryDesc *queryDesc, bool explainOnly)
 	Assert(queryDesc->estate == NULL);
 
 	/*
-	 * If the transaction is read-only, we need to check if any writes
-	 * are planned to non-temporary tables.
+	 * If the transaction is read-only, we need to check if any writes are
+	 * planned to non-temporary tables.
 	 */
 	if (!explainOnly)
 		ExecCheckXactReadOnly(queryDesc->parsetree, queryDesc->operation);
@@ -362,8 +362,8 @@ ExecCheckRTEPerms(RangeTblEntry *rte, CmdType operation)
 
 	/*
 	 * Otherwise, only plain-relation RTEs need to be checked here.
-	 * Function RTEs are checked by init_fcache when the function is prepared
-	 * for execution. Join and special RTEs need no checks.
+	 * Function RTEs are checked by init_fcache when the function is
+	 * prepared for execution. Join and special RTEs need no checks.
 	 */
 	if (rte->rtekind != RTE_RELATION)
 		return;
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ ExecCheckXactReadOnly(Query *parsetree, CmdType operation)
 	if (operation == CMD_DELETE || operation == CMD_INSERT
 		|| operation == CMD_UPDATE)
 	{
-		List *lp;
+		List	   *lp;
 
 		foreach(lp, parsetree->rtable)
 		{
@@ -474,9 +474,9 @@ static void
 InitPlan(QueryDesc *queryDesc, bool explainOnly)
 {
 	CmdType		operation = queryDesc->operation;
-	Query *parseTree = queryDesc->parsetree;
-	Plan *plan = queryDesc->plantree;
-	EState *estate = queryDesc->estate;
+	Query	   *parseTree = queryDesc->parsetree;
+	Plan	   *plan = queryDesc->plantree;
+	EState	   *estate = queryDesc->estate;
 	PlanState  *planstate;
 	List	   *rangeTable;
 	Relation	intoRelationDesc;
@@ -484,8 +484,8 @@ InitPlan(QueryDesc *queryDesc, bool explainOnly)
 	TupleDesc	tupType;
 
 	/*
-	 * Do permissions checks.  It's sufficient to examine the query's
-	 * top rangetable here --- subplan RTEs will be checked during
+	 * Do permissions checks.  It's sufficient to examine the query's top
+	 * rangetable here --- subplan RTEs will be checked during
 	 * ExecInitSubPlan().
 	 */
 	ExecCheckRTPerms(parseTree->rtable, operation);
@@ -570,10 +570,11 @@ InitPlan(QueryDesc *queryDesc, bool explainOnly)
 	if (operation == CMD_SELECT && parseTree->into != NULL)
 	{
 		do_select_into = true;
+
 		/*
-		 * For now, always create OIDs in SELECT INTO; this is for backwards
-		 * compatibility with pre-7.3 behavior.  Eventually we might want
-		 * to allow the user to choose.
+		 * For now, always create OIDs in SELECT INTO; this is for
+		 * backwards compatibility with pre-7.3 behavior.  Eventually we
+		 * might want to allow the user to choose.
 		 */
 		estate->es_force_oids = true;
 	}
@@ -640,12 +641,12 @@ InitPlan(QueryDesc *queryDesc, bool explainOnly)
 	tupType = ExecGetResultType(planstate);
 
 	/*
-	 * Initialize the junk filter if needed.  SELECT and INSERT queries need a
-	 * filter if there are any junk attrs in the tlist.  INSERT and SELECT
-	 * INTO also need a filter if the top plan node is a scan node that's not
-	 * doing projection (else we'll be scribbling on the scan tuple!)  UPDATE
-	 * and DELETE always need a filter, since there's always a junk 'ctid'
-	 * attribute present --- no need to look first.
+	 * Initialize the junk filter if needed.  SELECT and INSERT queries
+	 * need a filter if there are any junk attrs in the tlist.	INSERT and
+	 * SELECT INTO also need a filter if the top plan node is a scan node
+	 * that's not doing projection (else we'll be scribbling on the scan
+	 * tuple!)	UPDATE and DELETE always need a filter, since there's
+	 * always a junk 'ctid' attribute present --- no need to look first.
 	 */
 	{
 		bool		junk_filter_needed = false;
@@ -752,8 +753,8 @@ InitPlan(QueryDesc *queryDesc, bool explainOnly)
 
 	/*
 	 * If doing SELECT INTO, initialize the "into" relation.  We must wait
-	 * till now so we have the "clean" result tuple type to create the
-	 * new table from.
+	 * till now so we have the "clean" result tuple type to create the new
+	 * table from.
 	 *
 	 * If EXPLAIN, skip creating the "into" relation.
 	 */
@@ -795,16 +796,16 @@ InitPlan(QueryDesc *queryDesc, bool explainOnly)
 		FreeTupleDesc(tupdesc);
 
 		/*
-		 * Advance command counter so that the newly-created
-		 * relation's catalog tuples will be visible to heap_open.
+		 * Advance command counter so that the newly-created relation's
+		 * catalog tuples will be visible to heap_open.
 		 */
 		CommandCounterIncrement();
 
 		/*
-		 * If necessary, create a TOAST table for the into
-		 * relation. Note that AlterTableCreateToastTable ends
-		 * with CommandCounterIncrement(), so that the TOAST table
-		 * will be visible for insertion.
+		 * If necessary, create a TOAST table for the into relation. Note
+		 * that AlterTableCreateToastTable ends with
+		 * CommandCounterIncrement(), so that the TOAST table will be
+		 * visible for insertion.
 		 */
 		AlterTableCreateToastTable(intoRelationId, true);
 
@@ -841,19 +842,19 @@ initResultRelInfo(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo,
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
 					 errmsg("cannot change sequence relation \"%s\"",
-							RelationGetRelationName(resultRelationDesc))));
+						  RelationGetRelationName(resultRelationDesc))));
 			break;
 		case RELKIND_TOASTVALUE:
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
 					 errmsg("cannot change toast relation \"%s\"",
-							RelationGetRelationName(resultRelationDesc))));
+						  RelationGetRelationName(resultRelationDesc))));
 			break;
 		case RELKIND_VIEW:
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
 					 errmsg("cannot change view relation \"%s\"",
-							RelationGetRelationName(resultRelationDesc))));
+						  RelationGetRelationName(resultRelationDesc))));
 			break;
 	}
 
@@ -894,7 +895,7 @@ initResultRelInfo(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo,
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 void
-ExecEndPlan(PlanState *planstate, EState *estate)
+ExecEndPlan(PlanState * planstate, EState *estate)
 {
 	ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo;
 	int			i;
@@ -964,18 +965,18 @@ ExecEndPlan(PlanState *planstate, EState *estate)
  */
 static TupleTableSlot *
 ExecutePlan(EState *estate,
-			PlanState *planstate,
+			PlanState * planstate,
 			CmdType operation,
 			long numberTuples,
 			ScanDirection direction,
 			DestReceiver *dest)
 {
-	JunkFilter			*junkfilter;
-	TupleTableSlot		*slot;
-	ItemPointer			 tupleid = NULL;
-	ItemPointerData		 tuple_ctid;
-	long				 current_tuple_count;
-	TupleTableSlot		*result;
+	JunkFilter *junkfilter;
+	TupleTableSlot *slot;
+	ItemPointer tupleid = NULL;
+	ItemPointerData tuple_ctid;
+	long		current_tuple_count;
+	TupleTableSlot *result;
 
 	/*
 	 * initialize local variables
@@ -1199,7 +1200,7 @@ lnext:	;
 
 		/*
 		 * check our tuple count.. if we've processed the proper number
-		 * then quit, else loop again and process more tuples.  Zero
+		 * then quit, else loop again and process more tuples.	Zero
 		 * numberTuples means no limit.
 		 */
 		current_tuple_count++;
@@ -1309,7 +1310,7 @@ ExecInsert(TupleTableSlot *slot,
 
 	/* BEFORE ROW INSERT Triggers */
 	if (resultRelInfo->ri_TrigDesc &&
-		resultRelInfo->ri_TrigDesc->n_before_row[TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT] > 0)
+	  resultRelInfo->ri_TrigDesc->n_before_row[TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT] > 0)
 	{
 		HeapTuple	newtuple;
 
@@ -1686,13 +1687,13 @@ ExecConstraints(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo,
 				ereport(ERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_NOT_NULL_VIOLATION),
 						 errmsg("null value for attribute \"%s\" violates NOT NULL constraint",
-								NameStr(rel->rd_att->attrs[attrChk - 1]->attname))));
+					NameStr(rel->rd_att->attrs[attrChk - 1]->attname))));
 		}
 	}
 
 	if (constr->num_check > 0)
 	{
-		const char	   *failed;
+		const char *failed;
 
 		if ((failed = ExecRelCheck(resultRelInfo, slot, estate)) != NULL)
 			ereport(ERROR,
@@ -1884,10 +1885,11 @@ EvalPlanQual(EState *estate, Index rti, ItemPointer tid)
 	 * integrated with the Param mechanism somehow, so that the upper plan
 	 * nodes know that their children's outputs have changed.
 	 *
-	 * Note that the stack of free evalPlanQual nodes is quite useless at
-	 * the moment, since it only saves us from pallocing/releasing the
+	 * Note that the stack of free evalPlanQual nodes is quite useless at the
+	 * moment, since it only saves us from pallocing/releasing the
 	 * evalPlanQual nodes themselves.  But it will be useful once we
-	 * implement ReScan instead of end/restart for re-using PlanQual nodes.
+	 * implement ReScan instead of end/restart for re-using PlanQual
+	 * nodes.
 	 */
 	if (endNode)
 	{
@@ -1898,10 +1900,11 @@ EvalPlanQual(EState *estate, Index rti, ItemPointer tid)
 	/*
 	 * Initialize new recheck query.
 	 *
-	 * Note: if we were re-using PlanQual plans via ExecReScan, we'd need
-	 * to instead copy down changeable state from the top plan (including
-	 * es_result_relation_info, es_junkFilter) and reset locally changeable
-	 * state in the epq (including es_param_exec_vals, es_evTupleNull).
+	 * Note: if we were re-using PlanQual plans via ExecReScan, we'd need to
+	 * instead copy down changeable state from the top plan (including
+	 * es_result_relation_info, es_junkFilter) and reset locally
+	 * changeable state in the epq (including es_param_exec_vals,
+	 * es_evTupleNull).
 	 */
 	EvalPlanQualStart(epq, estate, epq->next);
 
@@ -2016,9 +2019,9 @@ EvalPlanQualStart(evalPlanQual *epq, EState *estate, evalPlanQual *priorepq)
 
 	/*
 	 * The epqstates share the top query's copy of unchanging state such
-	 * as the snapshot, rangetable, result-rel info, and external Param info.
-	 * They need their own copies of local state, including a tuple table,
-	 * es_param_exec_vals, etc.
+	 * as the snapshot, rangetable, result-rel info, and external Param
+	 * info. They need their own copies of local state, including a tuple
+	 * table, es_param_exec_vals, etc.
 	 */
 	epqstate->es_direction = ForwardScanDirection;
 	epqstate->es_snapshot = estate->es_snapshot;
@@ -2036,11 +2039,11 @@ EvalPlanQualStart(evalPlanQual *epq, EState *estate, evalPlanQual *priorepq)
 	epqstate->es_instrument = estate->es_instrument;
 	epqstate->es_force_oids = estate->es_force_oids;
 	epqstate->es_topPlan = estate->es_topPlan;
+
 	/*
-	 * Each epqstate must have its own es_evTupleNull state, but
-	 * all the stack entries share es_evTuple state.  This allows
-	 * sub-rechecks to inherit the value being examined by an
-	 * outer recheck.
+	 * Each epqstate must have its own es_evTupleNull state, but all the
+	 * stack entries share es_evTuple state.  This allows sub-rechecks to
+	 * inherit the value being examined by an outer recheck.
 	 */
 	epqstate->es_evTupleNull = (bool *) palloc0(rtsize * sizeof(bool));
 	if (priorepq == NULL)
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/execProcnode.c b/src/backend/executor/execProcnode.c
index f73f2d71852..1c34e1d1a4b 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/execProcnode.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/execProcnode.c
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execProcnode.c,v 1.37 2003/07/21 17:05:08 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execProcnode.c,v 1.38 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
  *	  * ExecInitNode() notices that it is looking at a nest loop and
  *		as the code below demonstrates, it calls ExecInitNestLoop().
  *		Eventually this calls ExecInitNode() on the right and left subplans
- *		and so forth until the entire plan is initialized.  The result
+ *		and so forth until the entire plan is initialized.	The result
  *		of ExecInitNode() is a plan state tree built with the same structure
  *		as the underlying plan tree.
  *
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ ExecInitNode(Plan *node, EState *estate)
 	subps = NIL;
 	foreach(subp, node->initPlan)
 	{
-		SubPlan	   *subplan = (SubPlan *) lfirst(subp);
+		SubPlan    *subplan = (SubPlan *) lfirst(subp);
 		SubPlanState *sstate;
 
 		Assert(IsA(subplan, SubPlan));
@@ -237,9 +237,9 @@ ExecInitNode(Plan *node, EState *estate)
 	result->initPlan = subps;
 
 	/*
-	 * Initialize any subPlans present in this node.  These were found
-	 * by ExecInitExpr during initialization of the PlanState.  Note we
-	 * must do this after initializing initPlans, in case their arguments
+	 * Initialize any subPlans present in this node.  These were found by
+	 * ExecInitExpr during initialization of the PlanState.  Note we must
+	 * do this after initializing initPlans, in case their arguments
 	 * contain subPlans (is that actually possible? perhaps not).
 	 */
 	subps = NIL;
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ ExecInitNode(Plan *node, EState *estate)
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 TupleTableSlot *
-ExecProcNode(PlanState *node)
+ExecProcNode(PlanState * node)
 {
 	TupleTableSlot *result;
 
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ ExecProcNode(PlanState *node)
 	if (node == NULL)
 		return NULL;
 
-	if (node->chgParam != NULL)	/* something changed */
+	if (node->chgParam != NULL) /* something changed */
 		ExecReScan(node, NULL); /* let ReScan handle this */
 
 	if (node->instrument)
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ ExecCountSlotsNode(Plan *node)
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 void
-ExecEndNode(PlanState *node)
+ExecEndNode(PlanState * node)
 {
 	List	   *subp;
 
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/execQual.c b/src/backend/executor/execQual.c
index 891019f0ae7..d509122f29b 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/execQual.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/execQual.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execQual.c,v 1.138 2003/08/01 00:15:21 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execQual.c,v 1.139 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -50,55 +50,55 @@
 
 
 /* static function decls */
-static Datum ExecEvalAggref(AggrefExprState *aggref,
-							ExprContext *econtext,
-							bool *isNull);
-static Datum ExecEvalArrayRef(ArrayRefExprState *astate,
-							  ExprContext *econtext,
-							  bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone);
+static Datum ExecEvalAggref(AggrefExprState * aggref,
+			   ExprContext *econtext,
+			   bool *isNull);
+static Datum ExecEvalArrayRef(ArrayRefExprState * astate,
+				 ExprContext *econtext,
+				 bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone);
 static Datum ExecEvalVar(Var *variable, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull);
 static Datum ExecEvalParam(Param *expression, ExprContext *econtext,
-						   bool *isNull);
-static Datum ExecEvalFunc(FuncExprState *fcache, ExprContext *econtext,
+			  bool *isNull);
+static Datum ExecEvalFunc(FuncExprState * fcache, ExprContext *econtext,
 			 bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone);
-static Datum ExecEvalOper(FuncExprState *fcache, ExprContext *econtext,
+static Datum ExecEvalOper(FuncExprState * fcache, ExprContext *econtext,
 			 bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone);
-static Datum ExecEvalDistinct(FuncExprState *fcache, ExprContext *econtext,
+static Datum ExecEvalDistinct(FuncExprState * fcache, ExprContext *econtext,
 				 bool *isNull);
-static Datum ExecEvalScalarArrayOp(ScalarArrayOpExprState *sstate,
-								   ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull);
+static Datum ExecEvalScalarArrayOp(ScalarArrayOpExprState * sstate,
+					  ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull);
 static ExprDoneCond ExecEvalFuncArgs(FunctionCallInfo fcinfo,
 				 List *argList, ExprContext *econtext);
-static Datum ExecEvalNot(BoolExprState *notclause, ExprContext *econtext,
-						 bool *isNull);
-static Datum ExecEvalOr(BoolExprState *orExpr, ExprContext *econtext,
-						bool *isNull);
-static Datum ExecEvalAnd(BoolExprState *andExpr, ExprContext *econtext,
-						 bool *isNull);
-static Datum ExecEvalCase(CaseExprState *caseExpr, ExprContext *econtext,
+static Datum ExecEvalNot(BoolExprState * notclause, ExprContext *econtext,
+			bool *isNull);
+static Datum ExecEvalOr(BoolExprState * orExpr, ExprContext *econtext,
+		   bool *isNull);
+static Datum ExecEvalAnd(BoolExprState * andExpr, ExprContext *econtext,
+			bool *isNull);
+static Datum ExecEvalCase(CaseExprState * caseExpr, ExprContext *econtext,
 			 bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone);
-static Datum ExecEvalArray(ArrayExprState *astate,
-						   ExprContext *econtext,
-						   bool *isNull);
-static Datum ExecEvalCoalesce(CoalesceExprState *coalesceExpr,
-							  ExprContext *econtext,
-							  bool *isNull);
-static Datum ExecEvalNullIf(FuncExprState *nullIfExpr, ExprContext *econtext,
-							bool *isNull);
-static Datum ExecEvalNullTest(GenericExprState *nstate,
-							  ExprContext *econtext,
-							  bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone);
-static Datum ExecEvalBooleanTest(GenericExprState *bstate,
-								 ExprContext *econtext,
-								 bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone);
-static Datum ExecEvalCoerceToDomain(CoerceToDomainState *cstate,
+static Datum ExecEvalArray(ArrayExprState * astate,
+			  ExprContext *econtext,
+			  bool *isNull);
+static Datum ExecEvalCoalesce(CoalesceExprState * coalesceExpr,
+				 ExprContext *econtext,
+				 bool *isNull);
+static Datum ExecEvalNullIf(FuncExprState * nullIfExpr, ExprContext *econtext,
+			   bool *isNull);
+static Datum ExecEvalNullTest(GenericExprState * nstate,
+				 ExprContext *econtext,
+				 bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone);
+static Datum ExecEvalBooleanTest(GenericExprState * bstate,
+					ExprContext *econtext,
+					bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone);
+static Datum ExecEvalCoerceToDomain(CoerceToDomainState * cstate,
 					   ExprContext *econtext,
 					   bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone);
-static Datum ExecEvalCoerceToDomainValue(CoerceToDomainValue *conVal,
-					   ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull);
-static Datum ExecEvalFieldSelect(GenericExprState *fstate,
-								 ExprContext *econtext,
-								 bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone);
+static Datum ExecEvalCoerceToDomainValue(CoerceToDomainValue * conVal,
+							ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull);
+static Datum ExecEvalFieldSelect(GenericExprState * fstate,
+					ExprContext *econtext,
+					bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone);
 
 
 /*----------
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ static Datum ExecEvalFieldSelect(GenericExprState *fstate,
  *----------
  */
 static Datum
-ExecEvalArrayRef(ArrayRefExprState *astate,
+ExecEvalArrayRef(ArrayRefExprState * astate,
 				 ExprContext *econtext,
 				 bool *isNull,
 				 ExprDoneCond *isDone)
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ ExecEvalArrayRef(ArrayRefExprState *astate,
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static Datum
-ExecEvalAggref(AggrefExprState *aggref, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
+ExecEvalAggref(AggrefExprState * aggref, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
 {
 	if (econtext->ecxt_aggvalues == NULL)		/* safety check */
 		elog(ERROR, "no aggregates in this expression context");
@@ -382,8 +382,8 @@ ExecEvalVar(Var *variable, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
 	 *
 	 * XXX this is a horrid crock: since the pointer to the slot might live
 	 * longer than the current evaluation context, we are forced to copy
-	 * the tuple and slot into a long-lived context --- we use
-	 * the econtext's per-query memory which should be safe enough.  This
+	 * the tuple and slot into a long-lived context --- we use the
+	 * econtext's per-query memory which should be safe enough.  This
 	 * represents a serious memory leak if many such tuples are processed
 	 * in one command, however.  We ought to redesign the representation
 	 * of whole-tuple datums so that this is not necessary.
@@ -439,7 +439,8 @@ ExecEvalParam(Param *expression, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
 	{
 		/*
 		 * PARAM_EXEC params (internal executor parameters) are stored in
-		 * the ecxt_param_exec_vals array, and can be accessed by array index.
+		 * the ecxt_param_exec_vals array, and can be accessed by array
+		 * index.
 		 */
 		ParamExecData *prm;
 
@@ -457,9 +458,9 @@ ExecEvalParam(Param *expression, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
 	else
 	{
 		/*
-		 * All other parameter types must be sought in ecxt_param_list_info.
-		 * NOTE: The last entry in the param array is always an
-		 * entry with kind == PARAM_INVALID.
+		 * All other parameter types must be sought in
+		 * ecxt_param_list_info. NOTE: The last entry in the param array
+		 * is always an entry with kind == PARAM_INVALID.
 		 */
 		ParamListInfo paramList = econtext->ecxt_param_list_info;
 		char	   *thisParamName = expression->paramname;
@@ -488,8 +489,8 @@ ExecEvalParam(Param *expression, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
 				}
 				if (!matchFound)
 					paramList++;
-			} /* while */
-		} /* if */
+			}					/* while */
+		}						/* if */
 
 		if (!matchFound)
 		{
@@ -605,7 +606,7 @@ GetAttributeByName(TupleTableSlot *slot, char *attname, bool *isNull)
  * init_fcache - initialize a FuncExprState node during first use
  */
 void
-init_fcache(Oid foid, FuncExprState *fcache, MemoryContext fcacheCxt)
+init_fcache(Oid foid, FuncExprState * fcache, MemoryContext fcacheCxt)
 {
 	AclResult	aclresult;
 
@@ -678,7 +679,7 @@ ExecEvalFuncArgs(FunctionCallInfo fcinfo,
  * Evaluate the arguments to a function and then the function itself.
  */
 Datum
-ExecMakeFunctionResult(FuncExprState *fcache,
+ExecMakeFunctionResult(FuncExprState * fcache,
 					   ExprContext *econtext,
 					   bool *isNull,
 					   ExprDoneCond *isDone)
@@ -881,7 +882,7 @@ ExecMakeFunctionResult(FuncExprState *fcache,
  * object.	(If function returns an empty set, we just return NULL instead.)
  */
 Tuplestorestate *
-ExecMakeTableFunctionResult(ExprState *funcexpr,
+ExecMakeTableFunctionResult(ExprState * funcexpr,
 							ExprContext *econtext,
 							TupleDesc expectedDesc,
 							TupleDesc *returnDesc)
@@ -899,14 +900,14 @@ ExecMakeTableFunctionResult(ExprState *funcexpr,
 	bool		returnsTuple = false;
 
 	/*
-	 * Normally the passed expression tree will be a FuncExprState, since the
-	 * grammar only allows a function call at the top level of a table
-	 * function reference.  However, if the function doesn't return set then
-	 * the planner might have replaced the function call via constant-folding
-	 * or inlining.  So if we see any other kind of expression node, execute
-	 * it via the general ExecEvalExpr() code; the only difference is that
-	 * we don't get a chance to pass a special ReturnSetInfo to any functions
-	 * buried in the expression.
+	 * Normally the passed expression tree will be a FuncExprState, since
+	 * the grammar only allows a function call at the top level of a table
+	 * function reference.	However, if the function doesn't return set
+	 * then the planner might have replaced the function call via
+	 * constant-folding or inlining.  So if we see any other kind of
+	 * expression node, execute it via the general ExecEvalExpr() code;
+	 * the only difference is that we don't get a chance to pass a special
+	 * ReturnSetInfo to any functions buried in the expression.
 	 */
 	if (funcexpr && IsA(funcexpr, FuncExprState) &&
 		IsA(funcexpr->expr, FuncExpr))
@@ -924,7 +925,7 @@ ExecMakeTableFunctionResult(ExprState *funcexpr,
 		 */
 		if (fcache->func.fn_oid == InvalidOid)
 		{
-			FuncExpr *func = (FuncExpr *) fcache->xprstate.expr;
+			FuncExpr   *func = (FuncExpr *) fcache->xprstate.expr;
 
 			init_fcache(func->funcid, fcache, econtext->ecxt_per_query_memory);
 		}
@@ -933,9 +934,9 @@ ExecMakeTableFunctionResult(ExprState *funcexpr,
 		 * Evaluate the function's argument list.
 		 *
 		 * Note: ideally, we'd do this in the per-tuple context, but then the
-		 * argument values would disappear when we reset the context in the
-		 * inner loop.	So do it in caller context.  Perhaps we should make a
-		 * separate context just to hold the evaluated arguments?
+		 * argument values would disappear when we reset the context in
+		 * the inner loop.	So do it in caller context.  Perhaps we should
+		 * make a separate context just to hold the evaluated arguments?
 		 */
 		MemSet(&fcinfo, 0, sizeof(fcinfo));
 		fcinfo.flinfo = &(fcache->func);
@@ -990,7 +991,8 @@ ExecMakeTableFunctionResult(ExprState *funcexpr,
 	rsinfo.setDesc = NULL;
 
 	/*
-	 * Switch to short-lived context for calling the function or expression.
+	 * Switch to short-lived context for calling the function or
+	 * expression.
 	 */
 	callerContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(econtext->ecxt_per_tuple_memory);
 
@@ -1004,9 +1006,9 @@ ExecMakeTableFunctionResult(ExprState *funcexpr,
 		HeapTuple	tuple;
 
 		/*
-		 * reset per-tuple memory context before each call of the
-		 * function or expression. This cleans up any local memory the
-		 * function may leak when called.
+		 * reset per-tuple memory context before each call of the function
+		 * or expression. This cleans up any local memory the function may
+		 * leak when called.
 		 */
 		ResetExprContext(econtext);
 
@@ -1157,7 +1159,7 @@ ExecMakeTableFunctionResult(ExprState *funcexpr,
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static Datum
-ExecEvalFunc(FuncExprState *fcache,
+ExecEvalFunc(FuncExprState * fcache,
 			 ExprContext *econtext,
 			 bool *isNull,
 			 ExprDoneCond *isDone)
@@ -1167,7 +1169,7 @@ ExecEvalFunc(FuncExprState *fcache,
 	 */
 	if (fcache->func.fn_oid == InvalidOid)
 	{
-		FuncExpr *func = (FuncExpr *) fcache->xprstate.expr;
+		FuncExpr   *func = (FuncExpr *) fcache->xprstate.expr;
 
 		init_fcache(func->funcid, fcache, econtext->ecxt_per_query_memory);
 	}
@@ -1180,7 +1182,7 @@ ExecEvalFunc(FuncExprState *fcache,
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static Datum
-ExecEvalOper(FuncExprState *fcache,
+ExecEvalOper(FuncExprState * fcache,
 			 ExprContext *econtext,
 			 bool *isNull,
 			 ExprDoneCond *isDone)
@@ -1190,7 +1192,7 @@ ExecEvalOper(FuncExprState *fcache,
 	 */
 	if (fcache->func.fn_oid == InvalidOid)
 	{
-		OpExpr *op = (OpExpr *) fcache->xprstate.expr;
+		OpExpr	   *op = (OpExpr *) fcache->xprstate.expr;
 
 		init_fcache(op->opfuncid, fcache, econtext->ecxt_per_query_memory);
 	}
@@ -1210,7 +1212,7 @@ ExecEvalOper(FuncExprState *fcache,
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static Datum
-ExecEvalDistinct(FuncExprState *fcache,
+ExecEvalDistinct(FuncExprState * fcache,
 				 ExprContext *econtext,
 				 bool *isNull)
 {
@@ -1242,7 +1244,7 @@ ExecEvalDistinct(FuncExprState *fcache,
 	if (argDone != ExprSingleResult)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
-				 errmsg("IS DISTINCT FROM does not support set arguments")));
+			 errmsg("IS DISTINCT FROM does not support set arguments")));
 	Assert(fcinfo.nargs == 2);
 
 	if (fcinfo.argnull[0] && fcinfo.argnull[1])
@@ -1272,11 +1274,11 @@ ExecEvalDistinct(FuncExprState *fcache,
  *
  * Evaluate "scalar op ANY/ALL (array)".  The operator always yields boolean,
  * and we combine the results across all array elements using OR and AND
- * (for ANY and ALL respectively).  Of course we short-circuit as soon as
+ * (for ANY and ALL respectively).	Of course we short-circuit as soon as
  * the result is known.
  */
 static Datum
-ExecEvalScalarArrayOp(ScalarArrayOpExprState *sstate,
+ExecEvalScalarArrayOp(ScalarArrayOpExprState * sstate,
 					  ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
 {
 	ScalarArrayOpExpr *opexpr = (ScalarArrayOpExpr *) sstate->fxprstate.xprstate.expr;
@@ -1310,12 +1312,12 @@ ExecEvalScalarArrayOp(ScalarArrayOpExprState *sstate,
 	if (argDone != ExprSingleResult)
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
-				 errmsg("op ANY/ALL (array) does not support set arguments")));
+		   errmsg("op ANY/ALL (array) does not support set arguments")));
 	Assert(fcinfo.nargs == 2);
 
 	/*
-	 * If the array is NULL then we return NULL --- it's not very meaningful
-	 * to do anything else, even if the operator isn't strict.
+	 * If the array is NULL then we return NULL --- it's not very
+	 * meaningful to do anything else, even if the operator isn't strict.
 	 */
 	if (fcinfo.argnull[1])
 	{
@@ -1334,6 +1336,7 @@ ExecEvalScalarArrayOp(ScalarArrayOpExprState *sstate,
 	nitems = ArrayGetNItems(ARR_NDIM(arr), ARR_DIMS(arr));
 	if (nitems <= 0)
 		return BoolGetDatum(!useOr);
+
 	/*
 	 * If the scalar is NULL, and the function is strict, return NULL.
 	 * This is just to avoid having to test for strictness inside the
@@ -1347,8 +1350,8 @@ ExecEvalScalarArrayOp(ScalarArrayOpExprState *sstate,
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * We arrange to look up info about the element type only
-	 * once per series of calls, assuming the element type doesn't change
+	 * We arrange to look up info about the element type only once per
+	 * series of calls, assuming the element type doesn't change
 	 * underneath us.
 	 */
 	if (sstate->element_type != ARR_ELEMTYPE(arr))
@@ -1370,8 +1373,8 @@ ExecEvalScalarArrayOp(ScalarArrayOpExprState *sstate,
 	s = (char *) ARR_DATA_PTR(arr);
 	for (i = 0; i < nitems; i++)
 	{
-		Datum	elt;
-		Datum	thisresult;
+		Datum		elt;
+		Datum		thisresult;
 
 		/* Get array element */
 		elt = fetch_att(s, typbyval, typlen);
@@ -1394,7 +1397,7 @@ ExecEvalScalarArrayOp(ScalarArrayOpExprState *sstate,
 			{
 				result = BoolGetDatum(true);
 				resultnull = false;
-				break;		/* needn't look at any more elements */
+				break;			/* needn't look at any more elements */
 			}
 		}
 		else
@@ -1403,7 +1406,7 @@ ExecEvalScalarArrayOp(ScalarArrayOpExprState *sstate,
 			{
 				result = BoolGetDatum(false);
 				resultnull = false;
-				break;		/* needn't look at any more elements */
+				break;			/* needn't look at any more elements */
 			}
 		}
 	}
@@ -1428,7 +1431,7 @@ ExecEvalScalarArrayOp(ScalarArrayOpExprState *sstate,
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static Datum
-ExecEvalNot(BoolExprState *notclause, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
+ExecEvalNot(BoolExprState * notclause, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
 {
 	ExprState  *clause;
 	Datum		expr_value;
@@ -1456,7 +1459,7 @@ ExecEvalNot(BoolExprState *notclause, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static Datum
-ExecEvalOr(BoolExprState *orExpr, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
+ExecEvalOr(BoolExprState * orExpr, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
 {
 	List	   *clauses;
 	List	   *clause;
@@ -1504,7 +1507,7 @@ ExecEvalOr(BoolExprState *orExpr, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static Datum
-ExecEvalAnd(BoolExprState *andExpr, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
+ExecEvalAnd(BoolExprState * andExpr, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
 {
 	List	   *clauses;
 	List	   *clause;
@@ -1552,7 +1555,7 @@ ExecEvalAnd(BoolExprState *andExpr, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static Datum
-ExecEvalCase(CaseExprState *caseExpr, ExprContext *econtext,
+ExecEvalCase(CaseExprState * caseExpr, ExprContext *econtext,
 			 bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone)
 {
 	List	   *clauses;
@@ -1610,22 +1613,22 @@ ExecEvalCase(CaseExprState *caseExpr, ExprContext *econtext,
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static Datum
-ExecEvalArray(ArrayExprState *astate, ExprContext *econtext,
+ExecEvalArray(ArrayExprState * astate, ExprContext *econtext,
 			  bool *isNull)
 {
-	ArrayExpr   *arrayExpr = (ArrayExpr *) astate->xprstate.expr;
+	ArrayExpr  *arrayExpr = (ArrayExpr *) astate->xprstate.expr;
 	ArrayType  *result;
-	List   *element;
-	Oid		element_type = arrayExpr->element_typeid;
-	int		ndims = arrayExpr->ndims;
-	int		dims[MAXDIM];
-	int		lbs[MAXDIM];
+	List	   *element;
+	Oid			element_type = arrayExpr->element_typeid;
+	int			ndims = arrayExpr->ndims;
+	int			dims[MAXDIM];
+	int			lbs[MAXDIM];
 
 	if (ndims == 1)
 	{
-		int		nelems;
-		Datum  *dvalues;
-		int		i = 0;
+		int			nelems;
+		Datum	   *dvalues;
+		int			i = 0;
 
 		nelems = length(astate->elements);
 
@@ -1683,7 +1686,7 @@ ExecEvalArray(ArrayExprState *astate, ExprContext *econtext,
 		/* loop through and get data area from each element */
 		foreach(element, astate->elements)
 		{
-			ExprState   *e = (ExprState *) lfirst(element);
+			ExprState  *e = (ExprState *) lfirst(element);
 			bool		eisnull;
 			Datum		arraydatum;
 			ArrayType  *array;
@@ -1718,8 +1721,8 @@ ExecEvalArray(ArrayExprState *astate, ExprContext *econtext,
 						   elem_ndims * sizeof(int)) != 0)
 					ereport(ERROR,
 							(errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
-							 errmsg("multidimensional arrays must have array "
-									"expressions with matching dimensions")));
+						errmsg("multidimensional arrays must have array "
+							   "expressions with matching dimensions")));
 			}
 
 			elem_ndatabytes = ARR_SIZE(array) - ARR_OVERHEAD(elem_ndims);
@@ -1767,16 +1770,16 @@ ExecEvalArray(ArrayExprState *astate, ExprContext *econtext,
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static Datum
-ExecEvalCoalesce(CoalesceExprState *coalesceExpr, ExprContext *econtext,
+ExecEvalCoalesce(CoalesceExprState * coalesceExpr, ExprContext *econtext,
 				 bool *isNull)
 {
-	List *arg;
+	List	   *arg;
 
 	/* Simply loop through until something NOT NULL is found */
 	foreach(arg, coalesceExpr->args)
 	{
-		ExprState *e = (ExprState *) lfirst(arg);
-		Datum value;
+		ExprState  *e = (ExprState *) lfirst(arg);
+		Datum		value;
 
 		value = ExecEvalExpr(e, econtext, isNull, NULL);
 		if (!*isNull)
@@ -1787,7 +1790,7 @@ ExecEvalCoalesce(CoalesceExprState *coalesceExpr, ExprContext *econtext,
 	*isNull = true;
 	return (Datum) 0;
 }
-	
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ExecEvalNullIf
  *
@@ -1797,7 +1800,7 @@ ExecEvalCoalesce(CoalesceExprState *coalesceExpr, ExprContext *econtext,
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static Datum
-ExecEvalNullIf(FuncExprState *fcache, ExprContext *econtext,
+ExecEvalNullIf(FuncExprState * fcache, ExprContext *econtext,
 			   bool *isNull)
 {
 	Datum		result;
@@ -1856,7 +1859,7 @@ ExecEvalNullIf(FuncExprState *fcache, ExprContext *econtext,
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static Datum
-ExecEvalNullTest(GenericExprState *nstate,
+ExecEvalNullTest(GenericExprState * nstate,
 				 ExprContext *econtext,
 				 bool *isNull,
 				 ExprDoneCond *isDone)
@@ -1901,7 +1904,7 @@ ExecEvalNullTest(GenericExprState *nstate,
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static Datum
-ExecEvalBooleanTest(GenericExprState *bstate,
+ExecEvalBooleanTest(GenericExprState * bstate,
 					ExprContext *econtext,
 					bool *isNull,
 					ExprDoneCond *isDone)
@@ -1987,7 +1990,7 @@ ExecEvalBooleanTest(GenericExprState *bstate,
  * datum) otherwise throw an error.
  */
 static Datum
-ExecEvalCoerceToDomain(CoerceToDomainState *cstate, ExprContext *econtext,
+ExecEvalCoerceToDomain(CoerceToDomainState * cstate, ExprContext *econtext,
 					   bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone)
 {
 	CoerceToDomain *ctest = (CoerceToDomain *) cstate->xprstate.expr;
@@ -2009,43 +2012,44 @@ ExecEvalCoerceToDomain(CoerceToDomainState *cstate, ExprContext *econtext,
 				if (*isNull)
 					ereport(ERROR,
 							(errcode(ERRCODE_NOT_NULL_VIOLATION),
-							 errmsg("domain %s does not allow NULL values",
-									format_type_be(ctest->resulttype))));
+						   errmsg("domain %s does not allow NULL values",
+								  format_type_be(ctest->resulttype))));
 				break;
 			case DOM_CONSTRAINT_CHECK:
-			{
-				Datum	conResult;
-				bool	conIsNull;
-				Datum	save_datum;
-				bool	save_isNull;
-
-				/*
-				 * Set up value to be returned by CoerceToDomainValue nodes.
-				 * We must save and restore prior setting of econtext's
-				 * domainValue fields, in case this node is itself within
-				 * a check expression for another domain.
-				 */
-				save_datum = econtext->domainValue_datum;
-				save_isNull = econtext->domainValue_isNull;
+				{
+					Datum		conResult;
+					bool		conIsNull;
+					Datum		save_datum;
+					bool		save_isNull;
 
-				econtext->domainValue_datum = result;
-				econtext->domainValue_isNull = *isNull;
+					/*
+					 * Set up value to be returned by CoerceToDomainValue
+					 * nodes. We must save and restore prior setting of
+					 * econtext's domainValue fields, in case this node is
+					 * itself within a check expression for another
+					 * domain.
+					 */
+					save_datum = econtext->domainValue_datum;
+					save_isNull = econtext->domainValue_isNull;
 
-				conResult = ExecEvalExpr(con->check_expr,
-										 econtext, &conIsNull, NULL);
+					econtext->domainValue_datum = result;
+					econtext->domainValue_isNull = *isNull;
 
-				if (!conIsNull &&
-					!DatumGetBool(conResult))
-					ereport(ERROR,
-							(errcode(ERRCODE_CHECK_VIOLATION),
-							 errmsg("value for domain %s violates CHECK constraint \"%s\"",
-									format_type_be(ctest->resulttype),
-									con->name)));
-				econtext->domainValue_datum = save_datum;
-				econtext->domainValue_isNull = save_isNull;
+					conResult = ExecEvalExpr(con->check_expr,
+											 econtext, &conIsNull, NULL);
 
-				break;
-			}
+					if (!conIsNull &&
+						!DatumGetBool(conResult))
+						ereport(ERROR,
+								(errcode(ERRCODE_CHECK_VIOLATION),
+								 errmsg("value for domain %s violates CHECK constraint \"%s\"",
+										format_type_be(ctest->resulttype),
+										con->name)));
+					econtext->domainValue_datum = save_datum;
+					econtext->domainValue_isNull = save_isNull;
+
+					break;
+				}
 			default:
 				elog(ERROR, "unrecognized constraint type: %d",
 					 (int) con->constrainttype);
@@ -2063,7 +2067,7 @@ ExecEvalCoerceToDomain(CoerceToDomainState *cstate, ExprContext *econtext,
  * Return the value stored by CoerceToDomain.
  */
 static Datum
-ExecEvalCoerceToDomainValue(CoerceToDomainValue *conVal,
+ExecEvalCoerceToDomainValue(CoerceToDomainValue * conVal,
 							ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
 {
 	*isNull = econtext->domainValue_isNull;
@@ -2077,7 +2081,7 @@ ExecEvalCoerceToDomainValue(CoerceToDomainValue *conVal,
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static Datum
-ExecEvalFieldSelect(GenericExprState *fstate,
+ExecEvalFieldSelect(GenericExprState * fstate,
 					ExprContext *econtext,
 					bool *isNull,
 					ExprDoneCond *isDone)
@@ -2141,7 +2145,7 @@ ExecEvalFieldSelect(GenericExprState *fstate,
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 Datum
-ExecEvalExpr(ExprState *expression,
+ExecEvalExpr(ExprState * expression,
 			 ExprContext *econtext,
 			 bool *isNull,
 			 ExprDoneCond *isDone)
@@ -2308,7 +2312,7 @@ ExecEvalExpr(ExprState *expression,
  * Same as above, but get into the right allocation context explicitly.
  */
 Datum
-ExecEvalExprSwitchContext(ExprState *expression,
+ExecEvalExprSwitchContext(ExprState * expression,
 						  ExprContext *econtext,
 						  bool *isNull,
 						  ExprDoneCond *isDone)
@@ -2327,7 +2331,7 @@ ExecEvalExprSwitchContext(ExprState *expression,
  * ExecInitExpr: prepare an expression tree for execution
  *
  * This function builds and returns an ExprState tree paralleling the given
- * Expr node tree.  The ExprState tree can then be handed to ExecEvalExpr
+ * Expr node tree.	The ExprState tree can then be handed to ExecEvalExpr
  * for execution.  Because the Expr tree itself is read-only as far as
  * ExecInitExpr and ExecEvalExpr are concerned, several different executions
  * of the same plan tree can occur concurrently.
@@ -2337,7 +2341,7 @@ ExecEvalExprSwitchContext(ExprState *expression,
  * the same as the per-query context of the associated ExprContext.
  *
  * Any Aggref and SubPlan nodes found in the tree are added to the lists
- * of such nodes held by the parent PlanState.  Otherwise, we do very little
+ * of such nodes held by the parent PlanState.	Otherwise, we do very little
  * initialization here other than building the state-node tree.  Any nontrivial
  * work associated with initializing runtime info for a node should happen
  * during the first actual evaluation of that node.  (This policy lets us
@@ -2356,7 +2360,7 @@ ExecEvalExprSwitchContext(ExprState *expression,
  * This case should usually come through ExecPrepareExpr, not directly here.
  */
 ExprState *
-ExecInitExpr(Expr *node, PlanState *parent)
+ExecInitExpr(Expr *node, PlanState * parent)
 {
 	ExprState  *state;
 
@@ -2373,7 +2377,7 @@ ExecInitExpr(Expr *node, PlanState *parent)
 			break;
 		case T_Aggref:
 			{
-				Aggref   *aggref = (Aggref *) node;
+				Aggref	   *aggref = (Aggref *) node;
 				AggrefExprState *astate = makeNode(AggrefExprState);
 
 				if (parent && IsA(parent, AggState))
@@ -2389,8 +2393,8 @@ ExecInitExpr(Expr *node, PlanState *parent)
 					/*
 					 * Complain if the aggregate's argument contains any
 					 * aggregates; nested agg functions are semantically
-					 * nonsensical.  (This should have been caught earlier,
-					 * but we defend against it here anyway.)
+					 * nonsensical.  (This should have been caught
+					 * earlier, but we defend against it here anyway.)
 					 */
 					if (naggs != aggstate->numaggs)
 						ereport(ERROR,
@@ -2433,41 +2437,41 @@ ExecInitExpr(Expr *node, PlanState *parent)
 
 				fstate->args = (List *)
 					ExecInitExpr((Expr *) funcexpr->args, parent);
-				fstate->func.fn_oid = InvalidOid; /* not initialized */
+				fstate->func.fn_oid = InvalidOid;		/* not initialized */
 				state = (ExprState *) fstate;
 			}
 			break;
 		case T_OpExpr:
 			{
-				OpExpr   *opexpr = (OpExpr *) node;
+				OpExpr	   *opexpr = (OpExpr *) node;
 				FuncExprState *fstate = makeNode(FuncExprState);
 
 				fstate->args = (List *)
 					ExecInitExpr((Expr *) opexpr->args, parent);
-				fstate->func.fn_oid = InvalidOid; /* not initialized */
+				fstate->func.fn_oid = InvalidOid;		/* not initialized */
 				state = (ExprState *) fstate;
 			}
 			break;
 		case T_DistinctExpr:
 			{
-				DistinctExpr   *distinctexpr = (DistinctExpr *) node;
+				DistinctExpr *distinctexpr = (DistinctExpr *) node;
 				FuncExprState *fstate = makeNode(FuncExprState);
 
 				fstate->args = (List *)
 					ExecInitExpr((Expr *) distinctexpr->args, parent);
-				fstate->func.fn_oid = InvalidOid; /* not initialized */
+				fstate->func.fn_oid = InvalidOid;		/* not initialized */
 				state = (ExprState *) fstate;
 			}
 			break;
 		case T_ScalarArrayOpExpr:
 			{
-				ScalarArrayOpExpr   *opexpr = (ScalarArrayOpExpr *) node;
+				ScalarArrayOpExpr *opexpr = (ScalarArrayOpExpr *) node;
 				ScalarArrayOpExprState *sstate = makeNode(ScalarArrayOpExprState);
 
 				sstate->fxprstate.args = (List *)
 					ExecInitExpr((Expr *) opexpr->args, parent);
-				sstate->fxprstate.func.fn_oid = InvalidOid; /* not initialized */
-				sstate->element_type = InvalidOid; /* ditto */
+				sstate->fxprstate.func.fn_oid = InvalidOid;		/* not initialized */
+				sstate->element_type = InvalidOid;		/* ditto */
 				state = (ExprState *) sstate;
 			}
 			break;
@@ -2484,7 +2488,7 @@ ExecInitExpr(Expr *node, PlanState *parent)
 		case T_SubPlan:
 			{
 				/* Keep this in sync with ExecInitExprInitPlan, below */
-				SubPlan *subplan = (SubPlan *) node;
+				SubPlan    *subplan = (SubPlan *) node;
 				SubPlanState *sstate = makeNode(SubPlanState);
 
 				if (!parent)
@@ -2492,7 +2496,8 @@ ExecInitExpr(Expr *node, PlanState *parent)
 
 				/*
 				 * Here we just add the SubPlanState nodes to
-				 * parent->subPlan.  The subplans will be initialized later.
+				 * parent->subPlan.  The subplans will be initialized
+				 * later.
 				 */
 				parent->subPlan = lcons(sstate, parent->subPlan);
 				sstate->sub_estate = NULL;
@@ -2508,7 +2513,7 @@ ExecInitExpr(Expr *node, PlanState *parent)
 			break;
 		case T_FieldSelect:
 			{
-				FieldSelect   *fselect = (FieldSelect *) node;
+				FieldSelect *fselect = (FieldSelect *) node;
 				GenericExprState *gstate = makeNode(GenericExprState);
 
 				gstate->arg = ExecInitExpr(fselect->arg, parent);
@@ -2517,7 +2522,7 @@ ExecInitExpr(Expr *node, PlanState *parent)
 			break;
 		case T_RelabelType:
 			{
-				RelabelType   *relabel = (RelabelType *) node;
+				RelabelType *relabel = (RelabelType *) node;
 				GenericExprState *gstate = makeNode(GenericExprState);
 
 				gstate->arg = ExecInitExpr(relabel->arg, parent);
@@ -2552,10 +2557,10 @@ ExecInitExpr(Expr *node, PlanState *parent)
 			break;
 		case T_ArrayExpr:
 			{
-				ArrayExpr	   *arrayexpr = (ArrayExpr *) node;
+				ArrayExpr  *arrayexpr = (ArrayExpr *) node;
 				ArrayExprState *astate = makeNode(ArrayExprState);
-				FastList		outlist;
-				List		   *inlist;
+				FastList	outlist;
+				List	   *inlist;
 
 				FastListInit(&outlist);
 				foreach(inlist, arrayexpr->elements)
@@ -2585,8 +2590,8 @@ ExecInitExpr(Expr *node, PlanState *parent)
 				FastListInit(&outlist);
 				foreach(inlist, coalesceexpr->args)
 				{
-					Expr *e = (Expr *) lfirst(inlist);
-					ExprState *estate;
+					Expr	   *e = (Expr *) lfirst(inlist);
+					ExprState  *estate;
 
 					estate = ExecInitExpr(e, parent);
 					FastAppend(&outlist, estate);
@@ -2602,7 +2607,7 @@ ExecInitExpr(Expr *node, PlanState *parent)
 
 				fstate->args = (List *)
 					ExecInitExpr((Expr *) nullifexpr->args, parent);
-				fstate->func.fn_oid = InvalidOid; /* not initialized */
+				fstate->func.fn_oid = InvalidOid;		/* not initialized */
 				state = (ExprState *) fstate;
 			}
 			break;
@@ -2617,7 +2622,7 @@ ExecInitExpr(Expr *node, PlanState *parent)
 			break;
 		case T_BooleanTest:
 			{
-				BooleanTest   *btest = (BooleanTest *) node;
+				BooleanTest *btest = (BooleanTest *) node;
 				GenericExprState *gstate = makeNode(GenericExprState);
 
 				gstate->arg = ExecInitExpr(btest->arg, parent);
@@ -2626,7 +2631,7 @@ ExecInitExpr(Expr *node, PlanState *parent)
 			break;
 		case T_CoerceToDomain:
 			{
-				CoerceToDomain   *ctest = (CoerceToDomain *) node;
+				CoerceToDomain *ctest = (CoerceToDomain *) node;
 				CoerceToDomainState *cstate = makeNode(CoerceToDomainState);
 
 				cstate->arg = ExecInitExpr(ctest->arg, parent);
@@ -2636,7 +2641,7 @@ ExecInitExpr(Expr *node, PlanState *parent)
 			break;
 		case T_TargetEntry:
 			{
-				TargetEntry   *tle = (TargetEntry *) node;
+				TargetEntry *tle = (TargetEntry *) node;
 				GenericExprState *gstate = makeNode(GenericExprState);
 
 				gstate->arg = ExecInitExpr(tle->expr, parent);
@@ -2673,12 +2678,12 @@ ExecInitExpr(Expr *node, PlanState *parent)
 
 /*
  * ExecInitExprInitPlan --- initialize a subplan expr that's being handled
- * as an InitPlan.  This is identical to ExecInitExpr's handling of a regular
+ * as an InitPlan.	This is identical to ExecInitExpr's handling of a regular
  * subplan expr, except we do NOT want to add the node to the parent's
  * subplan list.
  */
 SubPlanState *
-ExecInitExprInitPlan(SubPlan *node, PlanState *parent)
+ExecInitExprInitPlan(SubPlan *node, PlanState * parent)
 {
 	SubPlanState *sstate = makeNode(SubPlanState);
 
@@ -2704,7 +2709,7 @@ ExecInitExprInitPlan(SubPlan *node, PlanState *parent)
  * This differs from ExecInitExpr in that we don't assume the caller is
  * already running in the EState's per-query context.  Also, we apply
  * fix_opfuncids() to the passed expression tree to be sure it is ready
- * to run.  (In ordinary Plan trees the planner will have fixed opfuncids,
+ * to run.	(In ordinary Plan trees the planner will have fixed opfuncids,
  * but callers outside the executor will not have done this.)
  */
 ExprState *
@@ -2988,8 +2993,8 @@ ExecTargetList(List *targetlist,
 					if (itemIsDone[resind] == ExprEndResult)
 					{
 						/*
-						 * Oh dear, this item is returning an empty
-						 * set. Guess we can't make a tuple after all.
+						 * Oh dear, this item is returning an empty set.
+						 * Guess we can't make a tuple after all.
 						 */
 						*isDone = ExprEndResult;
 						break;
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/execScan.c b/src/backend/executor/execScan.c
index 9352c79d81e..35007cf0cc0 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/execScan.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/execScan.c
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execScan.c,v 1.23 2003/02/03 15:07:07 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execScan.c,v 1.24 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ static bool tlist_matches_tupdesc(List *tlist, Index varno, TupleDesc tupdesc);
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 TupleTableSlot *
-ExecScan(ScanState *node,
+ExecScan(ScanState * node,
 		 ExecScanAccessMtd accessMtd)	/* function returning a tuple */
 {
 	EState	   *estate;
@@ -134,9 +134,10 @@ ExecScan(ScanState *node,
 			if (projInfo)
 			{
 				/*
-				 * Form a projection tuple, store it in the result tuple slot
-				 * and return it --- unless we find we can project no tuples
-				 * from this scan tuple, in which case continue scan.
+				 * Form a projection tuple, store it in the result tuple
+				 * slot and return it --- unless we find we can project no
+				 * tuples from this scan tuple, in which case continue
+				 * scan.
 				 */
 				resultSlot = ExecProject(projInfo, &isDone);
 				if (isDone != ExprEndResult)
@@ -175,13 +176,13 @@ ExecScan(ScanState *node,
  * ExecAssignScanType must have been called already.
  */
 void
-ExecAssignScanProjectionInfo(ScanState *node)
+ExecAssignScanProjectionInfo(ScanState * node)
 {
-	Scan   *scan = (Scan *) node->ps.plan;
+	Scan	   *scan = (Scan *) node->ps.plan;
 
 	if (tlist_matches_tupdesc(scan->plan.targetlist,
 							  scan->scanrelid,
-							  node->ss_ScanTupleSlot->ttc_tupleDescriptor))
+							node->ss_ScanTupleSlot->ttc_tupleDescriptor))
 		node->ps.ps_ProjInfo = NULL;
 	else
 		ExecAssignProjectionInfo(&node->ps);
@@ -190,13 +191,13 @@ ExecAssignScanProjectionInfo(ScanState *node)
 static bool
 tlist_matches_tupdesc(List *tlist, Index varno, TupleDesc tupdesc)
 {
-	int		numattrs = tupdesc->natts;
-	int		attrno;
+	int			numattrs = tupdesc->natts;
+	int			attrno;
 
 	for (attrno = 1; attrno <= numattrs; attrno++)
 	{
 		Form_pg_attribute att_tup = tupdesc->attrs[attrno - 1];
-		Var	   *var;
+		Var		   *var;
 
 		if (tlist == NIL)
 			return false;		/* tlist too short */
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/execTuples.c b/src/backend/executor/execTuples.c
index 976c152236c..c2145b7eca8 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/execTuples.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/execTuples.c
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execTuples.c,v 1.67 2003/07/21 17:05:09 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execTuples.c,v 1.68 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ ExecSetSlotDescriptorIsNew(TupleTableSlot *slot,		/* slot to change */
  * ----------------
  */
 void
-ExecInitResultTupleSlot(EState *estate, PlanState *planstate)
+ExecInitResultTupleSlot(EState *estate, PlanState * planstate)
 {
 	INIT_SLOT_DEFS;
 	INIT_SLOT_ALLOC;
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ ExecInitResultTupleSlot(EState *estate, PlanState *planstate)
  * ----------------
  */
 void
-ExecInitScanTupleSlot(EState *estate, ScanState *scanstate)
+ExecInitScanTupleSlot(EState *estate, ScanState * scanstate)
 {
 	INIT_SLOT_DEFS;
 	INIT_SLOT_ALLOC;
@@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ do_text_output_multiline(TupOutputState *tstate, char *text)
 		if (eol)
 			*eol++ = '\0';
 		else
-			eol = text + strlen(text);
+			eol = text +strlen(text);
 
 		do_tup_output(tstate, &text);
 		text = eol;
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/execUtils.c b/src/backend/executor/execUtils.c
index ca4ff192f44..f87708d3927 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/execUtils.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/execUtils.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execUtils.c,v 1.100 2003/05/28 16:03:56 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execUtils.c,v 1.101 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -166,8 +166,8 @@ CreateExecutorState(void)
 									 ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_MAXSIZE);
 
 	/*
-	 * Make the EState node within the per-query context.  This way,
-	 * we don't need a separate pfree() operation for it at shutdown.
+	 * Make the EState node within the per-query context.  This way, we
+	 * don't need a separate pfree() operation for it at shutdown.
 	 */
 	oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(qcontext);
 
@@ -248,6 +248,7 @@ FreeExecutorState(EState *estate)
 		FreeExprContext((ExprContext *) lfirst(estate->es_exprcontexts));
 		/* FreeExprContext removed the list link for us */
 	}
+
 	/*
 	 * Free the per-query memory context, thereby releasing all working
 	 * memory, including the EState node itself.
@@ -310,10 +311,10 @@ CreateExprContext(EState *estate)
 	econtext->ecxt_callbacks = NULL;
 
 	/*
-	 * Link the ExprContext into the EState to ensure it is shut down
-	 * when the EState is freed.  Because we use lcons(), shutdowns will
-	 * occur in reverse order of creation, which may not be essential
-	 * but can't hurt.
+	 * Link the ExprContext into the EState to ensure it is shut down when
+	 * the EState is freed.  Because we use lcons(), shutdowns will occur
+	 * in reverse order of creation, which may not be essential but can't
+	 * hurt.
 	 */
 	estate->es_exprcontexts = lcons(econtext, estate->es_exprcontexts);
 
@@ -377,14 +378,14 @@ MakePerTupleExprContext(EState *estate)
 /* ----------------
  *		ExecAssignExprContext
  *
- *		This initializes the ps_ExprContext field.  It is only necessary
+ *		This initializes the ps_ExprContext field.	It is only necessary
  *		to do this for nodes which use ExecQual or ExecProject
- *		because those routines require an econtext.	Other nodes that
+ *		because those routines require an econtext. Other nodes that
  *		don't have to evaluate expressions don't need to do this.
  * ----------------
  */
 void
-ExecAssignExprContext(EState *estate, PlanState *planstate)
+ExecAssignExprContext(EState *estate, PlanState * planstate)
 {
 	planstate->ps_ExprContext = CreateExprContext(estate);
 }
@@ -394,7 +395,7 @@ ExecAssignExprContext(EState *estate, PlanState *planstate)
  * ----------------
  */
 void
-ExecAssignResultType(PlanState *planstate,
+ExecAssignResultType(PlanState * planstate,
 					 TupleDesc tupDesc, bool shouldFree)
 {
 	TupleTableSlot *slot = planstate->ps_ResultTupleSlot;
@@ -407,7 +408,7 @@ ExecAssignResultType(PlanState *planstate,
  * ----------------
  */
 void
-ExecAssignResultTypeFromOuterPlan(PlanState *planstate)
+ExecAssignResultTypeFromOuterPlan(PlanState * planstate)
 {
 	PlanState  *outerPlan;
 	TupleDesc	tupDesc;
@@ -423,7 +424,7 @@ ExecAssignResultTypeFromOuterPlan(PlanState *planstate)
  * ----------------
  */
 void
-ExecAssignResultTypeFromTL(PlanState *planstate)
+ExecAssignResultTypeFromTL(PlanState * planstate)
 {
 	bool		hasoid = false;
 	TupleDesc	tupDesc;
@@ -445,9 +446,9 @@ ExecAssignResultTypeFromTL(PlanState *planstate)
 	 * each of the child plans of the topmost Append plan.	So, this is
 	 * ugly but it works, for now ...
 	 *
-	 * SELECT INTO is also pretty grotty, because we don't yet have the
-	 * INTO relation's descriptor at this point; we have to look aside
-	 * at a flag set by InitPlan().
+	 * SELECT INTO is also pretty grotty, because we don't yet have the INTO
+	 * relation's descriptor at this point; we have to look aside at a
+	 * flag set by InitPlan().
 	 */
 	if (planstate->state->es_force_oids)
 		hasoid = true;
@@ -465,9 +466,9 @@ ExecAssignResultTypeFromTL(PlanState *planstate)
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * ExecTypeFromTL needs the parse-time representation of the tlist, not
-	 * a list of ExprStates.  This is good because some plan nodes don't
-	 * bother to set up planstate->targetlist ...
+	 * ExecTypeFromTL needs the parse-time representation of the tlist,
+	 * not a list of ExprStates.  This is good because some plan nodes
+	 * don't bother to set up planstate->targetlist ...
 	 */
 	tupDesc = ExecTypeFromTL(planstate->plan->targetlist, hasoid);
 	ExecAssignResultType(planstate, tupDesc, true);
@@ -478,7 +479,7 @@ ExecAssignResultTypeFromTL(PlanState *planstate)
  * ----------------
  */
 TupleDesc
-ExecGetResultType(PlanState *planstate)
+ExecGetResultType(PlanState * planstate)
 {
 	TupleTableSlot *slot = planstate->ps_ResultTupleSlot;
 
@@ -524,7 +525,7 @@ ExecBuildProjectionInfo(List *targetList,
  * ----------------
  */
 void
-ExecAssignProjectionInfo(PlanState *planstate)
+ExecAssignProjectionInfo(PlanState * planstate)
 {
 	planstate->ps_ProjInfo =
 		ExecBuildProjectionInfo(planstate->targetlist,
@@ -543,7 +544,7 @@ ExecAssignProjectionInfo(PlanState *planstate)
  * ----------------
  */
 void
-ExecFreeExprContext(PlanState *planstate)
+ExecFreeExprContext(PlanState * planstate)
 {
 	ExprContext *econtext;
 
@@ -575,7 +576,7 @@ ExecFreeExprContext(PlanState *planstate)
  * ----------------
  */
 TupleDesc
-ExecGetScanType(ScanState *scanstate)
+ExecGetScanType(ScanState * scanstate)
 {
 	TupleTableSlot *slot = scanstate->ss_ScanTupleSlot;
 
@@ -587,7 +588,7 @@ ExecGetScanType(ScanState *scanstate)
  * ----------------
  */
 void
-ExecAssignScanType(ScanState *scanstate,
+ExecAssignScanType(ScanState * scanstate,
 				   TupleDesc tupDesc, bool shouldFree)
 {
 	TupleTableSlot *slot = scanstate->ss_ScanTupleSlot;
@@ -600,7 +601,7 @@ ExecAssignScanType(ScanState *scanstate,
  * ----------------
  */
 void
-ExecAssignScanTypeFromOuterPlan(ScanState *scanstate)
+ExecAssignScanTypeFromOuterPlan(ScanState * scanstate)
 {
 	PlanState  *outerPlan;
 	TupleDesc	tupDesc;
@@ -795,8 +796,8 @@ ExecInsertIndexTuples(TupleTableSlot *slot,
 
 	/*
 	 * We will use the EState's per-tuple context for evaluating
-	 * predicates and index expressions (creating it if it's not
-	 * already there).
+	 * predicates and index expressions (creating it if it's not already
+	 * there).
 	 */
 	econtext = GetPerTupleExprContext(estate);
 
@@ -841,8 +842,8 @@ ExecInsertIndexTuples(TupleTableSlot *slot,
 
 		/*
 		 * FormIndexDatum fills in its datum and null parameters with
-		 * attribute information taken from the given heap tuple.
-		 * It also computes any expressions needed.
+		 * attribute information taken from the given heap tuple. It also
+		 * computes any expressions needed.
 		 */
 		FormIndexDatum(indexInfo,
 					   heapTuple,
@@ -878,7 +879,7 @@ ExecInsertIndexTuples(TupleTableSlot *slot,
  *		Add changed parameters to a plan node's chgParam set
  */
 void
-UpdateChangedParamSet(PlanState *node, Bitmapset *newchg)
+UpdateChangedParamSet(PlanState * node, Bitmapset * newchg)
 {
 	Bitmapset  *parmset;
 
@@ -887,6 +888,7 @@ UpdateChangedParamSet(PlanState *node, Bitmapset *newchg)
 	 * Don't include anything else into its chgParam set.
 	 */
 	parmset = bms_intersect(node->plan->allParam, newchg);
+
 	/*
 	 * Keep node->chgParam == NULL if there's not actually any members;
 	 * this allows the simplest possible tests in executor node files.
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/functions.c b/src/backend/executor/functions.c
index c8df7ccb83c..ebc3cbcac37 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/functions.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/functions.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/functions.c,v 1.69 2003/07/28 18:33:18 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/functions.c,v 1.70 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 
 
 /*
- * We have an execution_state record for each query in a function.  Each
- * record contains a querytree and plantree for its query.  If the query
+ * We have an execution_state record for each query in a function.	Each
+ * record contains a querytree and plantree for its query.	If the query
  * is currently in F_EXEC_RUN state then there's a QueryDesc too.
  */
 typedef enum
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ static void postquel_start(execution_state *es, SQLFunctionCachePtr fcache);
 static TupleTableSlot *postquel_getnext(execution_state *es);
 static void postquel_end(execution_state *es);
 static void postquel_sub_params(SQLFunctionCachePtr fcache,
-								FunctionCallInfo fcinfo);
+					FunctionCallInfo fcinfo);
 static Datum postquel_execute(execution_state *es,
 				 FunctionCallInfo fcinfo,
 				 SQLFunctionCachePtr fcache);
@@ -177,11 +177,11 @@ init_sql_fcache(FmgrInfo *finfo)
 	if (rettype == ANYARRAYOID || rettype == ANYELEMENTOID)
 	{
 		rettype = get_fn_expr_rettype(finfo);
-		if (rettype == InvalidOid) /* this probably should not happen */
+		if (rettype == InvalidOid)		/* this probably should not happen */
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
 					 errmsg("could not determine actual result type for function declared %s",
-							format_type_be(procedureStruct->prorettype))));
+						  format_type_be(procedureStruct->prorettype))));
 	}
 
 	/* Now look up the actual result type */
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ init_sql_fcache(FmgrInfo *finfo)
 		fcache->funcSlot = NULL;
 
 	/*
-	 * Parse and plan the queries.  We need the argument type info to pass
+	 * Parse and plan the queries.	We need the argument type info to pass
 	 * to the parser.
 	 */
 	nargs = procedureStruct->pronargs;
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ init_sql_fcache(FmgrInfo *finfo)
 
 	if (nargs > 0)
 	{
-		int		argnum;
+		int			argnum;
 
 		argOidVect = (Oid *) palloc(nargs * sizeof(Oid));
 		memcpy(argOidVect,
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ init_sql_fcache(FmgrInfo *finfo)
 		/* Resolve any polymorphic argument types */
 		for (argnum = 0; argnum < nargs; argnum++)
 		{
-			Oid		argtype = argOidVect[argnum];
+			Oid			argtype = argOidVect[argnum];
 
 			if (argtype == ANYARRAYOID || argtype == ANYELEMENTOID)
 			{
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ postquel_getnext(execution_state *es)
 
 	/*
 	 * If it's the function's last command, and it's a SELECT, fetch one
-	 * row at a time so we can return the results.  Otherwise just run it
+	 * row at a time so we can return the results.	Otherwise just run it
 	 * to completion.
 	 */
 	if (LAST_POSTQUEL_COMMAND(es) && es->qd->operation == CMD_SELECT)
@@ -655,14 +655,14 @@ sql_exec_error_callback(void *arg)
 	/*
 	 * Try to determine where in the function we failed.  If there is a
 	 * query with non-null QueryDesc, finger it.  (We check this rather
-	 * than looking for F_EXEC_RUN state, so that errors during ExecutorStart
-	 * or ExecutorEnd are blamed on the appropriate query; see postquel_start
-	 * and postquel_end.)
+	 * than looking for F_EXEC_RUN state, so that errors during
+	 * ExecutorStart or ExecutorEnd are blamed on the appropriate query;
+	 * see postquel_start and postquel_end.)
 	 */
 	if (fcache)
 	{
 		execution_state *es;
-		int		query_num;
+		int			query_num;
 
 		es = fcache->func_state;
 		query_num = 1;
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeAgg.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeAgg.c
index f0537cf5d90..5cf448e772a 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/nodeAgg.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeAgg.c
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeAgg.c,v 1.112 2003/08/01 00:15:21 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeAgg.c,v 1.113 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -173,12 +173,12 @@ typedef struct AggStatePerGroupData
 	 * later input value. Only the first non-NULL input will be
 	 * auto-substituted.
 	 */
-} AggStatePerGroupData;
+}	AggStatePerGroupData;
 
 /*
  * To implement hashed aggregation, we need a hashtable that stores a
  * representative tuple and an array of AggStatePerGroup structs for each
- * distinct set of GROUP BY column values.  We compute the hash key from
+ * distinct set of GROUP BY column values.	We compute the hash key from
  * the GROUP BY columns.
  */
 typedef struct AggHashEntryData *AggHashEntry;
@@ -188,27 +188,27 @@ typedef struct AggHashEntryData
 	TupleHashEntryData shared;	/* common header for hash table entries */
 	/* per-aggregate transition status array - must be last! */
 	AggStatePerGroupData pergroup[1];	/* VARIABLE LENGTH ARRAY */
-} AggHashEntryData;				/* VARIABLE LENGTH STRUCT */
+}	AggHashEntryData;	/* VARIABLE LENGTH STRUCT */
 
 
 static void initialize_aggregates(AggState *aggstate,
-								  AggStatePerAgg peragg,
-								  AggStatePerGroup pergroup);
+					  AggStatePerAgg peragg,
+					  AggStatePerGroup pergroup);
 static void advance_transition_function(AggState *aggstate,
-										AggStatePerAgg peraggstate,
-										AggStatePerGroup pergroupstate,
-										Datum newVal, bool isNull);
+							AggStatePerAgg peraggstate,
+							AggStatePerGroup pergroupstate,
+							Datum newVal, bool isNull);
 static void advance_aggregates(AggState *aggstate, AggStatePerGroup pergroup);
 static void process_sorted_aggregate(AggState *aggstate,
-									 AggStatePerAgg peraggstate,
-									 AggStatePerGroup pergroupstate);
+						 AggStatePerAgg peraggstate,
+						 AggStatePerGroup pergroupstate);
 static void finalize_aggregate(AggState *aggstate,
-							   AggStatePerAgg peraggstate,
-							   AggStatePerGroup pergroupstate,
-							   Datum *resultVal, bool *resultIsNull);
+				   AggStatePerAgg peraggstate,
+				   AggStatePerGroup pergroupstate,
+				   Datum *resultVal, bool *resultIsNull);
 static void build_hash_table(AggState *aggstate);
 static AggHashEntry lookup_hash_entry(AggState *aggstate,
-									  TupleTableSlot *slot);
+				  TupleTableSlot *slot);
 static TupleTableSlot *agg_retrieve_direct(AggState *aggstate);
 static void agg_fill_hash_table(AggState *aggstate);
 static TupleTableSlot *agg_retrieve_hash_table(AggState *aggstate);
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ initialize_aggregates(AggState *aggstate,
 	{
 		AggStatePerAgg peraggstate = &peragg[aggno];
 		AggStatePerGroup pergroupstate = &pergroup[aggno];
-		Aggref *aggref = peraggstate->aggref;
+		Aggref	   *aggref = peraggstate->aggref;
 
 		/*
 		 * Start a fresh sort operation for each DISTINCT aggregate.
@@ -265,18 +265,18 @@ initialize_aggregates(AggState *aggstate,
 
 			oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(aggstate->aggcontext);
 			pergroupstate->transValue = datumCopy(peraggstate->initValue,
-												  peraggstate->transtypeByVal,
-												  peraggstate->transtypeLen);
+											 peraggstate->transtypeByVal,
+											  peraggstate->transtypeLen);
 			MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldContext);
 		}
 		pergroupstate->transValueIsNull = peraggstate->initValueIsNull;
 
 		/*
-		 * If the initial value for the transition state doesn't exist in the
-		 * pg_aggregate table then we will let the first non-NULL value
-		 * returned from the outer procNode become the initial value. (This is
-		 * useful for aggregates like max() and min().)  The noTransValue flag
-		 * signals that we still need to do this.
+		 * If the initial value for the transition state doesn't exist in
+		 * the pg_aggregate table then we will let the first non-NULL
+		 * value returned from the outer procNode become the initial
+		 * value. (This is useful for aggregates like max() and min().)
+		 * The noTransValue flag signals that we still need to do this.
 		 */
 		pergroupstate->noTransValue = peraggstate->initValueIsNull;
 	}
@@ -299,8 +299,8 @@ advance_transition_function(AggState *aggstate,
 	if (peraggstate->transfn.fn_strict)
 	{
 		/*
-		 * For a strict transfn, nothing happens at a NULL input
-		 * tuple; we just keep the prior transValue.
+		 * For a strict transfn, nothing happens at a NULL input tuple; we
+		 * just keep the prior transValue.
 		 */
 		if (isNull)
 			return;
@@ -314,12 +314,13 @@ advance_transition_function(AggState *aggstate,
 			 * here is OK.)
 			 *
 			 * We must copy the datum into aggcontext if it is pass-by-ref.
-			 * We do not need to pfree the old transValue, since it's NULL.
+			 * We do not need to pfree the old transValue, since it's
+			 * NULL.
 			 */
 			oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(aggstate->aggcontext);
 			pergroupstate->transValue = datumCopy(newVal,
-												  peraggstate->transtypeByVal,
-												  peraggstate->transtypeLen);
+											 peraggstate->transtypeByVal,
+											  peraggstate->transtypeLen);
 			pergroupstate->transValueIsNull = false;
 			pergroupstate->noTransValue = false;
 			MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldContext);
@@ -363,12 +364,12 @@ advance_transition_function(AggState *aggstate,
 	newVal = FunctionCallInvoke(&fcinfo);
 
 	/*
-	 * If pass-by-ref datatype, must copy the new value into aggcontext and
-	 * pfree the prior transValue.  But if transfn returned a pointer to its
-	 * first input, we don't need to do anything.
+	 * If pass-by-ref datatype, must copy the new value into aggcontext
+	 * and pfree the prior transValue.	But if transfn returned a pointer
+	 * to its first input, we don't need to do anything.
 	 */
 	if (!peraggstate->transtypeByVal &&
-		DatumGetPointer(newVal) != DatumGetPointer(pergroupstate->transValue))
+	DatumGetPointer(newVal) != DatumGetPointer(pergroupstate->transValue))
 	{
 		if (!fcinfo.isnull)
 		{
@@ -388,7 +389,7 @@ advance_transition_function(AggState *aggstate,
 }
 
 /*
- * Advance all the aggregates for one input tuple.  The input tuple
+ * Advance all the aggregates for one input tuple.	The input tuple
  * has been stored in tmpcontext->ecxt_scantuple, so that it is accessible
  * to ExecEvalExpr.  pergroup is the array of per-group structs to use
  * (this might be in a hashtable entry).
@@ -467,8 +468,8 @@ process_sorted_aggregate(AggState *aggstate,
 			continue;
 
 		/*
-		 * Clear and select the working context for evaluation of
-		 * the equality function and transition function.
+		 * Clear and select the working context for evaluation of the
+		 * equality function and transition function.
 		 */
 		MemoryContextReset(workcontext);
 		oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(workcontext);
@@ -570,9 +571,9 @@ finalize_aggregate(AggState *aggstate,
 static void
 build_hash_table(AggState *aggstate)
 {
-	Agg			   *node = (Agg *) aggstate->ss.ps.plan;
-	MemoryContext	tmpmem = aggstate->tmpcontext->ecxt_per_tuple_memory;
-	Size			entrysize;
+	Agg		   *node = (Agg *) aggstate->ss.ps.plan;
+	MemoryContext tmpmem = aggstate->tmpcontext->ecxt_per_tuple_memory;
+	Size		entrysize;
 
 	Assert(node->aggstrategy == AGG_HASHED);
 	Assert(node->numGroups > 0);
@@ -622,9 +623,9 @@ lookup_hash_entry(AggState *aggstate, TupleTableSlot *slot)
  *	  the appropriate attribute for each aggregate function use (Aggref
  *	  node) appearing in the targetlist or qual of the node.  The number
  *	  of tuples to aggregate over depends on whether grouped or plain
- *	  aggregation is selected.  In grouped aggregation, we produce a result
+ *	  aggregation is selected.	In grouped aggregation, we produce a result
  *	  row for each group; in plain aggregation there's a single result row
- *	  for the whole query.  In either case, the value of each aggregate is
+ *	  for the whole query.	In either case, the value of each aggregate is
  *	  stored in the expression context to be used when ExecProject evaluates
  *	  the result tuple.
  */
@@ -641,9 +642,7 @@ ExecAgg(AggState *node)
 		return agg_retrieve_hash_table(node);
 	}
 	else
-	{
 		return agg_retrieve_direct(node);
-	}
 }
 
 /*
@@ -736,7 +735,7 @@ agg_retrieve_direct(AggState *aggstate)
 						   firstSlot,
 						   InvalidBuffer,
 						   true);
-			aggstate->grp_firstTuple = NULL; /* don't keep two pointers */
+			aggstate->grp_firstTuple = NULL;	/* don't keep two pointers */
 
 			/* set up for first advance_aggregates call */
 			tmpcontext->ecxt_scantuple = firstSlot;
@@ -773,7 +772,7 @@ agg_retrieve_direct(AggState *aggstate)
 										 firstSlot->ttc_tupleDescriptor,
 										 node->numCols, node->grpColIdx,
 										 aggstate->eqfunctions,
-										 tmpcontext->ecxt_per_tuple_memory))
+									  tmpcontext->ecxt_per_tuple_memory))
 					{
 						/*
 						 * Save the first input tuple of the next group.
@@ -806,15 +805,15 @@ agg_retrieve_direct(AggState *aggstate)
 		 * anything), create a dummy all-nulls input tuple for use by
 		 * ExecProject. 99.44% of the time this is a waste of cycles,
 		 * because ordinarily the projected output tuple's targetlist
-		 * cannot contain any direct (non-aggregated) references to
-		 * input columns, so the dummy tuple will not be referenced.
-		 * However there are special cases where this isn't so --- in
-		 * particular an UPDATE involving an aggregate will have a
-		 * targetlist reference to ctid.  We need to return a null for
-		 * ctid in that situation, not coredump.
+		 * cannot contain any direct (non-aggregated) references to input
+		 * columns, so the dummy tuple will not be referenced. However
+		 * there are special cases where this isn't so --- in particular
+		 * an UPDATE involving an aggregate will have a targetlist
+		 * reference to ctid.  We need to return a null for ctid in that
+		 * situation, not coredump.
 		 *
-		 * The values returned for the aggregates will be the initial
-		 * values of the transition functions.
+		 * The values returned for the aggregates will be the initial values
+		 * of the transition functions.
 		 */
 		if (TupIsNull(firstSlot))
 		{
@@ -872,7 +871,7 @@ agg_fill_hash_table(AggState *aggstate)
 {
 	PlanState  *outerPlan;
 	ExprContext *tmpcontext;
-	AggHashEntry	entry;
+	AggHashEntry entry;
 	TupleTableSlot *outerslot;
 
 	/*
@@ -883,8 +882,8 @@ agg_fill_hash_table(AggState *aggstate)
 	tmpcontext = aggstate->tmpcontext;
 
 	/*
-	 * Process each outer-plan tuple, and then fetch the next one,
-	 * until we exhaust the outer plan.
+	 * Process each outer-plan tuple, and then fetch the next one, until
+	 * we exhaust the outer plan.
 	 */
 	for (;;)
 	{
@@ -921,8 +920,8 @@ agg_retrieve_hash_table(AggState *aggstate)
 	bool	   *aggnulls;
 	AggStatePerAgg peragg;
 	AggStatePerGroup pergroup;
-	TupleHashTable	hashtable;
-	AggHashEntry	entry;
+	TupleHashTable hashtable;
+	AggHashEntry entry;
 	TupleTableSlot *firstSlot;
 	TupleTableSlot *resultSlot;
 	int			aggno;
@@ -1045,20 +1044,20 @@ ExecInitAgg(Agg *node, EState *estate)
 	aggstate->hashtable = NULL;
 
 	/*
-	 * Create expression contexts.  We need two, one for per-input-tuple
-	 * processing and one for per-output-tuple processing.  We cheat a little
-	 * by using ExecAssignExprContext() to build both.
+	 * Create expression contexts.	We need two, one for per-input-tuple
+	 * processing and one for per-output-tuple processing.	We cheat a
+	 * little by using ExecAssignExprContext() to build both.
 	 */
 	ExecAssignExprContext(estate, &aggstate->ss.ps);
 	aggstate->tmpcontext = aggstate->ss.ps.ps_ExprContext;
 	ExecAssignExprContext(estate, &aggstate->ss.ps);
 
 	/*
-	 * We also need a long-lived memory context for holding hashtable
-	 * data structures and transition values.  NOTE: the details of what
-	 * is stored in aggcontext and what is stored in the regular per-query
-	 * memory context are driven by a simple decision: we want to reset the
-	 * aggcontext in ExecReScanAgg to recover no-longer-wanted space.
+	 * We also need a long-lived memory context for holding hashtable data
+	 * structures and transition values.  NOTE: the details of what is
+	 * stored in aggcontext and what is stored in the regular per-query
+	 * memory context are driven by a simple decision: we want to reset
+	 * the aggcontext in ExecReScanAgg to recover no-longer-wanted space.
 	 */
 	aggstate->aggcontext =
 		AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext,
@@ -1079,10 +1078,10 @@ ExecInitAgg(Agg *node, EState *estate)
 	 * initialize child expressions
 	 *
 	 * Note: ExecInitExpr finds Aggrefs for us, and also checks that no aggs
-	 * contain other agg calls in their arguments.  This would make no sense
-	 * under SQL semantics anyway (and it's forbidden by the spec).  Because
-	 * that is true, we don't need to worry about evaluating the aggs in any
-	 * particular order.
+	 * contain other agg calls in their arguments.	This would make no
+	 * sense under SQL semantics anyway (and it's forbidden by the spec).
+	 * Because that is true, we don't need to worry about evaluating the
+	 * aggs in any particular order.
 	 */
 	aggstate->ss.ps.targetlist = (List *)
 		ExecInitExpr((Expr *) node->plan.targetlist,
@@ -1116,19 +1115,20 @@ ExecInitAgg(Agg *node, EState *estate)
 	if (numaggs <= 0)
 	{
 		/*
-		 * This is not an error condition: we might be using the Agg node just
-		 * to do hash-based grouping.  Even in the regular case,
-		 * constant-expression simplification could optimize away all of the
-		 * Aggrefs in the targetlist and qual.  So keep going, but force local
-		 * copy of numaggs positive so that palloc()s below don't choke.
+		 * This is not an error condition: we might be using the Agg node
+		 * just to do hash-based grouping.	Even in the regular case,
+		 * constant-expression simplification could optimize away all of
+		 * the Aggrefs in the targetlist and qual.	So keep going, but
+		 * force local copy of numaggs positive so that palloc()s below
+		 * don't choke.
 		 */
 		numaggs = 1;
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * If we are grouping, precompute fmgr lookup data for inner loop.
-	 * We need both equality and hashing functions to do it by hashing,
-	 * but only equality if not hashing.
+	 * If we are grouping, precompute fmgr lookup data for inner loop. We
+	 * need both equality and hashing functions to do it by hashing, but
+	 * only equality if not hashing.
 	 */
 	if (node->numCols > 0)
 	{
@@ -1146,8 +1146,8 @@ ExecInitAgg(Agg *node, EState *estate)
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Set up aggregate-result storage in the output expr context, and also
-	 * allocate my private per-agg working storage
+	 * Set up aggregate-result storage in the output expr context, and
+	 * also allocate my private per-agg working storage
 	 */
 	econtext = aggstate->ss.ps.ps_ExprContext;
 	econtext->ecxt_aggvalues = (Datum *) palloc0(sizeof(Datum) * numaggs);
@@ -1174,8 +1174,8 @@ ExecInitAgg(Agg *node, EState *estate)
 	 * unchanging fields of the per-agg data.  We also detect duplicate
 	 * aggregates (for example, "SELECT sum(x) ... HAVING sum(x) > 0").
 	 * When duplicates are detected, we only make an AggStatePerAgg struct
-	 * for the first one.  The clones are simply pointed at the same result
-	 * entry by giving them duplicate aggno values.
+	 * for the first one.  The clones are simply pointed at the same
+	 * result entry by giving them duplicate aggno values.
 	 */
 	aggno = -1;
 	foreach(alist, aggstate->aggs)
@@ -1425,9 +1425,9 @@ ExecReScanAgg(AggState *node, ExprContext *exprCtxt)
 	if (((Agg *) node->ss.ps.plan)->aggstrategy == AGG_HASHED)
 	{
 		/*
-		 * In the hashed case, if we haven't yet built the hash table
-		 * then we can just return; nothing done yet, so nothing to undo.
-		 * If subnode's chgParam is not NULL then it will be re-scanned by
+		 * In the hashed case, if we haven't yet built the hash table then
+		 * we can just return; nothing done yet, so nothing to undo. If
+		 * subnode's chgParam is not NULL then it will be re-scanned by
 		 * ExecProcNode, else no reason to re-scan it at all.
 		 */
 		if (!node->table_filled)
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeAppend.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeAppend.c
index e79d37fd857..7fc8caac2a9 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/nodeAppend.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeAppend.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeAppend.c,v 1.52 2003/02/09 00:30:39 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeAppend.c,v 1.53 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ ExecReScanAppend(AppendState *node, ExprContext *exprCtxt)
 
 	for (i = node->as_firstplan; i <= node->as_lastplan; i++)
 	{
-		PlanState *subnode = node->appendplans[i];
+		PlanState  *subnode = node->appendplans[i];
 
 		/*
 		 * ExecReScan doesn't know about my subplans, so I have to do
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeHash.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeHash.c
index 69053708cda..a4eb9065c06 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/nodeHash.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeHash.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeHash.c,v 1.77 2003/07/21 17:05:09 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeHash.c,v 1.78 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ ExecHashTableCreate(Hash *node, List *hashOperators)
 	i = 0;
 	foreach(ho, hashOperators)
 	{
-		Oid		hashfn;
+		Oid			hashfn;
 
 		hashfn = get_op_hash_function(lfirsto(ho));
 		if (!OidIsValid(hashfn))
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeHashjoin.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeHashjoin.c
index bc3ecdfeeda..a45e007aff2 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/nodeHashjoin.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeHashjoin.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeHashjoin.c,v 1.53 2003/07/21 17:05:09 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeHashjoin.c,v 1.54 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -22,8 +22,8 @@
 #include "utils/memutils.h"
 
 
-static TupleTableSlot *ExecHashJoinOuterGetTuple(PlanState *node,
-												 HashJoinState *hjstate);
+static TupleTableSlot *ExecHashJoinOuterGetTuple(PlanState * node,
+						  HashJoinState *hjstate);
 static TupleTableSlot *ExecHashJoinGetSavedTuple(HashJoinState *hjstate,
 						  BufFile *file,
 						  TupleTableSlot *tupleSlot);
@@ -94,10 +94,10 @@ ExecHashJoin(HashJoinState *node)
 
 	/*
 	 * If we're doing an IN join, we want to return at most one row per
-	 * outer tuple; so we can stop scanning the inner scan if we matched on
-	 * the previous try.
+	 * outer tuple; so we can stop scanning the inner scan if we matched
+	 * on the previous try.
 	 */
-	if (node->js.jointype == JOIN_IN && 
+	if (node->js.jointype == JOIN_IN &&
 		node->hj_MatchedOuter)
 		node->hj_NeedNewOuter = true;
 
@@ -244,7 +244,10 @@ ExecHashJoin(HashJoinState *node)
 					}
 				}
 
-				/* If we didn't return a tuple, may need to set NeedNewOuter */
+				/*
+				 * If we didn't return a tuple, may need to set
+				 * NeedNewOuter
+				 */
 				if (node->js.jointype == JOIN_IN)
 				{
 					node->hj_NeedNewOuter = true;
@@ -365,7 +368,7 @@ ExecInitHashJoin(HashJoin *node, EState *estate)
 		case JOIN_LEFT:
 			hjstate->hj_NullInnerTupleSlot =
 				ExecInitNullTupleSlot(estate,
-									  ExecGetResultType(innerPlanState(hjstate)));
+							 ExecGetResultType(innerPlanState(hjstate)));
 			break;
 		default:
 			elog(ERROR, "unrecognized join type: %d",
@@ -407,10 +410,10 @@ ExecInitHashJoin(HashJoin *node, EState *estate)
 	hjstate->hj_CurTuple = (HashJoinTuple) NULL;
 
 	/*
-	 * The planner already made a list of the inner hashkeys for us,
-	 * but we also need a list of the outer hashkeys, as well as a list
-	 * of the hash operator OIDs.  Both lists of exprs must then be prepared
-	 * for execution.
+	 * The planner already made a list of the inner hashkeys for us, but
+	 * we also need a list of the outer hashkeys, as well as a list of the
+	 * hash operator OIDs.	Both lists of exprs must then be prepared for
+	 * execution.
 	 */
 	hjstate->hj_InnerHashKeys = (List *)
 		ExecInitExpr((Expr *) hashNode->hashkeys,
@@ -496,7 +499,7 @@ ExecEndHashJoin(HashJoinState *node)
  */
 
 static TupleTableSlot *
-ExecHashJoinOuterGetTuple(PlanState *node, HashJoinState *hjstate)
+ExecHashJoinOuterGetTuple(PlanState * node, HashJoinState *hjstate)
 {
 	HashJoinTable hashtable = hjstate->hj_HashTable;
 	int			curbatch = hashtable->curbatch;
@@ -701,11 +704,11 @@ ExecReScanHashJoin(HashJoinState *node, ExprContext *exprCtxt)
 	Assert(node->hj_HashTable != NULL);
 
 	/*
-	 * In a multi-batch join, we currently have to do rescans the hard way,
-	 * primarily because batch temp files may have already been released.
-	 * But if it's a single-batch join, and there is no parameter change
-	 * for the inner subnode, then we can just re-use the existing hash
-	 * table without rebuilding it.
+	 * In a multi-batch join, we currently have to do rescans the hard
+	 * way, primarily because batch temp files may have already been
+	 * released. But if it's a single-batch join, and there is no
+	 * parameter change for the inner subnode, then we can just re-use the
+	 * existing hash table without rebuilding it.
 	 */
 	if (node->hj_HashTable->nbatch == 0 &&
 		((PlanState *) node)->righttree->chgParam == NULL)
@@ -718,6 +721,7 @@ ExecReScanHashJoin(HashJoinState *node, ExprContext *exprCtxt)
 		node->hj_hashdone = false;
 		ExecHashTableDestroy(node->hj_HashTable);
 		node->hj_HashTable = NULL;
+
 		/*
 		 * if chgParam of subnode is not null then plan will be re-scanned
 		 * by first ExecProcNode.
@@ -736,8 +740,8 @@ ExecReScanHashJoin(HashJoinState *node, ExprContext *exprCtxt)
 	node->hj_MatchedOuter = false;
 
 	/*
-	 * if chgParam of subnode is not null then plan will be re-scanned
-	 * by first ExecProcNode.
+	 * if chgParam of subnode is not null then plan will be re-scanned by
+	 * first ExecProcNode.
 	 */
 	if (((PlanState *) node)->lefttree->chgParam == NULL)
 		ExecReScan(((PlanState *) node)->lefttree, exprCtxt);
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeIndexscan.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeIndexscan.c
index 017a378f9da..d01d4cfa7c7 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/nodeIndexscan.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeIndexscan.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeIndexscan.c,v 1.80 2003/07/21 17:05:09 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeIndexscan.c,v 1.81 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -290,7 +290,8 @@ ExecIndexReScan(IndexScanState *node, ExprContext *exprCtxt)
 	int			j;
 
 	estate = node->ss.ps.state;
-	econtext = node->iss_RuntimeContext;	/* context for runtime keys */
+	econtext = node->iss_RuntimeContext;		/* context for runtime
+												 * keys */
 	numIndices = node->iss_NumIndices;
 	scanDescs = node->iss_ScanDescs;
 	scanKeys = node->iss_ScanKeys;
@@ -882,7 +883,7 @@ ExecInitIndexScan(IndexScan *node, EState *estate)
 						reloid)));
 
 	indexstate->ss.ss_currentRelation = currentRelation;
-	indexstate->ss.ss_currentScanDesc = NULL;		/* no heap scan here */
+	indexstate->ss.ss_currentScanDesc = NULL;	/* no heap scan here */
 
 	/*
 	 * get the scan type from the relation descriptor.
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeLimit.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeLimit.c
index 4b1145e258c..7477bd43042 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/nodeLimit.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeLimit.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeLimit.c,v 1.15 2003/07/21 17:05:09 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeLimit.c,v 1.16 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -55,17 +55,21 @@ ExecLimit(LimitState *node)
 	switch (node->lstate)
 	{
 		case LIMIT_INITIAL:
+
 			/*
 			 * If backwards scan, just return NULL without changing state.
 			 */
 			if (!ScanDirectionIsForward(direction))
 				return NULL;
+
 			/*
-			 * First call for this scan, so compute limit/offset. (We can't do
-			 * this any earlier, because parameters from upper nodes may not
-			 * be set until now.)  This also sets position = 0.
+			 * First call for this scan, so compute limit/offset. (We
+			 * can't do this any earlier, because parameters from upper
+			 * nodes may not be set until now.)  This also sets position =
+			 * 0.
 			 */
 			recompute_limits(node);
+
 			/*
 			 * Check for empty window; if so, treat like empty subplan.
 			 */
@@ -74,6 +78,7 @@ ExecLimit(LimitState *node)
 				node->lstate = LIMIT_EMPTY;
 				return NULL;
 			}
+
 			/*
 			 * Fetch rows from subplan until we reach position > offset.
 			 */
@@ -83,8 +88,8 @@ ExecLimit(LimitState *node)
 				if (TupIsNull(slot))
 				{
 					/*
-					 * The subplan returns too few tuples for us to produce
-					 * any output at all.
+					 * The subplan returns too few tuples for us to
+					 * produce any output at all.
 					 */
 					node->lstate = LIMIT_EMPTY;
 					return NULL;
@@ -93,6 +98,7 @@ ExecLimit(LimitState *node)
 				if (++node->position > node->offset)
 					break;
 			}
+
 			/*
 			 * Okay, we have the first tuple of the window.
 			 */
@@ -100,9 +106,10 @@ ExecLimit(LimitState *node)
 			break;
 
 		case LIMIT_EMPTY:
+
 			/*
 			 * The subplan is known to return no tuples (or not more than
-			 * OFFSET tuples, in general).  So we return no tuples.
+			 * OFFSET tuples, in general).	So we return no tuples.
 			 */
 			return NULL;
 
@@ -113,7 +120,8 @@ ExecLimit(LimitState *node)
 				 * Forwards scan, so check for stepping off end of window.
 				 * If we are at the end of the window, return NULL without
 				 * advancing the subplan or the position variable; but
-				 * change the state machine state to record having done so.
+				 * change the state machine state to record having done
+				 * so.
 				 */
 				if (!node->noCount &&
 					node->position >= node->offset + node->count)
@@ -121,6 +129,7 @@ ExecLimit(LimitState *node)
 					node->lstate = LIMIT_WINDOWEND;
 					return NULL;
 				}
+
 				/*
 				 * Get next tuple from subplan, if any.
 				 */
@@ -136,14 +145,16 @@ ExecLimit(LimitState *node)
 			else
 			{
 				/*
-				 * Backwards scan, so check for stepping off start of window.
-				 * As above, change only state-machine status if so.
+				 * Backwards scan, so check for stepping off start of
+				 * window. As above, change only state-machine status if
+				 * so.
 				 */
 				if (node->position <= node->offset + 1)
 				{
 					node->lstate = LIMIT_WINDOWSTART;
 					return NULL;
 				}
+
 				/*
 				 * Get previous tuple from subplan; there should be one!
 				 */
@@ -158,9 +169,11 @@ ExecLimit(LimitState *node)
 		case LIMIT_SUBPLANEOF:
 			if (ScanDirectionIsForward(direction))
 				return NULL;
+
 			/*
 			 * Backing up from subplan EOF, so re-fetch previous tuple;
-			 * there should be one!  Note previous tuple must be in window.
+			 * there should be one!  Note previous tuple must be in
+			 * window.
 			 */
 			slot = ExecProcNode(outerPlan);
 			if (TupIsNull(slot))
@@ -173,9 +186,10 @@ ExecLimit(LimitState *node)
 		case LIMIT_WINDOWEND:
 			if (ScanDirectionIsForward(direction))
 				return NULL;
+
 			/*
-			 * Backing up from window end: simply re-return the last
-			 * tuple fetched from the subplan.
+			 * Backing up from window end: simply re-return the last tuple
+			 * fetched from the subplan.
 			 */
 			slot = node->subSlot;
 			node->lstate = LIMIT_INWINDOW;
@@ -185,6 +199,7 @@ ExecLimit(LimitState *node)
 		case LIMIT_WINDOWSTART:
 			if (!ScanDirectionIsForward(direction))
 				return NULL;
+
 			/*
 			 * Advancing after having backed off window start: simply
 			 * re-return the last tuple fetched from the subplan.
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeMaterial.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeMaterial.c
index 39968c65e0c..afd08e80945 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/nodeMaterial.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeMaterial.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeMaterial.c,v 1.42 2003/03/27 16:51:27 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeMaterial.c,v 1.43 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -79,15 +79,15 @@ ExecMaterial(MaterialState *node)
 		{
 			/*
 			 * When reversing direction at tuplestore EOF, the first
-			 * getheaptuple call will fetch the last-added tuple; but
-			 * we want to return the one before that, if possible.
-			 * So do an extra fetch.
+			 * getheaptuple call will fetch the last-added tuple; but we
+			 * want to return the one before that, if possible. So do an
+			 * extra fetch.
 			 */
 			heapTuple = tuplestore_getheaptuple(tuplestorestate,
 												forward,
 												&should_free);
 			if (heapTuple == NULL)
-				return NULL;		/* the tuplestore must be empty */
+				return NULL;	/* the tuplestore must be empty */
 			if (should_free)
 				heap_freetuple(heapTuple);
 		}
@@ -129,10 +129,11 @@ ExecMaterial(MaterialState *node)
 		}
 		heapTuple = outerslot->val;
 		should_free = false;
+
 		/*
 		 * Append returned tuple to tuplestore, too.  NOTE: because the
-		 * tuplestore is certainly in EOF state, its read position will move
-		 * forward over the added tuple.  This is what we want.
+		 * tuplestore is certainly in EOF state, its read position will
+		 * move forward over the added tuple.  This is what we want.
 		 */
 		tuplestore_puttuple(tuplestorestate, (void *) heapTuple);
 	}
@@ -293,8 +294,8 @@ ExecMaterialReScan(MaterialState *node, ExprContext *exprCtxt)
 	 * If subnode is to be rescanned then we forget previous stored
 	 * results; we have to re-read the subplan and re-store.
 	 *
-	 * Otherwise we can just rewind and rescan the stored output.
-	 * The state of the subnode does not change.
+	 * Otherwise we can just rewind and rescan the stored output. The state
+	 * of the subnode does not change.
 	 */
 	if (((PlanState *) node)->lefttree->chgParam != NULL)
 	{
@@ -303,7 +304,5 @@ ExecMaterialReScan(MaterialState *node, ExprContext *exprCtxt)
 		node->eof_underlying = false;
 	}
 	else
-	{
 		tuplestore_rescan((Tuplestorestate *) node->tuplestorestate);
-	}
 }
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeMergejoin.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeMergejoin.c
index 57249d7d970..081ce24cb19 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/nodeMergejoin.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeMergejoin.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeMergejoin.c,v 1.58 2003/07/21 17:05:10 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeMergejoin.c,v 1.59 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ static bool MergeCompare(List *eqQual, List *compareQual, ExprContext *econtext)
  */
 static void
 MJFormSkipQuals(List *qualList, List **ltQuals, List **gtQuals,
-				PlanState *parent)
+				PlanState * parent)
 {
 	List	   *ltexprs,
 			   *gtexprs,
@@ -358,9 +358,9 @@ ExecMergeJoin(MergeJoinState *node)
 	List	   *otherqual;
 	bool		qualResult;
 	bool		compareResult;
-	PlanState   *innerPlan;
+	PlanState  *innerPlan;
 	TupleTableSlot *innerTupleSlot;
-	PlanState   *outerPlan;
+	PlanState  *outerPlan;
 	TupleTableSlot *outerTupleSlot;
 	ExprContext *econtext;
 	bool		doFillOuter;
@@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ ExecMergeJoin(MergeJoinState *node)
 					 * tuple, and return it if it passes the non-join
 					 * quals.
 					 */
-					node->mj_MatchedInner = true; /* do it only once */
+					node->mj_MatchedInner = true;		/* do it only once */
 
 					ResetExprContext(econtext);
 
@@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ ExecMergeJoin(MergeJoinState *node)
 					 * tuple, and return it if it passes the non-join
 					 * quals.
 					 */
-					node->mj_MatchedOuter = true; /* do it only once */
+					node->mj_MatchedOuter = true;		/* do it only once */
 
 					ResetExprContext(econtext);
 
@@ -1004,7 +1004,7 @@ ExecMergeJoin(MergeJoinState *node)
 					 * tuple, and return it if it passes the non-join
 					 * quals.
 					 */
-					node->mj_MatchedOuter = true; /* do it only once */
+					node->mj_MatchedOuter = true;		/* do it only once */
 
 					ResetExprContext(econtext);
 
@@ -1181,7 +1181,7 @@ ExecMergeJoin(MergeJoinState *node)
 					 * tuple, and return it if it passes the non-join
 					 * quals.
 					 */
-					node->mj_MatchedInner = true; /* do it only once */
+					node->mj_MatchedInner = true;		/* do it only once */
 
 					ResetExprContext(econtext);
 
@@ -1266,7 +1266,7 @@ ExecMergeJoin(MergeJoinState *node)
 					 * tuple, and return it if it passes the non-join
 					 * quals.
 					 */
-					node->mj_MatchedInner = true; /* do it only once */
+					node->mj_MatchedInner = true;		/* do it only once */
 
 					ResetExprContext(econtext);
 
@@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@ ExecMergeJoin(MergeJoinState *node)
 					 * tuple, and return it if it passes the non-join
 					 * quals.
 					 */
-					node->mj_MatchedOuter = true; /* do it only once */
+					node->mj_MatchedOuter = true;		/* do it only once */
 
 					ResetExprContext(econtext);
 
@@ -1462,12 +1462,12 @@ ExecInitMergeJoin(MergeJoin *node, EState *estate)
 		case JOIN_LEFT:
 			mergestate->mj_NullInnerTupleSlot =
 				ExecInitNullTupleSlot(estate,
-							   ExecGetResultType(innerPlanState(mergestate)));
+						  ExecGetResultType(innerPlanState(mergestate)));
 			break;
 		case JOIN_RIGHT:
 			mergestate->mj_NullOuterTupleSlot =
 				ExecInitNullTupleSlot(estate,
-							   ExecGetResultType(outerPlanState(mergestate)));
+						  ExecGetResultType(outerPlanState(mergestate)));
 
 			/*
 			 * Can't handle right or full join with non-nil extra
@@ -1481,10 +1481,10 @@ ExecInitMergeJoin(MergeJoin *node, EState *estate)
 		case JOIN_FULL:
 			mergestate->mj_NullOuterTupleSlot =
 				ExecInitNullTupleSlot(estate,
-							   ExecGetResultType(outerPlanState(mergestate)));
+						  ExecGetResultType(outerPlanState(mergestate)));
 			mergestate->mj_NullInnerTupleSlot =
 				ExecInitNullTupleSlot(estate,
-							   ExecGetResultType(innerPlanState(mergestate)));
+						  ExecGetResultType(innerPlanState(mergestate)));
 
 			/*
 			 * Can't handle right or full join with non-nil extra
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeNestloop.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeNestloop.c
index 2b69da95e82..66dbd8c063d 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/nodeNestloop.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeNestloop.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeNestloop.c,v 1.33 2003/07/21 17:05:10 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeNestloop.c,v 1.34 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -103,8 +103,8 @@ ExecNestLoop(NestLoopState *node)
 
 	/*
 	 * If we're doing an IN join, we want to return at most one row per
-	 * outer tuple; so we can stop scanning the inner scan if we matched on
-	 * the previous try.
+	 * outer tuple; so we can stop scanning the inner scan if we matched
+	 * on the previous try.
 	 */
 	if (node->js.jointype == JOIN_IN &&
 		node->nl_MatchedOuter)
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ ExecInitNestLoop(NestLoop *node, EState *estate)
 		case JOIN_LEFT:
 			nlstate->nl_NullInnerTupleSlot =
 				ExecInitNullTupleSlot(estate,
-							   ExecGetResultType(innerPlanState(nlstate)));
+							 ExecGetResultType(innerPlanState(nlstate)));
 			break;
 		default:
 			elog(ERROR, "unrecognized join type: %d",
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ ExecEndNestLoop(NestLoopState *node)
 void
 ExecReScanNestLoop(NestLoopState *node, ExprContext *exprCtxt)
 {
-	PlanState   *outerPlan = outerPlanState(node);
+	PlanState  *outerPlan = outerPlanState(node);
 
 	/*
 	 * If outerPlan->chgParam is not null then plan will be automatically
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeResult.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeResult.c
index 9ea75eb3ce7..194ed192169 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/nodeResult.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeResult.c
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeResult.c,v 1.24 2002/12/15 16:17:46 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeResult.c,v 1.25 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ ExecResult(ResultState *node)
 {
 	TupleTableSlot *outerTupleSlot;
 	TupleTableSlot *resultSlot;
-	PlanState   *outerPlan;
+	PlanState  *outerPlan;
 	ExprContext *econtext;
 	ExprDoneCond isDone;
 
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeSeqscan.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeSeqscan.c
index 47d2e4eb497..4721fc5bf6a 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/nodeSeqscan.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeSeqscan.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeSeqscan.c,v 1.43 2003/02/03 15:07:07 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeSeqscan.c,v 1.44 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 #include "executor/nodeSeqscan.h"
 #include "parser/parsetree.h"
 
-static void InitScanRelation(SeqScanState *node, EState *estate);
-static TupleTableSlot *SeqNext(SeqScanState *node);
+static void InitScanRelation(SeqScanState * node, EState *estate);
+static TupleTableSlot *SeqNext(SeqScanState * node);
 
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *						Scan Support
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ static TupleTableSlot *SeqNext(SeqScanState *node);
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static TupleTableSlot *
-SeqNext(SeqScanState *node)
+SeqNext(SeqScanState * node)
 {
 	HeapTuple	tuple;
 	HeapScanDesc scandesc;
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ SeqNext(SeqScanState *node)
  */
 
 TupleTableSlot *
-ExecSeqScan(SeqScanState *node)
+ExecSeqScan(SeqScanState * node)
 {
 	/*
 	 * use SeqNext as access method
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ ExecSeqScan(SeqScanState *node)
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static void
-InitScanRelation(SeqScanState *node, EState *estate)
+InitScanRelation(SeqScanState * node, EState *estate)
 {
 	Index		relid;
 	List	   *rangeTable;
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ ExecCountSlotsSeqScan(SeqScan *node)
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 void
-ExecEndSeqScan(SeqScanState *node)
+ExecEndSeqScan(SeqScanState * node)
 {
 	Relation	relation;
 	HeapScanDesc scanDesc;
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ ExecEndSeqScan(SeqScanState *node)
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 void
-ExecSeqReScan(SeqScanState *node, ExprContext *exprCtxt)
+ExecSeqReScan(SeqScanState * node, ExprContext *exprCtxt)
 {
 	EState	   *estate;
 	Index		scanrelid;
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ ExecSeqReScan(SeqScanState *node, ExprContext *exprCtxt)
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 void
-ExecSeqMarkPos(SeqScanState *node)
+ExecSeqMarkPos(SeqScanState * node)
 {
 	HeapScanDesc scan;
 
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ ExecSeqMarkPos(SeqScanState *node)
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 void
-ExecSeqRestrPos(SeqScanState *node)
+ExecSeqRestrPos(SeqScanState * node)
 {
 	HeapScanDesc scan;
 
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeSubplan.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeSubplan.c
index a42e8f18e26..0fe888c803c 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/nodeSubplan.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeSubplan.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeSubplan.c,v 1.51 2003/07/21 17:05:10 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeSubplan.c,v 1.52 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -29,13 +29,13 @@
 #include "utils/lsyscache.h"
 
 
-static Datum ExecHashSubPlan(SubPlanState *node,
-							 ExprContext *econtext,
-							 bool *isNull);
-static Datum ExecScanSubPlan(SubPlanState *node,
-							 ExprContext *econtext,
-							 bool *isNull);
-static void buildSubPlanHash(SubPlanState *node);
+static Datum ExecHashSubPlan(SubPlanState * node,
+				ExprContext *econtext,
+				bool *isNull);
+static Datum ExecScanSubPlan(SubPlanState * node,
+				ExprContext *econtext,
+				bool *isNull);
+static void buildSubPlanHash(SubPlanState * node);
 static bool findPartialMatch(TupleHashTable hashtable, TupleTableSlot *slot);
 static bool tupleAllNulls(HeapTuple tuple);
 
@@ -45,11 +45,11 @@ static bool tupleAllNulls(HeapTuple tuple);
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 Datum
-ExecSubPlan(SubPlanState *node,
+ExecSubPlan(SubPlanState * node,
 			ExprContext *econtext,
 			bool *isNull)
 {
-	SubPlan	   *subplan = (SubPlan *) node->xprstate.expr;
+	SubPlan    *subplan = (SubPlan *) node->xprstate.expr;
 
 	if (subplan->setParam != NIL)
 		elog(ERROR, "cannot set parent params from subquery");
@@ -64,11 +64,11 @@ ExecSubPlan(SubPlanState *node,
  * ExecHashSubPlan: store subselect result in an in-memory hash table
  */
 static Datum
-ExecHashSubPlan(SubPlanState *node,
+ExecHashSubPlan(SubPlanState * node,
 				ExprContext *econtext,
 				bool *isNull)
 {
-	SubPlan	   *subplan = (SubPlan *) node->xprstate.expr;
+	SubPlan    *subplan = (SubPlan *) node->xprstate.expr;
 	PlanState  *planstate = node->planstate;
 	ExprContext *innerecontext = node->innerecontext;
 	TupleTableSlot *slot;
@@ -79,8 +79,8 @@ ExecHashSubPlan(SubPlanState *node,
 		elog(ERROR, "hashed subplan with direct correlation not supported");
 
 	/*
-	 * If first time through or we need to rescan the subplan, build
-	 * the hash table.
+	 * If first time through or we need to rescan the subplan, build the
+	 * hash table.
 	 */
 	if (node->hashtable == NULL || planstate->chgParam != NULL)
 		buildSubPlanHash(node);
@@ -94,19 +94,19 @@ ExecHashSubPlan(SubPlanState *node,
 		return BoolGetDatum(false);
 
 	/*
-	 * Evaluate lefthand expressions and form a projection tuple.
-	 * First we have to set the econtext to use (hack alert!).
+	 * Evaluate lefthand expressions and form a projection tuple. First we
+	 * have to set the econtext to use (hack alert!).
 	 */
 	node->projLeft->pi_exprContext = econtext;
 	slot = ExecProject(node->projLeft, NULL);
 	tup = slot->val;
 
 	/*
-	 * Note: because we are typically called in a per-tuple context,
-	 * we have to explicitly clear the projected tuple before returning.
-	 * Otherwise, we'll have a double-free situation: the per-tuple context
-	 * will probably be reset before we're called again, and then the tuple
-	 * slot will think it still needs to free the tuple.
+	 * Note: because we are typically called in a per-tuple context, we
+	 * have to explicitly clear the projected tuple before returning.
+	 * Otherwise, we'll have a double-free situation: the per-tuple
+	 * context will probably be reset before we're called again, and then
+	 * the tuple slot will think it still needs to free the tuple.
 	 */
 
 	/*
@@ -116,20 +116,20 @@ ExecHashSubPlan(SubPlanState *node,
 	ResetExprContext(innerecontext);
 
 	/*
-	 * If the LHS is all non-null, probe for an exact match in the
-	 * main hash table.  If we find one, the result is TRUE.
-	 * Otherwise, scan the partly-null table to see if there are any
-	 * rows that aren't provably unequal to the LHS; if so, the result
-	 * is UNKNOWN.  (We skip that part if we don't care about UNKNOWN.)
-	 * Otherwise, the result is FALSE.
+	 * If the LHS is all non-null, probe for an exact match in the main
+	 * hash table.	If we find one, the result is TRUE. Otherwise, scan
+	 * the partly-null table to see if there are any rows that aren't
+	 * provably unequal to the LHS; if so, the result is UNKNOWN.  (We
+	 * skip that part if we don't care about UNKNOWN.) Otherwise, the
+	 * result is FALSE.
 	 *
-	 * Note: the reason we can avoid a full scan of the main hash table
-	 * is that the combining operators are assumed never to yield NULL
-	 * when both inputs are non-null.  If they were to do so, we might
-	 * need to produce UNKNOWN instead of FALSE because of an UNKNOWN
-	 * result in comparing the LHS to some main-table entry --- which
-	 * is a comparison we will not even make, unless there's a chance
-	 * match of hash keys.
+	 * Note: the reason we can avoid a full scan of the main hash table is
+	 * that the combining operators are assumed never to yield NULL when
+	 * both inputs are non-null.  If they were to do so, we might need to
+	 * produce UNKNOWN instead of FALSE because of an UNKNOWN result in
+	 * comparing the LHS to some main-table entry --- which is a
+	 * comparison we will not even make, unless there's a chance match of
+	 * hash keys.
 	 */
 	if (HeapTupleNoNulls(tup))
 	{
@@ -151,14 +151,14 @@ ExecHashSubPlan(SubPlanState *node,
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * When the LHS is partly or wholly NULL, we can never return TRUE.
-	 * If we don't care about UNKNOWN, just return FALSE.  Otherwise,
-	 * if the LHS is wholly NULL, immediately return UNKNOWN.  (Since the
-	 * combining operators are strict, the result could only be FALSE if the
-	 * sub-select were empty, but we already handled that case.)  Otherwise,
-	 * we must scan both the main and partly-null tables to see if there are
-	 * any rows that aren't provably unequal to the LHS; if so, the result is
-	 * UNKNOWN.  Otherwise, the result is FALSE.
+	 * When the LHS is partly or wholly NULL, we can never return TRUE. If
+	 * we don't care about UNKNOWN, just return FALSE.  Otherwise, if the
+	 * LHS is wholly NULL, immediately return UNKNOWN.	(Since the
+	 * combining operators are strict, the result could only be FALSE if
+	 * the sub-select were empty, but we already handled that case.)
+	 * Otherwise, we must scan both the main and partly-null tables to see
+	 * if there are any rows that aren't provably unequal to the LHS; if
+	 * so, the result is UNKNOWN.  Otherwise, the result is FALSE.
 	 */
 	if (node->hashnulls == NULL)
 	{
@@ -194,11 +194,11 @@ ExecHashSubPlan(SubPlanState *node,
  * ExecScanSubPlan: default case where we have to rescan subplan each time
  */
 static Datum
-ExecScanSubPlan(SubPlanState *node,
+ExecScanSubPlan(SubPlanState * node,
 				ExprContext *econtext,
 				bool *isNull)
 {
-	SubPlan	   *subplan = (SubPlan *) node->xprstate.expr;
+	SubPlan    *subplan = (SubPlan *) node->xprstate.expr;
 	PlanState  *planstate = node->planstate;
 	SubLinkType subLinkType = subplan->subLinkType;
 	bool		useOr = subplan->useOr;
@@ -218,14 +218,14 @@ ExecScanSubPlan(SubPlanState *node,
 	oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(node->sub_estate->es_query_cxt);
 
 	/*
-	 * Set Params of this plan from parent plan correlation values.
-	 * (Any calculation we have to do is done in the parent econtext,
-	 * since the Param values don't need to have per-query lifetime.)
+	 * Set Params of this plan from parent plan correlation values. (Any
+	 * calculation we have to do is done in the parent econtext, since the
+	 * Param values don't need to have per-query lifetime.)
 	 */
 	pvar = node->args;
 	foreach(lst, subplan->parParam)
 	{
-		int		paramid = lfirsti(lst);
+		int			paramid = lfirsti(lst);
 		ParamExecData *prm = &(econtext->ecxt_param_exec_vals[paramid]);
 
 		Assert(pvar != NIL);
@@ -241,23 +241,24 @@ ExecScanSubPlan(SubPlanState *node,
 	ExecReScan(planstate, NULL);
 
 	/*
-	 * For all sublink types except EXPR_SUBLINK and ARRAY_SUBLINK, the result
-	 * is boolean as are the results of the combining operators. We combine
-	 * results within a tuple (if there are multiple columns) using OR
-	 * semantics if "useOr" is true, AND semantics if not. We then combine
-	 * results across tuples (if the subplan produces more than one) using OR
-	 * semantics for ANY_SUBLINK or AND semantics for ALL_SUBLINK.
-	 * (MULTIEXPR_SUBLINK doesn't allow multiple tuples from the subplan.)
-	 * NULL results from the combining operators are handled according to
-	 * the usual SQL semantics for OR and AND.	The result for no input
-	 * tuples is FALSE for ANY_SUBLINK, TRUE for ALL_SUBLINK, NULL for
-	 * MULTIEXPR_SUBLINK.
+	 * For all sublink types except EXPR_SUBLINK and ARRAY_SUBLINK, the
+	 * result is boolean as are the results of the combining operators. We
+	 * combine results within a tuple (if there are multiple columns)
+	 * using OR semantics if "useOr" is true, AND semantics if not. We
+	 * then combine results across tuples (if the subplan produces more
+	 * than one) using OR semantics for ANY_SUBLINK or AND semantics for
+	 * ALL_SUBLINK. (MULTIEXPR_SUBLINK doesn't allow multiple tuples from
+	 * the subplan.) NULL results from the combining operators are handled
+	 * according to the usual SQL semantics for OR and AND.  The result
+	 * for no input tuples is FALSE for ANY_SUBLINK, TRUE for ALL_SUBLINK,
+	 * NULL for MULTIEXPR_SUBLINK.
 	 *
 	 * For EXPR_SUBLINK we require the subplan to produce no more than one
-	 * tuple, else an error is raised. For ARRAY_SUBLINK we allow the subplan
-	 * to produce more than one tuple. In either case, if zero tuples are
-	 * produced, we return NULL. Assuming we get a tuple, we just use its
-	 * first column (there can be only one non-junk column in this case).
+	 * tuple, else an error is raised. For ARRAY_SUBLINK we allow the
+	 * subplan to produce more than one tuple. In either case, if zero
+	 * tuples are produced, we return NULL. Assuming we get a tuple, we
+	 * just use its first column (there can be only one non-junk column in
+	 * this case).
 	 */
 	result = BoolGetDatum(subLinkType == ALL_SUBLINK);
 	*isNull = false;
@@ -311,8 +312,8 @@ ExecScanSubPlan(SubPlanState *node,
 
 		if (subLinkType == ARRAY_SUBLINK)
 		{
-			Datum	dvalue;
-			bool	disnull;
+			Datum		dvalue;
+			bool		disnull;
 
 			found = true;
 			/* stash away current value */
@@ -346,7 +347,8 @@ ExecScanSubPlan(SubPlanState *node,
 			bool		expnull;
 
 			/*
-			 * Load up the Param representing this column of the sub-select.
+			 * Load up the Param representing this column of the
+			 * sub-select.
 			 */
 			prmdata = &(econtext->ecxt_param_exec_vals[paramid]);
 			Assert(prmdata->execPlan == NULL);
@@ -432,8 +434,8 @@ ExecScanSubPlan(SubPlanState *node,
 	{
 		/*
 		 * deal with empty subplan result.	result/isNull were previously
-		 * initialized correctly for all sublink types except EXPR, ARRAY, and
-		 * MULTIEXPR; for those, return NULL.
+		 * initialized correctly for all sublink types except EXPR, ARRAY,
+		 * and MULTIEXPR; for those, return NULL.
 		 */
 		if (subLinkType == EXPR_SUBLINK ||
 			subLinkType == ARRAY_SUBLINK ||
@@ -459,9 +461,9 @@ ExecScanSubPlan(SubPlanState *node,
  * buildSubPlanHash: load hash table by scanning subplan output.
  */
 static void
-buildSubPlanHash(SubPlanState *node)
+buildSubPlanHash(SubPlanState * node)
 {
-	SubPlan	   *subplan = (SubPlan *) node->xprstate.expr;
+	SubPlan    *subplan = (SubPlan *) node->xprstate.expr;
 	PlanState  *planstate = node->planstate;
 	int			ncols = length(node->exprs);
 	ExprContext *innerecontext = node->innerecontext;
@@ -474,19 +476,19 @@ buildSubPlanHash(SubPlanState *node)
 	Assert(!subplan->useOr);
 
 	/*
-	 * If we already had any hash tables, destroy 'em; then create
-	 * empty hash table(s).
+	 * If we already had any hash tables, destroy 'em; then create empty
+	 * hash table(s).
 	 *
-	 * If we need to distinguish accurately between FALSE and UNKNOWN
-	 * (i.e., NULL) results of the IN operation, then we have to store
-	 * subplan output rows that are partly or wholly NULL.  We store such
-	 * rows in a separate hash table that we expect will be much smaller
-	 * than the main table.  (We can use hashing to eliminate partly-null
-	 * rows that are not distinct.  We keep them separate to minimize the
-	 * cost of the inevitable full-table searches; see findPartialMatch.)
+	 * If we need to distinguish accurately between FALSE and UNKNOWN (i.e.,
+	 * NULL) results of the IN operation, then we have to store subplan
+	 * output rows that are partly or wholly NULL.	We store such rows in
+	 * a separate hash table that we expect will be much smaller than the
+	 * main table.	(We can use hashing to eliminate partly-null rows that
+	 * are not distinct.  We keep them separate to minimize the cost of
+	 * the inevitable full-table searches; see findPartialMatch.)
 	 *
-	 * If it's not necessary to distinguish FALSE and UNKNOWN, then we
-	 * don't need to store subplan output rows that contain NULL.
+	 * If it's not necessary to distinguish FALSE and UNKNOWN, then we don't
+	 * need to store subplan output rows that contain NULL.
 	 */
 	MemoryContextReset(node->tablecxt);
 	node->hashtable = NULL;
@@ -529,7 +531,8 @@ buildSubPlanHash(SubPlanState *node)
 
 	/*
 	 * We are probably in a short-lived expression-evaluation context.
-	 * Switch to the child plan's per-query context for calling ExecProcNode.
+	 * Switch to the child plan's per-query context for calling
+	 * ExecProcNode.
 	 */
 	oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(node->sub_estate->es_query_cxt);
 
@@ -539,8 +542,9 @@ buildSubPlanHash(SubPlanState *node)
 	ExecReScan(planstate, NULL);
 
 	/*
-	 * Scan the subplan and load the hash table(s).  Note that when there are
-	 * duplicate rows coming out of the sub-select, only one copy is stored.
+	 * Scan the subplan and load the hash table(s).  Note that when there
+	 * are duplicate rows coming out of the sub-select, only one copy is
+	 * stored.
 	 */
 	for (slot = ExecProcNode(planstate);
 		 !TupIsNull(slot);
@@ -572,9 +576,9 @@ buildSubPlanHash(SubPlanState *node)
 
 		/*
 		 * If result contains any nulls, store separately or not at all.
-		 * (Since we know the projection tuple has no junk columns, we
-		 * can just look at the overall hasnull info bit, instead of
-		 * groveling through the columns.)
+		 * (Since we know the projection tuple has no junk columns, we can
+		 * just look at the overall hasnull info bit, instead of groveling
+		 * through the columns.)
 		 */
 		if (HeapTupleNoNulls(tup))
 		{
@@ -621,7 +625,7 @@ findPartialMatch(TupleHashTable hashtable, TupleTableSlot *slot)
 	HeapTuple	tuple = slot->val;
 	TupleDesc	tupdesc = slot->ttc_tupleDescriptor;
 	TupleHashIterator hashiter;
-	TupleHashEntry	entry;
+	TupleHashEntry entry;
 
 	ResetTupleHashIterator(&hashiter);
 	while ((entry = ScanTupleHashTable(hashtable, &hashiter)) != NULL)
@@ -643,8 +647,8 @@ findPartialMatch(TupleHashTable hashtable, TupleTableSlot *slot)
 static bool
 tupleAllNulls(HeapTuple tuple)
 {
-	int		ncols = tuple->t_data->t_natts;
-	int		i;
+	int			ncols = tuple->t_data->t_natts;
+	int			i;
 
 	for (i = 1; i <= ncols; i++)
 	{
@@ -659,15 +663,15 @@ tupleAllNulls(HeapTuple tuple)
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 void
-ExecInitSubPlan(SubPlanState *node, EState *estate)
+ExecInitSubPlan(SubPlanState * node, EState *estate)
 {
-	SubPlan	   *subplan = (SubPlan *) node->xprstate.expr;
+	SubPlan    *subplan = (SubPlan *) node->xprstate.expr;
 	EState	   *sp_estate;
 	MemoryContext oldcontext;
 
 	/*
-	 * Do access checking on the rangetable entries in the subquery.
-	 * Here, we assume the subquery is a SELECT.
+	 * Do access checking on the rangetable entries in the subquery. Here,
+	 * we assume the subquery is a SELECT.
 	 */
 	ExecCheckRTPerms(subplan->rtable, CMD_SELECT);
 
@@ -690,9 +694,9 @@ ExecInitSubPlan(SubPlanState *node, EState *estate)
 	 * create an EState for the subplan
 	 *
 	 * The subquery needs its own EState because it has its own rangetable.
-	 * It shares our Param ID space, however.  XXX if rangetable access were
-	 * done differently, the subquery could share our EState, which would
-	 * eliminate some thrashing about in this module...
+	 * It shares our Param ID space, however.  XXX if rangetable access
+	 * were done differently, the subquery could share our EState, which
+	 * would eliminate some thrashing about in this module...
 	 */
 	sp_estate = CreateExecutorState();
 	node->sub_estate = sp_estate;
@@ -721,9 +725,9 @@ ExecInitSubPlan(SubPlanState *node, EState *estate)
 	 * to set params for parent plan then mark parameters as needing
 	 * evaluation.
 	 *
-	 * Note that in the case of un-correlated subqueries we don't care
-	 * about setting parent->chgParam here: indices take care about
-	 * it, for others - it doesn't matter...
+	 * Note that in the case of un-correlated subqueries we don't care about
+	 * setting parent->chgParam here: indices take care about it, for
+	 * others - it doesn't matter...
 	 */
 	if (subplan->setParam != NIL)
 	{
@@ -731,7 +735,7 @@ ExecInitSubPlan(SubPlanState *node, EState *estate)
 
 		foreach(lst, subplan->setParam)
 		{
-			int		paramid = lfirsti(lst);
+			int			paramid = lfirsti(lst);
 			ParamExecData *prm = &(estate->es_param_exec_vals[paramid]);
 
 			prm->execPlan = node;
@@ -744,8 +748,8 @@ ExecInitSubPlan(SubPlanState *node, EState *estate)
 	 */
 	if (subplan->useHashTable)
 	{
-		int		ncols,
-				i;
+		int			ncols,
+					i;
 		TupleDesc	tupDesc;
 		TupleTable	tupTable;
 		TupleTableSlot *slot;
@@ -768,15 +772,16 @@ ExecInitSubPlan(SubPlanState *node, EState *estate)
 		ncols = length(node->exprs);
 		node->keyColIdx = (AttrNumber *) palloc(ncols * sizeof(AttrNumber));
 		for (i = 0; i < ncols; i++)
-			node->keyColIdx[i] = i+1;
+			node->keyColIdx[i] = i + 1;
+
 		/*
 		 * We use ExecProject to evaluate the lefthand and righthand
 		 * expression lists and form tuples.  (You might think that we
 		 * could use the sub-select's output tuples directly, but that is
 		 * not the case if we had to insert any run-time coercions of the
 		 * sub-select's output datatypes; anyway this avoids storing any
-		 * resjunk columns that might be in the sub-select's output.)
-		 * Run through the combining expressions to build tlists for the
+		 * resjunk columns that might be in the sub-select's output.) Run
+		 * through the combining expressions to build tlists for the
 		 * lefthand and righthand sides.  We need both the ExprState list
 		 * (for ExecProject) and the underlying parse Exprs (for
 		 * ExecTypeFromTL).
@@ -791,7 +796,7 @@ ExecInitSubPlan(SubPlanState *node, EState *estate)
 		i = 1;
 		foreach(lexpr, node->exprs)
 		{
-			FuncExprState  *fstate = (FuncExprState *) lfirst(lexpr);
+			FuncExprState *fstate = (FuncExprState *) lfirst(lexpr);
 			OpExpr	   *opexpr = (OpExpr *) fstate->xprstate.expr;
 			ExprState  *exstate;
 			Expr	   *expr;
@@ -834,34 +839,34 @@ ExecInitSubPlan(SubPlanState *node, EState *estate)
 			rightptlist = lappend(rightptlist, tle);
 
 			/* Lookup the combining function */
-			fmgr_info(opexpr->opfuncid, &node->eqfunctions[i-1]);
-			node->eqfunctions[i-1].fn_expr = (Node *) opexpr;
+			fmgr_info(opexpr->opfuncid, &node->eqfunctions[i - 1]);
+			node->eqfunctions[i - 1].fn_expr = (Node *) opexpr;
 
 			/* Lookup the associated hash function */
 			hashfn = get_op_hash_function(opexpr->opno);
 			if (!OidIsValid(hashfn))
 				elog(ERROR, "could not find hash function for hash operator %u",
 					 opexpr->opno);
-			fmgr_info(hashfn, &node->hashfunctions[i-1]);
+			fmgr_info(hashfn, &node->hashfunctions[i - 1]);
 
 			i++;
 		}
 
 		/*
-		 * Create a tupletable to hold these tuples.  (Note: we never bother
-		 * to free the tupletable explicitly; that's okay because it will
-		 * never store raw disk tuples that might have associated buffer
-		 * pins.  The only resource involved is memory, which will be
-		 * cleaned up by freeing the query context.)
+		 * Create a tupletable to hold these tuples.  (Note: we never
+		 * bother to free the tupletable explicitly; that's okay because
+		 * it will never store raw disk tuples that might have associated
+		 * buffer pins.  The only resource involved is memory, which will
+		 * be cleaned up by freeing the query context.)
 		 */
 		tupTable = ExecCreateTupleTable(2);
 
 		/*
 		 * Construct tupdescs, slots and projection nodes for left and
-		 * right sides.  The lefthand expressions will be evaluated in
-		 * the parent plan node's exprcontext, which we don't have access
-		 * to here.  Fortunately we can just pass NULL for now and fill it
-		 * in later (hack alert!).  The righthand expressions will be
+		 * right sides.  The lefthand expressions will be evaluated in the
+		 * parent plan node's exprcontext, which we don't have access to
+		 * here.  Fortunately we can just pass NULL for now and fill it in
+		 * later (hack alert!).  The righthand expressions will be
 		 * evaluated in our own innerecontext.
 		 */
 		tupDesc = ExecTypeFromTL(leftptlist, false);
@@ -894,11 +899,11 @@ ExecInitSubPlan(SubPlanState *node, EState *estate)
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 void
-ExecSetParamPlan(SubPlanState *node, ExprContext *econtext)
+ExecSetParamPlan(SubPlanState * node, ExprContext *econtext)
 {
-	SubPlan	   *subplan = (SubPlan *) node->xprstate.expr;
+	SubPlan    *subplan = (SubPlan *) node->xprstate.expr;
 	PlanState  *planstate = node->planstate;
-	SubLinkType	subLinkType = subplan->subLinkType;
+	SubLinkType subLinkType = subplan->subLinkType;
 	MemoryContext oldcontext;
 	TupleTableSlot *slot;
 	List	   *lst;
@@ -928,7 +933,7 @@ ExecSetParamPlan(SubPlanState *node, ExprContext *econtext)
 		if (subLinkType == EXISTS_SUBLINK)
 		{
 			/* There can be only one param... */
-			int		paramid = lfirsti(subplan->setParam);
+			int			paramid = lfirsti(subplan->setParam);
 			ParamExecData *prm = &(econtext->ecxt_param_exec_vals[paramid]);
 
 			prm->execPlan = NULL;
@@ -940,8 +945,8 @@ ExecSetParamPlan(SubPlanState *node, ExprContext *econtext)
 
 		if (subLinkType == ARRAY_SUBLINK)
 		{
-			Datum	dvalue;
-			bool	disnull;
+			Datum		dvalue;
+			bool		disnull;
 
 			found = true;
 			/* stash away current value */
@@ -963,8 +968,8 @@ ExecSetParamPlan(SubPlanState *node, ExprContext *econtext)
 		found = true;
 
 		/*
-		 * We need to copy the subplan's tuple into our own context,
-		 * in case any of the params are pass-by-ref type --- the pointers
+		 * We need to copy the subplan's tuple into our own context, in
+		 * case any of the params are pass-by-ref type --- the pointers
 		 * stored in the param structs will point at this copied tuple!
 		 * node->curTuple keeps track of the copied tuple for eventual
 		 * freeing.
@@ -981,7 +986,7 @@ ExecSetParamPlan(SubPlanState *node, ExprContext *econtext)
 		 */
 		foreach(lst, subplan->setParam)
 		{
-			int		paramid = lfirsti(lst);
+			int			paramid = lfirsti(lst);
 			ParamExecData *prm = &(econtext->ecxt_param_exec_vals[paramid]);
 
 			prm->execPlan = NULL;
@@ -995,7 +1000,7 @@ ExecSetParamPlan(SubPlanState *node, ExprContext *econtext)
 		if (subLinkType == EXISTS_SUBLINK)
 		{
 			/* There can be only one param... */
-			int		paramid = lfirsti(subplan->setParam);
+			int			paramid = lfirsti(subplan->setParam);
 			ParamExecData *prm = &(econtext->ecxt_param_exec_vals[paramid]);
 
 			prm->execPlan = NULL;
@@ -1006,7 +1011,7 @@ ExecSetParamPlan(SubPlanState *node, ExprContext *econtext)
 		{
 			foreach(lst, subplan->setParam)
 			{
-				int		paramid = lfirsti(lst);
+				int			paramid = lfirsti(lst);
 				ParamExecData *prm = &(econtext->ecxt_param_exec_vals[paramid]);
 
 				prm->execPlan = NULL;
@@ -1018,7 +1023,7 @@ ExecSetParamPlan(SubPlanState *node, ExprContext *econtext)
 	else if (subLinkType == ARRAY_SUBLINK)
 	{
 		/* There can be only one param... */
-		int		paramid = lfirsti(subplan->setParam);
+		int			paramid = lfirsti(subplan->setParam);
 		ParamExecData *prm = &(econtext->ecxt_param_exec_vals[paramid]);
 
 		Assert(astate != NULL);
@@ -1036,7 +1041,7 @@ ExecSetParamPlan(SubPlanState *node, ExprContext *econtext)
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 void
-ExecEndSubPlan(SubPlanState *node)
+ExecEndSubPlan(SubPlanState * node)
 {
 	if (node->needShutdown)
 	{
@@ -1056,10 +1061,10 @@ ExecEndSubPlan(SubPlanState *node)
  * Mark an initplan as needing recalculation
  */
 void
-ExecReScanSetParamPlan(SubPlanState *node, PlanState *parent)
+ExecReScanSetParamPlan(SubPlanState * node, PlanState * parent)
 {
 	PlanState  *planstate = node->planstate;
-	SubPlan	   *subplan = (SubPlan *) node->xprstate.expr;
+	SubPlan    *subplan = (SubPlan *) node->xprstate.expr;
 	EState	   *estate = parent->state;
 	List	   *lst;
 
@@ -1080,7 +1085,7 @@ ExecReScanSetParamPlan(SubPlanState *node, PlanState *parent)
 	 */
 	foreach(lst, subplan->setParam)
 	{
-		int		paramid = lfirsti(lst);
+		int			paramid = lfirsti(lst);
 		ParamExecData *prm = &(estate->es_param_exec_vals[paramid]);
 
 		prm->execPlan = node;
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeSubqueryscan.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeSubqueryscan.c
index ba4804fcebb..deec07ae6bb 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/nodeSubqueryscan.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeSubqueryscan.c
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeSubqueryscan.c,v 1.18 2003/02/09 00:30:39 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeSubqueryscan.c,v 1.19 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -160,10 +160,11 @@ ExecInitSubqueryScan(SubqueryScan *node, EState *estate)
 	Assert(rte->rtekind == RTE_SUBQUERY);
 
 	/*
-	 * The subquery needs its own EState because it has its own rangetable.
-	 * It shares our Param ID space, however.  XXX if rangetable access were
-	 * done differently, the subquery could share our EState, which would
-	 * eliminate some thrashing about in this module...
+	 * The subquery needs its own EState because it has its own
+	 * rangetable. It shares our Param ID space, however.  XXX if
+	 * rangetable access were done differently, the subquery could share
+	 * our EState, which would eliminate some thrashing about in this
+	 * module...
 	 */
 	sp_estate = CreateExecutorState();
 	subquerystate->sss_SubEState = sp_estate;
@@ -259,9 +260,9 @@ ExecSubqueryReScan(SubqueryScanState *node, ExprContext *exprCtxt)
 
 	/*
 	 * ExecReScan doesn't know about my subplan, so I have to do
-	 * changed-parameter signaling myself.  This is just as well,
-	 * because the subplan has its own memory context in which its
-	 * chgParam state lives.
+	 * changed-parameter signaling myself.	This is just as well, because
+	 * the subplan has its own memory context in which its chgParam state
+	 * lives.
 	 */
 	if (node->ss.ps.chgParam != NULL)
 		UpdateChangedParamSet(node->subplan, node->ss.ps.chgParam);
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeUnique.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeUnique.c
index fb012a5cc40..18e172209d1 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/nodeUnique.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeUnique.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeUnique.c,v 1.38 2003/02/02 19:08:57 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeUnique.c,v 1.39 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -57,9 +57,9 @@ ExecUnique(UniqueState *node)
 	 * now loop, returning only non-duplicate tuples. We assume that the
 	 * tuples arrive in sorted order so we can detect duplicates easily.
 	 *
-	 * We return the first tuple from each group of duplicates (or the
-	 * last tuple of each group, when moving backwards).  At either end
-	 * of the subplan, clear priorTuple so that we correctly return the
+	 * We return the first tuple from each group of duplicates (or the last
+	 * tuple of each group, when moving backwards).  At either end of the
+	 * subplan, clear priorTuple so that we correctly return the
 	 * first/last tuple when reversing direction.
 	 */
 	for (;;)
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/spi.c b/src/backend/executor/spi.c
index 4d554aef1ed..b25f0a79ffa 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/spi.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/spi.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/spi.c,v 1.99 2003/07/21 17:05:10 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/spi.c,v 1.100 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -95,8 +95,8 @@ SPI_connect(void)
 	/*
 	 * Create memory contexts for this procedure
 	 *
-	 * XXX it would be better to use PortalContext as the parent context,
-	 * but we may not be inside a portal (consider deferred-trigger
+	 * XXX it would be better to use PortalContext as the parent context, but
+	 * we may not be inside a portal (consider deferred-trigger
 	 * execution).
 	 */
 	_SPI_current->procCxt = AllocSetContextCreate(TopTransactionContext,
@@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ SPI_cursor_open(const char *name, void *plan, Datum *Values, const char *Nulls)
 	 */
 	PortalDefineQuery(portal,
 					  NULL,		/* unfortunately don't have sourceText */
-					  "SELECT",	/* cursor's query is always a SELECT */
+					  "SELECT", /* cursor's query is always a SELECT */
 					  makeList1(queryTree),
 					  makeList1(planTree),
 					  PortalGetHeapMemory(portal));
@@ -1007,9 +1007,9 @@ _SPI_execute(const char *src, int tcount, _SPI_plan *plan)
 	/*
 	 * Do parse analysis and rule rewrite for each raw parsetree.
 	 *
-	 * We save the querytrees from each raw parsetree as a separate
-	 * sublist.  This allows _SPI_execute_plan() to know where the
-	 * boundaries between original queries fall.
+	 * We save the querytrees from each raw parsetree as a separate sublist.
+	 * This allows _SPI_execute_plan() to know where the boundaries
+	 * between original queries fall.
 	 */
 	query_list_list = NIL;
 	plan_list = NIL;
@@ -1136,8 +1136,8 @@ _SPI_execute_plan(_SPI_plan *plan, Datum *Values, const char *Nulls,
 
 	foreach(query_list_list_item, query_list_list)
 	{
-		List   *query_list = lfirst(query_list_list_item);
-		List   *query_list_item;
+		List	   *query_list = lfirst(query_list_list_item);
+		List	   *query_list_item;
 
 		/* Reset state for each original parsetree */
 		/* (at most one of its querytrees will be marked canSetTag) */
@@ -1148,7 +1148,7 @@ _SPI_execute_plan(_SPI_plan *plan, Datum *Values, const char *Nulls,
 
 		foreach(query_list_item, query_list)
 		{
-			Query  *queryTree = (Query *) lfirst(query_list_item);
+			Query	   *queryTree = (Query *) lfirst(query_list_item);
 			Plan	   *planTree;
 			QueryDesc  *qdesc;
 			DestReceiver *dest;
@@ -1190,10 +1190,10 @@ _SPI_pquery(QueryDesc *queryDesc, bool runit, int tcount)
 	{
 		case CMD_SELECT:
 			res = SPI_OK_SELECT;
-			if (queryDesc->parsetree->into != NULL)	/* select into table */
+			if (queryDesc->parsetree->into != NULL)		/* select into table */
 			{
 				res = SPI_OK_SELINTO;
-				queryDesc->dest = None_Receiver; /* don't output results */
+				queryDesc->dest = None_Receiver;		/* don't output results */
 			}
 			break;
 		case CMD_INSERT:
@@ -1351,7 +1351,7 @@ _SPI_checktuples(void)
 	SPITupleTable *tuptable = _SPI_current->tuptable;
 	bool		failed = false;
 
-	if (tuptable == NULL)	/* spi_dest_startup was not called */
+	if (tuptable == NULL)		/* spi_dest_startup was not called */
 		failed = true;
 	else if (processed != (tuptable->alloced - tuptable->free))
 		failed = true;
@@ -1372,7 +1372,8 @@ _SPI_copy_plan(_SPI_plan *plan, int location)
 		parentcxt = _SPI_current->procCxt;
 	else if (location == _SPI_CPLAN_TOPCXT)
 		parentcxt = TopMemoryContext;
-	else						/* (this case not currently used) */
+	else
+/* (this case not currently used) */
 		parentcxt = CurrentMemoryContext;
 
 	/*
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/tstoreReceiver.c b/src/backend/executor/tstoreReceiver.c
index 3d8479faee2..0989eb3e270 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/tstoreReceiver.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/tstoreReceiver.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/tstoreReceiver.c,v 1.6 2003/05/08 18:16:36 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/tstoreReceiver.c,v 1.7 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -21,10 +21,10 @@
 
 typedef struct
 {
-	DestReceiver		pub;
-	Tuplestorestate    *tstore;
-	MemoryContext		cxt;
-} TStoreState;
+	DestReceiver pub;
+	Tuplestorestate *tstore;
+	MemoryContext cxt;
+}	TStoreState;
 
 
 /*
diff --git a/src/backend/lib/stringinfo.c b/src/backend/lib/stringinfo.c
index 03251beed90..9424070e506 100644
--- a/src/backend/lib/stringinfo.c
+++ b/src/backend/lib/stringinfo.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- *	  $Id: stringinfo.c,v 1.34 2003/04/24 21:16:43 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Id: stringinfo.c,v 1.35 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ initStringInfo(StringInfo str)
  * strcat.
  */
 void
-appendStringInfo(StringInfo str, const char *fmt, ...)
+appendStringInfo(StringInfo str, const char *fmt,...)
 {
 	for (;;)
 	{
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ appendStringInfo(StringInfo str, const char *fmt, ...)
  * appendStringInfoVA
  *
  * Attempt to format text data under the control of fmt (an sprintf-style
- * format string) and append it to whatever is already in str.  If successful
+ * format string) and append it to whatever is already in str.	If successful
  * return true; if not (because there's not enough space), return false
  * without modifying str.  Typically the caller would enlarge str and retry
  * on false return --- see appendStringInfo for standard usage pattern.
@@ -113,9 +113,9 @@ appendStringInfoVA(StringInfo str, const char *fmt, va_list args)
 		return false;
 
 	/*
-	 * Assert check here is to catch buggy vsnprintf that overruns
-	 * the specified buffer length.  Solaris 7 in 64-bit mode is
-	 * an example of a platform with such a bug.
+	 * Assert check here is to catch buggy vsnprintf that overruns the
+	 * specified buffer length.  Solaris 7 in 64-bit mode is an example of
+	 * a platform with such a bug.
 	 */
 #ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
 	str->data[str->maxlen - 1] = '\0';
diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/auth.c b/src/backend/libpq/auth.c
index 9c80651d5fb..9b9ffecbca8 100644
--- a/src/backend/libpq/auth.c
+++ b/src/backend/libpq/auth.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/auth.c,v 1.108 2003/07/28 06:27:06 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/auth.c,v 1.109 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -221,8 +221,8 @@ pg_krb5_init(void)
 	if (retval)
 	{
 		ereport(LOG,
-				(errmsg("kerberos sname_to_principal(\"%s\") returned error %d",
-						PG_KRB_SRVNAM, retval)));
+		 (errmsg("kerberos sname_to_principal(\"%s\") returned error %d",
+				 PG_KRB_SRVNAM, retval)));
 		com_err("postgres", retval,
 				"while getting server principal for service \"%s\"",
 				PG_KRB_SRVNAM);
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ ClientAuthentication(Port *port)
 			 * out the less clueful good guys.
 			 */
 			{
-				char	hostinfo[NI_MAXHOST];
+				char		hostinfo[NI_MAXHOST];
 
 				getnameinfo_all(&port->raddr.addr, port->raddr.salen,
 								hostinfo, sizeof(hostinfo),
@@ -441,15 +441,15 @@ ClientAuthentication(Port *port)
 
 #ifdef USE_SSL
 				ereport(FATAL,
-						(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_AUTHORIZATION_SPECIFICATION),
-						 errmsg("no pg_hba.conf entry for host \"%s\", user \"%s\", database \"%s\", %s",
-								hostinfo, port->user_name, port->database_name,
-								port->ssl ? gettext("SSL on") : gettext("SSL off"))));
+				   (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_AUTHORIZATION_SPECIFICATION),
+					errmsg("no pg_hba.conf entry for host \"%s\", user \"%s\", database \"%s\", %s",
+						   hostinfo, port->user_name, port->database_name,
+				   port->ssl ? gettext("SSL on") : gettext("SSL off"))));
 #else
 				ereport(FATAL,
-						(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_AUTHORIZATION_SPECIFICATION),
-						 errmsg("no pg_hba.conf entry for host \"%s\", user \"%s\", database \"%s\"",
-								hostinfo, port->user_name, port->database_name)));
+				   (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_AUTHORIZATION_SPECIFICATION),
+					errmsg("no pg_hba.conf entry for host \"%s\", user \"%s\", database \"%s\"",
+					   hostinfo, port->user_name, port->database_name)));
 #endif
 				break;
 			}
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ ClientAuthentication(Port *port)
 				|| port->laddr.addr.ss_family != AF_INET)
 				ereport(FATAL,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
-						 errmsg("kerberos 4 only supports IPv4 connections")));
+				   errmsg("kerberos 4 only supports IPv4 connections")));
 			sendAuthRequest(port, AUTH_REQ_KRB4);
 			status = pg_krb4_recvauth(port);
 			break;
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ ClientAuthentication(Port *port)
 				if (setsockopt(port->sock, 0, LOCAL_CREDS, &on, sizeof(on)) < 0)
 					ereport(FATAL,
 							(errcode_for_socket_access(),
-							 errmsg("failed to enable credential receipt: %m")));
+					 errmsg("failed to enable credential receipt: %m")));
 			}
 #endif
 			if (port->raddr.addr.ss_family == AF_UNIX)
@@ -755,22 +755,22 @@ recv_password_packet(Port *port)
 	if (PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(port->proto) >= 3)
 	{
 		/* Expect 'p' message type */
-		int		mtype;
+		int			mtype;
 
 		mtype = pq_getbyte();
 		if (mtype != 'p')
 		{
 			/*
 			 * If the client just disconnects without offering a password,
-			 * don't make a log entry.  This is legal per protocol spec and
-			 * in fact commonly done by psql, so complaining just clutters
-			 * the log.
+			 * don't make a log entry.  This is legal per protocol spec
+			 * and in fact commonly done by psql, so complaining just
+			 * clutters the log.
 			 */
 			if (mtype != EOF)
 				ereport(COMMERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
-						 errmsg("expected password response, got msg type %d",
-								mtype)));
+					errmsg("expected password response, got msg type %d",
+						   mtype)));
 			return NULL;		/* EOF or bad message type */
 		}
 	}
@@ -782,7 +782,7 @@ recv_password_packet(Port *port)
 	}
 
 	initStringInfo(&buf);
-	if (pq_getmessage(&buf, 1000)) /* receive password */
+	if (pq_getmessage(&buf, 1000))		/* receive password */
 	{
 		/* EOF - pq_getmessage already logged a suitable message */
 		pfree(buf.data);
@@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ recv_password_packet(Port *port)
 			(errmsg("received password packet")));
 
 	/*
-	 * Return the received string.  Note we do not attempt to do any
+	 * Return the received string.	Note we do not attempt to do any
 	 * character-set conversion on it; since we don't yet know the
 	 * client's encoding, there wouldn't be much point.
 	 */
diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/be-fsstubs.c b/src/backend/libpq/be-fsstubs.c
index 00bd01b6aef..5a33712243c 100644
--- a/src/backend/libpq/be-fsstubs.c
+++ b/src/backend/libpq/be-fsstubs.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/be-fsstubs.c,v 1.66 2003/07/28 00:09:15 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/be-fsstubs.c,v 1.67 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  This should be moved to a more appropriate place.  It is here
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ lo_import(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	if (!superuser())
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
-				 errmsg("must be superuser to use server-side lo_import()"),
+			  errmsg("must be superuser to use server-side lo_import()"),
 				 errhint("Anyone can use the client-side lo_import() provided by libpq.")));
 #endif
 
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ lo_export(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 	if (!superuser())
 		ereport(ERROR,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
-				 errmsg("must be superuser to use server-side lo_export()"),
+			  errmsg("must be superuser to use server-side lo_export()"),
 				 errhint("Anyone can use the client-side lo_export() provided by libpq.")));
 #endif
 
diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/be-secure.c b/src/backend/libpq/be-secure.c
index 0bd4f787414..7089b5077a9 100644
--- a/src/backend/libpq/be-secure.c
+++ b/src/backend/libpq/be-secure.c
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/be-secure.c,v 1.37 2003/07/27 21:49:53 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/be-secure.c,v 1.38 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
  *
  *	  Since the server static private key ($DataDir/server.key)
  *	  will normally be stored unencrypted so that the database
@@ -187,7 +187,6 @@ OvOzKGtwcTqO/1wV5gKkzu1ZVswVUQd5Gg8lJicwqRWyyNRczDDoG9jVDxmogKTH\n\
 AaqLulO7R8Ifa1SwF2DteSGVtgWEN8gDpN3RBmmPTDngyF2DHb5qmpnznwtFKdTL\n\
 KWbuHn491xNO25CQWMtem80uKw+pTnisBRF/454n1Jnhub144YRBoN8CAQI=\n\
 -----END DH PARAMETERS-----\n";
-
 #endif
 
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
@@ -258,7 +257,7 @@ secure_read(Port *port, void *ptr, size_t len)
 #ifdef USE_SSL
 	if (port->ssl)
 	{
-	rloop:
+rloop:
 		n = SSL_read(port->ssl, ptr, len);
 		switch (SSL_get_error(port->ssl, n))
 		{
@@ -328,7 +327,7 @@ secure_write(Port *port, void *ptr, size_t len)
 			if (port->ssl->state != SSL_ST_OK)
 				ereport(COMMERROR,
 						(errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
-						 errmsg("SSL failed to send renegotiation request")));
+					errmsg("SSL failed to send renegotiation request")));
 			port->ssl->state |= SSL_ST_ACCEPT;
 			SSL_do_handshake(port->ssl);
 			if (port->ssl->state != SSL_ST_OK)
@@ -338,7 +337,7 @@ secure_write(Port *port, void *ptr, size_t len)
 			port->count = 0;
 		}
 
-	wloop:
+wloop:
 		n = SSL_write(port->ssl, ptr, len);
 		switch (SSL_get_error(port->ssl, n))
 		{
@@ -436,7 +435,7 @@ load_dh_file(int keylength)
 			(codes & DH_CHECK_P_NOT_SAFE_PRIME))
 		{
 			elog(LOG,
-				 "DH error (%s): neither suitable generator or safe prime",
+			   "DH error (%s): neither suitable generator or safe prime",
 				 fnbuf);
 			return NULL;
 		}
@@ -620,21 +619,21 @@ initialize_SSL(void)
 		if (!SSL_CTX_use_certificate_file(SSL_context, fnbuf, SSL_FILETYPE_PEM))
 			ereport(FATAL,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
-					 errmsg("could not load server certificate file \"%s\": %s",
-							fnbuf, SSLerrmessage())));
+			  errmsg("could not load server certificate file \"%s\": %s",
+					 fnbuf, SSLerrmessage())));
 
 		snprintf(fnbuf, sizeof(fnbuf), "%s/server.key", DataDir);
 		if (stat(fnbuf, &buf) == -1)
 			ereport(FATAL,
 					(errcode_for_file_access(),
-					 errmsg("could not access private key file \"%s\": %m",
-							fnbuf)));
+				   errmsg("could not access private key file \"%s\": %m",
+						  fnbuf)));
 		if (!S_ISREG(buf.st_mode) || (buf.st_mode & (S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO)) ||
 			buf.st_uid != getuid())
 			ereport(FATAL,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
-					 errmsg("unsafe permissions on private key file \"%s\"",
-							fnbuf),
+				  errmsg("unsafe permissions on private key file \"%s\"",
+						 fnbuf),
 					 errdetail("File must be owned by the database user and must have no permissions for \"group\" or \"other\".")));
 
 		if (!SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_file(SSL_context, fnbuf, SSL_FILETYPE_PEM))
diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/crypt.c b/src/backend/libpq/crypt.c
index c1443e56744..9629a47aa9e 100644
--- a/src/backend/libpq/crypt.c
+++ b/src/backend/libpq/crypt.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/crypt.c,v 1.54 2003/07/22 19:00:10 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/crypt.c,v 1.55 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -119,7 +119,10 @@ md5_crypt_verify(const Port *port, const char *user, char *client_pass)
 		default:
 			if (isMD5(shadow_pass))
 			{
-				/* Encrypt user-supplied password to match MD5 in pg_shadow */
+				/*
+				 * Encrypt user-supplied password to match MD5 in
+				 * pg_shadow
+				 */
 				crypt_client_pass = palloc(MD5_PASSWD_LEN + 1);
 				if (!EncryptMD5(client_pass,
 								port->user_name,
diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/hba.c b/src/backend/libpq/hba.c
index f9f77cda574..1c42d1a7d43 100644
--- a/src/backend/libpq/hba.c
+++ b/src/backend/libpq/hba.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/hba.c,v 1.109 2003/08/01 23:24:28 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/hba.c,v 1.110 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ get_group_line(const char *group)
 /*
  * Lookup a user name in the pg_shadow file
  */
-List **
+List	  **
 get_user_line(const char *user)
 {
 	return (List **) bsearch((void *) user,
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ check_group(char *group, char *user)
 	{
 		foreach(l, lnext(lnext(*line)))
 			if (strcmp(lfirst(l), user) == 0)
-				return true;
+			return true;
 	}
 
 	return false;
@@ -547,13 +547,14 @@ static void
 parse_hba(List *line, hbaPort *port, bool *found_p, bool *error_p)
 {
 	int			line_number;
-	char			*token;
-	char			*db;
-	char			*user;
-	struct addrinfo		*file_ip_addr = NULL, *file_ip_mask = NULL;
-	struct addrinfo		hints;
-	struct sockaddr_storage	*mask;
-	char 			*cidr_slash;
+	char	   *token;
+	char	   *db;
+	char	   *user;
+	struct addrinfo *file_ip_addr = NULL,
+			   *file_ip_mask = NULL;
+	struct addrinfo hints;
+	struct sockaddr_storage *mask;
+	char	   *cidr_slash;
 	int			ret;
 
 	Assert(line != NIL);
@@ -595,11 +596,11 @@ parse_hba(List *line, hbaPort *port, bool *found_p, bool *error_p)
 			return;
 	}
 	else if (strcmp(token, "host") == 0
-			|| strcmp(token, "hostssl") == 0
-			|| strcmp(token, "hostnossl") == 0)
+			 || strcmp(token, "hostssl") == 0
+			 || strcmp(token, "hostnossl") == 0)
 	{
 
-		if (token[4] == 's')  /* "hostssl" */
+		if (token[4] == 's')	/* "hostssl" */
 		{
 #ifdef USE_SSL
 			/* Record does not match if we are not on an SSL connection */
@@ -616,7 +617,7 @@ parse_hba(List *line, hbaPort *port, bool *found_p, bool *error_p)
 #endif
 		}
 #ifdef USE_SSL
-		else if (token[4] == 'n')  /* "hostnossl" */
+		else if (token[4] == 'n')		/* "hostnossl" */
 		{
 			/* Record does not match if we are on an SSL connection */
 			if (port->ssl)
@@ -643,7 +644,7 @@ parse_hba(List *line, hbaPort *port, bool *found_p, bool *error_p)
 		token = lfirst(line);
 
 		/* Check if it has a CIDR suffix and if so isolate it */
-		cidr_slash = strchr(token,'/');
+		cidr_slash = strchr(token, '/');
 		if (cidr_slash)
 			*cidr_slash = '\0';
 
@@ -698,7 +699,7 @@ parse_hba(List *line, hbaPort *port, bool *found_p, bool *error_p)
 			if (ret || !file_ip_mask)
 				goto hba_syntax;
 
-			mask = (struct sockaddr_storage *)file_ip_mask->ai_addr;
+			mask = (struct sockaddr_storage *) file_ip_mask->ai_addr;
 
 			if (file_ip_addr->ai_family != mask->ss_family)
 				goto hba_syntax;
@@ -714,7 +715,7 @@ parse_hba(List *line, hbaPort *port, bool *found_p, bool *error_p)
 
 		/* Must meet network restrictions */
 		if (!rangeSockAddr(&port->raddr.addr,
-						   (struct sockaddr_storage *)file_ip_addr->ai_addr,
+					   (struct sockaddr_storage *) file_ip_addr->ai_addr,
 						   mask))
 			goto hba_freeaddr;
 
@@ -743,8 +744,8 @@ hba_syntax:
 	else
 		ereport(LOG,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
-				 errmsg("missing field in pg_hba.conf file at end of line %d",
-						line_number)));
+			errmsg("missing field in pg_hba.conf file at end of line %d",
+				   line_number)));
 
 	*error_p = true;
 
@@ -1012,8 +1013,8 @@ ident_syntax:
 	else
 		ereport(LOG,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
-				 errmsg("missing entry in pg_ident.conf file at end of line %d",
-						line_number)));
+		  errmsg("missing entry in pg_ident.conf file at end of line %d",
+				 line_number)));
 
 	*error_p = true;
 }
@@ -1044,7 +1045,7 @@ check_ident_usermap(const char *usermap_name,
 	{
 		ereport(LOG,
 				(errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
-				 errmsg("cannot use IDENT authentication without usermap field")));
+		errmsg("cannot use IDENT authentication without usermap field")));
 		found_entry = false;
 	}
 	else if (strcmp(usermap_name, "sameuser") == 0)
@@ -1215,11 +1216,13 @@ ident_inet(const SockAddr remote_addr,
 	char		ident_port[NI_MAXSERV];
 	char		ident_query[80];
 	char		ident_response[80 + IDENT_USERNAME_MAX];
-	struct addrinfo	*ident_serv = NULL, *la = NULL, hints;
+	struct addrinfo *ident_serv = NULL,
+			   *la = NULL,
+				hints;
 
 	/*
-	 * Might look a little weird to first convert it to text and
-	 * then back to sockaddr, but it's protocol independent.
+	 * Might look a little weird to first convert it to text and then back
+	 * to sockaddr, but it's protocol independent.
 	 */
 	getnameinfo_all(&remote_addr.addr, remote_addr.salen,
 					remote_addr_s, sizeof(remote_addr_s),
@@ -1254,22 +1257,23 @@ ident_inet(const SockAddr remote_addr,
 	rc = getaddrinfo_all(local_addr_s, NULL, &hints, &la);
 	if (rc || !la)
 		return false;			/* we don't expect this to happen */
-	
+
 	sock_fd = socket(ident_serv->ai_family, ident_serv->ai_socktype,
 					 ident_serv->ai_protocol);
 	if (sock_fd < 0)
 	{
 		ereport(LOG,
 				(errcode_for_socket_access(),
-				 errmsg("could not create socket for IDENT connection: %m")));
+			errmsg("could not create socket for IDENT connection: %m")));
 		ident_return = false;
 		goto ident_inet_done;
 	}
+
 	/*
 	 * Bind to the address which the client originally contacted,
 	 * otherwise the ident server won't be able to match up the right
-	 * connection. This is necessary if the PostgreSQL server is
-	 * running on an IP alias.
+	 * connection. This is necessary if the PostgreSQL server is running
+	 * on an IP alias.
 	 */
 	rc = bind(sock_fd, la->ai_addr, la->ai_addrlen);
 	if (rc != 0)
@@ -1282,7 +1286,7 @@ ident_inet(const SockAddr remote_addr,
 		goto ident_inet_done;
 	}
 
-	rc = connect(sock_fd, ident_serv->ai_addr, 
+	rc = connect(sock_fd, ident_serv->ai_addr,
 				 ident_serv->ai_addrlen);
 	if (rc != 0)
 	{
@@ -1354,12 +1358,12 @@ ident_unix(int sock, char *ident_user)
 {
 #if defined(HAVE_GETPEEREID)
 	/* OpenBSD style:  */
-	uid_t uid;
-	gid_t gid;
+	uid_t		uid;
+	gid_t		gid;
 	struct passwd *pass;
 
 	errno = 0;
-	if (getpeereid(sock,&uid,&gid) != 0)
+	if (getpeereid(sock, &uid, &gid) != 0)
 	{
 		/* We didn't get a valid credentials struct. */
 		ereport(LOG,
@@ -1491,8 +1495,7 @@ ident_unix(int sock, char *ident_user)
 	return false;
 #endif
 }
-
-#endif /* HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS */
+#endif   /* HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS */
 
 
 /*
diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/ip.c b/src/backend/libpq/ip.c
index 8fd3941266c..a17c817c65c 100644
--- a/src/backend/libpq/ip.c
+++ b/src/backend/libpq/ip.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/ip.c,v 1.17 2003/08/01 17:53:41 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/ip.c,v 1.18 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
  *
  * This file and the IPV6 implementation were initially provided by
  * Nigel Kukard <nkukard@lbsd.net>, Linux Based Systems Design
@@ -34,30 +34,30 @@
 #endif
 #include <arpa/inet.h>
 #include <sys/file.h>
-
 #endif
 
 #include "libpq/ip.h"
 
 
-static int	rangeSockAddrAF_INET(const struct sockaddr_in *addr,
-			const struct sockaddr_in *netaddr,
-			const struct sockaddr_in *netmask);
+static int rangeSockAddrAF_INET(const struct sockaddr_in * addr,
+					 const struct sockaddr_in * netaddr,
+					 const struct sockaddr_in * netmask);
+
 #ifdef HAVE_IPV6
-static int	rangeSockAddrAF_INET6(const struct sockaddr_in6 *addr,
-			const struct sockaddr_in6 *netaddr,
-			const struct sockaddr_in6 *netmask);
+static int rangeSockAddrAF_INET6(const struct sockaddr_in6 * addr,
+					  const struct sockaddr_in6 * netaddr,
+					  const struct sockaddr_in6 * netmask);
 #endif
 
 #ifdef	HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS
-static int	getaddrinfo_unix(const char *path,
-			const struct addrinfo *hintsp,
-			struct addrinfo **result);
-
-static int	getnameinfo_unix(const struct sockaddr_un *sa, int salen,
-							 char *node, int nodelen,
-							 char *service, int servicelen,
-							 int flags);
+static int getaddrinfo_unix(const char *path,
+				 const struct addrinfo * hintsp,
+				 struct addrinfo ** result);
+
+static int getnameinfo_unix(const struct sockaddr_un * sa, int salen,
+				 char *node, int nodelen,
+				 char *service, int servicelen,
+				 int flags);
 #endif
 
 
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ static int	getnameinfo_unix(const struct sockaddr_un *sa, int salen,
  */
 int
 getaddrinfo_all(const char *hostname, const char *servname,
-				const struct addrinfo *hintp, struct addrinfo **result)
+				const struct addrinfo * hintp, struct addrinfo ** result)
 {
 #ifdef HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS
 	if (hintp != NULL && hintp->ai_family == AF_UNIX)
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ getaddrinfo_all(const char *hostname, const char *servname,
  * not safe to look at ai_family in the addrinfo itself.
  */
 void
-freeaddrinfo_all(int hint_ai_family, struct addrinfo *ai)
+freeaddrinfo_all(int hint_ai_family, struct addrinfo * ai)
 {
 #ifdef HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS
 	if (hint_ai_family == AF_UNIX)
@@ -123,12 +123,12 @@ freeaddrinfo_all(int hint_ai_family, struct addrinfo *ai)
  * guaranteed to be filled with something even on failure return.
  */
 int
-getnameinfo_all(const struct sockaddr_storage *addr, int salen,
+getnameinfo_all(const struct sockaddr_storage * addr, int salen,
 				char *node, int nodelen,
 				char *service, int servicelen,
 				int flags)
 {
-	int		rc;
+	int			rc;
 
 #ifdef HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS
 	if (addr && addr->ss_family == AF_UNIX)
@@ -166,8 +166,8 @@ getnameinfo_all(const struct sockaddr_storage *addr, int salen,
  * -------
  */
 static int
-getaddrinfo_unix(const char *path, const struct addrinfo *hintsp,
-				 struct addrinfo **result)
+getaddrinfo_unix(const char *path, const struct addrinfo * hintsp,
+				 struct addrinfo ** result)
 {
 	struct addrinfo hints;
 	struct addrinfo *aip;
@@ -178,9 +178,7 @@ getaddrinfo_unix(const char *path, const struct addrinfo *hintsp,
 	MemSet(&hints, 0, sizeof(hints));
 
 	if (strlen(path) >= sizeof(unp->sun_path))
-	{
 		return EAI_FAIL;
-	}
 
 	if (hintsp == NULL)
 	{
@@ -234,139 +232,123 @@ getaddrinfo_unix(const char *path, const struct addrinfo *hintsp,
  * Convert an address to a hostname.
  */
 static int
-getnameinfo_unix(const struct sockaddr_un *sa, int salen,
+getnameinfo_unix(const struct sockaddr_un * sa, int salen,
 				 char *node, int nodelen,
 				 char *service, int servicelen,
 				 int flags)
 {
-	int		ret = -1;
+	int			ret = -1;
 
 	/* Invalid arguments. */
 	if (sa == NULL || sa->sun_family != AF_UNIX ||
 		(node == NULL && service == NULL))
-	{
 		return EAI_FAIL;
-	}
 
 	/* We don't support those. */
 	if ((node && !(flags & NI_NUMERICHOST))
 		|| (service && !(flags & NI_NUMERICSERV)))
-	{
 		return EAI_FAIL;
-	}
 
 	if (node)
 	{
 		ret = snprintf(node, nodelen, "%s", "localhost");
 		if (ret == -1 || ret > nodelen)
-		{
 			return EAI_MEMORY;
-		}
 	}
 
 	if (service)
 	{
 		ret = snprintf(service, servicelen, "%s", sa->sun_path);
 		if (ret == -1 || ret > servicelen)
-		{
 			return EAI_MEMORY;
-		}
 	}
 
 	return 0;
 }
-
 #endif   /* HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS */
 
 
 int
-rangeSockAddr(const struct sockaddr_storage *addr,
-		const struct sockaddr_storage *netaddr,
-		const struct sockaddr_storage *netmask)
+rangeSockAddr(const struct sockaddr_storage * addr,
+			  const struct sockaddr_storage * netaddr,
+			  const struct sockaddr_storage * netmask)
 {
 	if (addr->ss_family == AF_INET)
-		return rangeSockAddrAF_INET((struct sockaddr_in *)addr,
-			(struct sockaddr_in *)netaddr,
-			(struct sockaddr_in *)netmask);
+		return rangeSockAddrAF_INET((struct sockaddr_in *) addr,
+									(struct sockaddr_in *) netaddr,
+									(struct sockaddr_in *) netmask);
 #ifdef HAVE_IPV6
 	else if (addr->ss_family == AF_INET6)
-		return rangeSockAddrAF_INET6((struct sockaddr_in6 *)addr,
-			(struct sockaddr_in6 *)netaddr,
-			(struct sockaddr_in6 *)netmask);
+		return rangeSockAddrAF_INET6((struct sockaddr_in6 *) addr,
+									 (struct sockaddr_in6 *) netaddr,
+									 (struct sockaddr_in6 *) netmask);
 #endif
 	else
 		return 0;
 }
 
 /*
- *  SockAddr_cidr_mask - make a network mask of the appropriate family
- *    and required number of significant bits
+ *	SockAddr_cidr_mask - make a network mask of the appropriate family
+ *	  and required number of significant bits
  *
  * Note: Returns a static pointer for the mask, so it's not thread safe,
- *       and a second call will overwrite the data.
+ *		 and a second call will overwrite the data.
  */
 int
-SockAddr_cidr_mask(struct sockaddr_storage **mask, char *numbits, int family)
+SockAddr_cidr_mask(struct sockaddr_storage ** mask, char *numbits, int family)
 {
-	long			bits;
-	char			*endptr;
-static	struct sockaddr_storage	sock;
-	struct sockaddr_in	mask4;
+	long		bits;
+	char	   *endptr;
+	static struct sockaddr_storage sock;
+	struct sockaddr_in mask4;
+
 #ifdef	HAVE_IPV6
-	struct sockaddr_in6	mask6;
+	struct sockaddr_in6 mask6;
 #endif
 
 	bits = strtol(numbits, &endptr, 10);
 
 	if (*numbits == '\0' || *endptr != '\0')
-	{
 		return -1;
-	}
 
 	if ((bits < 0) || (family == AF_INET && bits > 32)
 #ifdef HAVE_IPV6
 		|| (family == AF_INET6 && bits > 128)
 #endif
 		)
-	{
 		return -1;
-	}
 
 	*mask = &sock;
 
 	switch (family)
 	{
 		case AF_INET:
-			mask4.sin_addr.s_addr = 
+			mask4.sin_addr.s_addr =
 				htonl((0xffffffffUL << (32 - bits))
-					& 0xffffffffUL);
-			memcpy(&sock, &mask4, sizeof(mask4));			
+					  & 0xffffffffUL);
+			memcpy(&sock, &mask4, sizeof(mask4));
 			break;
 #ifdef HAVE_IPV6
 		case AF_INET6:
-		{
-			int i;
-			
-			for (i = 0; i < 16; i++)
 			{
-				if (bits <= 0)
-				{
-					mask6.sin6_addr.s6_addr[i] = 0;
-				}
-				else if (bits >= 8)
-				{
-					mask6.sin6_addr.s6_addr[i] = 0xff;
-				}
-				else
+				int			i;
+
+				for (i = 0; i < 16; i++)
 				{
-					mask6.sin6_addr.s6_addr[i] =
-						(0xff << (8 - bits)) & 0xff;
+					if (bits <= 0)
+						mask6.sin6_addr.s6_addr[i] = 0;
+					else if (bits >= 8)
+						mask6.sin6_addr.s6_addr[i] = 0xff;
+					else
+					{
+						mask6.sin6_addr.s6_addr[i] =
+							(0xff << (8 - bits)) & 0xff;
+					}
+					bits -= 8;
 				}
-				bits -= 8;
+				memcpy(&sock, &mask6, sizeof(mask6));
+				break;
 			}
-			memcpy(&sock, &mask6, sizeof(mask6));
-			break;
-		}
 #endif
 		default:
 			return -1;
@@ -377,8 +359,8 @@ static	struct sockaddr_storage	sock;
 }
 
 static int
-rangeSockAddrAF_INET(const struct sockaddr_in *addr, const struct sockaddr_in *netaddr,
-					 const struct sockaddr_in *netmask)
+rangeSockAddrAF_INET(const struct sockaddr_in * addr, const struct sockaddr_in * netaddr,
+					 const struct sockaddr_in * netmask)
 {
 	if (((addr->sin_addr.s_addr ^ netaddr->sin_addr.s_addr) &
 		 netmask->sin_addr.s_addr) == 0)
@@ -390,9 +372,9 @@ rangeSockAddrAF_INET(const struct sockaddr_in *addr, const struct sockaddr_in *n
 
 #ifdef HAVE_IPV6
 static int
-rangeSockAddrAF_INET6(const struct sockaddr_in6 *addr,
-		const struct sockaddr_in6 *netaddr,
-		const struct sockaddr_in6 *netmask)
+rangeSockAddrAF_INET6(const struct sockaddr_in6 * addr,
+					  const struct sockaddr_in6 * netaddr,
+					  const struct sockaddr_in6 * netmask)
 {
 	int			i;
 
@@ -405,6 +387,5 @@ rangeSockAddrAF_INET6(const struct sockaddr_in6 *addr,
 
 	return 1;
 }
-#endif
-
 
+#endif
diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/md5.c b/src/backend/libpq/md5.c
index dbf639fc74f..05adff56a60 100644
--- a/src/backend/libpq/md5.c
+++ b/src/backend/libpq/md5.c
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
  *	Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/md5.c,v 1.19 2002/10/03 17:09:41 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/md5.c,v 1.20 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
  */
 
 
@@ -35,8 +35,8 @@
 #include "postgres_fe.h"
 #ifndef WIN32
 #include "libpq/crypt.h"
-#endif /* WIN32 */
-#endif /* FRONTEND */
+#endif   /* WIN32 */
+#endif   /* FRONTEND */
 
 #ifdef MD5_ODBC
 #include "md5.h"
diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/pqcomm.c b/src/backend/libpq/pqcomm.c
index 2f6d0245bf5..5ae7e1ae2c9 100644
--- a/src/backend/libpq/pqcomm.c
+++ b/src/backend/libpq/pqcomm.c
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- *	$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/pqcomm.c,v 1.161 2003/07/27 21:49:53 tgl Exp $
+ *	$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/pqcomm.c,v 1.162 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -151,6 +151,7 @@ pq_close(void)
 	{
 		/* Cleanly shut down SSL layer */
 		secure_close(MyProcPort);
+
 		/*
 		 * Formerly we did an explicit close() here, but it seems better
 		 * to leave the socket open until the process dies.  This allows
@@ -208,10 +209,11 @@ StreamServerPort(int family, char *hostName, unsigned short portNumber,
 	int			maxconn;
 	int			one = 1;
 	int			ret;
-	char			portNumberStr[64];
-	char			*service;
-	struct addrinfo		*addrs = NULL, *addr;
-	struct addrinfo		hint;
+	char		portNumberStr[64];
+	char	   *service;
+	struct addrinfo *addrs = NULL,
+			   *addr;
+	struct addrinfo hint;
 	int			listen_index = 0;
 	int			added = 0;
 
@@ -245,8 +247,8 @@ StreamServerPort(int family, char *hostName, unsigned short portNumber,
 							hostName, service, gai_strerror(ret))));
 		else
 			ereport(LOG,
-					(errmsg("could not translate service \"%s\" to address: %s",
-							service, gai_strerror(ret))));
+			 (errmsg("could not translate service \"%s\" to address: %s",
+					 service, gai_strerror(ret))));
 		freeaddrinfo_all(hint.ai_family, addrs);
 		return STATUS_ERROR;
 	}
@@ -255,9 +257,9 @@ StreamServerPort(int family, char *hostName, unsigned short portNumber,
 	{
 		if (!IS_AF_UNIX(family) && IS_AF_UNIX(addr->ai_family))
 		{
-			/* Only set up a unix domain socket when
-			 * they really asked for it.  The service/port
-			 * is different in that case.
+			/*
+			 * Only set up a unix domain socket when they really asked for
+			 * it.	The service/port is different in that case.
 			 */
 			continue;
 		}
@@ -285,7 +287,7 @@ StreamServerPort(int family, char *hostName, unsigned short portNumber,
 		if (!IS_AF_UNIX(addr->ai_family))
 		{
 			if ((setsockopt(fd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR,
-				(char *) &one, sizeof(one))) == -1)
+							(char *) &one, sizeof(one))) == -1)
 			{
 				ereport(LOG,
 						(errcode_for_socket_access(),
@@ -299,7 +301,7 @@ StreamServerPort(int family, char *hostName, unsigned short portNumber,
 		if (addr->ai_family == AF_INET6)
 		{
 			if (setsockopt(fd, IPPROTO_IPV6, IPV6_V6ONLY,
-				(char *)&one, sizeof(one)) == -1)
+						   (char *) &one, sizeof(one)) == -1)
 			{
 				ereport(LOG,
 						(errcode_for_socket_access(),
@@ -311,10 +313,10 @@ StreamServerPort(int family, char *hostName, unsigned short portNumber,
 #endif
 
 		/*
-		 * Note: This might fail on some OS's, like Linux
-		 * older than 2.4.21-pre3, that don't have the IPV6_V6ONLY
-		 * socket option, and map ipv4 addresses to ipv6.  It will
-		 * show ::ffff:ipv4 for all ipv4 connections.
+		 * Note: This might fail on some OS's, like Linux older than
+		 * 2.4.21-pre3, that don't have the IPV6_V6ONLY socket option, and
+		 * map ipv4 addresses to ipv6.	It will show ::ffff:ipv4 for all
+		 * ipv4 connections.
 		 */
 		err = bind(fd, addr->ai_addr, addr->ai_addrlen);
 		if (err < 0)
@@ -323,12 +325,12 @@ StreamServerPort(int family, char *hostName, unsigned short portNumber,
 					(errcode_for_socket_access(),
 					 errmsg("failed to bind server socket: %m"),
 					 (IS_AF_UNIX(addr->ai_family)) ?
-					 errhint("Is another postmaster already running on port %d?"
-							 " If not, remove socket node \"%s\" and retry.",
-							 (int) portNumber, sock_path) :
-					 errhint("Is another postmaster already running on port %d?"
-							 " If not, wait a few seconds and retry.",
-							 (int) portNumber)));
+			  errhint("Is another postmaster already running on port %d?"
+					  " If not, remove socket node \"%s\" and retry.",
+					  (int) portNumber, sock_path) :
+			  errhint("Is another postmaster already running on port %d?"
+					  " If not, wait a few seconds and retry.",
+					  (int) portNumber)));
 			closesocket(fd);
 			continue;
 		}
@@ -345,10 +347,10 @@ StreamServerPort(int family, char *hostName, unsigned short portNumber,
 #endif
 
 		/*
-		 * Select appropriate accept-queue length limit.  PG_SOMAXCONN
-		 * is only intended to provide a clamp on the request on
-		 * platforms where an overly large request provokes a kernel
-		 * error (are there any?).
+		 * Select appropriate accept-queue length limit.  PG_SOMAXCONN is
+		 * only intended to provide a clamp on the request on platforms
+		 * where an overly large request provokes a kernel error (are
+		 * there any?).
 		 */
 		maxconn = MaxBackends * 2;
 		if (maxconn > PG_SOMAXCONN)
@@ -465,7 +467,6 @@ Setup_AF_UNIX(void)
 	}
 	return STATUS_OK;
 }
-
 #endif   /* HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS */
 
 
@@ -485,8 +486,8 @@ StreamConnection(int server_fd, Port *port)
 	/* accept connection and fill in the client (remote) address */
 	port->raddr.salen = sizeof(port->raddr.addr);
 	if ((port->sock = accept(server_fd,
-			 (struct sockaddr *) &port->raddr.addr,
-			 &port->raddr.salen)) < 0)
+							 (struct sockaddr *) & port->raddr.addr,
+							 &port->raddr.salen)) < 0)
 	{
 		ereport(LOG,
 				(errcode_for_socket_access(),
@@ -495,6 +496,7 @@ StreamConnection(int server_fd, Port *port)
 	}
 
 #ifdef SCO_ACCEPT_BUG
+
 	/*
 	 * UnixWare 7+ and OpenServer 5.0.4 are known to have this bug, but it
 	 * shouldn't hurt to catch it for all versions of those platforms.
@@ -571,19 +573,19 @@ TouchSocketFile(void)
 	if (sock_path[0] != '\0')
 	{
 		/*
-		 * utime() is POSIX standard, utimes() is a common alternative.
-		 * If we have neither, there's no way to affect the mod or access
+		 * utime() is POSIX standard, utimes() is a common alternative. If
+		 * we have neither, there's no way to affect the mod or access
 		 * time of the socket :-(
 		 *
 		 * In either path, we ignore errors; there's no point in complaining.
 		 */
 #ifdef HAVE_UTIME
 		utime(sock_path, NULL);
-#else /* !HAVE_UTIME */
+#else							/* !HAVE_UTIME */
 #ifdef HAVE_UTIMES
 		utimes(sock_path, NULL);
-#endif /* HAVE_UTIMES */
-#endif /* HAVE_UTIME */
+#endif   /* HAVE_UTIMES */
+#endif   /* HAVE_UTIME */
 	}
 }
 
@@ -634,9 +636,10 @@ pq_recvbuf(void)
 				continue;		/* Ok if interrupted */
 
 			/*
-			 * Careful: an ereport() that tries to write to the client would
-			 * cause recursion to here, leading to stack overflow and core
-			 * dump!  This message must go *only* to the postmaster log.
+			 * Careful: an ereport() that tries to write to the client
+			 * would cause recursion to here, leading to stack overflow
+			 * and core dump!  This message must go *only* to the
+			 * postmaster log.
 			 */
 			ereport(COMMERROR,
 					(errcode_for_socket_access(),
@@ -646,8 +649,8 @@ pq_recvbuf(void)
 		if (r == 0)
 		{
 			/*
-			 * EOF detected.  We used to write a log message here, but it's
-			 * better to expect the ultimate caller to do that.
+			 * EOF detected.  We used to write a log message here, but
+			 * it's better to expect the ultimate caller to do that.
 			 */
 			return EOF;
 		}
@@ -894,9 +897,10 @@ pq_flush(void)
 				continue;		/* Ok if we were interrupted */
 
 			/*
-			 * Careful: an ereport() that tries to write to the client would
-			 * cause recursion to here, leading to stack overflow and core
-			 * dump!  This message must go *only* to the postmaster log.
+			 * Careful: an ereport() that tries to write to the client
+			 * would cause recursion to here, leading to stack overflow
+			 * and core dump!  This message must go *only* to the
+			 * postmaster log.
 			 *
 			 * If a client disconnects while we're in the midst of output, we
 			 * might write quite a bit of data before we get to a safe
diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/pqformat.c b/src/backend/libpq/pqformat.c
index 8b04dbe7055..d5b1baded29 100644
--- a/src/backend/libpq/pqformat.c
+++ b/src/backend/libpq/pqformat.c
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- *	$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/pqformat.c,v 1.32 2003/07/22 19:00:10 tgl Exp $
+ *	$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/pqformat.c,v 1.33 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -58,12 +58,12 @@
  *		pq_getmsgbyte	- get a raw byte from a message buffer
  *		pq_getmsgint	- get a binary integer from a message buffer
  *		pq_getmsgint64	- get a binary 8-byte int from a message buffer
- *		pq_getmsgfloat4	- get a float4 from a message buffer
- *		pq_getmsgfloat8	- get a float8 from a message buffer
+ *		pq_getmsgfloat4 - get a float4 from a message buffer
+ *		pq_getmsgfloat8 - get a float8 from a message buffer
  *		pq_getmsgbytes	- get raw data from a message buffer
- *		pq_copymsgbytes	- copy raw data from a message buffer
+ *		pq_copymsgbytes - copy raw data from a message buffer
  *		pq_getmsgtext	- get a counted text string (with conversion)
- *		pq_getmsgstring	- get a null-terminated text string (with conversion)
+ *		pq_getmsgstring - get a null-terminated text string (with conversion)
  *		pq_getmsgend	- verify message fully consumed
  */
 
@@ -90,10 +90,12 @@ void
 pq_beginmessage(StringInfo buf, char msgtype)
 {
 	initStringInfo(buf);
+
 	/*
 	 * We stash the message type into the buffer's cursor field, expecting
-	 * that the pq_sendXXX routines won't touch it.  We could alternatively
-	 * make it the first byte of the buffer contents, but this seems easier.
+	 * that the pq_sendXXX routines won't touch it.  We could
+	 * alternatively make it the first byte of the buffer contents, but
+	 * this seems easier.
 	 */
 	buf->cursor = msgtype;
 }
@@ -122,7 +124,7 @@ pq_sendbytes(StringInfo buf, const char *data, int datalen)
  *		pq_sendcountedtext - append a counted text string (with character set conversion)
  *
  * The data sent to the frontend by this routine is a 4-byte count field
- * followed by the string.  The count includes itself or not, as per the
+ * followed by the string.	The count includes itself or not, as per the
  * countincludesself flag (pre-3.0 protocol requires it to include itself).
  * The passed text string need not be null-terminated, and the data sent
  * to the frontend isn't either.
@@ -173,9 +175,7 @@ pq_sendtext(StringInfo buf, const char *str, int slen)
 		pfree(p);
 	}
 	else
-	{
 		appendBinaryStringInfo(buf, str, slen);
-	}
 }
 
 /* --------------------------------
@@ -200,9 +200,7 @@ pq_sendstring(StringInfo buf, const char *str)
 		pfree(p);
 	}
 	else
-	{
 		appendBinaryStringInfo(buf, str, slen + 1);
-	}
 }
 
 /* --------------------------------
@@ -281,9 +279,9 @@ pq_sendfloat4(StringInfo buf, float4 f)
 {
 	union
 	{
-		float4	f;
-		uint32	i;
-	} swap;
+		float4		f;
+		uint32		i;
+	}			swap;
 
 	swap.f = f;
 	swap.i = htonl(swap.i);
@@ -308,9 +306,9 @@ pq_sendfloat8(StringInfo buf, float8 f)
 #ifdef INT64_IS_BUSTED
 	union
 	{
-		float8	f;
-		uint32	h[2];
-	} swap;
+		float8		f;
+		uint32		h[2];
+	}			swap;
 
 	swap.f = f;
 	swap.h[0] = htonl(swap.h[0]);
@@ -332,9 +330,9 @@ pq_sendfloat8(StringInfo buf, float8 f)
 #else
 	union
 	{
-		float8	f;
-		int64	i;
-	} swap;
+		float8		f;
+		int64		i;
+	}			swap;
 
 	swap.f = f;
 	pq_sendint64(buf, swap.i);
@@ -515,7 +513,7 @@ pq_getmsgint64(StringInfo msg)
 }
 
 /* --------------------------------
- *		pq_getmsgfloat4	- get a float4 from a message buffer
+ *		pq_getmsgfloat4 - get a float4 from a message buffer
  *
  * See notes for pq_sendfloat4.
  * --------------------------------
@@ -525,16 +523,16 @@ pq_getmsgfloat4(StringInfo msg)
 {
 	union
 	{
-		float4	f;
-		uint32	i;
-	} swap;
+		float4		f;
+		uint32		i;
+	}			swap;
 
 	swap.i = pq_getmsgint(msg, 4);
 	return swap.f;
 }
 
 /* --------------------------------
- *		pq_getmsgfloat8	- get a float8 from a message buffer
+ *		pq_getmsgfloat8 - get a float8 from a message buffer
  *
  * See notes for pq_sendfloat8.
  * --------------------------------
@@ -545,9 +543,9 @@ pq_getmsgfloat8(StringInfo msg)
 #ifdef INT64_IS_BUSTED
 	union
 	{
-		float8	f;
-		uint32	h[2];
-	} swap;
+		float8		f;
+		uint32		h[2];
+	}			swap;
 
 	/* Have to figure out endianness by testing... */
 	if (((uint32) 1) == htonl((uint32) 1))
@@ -566,9 +564,9 @@ pq_getmsgfloat8(StringInfo msg)
 #else
 	union
 	{
-		float8	f;
-		int64	i;
-	} swap;
+		float8		f;
+		int64		i;
+	}			swap;
 
 	swap.i = pq_getmsgint64(msg);
 	return swap.f;
@@ -597,7 +595,7 @@ pq_getmsgbytes(StringInfo msg, int datalen)
 }
 
 /* --------------------------------
- *		pq_copymsgbytes	- copy raw data from a message buffer
+ *		pq_copymsgbytes - copy raw data from a message buffer
  *
  *		Same as above, except data is copied to caller's buffer.
  * --------------------------------
@@ -623,8 +621,8 @@ pq_copymsgbytes(StringInfo msg, char *buf, int datalen)
 char *
 pq_getmsgtext(StringInfo msg, int rawbytes, int *nbytes)
 {
-	char   *str;
-	char   *p;
+	char	   *str;
+	char	   *p;
 
 	if (rawbytes < 0 || rawbytes > (msg->len - msg->cursor))
 		ereport(ERROR,
@@ -635,9 +633,7 @@ pq_getmsgtext(StringInfo msg, int rawbytes, int *nbytes)
 
 	p = (char *) pg_client_to_server((unsigned char *) str, rawbytes);
 	if (p != str)				/* actual conversion has been done? */
-	{
 		*nbytes = strlen(p);
-	}
 	else
 	{
 		p = (char *) palloc(rawbytes + 1);
@@ -649,7 +645,7 @@ pq_getmsgtext(StringInfo msg, int rawbytes, int *nbytes)
 }
 
 /* --------------------------------
- *		pq_getmsgstring	- get a null-terminated text string (with conversion)
+ *		pq_getmsgstring - get a null-terminated text string (with conversion)
  *
  *		May return a pointer directly into the message buffer, or a pointer
  *		to a palloc'd conversion result.
@@ -658,14 +654,15 @@ pq_getmsgtext(StringInfo msg, int rawbytes, int *nbytes)
 const char *
 pq_getmsgstring(StringInfo msg)
 {
-	char   *str;
-	int		slen;
+	char	   *str;
+	int			slen;
 
 	str = &msg->data[msg->cursor];
+
 	/*
 	 * It's safe to use strlen() here because a StringInfo is guaranteed
-	 * to have a trailing null byte.  But check we found a null inside
-	 * the message.
+	 * to have a trailing null byte.  But check we found a null inside the
+	 * message.
 	 */
 	slen = strlen(str);
 	if (msg->cursor + slen >= msg->len)
diff --git a/src/backend/main/main.c b/src/backend/main/main.c
index 862194b17d5..fcc6ea5a7e5 100644
--- a/src/backend/main/main.c
+++ b/src/backend/main/main.c
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/main/main.c,v 1.59 2003/07/27 21:49:53 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/main/main.c,v 1.60 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -163,6 +163,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	{
 #ifndef WIN32
 #ifndef __BEOS__
+
 		/*
 		 * Make sure we are not running as root.
 		 *
@@ -175,8 +176,8 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 					gettext("\"root\" execution of the PostgreSQL server is not permitted.\n"
 							"The server must be started under an unprivileged user id to prevent\n"
 							"possible system security compromise.  See the documentation for\n"
-							"more information on how to properly start the server.\n"
-						));
+				"more information on how to properly start the server.\n"
+							));
 			exit(1);
 		}
 #endif   /* !__BEOS__ */
@@ -193,16 +194,16 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		if (getuid() != geteuid())
 		{
 			fprintf(stderr,
-					gettext("%s: real and effective user ids must match\n"),
+				 gettext("%s: real and effective user ids must match\n"),
 					argv[0]);
 			exit(1);
 		}
-#endif	/* !WIN32 */
+#endif   /* !WIN32 */
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Now dispatch to one of PostmasterMain, PostgresMain, GucInfoMain, or
-	 * BootstrapMain depending on the program name (and possibly first
+	 * Now dispatch to one of PostmasterMain, PostgresMain, GucInfoMain,
+	 * or BootstrapMain depending on the program name (and possibly first
 	 * argument) we were called with.  The lack of consistency here is
 	 * historical.
 	 */
@@ -223,8 +224,8 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 
 	/*
 	 * If the first argument is "--help-config", then invoke runtime
-	 * configuration option display mode.
-	 * We remove "--help-config" from the arguments passed on to GucInfoMain.
+	 * configuration option display mode. We remove "--help-config" from
+	 * the arguments passed on to GucInfoMain.
 	 */
 	if (argc > 1 && strcmp(new_argv[1], "--help-config") == 0)
 		exit(GucInfoMain(argc - 1, new_argv + 1));
@@ -246,7 +247,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	pw_name_persist = strdup(pw->pw_name);
 #else
 	{
-		long namesize = 256 /* UNLEN */ + 1;	
+		long		namesize = 256 /* UNLEN */ + 1;
 
 		pw_name_persist = malloc(namesize);
 		if (!GetUserName(pw_name_persist, &namesize))
diff --git a/src/backend/nodes/bitmapset.c b/src/backend/nodes/bitmapset.c
index c4576cf3b3d..e444f449e19 100644
--- a/src/backend/nodes/bitmapset.c
+++ b/src/backend/nodes/bitmapset.c
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 2003, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/bitmapset.c,v 1.3 2003/07/22 23:30:37 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/bitmapset.c,v 1.4 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
  * where x's are unspecified bits.  The two's complement negative is formed
  * by inverting all the bits and adding one.  Inversion gives
  *				yyyyyy01111
- * where each y is the inverse of the corresponding x.  Incrementing gives
+ * where each y is the inverse of the corresponding x.	Incrementing gives
  *				yyyyyy10000
  * and then ANDing with the original value gives
  *				00000010000
@@ -65,41 +65,41 @@
  */
 
 static const uint8 rightmost_one_pos[256] = {
-	0,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,  3,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,
-	4,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,  3,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,
-	5,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,  3,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,
-	4,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,  3,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,
-	6,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,  3,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,
-	4,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,  3,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,
-	5,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,  3,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,
-	4,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,  3,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,
-	7,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,  3,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,
-	4,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,  3,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,
-	5,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,  3,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,
-	4,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,  3,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,
-	6,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,  3,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,
-	4,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,  3,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,
-	5,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,  3,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,
-	4,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0,  3,  0,  1,  0,  2,  0,  1,  0
+	0, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
+	4, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
+	5, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
+	4, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
+	6, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
+	4, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
+	5, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
+	4, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
+	7, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
+	4, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
+	5, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
+	4, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
+	6, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
+	4, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
+	5, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
+	4, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0
 };
 
 static const uint8 number_of_ones[256] = {
-	0,  1,  1,  2,  1,  2,  2,  3,  1,  2,  2,  3,  2,  3,  3,  4,
-	1,  2,  2,  3,  2,  3,  3,  4,  2,  3,  3,  4,  3,  4,  4,  5,
-	1,  2,  2,  3,  2,  3,  3,  4,  2,  3,  3,  4,  3,  4,  4,  5,
-	2,  3,  3,  4,  3,  4,  4,  5,  3,  4,  4,  5,  4,  5,  5,  6,
-	1,  2,  2,  3,  2,  3,  3,  4,  2,  3,  3,  4,  3,  4,  4,  5,
-	2,  3,  3,  4,  3,  4,  4,  5,  3,  4,  4,  5,  4,  5,  5,  6,
-	2,  3,  3,  4,  3,  4,  4,  5,  3,  4,  4,  5,  4,  5,  5,  6,
-	3,  4,  4,  5,  4,  5,  5,  6,  4,  5,  5,  6,  5,  6,  6,  7,
-	1,  2,  2,  3,  2,  3,  3,  4,  2,  3,  3,  4,  3,  4,  4,  5,
-	2,  3,  3,  4,  3,  4,  4,  5,  3,  4,  4,  5,  4,  5,  5,  6,
-	2,  3,  3,  4,  3,  4,  4,  5,  3,  4,  4,  5,  4,  5,  5,  6,
-	3,  4,  4,  5,  4,  5,  5,  6,  4,  5,  5,  6,  5,  6,  6,  7,
-	2,  3,  3,  4,  3,  4,  4,  5,  3,  4,  4,  5,  4,  5,  5,  6,
-	3,  4,  4,  5,  4,  5,  5,  6,  4,  5,  5,  6,  5,  6,  6,  7,
-	3,  4,  4,  5,  4,  5,  5,  6,  4,  5,  5,  6,  5,  6,  6,  7,
-	4,  5,  5,  6,  5,  6,  6,  7,  5,  6,  6,  7,  6,  7,  7,  8
+	0, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2, 2, 3, 1, 2, 2, 3, 2, 3, 3, 4,
+	1, 2, 2, 3, 2, 3, 3, 4, 2, 3, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5,
+	1, 2, 2, 3, 2, 3, 3, 4, 2, 3, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5,
+	2, 3, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5, 3, 4, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5, 6,
+	1, 2, 2, 3, 2, 3, 3, 4, 2, 3, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5,
+	2, 3, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5, 3, 4, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5, 6,
+	2, 3, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5, 3, 4, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5, 6,
+	3, 4, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5, 6, 4, 5, 5, 6, 5, 6, 6, 7,
+	1, 2, 2, 3, 2, 3, 3, 4, 2, 3, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5,
+	2, 3, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5, 3, 4, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5, 6,
+	2, 3, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5, 3, 4, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5, 6,
+	3, 4, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5, 6, 4, 5, 5, 6, 5, 6, 6, 7,
+	2, 3, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5, 3, 4, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5, 6,
+	3, 4, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5, 6, 4, 5, 5, 6, 5, 6, 6, 7,
+	3, 4, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5, 6, 4, 5, 5, 6, 5, 6, 6, 7,
+	4, 5, 5, 6, 5, 6, 6, 7, 5, 6, 6, 7, 6, 7, 7, 8
 };
 
 
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ static const uint8 number_of_ones[256] = {
  * bms_copy - make a palloc'd copy of a bitmapset
  */
 Bitmapset *
-bms_copy(const Bitmapset *a)
+bms_copy(const Bitmapset * a)
 {
 	Bitmapset  *result;
 	size_t		size;
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ bms_copy(const Bitmapset *a)
  * be reported as equal to a palloc'd value containing no members.
  */
 bool
-bms_equal(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
+bms_equal(const Bitmapset * a, const Bitmapset * b)
 {
 	const Bitmapset *shorter;
 	const Bitmapset *longer;
@@ -143,9 +143,7 @@ bms_equal(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
 		return bms_is_empty(b);
 	}
 	else if (b == NULL)
-	{
 		return bms_is_empty(a);
-	}
 	/* Identify shorter and longer input */
 	if (a->nwords <= b->nwords)
 	{
@@ -199,7 +197,7 @@ bms_make_singleton(int x)
  * Same as pfree except for allowing NULL input
  */
 void
-bms_free(Bitmapset *a)
+bms_free(Bitmapset * a)
 {
 	if (a)
 		pfree(a);
@@ -216,7 +214,7 @@ bms_free(Bitmapset *a)
  * bms_union - set union
  */
 Bitmapset *
-bms_union(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
+bms_union(const Bitmapset * a, const Bitmapset * b)
 {
 	Bitmapset  *result;
 	const Bitmapset *other;
@@ -242,9 +240,7 @@ bms_union(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
 	/* And union the shorter input into the result */
 	otherlen = other->nwords;
 	for (i = 0; i < otherlen; i++)
-	{
 		result->words[i] |= other->words[i];
-	}
 	return result;
 }
 
@@ -252,7 +248,7 @@ bms_union(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
  * bms_intersect - set intersection
  */
 Bitmapset *
-bms_intersect(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
+bms_intersect(const Bitmapset * a, const Bitmapset * b)
 {
 	Bitmapset  *result;
 	const Bitmapset *other;
@@ -276,9 +272,7 @@ bms_intersect(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
 	/* And intersect the longer input with the result */
 	resultlen = result->nwords;
 	for (i = 0; i < resultlen; i++)
-	{
 		result->words[i] &= other->words[i];
-	}
 	return result;
 }
 
@@ -286,7 +280,7 @@ bms_intersect(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
  * bms_difference - set difference (ie, A without members of B)
  */
 Bitmapset *
-bms_difference(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
+bms_difference(const Bitmapset * a, const Bitmapset * b)
 {
 	Bitmapset  *result;
 	int			shortlen;
@@ -302,9 +296,7 @@ bms_difference(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
 	/* And remove b's bits from result */
 	shortlen = Min(a->nwords, b->nwords);
 	for (i = 0; i < shortlen; i++)
-	{
-		result->words[i] &= ~ b->words[i];
-	}
+		result->words[i] &= ~b->words[i];
 	return result;
 }
 
@@ -312,7 +304,7 @@ bms_difference(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
  * bms_is_subset - is A a subset of B?
  */
 bool
-bms_is_subset(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
+bms_is_subset(const Bitmapset * a, const Bitmapset * b)
 {
 	int			shortlen;
 	int			longlen;
@@ -327,7 +319,7 @@ bms_is_subset(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
 	shortlen = Min(a->nwords, b->nwords);
 	for (i = 0; i < shortlen; i++)
 	{
-		if ((a->words[i] & ~ b->words[i]) != 0)
+		if ((a->words[i] & ~b->words[i]) != 0)
 			return false;
 	}
 	/* Check extra words */
@@ -347,7 +339,7 @@ bms_is_subset(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
  * bms_is_member - is X a member of A?
  */
 bool
-bms_is_member(int x, const Bitmapset *a)
+bms_is_member(int x, const Bitmapset * a)
 {
 	int			wordnum,
 				bitnum;
@@ -370,7 +362,7 @@ bms_is_member(int x, const Bitmapset *a)
  * bms_overlap - do sets overlap (ie, have a nonempty intersection)?
  */
 bool
-bms_overlap(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
+bms_overlap(const Bitmapset * a, const Bitmapset * b)
 {
 	int			shortlen;
 	int			i;
@@ -392,7 +384,7 @@ bms_overlap(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
  * bms_nonempty_difference - do sets have a nonempty difference?
  */
 bool
-bms_nonempty_difference(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
+bms_nonempty_difference(const Bitmapset * a, const Bitmapset * b)
 {
 	int			shortlen;
 	int			i;
@@ -406,7 +398,7 @@ bms_nonempty_difference(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
 	shortlen = Min(a->nwords, b->nwords);
 	for (i = 0; i < shortlen; i++)
 	{
-		if ((a->words[i] & ~ b->words[i]) != 0)
+		if ((a->words[i] & ~b->words[i]) != 0)
 			return true;
 	}
 	/* Check extra words in a */
@@ -424,11 +416,11 @@ bms_nonempty_difference(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
  * Raises error if |a| is not 1.
  */
 int
-bms_singleton_member(const Bitmapset *a)
+bms_singleton_member(const Bitmapset * a)
 {
-	int		result = -1;
-	int		nwords;
-	int		wordnum;
+	int			result = -1;
+	int			nwords;
+	int			wordnum;
 
 	if (a == NULL)
 		elog(ERROR, "bitmapset is empty");
@@ -459,11 +451,11 @@ bms_singleton_member(const Bitmapset *a)
  * bms_num_members - count members of set
  */
 int
-bms_num_members(const Bitmapset *a)
+bms_num_members(const Bitmapset * a)
 {
-	int		result = 0;
-	int		nwords;
-	int		wordnum;
+	int			result = 0;
+	int			nwords;
+	int			wordnum;
 
 	if (a == NULL)
 		return 0;
@@ -488,11 +480,11 @@ bms_num_members(const Bitmapset *a)
  * This is faster than making an exact count with bms_num_members().
  */
 BMS_Membership
-bms_membership(const Bitmapset *a)
+bms_membership(const Bitmapset * a)
 {
 	BMS_Membership result = BMS_EMPTY_SET;
-	int		nwords;
-	int		wordnum;
+	int			nwords;
+	int			wordnum;
 
 	if (a == NULL)
 		return BMS_EMPTY_SET;
@@ -517,10 +509,10 @@ bms_membership(const Bitmapset *a)
  * This is even faster than bms_membership().
  */
 bool
-bms_is_empty(const Bitmapset *a)
+bms_is_empty(const Bitmapset * a)
 {
-	int		nwords;
-	int		wordnum;
+	int			nwords;
+	int			wordnum;
 
 	if (a == NULL)
 		return true;
@@ -552,7 +544,7 @@ bms_is_empty(const Bitmapset *a)
  * Input set is modified or recycled!
  */
 Bitmapset *
-bms_add_member(Bitmapset *a, int x)
+bms_add_member(Bitmapset * a, int x)
 {
 	int			wordnum,
 				bitnum;
@@ -573,9 +565,7 @@ bms_add_member(Bitmapset *a, int x)
 		result = bms_make_singleton(x);
 		nwords = a->nwords;
 		for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++)
-		{
 			result->words[i] |= a->words[i];
-		}
 		pfree(a);
 		return result;
 	}
@@ -592,7 +582,7 @@ bms_add_member(Bitmapset *a, int x)
  * Input set is modified in-place!
  */
 Bitmapset *
-bms_del_member(Bitmapset *a, int x)
+bms_del_member(Bitmapset * a, int x)
 {
 	int			wordnum,
 				bitnum;
@@ -604,9 +594,7 @@ bms_del_member(Bitmapset *a, int x)
 	wordnum = WORDNUM(x);
 	bitnum = BITNUM(x);
 	if (wordnum < a->nwords)
-	{
-		a->words[wordnum] &= ~ ((bitmapword) 1 << bitnum);
-	}
+		a->words[wordnum] &= ~((bitmapword) 1 << bitnum);
 	return a;
 }
 
@@ -614,7 +602,7 @@ bms_del_member(Bitmapset *a, int x)
  * bms_add_members - like bms_union, but left input is recycled
  */
 Bitmapset *
-bms_add_members(Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
+bms_add_members(Bitmapset * a, const Bitmapset * b)
 {
 	Bitmapset  *result;
 	const Bitmapset *other;
@@ -640,9 +628,7 @@ bms_add_members(Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
 	/* And union the shorter input into the result */
 	otherlen = other->nwords;
 	for (i = 0; i < otherlen; i++)
-	{
 		result->words[i] |= other->words[i];
-	}
 	if (result != a)
 		pfree(a);
 	return result;
@@ -652,7 +638,7 @@ bms_add_members(Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
  * bms_int_members - like bms_intersect, but left input is recycled
  */
 Bitmapset *
-bms_int_members(Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
+bms_int_members(Bitmapset * a, const Bitmapset * b)
 {
 	int			shortlen;
 	int			i;
@@ -668,13 +654,9 @@ bms_int_members(Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
 	/* Intersect b into a; we need never copy */
 	shortlen = Min(a->nwords, b->nwords);
 	for (i = 0; i < shortlen; i++)
-	{
 		a->words[i] &= b->words[i];
-	}
 	for (; i < a->nwords; i++)
-	{
 		a->words[i] = 0;
-	}
 	return a;
 }
 
@@ -682,7 +664,7 @@ bms_int_members(Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
  * bms_del_members - like bms_difference, but left input is recycled
  */
 Bitmapset *
-bms_del_members(Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
+bms_del_members(Bitmapset * a, const Bitmapset * b)
 {
 	int			shortlen;
 	int			i;
@@ -695,9 +677,7 @@ bms_del_members(Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
 	/* Remove b's bits from a; we need never copy */
 	shortlen = Min(a->nwords, b->nwords);
 	for (i = 0; i < shortlen; i++)
-	{
-		a->words[i] &= ~ b->words[i];
-	}
+		a->words[i] &= ~b->words[i];
 	return a;
 }
 
@@ -705,7 +685,7 @@ bms_del_members(Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
  * bms_join - like bms_union, but *both* inputs are recycled
  */
 Bitmapset *
-bms_join(Bitmapset *a, Bitmapset *b)
+bms_join(Bitmapset * a, Bitmapset * b)
 {
 	Bitmapset  *result;
 	Bitmapset  *other;
@@ -731,9 +711,7 @@ bms_join(Bitmapset *a, Bitmapset *b)
 	/* And union the shorter input into the result */
 	otherlen = other->nwords;
 	for (i = 0; i < otherlen; i++)
-	{
 		result->words[i] |= other->words[i];
-	}
 	if (other != result)		/* pure paranoia */
 		pfree(other);
 	return result;
@@ -742,24 +720,22 @@ bms_join(Bitmapset *a, Bitmapset *b)
 /*----------
  * bms_first_member - find and remove first member of a set
  *
- * Returns -1 if set is empty.  NB: set is destructively modified!
+ * Returns -1 if set is empty.	NB: set is destructively modified!
  *
  * This is intended as support for iterating through the members of a set.
  * The typical pattern is
  *
  *			tmpset = bms_copy(inputset);
  *			while ((x = bms_first_member(tmpset)) >= 0)
- *			{
  *				process member x;
- *			}
  *			bms_free(tmpset);
  *----------
  */
 int
-bms_first_member(Bitmapset *a)
+bms_first_member(Bitmapset * a)
 {
-	int		nwords;
-	int		wordnum;
+	int			nwords;
+	int			wordnum;
 
 	if (a == NULL)
 		return -1;
@@ -770,10 +746,10 @@ bms_first_member(Bitmapset *a)
 
 		if (w != 0)
 		{
-			int		result;
+			int			result;
 
 			w = RIGHTMOST_ONE(w);
-			a->words[wordnum] &= ~ w;
+			a->words[wordnum] &= ~w;
 
 			result = wordnum * BITS_PER_BITMAPWORD;
 			while ((w & 255) == 0)
diff --git a/src/backend/nodes/copyfuncs.c b/src/backend/nodes/copyfuncs.c
index 6945e98d5d7..03349efdc74 100644
--- a/src/backend/nodes/copyfuncs.c
+++ b/src/backend/nodes/copyfuncs.c
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
  *	  Copy functions for Postgres tree nodes.
  *
  * NOTE: we currently support copying all node types found in parse and
- * plan trees.  We do not support copying executor state trees; there
+ * plan trees.	We do not support copying executor state trees; there
  * is no need for that, and no point in maintaining all the code that
  * would be needed.  We also do not support copying Path trees, mainly
  * because the circular linkages between RelOptInfo and Path nodes can't
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/copyfuncs.c,v 1.260 2003/07/22 23:30:37 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/copyfuncs.c,v 1.261 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
 
 /*
  * Macros to simplify copying of different kinds of fields.  Use these
- * wherever possible to reduce the chance for silly typos.  Note that these
+ * wherever possible to reduce the chance for silly typos.	Note that these
  * hard-wire the convention that the local variables in a Copy routine are
  * named 'newnode' and 'from'.
  */
@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ _copyRangeVar(RangeVar *from)
 
 /*
  * We don't need a _copyExpr because Expr is an abstract supertype which
- * should never actually get instantiated.  Also, since it has no common
+ * should never actually get instantiated.	Also, since it has no common
  * fields except NodeTag, there's no need for a helper routine to factor
  * out copying the common fields...
  */
@@ -755,9 +755,9 @@ _copyArrayRef(ArrayRef *from)
  * _copyFuncExpr
  */
 static FuncExpr *
-_copyFuncExpr(FuncExpr *from)
+_copyFuncExpr(FuncExpr * from)
 {
-	FuncExpr	   *newnode = makeNode(FuncExpr);
+	FuncExpr   *newnode = makeNode(FuncExpr);
 
 	COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(funcid);
 	COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(funcresulttype);
@@ -772,7 +772,7 @@ _copyFuncExpr(FuncExpr *from)
  * _copyOpExpr
  */
 static OpExpr *
-_copyOpExpr(OpExpr *from)
+_copyOpExpr(OpExpr * from)
 {
 	OpExpr	   *newnode = makeNode(OpExpr);
 
@@ -789,9 +789,9 @@ _copyOpExpr(OpExpr *from)
  * _copyDistinctExpr (same as OpExpr)
  */
 static DistinctExpr *
-_copyDistinctExpr(DistinctExpr *from)
+_copyDistinctExpr(DistinctExpr * from)
 {
-	DistinctExpr	   *newnode = makeNode(DistinctExpr);
+	DistinctExpr *newnode = makeNode(DistinctExpr);
 
 	COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(opno);
 	COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(opfuncid);
@@ -806,9 +806,9 @@ _copyDistinctExpr(DistinctExpr *from)
  * _copyScalarArrayOpExpr
  */
 static ScalarArrayOpExpr *
-_copyScalarArrayOpExpr(ScalarArrayOpExpr *from)
+_copyScalarArrayOpExpr(ScalarArrayOpExpr * from)
 {
-	ScalarArrayOpExpr	   *newnode = makeNode(ScalarArrayOpExpr);
+	ScalarArrayOpExpr *newnode = makeNode(ScalarArrayOpExpr);
 
 	COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(opno);
 	COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(opfuncid);
@@ -822,9 +822,9 @@ _copyScalarArrayOpExpr(ScalarArrayOpExpr *from)
  * _copyBoolExpr
  */
 static BoolExpr *
-_copyBoolExpr(BoolExpr *from)
+_copyBoolExpr(BoolExpr * from)
 {
-	BoolExpr	   *newnode = makeNode(BoolExpr);
+	BoolExpr   *newnode = makeNode(BoolExpr);
 
 	COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(boolop);
 	COPY_NODE_FIELD(args);
@@ -940,9 +940,9 @@ _copyCaseWhen(CaseWhen *from)
  * _copyArrayExpr
  */
 static ArrayExpr *
-_copyArrayExpr(ArrayExpr *from)
+_copyArrayExpr(ArrayExpr * from)
 {
-	ArrayExpr *newnode = makeNode(ArrayExpr);
+	ArrayExpr  *newnode = makeNode(ArrayExpr);
 
 	COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(array_typeid);
 	COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(element_typeid);
@@ -956,7 +956,7 @@ _copyArrayExpr(ArrayExpr *from)
  * _copyCoalesceExpr
  */
 static CoalesceExpr *
-_copyCoalesceExpr(CoalesceExpr *from)
+_copyCoalesceExpr(CoalesceExpr * from)
 {
 	CoalesceExpr *newnode = makeNode(CoalesceExpr);
 
@@ -970,9 +970,9 @@ _copyCoalesceExpr(CoalesceExpr *from)
  * _copyNullIfExpr (same as OpExpr)
  */
 static NullIfExpr *
-_copyNullIfExpr(NullIfExpr *from)
+_copyNullIfExpr(NullIfExpr * from)
 {
-	NullIfExpr	   *newnode = makeNode(NullIfExpr);
+	NullIfExpr *newnode = makeNode(NullIfExpr);
 
 	COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(opno);
 	COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(opfuncid);
@@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@ _copyBooleanTest(BooleanTest *from)
  * _copyCoerceToDomain
  */
 static CoerceToDomain *
-_copyCoerceToDomain(CoerceToDomain *from)
+_copyCoerceToDomain(CoerceToDomain * from)
 {
 	CoerceToDomain *newnode = makeNode(CoerceToDomain);
 
@@ -1031,7 +1031,7 @@ _copyCoerceToDomain(CoerceToDomain *from)
  * _copyCoerceToDomainValue
  */
 static CoerceToDomainValue *
-_copyCoerceToDomainValue(CoerceToDomainValue *from)
+_copyCoerceToDomainValue(CoerceToDomainValue * from)
 {
 	CoerceToDomainValue *newnode = makeNode(CoerceToDomainValue);
 
@@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ _copyCoerceToDomainValue(CoerceToDomainValue *from)
  * _copySetToDefault
  */
 static SetToDefault *
-_copySetToDefault(SetToDefault *from)
+_copySetToDefault(SetToDefault * from)
 {
 	SetToDefault *newnode = makeNode(SetToDefault);
 
@@ -1148,7 +1148,7 @@ _copyRestrictInfo(RestrictInfo *from)
 
 	COPY_NODE_FIELD(clause);
 	COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(ispusheddown);
-	COPY_NODE_FIELD(subclauseindices); /* XXX probably bad */
+	COPY_NODE_FIELD(subclauseindices);	/* XXX probably bad */
 	COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(eval_cost);
 	COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(this_selec);
 	COPY_BITMAPSET_FIELD(left_relids);
@@ -1191,7 +1191,7 @@ _copyJoinInfo(JoinInfo *from)
  * _copyInClauseInfo
  */
 static InClauseInfo *
-_copyInClauseInfo(InClauseInfo *from)
+_copyInClauseInfo(InClauseInfo * from)
 {
 	InClauseInfo *newnode = makeNode(InClauseInfo);
 
@@ -1532,9 +1532,9 @@ _copyQuery(Query *from)
 
 	/*
 	 * We do not copy the other planner internal fields: base_rel_list,
-	 * other_rel_list, join_rel_list, equi_key_list, query_pathkeys.
-	 * That would get us into copying RelOptInfo/Path trees, which we don't
-	 * want to do.  It is necessary to copy in_info_list and hasJoinRTEs
+	 * other_rel_list, join_rel_list, equi_key_list, query_pathkeys. That
+	 * would get us into copying RelOptInfo/Path trees, which we don't
+	 * want to do.	It is necessary to copy in_info_list and hasJoinRTEs
 	 * for the benefit of inheritance_planner(), which may try to copy a
 	 * Query in which these are already set.
 	 */
@@ -1633,7 +1633,7 @@ _copyAlterTableStmt(AlterTableStmt *from)
 }
 
 static AlterDomainStmt *
-_copyAlterDomainStmt(AlterDomainStmt *from)
+_copyAlterDomainStmt(AlterDomainStmt * from)
 {
 	AlterDomainStmt *newnode = makeNode(AlterDomainStmt);
 
@@ -1644,7 +1644,7 @@ _copyAlterDomainStmt(AlterDomainStmt *from)
 	COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(behavior);
 
 	return newnode;
-} 
+}
 
 static GrantStmt *
 _copyGrantStmt(GrantStmt *from)
@@ -1685,7 +1685,7 @@ _copyFuncWithArgs(FuncWithArgs *from)
 }
 
 static DeclareCursorStmt *
-_copyDeclareCursorStmt(DeclareCursorStmt *from)
+_copyDeclareCursorStmt(DeclareCursorStmt * from)
 {
 	DeclareCursorStmt *newnode = makeNode(DeclareCursorStmt);
 
@@ -1747,7 +1747,7 @@ _copyCreateStmt(CreateStmt *from)
 }
 
 static InhRelation *
-_copyInhRelation(InhRelation *from)
+_copyInhRelation(InhRelation * from)
 {
 	InhRelation *newnode = makeNode(InhRelation);
 
@@ -2118,7 +2118,7 @@ _copyCreateSeqStmt(CreateSeqStmt *from)
 }
 
 static AlterSeqStmt *
-_copyAlterSeqStmt(AlterSeqStmt *from)
+_copyAlterSeqStmt(AlterSeqStmt * from)
 {
 	AlterSeqStmt *newnode = makeNode(AlterSeqStmt);
 
@@ -2171,7 +2171,7 @@ _copyCreateTrigStmt(CreateTrigStmt *from)
 	COPY_NODE_FIELD(args);
 	COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(before);
 	COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(row);
-	strcpy(newnode->actions, from->actions); /* in-line string field */
+	strcpy(newnode->actions, from->actions);	/* in-line string field */
 	COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(isconstraint);
 	COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(deferrable);
 	COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(initdeferred);
diff --git a/src/backend/nodes/equalfuncs.c b/src/backend/nodes/equalfuncs.c
index 513c17b048c..924793d07ec 100644
--- a/src/backend/nodes/equalfuncs.c
+++ b/src/backend/nodes/equalfuncs.c
@@ -11,14 +11,14 @@
  * be handled easily in a simple depth-first traversal.
  *
  * Currently, in fact, equal() doesn't know how to compare Plan trees
- * either.  This might need to be fixed someday.
+ * either.	This might need to be fixed someday.
  *
  *
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/equalfuncs.c,v 1.204 2003/07/28 00:09:15 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/equalfuncs.c,v 1.205 2003/08/04 00:43:19 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -32,8 +32,8 @@
 
 
 /*
- * Macros to simplify comparison of different kinds of fields.  Use these
- * wherever possible to reduce the chance for silly typos.  Note that these
+ * Macros to simplify comparison of different kinds of fields.	Use these
+ * wherever possible to reduce the chance for silly typos.	Note that these
  * hard-wire the convention that the local variables in an Equal routine are
  * named 'a' and 'b'.
  */
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ _equalRangeVar(RangeVar *a, RangeVar *b)
 
 /*
  * We don't need an _equalExpr because Expr is an abstract supertype which
- * should never actually get instantiated.  Also, since it has no common
+ * should never actually get instantiated.	Also, since it has no common
  * fields except NodeTag, there's no need for a helper routine to factor
  * out comparing the common fields...
  */
@@ -224,11 +224,12 @@ _equalArrayRef(ArrayRef *a, ArrayRef *b)
 }
 
 static bool
-_equalFuncExpr(FuncExpr *a, FuncExpr *b)
+_equalFuncExpr(FuncExpr * a, FuncExpr * b)
 {
 	COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(funcid);
 	COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(funcresulttype);
 	COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(funcretset);
+
 	/*
 	 * Special-case COERCE_DONTCARE, so that pathkeys can build coercion
 	 * nodes that are equal() to both explicit and implicit coercions.
@@ -244,14 +245,15 @@ _equalFuncExpr(FuncExpr *a, FuncExpr *b)
 }
 
 static bool
-_equalOpExpr(OpExpr *a, OpExpr *b)
+_equalOpExpr(OpExpr * a, OpExpr * b)
 {
 	COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(opno);
+
 	/*
-	 * Special-case opfuncid: it is allowable for it to differ if one
-	 * node contains zero and the other doesn't.  This just means that the
-	 * one node isn't as far along in the parse/plan pipeline and hasn't
-	 * had the opfuncid cache filled yet.
+	 * Special-case opfuncid: it is allowable for it to differ if one node
+	 * contains zero and the other doesn't.  This just means that the one
+	 * node isn't as far along in the parse/plan pipeline and hasn't had
+	 * the opfuncid cache filled yet.
 	 */
 	if (a->opfuncid != b->opfuncid &&
 		a->opfuncid != 0 &&
@@ -266,14 +268,15 @@ _equalOpExpr(OpExpr *a, OpExpr *b)
 }
 
 static bool
-_equalDistinctExpr(DistinctExpr *a, DistinctExpr *b)
+_equalDistinctExpr(DistinctExpr * a, DistinctExpr * b)
 {
 	COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(opno);
+
 	/*
-	 * Special-case opfuncid: it is allowable for it to differ if one
-	 * node contains zero and the other doesn't.  This just means that the
-	 * one node isn't as far along in the parse/plan pipeline and hasn't
-	 * had the opfuncid cache filled yet.
+	 * Special-case opfuncid: it is allowable for it to differ if one node
+	 * contains zero and the other doesn't.  This just means that the one
+	 * node isn't as far along in the parse/plan pipeline and hasn't had
+	 * the opfuncid cache filled yet.
 	 */
 	if (a->opfuncid != b->opfuncid &&
 		a->opfuncid != 0 &&
@@ -288,14 +291,15 @@ _equalDistinctExpr(DistinctExpr *a, DistinctExpr *b)
 }
 
 static bool
-_equalScalarArrayOpExpr(ScalarArrayOpExpr *a, ScalarArrayOpExpr *b)
+_equalScalarArrayOpExpr(ScalarArrayOpExpr * a, ScalarArrayOpExpr * b)
 {
 	COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(opno);
+
 	/*
-	 * Special-case opfuncid: it is allowable for it to differ if one
-	 * node contains zero and the other doesn't.  This just means that the
-	 * one node isn't as far along in the parse/plan pipeline and hasn't
-	 * had the opfuncid cache filled yet.
+	 * Special-case opfuncid: it is allowable for it to differ if one node
+	 * contains zero and the other doesn't.  This just means that the one
+	 * node isn't as far along in the parse/plan pipeline and hasn't had
+	 * the opfuncid cache filled yet.
 	 */
 	if (a->opfuncid != b->opfuncid &&
 		a->opfuncid != 0 &&
@@ -309,7 +313,7 @@ _equalScalarArrayOpExpr(ScalarArrayOpExpr *a, ScalarArrayOpExpr *b)
 }
 
 static bool
-_equalBoolExpr(BoolExpr *a, BoolExpr *b)
+_equalBoolExpr(BoolExpr * a, BoolExpr * b)
 {
 	COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(boolop);
 	COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(args);
@@ -366,6 +370,7 @@ _equalRelabelType(RelabelType *a, RelabelType *b)
 	COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(arg);
 	COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(resulttype);
 	COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(resulttypmod);
+
 	/*
 	 * Special-case COERCE_DONTCARE, so that pathkeys can build coercion
 	 * nodes that are equal() to both explicit and implicit coercions.
@@ -399,7 +404,7 @@ _equalCaseWhen(CaseWhen *a, CaseWhen *b)
 }
 
 static bool
-_equalArrayExpr(ArrayExpr *a, ArrayExpr *b)
+_equalArrayExpr(ArrayExpr * a, ArrayExpr * b)
 {
 	COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(array_typeid);
 	COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(element_typeid);
@@ -410,7 +415,7 @@ _equalArrayExpr(ArrayExpr *a, ArrayExpr *b)
 }
 
 static bool
-_equalCoalesceExpr(CoalesceExpr *a, CoalesceExpr *b)
+_equalCoalesceExpr(CoalesceExpr * a, CoalesceExpr * b)
 {
 	COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(coalescetype);
 	COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(args);
@@ -419,14 +424,15 @@ _equalCoalesceExpr(CoalesceExpr *a, CoalesceExpr *b)
 }
 
 static bool
-_equalNullIfExpr(NullIfExpr *a, NullIfExpr *b)
+_equalNullIfExpr(NullIfExpr * a, NullIfExpr * b)
 {
 	COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(opno);
+
 	/*
-	 * Special-case opfuncid: it is allowable for it to differ if one
-	 * node contains zero and the other doesn't.  This just means that the
-	 * one node isn't as far along in the parse/plan pipeline and hasn't
-	 * had the opfuncid cache filled yet.
+	 * Special-case opfuncid: it is allowable for it to differ if one node
+	 * contains zero and the other doesn't.  This just means that the one
+	 * node isn't as far along in the parse/plan pipeline and hasn't had
+	 * the opfuncid cache filled yet.
 	 */
 	if (a->opfuncid != b->opfuncid &&
 		a->opfuncid != 0 &&
@@ -459,11 +465,12 @@ _equalBooleanTest(BooleanTest *a, BooleanTest *b)
 }
 
 static bool
-_equalCoerceToDomain(CoerceToDomain *a, CoerceToDomain *b)
+_equalCoerceToDomain(CoerceToDomain * a, CoerceToDomain * b)
 {
 	COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(arg);
 	COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(resulttype);
 	COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(resulttypmod);
+
 	/*
 	 * Special-case COERCE_DONTCARE, so that pathkeys can build coercion
 	 * nodes that are equal() to both explicit and implicit coercions.
@@ -477,7 +484,7 @@ _equalCoerceToDomain(CoerceToDomain *a, CoerceToDomain *b)
 }
 
 static bool
-_equalCoerceToDomainValue(CoerceToDomainValue *a, CoerceToDomainValue *b)
+_equalCoerceToDomainValue(CoerceToDomainValue * a, CoerceToDomainValue * b)
 {
 	COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(typeId);
 	COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(typeMod);
@@ -486,7 +493,7 @@ _equalCoerceToDomainValue(CoerceToDomainValue *a, CoerceToDomainValue *b)
 }
 
 static bool
-_equalSetToDefault(SetToDefault *a, SetToDefault *b)
+_equalSetToDefault(SetToDefault * a, SetToDefault * b)
 {
 	COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(typeId);
 	COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(typeMod);
@@ -554,11 +561,13 @@ _equalRestrictInfo(RestrictInfo *a, RestrictInfo *b)
 {
 	COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(clause);
 	COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(ispusheddown);
+
 	/*
-	 * We ignore subclauseindices, eval_cost, this_selec, left/right_relids,
-	 * left/right_pathkey, and left/right_bucketsize, since they may not be
-	 * set yet, and should be derivable from the clause anyway.  Probably it's
-	 * not really necessary to compare any of these remaining fields ...
+	 * We ignore subclauseindices, eval_cost, this_selec,
+	 * left/right_relids, left/right_pathkey, and left/right_bucketsize,
+	 * since they may not be set yet, and should be derivable from the
+	 * clause anyway.  Probably it's not really necessary to compare any
+	 * of these remaining fields ...
 	 */
 	COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(mergejoinoperator);
 	COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(left_sortop);
@@ -578,7 +587,7 @@ _equalJoinInfo(JoinInfo *a, JoinInfo *b)
 }
 
 static bool
-_equalInClauseInfo(InClauseInfo *a, InClauseInfo *b)
+_equalInClauseInfo(InClauseInfo * a, InClauseInfo * b)
 {
 	COMPARE_BITMAPSET_FIELD(lefthand);
 	COMPARE_BITMAPSET_FIELD(righthand);
@@ -620,9 +629,9 @@ _equalQuery(Query *a, Query *b)
 
 	/*
 	 * We do not check the other planner internal fields: base_rel_list,
-	 * other_rel_list, join_rel_list, equi_key_list, query_pathkeys.
-	 * They might not be set yet, and in any case they should be derivable
-	 * from the other fields.
+	 * other_rel_list, join_rel_list, equi_key_list, query_pathkeys. They
+	 * might not be set yet, and in any case they should be derivable from
+	 * the other fields.
 	 */
 	return true;
 }
@@ -706,7 +715,7 @@ _equalAlterTableStmt(AlterTableStmt *a, AlterTableStmt *b)
 }
 
 static bool
-_equalAlterDomainStmt(AlterDomainStmt *a, AlterDomainStmt *b)
+_equalAlterDomainStmt(AlterDomainStmt * a, AlterDomainStmt * b)
 {
 	COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(subtype);
 	COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(typename);
@@ -750,7 +759,7 @@ _equalFuncWithArgs(FuncWithArgs *a, FuncWithArgs *b)
 }
 
 static bool
-_equalDeclareCursorStmt(DeclareCursorStmt *a, DeclareCursorStmt *b)
+_equalDeclareCursorStmt(DeclareCursorStmt * a, DeclareCursorStmt * b)
 {
 	COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(portalname);
 	COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(options);
@@ -802,7 +811,7 @@ _equalCreateStmt(CreateStmt *a, CreateStmt *b)
 }
 
 static bool
-_equalInhRelation(InhRelation *a, InhRelation *b)
+_equalInhRelation(InhRelation * a, InhRelation * b)
 {
 	COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(relation);
 	COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(including_defaults);
@@ -1113,7 +1122,7 @@ _equalCreateSeqStmt(CreateSeqStmt *a, CreateSeqStmt *b)
 }
 
 static bool
-_equalAlterSeqStmt(AlterSeqStmt *a, AlterSeqStmt *b)
+_equalAlterSeqStmt(AlterSeqStmt * a, AlterSeqStmt * b)
 {
 	COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(sequence);
 	COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
@@ -1156,7 +1165,7 @@ _equalCreateTrigStmt(CreateTrigStmt *a, CreateTrigStmt *b)
 	COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(args);
 	COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(before);
 	COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(row);
-	if (strcmp(a->actions, b->actions) != 0) /* in-line string field */
+	if (strcmp(a->actions, b->actions) != 0)	/* in-line string field */
 		return false;
 	COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(isconstraint);
 	COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(deferrable);
@@ -1400,7 +1409,7 @@ _equalParamRef(ParamRef *a, ParamRef *b)
 static bool
 _equalAConst(A_Const *a, A_Const *b)
 {
-	if (!equal(&a->val, &b->val)) /* hack for in-line Value field */
+	if (!equal(&a->val, &b->val))		/* hack for in-line Value field */
 		return false;
 	COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(typename);
 
@@ -1649,9 +1658,9 @@ equal(void *a, void *b)
 
 	switch (nodeTag(a))
 	{
-		/*
-		 * PRIMITIVE NODES
-		 */
+			/*
+			 * PRIMITIVE NODES
+			 */
 		case T_Resdom:
 			retval = _equalResdom(a, b);
 			break;
@@ -1841,7 +1850,7 @@ equal(void *a, void *b)
 			retval = _equalCreateStmt(a, b);
 			break;
 		case T_InhRelation:
-			retval = _equalInhRelation(a,b);
+			retval = _equalInhRelation(a, b);
 			break;
 		case T_DefineStmt:
 			retval = _equalDefineStmt(a, b);
diff --git a/src/backend/nodes/list.c b/src/backend/nodes/list.c
index b0f6821b8c4..354134caeaf 100644
--- a/src/backend/nodes/list.c
+++ b/src/backend/nodes/list.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/list.c,v 1.51 2003/07/22 23:30:37 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/list.c,v 1.52 2003/08/04 00:43:19 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  XXX a few of the following functions are duplicated to handle
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ nconc(List *l1, List *l2)
  * since we avoid having to chase down the list again each time.
  */
 void
-FastAppend(FastList *fl, void *datum)
+FastAppend(FastList * fl, void *datum)
 {
 	List	   *cell = makeList1(datum);
 
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ FastAppend(FastList *fl, void *datum)
  * FastAppendi - same for integers
  */
 void
-FastAppendi(FastList *fl, int datum)
+FastAppendi(FastList * fl, int datum)
 {
 	List	   *cell = makeListi1(datum);
 
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ FastAppendi(FastList *fl, int datum)
  * FastAppendo - same for Oids
  */
 void
-FastAppendo(FastList *fl, Oid datum)
+FastAppendo(FastList * fl, Oid datum)
 {
 	List	   *cell = makeListo1(datum);
 
@@ -267,14 +267,12 @@ FastAppendo(FastList *fl, Oid datum)
  * Note that the cells of the second argument are absorbed into the FastList.
  */
 void
-FastConc(FastList *fl, List *cells)
+FastConc(FastList * fl, List *cells)
 {
 	if (cells == NIL)
 		return;					/* nothing to do */
 	if (fl->tail)
-	{
 		lnext(fl->tail) = cells;
-	}
 	else
 	{
 		/* First cell of list */
@@ -292,14 +290,12 @@ FastConc(FastList *fl, List *cells)
  * Note that the cells of the second argument are absorbed into the first.
  */
 void
-FastConcFast(FastList *fl, FastList *fl2)
+FastConcFast(FastList * fl, FastList * fl2)
 {
 	if (fl2->head == NIL)
 		return;					/* nothing to do */
 	if (fl->tail)
-	{
 		lnext(fl->tail) = fl2->head;
-	}
 	else
 	{
 		/* First cell of list */
@@ -319,9 +315,7 @@ nth(int n, List *l)
 {
 	/* XXX assume list is long enough */
 	while (n-- > 0)
-	{
 		l = lnext(l);
-	}
 	return lfirst(l);
 }
 
@@ -781,4 +775,5 @@ lreverse(List *l)
 		result = lcons(lfirst(i), result);
 	return result;
 }
+
 #endif
diff --git a/src/backend/nodes/nodes.c b/src/backend/nodes/nodes.c
index f71bd020ce9..4a4e0c98f57 100644
--- a/src/backend/nodes/nodes.c
+++ b/src/backend/nodes/nodes.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/nodes.c,v 1.19 2002/12/16 16:22:46 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/nodes.c,v 1.20 2003/08/04 00:43:19 momjian Exp $
  *
  * HISTORY
  *	  Andrew Yu			Oct 20, 1994	file creation
@@ -24,4 +24,4 @@
  * Support for newNode() macro
  */
 
-Node *newNodeMacroHolder;
+Node	   *newNodeMacroHolder;
diff --git a/src/backend/nodes/outfuncs.c b/src/backend/nodes/outfuncs.c
index fba59553793..9247bb00d2a 100644
--- a/src/backend/nodes/outfuncs.c
+++ b/src/backend/nodes/outfuncs.c
@@ -8,12 +8,12 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/outfuncs.c,v 1.214 2003/07/28 00:09:15 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/outfuncs.c,v 1.215 2003/08/04 00:43:19 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  Every node type that can appear in stored rules' parsetrees *must*
  *	  have an output function defined here (as well as an input function
- *	  in readfuncs.c).  For use in debugging, we also provide output
+ *	  in readfuncs.c).	For use in debugging, we also provide output
  *	  functions for nodes that appear in raw parsetrees, path, and plan trees.
  *	  These nodes however need not have input functions.
  *
@@ -31,8 +31,8 @@
 
 
 /*
- * Macros to simplify output of different kinds of fields.  Use these
- * wherever possible to reduce the chance for silly typos.  Note that these
+ * Macros to simplify output of different kinds of fields.	Use these
+ * wherever possible to reduce the chance for silly typos.	Note that these
  * hard-wire conventions about the names of the local variables in an Out
  * routine.
  */
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ _outOidList(StringInfo str, List *list)
  * an integer List would be.
  */
 static void
-_outBitmapset(StringInfo str, Bitmapset *bms)
+_outBitmapset(StringInfo str, Bitmapset * bms)
 {
 	Bitmapset  *tmpset;
 	int			x;
@@ -192,9 +192,7 @@ _outBitmapset(StringInfo str, Bitmapset *bms)
 	appendStringInfoChar(str, '(');
 	tmpset = bms_copy(bms);
 	while ((x = bms_first_member(tmpset)) >= 0)
-	{
 		appendStringInfo(str, " %d", x);
-	}
 	bms_free(tmpset);
 	appendStringInfoChar(str, ')');
 }
@@ -633,7 +631,7 @@ _outArrayRef(StringInfo str, ArrayRef *node)
 }
 
 static void
-_outFuncExpr(StringInfo str, FuncExpr *node)
+_outFuncExpr(StringInfo str, FuncExpr * node)
 {
 	WRITE_NODE_TYPE("FUNCEXPR");
 
@@ -645,7 +643,7 @@ _outFuncExpr(StringInfo str, FuncExpr *node)
 }
 
 static void
-_outOpExpr(StringInfo str, OpExpr *node)
+_outOpExpr(StringInfo str, OpExpr * node)
 {
 	WRITE_NODE_TYPE("OPEXPR");
 
@@ -657,7 +655,7 @@ _outOpExpr(StringInfo str, OpExpr *node)
 }
 
 static void
-_outDistinctExpr(StringInfo str, DistinctExpr *node)
+_outDistinctExpr(StringInfo str, DistinctExpr * node)
 {
 	WRITE_NODE_TYPE("DISTINCTEXPR");
 
@@ -669,7 +667,7 @@ _outDistinctExpr(StringInfo str, DistinctExpr *node)
 }
 
 static void
-_outScalarArrayOpExpr(StringInfo str, ScalarArrayOpExpr *node)
+_outScalarArrayOpExpr(StringInfo str, ScalarArrayOpExpr * node)
 {
 	WRITE_NODE_TYPE("SCALARARRAYOPEXPR");
 
@@ -680,7 +678,7 @@ _outScalarArrayOpExpr(StringInfo str, ScalarArrayOpExpr *node)
 }
 
 static void
-_outBoolExpr(StringInfo str, BoolExpr *node)
+_outBoolExpr(StringInfo str, BoolExpr * node)
 {
 	char	   *opstr = NULL;
 
@@ -780,7 +778,7 @@ _outCaseWhen(StringInfo str, CaseWhen *node)
 }
 
 static void
-_outArrayExpr(StringInfo str, ArrayExpr *node)
+_outArrayExpr(StringInfo str, ArrayExpr * node)
 {
 	WRITE_NODE_TYPE("ARRAY");
 
@@ -791,7 +789,7 @@ _outArrayExpr(StringInfo str, ArrayExpr *node)
 }
 
 static void
-_outCoalesceExpr(StringInfo str, CoalesceExpr *node)
+_outCoalesceExpr(StringInfo str, CoalesceExpr * node)
 {
 	WRITE_NODE_TYPE("COALESCE");
 
@@ -800,7 +798,7 @@ _outCoalesceExpr(StringInfo str, CoalesceExpr *node)
 }
 
 static void
-_outNullIfExpr(StringInfo str, NullIfExpr *node)
+_outNullIfExpr(StringInfo str, NullIfExpr * node)
 {
 	WRITE_NODE_TYPE("NULLIFEXPR");
 
@@ -830,7 +828,7 @@ _outBooleanTest(StringInfo str, BooleanTest *node)
 }
 
 static void
-_outCoerceToDomain(StringInfo str, CoerceToDomain *node)
+_outCoerceToDomain(StringInfo str, CoerceToDomain * node)
 {
 	WRITE_NODE_TYPE("COERCETODOMAIN");
 
@@ -841,7 +839,7 @@ _outCoerceToDomain(StringInfo str, CoerceToDomain *node)
 }
 
 static void
-_outCoerceToDomainValue(StringInfo str, CoerceToDomainValue *node)
+_outCoerceToDomainValue(StringInfo str, CoerceToDomainValue * node)
 {
 	WRITE_NODE_TYPE("COERCETODOMAINVALUE");
 
@@ -850,7 +848,7 @@ _outCoerceToDomainValue(StringInfo str, CoerceToDomainValue *node)
 }
 
 static void
-_outSetToDefault(StringInfo str, SetToDefault *node)
+_outSetToDefault(StringInfo str, SetToDefault * node)
 {
 	WRITE_NODE_TYPE("SETTODEFAULT");
 
@@ -979,7 +977,7 @@ _outAppendPath(StringInfo str, AppendPath *node)
 }
 
 static void
-_outResultPath(StringInfo str, ResultPath *node)
+_outResultPath(StringInfo str, ResultPath * node)
 {
 	WRITE_NODE_TYPE("RESULTPATH");
 
@@ -990,7 +988,7 @@ _outResultPath(StringInfo str, ResultPath *node)
 }
 
 static void
-_outMaterialPath(StringInfo str, MaterialPath *node)
+_outMaterialPath(StringInfo str, MaterialPath * node)
 {
 	WRITE_NODE_TYPE("MATERIALPATH");
 
@@ -1000,7 +998,7 @@ _outMaterialPath(StringInfo str, MaterialPath *node)
 }
 
 static void
-_outUniquePath(StringInfo str, UniquePath *node)
+_outUniquePath(StringInfo str, UniquePath * node)
 {
 	WRITE_NODE_TYPE("UNIQUEPATH");
 
@@ -1079,7 +1077,7 @@ _outJoinInfo(StringInfo str, JoinInfo *node)
 }
 
 static void
-_outInClauseInfo(StringInfo str, InClauseInfo *node)
+_outInClauseInfo(StringInfo str, InClauseInfo * node)
 {
 	WRITE_NODE_TYPE("INCLAUSEINFO");
 
@@ -1132,7 +1130,7 @@ _outNotifyStmt(StringInfo str, NotifyStmt *node)
 }
 
 static void
-_outDeclareCursorStmt(StringInfo str, DeclareCursorStmt *node)
+_outDeclareCursorStmt(StringInfo str, DeclareCursorStmt * node)
 {
 	WRITE_NODE_TYPE("DECLARECURSOR");
 
@@ -1820,9 +1818,11 @@ _outNode(StringInfo str, void *obj)
 				break;
 
 			default:
+
 				/*
 				 * This should be an ERROR, but it's too useful to be able
-				 * to dump structures that _outNode only understands part of.
+				 * to dump structures that _outNode only understands part
+				 * of.
 				 */
 				elog(WARNING, "could not dump unrecognized node type: %d",
 					 (int) nodeTag(obj));
diff --git a/src/backend/nodes/readfuncs.c b/src/backend/nodes/readfuncs.c
index abc3a1b0105..32af1d92923 100644
--- a/src/backend/nodes/readfuncs.c
+++ b/src/backend/nodes/readfuncs.c
@@ -8,11 +8,11 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/readfuncs.c,v 1.159 2003/07/22 23:30:38 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/readfuncs.c,v 1.160 2003/08/04 00:43:19 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  Path and Plan nodes do not have any readfuncs support, because we
- *	  never have occasion to read them in.  (There was once code here that
+ *	  never have occasion to read them in.	(There was once code here that
  *	  claimed to read them, but it was broken as well as unused.)  We
  *	  never read executor state trees, either.
  *
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 
 /*
  * Macros to simplify reading of different kinds of fields.  Use these
- * wherever possible to reduce the chance for silly typos.  Note that these
+ * wherever possible to reduce the chance for silly typos.	Note that these
  * hard-wire conventions about the names of the local variables in a Read
  * routine.
  */
@@ -466,13 +466,14 @@ _readOpExpr(void)
 
 	READ_OID_FIELD(opno);
 	READ_OID_FIELD(opfuncid);
+
 	/*
-	 * The opfuncid is stored in the textual format primarily for debugging
-	 * and documentation reasons.  We want to always read it as zero to force
-	 * it to be re-looked-up in the pg_operator entry.  This ensures that
-	 * stored rules don't have hidden dependencies on operators' functions.
-	 * (We don't currently support an ALTER OPERATOR command, but might
-	 * someday.)
+	 * The opfuncid is stored in the textual format primarily for
+	 * debugging and documentation reasons.  We want to always read it as
+	 * zero to force it to be re-looked-up in the pg_operator entry.  This
+	 * ensures that stored rules don't have hidden dependencies on
+	 * operators' functions. (We don't currently support an ALTER OPERATOR
+	 * command, but might someday.)
 	 */
 	local_node->opfuncid = InvalidOid;
 
@@ -493,13 +494,14 @@ _readDistinctExpr(void)
 
 	READ_OID_FIELD(opno);
 	READ_OID_FIELD(opfuncid);
+
 	/*
-	 * The opfuncid is stored in the textual format primarily for debugging
-	 * and documentation reasons.  We want to always read it as zero to force
-	 * it to be re-looked-up in the pg_operator entry.  This ensures that
-	 * stored rules don't have hidden dependencies on operators' functions.
-	 * (We don't currently support an ALTER OPERATOR command, but might
-	 * someday.)
+	 * The opfuncid is stored in the textual format primarily for
+	 * debugging and documentation reasons.  We want to always read it as
+	 * zero to force it to be re-looked-up in the pg_operator entry.  This
+	 * ensures that stored rules don't have hidden dependencies on
+	 * operators' functions. (We don't currently support an ALTER OPERATOR
+	 * command, but might someday.)
 	 */
 	local_node->opfuncid = InvalidOid;
 
@@ -520,13 +522,14 @@ _readScalarArrayOpExpr(void)
 
 	READ_OID_FIELD(opno);
 	READ_OID_FIELD(opfuncid);
+
 	/*
-	 * The opfuncid is stored in the textual format primarily for debugging
-	 * and documentation reasons.  We want to always read it as zero to force
-	 * it to be re-looked-up in the pg_operator entry.  This ensures that
-	 * stored rules don't have hidden dependencies on operators' functions.
-	 * (We don't currently support an ALTER OPERATOR command, but might
-	 * someday.)
+	 * The opfuncid is stored in the textual format primarily for
+	 * debugging and documentation reasons.  We want to always read it as
+	 * zero to force it to be re-looked-up in the pg_operator entry.  This
+	 * ensures that stored rules don't have hidden dependencies on
+	 * operators' functions. (We don't currently support an ALTER OPERATOR
+	 * command, but might someday.)
 	 */
 	local_node->opfuncid = InvalidOid;
 
@@ -685,13 +688,14 @@ _readNullIfExpr(void)
 
 	READ_OID_FIELD(opno);
 	READ_OID_FIELD(opfuncid);
+
 	/*
-	 * The opfuncid is stored in the textual format primarily for debugging
-	 * and documentation reasons.  We want to always read it as zero to force
-	 * it to be re-looked-up in the pg_operator entry.  This ensures that
-	 * stored rules don't have hidden dependencies on operators' functions.
-	 * (We don't currently support an ALTER OPERATOR command, but might
-	 * someday.)
+	 * The opfuncid is stored in the textual format primarily for
+	 * debugging and documentation reasons.  We want to always read it as
+	 * zero to force it to be re-looked-up in the pg_operator entry.  This
+	 * ensures that stored rules don't have hidden dependencies on
+	 * operators' functions. (We don't currently support an ALTER OPERATOR
+	 * command, but might someday.)
 	 */
 	local_node->opfuncid = InvalidOid;
 
@@ -955,6 +959,7 @@ Node *
 parseNodeString(void)
 {
 	void	   *return_value;
+
 	READ_TEMP_LOCALS();
 
 	token = pg_strtok(&length);
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_eval.c b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_eval.c
index ee06560ca23..b1ff994f061 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_eval.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_eval.c
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_eval.c,v 1.63 2003/07/25 00:01:06 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_eval.c,v 1.64 2003/08/04 00:43:19 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -48,9 +48,9 @@ geqo_eval(Query *root, List *initial_rels, Gene *tour, int num_gene)
 	/*
 	 * Because gimme_tree considers both left- and right-sided trees,
 	 * there is no difference between a tour (a,b,c,d,...) and a tour
-	 * (b,a,c,d,...) --- the same join orders will be considered.
-	 * To avoid redundant cost calculations, we simply reject tours where
-	 * tour[0] > tour[1], assigning them an artificially bad fitness.
+	 * (b,a,c,d,...) --- the same join orders will be considered. To avoid
+	 * redundant cost calculations, we simply reject tours where tour[0] >
+	 * tour[1], assigning them an artificially bad fitness.
 	 *
 	 * (It would be better to tweak the GEQO logic to not generate such tours
 	 * in the first place, but I'm not sure of all the implications in the
@@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ geqo_eval(Query *root, List *initial_rels, Gene *tour, int num_gene)
 	 *
 	 * Since geqo_eval() will be called many times, we can't afford to let
 	 * all that memory go unreclaimed until end of statement.  Note we
-	 * make the temp context a child of the planner's normal context, so that
-	 * it will be freed even if we abort via ereport(ERROR).
+	 * make the temp context a child of the planner's normal context, so
+	 * that it will be freed even if we abort via ereport(ERROR).
 	 */
 	mycontext = AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext,
 									  "GEQO",
@@ -76,9 +76,9 @@ geqo_eval(Query *root, List *initial_rels, Gene *tour, int num_gene)
 	oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(mycontext);
 
 	/*
-	 * preserve root->join_rel_list, which gimme_tree changes; without this,
-	 * it'll be pointing at recycled storage after the MemoryContextDelete
-	 * below.
+	 * preserve root->join_rel_list, which gimme_tree changes; without
+	 * this, it'll be pointing at recycled storage after the
+	 * MemoryContextDelete below.
 	 */
 	savelist = root->join_rel_list;
 
@@ -151,9 +151,10 @@ gimme_tree(Query *root, List *initial_rels,
 
 		/*
 		 * Construct a RelOptInfo representing the previous joinrel joined
-		 * to inner_rel.  These are always inner joins.  Note that we expect
-		 * the joinrel not to exist in root->join_rel_list yet, and so the
-		 * paths constructed for it will only include the ones we want.
+		 * to inner_rel.  These are always inner joins.  Note that we
+		 * expect the joinrel not to exist in root->join_rel_list yet, and
+		 * so the paths constructed for it will only include the ones we
+		 * want.
 		 */
 		new_rel = make_join_rel(root, joinrel, inner_rel, JOIN_INNER);
 
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_main.c b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_main.c
index f60fd7d4667..c91f16fd0e4 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_main.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_main.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_main.c,v 1.36 2003/07/25 00:01:06 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_main.c,v 1.37 2003/08/04 00:43:19 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -229,8 +229,8 @@ geqo(Query *root, int number_of_rels, List *initial_rels)
 
 
 	/*
-	 * got the cheapest query tree processed by geqo;
-	 * first element of the population indicates the best query tree
+	 * got the cheapest query tree processed by geqo; first element of the
+	 * population indicates the best query tree
 	 */
 	best_tour = (Gene *) pool->data[0].string;
 
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_misc.c b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_misc.c
index acc9285d005..329e19c4016 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_misc.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_misc.c
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_misc.c,v 1.37 2003/07/25 00:01:06 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_misc.c,v 1.38 2003/08/04 00:43:19 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ avg_pool(Pool *pool)
 
 	/*
 	 * Since the pool may contain multiple occurrences of DBL_MAX, divide
-	 * by pool->size before summing, not after, to avoid overflow.  This
+	 * by pool->size before summing, not after, to avoid overflow.	This
 	 * loses a little in speed and accuracy, but this routine is only used
 	 * for debug printouts, so we don't care that much.
 	 */
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/allpaths.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/allpaths.c
index 486dede0fb9..494f624d4cd 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/allpaths.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/allpaths.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/allpaths.c,v 1.104 2003/07/25 00:01:06 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/allpaths.c,v 1.105 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -50,13 +50,13 @@ static void set_function_pathlist(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
 static RelOptInfo *make_one_rel_by_joins(Query *root, int levels_needed,
 					  List *initial_rels);
 static bool subquery_is_pushdown_safe(Query *subquery, Query *topquery,
-									  bool *differentTypes);
+						  bool *differentTypes);
 static bool recurse_pushdown_safe(Node *setOp, Query *topquery,
-								  bool *differentTypes);
+					  bool *differentTypes);
 static void compare_tlist_datatypes(List *tlist, List *colTypes,
-									bool *differentTypes);
+						bool *differentTypes);
 static bool qual_is_pushdown_safe(Query *subquery, Index rti, Node *qual,
-								  bool *differentTypes);
+					  bool *differentTypes);
 static void subquery_push_qual(Query *subquery, Index rti, Node *qual);
 static void recurse_push_qual(Node *setOp, Query *topquery,
 				  Index rti, Node *qual);
@@ -290,14 +290,14 @@ set_inherited_rel_pathlist(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
 		rel->rows += childrel->rows;
 		if (childrel->width > rel->width)
 			rel->width = childrel->width;
-		
+
 		childvars = FastListValue(&childrel->reltargetlist);
 		foreach(parentvars, FastListValue(&rel->reltargetlist))
 		{
-			Var	   *parentvar = (Var *) lfirst(parentvars);
-			Var	   *childvar = (Var *) lfirst(childvars);
-			int		parentndx = parentvar->varattno - rel->min_attr;
-			int		childndx = childvar->varattno - childrel->min_attr;
+			Var		   *parentvar = (Var *) lfirst(parentvars);
+			Var		   *childvar = (Var *) lfirst(childvars);
+			int			parentndx = parentvar->varattno - rel->min_attr;
+			int			childndx = childvar->varattno - childrel->min_attr;
 
 			if (childrel->attr_widths[childndx] > rel->attr_widths[parentndx])
 				rel->attr_widths[parentndx] = childrel->attr_widths[childndx];
@@ -343,8 +343,8 @@ set_subquery_pathlist(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
 	 *
 	 * There are several cases where we cannot push down clauses.
 	 * Restrictions involving the subquery are checked by
-	 * subquery_is_pushdown_safe().  Restrictions on individual clauses are
-	 * checked by qual_is_pushdown_safe().
+	 * subquery_is_pushdown_safe().  Restrictions on individual clauses
+	 * are checked by qual_is_pushdown_safe().
 	 *
 	 * Non-pushed-down clauses will get evaluated as qpquals of the
 	 * SubqueryScan node.
@@ -725,15 +725,16 @@ qual_is_pushdown_safe(Query *subquery, Index rti, Node *qual,
 	vars = pull_var_clause(qual, false);
 	foreach(vl, vars)
 	{
-		Var	   *var = (Var *) lfirst(vl);
+		Var		   *var = (Var *) lfirst(vl);
 		List	   *tl;
 		TargetEntry *tle = NULL;
 
 		Assert(var->varno == rti);
+
 		/*
 		 * We use a bitmapset to avoid testing the same attno more than
-		 * once.  (NB: this only works because subquery outputs can't
-		 * have negative attnos.)
+		 * once.  (NB: this only works because subquery outputs can't have
+		 * negative attnos.)
 		 */
 		if (bms_is_member(var->varattno, tested))
 			continue;
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/costsize.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/costsize.c
index e1754a7a694..1a0e2da82fd 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/costsize.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/costsize.c
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/costsize.c,v 1.111 2003/07/25 00:01:06 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/costsize.c,v 1.112 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -102,10 +102,10 @@ bool		enable_hashjoin = true;
 
 
 static Selectivity estimate_hash_bucketsize(Query *root, Var *var,
-											int nbuckets);
-static bool cost_qual_eval_walker(Node *node, QualCost *total);
+						 int nbuckets);
+static bool cost_qual_eval_walker(Node *node, QualCost * total);
 static Selectivity approx_selectivity(Query *root, List *quals,
-									  JoinType jointype);
+				   JoinType jointype);
 static void set_rel_width(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel);
 static double relation_byte_size(double tuples, int width);
 static double page_size(double tuples, int width);
@@ -358,13 +358,13 @@ cost_index(Path *path, Query *root,
 	 * Normally the indexquals will be removed from the list of restriction
 	 * clauses that we have to evaluate as qpquals, so we should subtract
 	 * their costs from baserestrictcost.  But if we are doing a join then
-	 * some of the indexquals are join clauses and shouldn't be subtracted.
-	 * Rather than work out exactly how much to subtract, we don't subtract
-	 * anything.
+	 * some of the indexquals are join clauses and shouldn't be
+	 * subtracted. Rather than work out exactly how much to subtract, we
+	 * don't subtract anything.
 	 *
 	 * XXX For a lossy index, not all the quals will be removed and so we
-	 * really shouldn't subtract their costs; but detecting that seems more
-	 * expensive than it's worth.
+	 * really shouldn't subtract their costs; but detecting that seems
+	 * more expensive than it's worth.
 	 */
 	startup_cost += baserel->baserestrictcost.startup;
 	cpu_per_tuple = cpu_tuple_cost + baserel->baserestrictcost.per_tuple;
@@ -433,8 +433,8 @@ cost_subqueryscan(Path *path, RelOptInfo *baserel)
 	/*
 	 * Cost of path is cost of evaluating the subplan, plus cost of
 	 * evaluating any restriction clauses that will be attached to the
-	 * SubqueryScan node, plus cpu_tuple_cost to account for selection
-	 * and projection overhead.
+	 * SubqueryScan node, plus cpu_tuple_cost to account for selection and
+	 * projection overhead.
 	 */
 	path->startup_cost = baserel->subplan->startup_cost;
 	path->total_cost = baserel->subplan->total_cost;
@@ -597,8 +597,9 @@ cost_material(Path *path,
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Also charge a small amount per extracted tuple.  We use cpu_tuple_cost
-	 * so that it doesn't appear worthwhile to materialize a bare seqscan.
+	 * Also charge a small amount per extracted tuple.	We use
+	 * cpu_tuple_cost so that it doesn't appear worthwhile to materialize
+	 * a bare seqscan.
 	 */
 	run_cost += cpu_tuple_cost * tuples;
 
@@ -631,17 +632,17 @@ cost_agg(Path *path, Query *root,
 	 * additional cpu_operator_cost per grouping column per input tuple
 	 * for grouping comparisons.
 	 *
-	 * We will produce a single output tuple if not grouping,
-	 * and a tuple per group otherwise.
+	 * We will produce a single output tuple if not grouping, and a tuple per
+	 * group otherwise.
 	 *
 	 * Note: in this cost model, AGG_SORTED and AGG_HASHED have exactly the
-	 * same total CPU cost, but AGG_SORTED has lower startup cost.  If the
+	 * same total CPU cost, but AGG_SORTED has lower startup cost.	If the
 	 * input path is already sorted appropriately, AGG_SORTED should be
-	 * preferred (since it has no risk of memory overflow).  This will happen
-	 * as long as the computed total costs are indeed exactly equal --- but
-	 * if there's roundoff error we might do the wrong thing.  So be sure
-	 * that the computations below form the same intermediate values in the
-	 * same order.
+	 * preferred (since it has no risk of memory overflow).  This will
+	 * happen as long as the computed total costs are indeed exactly equal
+	 * --- but if there's roundoff error we might do the wrong thing.  So
+	 * be sure that the computations below form the same intermediate
+	 * values in the same order.
 	 */
 	if (aggstrategy == AGG_PLAIN)
 	{
@@ -724,26 +725,26 @@ cost_nestloop(NestPath *path, Query *root)
 	double		outer_path_rows = PATH_ROWS(outer_path);
 	double		inner_path_rows = PATH_ROWS(inner_path);
 	double		ntuples;
-	Selectivity	joininfactor;
+	Selectivity joininfactor;
 
 	if (!enable_nestloop)
 		startup_cost += disable_cost;
 
 	/*
-	 * If we're doing JOIN_IN then we will stop scanning inner tuples for an
-	 * outer tuple as soon as we have one match.  Account for the effects of
-	 * this by scaling down the cost estimates in proportion to the expected
-	 * output size.  (This assumes that all the quals attached to the join are
-	 * IN quals, which should be true.)
+	 * If we're doing JOIN_IN then we will stop scanning inner tuples for
+	 * an outer tuple as soon as we have one match.  Account for the
+	 * effects of this by scaling down the cost estimates in proportion to
+	 * the expected output size.  (This assumes that all the quals
+	 * attached to the join are IN quals, which should be true.)
 	 *
 	 * Note: it's probably bogus to use the normal selectivity calculation
 	 * here when either the outer or inner path is a UniquePath.
 	 */
 	if (path->jointype == JOIN_IN)
 	{
-		Selectivity	qual_selec = approx_selectivity(root, restrictlist,
+		Selectivity qual_selec = approx_selectivity(root, restrictlist,
 													path->jointype);
-		double	qptuples;
+		double		qptuples;
 
 		qptuples = ceil(qual_selec * outer_path_rows * inner_path_rows);
 		if (qptuples > path->path.parent->rows)
@@ -761,8 +762,8 @@ cost_nestloop(NestPath *path, Query *root)
 	 * before we can start returning tuples, so the join's startup cost is
 	 * their sum.  What's not so clear is whether the inner path's
 	 * startup_cost must be paid again on each rescan of the inner path.
-	 * This is not true if the inner path is materialized or is a hashjoin,
-	 * but probably is true otherwise.
+	 * This is not true if the inner path is materialized or is a
+	 * hashjoin, but probably is true otherwise.
 	 */
 	startup_cost += outer_path->startup_cost + inner_path->startup_cost;
 	run_cost += outer_path->total_cost - outer_path->startup_cost;
@@ -783,14 +784,15 @@ cost_nestloop(NestPath *path, Query *root)
 		(inner_path->total_cost - inner_path->startup_cost) * joininfactor;
 
 	/*
-	 * Compute number of tuples processed (not number emitted!).
-	 * If inner path is an indexscan, be sure to use its estimated output row
-	 * count, which may be lower than the restriction-clause-only row count of
-	 * its parent.  (We don't include this case in the PATH_ROWS macro because
-	 * it applies *only* to a nestloop's inner relation.)  Note: it is correct
-	 * to use the unadjusted inner_path_rows in the above calculation for
-	 * joininfactor, since otherwise we'd be double-counting the selectivity
-	 * of the join clause being used for the index.
+	 * Compute number of tuples processed (not number emitted!). If inner
+	 * path is an indexscan, be sure to use its estimated output row
+	 * count, which may be lower than the restriction-clause-only row
+	 * count of its parent.  (We don't include this case in the PATH_ROWS
+	 * macro because it applies *only* to a nestloop's inner relation.)
+	 * Note: it is correct to use the unadjusted inner_path_rows in the
+	 * above calculation for joininfactor, since otherwise we'd be
+	 * double-counting the selectivity of the join clause being used for
+	 * the index.
 	 */
 	if (IsA(inner_path, IndexPath))
 		inner_path_rows = ((IndexPath *) inner_path)->rows;
@@ -831,8 +833,8 @@ cost_mergejoin(MergePath *path, Query *root)
 	Cost		startup_cost = 0;
 	Cost		run_cost = 0;
 	Cost		cpu_per_tuple;
-	Selectivity	merge_selec;
-	Selectivity	qp_selec;
+	Selectivity merge_selec;
+	Selectivity qp_selec;
 	QualCost	merge_qual_cost;
 	QualCost	qp_qual_cost;
 	RestrictInfo *firstclause;
@@ -847,7 +849,7 @@ cost_mergejoin(MergePath *path, Query *root)
 	double		rescanratio;
 	Selectivity outerscansel,
 				innerscansel;
-	Selectivity	joininfactor;
+	Selectivity joininfactor;
 	Path		sort_path;		/* dummy for result of cost_sort */
 
 	if (!enable_mergejoin)
@@ -856,7 +858,8 @@ cost_mergejoin(MergePath *path, Query *root)
 	/*
 	 * Compute cost and selectivity of the mergequals and qpquals (other
 	 * restriction clauses) separately.  We use approx_selectivity here
-	 * for speed --- in most cases, any errors won't affect the result much.
+	 * for speed --- in most cases, any errors won't affect the result
+	 * much.
 	 *
 	 * Note: it's probably bogus to use the normal selectivity calculation
 	 * here when either the outer or inner path is a UniquePath.
@@ -876,29 +879,30 @@ cost_mergejoin(MergePath *path, Query *root)
 	qptuples = ceil(mergejointuples * qp_selec);
 
 	/*
-	 * When there are equal merge keys in the outer relation, the mergejoin
-	 * must rescan any matching tuples in the inner relation.  This means
-	 * re-fetching inner tuples.  Our cost model for this is that a re-fetch
-	 * costs the same as an original fetch, which is probably an overestimate;
-	 * but on the other hand we ignore the bookkeeping costs of mark/restore.
-	 * Not clear if it's worth developing a more refined model.
+	 * When there are equal merge keys in the outer relation, the
+	 * mergejoin must rescan any matching tuples in the inner relation.
+	 * This means re-fetching inner tuples.  Our cost model for this is
+	 * that a re-fetch costs the same as an original fetch, which is
+	 * probably an overestimate; but on the other hand we ignore the
+	 * bookkeeping costs of mark/restore. Not clear if it's worth
+	 * developing a more refined model.
 	 *
 	 * The number of re-fetches can be estimated approximately as size of
-	 * merge join output minus size of inner relation.  Assume that the
-	 * distinct key values are 1, 2, ..., and denote the number of values of
-	 * each key in the outer relation as m1, m2, ...; in the inner relation,
-	 * n1, n2, ...  Then we have
+	 * merge join output minus size of inner relation.	Assume that the
+	 * distinct key values are 1, 2, ..., and denote the number of values
+	 * of each key in the outer relation as m1, m2, ...; in the inner
+	 * relation, n1, n2, ...  Then we have
 	 *
-	 *	size of join = m1 * n1 + m2 * n2 + ...
+	 * size of join = m1 * n1 + m2 * n2 + ...
 	 *
-	 *	number of rescanned tuples = (m1 - 1) * n1 + (m2 - 1) * n2 + ...
-	 *		= m1 * n1 + m2 * n2 + ... - (n1 + n2 + ...)
-	 *		= size of join - size of inner relation
+	 * number of rescanned tuples = (m1 - 1) * n1 + (m2 - 1) * n2 + ... = m1 *
+	 * n1 + m2 * n2 + ... - (n1 + n2 + ...) = size of join - size of inner
+	 * relation
 	 *
 	 * This equation works correctly for outer tuples having no inner match
 	 * (nk = 0), but not for inner tuples having no outer match (mk = 0);
 	 * we are effectively subtracting those from the number of rescanned
-	 * tuples, when we should not.  Can we do better without expensive
+	 * tuples, when we should not.	Can we do better without expensive
 	 * selectivity computations?
 	 */
 	if (IsA(outer_path, UniquePath))
@@ -953,8 +957,9 @@ cost_mergejoin(MergePath *path, Query *root)
 
 	/*
 	 * Readjust scan selectivities to account for above rounding.  This is
-	 * normally an insignificant effect, but when there are only a few rows
-	 * in the inputs, failing to do this makes for a large percentage error.
+	 * normally an insignificant effect, but when there are only a few
+	 * rows in the inputs, failing to do this makes for a large percentage
+	 * error.
 	 */
 	outerscansel = outer_rows / outer_path_rows;
 	innerscansel = inner_rows / inner_path_rows;
@@ -1002,11 +1007,11 @@ cost_mergejoin(MergePath *path, Query *root)
 	/* CPU costs */
 
 	/*
-	 * If we're doing JOIN_IN then we will stop outputting inner
-	 * tuples for an outer tuple as soon as we have one match.  Account for
-	 * the effects of this by scaling down the cost estimates in proportion
-	 * to the expected output size.  (This assumes that all the quals attached
-	 * to the join are IN quals, which should be true.)
+	 * If we're doing JOIN_IN then we will stop outputting inner tuples
+	 * for an outer tuple as soon as we have one match.  Account for the
+	 * effects of this by scaling down the cost estimates in proportion to
+	 * the expected output size.  (This assumes that all the quals
+	 * attached to the join are IN quals, which should be true.)
 	 */
 	if (path->jpath.jointype == JOIN_IN &&
 		qptuples > path->jpath.path.parent->rows)
@@ -1017,9 +1022,9 @@ cost_mergejoin(MergePath *path, Query *root)
 	/*
 	 * The number of tuple comparisons needed is approximately number of
 	 * outer rows plus number of inner rows plus number of rescanned
-	 * tuples (can we refine this?).  At each one, we need to evaluate
-	 * the mergejoin quals.  NOTE: JOIN_IN mode does not save any work
-	 * here, so do NOT include joininfactor.
+	 * tuples (can we refine this?).  At each one, we need to evaluate the
+	 * mergejoin quals.  NOTE: JOIN_IN mode does not save any work here,
+	 * so do NOT include joininfactor.
 	 */
 	startup_cost += merge_qual_cost.startup;
 	run_cost += merge_qual_cost.per_tuple *
@@ -1028,7 +1033,7 @@ cost_mergejoin(MergePath *path, Query *root)
 	/*
 	 * For each tuple that gets through the mergejoin proper, we charge
 	 * cpu_tuple_cost plus the cost of evaluating additional restriction
-	 * clauses that are to be applied at the join.  (This is pessimistic
+	 * clauses that are to be applied at the join.	(This is pessimistic
 	 * since not all of the quals may get evaluated at each tuple.)  This
 	 * work is skipped in JOIN_IN mode, so apply the factor.
 	 */
@@ -1059,8 +1064,8 @@ cost_hashjoin(HashPath *path, Query *root)
 	Cost		startup_cost = 0;
 	Cost		run_cost = 0;
 	Cost		cpu_per_tuple;
-	Selectivity	hash_selec;
-	Selectivity	qp_selec;
+	Selectivity hash_selec;
+	Selectivity qp_selec;
 	QualCost	hash_qual_cost;
 	QualCost	qp_qual_cost;
 	double		hashjointuples;
@@ -1076,7 +1081,7 @@ cost_hashjoin(HashPath *path, Query *root)
 	int			physicalbuckets;
 	int			numbatches;
 	Selectivity innerbucketsize;
-	Selectivity	joininfactor;
+	Selectivity joininfactor;
 	List	   *hcl;
 	List	   *qpquals;
 
@@ -1086,7 +1091,8 @@ cost_hashjoin(HashPath *path, Query *root)
 	/*
 	 * Compute cost and selectivity of the hashquals and qpquals (other
 	 * restriction clauses) separately.  We use approx_selectivity here
-	 * for speed --- in most cases, any errors won't affect the result much.
+	 * for speed --- in most cases, any errors won't affect the result
+	 * much.
 	 *
 	 * Note: it's probably bogus to use the normal selectivity calculation
 	 * here when either the outer or inner path is a UniquePath.
@@ -1114,9 +1120,9 @@ cost_hashjoin(HashPath *path, Query *root)
 	 * Cost of computing hash function: must do it once per input tuple.
 	 * We charge one cpu_operator_cost for each column's hash function.
 	 *
-	 * XXX when a hashclause is more complex than a single operator,
-	 * we really should charge the extra eval costs of the left or right
-	 * side, as appropriate, here.  This seems more work than it's worth
+	 * XXX when a hashclause is more complex than a single operator, we
+	 * really should charge the extra eval costs of the left or right
+	 * side, as appropriate, here.	This seems more work than it's worth
 	 * at the moment.
 	 */
 	startup_cost += cpu_operator_cost * num_hashclauses * inner_path_rows;
@@ -1131,13 +1137,13 @@ cost_hashjoin(HashPath *path, Query *root)
 
 	/*
 	 * Determine bucketsize fraction for inner relation.  We use the
-	 * smallest bucketsize estimated for any individual hashclause;
-	 * this is undoubtedly conservative.
+	 * smallest bucketsize estimated for any individual hashclause; this
+	 * is undoubtedly conservative.
 	 *
-	 * BUT: if inner relation has been unique-ified, we can assume it's
-	 * good for hashing.  This is important both because it's the right
-	 * answer, and because we avoid contaminating the cache with a value
-	 * that's wrong for non-unique-ified paths.
+	 * BUT: if inner relation has been unique-ified, we can assume it's good
+	 * for hashing.  This is important both because it's the right answer,
+	 * and because we avoid contaminating the cache with a value that's
+	 * wrong for non-unique-ified paths.
 	 */
 	if (IsA(inner_path, UniquePath))
 		innerbucketsize = 1.0 / virtualbuckets;
@@ -1152,12 +1158,13 @@ cost_hashjoin(HashPath *path, Query *root)
 			Assert(IsA(restrictinfo, RestrictInfo));
 
 			/*
-			 * First we have to figure out which side of the hashjoin clause
-			 * is the inner side.
+			 * First we have to figure out which side of the hashjoin
+			 * clause is the inner side.
 			 *
 			 * Since we tend to visit the same clauses over and over when
-			 * planning a large query, we cache the bucketsize estimate in the
-			 * RestrictInfo node to avoid repeated lookups of statistics.
+			 * planning a large query, we cache the bucketsize estimate in
+			 * the RestrictInfo node to avoid repeated lookups of
+			 * statistics.
 			 */
 			if (bms_is_subset(restrictinfo->right_relids,
 							  inner_path->parent->relids))
@@ -1169,7 +1176,7 @@ cost_hashjoin(HashPath *path, Query *root)
 					/* not cached yet */
 					thisbucketsize =
 						estimate_hash_bucketsize(root,
-									(Var *) get_rightop(restrictinfo->clause),
+							   (Var *) get_rightop(restrictinfo->clause),
 												 virtualbuckets);
 					restrictinfo->right_bucketsize = thisbucketsize;
 				}
@@ -1185,7 +1192,7 @@ cost_hashjoin(HashPath *path, Query *root)
 					/* not cached yet */
 					thisbucketsize =
 						estimate_hash_bucketsize(root,
-									(Var *) get_leftop(restrictinfo->clause),
+								(Var *) get_leftop(restrictinfo->clause),
 												 virtualbuckets);
 					restrictinfo->left_bucketsize = thisbucketsize;
 				}
@@ -1217,11 +1224,11 @@ cost_hashjoin(HashPath *path, Query *root)
 	/* CPU costs */
 
 	/*
-	 * If we're doing JOIN_IN then we will stop comparing inner
-	 * tuples to an outer tuple as soon as we have one match.  Account for
-	 * the effects of this by scaling down the cost estimates in proportion
-	 * to the expected output size.  (This assumes that all the quals attached
-	 * to the join are IN quals, which should be true.)
+	 * If we're doing JOIN_IN then we will stop comparing inner tuples to
+	 * an outer tuple as soon as we have one match.  Account for the
+	 * effects of this by scaling down the cost estimates in proportion to
+	 * the expected output size.  (This assumes that all the quals
+	 * attached to the join are IN quals, which should be true.)
 	 */
 	if (path->jpath.jointype == JOIN_IN &&
 		qptuples > path->jpath.path.parent->rows)
@@ -1243,7 +1250,7 @@ cost_hashjoin(HashPath *path, Query *root)
 	/*
 	 * For each tuple that gets through the hashjoin proper, we charge
 	 * cpu_tuple_cost plus the cost of evaluating additional restriction
-	 * clauses that are to be applied at the join.  (This is pessimistic
+	 * clauses that are to be applied at the join.	(This is pessimistic
 	 * since not all of the quals may get evaluated at each tuple.)
 	 */
 	startup_cost += qp_qual_cost.startup;
@@ -1254,14 +1261,14 @@ cost_hashjoin(HashPath *path, Query *root)
 	 * Bias against putting larger relation on inside.	We don't want an
 	 * absolute prohibition, though, since larger relation might have
 	 * better bucketsize --- and we can't trust the size estimates
-	 * unreservedly, anyway.  Instead, inflate the run cost by the
-	 * square root of the size ratio.  (Why square root?  No real good
-	 * reason, but it seems reasonable...)
+	 * unreservedly, anyway.  Instead, inflate the run cost by the square
+	 * root of the size ratio.	(Why square root?  No real good reason,
+	 * but it seems reasonable...)
 	 *
-	 * Note: before 7.4 we implemented this by inflating startup cost;
-	 * but if there's a disable_cost component in the input paths'
-	 * startup cost, that unfairly penalizes the hash.  Probably it'd
-	 * be better to keep track of disable penalty separately from cost.
+	 * Note: before 7.4 we implemented this by inflating startup cost; but if
+	 * there's a disable_cost component in the input paths' startup cost,
+	 * that unfairly penalizes the hash.  Probably it'd be better to keep
+	 * track of disable penalty separately from cost.
 	 */
 	if (innerbytes > outerbytes && outerbytes > 0)
 		run_cost *= sqrt(innerbytes / outerbytes);
@@ -1442,7 +1449,7 @@ estimate_hash_bucketsize(Query *root, Var *var, int nbuckets)
  *		and a per-evaluation component.
  */
 void
-cost_qual_eval(QualCost *cost, List *quals)
+cost_qual_eval(QualCost * cost, List *quals)
 {
 	List	   *l;
 
@@ -1484,7 +1491,7 @@ cost_qual_eval(QualCost *cost, List *quals)
 }
 
 static bool
-cost_qual_eval_walker(Node *node, QualCost *total)
+cost_qual_eval_walker(Node *node, QualCost * total)
 {
 	if (node == NULL)
 		return false;
@@ -1502,9 +1509,7 @@ cost_qual_eval_walker(Node *node, QualCost *total)
 		IsA(node, OpExpr) ||
 		IsA(node, DistinctExpr) ||
 		IsA(node, NullIfExpr))
-	{
 		total->per_tuple += cpu_operator_cost;
-	}
 	else if (IsA(node, ScalarArrayOpExpr))
 	{
 		/* should charge more than 1 op cost, but how many? */
@@ -1519,47 +1524,48 @@ cost_qual_eval_walker(Node *node, QualCost *total)
 	{
 		/*
 		 * A subplan node in an expression typically indicates that the
-		 * subplan will be executed on each evaluation, so charge accordingly.
-		 * (Sub-selects that can be executed as InitPlans have already been
-		 * removed from the expression.)
+		 * subplan will be executed on each evaluation, so charge
+		 * accordingly. (Sub-selects that can be executed as InitPlans
+		 * have already been removed from the expression.)
 		 *
 		 * An exception occurs when we have decided we can implement the
 		 * subplan by hashing.
 		 *
 		 */
-		SubPlan	   *subplan = (SubPlan *) node;
+		SubPlan    *subplan = (SubPlan *) node;
 		Plan	   *plan = subplan->plan;
 
 		if (subplan->useHashTable)
 		{
 			/*
 			 * If we are using a hash table for the subquery outputs, then
-			 * the cost of evaluating the query is a one-time cost.
-			 * We charge one cpu_operator_cost per tuple for the work of
+			 * the cost of evaluating the query is a one-time cost. We
+			 * charge one cpu_operator_cost per tuple for the work of
 			 * loading the hashtable, too.
 			 */
 			total->startup += plan->total_cost +
 				cpu_operator_cost * plan->plan_rows;
+
 			/*
 			 * The per-tuple costs include the cost of evaluating the
-			 * lefthand expressions, plus the cost of probing the hashtable.
-			 * Recursion into the exprs list will handle the lefthand
-			 * expressions properly, and will count one cpu_operator_cost
-			 * for each comparison operator.  That is probably too low for
-			 * the probing cost, but it's hard to make a better estimate,
-			 * so live with it for now.
+			 * lefthand expressions, plus the cost of probing the
+			 * hashtable. Recursion into the exprs list will handle the
+			 * lefthand expressions properly, and will count one
+			 * cpu_operator_cost for each comparison operator.	That is
+			 * probably too low for the probing cost, but it's hard to
+			 * make a better estimate, so live with it for now.
 			 */
 		}
 		else
 		{
 			/*
 			 * Otherwise we will be rescanning the subplan output on each
-			 * evaluation.  We need to estimate how much of the output
-			 * we will actually need to scan.  NOTE: this logic should
-			 * agree with the estimates used by make_subplan() in
+			 * evaluation.	We need to estimate how much of the output we
+			 * will actually need to scan.	NOTE: this logic should agree
+			 * with the estimates used by make_subplan() in
 			 * plan/subselect.c.
 			 */
-			Cost	plan_run_cost = plan->total_cost - plan->startup_cost;
+			Cost		plan_run_cost = plan->total_cost - plan->startup_cost;
 
 			if (subplan->subLinkType == EXISTS_SUBLINK)
 			{
@@ -1579,23 +1585,20 @@ cost_qual_eval_walker(Node *node, QualCost *total)
 				/* assume we need all tuples */
 				total->per_tuple += plan_run_cost;
 			}
+
 			/*
-			 * Also account for subplan's startup cost.
-			 * If the subplan is uncorrelated or undirect correlated,
-			 * AND its topmost node is a Sort or Material node, assume
-			 * that we'll only need to pay its startup cost once;
-			 * otherwise assume we pay the startup cost every time.
+			 * Also account for subplan's startup cost. If the subplan is
+			 * uncorrelated or undirect correlated, AND its topmost node
+			 * is a Sort or Material node, assume that we'll only need to
+			 * pay its startup cost once; otherwise assume we pay the
+			 * startup cost every time.
 			 */
 			if (subplan->parParam == NIL &&
 				(IsA(plan, Sort) ||
 				 IsA(plan, Material)))
-			{
 				total->startup += plan->startup_cost;
-			}
 			else
-			{
 				total->per_tuple += plan->startup_cost;
-			}
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -1745,7 +1748,7 @@ set_joinrel_size_estimates(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
 	UniquePath *upath;
 
 	/*
-	 * Compute joinclause selectivity.  Note that we are only considering
+	 * Compute joinclause selectivity.	Note that we are only considering
 	 * clauses that become restriction clauses at this join level; we are
 	 * not double-counting them because they were not considered in
 	 * estimating the sizes of the component rels.
@@ -1758,8 +1761,8 @@ set_joinrel_size_estimates(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
 	/*
 	 * Basically, we multiply size of Cartesian product by selectivity.
 	 *
-	 * If we are doing an outer join, take that into account: the output
-	 * must be at least as large as the non-nullable input.  (Is there any
+	 * If we are doing an outer join, take that into account: the output must
+	 * be at least as large as the non-nullable input.	(Is there any
 	 * chance of being even smarter?)
 	 *
 	 * For JOIN_IN and variants, the Cartesian product is figured with
@@ -1823,8 +1826,8 @@ set_joinrel_size_estimates(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
 	rel->rows = temp;
 
 	/*
-	 * We need not compute the output width here, because build_joinrel_tlist
-	 * already did.
+	 * We need not compute the output width here, because
+	 * build_joinrel_tlist already did.
 	 */
 }
 
@@ -1911,11 +1914,14 @@ set_rel_width(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel)
 
 		Assert(IsA(var, Var));
 
-		/* The width probably hasn't been cached yet, but may as well check */
+		/*
+		 * The width probably hasn't been cached yet, but may as well
+		 * check
+		 */
 		if (rel->attr_widths[ndx] > 0)
 		{
-				tuple_width += rel->attr_widths[ndx];
-				continue;
+			tuple_width += rel->attr_widths[ndx];
+			continue;
 		}
 
 		relid = getrelid(var->varno, root->rtable);
@@ -1931,8 +1937,8 @@ set_rel_width(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel)
 		}
 
 		/*
-		 * Not a plain relation, or can't find statistics for it.
-		 * Estimate using just the type info.
+		 * Not a plain relation, or can't find statistics for it. Estimate
+		 * using just the type info.
 		 */
 		item_width = get_typavgwidth(var->vartype, var->vartypmod);
 		Assert(item_width > 0);
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/indxpath.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/indxpath.c
index fa19abe4717..67238b5361c 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/indxpath.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/indxpath.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/indxpath.c,v 1.145 2003/07/25 00:01:06 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/indxpath.c,v 1.146 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -64,9 +64,9 @@ static List *group_clauses_by_indexkey_for_join(Query *root,
 								   Relids outer_relids,
 								   JoinType jointype, bool isouterjoin);
 static bool match_clause_to_indexcol(RelOptInfo *rel, IndexOptInfo *index,
-									 int indexcol, Oid opclass, Expr *clause);
-static bool match_join_clause_to_indexcol(RelOptInfo *rel, IndexOptInfo *index,
 						 int indexcol, Oid opclass, Expr *clause);
+static bool match_join_clause_to_indexcol(RelOptInfo *rel, IndexOptInfo *index,
+							  int indexcol, Oid opclass, Expr *clause);
 static Oid indexable_operator(Expr *clause, Oid opclass,
 				   bool indexkey_on_left);
 static bool pred_test(List *predicate_list, List *restrictinfo_list,
@@ -77,8 +77,8 @@ static bool pred_test_recurse_pred(Expr *predicate, Node *clause);
 static bool pred_test_simple_clause(Expr *predicate, Node *clause);
 static Relids indexable_outerrelids(RelOptInfo *rel, IndexOptInfo *index);
 static Path *make_innerjoin_index_path(Query *root,
-									   RelOptInfo *rel, IndexOptInfo *index,
-									   List *clausegroups);
+						  RelOptInfo *rel, IndexOptInfo *index,
+						  List *clausegroups);
 static bool match_index_to_operand(Node *operand, int indexcol,
 					   RelOptInfo *rel, IndexOptInfo *index);
 static bool match_special_index_operator(Expr *clause, Oid opclass,
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ static List *expand_indexqual_condition(Expr *clause, Oid opclass);
 static List *prefix_quals(Node *leftop, Oid opclass,
 			 Const *prefix, Pattern_Prefix_Status pstatus);
 static List *network_prefix_quals(Node *leftop, Oid expr_op, Oid opclass,
-								  Datum rightop);
+					 Datum rightop);
 static Datum string_to_datum(const char *str, Oid datatype);
 static Const *string_to_const(const char *str, Oid datatype);
 
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ static Const *string_to_const(const char *str, Oid datatype);
  * scan this routine deems potentially interesting for the current query.
  *
  * We also determine the set of other relids that participate in join
- * clauses that could be used with each index.  The actually best innerjoin
+ * clauses that could be used with each index.	The actually best innerjoin
  * path will be generated for each outer relation later on, but knowing the
  * set of potential otherrels allows us to identify equivalent outer relations
  * and avoid repeated computation.
@@ -219,10 +219,11 @@ create_index_paths(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel)
 
 		/*
 		 * 6. Examine join clauses to see which ones are potentially
-		 * usable with this index, and generate the set of all other relids
-		 * that participate in such join clauses.  We'll use this set later
-		 * to recognize outer rels that are equivalent for joining purposes.
-		 * We compute both per-index and overall-for-relation sets.
+		 * usable with this index, and generate the set of all other
+		 * relids that participate in such join clauses.  We'll use this
+		 * set later to recognize outer rels that are equivalent for
+		 * joining purposes. We compute both per-index and
+		 * overall-for-relation sets.
 		 */
 		join_outerrelids = indexable_outerrelids(rel, index);
 		index->outer_relids = join_outerrelids;
@@ -274,7 +275,7 @@ match_index_orclauses(RelOptInfo *rel,
 			 */
 			restrictinfo->subclauseindices =
 				match_index_orclause(rel, index,
-									 ((BoolExpr *) restrictinfo->clause)->args,
+							   ((BoolExpr *) restrictinfo->clause)->args,
 									 restrictinfo->subclauseindices);
 		}
 	}
@@ -422,6 +423,7 @@ extract_or_indexqual_conditions(RelOptInfo *rel,
 	Oid		   *classes = index->classlist;
 
 	FastListInit(&quals);
+
 	/*
 	 * Extract relevant indexclauses in indexkey order.  This is
 	 * essentially just like group_clauses_by_indexkey() except that the
@@ -576,7 +578,7 @@ group_clauses_by_indexkey(RelOptInfo *rel, IndexOptInfo *index)
  *
  * This is much like group_clauses_by_indexkey(), but we consider both
  * join and restriction clauses.  Any joinclause that uses only otherrels
- * in the specified outer_relids is fair game.  But there must be at least
+ * in the specified outer_relids is fair game.	But there must be at least
  * one such joinclause in the final list, otherwise we return NIL indicating
  * that this index isn't interesting as an inner indexscan.  (A scan using
  * only restriction clauses shouldn't be created here, because a regular Path
@@ -641,10 +643,10 @@ group_clauses_by_indexkey_for_join(Query *root,
 		 */
 		if (FastListValue(&clausegroup) != NIL)
 		{
-			List *nl;
+			List	   *nl;
 
 			nl = remove_redundant_join_clauses(root,
-											   FastListValue(&clausegroup),
+											 FastListValue(&clausegroup),
 											   jointype);
 			FastListFromList(&clausegroup, nl);
 		}
@@ -736,9 +738,9 @@ match_clause_to_indexcol(RelOptInfo *rel,
 		return false;
 
 	/*
-	 * Check for clauses of the form:
-	 *		(indexkey operator constant) or (constant operator indexkey).
-	 * Anything that is a "pseudo constant" expression will do.
+	 * Check for clauses of the form: (indexkey operator constant) or
+	 * (constant operator indexkey). Anything that is a "pseudo constant"
+	 * expression will do.
 	 */
 	if (match_index_to_operand(leftop, indexcol, rel, index) &&
 		is_pseudo_constant_clause(rightop))
@@ -747,8 +749,8 @@ match_clause_to_indexcol(RelOptInfo *rel,
 			return true;
 
 		/*
-		 * If we didn't find a member of the index's opclass, see
-		 * whether it is a "special" indexable operator.
+		 * If we didn't find a member of the index's opclass, see whether
+		 * it is a "special" indexable operator.
 		 */
 		if (match_special_index_operator(clause, opclass, true))
 			return true;
@@ -762,8 +764,8 @@ match_clause_to_indexcol(RelOptInfo *rel,
 			return true;
 
 		/*
-		 * If we didn't find a member of the index's opclass, see
-		 * whether it is a "special" indexable operator.
+		 * If we didn't find a member of the index's opclass, see whether
+		 * it is a "special" indexable operator.
 		 */
 		if (match_special_index_operator(clause, opclass, false))
 			return true;
@@ -824,10 +826,10 @@ match_join_clause_to_indexcol(RelOptInfo *rel,
 		return false;
 
 	/*
-	 * Check for an indexqual that could be handled by a nestloop
-	 * join. We need the index key to be compared against an
-	 * expression that uses none of the indexed relation's vars and
-	 * contains no volatile functions.
+	 * Check for an indexqual that could be handled by a nestloop join. We
+	 * need the index key to be compared against an expression that uses
+	 * none of the indexed relation's vars and contains no volatile
+	 * functions.
 	 */
 	if (match_index_to_operand(leftop, indexcol, rel, index))
 	{
@@ -1174,10 +1176,11 @@ pred_test_simple_clause(Expr *predicate, Node *clause)
 	 * 1. Find "btree" strategy numbers for the pred_op and clause_op.
 	 *
 	 * We must find a btree opclass that contains both operators, else the
-	 * implication can't be determined.  If there are multiple such opclasses,
-	 * assume we can use any one to determine the logical relationship of the
-	 * two operators and the correct corresponding test operator.  This should
-	 * work for any logically consistent opclasses.
+	 * implication can't be determined.  If there are multiple such
+	 * opclasses, assume we can use any one to determine the logical
+	 * relationship of the two operators and the correct corresponding
+	 * test operator.  This should work for any logically consistent
+	 * opclasses.
 	 */
 	catlist = SearchSysCacheList(AMOPOPID, 1,
 								 ObjectIdGetDatum(pred_op),
@@ -1269,7 +1272,7 @@ pred_test_simple_clause(Expr *predicate, Node *clause)
 
 	/* And execute it. */
 	test_result = ExecEvalExprSwitchContext(test_exprstate,
-											GetPerTupleExprContext(estate),
+										  GetPerTupleExprContext(estate),
 											&isNull, NULL);
 
 	/* Get back to outer memory context */
@@ -1295,7 +1298,7 @@ pred_test_simple_clause(Expr *predicate, Node *clause)
 /*
  * indexable_outerrelids
  *	  Finds all other relids that participate in any indexable join clause
- *	  for the specified index.  Returns a set of relids.
+ *	  for the specified index.	Returns a set of relids.
  *
  * 'rel' is the relation for which 'index' is defined
  */
@@ -1314,16 +1317,16 @@ indexable_outerrelids(RelOptInfo *rel, IndexOptInfo *index)
 		/*
 		 * Examine each joinclause in the JoinInfo node's list to see if
 		 * it matches any key of the index.  If so, add the JoinInfo's
-		 * otherrels to the result.  We can skip examining other joinclauses
-		 * in the same list as soon as we find a match (since by definition
-		 * they all have the same otherrels).
+		 * otherrels to the result.  We can skip examining other
+		 * joinclauses in the same list as soon as we find a match (since
+		 * by definition they all have the same otherrels).
 		 */
 		foreach(j, joininfo->jinfo_restrictinfo)
 		{
 			RestrictInfo *rinfo = (RestrictInfo *) lfirst(j);
-			Expr   *clause = rinfo->clause;
-			int		indexcol = 0;
-			Oid	   *classes = index->classlist;
+			Expr	   *clause = rinfo->clause;
+			int			indexcol = 0;
+			Oid		   *classes = index->classlist;
 
 			do
 			{
@@ -1398,11 +1401,13 @@ best_inner_indexscan(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
 		default:
 			return NULL;
 	}
+
 	/*
 	 * If there are no indexable joinclauses for this rel, exit quickly.
 	 */
 	if (bms_is_empty(rel->index_outer_relids))
 		return NULL;
+
 	/*
 	 * Otherwise, we have to do path selection in the memory context of
 	 * the given rel, so that any created path can be safely attached to
@@ -1410,10 +1415,11 @@ best_inner_indexscan(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
 	 * issue for normal planning, but it is an issue for GEQO planning.)
 	 */
 	oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(GetMemoryChunkContext(rel));
+
 	/*
-	 * Intersect the given outer_relids with index_outer_relids
-	 * to find the set of outer relids actually relevant for this index.
-	 * If there are none, again we can fail immediately.
+	 * Intersect the given outer_relids with index_outer_relids to find
+	 * the set of outer relids actually relevant for this index. If there
+	 * are none, again we can fail immediately.
 	 */
 	outer_relids = bms_intersect(rel->index_outer_relids, outer_relids);
 	if (bms_is_empty(outer_relids))
@@ -1422,11 +1428,13 @@ best_inner_indexscan(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
 		MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
 		return NULL;
 	}
+
 	/*
 	 * Look to see if we already computed the result for this set of
-	 * relevant outerrels.  (We include the isouterjoin status in the
+	 * relevant outerrels.	(We include the isouterjoin status in the
 	 * cache lookup key for safety.  In practice I suspect this is not
-	 * necessary because it should always be the same for a given innerrel.)
+	 * necessary because it should always be the same for a given
+	 * innerrel.)
 	 */
 	foreach(jlist, rel->index_inner_paths)
 	{
@@ -1441,15 +1449,15 @@ best_inner_indexscan(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * For each index of the rel, find the best path; then choose the
-	 * best overall.  We cache the per-index results as well as the overall
-	 * result.  (This is useful because different indexes may have different
-	 * relevant outerrel sets, so different overall outerrel sets might still
-	 * map to the same computation for a given index.)
+	 * For each index of the rel, find the best path; then choose the best
+	 * overall.  We cache the per-index results as well as the overall
+	 * result.	(This is useful because different indexes may have
+	 * different relevant outerrel sets, so different overall outerrel
+	 * sets might still map to the same computation for a given index.)
 	 */
 	foreach(ilist, rel->indexlist)
 	{
-		IndexOptInfo  *index = (IndexOptInfo *) lfirst(ilist);
+		IndexOptInfo *index = (IndexOptInfo *) lfirst(ilist);
 		Relids		index_outer_relids;
 		Path	   *path = NULL;
 
@@ -1461,6 +1469,7 @@ best_inner_indexscan(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
 			bms_free(index_outer_relids);
 			continue;
 		}
+
 		/*
 		 * Look to see if we already computed the result for this index.
 		 */
@@ -1471,7 +1480,7 @@ best_inner_indexscan(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
 				info->isouterjoin == isouterjoin)
 			{
 				path = info->best_innerpath;
-				bms_free(index_outer_relids); /* not needed anymore */
+				bms_free(index_outer_relids);	/* not needed anymore */
 				break;
 			}
 		}
@@ -1484,9 +1493,9 @@ best_inner_indexscan(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
 			clausegroups = group_clauses_by_indexkey_for_join(root,
 															  rel,
 															  index,
-															  index_outer_relids,
+													  index_outer_relids,
 															  jointype,
-															  isouterjoin);
+															isouterjoin);
 			if (clausegroups)
 			{
 				/* make the path */
@@ -1548,9 +1557,9 @@ make_innerjoin_index_path(Query *root,
 	pathnode->path.parent = rel;
 
 	/*
-	 * There's no point in marking the path with any pathkeys, since
-	 * it will only ever be used as the inner path of a nestloop, and
-	 * so its ordering does not matter.
+	 * There's no point in marking the path with any pathkeys, since it
+	 * will only ever be used as the inner path of a nestloop, and so its
+	 * ordering does not matter.
 	 */
 	pathnode->path.pathkeys = NIL;
 
@@ -1582,19 +1591,19 @@ make_innerjoin_index_path(Query *root,
 
 	/*
 	 * We must compute the estimated number of output rows for the
-	 * indexscan.  This is less than rel->rows because of the
-	 * additional selectivity of the join clauses.	Since clausegroups
-	 * may contain both restriction and join clauses, we have to do a
-	 * set union to get the full set of clauses that must be
-	 * considered to compute the correct selectivity.  (Without the union
-	 * operation, we might have some restriction clauses appearing twice,
-	 * which'd mislead restrictlist_selectivity into double-counting their
-	 * selectivity.  However, since RestrictInfo nodes aren't copied when
-	 * linking them into different lists, it should be sufficient to use
-	 * pointer comparison to remove duplicates.)
+	 * indexscan.  This is less than rel->rows because of the additional
+	 * selectivity of the join clauses.  Since clausegroups may contain
+	 * both restriction and join clauses, we have to do a set union to get
+	 * the full set of clauses that must be considered to compute the
+	 * correct selectivity.  (Without the union operation, we might have
+	 * some restriction clauses appearing twice, which'd mislead
+	 * restrictlist_selectivity into double-counting their selectivity.
+	 * However, since RestrictInfo nodes aren't copied when linking them
+	 * into different lists, it should be sufficient to use pointer
+	 * comparison to remove duplicates.)
 	 *
-	 * Always assume the join type is JOIN_INNER; even if some of the
-	 * join clauses come from other contexts, that's not our problem.
+	 * Always assume the join type is JOIN_INNER; even if some of the join
+	 * clauses come from other contexts, that's not our problem.
 	 */
 	allclauses = set_ptrUnion(rel->baserestrictinfo, allclauses);
 	pathnode->rows = rel->tuples *
@@ -1656,9 +1665,9 @@ match_index_to_operand(Node *operand,
 	else
 	{
 		/*
-		 * Index expression; find the correct expression.  (This search could
-		 * be avoided, at the cost of complicating all the callers of this
-		 * routine; doesn't seem worth it.)
+		 * Index expression; find the correct expression.  (This search
+		 * could be avoided, at the cost of complicating all the callers
+		 * of this routine; doesn't seem worth it.)
 		 */
 		List	   *indexprs;
 		int			i;
@@ -1677,6 +1686,7 @@ match_index_to_operand(Node *operand,
 		if (indexprs == NIL)
 			elog(ERROR, "wrong number of index expressions");
 		indexkey = (Node *) lfirst(indexprs);
+
 		/*
 		 * Does it match the operand?  Again, strip any relabeling.
 		 */
@@ -1776,12 +1786,12 @@ match_special_index_operator(Expr *clause, Oid opclass,
 		case OID_NAME_LIKE_OP:
 			/* the right-hand const is type text for all of these */
 			isIndexable = pattern_fixed_prefix(patt, Pattern_Type_Like,
-											   &prefix, &rest) != Pattern_Prefix_None;
+								  &prefix, &rest) != Pattern_Prefix_None;
 			break;
 
 		case OID_BYTEA_LIKE_OP:
 			isIndexable = pattern_fixed_prefix(patt, Pattern_Type_Like,
-											   &prefix, &rest) != Pattern_Prefix_None;
+								  &prefix, &rest) != Pattern_Prefix_None;
 			break;
 
 		case OID_TEXT_ICLIKE_OP:
@@ -1789,7 +1799,7 @@ match_special_index_operator(Expr *clause, Oid opclass,
 		case OID_NAME_ICLIKE_OP:
 			/* the right-hand const is type text for all of these */
 			isIndexable = pattern_fixed_prefix(patt, Pattern_Type_Like_IC,
-											   &prefix, &rest) != Pattern_Prefix_None;
+								  &prefix, &rest) != Pattern_Prefix_None;
 			break;
 
 		case OID_TEXT_REGEXEQ_OP:
@@ -1797,7 +1807,7 @@ match_special_index_operator(Expr *clause, Oid opclass,
 		case OID_NAME_REGEXEQ_OP:
 			/* the right-hand const is type text for all of these */
 			isIndexable = pattern_fixed_prefix(patt, Pattern_Type_Regex,
-											   &prefix, &rest) != Pattern_Prefix_None;
+								  &prefix, &rest) != Pattern_Prefix_None;
 			break;
 
 		case OID_TEXT_ICREGEXEQ_OP:
@@ -1805,7 +1815,7 @@ match_special_index_operator(Expr *clause, Oid opclass,
 		case OID_NAME_ICREGEXEQ_OP:
 			/* the right-hand const is type text for all of these */
 			isIndexable = pattern_fixed_prefix(patt, Pattern_Type_Regex_IC,
-											   &prefix, &rest) != Pattern_Prefix_None;
+								  &prefix, &rest) != Pattern_Prefix_None;
 			break;
 
 		case OID_INET_SUB_OP:
@@ -1831,9 +1841,9 @@ match_special_index_operator(Expr *clause, Oid opclass,
 	 * want to apply.  (A hash index, for example, will not support ">=".)
 	 * Currently, only btree supports the operators we need.
 	 *
-	 * We insist on the opclass being the specific one we expect,
-	 * else we'd do the wrong thing if someone were to make a reverse-sort
-	 * opclass with the same operators.
+	 * We insist on the opclass being the specific one we expect, else we'd
+	 * do the wrong thing if someone were to make a reverse-sort opclass
+	 * with the same operators.
 	 */
 	switch (expr_op)
 	{
@@ -1896,7 +1906,7 @@ match_special_index_operator(Expr *clause, Oid opclass,
  * The input list is ordered by index key, and so the output list is too.
  * (The latter is not depended on by any part of the planner, so far as I can
  * tell; but some parts of the executor do assume that the indxqual list
- * ultimately delivered to the executor is so ordered.  One such place is
+ * ultimately delivered to the executor is so ordered.	One such place is
  * _bt_orderkeys() in the btree support.  Perhaps that ought to be fixed
  * someday --- tgl 7/00)
  */
@@ -1930,7 +1940,7 @@ expand_indexqual_conditions(IndexOptInfo *index, List *clausegroups)
 
 	} while (clausegroups != NIL && !DoneMatchingIndexKeys(classes));
 
-	Assert(clausegroups == NIL); /* else more groups than indexkeys... */
+	Assert(clausegroups == NIL);	/* else more groups than indexkeys... */
 
 	return FastListValue(&resultquals);
 }
@@ -1953,11 +1963,12 @@ expand_indexqual_condition(Expr *clause, Oid opclass)
 
 	switch (expr_op)
 	{
-		/*
-		 * LIKE and regex operators are not members of any index
-		 * opclass, so if we find one in an indexqual list we can
-		 * assume that it was accepted by match_special_index_operator().
-		 */
+			/*
+			 * LIKE and regex operators are not members of any index
+			 * opclass, so if we find one in an indexqual list we can
+			 * assume that it was accepted by
+			 * match_special_index_operator().
+			 */
 		case OID_TEXT_LIKE_OP:
 		case OID_BPCHAR_LIKE_OP:
 		case OID_NAME_LIKE_OP:
@@ -2061,22 +2072,22 @@ prefix_quals(Node *leftop, Oid opclass,
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * If necessary, coerce the prefix constant to the right type.
-	 * The given prefix constant is either text or bytea type.
+	 * If necessary, coerce the prefix constant to the right type. The
+	 * given prefix constant is either text or bytea type.
 	 */
 	if (prefix_const->consttype != datatype)
 	{
-		char   *prefix;
+		char	   *prefix;
 
 		switch (prefix_const->consttype)
 		{
 			case TEXTOID:
 				prefix = DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
-															 prefix_const->constvalue));
+											  prefix_const->constvalue));
 				break;
 			case BYTEAOID:
 				prefix = DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(byteaout,
-															 prefix_const->constvalue));
+											  prefix_const->constvalue));
 				break;
 			default:
 				elog(ERROR, "unexpected const type: %u",
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinpath.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinpath.c
index cf7c4ee4331..695b8c98411 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinpath.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinpath.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinpath.c,v 1.79 2003/07/25 00:01:06 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinpath.c,v 1.80 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ sort_inner_and_outer(Query *root,
  * We always generate a nestloop path for each available outer path.
  * In fact we may generate as many as four: one on the cheapest-total-cost
  * inner path, one on the same with materialization, one on the
- * cheapest-startup-cost inner path (if different), 
+ * cheapest-startup-cost inner path (if different),
  * and one on the best inner-indexscan path (if any).
  *
  * We also consider mergejoins if mergejoin clauses are available.	We have
@@ -342,10 +342,10 @@ match_unsorted_outer(Query *root,
 
 	/*
 	 * Nestloop only supports inner, left, and IN joins.  Also, if we are
-	 * doing a right or full join, we must use *all* the mergeclauses as join
-	 * clauses, else we will not have a valid plan.  (Although these two
-	 * flags are currently inverses, keep them separate for clarity and
-	 * possible future changes.)
+	 * doing a right or full join, we must use *all* the mergeclauses as
+	 * join clauses, else we will not have a valid plan.  (Although these
+	 * two flags are currently inverses, keep them separate for clarity
+	 * and possible future changes.)
 	 */
 	switch (jointype)
 	{
@@ -371,8 +371,8 @@ match_unsorted_outer(Query *root,
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * If we need to unique-ify the inner path, we will consider only
-	 * the cheapest inner.
+	 * If we need to unique-ify the inner path, we will consider only the
+	 * cheapest inner.
 	 */
 	if (jointype == JOIN_UNIQUE_INNER)
 	{
@@ -384,9 +384,10 @@ match_unsorted_outer(Query *root,
 	else if (nestjoinOK)
 	{
 		/*
-		 * If the cheapest inner path is a join or seqscan, we should consider
-		 * materializing it.  (This is a heuristic: we could consider it
-		 * always, but for inner indexscans it's probably a waste of time.)
+		 * If the cheapest inner path is a join or seqscan, we should
+		 * consider materializing it.  (This is a heuristic: we could
+		 * consider it always, but for inner indexscans it's probably a
+		 * waste of time.)
 		 */
 		if (!(IsA(inner_cheapest_total, IndexPath) ||
 			  IsA(inner_cheapest_total, TidPath)))
@@ -394,8 +395,8 @@ match_unsorted_outer(Query *root,
 				create_material_path(innerrel, inner_cheapest_total);
 
 		/*
-		 * Get the best innerjoin indexpath (if any) for this outer rel. It's
-		 * the same for all outer paths.
+		 * Get the best innerjoin indexpath (if any) for this outer rel.
+		 * It's the same for all outer paths.
 		 */
 		bestinnerjoin = best_inner_indexscan(root, innerrel,
 											 outerrel->relids, jointype);
@@ -414,8 +415,8 @@ match_unsorted_outer(Query *root,
 		int			sortkeycnt;
 
 		/*
-		 * If we need to unique-ify the outer path, it's pointless to consider
-		 * any but the cheapest outer.
+		 * If we need to unique-ify the outer path, it's pointless to
+		 * consider any but the cheapest outer.
 		 */
 		if (save_jointype == JOIN_UNIQUE_OUTER)
 		{
@@ -709,7 +710,7 @@ hash_inner_and_outer(Query *root,
 			/* righthand side is inner */
 		}
 		else if (bms_is_subset(restrictinfo->left_relids, innerrel->relids) &&
-				 bms_is_subset(restrictinfo->right_relids, outerrel->relids))
+			 bms_is_subset(restrictinfo->right_relids, outerrel->relids))
 		{
 			/* lefthand side is inner */
 		}
@@ -727,9 +728,9 @@ hash_inner_and_outer(Query *root,
 		 * cheapest-startup-cost outer paths.  There's no need to consider
 		 * any but the cheapest-total-cost inner path, however.
 		 */
-		Path *cheapest_startup_outer = outerrel->cheapest_startup_path;
-		Path *cheapest_total_outer = outerrel->cheapest_total_path;
-		Path *cheapest_total_inner = innerrel->cheapest_total_path;
+		Path	   *cheapest_startup_outer = outerrel->cheapest_startup_path;
+		Path	   *cheapest_total_outer = outerrel->cheapest_total_path;
+		Path	   *cheapest_total_inner = innerrel->cheapest_total_path;
 
 		/* Unique-ify if need be */
 		if (jointype == JOIN_UNIQUE_OUTER)
@@ -840,7 +841,7 @@ select_mergejoin_clauses(RelOptInfo *joinrel,
 			/* righthand side is inner */
 		}
 		else if (bms_is_subset(restrictinfo->left_relids, innerrel->relids) &&
-				 bms_is_subset(restrictinfo->right_relids, outerrel->relids))
+			 bms_is_subset(restrictinfo->right_relids, outerrel->relids))
 		{
 			/* lefthand side is inner */
 		}
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinrels.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinrels.c
index 023bc397840..81e5080e4b7 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinrels.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinrels.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinrels.c,v 1.61 2003/07/25 00:01:07 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinrels.c,v 1.62 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -19,11 +19,11 @@
 
 
 static List *make_rels_by_clause_joins(Query *root,
-									   RelOptInfo *old_rel,
-									   List *other_rels);
+						  RelOptInfo *old_rel,
+						  List *other_rels);
 static List *make_rels_by_clauseless_joins(Query *root,
-										   RelOptInfo *old_rel,
-										   List *other_rels);
+							  RelOptInfo *old_rel,
+							  List *other_rels);
 
 
 /*
@@ -417,8 +417,8 @@ make_join_rel(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel1, RelOptInfo *rel2,
 
 	/*
 	 * If we are implementing IN clauses as joins, there are some joins
-	 * that are illegal.  Check to see if the proposed join is trouble.
-	 * We can skip the work if looking at an outer join, however, because
+	 * that are illegal.  Check to see if the proposed join is trouble. We
+	 * can skip the work if looking at an outer join, however, because
 	 * only top-level joins might be affected.
 	 */
 	if (jointype == JOIN_INNER)
@@ -430,8 +430,8 @@ make_join_rel(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel1, RelOptInfo *rel2,
 			InClauseInfo *ininfo = (InClauseInfo *) lfirst(l);
 
 			/*
-			 * Cannot join if proposed join contains part, but only
-			 * part, of the RHS, *and* it contains rels not in the RHS.
+			 * Cannot join if proposed join contains part, but only part,
+			 * of the RHS, *and* it contains rels not in the RHS.
 			 */
 			if (bms_overlap(ininfo->righthand, joinrelids) &&
 				!bms_is_subset(ininfo->righthand, joinrelids) &&
@@ -442,16 +442,17 @@ make_join_rel(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel1, RelOptInfo *rel2,
 			}
 
 			/*
-			 * No issue unless we are looking at a join of the IN's RHS
-			 * to other stuff.
+			 * No issue unless we are looking at a join of the IN's RHS to
+			 * other stuff.
 			 */
-			if (! (bms_is_subset(ininfo->righthand, joinrelids) &&
-				   !bms_equal(ininfo->righthand, joinrelids)))
+			if (!(bms_is_subset(ininfo->righthand, joinrelids) &&
+				  !bms_equal(ininfo->righthand, joinrelids)))
 				continue;
+
 			/*
-			 * If we already joined IN's RHS to any part of its LHS in either
-			 * input path, then this join is not constrained (the necessary
-			 * work was done at a lower level).
+			 * If we already joined IN's RHS to any part of its LHS in
+			 * either input path, then this join is not constrained (the
+			 * necessary work was done at a lower level).
 			 */
 			if (bms_overlap(ininfo->lefthand, rel1->relids) &&
 				bms_is_subset(ininfo->righthand, rel1->relids))
@@ -459,6 +460,7 @@ make_join_rel(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel1, RelOptInfo *rel2,
 			if (bms_overlap(ininfo->lefthand, rel2->relids) &&
 				bms_is_subset(ininfo->righthand, rel2->relids))
 				continue;
+
 			/*
 			 * JOIN_IN technique will work if outerrel includes LHS and
 			 * innerrel is exactly RHS; conversely JOIN_REVERSE_IN handles
@@ -478,22 +480,14 @@ make_join_rel(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel1, RelOptInfo *rel2,
 			}
 			if (bms_is_subset(ininfo->lefthand, rel1->relids) &&
 				bms_equal(ininfo->righthand, rel2->relids))
-			{
 				jointype = JOIN_IN;
-			}
 			else if (bms_is_subset(ininfo->lefthand, rel2->relids) &&
 					 bms_equal(ininfo->righthand, rel1->relids))
-			{
 				jointype = JOIN_REVERSE_IN;
-			}
 			else if (bms_equal(ininfo->righthand, rel1->relids))
-			{
 				jointype = JOIN_UNIQUE_OUTER;
-			}
 			else if (bms_equal(ininfo->righthand, rel2->relids))
-			{
 				jointype = JOIN_UNIQUE_INNER;
-			}
 			else
 			{
 				/* invalid join path */
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/orindxpath.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/orindxpath.c
index a078b3f5a93..40d2de41417 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/orindxpath.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/orindxpath.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/orindxpath.c,v 1.51 2003/06/15 22:51:45 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/orindxpath.c,v 1.52 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ create_or_index_paths(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel)
 
 				best_or_subclause_indices(root,
 										  rel,
-										  ((BoolExpr *) restrictinfo->clause)->args,
+							   ((BoolExpr *) restrictinfo->clause)->args,
 										  restrictinfo->subclauseindices,
 										  pathnode);
 
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/pathkeys.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/pathkeys.c
index 9fec73e2603..beb51a69966 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/pathkeys.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/pathkeys.c
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/pathkeys.c,v 1.51 2003/07/25 00:01:07 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/pathkeys.c,v 1.52 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -198,8 +198,8 @@ generate_implied_equalities(Query *root)
 		/*
 		 * Collect info about relids mentioned in each item.  For this
 		 * routine we only really care whether there are any at all in
-		 * each item, but process_implied_equality() needs the exact
-		 * sets, so we may as well pull them here.
+		 * each item, but process_implied_equality() needs the exact sets,
+		 * so we may as well pull them here.
 		 */
 		relids = (Relids *) palloc(nitems * sizeof(Relids));
 		have_consts = false;
@@ -233,8 +233,8 @@ generate_implied_equalities(Query *root)
 
 				/*
 				 * If it's "const = const" then just ignore it altogether.
-				 * There is no place in the restrictinfo structure to store
-				 * it.  (If the two consts are in fact unequal, then
+				 * There is no place in the restrictinfo structure to
+				 * store it.  (If the two consts are in fact unequal, then
 				 * propagating the comparison to Vars will cause us to
 				 * produce zero rows out, as expected.)
 				 */
@@ -242,12 +242,12 @@ generate_implied_equalities(Query *root)
 				{
 					/*
 					 * Tell process_implied_equality to delete the clause,
-					 * not add it, if it's "var = var" and we have constants
-					 * present in the list.
+					 * not add it, if it's "var = var" and we have
+					 * constants present in the list.
 					 */
-					bool	delete_it = (have_consts &&
-										 i1_is_variable &&
-										 i2_is_variable);
+					bool		delete_it = (have_consts &&
+											 i1_is_variable &&
+											 i2_is_variable);
 
 					process_implied_equality(root,
 											 item1->key, item2->key,
@@ -751,20 +751,21 @@ build_subquery_pathkeys(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Query *subquery)
 		 * element might match none, one, or more of the output columns
 		 * that are visible to the outer query.  This means we may have
 		 * multiple possible representations of the sub_pathkey in the
-		 * context of the outer query.  Ideally we would generate them all
-		 * and put them all into a pathkey list of the outer query, thereby
-		 * propagating equality knowledge up to the outer query.  Right now
-		 * we cannot do so, because the outer query's canonical pathkey
-		 * sets are already frozen when this is called.  Instead we prefer
-		 * the one that has the highest "score" (number of canonical pathkey
-		 * peers, plus one if it matches the outer query_pathkeys).
-		 * This is the most likely to be useful in the outer query.
+		 * context of the outer query.	Ideally we would generate them all
+		 * and put them all into a pathkey list of the outer query,
+		 * thereby propagating equality knowledge up to the outer query.
+		 * Right now we cannot do so, because the outer query's canonical
+		 * pathkey sets are already frozen when this is called.  Instead
+		 * we prefer the one that has the highest "score" (number of
+		 * canonical pathkey peers, plus one if it matches the outer
+		 * query_pathkeys). This is the most likely to be useful in the
+		 * outer query.
 		 */
 		foreach(j, sub_pathkey)
 		{
 			PathKeyItem *sub_item = (PathKeyItem *) lfirst(j);
-			Node   *sub_key = sub_item->key;
-			List   *k;
+			Node	   *sub_key = sub_item->key;
+			List	   *k;
 
 			foreach(k, subquery->targetList)
 			{
@@ -774,9 +775,9 @@ build_subquery_pathkeys(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Query *subquery)
 					equal(tle->expr, sub_key))
 				{
 					/* Found a representation for this sub_key */
-					Var	   *outer_var;
+					Var		   *outer_var;
 					PathKeyItem *outer_item;
-					int		score;
+					int			score;
 
 					outer_var = makeVar(rel->relid,
 										tle->resdom->resno,
@@ -802,8 +803,8 @@ build_subquery_pathkeys(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Query *subquery)
 		}
 
 		/*
-		 * If we couldn't find a representation of this sub_pathkey,
-		 * we're done (we can't use the ones to its right, either).
+		 * If we couldn't find a representation of this sub_pathkey, we're
+		 * done (we can't use the ones to its right, either).
 		 */
 		if (!best_item)
 			break;
@@ -812,8 +813,8 @@ build_subquery_pathkeys(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Query *subquery)
 		cpathkey = make_canonical_pathkey(root, best_item);
 
 		/*
-		 * Eliminate redundant ordering info; could happen if outer
-		 * query equijoins subquery keys...
+		 * Eliminate redundant ordering info; could happen if outer query
+		 * equijoins subquery keys...
 		 */
 		if (!ptrMember(cpathkey, retval))
 		{
@@ -920,7 +921,7 @@ make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses(List *sortclauses,
  * many times when dealing with a many-relation query.
  *
  * We have to be careful that the cached values are palloc'd in the same
- * context the RestrictInfo node itself is in.  This is not currently a
+ * context the RestrictInfo node itself is in.	This is not currently a
  * problem for normal planning, but it is an issue for GEQO planning.
  */
 void
@@ -1090,7 +1091,7 @@ make_pathkeys_for_mergeclauses(Query *root,
 		else
 		{
 			elog(ERROR, "could not identify which side of mergeclause to use");
-			pathkey = NIL;	/* keep compiler quiet */
+			pathkey = NIL;		/* keep compiler quiet */
 		}
 
 		/*
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/tidpath.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/tidpath.c
index 761f03b967c..60093ec5e3d 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/tidpath.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/tidpath.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/tidpath.c,v 1.14 2003/02/08 20:20:54 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/tidpath.c,v 1.15 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 
 static List *TidqualFromRestrictinfo(Relids relids, List *restrictinfo);
 static bool isEvaluable(int varno, Node *node);
-static Node *TidequalClause(int varno, OpExpr *node);
+static Node *TidequalClause(int varno, OpExpr * node);
 static List *TidqualFromExpr(int varno, Expr *expr);
 
 static bool
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ isEvaluable(int varno, Node *node)
  *	  or	the left  node if the opclause is ....=CTID
  */
 static Node *
-TidequalClause(int varno, OpExpr *node)
+TidequalClause(int varno, OpExpr * node)
 {
 	Node	   *rnode = NULL,
 			   *arg1,
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/createplan.c b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/createplan.c
index 9ac746d34a9..e4e7490d82a 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/createplan.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/createplan.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/createplan.c,v 1.149 2003/07/25 00:01:07 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/createplan.c,v 1.150 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ static bool use_physical_tlist(RelOptInfo *rel);
 static void disuse_physical_tlist(Plan *plan, Path *path);
 static Join *create_join_plan(Query *root, JoinPath *best_path);
 static Append *create_append_plan(Query *root, AppendPath *best_path);
-static Result *create_result_plan(Query *root, ResultPath *best_path);
-static Material *create_material_plan(Query *root, MaterialPath *best_path);
-static Plan *create_unique_plan(Query *root, UniquePath *best_path);
+static Result *create_result_plan(Query *root, ResultPath * best_path);
+static Material *create_material_plan(Query *root, MaterialPath * best_path);
+static Plan *create_unique_plan(Query *root, UniquePath * best_path);
 static SeqScan *create_seqscan_plan(Path *best_path, List *tlist,
 					List *scan_clauses);
 static IndexScan *create_indexscan_plan(Query *root, IndexPath *best_path,
@@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ static void fix_indxqual_references(List *indexquals, IndexPath *index_path,
 						List **fixed_indexquals,
 						List **recheck_indexquals);
 static void fix_indxqual_sublist(List *indexqual,
-								 Relids baserelids, int baserelid,
-								 IndexOptInfo *index,
-								 List **fixed_quals, List **recheck_quals);
+					 Relids baserelids, int baserelid,
+					 IndexOptInfo *index,
+					 List **fixed_quals, List **recheck_quals);
 static Node *fix_indxqual_operand(Node *node, int baserelid,
 					 IndexOptInfo *index,
 					 Oid *opclass);
@@ -98,9 +98,9 @@ static MergeJoin *make_mergejoin(List *tlist,
 			   Plan *lefttree, Plan *righttree,
 			   JoinType jointype);
 static Sort *make_sort(Query *root, List *tlist, Plan *lefttree, int numCols,
-					   AttrNumber *sortColIdx, Oid *sortOperators);
+		  AttrNumber *sortColIdx, Oid *sortOperators);
 static Sort *make_sort_from_pathkeys(Query *root, Plan *lefttree,
-									 Relids relids, List *pathkeys);
+						Relids relids, List *pathkeys);
 
 
 /*
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ create_plan(Query *root, Path *best_path)
 			break;
 		case T_Material:
 			plan = (Plan *) create_material_plan(root,
-												 (MaterialPath *) best_path);
+											 (MaterialPath *) best_path);
 			break;
 		case T_Unique:
 			plan = (Plan *) create_unique_plan(root,
@@ -192,12 +192,12 @@ create_scan_plan(Query *root, Path *best_path)
 	Scan	   *plan;
 
 	/*
-	 * For table scans, rather than using the relation targetlist (which is
-	 * only those Vars actually needed by the query), we prefer to generate a
-	 * tlist containing all Vars in order.  This will allow the executor to
-	 * optimize away projection of the table tuples, if possible.  (Note that
-	 * planner.c may replace the tlist we generate here, forcing projection to
-	 * occur.)
+	 * For table scans, rather than using the relation targetlist (which
+	 * is only those Vars actually needed by the query), we prefer to
+	 * generate a tlist containing all Vars in order.  This will allow the
+	 * executor to optimize away projection of the table tuples, if
+	 * possible.  (Note that planner.c may replace the tlist we generate
+	 * here, forcing projection to occur.)
 	 */
 	if (use_physical_tlist(rel))
 	{
@@ -274,8 +274,8 @@ build_relation_tlist(RelOptInfo *rel)
 	FastListInit(&tlist);
 	foreach(v, FastListValue(&rel->reltargetlist))
 	{
-		/* Do we really need to copy here?  Not sure */
-		Var	   *var = (Var *) copyObject(lfirst(v));
+		/* Do we really need to copy here?	Not sure */
+		Var		   *var = (Var *) copyObject(lfirst(v));
 
 		FastAppend(&tlist, create_tl_element(var, resdomno));
 		resdomno++;
@@ -294,22 +294,24 @@ use_physical_tlist(RelOptInfo *rel)
 	int			i;
 
 	/*
-	 * Currently, can't do this for subquery or function scans.  (This
-	 * is mainly because we don't have an equivalent of build_physical_tlist
+	 * Currently, can't do this for subquery or function scans.  (This is
+	 * mainly because we don't have an equivalent of build_physical_tlist
 	 * for them; worth adding?)
 	 */
 	if (rel->rtekind != RTE_RELATION)
 		return false;
+
 	/*
 	 * Can't do it with inheritance cases either (mainly because Append
 	 * doesn't project).
 	 */
 	if (rel->reloptkind != RELOPT_BASEREL)
 		return false;
+
 	/*
-	 * Can't do it if any system columns are requested, either.  (This could
-	 * possibly be fixed but would take some fragile assumptions in setrefs.c,
-	 * I think.)
+	 * Can't do it if any system columns are requested, either.  (This
+	 * could possibly be fixed but would take some fragile assumptions in
+	 * setrefs.c, I think.)
 	 */
 	for (i = rel->min_attr; i <= 0; i++)
 	{
@@ -325,7 +327,7 @@ use_physical_tlist(RelOptInfo *rel)
  *
  * If the plan node immediately above a scan would prefer to get only
  * needed Vars and not a physical tlist, it must call this routine to
- * undo the decision made by use_physical_tlist().  Currently, Hash, Sort,
+ * undo the decision made by use_physical_tlist().	Currently, Hash, Sort,
  * and Material nodes want this, so they don't have to store useless columns.
  */
 static void
@@ -441,7 +443,7 @@ create_append_plan(Query *root, AppendPath *best_path)
  *	  Returns a Plan node.
  */
 static Result *
-create_result_plan(Query *root, ResultPath *best_path)
+create_result_plan(Query *root, ResultPath * best_path)
 {
 	Result	   *plan;
 	List	   *tlist;
@@ -473,7 +475,7 @@ create_result_plan(Query *root, ResultPath *best_path)
  *	  Returns a Plan node.
  */
 static Material *
-create_material_plan(Query *root, MaterialPath *best_path)
+create_material_plan(Query *root, MaterialPath * best_path)
 {
 	Material   *plan;
 	Plan	   *subplan;
@@ -498,7 +500,7 @@ create_material_plan(Query *root, MaterialPath *best_path)
  *	  Returns a Plan node.
  */
 static Plan *
-create_unique_plan(Query *root, UniquePath *best_path)
+create_unique_plan(Query *root, UniquePath * best_path)
 {
 	Plan	   *plan;
 	Plan	   *subplan;
@@ -509,9 +511,9 @@ create_unique_plan(Query *root, UniquePath *best_path)
 	subplan = create_plan(root, best_path->subpath);
 
 	/*
-	 * If the subplan came from an IN subselect (currently always the case),
-	 * we need to instantiate the correct output targetlist for the subselect,
-	 * rather than using the flattened tlist.
+	 * If the subplan came from an IN subselect (currently always the
+	 * case), we need to instantiate the correct output targetlist for the
+	 * subselect, rather than using the flattened tlist.
 	 */
 	sub_targetlist = NIL;
 	foreach(l, root->in_info_list)
@@ -530,8 +532,8 @@ create_unique_plan(Query *root, UniquePath *best_path)
 		/*
 		 * Transform list of plain Vars into targetlist
 		 */
-		List   *newtlist = NIL;
-		int		resno = 1;
+		List	   *newtlist = NIL;
+		int			resno = 1;
 
 		foreach(l, sub_targetlist)
 		{
@@ -547,12 +549,13 @@ create_unique_plan(Query *root, UniquePath *best_path)
 			newtlist = lappend(newtlist, tle);
 			resno++;
 		}
+
 		/*
 		 * If the top plan node can't do projections, we need to add a
 		 * Result node to help it along.
 		 *
-		 * Currently, the only non-projection-capable plan type
-		 * we can see here is Append.
+		 * Currently, the only non-projection-capable plan type we can see
+		 * here is Append.
 		 */
 		if (IsA(subplan, Append))
 			subplan = (Plan *) make_result(newtlist, NULL, subplan);
@@ -564,16 +567,16 @@ create_unique_plan(Query *root, UniquePath *best_path)
 
 	if (best_path->use_hash)
 	{
-		int		numGroupCols = length(my_tlist);
-		long	numGroups;
+		int			numGroupCols = length(my_tlist);
+		long		numGroups;
 		AttrNumber *groupColIdx;
-		int		i;
+		int			i;
 
 		numGroups = (long) Min(best_path->rows, (double) LONG_MAX);
 
 		groupColIdx = (AttrNumber *) palloc(numGroupCols * sizeof(AttrNumber));
 		for (i = 0; i < numGroupCols; i++)
-			groupColIdx[i] = i+1;
+			groupColIdx[i] = i + 1;
 
 		plan = (Plan *) make_agg(root,
 								 my_tlist,
@@ -700,9 +703,7 @@ create_indexscan_plan(Query *root,
 
 		FastListInit(&orclauses);
 		foreach(orclause, indxqual)
-		{
 			FastAppend(&orclauses, make_ands_explicit(lfirst(orclause)));
-		}
 		indxqual_or_expr = make_orclause(FastListValue(&orclauses));
 
 		qpqual = set_difference(scan_clauses, makeList1(indxqual_or_expr));
@@ -861,9 +862,9 @@ create_nestloop_plan(Query *root,
 		/*
 		 * An index is being used to reduce the number of tuples scanned
 		 * in the inner relation.  If there are join clauses being used
-		 * with the index, we may remove those join clauses from the list of
-		 * clauses that have to be checked as qpquals at the join node ---
-		 * but only if there's just one indexscan in the inner path
+		 * with the index, we may remove those join clauses from the list
+		 * of clauses that have to be checked as qpquals at the join node
+		 * --- but only if there's just one indexscan in the inner path
 		 * (otherwise, several different sets of clauses are being ORed
 		 * together).
 		 *
@@ -873,13 +874,14 @@ create_nestloop_plan(Query *root,
 		 * been put in the same joininfo list.
 		 *
 		 * This would be a waste of time if the indexpath was an ordinary
-		 * indexpath and not a special innerjoin path.  We will skip it in
-		 * that case since indexjoinclauses is NIL in an ordinary indexpath.
+		 * indexpath and not a special innerjoin path.	We will skip it in
+		 * that case since indexjoinclauses is NIL in an ordinary
+		 * indexpath.
 		 */
 		IndexPath  *innerpath = (IndexPath *) best_path->innerjoinpath;
 		List	   *indexjoinclauses = innerpath->indexjoinclauses;
 
-		if (length(indexjoinclauses) == 1) /* single indexscan? */
+		if (length(indexjoinclauses) == 1)		/* single indexscan? */
 		{
 			joinrestrictclauses =
 				select_nonredundant_join_clauses(root,
@@ -947,11 +949,11 @@ create_mergejoin_plan(Query *root,
 	joinclauses = set_difference(joinclauses, mergeclauses);
 
 	/*
-	 * Rearrange mergeclauses, if needed, so that the outer variable
-	 * is always on the left.
+	 * Rearrange mergeclauses, if needed, so that the outer variable is
+	 * always on the left.
 	 */
 	mergeclauses = get_switched_clauses(best_path->path_mergeclauses,
-										best_path->jpath.outerjoinpath->parent->relids);
+						 best_path->jpath.outerjoinpath->parent->relids);
 
 	/*
 	 * Create explicit sort nodes for the outer and inner join paths if
@@ -964,7 +966,7 @@ create_mergejoin_plan(Query *root,
 		outer_plan = (Plan *)
 			make_sort_from_pathkeys(root,
 									outer_plan,
-									best_path->jpath.outerjoinpath->parent->relids,
+						  best_path->jpath.outerjoinpath->parent->relids,
 									best_path->outersortkeys);
 	}
 
@@ -974,7 +976,7 @@ create_mergejoin_plan(Query *root,
 		inner_plan = (Plan *)
 			make_sort_from_pathkeys(root,
 									inner_plan,
-									best_path->jpath.innerjoinpath->parent->relids,
+						  best_path->jpath.innerjoinpath->parent->relids,
 									best_path->innersortkeys);
 	}
 
@@ -1030,21 +1032,19 @@ create_hashjoin_plan(Query *root,
 	joinclauses = set_difference(joinclauses, hashclauses);
 
 	/*
-	 * Rearrange hashclauses, if needed, so that the outer variable
-	 * is always on the left.
+	 * Rearrange hashclauses, if needed, so that the outer variable is
+	 * always on the left.
 	 */
 	hashclauses = get_switched_clauses(best_path->path_hashclauses,
-									   best_path->jpath.outerjoinpath->parent->relids);
+						 best_path->jpath.outerjoinpath->parent->relids);
 
 	/*
-	 * Extract the inner hash keys (right-hand operands of the hashclauses)
-	 * to put in the Hash node.
+	 * Extract the inner hash keys (right-hand operands of the
+	 * hashclauses) to put in the Hash node.
 	 */
 	innerhashkeys = NIL;
 	foreach(hcl, hashclauses)
-	{
 		innerhashkeys = lappend(innerhashkeys, get_rightop(lfirst(hcl)));
-	}
 
 	/* We don't want any excess columns in the hashed tuples */
 	disuse_physical_tlist(inner_plan, best_path->jpath.innerjoinpath);
@@ -1362,7 +1362,7 @@ order_qual_clauses(Query *root, List *clauses)
 	FastListInit(&withsubplans);
 	foreach(l, clauses)
 	{
-		Node   *clause = lfirst(l);
+		Node	   *clause = lfirst(l);
 
 		if (contain_subplans(clause))
 			FastAppend(&withsubplans, clause);
@@ -1507,8 +1507,8 @@ make_subqueryscan(List *qptlist,
 
 	/*
 	 * Cost is figured here for the convenience of prepunion.c.  Note this
-	 * is only correct for the case where qpqual is empty; otherwise caller
-	 * should overwrite cost with a better estimate.
+	 * is only correct for the case where qpqual is empty; otherwise
+	 * caller should overwrite cost with a better estimate.
 	 */
 	copy_plan_costsize(plan, subplan);
 	plan->total_cost += cpu_tuple_cost * subplan->plan_rows;
@@ -1709,7 +1709,7 @@ make_sort(Query *root, List *tlist, Plan *lefttree, int numCols,
  * once as a sort key column; if so, the extra mentions are redundant.
  *
  * Caller is assumed to have allocated the arrays large enough for the
- * max possible number of columns.  Return value is the new column count.
+ * max possible number of columns.	Return value is the new column count.
  */
 static int
 add_sort_column(AttrNumber colIdx, Oid sortOp,
@@ -1777,8 +1777,8 @@ make_sort_from_pathkeys(Query *root, Plan *lefttree,
 		/*
 		 * We can sort by any one of the sort key items listed in this
 		 * sublist.  For now, we take the first one that corresponds to an
-		 * available Var in the tlist.  If there isn't any, use the
-		 * first one that is an expression in the input's vars.
+		 * available Var in the tlist.	If there isn't any, use the first
+		 * one that is an expression in the input's vars.
 		 *
 		 * XXX if we have a choice, is there any way of figuring out which
 		 * might be cheapest to execute?  (For example, int4lt is likely
@@ -1805,17 +1805,19 @@ make_sort_from_pathkeys(Query *root, Plan *lefttree,
 			}
 			if (!j)
 				elog(ERROR, "could not find pathkey item to sort");
+
 			/*
 			 * Do we need to insert a Result node?
 			 *
-			 * Currently, the only non-projection-capable plan type
-			 * we can see here is Append.
+			 * Currently, the only non-projection-capable plan type we can
+			 * see here is Append.
 			 */
 			if (IsA(lefttree, Append))
 			{
 				tlist = copyObject(tlist);
 				lefttree = (Plan *) make_result(tlist, NULL, lefttree);
 			}
+
 			/*
 			 * Add resjunk entry to input's tlist
 			 */
@@ -1827,8 +1829,9 @@ make_sort_from_pathkeys(Query *root, Plan *lefttree,
 			tlist = lappend(tlist,
 							makeTargetEntry(resdom,
 											(Expr *) pathkey->key));
-			lefttree->targetlist = tlist; /* just in case NIL before */
+			lefttree->targetlist = tlist;		/* just in case NIL before */
 		}
+
 		/*
 		 * The column might already be selected as a sort key, if the
 		 * pathkeys contain duplicate entries.	(This can happen in
@@ -1836,7 +1839,7 @@ make_sort_from_pathkeys(Query *root, Plan *lefttree,
 		 * var, for example.)  So enter it only once in the sort arrays.
 		 */
 		numsortkeys = add_sort_column(resdom->resno, pathkey->sortop,
-									  numsortkeys, sortColIdx, sortOperators);
+								 numsortkeys, sortColIdx, sortOperators);
 	}
 
 	Assert(numsortkeys > 0);
@@ -1881,10 +1884,11 @@ make_sort_from_sortclauses(Query *root, List *tlist,
 
 		/*
 		 * Check for the possibility of duplicate order-by clauses --- the
-		 * parser should have removed 'em, but no point in sorting redundantly.
+		 * parser should have removed 'em, but no point in sorting
+		 * redundantly.
 		 */
 		numsortkeys = add_sort_column(resdom->resno, sortcl->sortop,
-									  numsortkeys, sortColIdx, sortOperators);
+								 numsortkeys, sortColIdx, sortOperators);
 	}
 
 	Assert(numsortkeys > 0);
@@ -1938,10 +1942,11 @@ make_sort_from_groupcols(Query *root,
 
 		/*
 		 * Check for the possibility of duplicate group-by clauses --- the
-		 * parser should have removed 'em, but no point in sorting redundantly.
+		 * parser should have removed 'em, but no point in sorting
+		 * redundantly.
 		 */
 		numsortkeys = add_sort_column(resdom->resno, grpcl->sortop,
-									  numsortkeys, sortColIdx, sortOperators);
+								 numsortkeys, sortColIdx, sortOperators);
 		grpno++;
 	}
 
@@ -1973,7 +1978,7 @@ make_material(List *tlist, Plan *lefttree)
  * materialize_finished_plan: stick a Material node atop a completed plan
  *
  * There are a couple of places where we want to attach a Material node
- * after completion of subquery_planner().  This currently requires hackery.
+ * after completion of subquery_planner().	This currently requires hackery.
  * Since subquery_planner has already run SS_finalize_plan on the subplan
  * tree, we have to kluge up parameter lists for the Material node.
  * Possibly this could be fixed by postponing SS_finalize_plan processing
@@ -2032,8 +2037,8 @@ make_agg(Query *root, List *tlist, List *qual,
 	plan->total_cost = agg_path.total_cost;
 
 	/*
-	 * We will produce a single output tuple if not grouping,
-	 * and a tuple per group otherwise.
+	 * We will produce a single output tuple if not grouping, and a tuple
+	 * per group otherwise.
 	 */
 	if (aggstrategy == AGG_PLAIN)
 		plan->plan_rows = 1;
@@ -2041,10 +2046,10 @@ make_agg(Query *root, List *tlist, List *qual,
 		plan->plan_rows = numGroups;
 
 	/*
-	 * We also need to account for the cost of evaluation of the qual
-	 * (ie, the HAVING clause) and the tlist.  Note that cost_qual_eval
-	 * doesn't charge anything for Aggref nodes; this is okay since
-	 * they are really comparable to Vars.
+	 * We also need to account for the cost of evaluation of the qual (ie,
+	 * the HAVING clause) and the tlist.  Note that cost_qual_eval doesn't
+	 * charge anything for Aggref nodes; this is okay since they are
+	 * really comparable to Vars.
 	 *
 	 * See notes in grouping_planner about why this routine and make_group
 	 * are the only ones in this file that worry about tlist eval cost.
@@ -2100,13 +2105,13 @@ make_group(Query *root,
 	/*
 	 * We also need to account for the cost of evaluation of the tlist.
 	 *
-	 * XXX this double-counts the cost of evaluation of any expressions
-	 * used for grouping, since in reality those will have been evaluated
-	 * at a lower plan level and will only be copied by the Group node.
-	 * Worth fixing?
+	 * XXX this double-counts the cost of evaluation of any expressions used
+	 * for grouping, since in reality those will have been evaluated at a
+	 * lower plan level and will only be copied by the Group node. Worth
+	 * fixing?
 	 *
-	 * See notes in grouping_planner about why this routine and make_agg
-	 * are the only ones in this file that worry about tlist eval cost.
+	 * See notes in grouping_planner about why this routine and make_agg are
+	 * the only ones in this file that worry about tlist eval cost.
 	 */
 	cost_qual_eval(&qual_cost, tlist);
 	plan->startup_cost += qual_cost.startup;
@@ -2139,15 +2144,15 @@ make_unique(List *tlist, Plan *lefttree, List *distinctList)
 
 	/*
 	 * Charge one cpu_operator_cost per comparison per input tuple. We
-	 * assume all columns get compared at most of the tuples.  (XXX probably
-	 * this is an overestimate.)
+	 * assume all columns get compared at most of the tuples.  (XXX
+	 * probably this is an overestimate.)
 	 */
 	plan->total_cost += cpu_operator_cost * plan->plan_rows * numCols;
 
 	/*
 	 * plan->plan_rows is left as a copy of the input subplan's plan_rows;
-	 * ie, we assume the filter removes nothing.  The caller must alter this
-	 * if he has a better idea.
+	 * ie, we assume the filter removes nothing.  The caller must alter
+	 * this if he has a better idea.
 	 */
 
 	plan->targetlist = tlist;
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/initsplan.c b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/initsplan.c
index afcb4528326..61edf1c22d4 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/initsplan.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/initsplan.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/initsplan.c,v 1.88 2003/07/28 00:09:15 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/initsplan.c,v 1.89 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -36,12 +36,12 @@
 static void mark_baserels_for_outer_join(Query *root, Relids rels,
 							 Relids outerrels);
 static void distribute_qual_to_rels(Query *root, Node *clause,
-									bool ispusheddown,
-									bool isdeduced,
-									Relids outerjoin_nonnullable,
-									Relids qualscope);
+						bool ispusheddown,
+						bool isdeduced,
+						Relids outerjoin_nonnullable,
+						Relids qualscope);
 static void add_vars_to_targetlist(Query *root, List *vars,
-								   Relids where_needed);
+					   Relids where_needed);
 static bool qual_is_redundant(Query *root, RestrictInfo *restrictinfo,
 				  List *restrictlist);
 static void check_mergejoinable(RestrictInfo *restrictinfo);
@@ -83,9 +83,7 @@ add_base_rels_to_query(Query *root, Node *jtnode)
 		List	   *l;
 
 		foreach(l, f->fromlist)
-		{
 			add_base_rels_to_query(root, lfirst(l));
-		}
 	}
 	else if (IsA(jtnode, JoinExpr))
 	{
@@ -93,13 +91,14 @@ add_base_rels_to_query(Query *root, Node *jtnode)
 
 		add_base_rels_to_query(root, j->larg);
 		add_base_rels_to_query(root, j->rarg);
+
 		/*
 		 * Safety check: join RTEs should not be SELECT FOR UPDATE targets
 		 */
 		if (intMember(j->rtindex, root->rowMarks))
 			ereport(ERROR,
 					(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
-					 errmsg("SELECT FOR UPDATE cannot be applied to a join")));
+			   errmsg("SELECT FOR UPDATE cannot be applied to a join")));
 	}
 	else
 		elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d",
@@ -247,14 +246,14 @@ distribute_quals_to_rels(Query *root, Node *jtnode)
 		 * Order of operations here is subtle and critical.  First we
 		 * recurse to handle sub-JOINs.  Their join quals will be placed
 		 * without regard for whether this level is an outer join, which
-		 * is correct.  Then we place our own join quals, which are restricted
-		 * by lower outer joins in any case, and are forced to this level if
-		 * this is an outer join and they mention the outer side.  Finally, if
-		 * this is an outer join, we mark baserels contained within the inner
-		 * side(s) with our own rel set; this will prevent quals above us in
-		 * the join tree that use those rels from being pushed down below this
-		 * level.  (It's okay for upper quals to be pushed down to the outer
-		 * side, however.)
+		 * is correct.	Then we place our own join quals, which are
+		 * restricted by lower outer joins in any case, and are forced to
+		 * this level if this is an outer join and they mention the outer
+		 * side.  Finally, if this is an outer join, we mark baserels
+		 * contained within the inner side(s) with our own rel set; this
+		 * will prevent quals above us in the join tree that use those
+		 * rels from being pushed down below this level.  (It's okay for
+		 * upper quals to be pushed down to the outer side, however.)
 		 */
 		leftids = distribute_quals_to_rels(root, j->larg);
 		rightids = distribute_quals_to_rels(root, j->rarg);
@@ -390,9 +389,10 @@ distribute_qual_to_rels(Query *root, Node *clause,
 
 	restrictinfo->clause = (Expr *) clause;
 	restrictinfo->subclauseindices = NIL;
-	restrictinfo->eval_cost.startup = -1; /* not computed until needed */
+	restrictinfo->eval_cost.startup = -1;		/* not computed until
+												 * needed */
 	restrictinfo->this_selec = -1;		/* not computed until needed */
-	restrictinfo->left_relids = NULL; /* set below, if join clause */
+	restrictinfo->left_relids = NULL;	/* set below, if join clause */
 	restrictinfo->right_relids = NULL;
 	restrictinfo->mergejoinoperator = InvalidOid;
 	restrictinfo->left_sortop = InvalidOid;
@@ -435,10 +435,10 @@ distribute_qual_to_rels(Query *root, Node *clause,
 	if (isdeduced)
 	{
 		/*
-		 * If the qual came from implied-equality deduction, we can evaluate
-		 * the qual at its natural semantic level.  It is not affected by
-		 * any outer-join rules (else we'd not have decided the vars were
-		 * equal).
+		 * If the qual came from implied-equality deduction, we can
+		 * evaluate the qual at its natural semantic level.  It is not
+		 * affected by any outer-join rules (else we'd not have decided
+		 * the vars were equal).
 		 */
 		Assert(bms_equal(relids, qualscope));
 		can_be_equijoin = true;
@@ -446,12 +446,13 @@ distribute_qual_to_rels(Query *root, Node *clause,
 	else if (bms_overlap(relids, outerjoin_nonnullable))
 	{
 		/*
-		 * The qual is attached to an outer join and mentions (some of the)
-		 * rels on the nonnullable side.  Force the qual to be evaluated
-		 * exactly at the level of joining corresponding to the outer join.
-		 * We cannot let it get pushed down into the nonnullable side, since
-		 * then we'd produce no output rows, rather than the intended single
-		 * null-extended row, for any nonnullable-side rows failing the qual.
+		 * The qual is attached to an outer join and mentions (some of
+		 * the) rels on the nonnullable side.  Force the qual to be
+		 * evaluated exactly at the level of joining corresponding to the
+		 * outer join. We cannot let it get pushed down into the
+		 * nonnullable side, since then we'd produce no output rows,
+		 * rather than the intended single null-extended row, for any
+		 * nonnullable-side rows failing the qual.
 		 *
 		 * Note: an outer-join qual that mentions only nullable-side rels can
 		 * be pushed down into the nullable side without changing the join
@@ -464,13 +465,14 @@ distribute_qual_to_rels(Query *root, Node *clause,
 	{
 		/*
 		 * For a non-outer-join qual, we can evaluate the qual as soon as
-		 * (1) we have all the rels it mentions, and (2) we are at or above
-		 * any outer joins that can null any of these rels and are below the
-		 * syntactic location of the given qual. To enforce the latter, scan
-		 * the base rels listed in relids, and merge their outer-join sets
-		 * into the clause's own reference list.  At the time we are called,
-		 * the outerjoinset of each baserel will show exactly those outer
-		 * joins that are below the qual in the join tree.
+		 * (1) we have all the rels it mentions, and (2) we are at or
+		 * above any outer joins that can null any of these rels and are
+		 * below the syntactic location of the given qual. To enforce the
+		 * latter, scan the base rels listed in relids, and merge their
+		 * outer-join sets into the clause's own reference list.  At the
+		 * time we are called, the outerjoinset of each baserel will show
+		 * exactly those outer joins that are below the qual in the join
+		 * tree.
 		 */
 		Relids		addrelids = NULL;
 		Relids		tmprelids;
@@ -496,9 +498,10 @@ distribute_qual_to_rels(Query *root, Node *clause,
 			relids = bms_union(relids, addrelids);
 			/* Should still be a subset of current scope ... */
 			Assert(bms_is_subset(relids, qualscope));
+
 			/*
-			 * Because application of the qual will be delayed by outer join,
-			 * we mustn't assume its vars are equal everywhere.
+			 * Because application of the qual will be delayed by outer
+			 * join, we mustn't assume its vars are equal everywhere.
 			 */
 			can_be_equijoin = false;
 		}
@@ -518,6 +521,7 @@ distribute_qual_to_rels(Query *root, Node *clause,
 	switch (bms_membership(relids))
 	{
 		case BMS_SINGLETON:
+
 			/*
 			 * There is only one relation participating in 'clause', so
 			 * 'clause' is a restriction clause for that relation.
@@ -525,28 +529,29 @@ distribute_qual_to_rels(Query *root, Node *clause,
 			rel = find_base_rel(root, bms_singleton_member(relids));
 
 			/*
-			 * Check for a "mergejoinable" clause even though it's not a join
-			 * clause.	This is so that we can recognize that "a.x = a.y"
-			 * makes x and y eligible to be considered equal, even when they
-			 * belong to the same rel.	Without this, we would not recognize
-			 * that "a.x = a.y AND a.x = b.z AND a.y = c.q" allows us to
-			 * consider z and q equal after their rels are joined.
+			 * Check for a "mergejoinable" clause even though it's not a
+			 * join clause.  This is so that we can recognize that "a.x =
+			 * a.y" makes x and y eligible to be considered equal, even
+			 * when they belong to the same rel.  Without this, we would
+			 * not recognize that "a.x = a.y AND a.x = b.z AND a.y = c.q"
+			 * allows us to consider z and q equal after their rels are
+			 * joined.
 			 */
 			if (can_be_equijoin)
 				check_mergejoinable(restrictinfo);
 
 			/*
-			 * If the clause was deduced from implied equality, check to see
-			 * whether it is redundant with restriction clauses we already
-			 * have for this rel.  Note we cannot apply this check to
-			 * user-written clauses, since we haven't found the canonical
-			 * pathkey sets yet while processing user clauses.	(NB: no
-			 * comparable check is done in the join-clause case; redundancy
-			 * will be detected when the join clause is moved into a join
-			 * rel's restriction list.)
+			 * If the clause was deduced from implied equality, check to
+			 * see whether it is redundant with restriction clauses we
+			 * already have for this rel.  Note we cannot apply this check
+			 * to user-written clauses, since we haven't found the
+			 * canonical pathkey sets yet while processing user clauses.
+			 * (NB: no comparable check is done in the join-clause case;
+			 * redundancy will be detected when the join clause is moved
+			 * into a join rel's restriction list.)
 			 */
 			if (!isdeduced ||
-				!qual_is_redundant(root, restrictinfo, rel->baserestrictinfo))
+			!qual_is_redundant(root, restrictinfo, rel->baserestrictinfo))
 			{
 				/* Add clause to rel's restriction list */
 				rel->baserestrictinfo = lappend(rel->baserestrictinfo,
@@ -554,13 +559,14 @@ distribute_qual_to_rels(Query *root, Node *clause,
 			}
 			break;
 		case BMS_MULTIPLE:
+
 			/*
-			 * 'clause' is a join clause, since there is more than one rel in
-			 * the relid set.	Set additional RestrictInfo fields for
-			 * joining.  First, does it look like a normal join clause, i.e.,
-			 * a binary operator relating expressions that come from distinct
-			 * relations?  If so we might be able to use it in a join
-			 * algorithm.
+			 * 'clause' is a join clause, since there is more than one rel
+			 * in the relid set.   Set additional RestrictInfo fields for
+			 * joining.  First, does it look like a normal join clause,
+			 * i.e., a binary operator relating expressions that come from
+			 * distinct relations?	If so we might be able to use it in a
+			 * join algorithm.
 			 */
 			if (is_opclause(clause) && length(((OpExpr *) clause)->args) == 2)
 			{
@@ -582,9 +588,9 @@ distribute_qual_to_rels(Query *root, Node *clause,
 			 * Now check for hash or mergejoinable operators.
 			 *
 			 * We don't bother setting the hashjoin info if we're not going
-			 * to need it.	We do want to know about mergejoinable ops in all
-			 * cases, however, because we use mergejoinable ops for other
-			 * purposes such as detecting redundant clauses.
+			 * to need it.	We do want to know about mergejoinable ops in
+			 * all cases, however, because we use mergejoinable ops for
+			 * other purposes such as detecting redundant clauses.
 			 */
 			check_mergejoinable(restrictinfo);
 			if (enable_hashjoin)
@@ -597,16 +603,18 @@ distribute_qual_to_rels(Query *root, Node *clause,
 
 			/*
 			 * Add vars used in the join clause to targetlists of their
-			 * relations, so that they will be emitted by the plan nodes that
-			 * scan those relations (else they won't be available at the join
-			 * node!).
+			 * relations, so that they will be emitted by the plan nodes
+			 * that scan those relations (else they won't be available at
+			 * the join node!).
 			 */
 			add_vars_to_targetlist(root, vars, relids);
 			break;
 		default:
+
 			/*
-			 * 'clause' references no rels, and therefore we have no place to
-			 * attach it.  Shouldn't get here if callers are working properly.
+			 * 'clause' references no rels, and therefore we have no place
+			 * to attach it.  Shouldn't get here if callers are working
+			 * properly.
 			 */
 			elog(ERROR, "cannot cope with variable-free clause");
 			break;
@@ -634,7 +642,7 @@ distribute_qual_to_rels(Query *root, Node *clause,
  *
  * This processing is a consequence of transitivity of mergejoin equality:
  * if we have mergejoinable clauses A = B and B = C, we can deduce A = C
- * (where = is an appropriate mergejoinable operator).  See path/pathkeys.c
+ * (where = is an appropriate mergejoinable operator).	See path/pathkeys.c
  * for more details.
  */
 void
@@ -695,8 +703,8 @@ process_implied_equality(Query *root,
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Scan to see if equality is already known.  If so, we're done in
-	 * the add case, and done after removing it in the delete case.
+	 * Scan to see if equality is already known.  If so, we're done in the
+	 * add case, and done after removing it in the delete case.
 	 */
 	foreach(itm, restrictlist)
 	{
@@ -719,7 +727,7 @@ process_implied_equality(Query *root,
 				{
 					/* delete it from local restrictinfo list */
 					rel1->baserestrictinfo = lremove(restrictinfo,
-													 rel1->baserestrictinfo);
+												 rel1->baserestrictinfo);
 				}
 				else
 				{
@@ -768,9 +776,9 @@ process_implied_equality(Query *root,
 				 errmsg("equality operator for types %s and %s should be mergejoinable, but isn't",
 						format_type_be(ltype), format_type_be(rtype))));
 
-	clause = make_opclause(oprid(eq_operator), /* opno */
-						   BOOLOID,	/* opresulttype */
-						   false, /* opretset */
+	clause = make_opclause(oprid(eq_operator),	/* opno */
+						   BOOLOID,		/* opresulttype */
+						   false,		/* opretset */
 						   (Expr *) item1,
 						   (Expr *) item2);
 
@@ -797,9 +805,9 @@ process_implied_equality(Query *root,
  *	  too-small selectivity, not to mention wasting time at execution.
  *
  * Note: quals of the form "var = const" are never considered redundant,
- * only those of the form "var = var".  This is needed because when we
+ * only those of the form "var = var".	This is needed because when we
  * have constants in an implied-equality set, we use a different strategy
- * that suppresses all "var = var" deductions.  We must therefore keep
+ * that suppresses all "var = var" deductions.	We must therefore keep
  * all the "var = const" quals.
  */
 static bool
@@ -858,7 +866,8 @@ qual_is_redundant(Query *root,
 	 * left side of the new qual.  We traverse the old-quals list
 	 * repeatedly to transitively expand the exprs list.  If at any point
 	 * we find we can reach the right-side expr of the new qual, we are
-	 * done.  We give up when we can't expand the equalexprs list any more.
+	 * done.  We give up when we can't expand the equalexprs list any
+	 * more.
 	 */
 	equalexprs = makeList1(newleft);
 	do
@@ -945,7 +954,7 @@ check_mergejoinable(RestrictInfo *restrictinfo)
  *	  info fields in the restrictinfo.
  *
  *	  Currently, we support hashjoin for binary opclauses where
- *	  the operator is a hashjoinable operator.  The arguments can be
+ *	  the operator is a hashjoinable operator.	The arguments can be
  *	  anything --- as long as there are no volatile functions in them.
  */
 static void
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planmain.c b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planmain.c
index 8883310f66d..4f0ede34520 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planmain.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planmain.c
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planmain.c,v 1.76 2003/07/25 00:01:07 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planmain.c,v 1.77 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
  *	  which may involve joins but not any fancier features.
  *
  * Since query_planner does not handle the toplevel processing (grouping,
- * sorting, etc) it cannot select the best path by itself.  It selects
+ * sorting, etc) it cannot select the best path by itself.	It selects
  * two paths: the cheapest path that produces all the required tuples,
  * independent of any ordering considerations, and the cheapest path that
  * produces the expected fraction of the required tuples in the required
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ query_planner(Query *root, List *tlist, double tuple_fraction,
 	if (root->jointree->fromlist == NIL)
 	{
 		*cheapest_path = (Path *) create_result_path(NULL, NULL,
-											(List *) root->jointree->quals);
+										 (List *) root->jointree->quals);
 		*sorted_path = NULL;
 		return;
 	}
@@ -125,9 +125,9 @@ query_planner(Query *root, List *tlist, double tuple_fraction,
 	 * relations.  We also build lists of equijoined keys for pathkey
 	 * construction.
 	 *
-	 * Note: all subplan nodes will have "flat" (var-only) tlists.
-	 * This implies that all expression evaluations are done at the root of
-	 * the plan tree.  Once upon a time there was code to try to push
+	 * Note: all subplan nodes will have "flat" (var-only) tlists. This
+	 * implies that all expression evaluations are done at the root of the
+	 * plan tree.  Once upon a time there was code to try to push
 	 * expensive function calls down to lower plan nodes, but that's dead
 	 * code and has been for a long time...
 	 */
@@ -223,7 +223,8 @@ query_planner(Query *root, List *tlist, double tuple_fraction,
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * If we have constant quals, add a toplevel Result step to process them.
+	 * If we have constant quals, add a toplevel Result step to process
+	 * them.
 	 */
 	if (constant_quals)
 	{
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c
index 1896982f02e..c2aec37470a 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c,v 1.157 2003/07/25 00:01:07 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c,v 1.158 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -45,10 +45,10 @@
 
 /* Expression kind codes for preprocess_expression */
 #define EXPRKIND_QUAL	0
-#define EXPRKIND_TARGET	1
-#define EXPRKIND_RTFUNC	2
+#define EXPRKIND_TARGET 1
+#define EXPRKIND_RTFUNC 2
 #define EXPRKIND_LIMIT	3
-#define EXPRKIND_ININFO	4
+#define EXPRKIND_ININFO 4
 
 
 static Node *preprocess_expression(Query *parse, Node *expr, int kind);
@@ -59,9 +59,9 @@ static bool hash_safe_grouping(Query *parse);
 static List *make_subplanTargetList(Query *parse, List *tlist,
 					   AttrNumber **groupColIdx, bool *need_tlist_eval);
 static void locate_grouping_columns(Query *parse,
-									List *tlist,
-									List *sub_tlist,
-									AttrNumber *groupColIdx);
+						List *tlist,
+						List *sub_tlist,
+						AttrNumber *groupColIdx);
 static List *postprocess_setop_tlist(List *new_tlist, List *orig_tlist);
 
 
@@ -103,9 +103,9 @@ planner(Query *parse, bool isCursor, int cursorOptions)
 	{
 		/*
 		 * We have no real idea how many tuples the user will ultimately
-		 * FETCH from a cursor, but it seems a good bet that he
-		 * doesn't want 'em all.  Optimize for 10% retrieval (you
-		 * gotta better number?  Should this be a SETtable parameter?)
+		 * FETCH from a cursor, but it seems a good bet that he doesn't
+		 * want 'em all.  Optimize for 10% retrieval (you gotta better
+		 * number?	Should this be a SETtable parameter?)
 		 */
 		tuple_fraction = 0.10;
 	}
@@ -121,8 +121,8 @@ planner(Query *parse, bool isCursor, int cursorOptions)
 	Assert(PlannerQueryLevel == 0);
 
 	/*
-	 * If creating a plan for a scrollable cursor, make sure it can
-	 * run backwards on demand.  Add a Material node at the top at need.
+	 * If creating a plan for a scrollable cursor, make sure it can run
+	 * backwards on demand.  Add a Material node at the top at need.
 	 */
 	if (isCursor && (cursorOptions & CURSOR_OPT_SCROLL))
 	{
@@ -181,14 +181,14 @@ subquery_planner(Query *parse, double tuple_fraction)
 
 	/*
 	 * Look for IN clauses at the top level of WHERE, and transform them
-	 * into joins.  Note that this step only handles IN clauses originally
-	 * at top level of WHERE; if we pull up any subqueries in the next step,
-	 * their INs are processed just before pulling them up.
+	 * into joins.	Note that this step only handles IN clauses originally
+	 * at top level of WHERE; if we pull up any subqueries in the next
+	 * step, their INs are processed just before pulling them up.
 	 */
 	parse->in_info_list = NIL;
 	if (parse->hasSubLinks)
 		parse->jointree->quals = pull_up_IN_clauses(parse,
-													parse->jointree->quals);
+												 parse->jointree->quals);
 
 	/*
 	 * Check to see if any subqueries in the rangetable can be merged into
@@ -198,10 +198,11 @@ subquery_planner(Query *parse, double tuple_fraction)
 		pull_up_subqueries(parse, (Node *) parse->jointree, false);
 
 	/*
-	 * Detect whether any rangetable entries are RTE_JOIN kind; if not,
-	 * we can avoid the expense of doing flatten_join_alias_vars().  Also
-	 * check for outer joins --- if none, we can skip reduce_outer_joins().
-	 * This must be done after we have done pull_up_subqueries, of course.
+	 * Detect whether any rangetable entries are RTE_JOIN kind; if not, we
+	 * can avoid the expense of doing flatten_join_alias_vars().  Also
+	 * check for outer joins --- if none, we can skip
+	 * reduce_outer_joins(). This must be done after we have done
+	 * pull_up_subqueries, of course.
 	 */
 	parse->hasJoinRTEs = false;
 	hasOuterJoins = false;
@@ -283,19 +284,20 @@ subquery_planner(Query *parse, double tuple_fraction)
 	parse->havingQual = (Node *) newHaving;
 
 	/*
-	 * If we have any outer joins, try to reduce them to plain inner joins.
-	 * This step is most easily done after we've done expression preprocessing.
+	 * If we have any outer joins, try to reduce them to plain inner
+	 * joins. This step is most easily done after we've done expression
+	 * preprocessing.
 	 */
 	if (hasOuterJoins)
 		reduce_outer_joins(parse);
 
 	/*
-	 * See if we can simplify the jointree; opportunities for this may come
-	 * from having pulled up subqueries, or from flattening explicit JOIN
-	 * syntax.  We must do this after flattening JOIN alias variables, since
-	 * eliminating explicit JOIN nodes from the jointree will cause
-	 * get_relids_for_join() to fail.  But it should happen after
-	 * reduce_outer_joins, anyway.
+	 * See if we can simplify the jointree; opportunities for this may
+	 * come from having pulled up subqueries, or from flattening explicit
+	 * JOIN syntax.  We must do this after flattening JOIN alias
+	 * variables, since eliminating explicit JOIN nodes from the jointree
+	 * will cause get_relids_for_join() to fail.  But it should happen
+	 * after reduce_outer_joins, anyway.
 	 */
 	parse->jointree = (FromExpr *)
 		simplify_jointree(parse, (Node *) parse->jointree);
@@ -318,26 +320,26 @@ subquery_planner(Query *parse, double tuple_fraction)
 	 */
 	if (PlannerPlanId != saved_planid || PlannerQueryLevel > 1)
 	{
-		Cost	initplan_cost = 0;
+		Cost		initplan_cost = 0;
 
 		/* Prepare extParam/allParam sets for all nodes in tree */
 		SS_finalize_plan(plan, parse->rtable);
 
 		/*
-		 * SS_finalize_plan doesn't handle initPlans, so we have to manually
-		 * attach them to the topmost plan node, and add their extParams to
-		 * the topmost node's, too.
+		 * SS_finalize_plan doesn't handle initPlans, so we have to
+		 * manually attach them to the topmost plan node, and add their
+		 * extParams to the topmost node's, too.
 		 *
-		 * We also add the total_cost of each initPlan to the startup cost
-		 * of the top node.  This is a conservative overestimate, since in
-		 * fact each initPlan might be executed later than plan startup, or
-		 * even not at all.
+		 * We also add the total_cost of each initPlan to the startup cost of
+		 * the top node.  This is a conservative overestimate, since in
+		 * fact each initPlan might be executed later than plan startup,
+		 * or even not at all.
 		 */
 		plan->initPlan = PlannerInitPlan;
 
 		foreach(lst, plan->initPlan)
 		{
-			SubPlan	   *initplan = (SubPlan *) lfirst(lst);
+			SubPlan    *initplan = (SubPlan *) lfirst(lst);
 
 			plan->extParam = bms_add_members(plan->extParam,
 											 initplan->plan->extParam);
@@ -368,7 +370,8 @@ preprocess_expression(Query *parse, Node *expr, int kind)
 	/*
 	 * If the query has any join RTEs, replace join alias variables with
 	 * base-relation variables. We must do this before sublink processing,
-	 * else sublinks expanded out from join aliases wouldn't get processed.
+	 * else sublinks expanded out from join aliases wouldn't get
+	 * processed.
 	 */
 	if (parse->hasJoinRTEs)
 		expr = flatten_join_alias_vars(parse, expr);
@@ -403,8 +406,8 @@ preprocess_expression(Query *parse, Node *expr, int kind)
 		expr = SS_process_sublinks(expr, (kind == EXPRKIND_QUAL));
 
 	/*
-	 * XXX do not insert anything here unless you have grokked the comments
-	 * in SS_replace_correlation_vars ...
+	 * XXX do not insert anything here unless you have grokked the
+	 * comments in SS_replace_correlation_vars ...
 	 */
 
 	/* Replace uplevel vars with Param nodes */
@@ -498,20 +501,21 @@ inheritance_planner(Query *parse, List *inheritlist)
 		/* Generate plan */
 		subplan = grouping_planner(subquery, 0.0 /* retrieve all tuples */ );
 		subplans = lappend(subplans, subplan);
+
 		/*
 		 * It's possible that additional RTEs got added to the rangetable
 		 * due to expansion of inherited source tables (see allpaths.c).
 		 * If so, we must copy 'em back to the main parse tree's rtable.
 		 *
-		 * XXX my goodness this is ugly.  Really need to think about ways
-		 * to rein in planner's habit of scribbling on its input.
+		 * XXX my goodness this is ugly.  Really need to think about ways to
+		 * rein in planner's habit of scribbling on its input.
 		 */
 		subrtlength = length(subquery->rtable);
 		if (subrtlength > mainrtlength)
 		{
-			List   *subrt = subquery->rtable;
+			List	   *subrt = subquery->rtable;
 
-			while (mainrtlength-- > 0) /* wish we had nthcdr() */
+			while (mainrtlength-- > 0)	/* wish we had nthcdr() */
 				subrt = lnext(subrt);
 			parse->rtable = nconc(parse->rtable, subrt);
 			mainrtlength = subrtlength;
@@ -684,7 +688,7 @@ grouping_planner(Query *parse, double tuple_fraction)
 		 * from tlist if grouping or aggregation is needed.
 		 */
 		sub_tlist = make_subplanTargetList(parse, tlist,
-										   &groupColIdx, &need_tlist_eval);
+										 &groupColIdx, &need_tlist_eval);
 
 		/*
 		 * Calculate pathkeys that represent grouping/ordering
@@ -700,8 +704,8 @@ grouping_planner(Query *parse, double tuple_fraction)
 		 * Also, it's possible that optimization has eliminated all
 		 * aggregates, and we may as well check for that here.
 		 *
-		 * Note: we do not attempt to detect duplicate aggregates here;
-		 * a somewhat-overestimated count is okay for our present purposes.
+		 * Note: we do not attempt to detect duplicate aggregates here; a
+		 * somewhat-overestimated count is okay for our present purposes.
 		 */
 		if (parse->hasAggs)
 		{
@@ -892,8 +896,8 @@ grouping_planner(Query *parse, double tuple_fraction)
 					  &cheapest_path, &sorted_path);
 
 		/*
-		 * We couldn't canonicalize group_pathkeys and sort_pathkeys before
-		 * running query_planner(), so do it now.
+		 * We couldn't canonicalize group_pathkeys and sort_pathkeys
+		 * before running query_planner(), so do it now.
 		 */
 		group_pathkeys = canonicalize_pathkeys(parse, group_pathkeys);
 		sort_pathkeys = canonicalize_pathkeys(parse, sort_pathkeys);
@@ -903,9 +907,9 @@ grouping_planner(Query *parse, double tuple_fraction)
 		 */
 		if (parse->groupClause)
 		{
-			List   *groupExprs;
-			double	cheapest_path_rows;
-			int		cheapest_path_width;
+			List	   *groupExprs;
+			double		cheapest_path_rows;
+			int			cheapest_path_width;
 
 			/*
 			 * Beware in this section of the possibility that
@@ -919,13 +923,13 @@ grouping_planner(Query *parse, double tuple_fraction)
 			}
 			else
 			{
-				cheapest_path_rows = 1;	/* assume non-set result */
-				cheapest_path_width = 100; /* arbitrary */
+				cheapest_path_rows = 1; /* assume non-set result */
+				cheapest_path_width = 100;		/* arbitrary */
 			}
 
 			/*
-			 * Always estimate the number of groups.  We can't do this until
-			 * after running query_planner(), either.
+			 * Always estimate the number of groups.  We can't do this
+			 * until after running query_planner(), either.
 			 */
 			groupExprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(parse->groupClause,
 												 parse->targetList);
@@ -936,12 +940,13 @@ grouping_planner(Query *parse, double tuple_fraction)
 			numGroups = (long) Min(dNumGroups, (double) LONG_MAX);
 
 			/*
-			 * Check can't-do-it conditions, including whether the grouping
-			 * operators are hashjoinable.
+			 * Check can't-do-it conditions, including whether the
+			 * grouping operators are hashjoinable.
 			 *
 			 * Executor doesn't support hashed aggregation with DISTINCT
-			 * aggregates.  (Doing so would imply storing *all* the input
-			 * values in the hash table, which seems like a certain loser.)
+			 * aggregates.	(Doing so would imply storing *all* the input
+			 * values in the hash table, which seems like a certain
+			 * loser.)
 			 */
 			if (!enable_hashagg || !hash_safe_grouping(parse))
 				use_hashed_grouping = false;
@@ -953,32 +958,30 @@ grouping_planner(Query *parse, double tuple_fraction)
 			{
 				/*
 				 * Use hashed grouping if (a) we think we can fit the
-				 * hashtable into SortMem, *and* (b) the estimated cost
-				 * is no more than doing it the other way.  While avoiding
+				 * hashtable into SortMem, *and* (b) the estimated cost is
+				 * no more than doing it the other way.  While avoiding
 				 * the need for sorted input is usually a win, the fact
 				 * that the output won't be sorted may be a loss; so we
 				 * need to do an actual cost comparison.
 				 *
 				 * In most cases we have no good way to estimate the size of
-				 * the transition value needed by an aggregate; arbitrarily
-				 * assume it is 100 bytes.  Also set the overhead per hashtable
-				 * entry at 64 bytes.
+				 * the transition value needed by an aggregate;
+				 * arbitrarily assume it is 100 bytes.	Also set the
+				 * overhead per hashtable entry at 64 bytes.
 				 */
-				int		hashentrysize = cheapest_path_width + 64 + numAggs * 100;
+				int			hashentrysize = cheapest_path_width + 64 + numAggs * 100;
 
 				if (hashentrysize * dNumGroups <= SortMem * 1024L)
 				{
 					/*
 					 * Okay, do the cost comparison.  We need to consider
-					 *	cheapest_path + hashagg [+ final sort]
-					 * versus either
-					 *	cheapest_path [+ sort] + group or agg [+ final sort]
-					 * or
-					 *	presorted_path + group or agg [+ final sort]
-					 * where brackets indicate a step that may not be needed.
-					 * We assume query_planner() will have returned a
-					 * presorted path only if it's a winner compared to
-					 * cheapest_path for this purpose.
+					 * cheapest_path + hashagg [+ final sort] versus
+					 * either cheapest_path [+ sort] + group or agg [+
+					 * final sort] or presorted_path + group or agg [+
+					 * final sort] where brackets indicate a step that may
+					 * not be needed. We assume query_planner() will have
+					 * returned a presorted path only if it's a winner
+					 * compared to cheapest_path for this purpose.
 					 *
 					 * These path variables are dummies that just hold cost
 					 * fields; we don't make actual Paths for these steps.
@@ -1065,9 +1068,9 @@ grouping_planner(Query *parse, double tuple_fraction)
 		/*
 		 * Select the best path and create a plan to execute it.
 		 *
-		 * If we are doing hashed grouping, we will always read all the
-		 * input tuples, so use the cheapest-total path.  Otherwise,
-		 * trust query_planner's decision about which to use.
+		 * If we are doing hashed grouping, we will always read all the input
+		 * tuples, so use the cheapest-total path.	Otherwise, trust
+		 * query_planner's decision about which to use.
 		 */
 		if (sorted_path && !use_hashed_grouping)
 		{
@@ -1081,19 +1084,19 @@ grouping_planner(Query *parse, double tuple_fraction)
 		}
 
 		/*
-		 * create_plan() returns a plan with just a "flat" tlist of required
-		 * Vars.  Usually we need to insert the sub_tlist as the tlist of the
-		 * top plan node.  However, we can skip that if we determined that
-		 * whatever query_planner chose to return will be good enough.
+		 * create_plan() returns a plan with just a "flat" tlist of
+		 * required Vars.  Usually we need to insert the sub_tlist as the
+		 * tlist of the top plan node.	However, we can skip that if we
+		 * determined that whatever query_planner chose to return will be
+		 * good enough.
 		 */
 		if (need_tlist_eval)
 		{
 			/*
 			 * If the top-level plan node is one that cannot do expression
-			 * evaluation, we must insert a Result node to project the desired
-			 * tlist.
-			 * Currently, the only plan node we might see here that falls into
-			 * that category is Append.
+			 * evaluation, we must insert a Result node to project the
+			 * desired tlist. Currently, the only plan node we might see
+			 * here that falls into that category is Append.
 			 */
 			if (IsA(result_plan, Append))
 			{
@@ -1108,23 +1111,25 @@ grouping_planner(Query *parse, double tuple_fraction)
 				 */
 				result_plan->targetlist = sub_tlist;
 			}
+
 			/*
 			 * Also, account for the cost of evaluation of the sub_tlist.
 			 *
 			 * Up to now, we have only been dealing with "flat" tlists,
 			 * containing just Vars.  So their evaluation cost is zero
 			 * according to the model used by cost_qual_eval() (or if you
-			 * prefer, the cost is factored into cpu_tuple_cost).  Thus we can
-			 * avoid accounting for tlist cost throughout query_planner() and
-			 * subroutines.  But now we've inserted a tlist that might contain
-			 * actual operators, sub-selects, etc --- so we'd better account
-			 * for its cost.
+			 * prefer, the cost is factored into cpu_tuple_cost).  Thus we
+			 * can avoid accounting for tlist cost throughout
+			 * query_planner() and subroutines.  But now we've inserted a
+			 * tlist that might contain actual operators, sub-selects, etc
+			 * --- so we'd better account for its cost.
 			 *
-			 * Below this point, any tlist eval cost for added-on nodes should
-			 * be accounted for as we create those nodes.  Presently, of the
-			 * node types we can add on, only Agg and Group project new tlists
-			 * (the rest just copy their input tuples) --- so make_agg() and
-			 * make_group() are responsible for computing the added cost.
+			 * Below this point, any tlist eval cost for added-on nodes
+			 * should be accounted for as we create those nodes.
+			 * Presently, of the node types we can add on, only Agg and
+			 * Group project new tlists (the rest just copy their input
+			 * tuples) --- so make_agg() and make_group() are responsible
+			 * for computing the added cost.
 			 */
 			cost_qual_eval(&tlist_cost, sub_tlist);
 			result_plan->startup_cost += tlist_cost.startup;
@@ -1135,8 +1140,8 @@ grouping_planner(Query *parse, double tuple_fraction)
 		{
 			/*
 			 * Since we're using query_planner's tlist and not the one
-			 * make_subplanTargetList calculated, we have to refigure
-			 * any groupi